EE.

TUT.

VIL

CONTENTS.

PART I.—SeEpremsBer, 1907.

Description of the Expedition. By J. Svantey Garpiner, WA., F.L.S.,

Fetlow of Gonville and Caius College and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology

in the University of Cambridge, and F. Forster Cooprr, M.A., Trinity College,

Cambridge. (Plates 1-10 and 23 Text-figures.). . . . . . . pages 1-55

On an Arboricolous Nemertean from the Seychelles. By BR. C. PuNNeET?,

Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. (Communicated by

J. STANLEY GARDINER, W.4., F.Z.S.) (Plate 11 and Text-fig. 24.). . 57-62

Land and Freshwater Decapoda. By L A. Borravattt, W.A., Lecturer

on Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge. (Communicated by

De OCANEEY GARDINER N04. GOS) +s . 2 ss + ef ee ey GOs

. Hymenoptera. By P. CAMERON. (Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER,

DEEPEN ane a) se 8 lk 8 oe eee lp OO Be

. The Odonata. By F. F. Uatptaw, WA. (Communicated by J. STANLEY

enn ee AL ISO Pe ReMi ie eg las 8 ele ee le me te eee

. Fourmis des Seychelles, Amirantes, Farquhar et Chagos. Par Prof. A. Fore,

(Communiqué par M. J. SrANLEY GARDINER, W.4., FDS.) . . . . 91-94

. Pycnogonida. By Grorcr H. Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond., M.R.I.A., Professor

of Zoology in the Royal College of Science, Dublin. (Communicated by

J. STANLEY GARDINER, W4., F.L.S.) (Plates 12&18.). . . . . 95-101

Aves, with some Notes on the Distribution of the Land-Birds of the Seychelles.

By H. Gavow, WA., PhD., F.R.S., and J. STANLEY GARDINER, J/_4.,

TTI. i os > ty | Oe woes LOB Pp

IX.

XII.

ULL:

XIV.

XV.

XVI.

van 4

PART II.—Dercempser, 1907.

Description of the Expedition (continued from p. 55).—Part IL. Mauritius to

Seychelles. By J. Stanvey Garpiner, I.A4., FL.S., Fellow of Gonville and

Caius College and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology in the University of

Cambridge, and ©. Forster Cooper, I.A., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(Plates 14-18 and Text-figures 25-46.). . . . . . . . . pages 111-175

. The Lithothamnia. By M. Fositz. (Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER,

UA, FDS.) . (Plates 19°20)... 6 Ses ee

. Note suv les Txodidee recueillis dans des Iles de V Océan Indien par M. J.

Stanley Gardiner. Par L. G. Neumann, Professeur a I Ecole nationale

Vétérinaire de Toulouse. (Communiqué par M. J. Svtanuey GARDINER,

9 AD eg a OS) eR PS ES ge UE

Notes on the Coccidee collected by the Percy Sladen Trust Eupedition to the

Indian Ocean: Supplemented by a Collection received from Mr. R. Dupont,

Director of Agriculture, Seychelles. By FE. Ernest Green, F.ES., 2.Z.8.,

Government Entomologist, Ceylon. (Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER,

MA. PLS.) (Plate 21 and Text-fisuremiq)\ . . . . . eee

Stomatopoda from the Western Indian Ocean. By UL. A. BorrapAtuE, W_A.,

Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge. (Communicated

by J. STANLEY GaRpDINER, W.A., F.L.S.) (Plate 22.) . . . . . 209-216

PART III.—May, 1908.

Report on the Marine Fishes collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the

Indian Ocean. By C. Tatn RuGan, M.A. (Communicated by J. STANLEY

GarpinER, W.4., F.L.S.) (Plates 23-82.) . . . . . . . . « 217-265

PART IV.—Janvary, 1909.

The Madreporarian Corals: 1. The Family Fungiidee, with a Revision of its

Genera and Species and an Account of their Geographical Distribution.

By J. Stantey Garprner, WA. PRS. F.L.S., Fellow of Gonville and

Caius College and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology in the University

of Cambridge. (Plates 83-89.) oA a oeeelen, 25a

A List of the Freshwater Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles obtained by

Mr, J. Stanley Gardiner’s Expedition to the Indian Ocean. By G. A.

Boutmenerr, F.R.S. (Communicated by J. Sranuey GarvINER, 4, F.R.S.,

HES.) (Plate 40.) 0.0.0 62's 2 a) a ok) |

> ONg B

MV ILL.

XXI.

[ ix ]

Antipatharia. By C. Forster Cooper, W.A4., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER, W.4., F.R.S., PLS.) (Plate 41

and) 27 existe irons lk lw we «pages GOl-—3at

Amphipoda Gammaridea from the Indian Ocean, British East Africa, and

the Red Sea. By AuFrep O. WautKeER, F/.L.S., 7.7.S. (Plates 42 & 48.)

323-344

X. The Stylasterina of the Indian Ocean. By Sypxvy J. Hickson, F.R.S., and

HELEN M. Enoeuanp, W.Sc., Victoria University of Manchester. (Communicated

by J. STANLEY GARDINER, W.A., F.R.S., FDS.) (Plate 44.). . . 345-354

. Polycheta of the Indian Ocean.—Part I. The Amphinomidee. By F. A. Ports,

M.A., Trinity Hall, Cambridge. (Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER,

Wea ies FOS.) (Plates 45 & 46.). . 2. 2 1 2 on om ws 6ODD-OTL

Marine Alge (Chlorophycese and Pheeophyceee) and Marine Phanerogams of

the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition, collected by J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A. UR.S.,

F.L.S. By A. Gerrp, W.A., FL.S., and Mrs. E. 8S. Gepp. (Plates 47-49.)

373-398

PART V.—Marcu, 1909.

Mumundves, Contents, Inder, ClC. . . .. « 2 « 6 2 8 8 we wl Ul ll UDR

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. b

wis) fe >

' W TMARA

} aa

y .)

anh TH Ul Coe

~-— 7 ¥ verte | a

| i 4 OA RARY ef

y ; | yagi wen

' ' Sat. na ity) Laat a

| DRI qe i ats he

NU a en

ed’ (l

. ff! ee \

7 ! fh ro

=" k ‘s aire ' Ba ae :

2 i f

‘ a aA

/ Wis

> i

i ty

‘is ..»

| diy

‘

a :

MiiPRODUCTION.

THE LIFE AND WORK

WALTER PERCY SLADEN, F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

By Henry Bory, M.A., F.L.S.*

Water Percy SLADEN was born on June 30th, 1849, at Meerclough House, near

Halifax (Yorkshire), in a district with which his family had been associated for more

than 300 years. Kducated at Hipperholme Grammar School, and afterwards at

Marlborough, his devotion to science and his exceptional powers of organisation led his

schoolfellows to call him “the Astronomer Royal”; but though his scientific tastes

were at this time very wide, Botany, Zoology, and Chemistry (with which he had more

than a superficial acquaintance) were from the first his favourite pursuits. Unfortu-

nately, however, our great Public Schools afford but little opportunity for such studies,

and therefore his real education in science did not begin until he took up his permanent

residence at Halifax.

Here a small band of earnest students of Nature used at that period to meet

together for the discussion of scientific problems ; and before long, under the able

leadership of the Curator of the Museum (the late Mr. A. Campbell), they entered upon

a study of such forms of life, both recent and fossil, as the Museum afforded. In this

way a large variety of Vertebrates were dissected and their skeletons prepared ; but

for an adequate examination of the Invertebrates something more was required, and

consequently expeditions were undertaken to various places on the west and south

coasts, where, by dredging or other methods, the leading types of marine life could be

more satisfactorily studied.

Among these workers Sladen soon took a prominent place. None was more pains-

taking, none more skilled in microscopic methods and drawing, while his familiarity

with the leading European languages enabled him to study with great profit the foreign

literature connected with his work. It was, in fact, in these surroundings that he

obtained his first real training as a Zoologist. He attended no University, and no

regular course of lectures; but with the assistance of his colleagues, and still more by

* The writer of this article has borrowed largely from obituary notices by the late Prof. Howes (Proc. Linn.

Soc., Session 113, pp. 48-50, 1900-1901; and ‘ Nature,’ July 12th, 1900) and Mr. W. Cash (Proe. Yorks. Geol. &

Polytech. Soc. vol. xiv. pt. 2, pp. 261-268, 1901). He is also indebted to Prof. I’, Jeffrey Bell for valuable

criticism of Sladen’s scientific work.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, Cc

Xii PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

his own untiring energy and ability, he soon acquired that thorough general knowledge

of his subject which is the indispensable preliminary to original research.

Sladen’s first paper (1) appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic

Society of the West Riding (Yorkshire) ’ in 1877, and dealt with the genus Poteriocrinus.

After enumerating the various species hitherto attributed to it, he showed that they

fell readily into several groups, and proposed to distribute them over four genera, of

which one (Dactylocrinus) was new. In the same year he visited Naples, where he

worked for several months at the Zoological Station; and it was there that he made

the observations on Pedicellarizw, of which he afterwards published an account (8) in

the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ There, too, he received from Madagascar,

in a dried state, the only known example of that extraordinary form which he named

Astrophiura permira. His first paper on it was read before the Royal Society in June

1878 (2); but as only an abstract was printed in the ‘ Proceedings,’ he published in

the following year a specific diagnosis in the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ (3), and a fuller

description, with figures, in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (6). He traced

with great skill the points in which it resembles the Ophiurids on the one hand and

the Asterids on the other, and concluded that it must be placed in a new family

(Astrophiuridz) intermediate between the two classes. Besides these three papers this

species is also responsible for a fourth, published in the Proc. York. Geol. & Polytech.

Soc. in 1881 (10), in which Sladen put forward some novel views as to the homologies

of the various plates in the arms of Ophiurids and Asterids, making good use of the

intermediate position of Astrophiura *.

At the close of 1877 appeared the first of a long series of papers in which Sladen

collaborated with P. Martin Duncan, who, having received for description the Echinoderms

collected by H.M. ships ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Discovery’ in the Polar Seas, handed them

over to Sladen for independent examination. Their preliminary report (24) was

published in 1877, and was followed in 1881 by a complete memoir (26) in which are

given some interesting observations on the geographical distribution of the Arctic

Echinoderms ; and it is shown that they are not forms which have spread northwards

from the nearest temperate seas, but belong to a distinct circumpolar fauna.

Only one new species resulted from this expedition, and that, as expressly stated in

the preliminary notice, was discovered by Sladen. At first he named it Asteracanthion

paleocrystallus, but subsequently, recognising that it belonged to the rare genus

Pedicellaster, Sars, he published a separate paper on it (7) under the name P. paleo-

erystallus. This name is retained both in the complete “ Memoir on the Echinodermata

of the Arctic Sea” (26) and in the ‘Challenger’ Report (18); in the latter, however

(p. 560), notice is taken of Danielssen and Koren’s objection that it is identical with

P. typicus, which Sars had imperfectly described. Sladen, while still maintaining the

distinctness of the two forms, expressed the intention of making a further examination,

but it does not appear that he found opportunity to do so.

* It is a matter of profound regret that this unique specimen is lost. Some time after Sladen’s death his

collectious were presented by his widow to the Royal Albert Museum at Exeter ; but the Curator, Mr, F. R. Rowley,

after a most careful search, was unable to find any trace of Astrophiura,

INTRODUCTION. xlil

An account of the “ Asteroidea and Echinoidea of the Korean Seas” (4), published

in 1879, besides providing some useful notes on the geographical distribution of the

Echinoderms collected, draws attention to a nomenclature of Asterid pedicellarize by

Herepath which had been overlooked by Perrier and other recent writers on the subject ;

and in the same year Sladen described, under the name of Lepidodiscus lebouri (5), the

first European species of Agelacrinitide from the Lower Carboniferous rocks *.

By the year 1881 Sladen’s reputation as a careful and accurate worker was so far

established that he was entrusted by Sir Wyville Thomson with the description of the

Asteroidea collected by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’; and as a preparation for this formidable

task he made, in 1882, a tour of the museums of Europe, visiting practically every one

which contained any important collection of Echinoderms, and making himself thoroughly

familiar with their contents. Two preliminary reports on the ‘Challenger’ Asterids

soon followed, one on the Pterasteridz (11) and the other on the Astropectinidee (14).

The former affords a most striking illustration of our almost complete ignorance of

deep-sea forms before that historic expedition, for of thirty-four species of Pterasteridze

obtained by the ‘ Challenger,’ only two had been already described, while the essen-

tially abyssal genus Hymenaster, previously known by only one specimen, yielded twenty

new species, and proved to have a universal distribution in deep waters. Marsipaster and

Benthaster are also new abyssal genera described in that paper, with two species each.

In the paper on the Astropectinidze (14), the Porcellanasteride, hitherto little known,

were included as a subfamily ; but Sladen expressly stated that these advance notices did

not deal with questions of classification or anatomy (11, p. 189), which were reserved for

the final report ; and in view of the peculiarities of these Starfishes, we are not surprised

to find them later on placed in a separate family, together with the genera Styracaster,

Hyphalaster, and Thoracaster, here (14. described for the first time.

These Porcellanasteridz present the very remarkable feature of possessing certain

organs which are entirely unknown in any other family of Asterids. They were

discovered by Sladen, and named by him “cribriform organs,” while he hazards the

conjecture that they may act as “percolators”; but nothing is really known of their

function, nor as to how, if they are of physiological importance, other forms thrive

without them under apparently similar conditions, while within the family itself they

vary in number from one to fourteen in each interbrachial arc. Not the least curious

point about them is that, though occurring in a group of animals (Starfishes) remarkable

for variation, these cribriform organs are constant in number for each species. We

thus have: (1) an organ confined to one family, with no clear indication of any structure

in other families from which it can have been evolved; (2) great variation in the number

of these organs within the family, coupled with (3) fixity of number within the species—

truly a most striking combination, and one deserving the attention of all students of

the Laws of Variation. Unfortunately, practically all the Porcellanasteride are abyssal

forms, and therefore not available for physiological experiment 7.

* The type specimen of this is in the Royal Albert Museum at Exeter.

+ Ctenodiscus, which is doubtfully included in the family, has been found in only 7 fathoms in the North

Atlantic. It is said to possess a “simplified form of cribriform organ,” but no satisfactory description of this is

forthcoming (18, pp. 125, 127, & 171).

xiv PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Long before the ‘Challenger’ Report was ready for publication, the collections of

Asteroidea made by the ‘Knight Errant’ and ‘Triton’ in the Faroe Channel were

handed to Sladen for examination. It will be remembered that the investigations of

the ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ expeditions in 1868-9, which paved the way for the

‘Challenger’ voyage itself, led to the discovery of “warm” and “cold” areas in this

Channel, but left their physical relation to one another unexplained. The ‘ Challenger’

added no direct information on this point, but its observations elsewhere enabled

Commander Tizard to infer the existence of a solid barrier separating the two areas ;

and in 1880 he undertook soundings in the Faroe Channel from the ‘ Knight Errant,’

which resulted in the discovery of the “ Wyville Thomson Ridge,” with a current

sweeping over it strong enough, even at a depth of 300 fathoms, to prevent the deposit

of fine mud or sand. Further observations on the nature and extent of this ridge were

added in 1882 by H.M.S. ‘Triton.’ The collections made by these expeditions did not

very materially affect our knowledge of the distribution of the Asteroidea, but the

‘Knight Errant’ obtained the new genus Wimaster, which, besides being mentioned in

the general report (12), forms also the subject of a separate paper (13); while H.MLS.

‘Triton’ produced Rhegaster murrayi, described by Sladen in the ‘Transactions of

the Royal Society of Edinburgh’ (15), where also is to be found the first detailed account

of Zoroaster fulgens, named, but only briefly described and imperfectly figured, by

Wyville Thomson in 1873.

A summary of the principal features of the ‘ Challenger’ Asteroidea appeared in 1885

in the “ Narrative” of that Expedition (17); but it was not till 1889 that the complete

Report was published. Some idea of the magnitude of the task can be gathered from

the size of the work (more than 900 pages and 118 plates), and from the fact that out

of 268 species brought home, 184 proved to be new to science; but only those who

knew Sladen’s capacity for taking pains can form a just estimate of the enormous amount

of labour which these volumes represent.

In the arrangement of so large a collection the need for a sound basis of classification

is obvious. Many attempts to achieve this had been made and are detailed by Sladen

in his Preface; but the two most satisfactory schemes up to that time were those of

Perrier and of Viguier. The latter (1878) relied mainly on the character of the

ambulaeral furrow, and what he called the ‘“ odontophores ” (basal interbrachial plates),

which he regarded as independent structures. Perrier, however, showed that they were

morphologically correlated, and in 1884, revising his former work of 1875, insisted more

than ever on the supreme importance of the pedicellariz in the classification of the

Asteroidea. Sladen examines these two views, and gives reasons (18. pp. xxii & xxiii)

for rejecting them both; and he thereupon proceeds to enunciate a system of his own.

Leaving out the fossil Palzeasteroidea, he finds three sets of characters which permit of

a binary division of the subclass Euasteroidea, and in each case the individuals belonging

to the second of the orders so established pass through, during their life-history, a stage

in which they temporarily present the characters retained through life in the other

order. ‘Thus (1) we have the papule, which are restricted in area throughout life in

the Stenopneusia, but spread over the whole body in adult Adetopneusia; (2) the

INTRODUCTION. XV

ambulacral system exhibits a “retarded” development in Zurystroteria, and an

“accelerated” one (leading usually to a quadriserial arrangement of the tube-feet) in

Leptostroteria, yet the latter pass through a stage in which this crowding of the plates

is absent; (8) the marginal plates are conspicuous throughout life in the Phanerozonia,

though they become obscured in the course of development in the Cryptozonia. In

each case, therefore, we can divide the subclass into two groups, of which one is more

primitive than the other; and it is found that, with very few exceptions, the older group,

as determined by one set of characters, corresponds with the older group as determined

by the other two. Finally, owing to the importance of the ambital skeleton, and the

comparative ease with which it can be observed, the names Phanerozonia and Cryptozonia

are adopted for the two subdivisions of the Euasteroidea. It will be seen from this that

Sladen, discarding artificial systems, to which he had a rooted objection, endeavoured

to build his classification on a strictly morphological foundation. What success he

achieved in this must be left for specialists, and above all for time, to determine; but

at least it may be said that though some leading authorities are not wholly satisfied

with his system, no decisively superior one has yet been introduced. It has never been

accepted by Perrier, whose rival classification by pedicellarize has, however, found but

little general favour; while it is satisfactory to note that Delage and Hérouard, whose

competence to express an opinion will not be questioned, have recently adopted Sladen’s

system in their ‘Traité de Zoologie Concréte’ (tome iii. “Les Echinodermes”: Paris, 1903).

The text of the Report includes full descriptions of all the species collected, not only

by the ‘Challenger,’ but by the other British deep-sea dredging-expeditions—the

‘ Lightning,’ ‘ Porcupine,’ ‘ Knight Errant,’ and ‘ Triton.’ In addition to this a complete

list is given of all the known species of recent Asteroidea (810 in number), together with

their synonyms and their geographical and bathymetrical distribution ; and this list is

especially valuable because, with very few exceptions, the recognition of the species

included was based on Sladen’s personal observation.

He has been charged in some quarters with a too great readiness to multiply species,

and it may be admitted that, of the two groups into which systematists naturally fall,

he was on the side of those who emphasize small differences. His views on the subject

are, indeed, fully set out in his paper on the Echinodermata of the Korean Seas (4. p. 429),

in the course of which he says: “However seriously the multiplication of frivolous

species may embarrass a classification, the wholesale grouping, or, in other words, the

unbounded extension, of the limits of specific character is productive of much more

injurious results, in that it curtails the precision of definition and, while ignoring

environment as a factor, divests nomenclature of one of its highest and most important

qualities”; and he goes on to insist on the importance of recording the influence of

habitat, and of attaching due weight to regional varieties. If, therefore, it has been found

necessary to reduce some of his species to the rank of mere varieties, and to regard

others as immature forms, that is no more than the natural consequence of increased

knowledge, and is no disparagement to a work which has, as a whole, stood the test of

time remarkably well.

In the same year (1889) that saw the final publication of the ‘Challenger’ Report,

Xvi PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the details also appeared of Dr. John Anderson’s collections in the Mergui Archipelago,

the Echinoidea being described jointly by Duncan and Sladen (35), and the Asteroidea

by Sladen alone (19). No new species were discovered, but some interesting light was

thrown on problems of geographical distribution, the distinctness of the Mergui and

Andaman faunas being especially noticeable. Two years later (1891) we find Sladen

reporting on a collection of Echinodermata from the South-west coast of Ireland (21),

in which several new species were discovered ; and in 1887 he gave a list of Echinoderms

dredged in the neighbourhood of Rockall Island (23); while at the time of his death he

had in hand the collections from the ‘ Albatross’ expedition.

With his time so fully occupied by systematic work, it is not surprising that he

contributed but little to our knowledge on more general problems. His articles on

pedicellariz (8) and on the ancestral relations of Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea (10) have

already been mentioned ; and the only other paper which is not directly concerned with

classification is that ‘“‘On the Homologies of the Primary Larval Plates in the Test of

the Brachiate Echinoderms” (16), published in 1884. In this he supported his friend

P. H. Carpenter, and his main conclusions will probably be accepted by most students

of the subject; though it may be questioned whether either of these authors made quite

enough allowance for the effect of homoplasy, on structures which are bound to be

affected by the general pentamerous symmetry.

Besides these numerous publications on recent forms, Sladen was responsible for a

number of paleontological works, some undertaken alone, and others in conjunction

with P. Martin Duncan. Of his independent papers, those on Potertocrinus (1) and

Lepidodiscus (5) have been already alluded to; but far more important was the mono-

eraph on British Cretaceous Asterids (20), which he took over at the request of the

Paleontographical Society on the death of Dr. Thomas Wright. Unfortunately he

only lived to complete two parts, though he left manuscripts and plates nearly

ready for publication, and these were placed after his death in the able hands of

Mr. W. K. Spencer, who is now engaged in completing the monograph.

Among the papers written with Duncan’s help the two beautiful monographs published

in * Palezeontologia Indica’ stand out prominently as of first-class importance. One of

them (27) deals with the Echinoidea of Sind, and was published in six parts between

the years 1882 and 1885; while the other (28) describes the Tertiary Echinoidea of

Kachh (Cutch) and Kattywar. Out of the former arose a slight controversy with

Prof. Lovén, who at first expressed the opinion that Heméaster elongatus, a common

fossil in the Ranikot Series of Sind, was a form of Pal@ostoma. Duncan and Sladen,

however, ina separate paper (29) so completely vindicated their position that Prof. Lovén,

with characteristic frankness and courtesy, admitted that he had been inerror*. Out of

the description of the Sind fossils arises another short paper (33) in which certain forms

transferred by M. Cotteau to the genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, and Ditremaster

are restored to Holampas, Duncan and Sladen, and Hemiaster, Desor. Other works of

minor importance by these two authors are: a description of the Arbaciadze (30), dealing

* Sce Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol, xv. p. 72.

INTRODUCTION. XVl

mainly with recent forms, but discussing also the fossil Owlopleuri; two minute

examinations of the anatomy of Discotdea cylindrica (31 and 34), a common fossil in the

Upper Chalk ; and a note on the “‘ Morphology and Classification of the Salenide ” (32) ;

but though these, by reason of the amount of detail they contain, are of importance to

students of fossil Echinoidea, they call for no special notice here.

Sladen’s methodical habits and invariable courtesy and unselfishness rendered him

peculiarly fitted to occupy official posts in the Societies to which he belonged ; thus in

Halifax we find him acting as Secretary to the local Literary and Philosophical Society,

and as Honorary Curator of the Halifax Museum. In connection with the British

Association he was Secretary of the Committee of the Scottish Zoological Station from

1881 to 1883; and Secretary of the Committee of the Zoological Station at Naples from

1879 to 1898. He became a Fellow of both the Linnean and Geological Societies in

1876, but it was not until after his removal from Halifax to Ewell in 1883 that he

became intimately more associated with the former Society, on the Council of which he

served almost continuously from 1884 to the time of his death. He was also Zoological

Secretary of the Linnean Society from 1885 to 1895, and Vice-President for the year

1895.

Cheerful, humorous, and of a remarkably even temper, Sladen presented to his many

friends a singularly lovable nature, in which unselfishness, sincerity, and a generous

appreciation of the work of others were some of the leading characteristics. Of his

many acts of private charity it is impossible to say much, as few except the actual

recipients were ever allowed to hear of them; but his gift of £2000 to insure the lives

of the Devonshire Yeomanry and Volunteers, when they went to the front in the Boer

War, stands forth as a public record of his liberality and patriotism.

Although in the interests of the science which he loved his work was confined within

a narrow field, he was a man of great general cultureand attainments. As a linguist he

excelled, and to an intimate knowledge of the leading European tongues, he added a

good acquaintance with Persian literature. But his favourite pursuit, apart from his

actual work, was the study of old books and manuscripts; these he seldom lost an

opportunity of examining in public and private libraries, and his own collection, though

it could hardly be called extensive, contained some rare and highly prized specimens.

His marriage in 1890, with Constance, daughter of the late William Charles Anderson,

Senior Justice of the Peace for York, when both had arrived at middle age, was a source

of deep happiness to him. Community of tastes in literature and art, together with that

rare sympathy which instinctively avoids all sources of difference, rendered their union

one of exceptional harmony; the more so, perhaps, because, owing to Sladen’s stern

sense of duty, the consummation of their devotion had been postponed for nearly twenty

years. But at last the guardianship and education of his step-brothers and sisters,

on which he had bestowed such self-sacrificing care, came to an end, and enabled him

to leave Ewell and settle in London, the place best suited for that scientific work which

he promised himself now to pursue with even greater energy than before.

This hope, alas! was destined never to be fulfilled. Sladen had for several years been

working with a strenuous application that could not but leave its mark upon an already

xviii PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

delicate physique, and shortly after his marriage he became subject to recurrent attacks

of influenza. These undermined his constitution, rendering him incapable of concen-

trated attention to scientific pursuits, and less able to cope with the worries connected

with the landed property near Exeter, with which, owing to the advanced years of his

uncle Mr. Dawson, he now became closely associated. It was, in fact, the frequency of

his visits to Exeter in connection with the management of this estate, coupled with his

own failing health, which compelled him in 1895, to the great regret of his colleagues,

to resign the Zoological Secretaryship of the Linnean Society, a post he had held for

just ten years.

After Mr. Dawson’s death in 1898, Sladen, now in possession of an ample fortune,

made another effort to settle down to hard work, and the next two years saw a constant

struggle between a brilliant mind eager for increased knowledge, and a body all too

frail for the innumerable tasks which lay before it. Ill-health continuing, the Sladens

arranged early in 1900 to make a lengthened tour in Italy, hoping that the more genial

climate, with rest from work and worry, might completely restore his strength. Fora

time this seemed a success, and Sladen, full of renewed energy and hope, started for

home early in June; but a few days’ sight-seeing in Florence, during the great heat

prevalent there at that season, proved too much for a heart already enfeebled by

influenza; and while walking back to his hotel on the morning of June 11th, he

complained of sudden illness, and died a few hours later, his last words and thoughts

being for the wife whom he had loved so well, and cherished so tenderly, during the

short term of their married life.

Sladen’s unusually complete collection of Starfishes, including several type specimens,

as well as a number of Crinoids which had belonged to his friend P. H. Carpenter, are

now in the Royal Albert Museum at Exeter, to which they were presented by his widow

a few years after his death.

List of Works by the Late Wauter Percy SLADEN, F.L.S., F.G.S8., F.Z.8.

1. On the Genus Poteriocrinus and allied Forms. Proc. West Riding Geol. & Polytech. Soe. vol. vi.

(new ser. vol. i.) pp. 242-253. 1877.

2. On Astrophiura permira, an Echinoderm intermediate between Ophiuroidea and Asteroidea.

Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xxvii. pp. 456-457. 1878.

3. Astrophiura’ permira, an Echinoderm intermediate between Ophiuroidea and Asteroidea. Zoolog.

Anzeiger, Jahrg. ii. pp. 10-11. 1879.

4. On the Asteroidea and Echinoidea of the Korean Seas. Linn. Soc. Journ., Zool. vol, xiv. pp. 424—

445. 1879.

5- On Lepidodiscus lebouri, a new Species of Agelacrinitide from the Carboniferous Series of

Northumberland. Abstr. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. No. 873, p. 4. 1879; Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. vol. xxxv. pp. 744-751. 1879.

6, On the Structure of Astrophiura, a new and aberrant Genus of Echinodermata. Aun. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. pp. 401-415. 1879.

- Note on the Occurrence of Pedicellaster (Sars) in the Far North. Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. v. pp. 216-217. 1880,

“I

INTRODUCTION. xix

8. On a remarkable Form of Pedicellaria, and the Functions performed thereby; together with

general Observations on the allied Forms of this Organ in the Echinide. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. pp. 101-114. 1880.

g- (Determination of the Echinoderms in) “The Zoology of the Barents Sea,” by W. S. M. D’Urban,

F.L.S. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. pp. 253-277. 1880.

to. On Traces of Ancestral Relations in the Structure of the Asteroidea. Proc. York. Geol. &

Polytech. Soc. new ser. vol. vil. pp. 275-284. 1881.

11. The Asteroidea of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition.—Part I. Pterasteride. Linn. Soc. Journ.,

Zool. vol. xvi. pp. 189-246. 1882.

12. Asteroidea dredged during the Cruise of the ‘Knight Errant’ in July and August, 1880. Proc.

Roy. Soe. Edin. vol. xi. pp. 698-707. 1882. ;

13. Description of Mimaster, a new Genus of Asteroidea from the Faerde Channel. Trans. Roy. Soc.

Edin. vol. xxx. pp. 579-584. 1883.

14. The Asteroidea of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition—Part II. Astropectinide. Linn. Soc.

Journ., Zool. vol. xvi. pp. 189-246. 1882.

15. Asteroidea dredged in the Faerde Channel during the Cruise of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ in August, 1882.

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xxxii. pp. 153-164. 1883.

16. On the Homologies of the Primary Larval Plates in the Test of the Brachiate Echinoderms.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci. new ser. vol. xxiv. pp. 24-42. 1884.

17. General Summary of the Asteroidea collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ Report on the Scientific

Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’: Narrative, vol. i. second part. Published by

Order of Her Majesty’s Government, 1885. Pp. 607-617.

18. Report on the Asteroidea collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the Years 1873-1876. Report

on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’: Zoology, part li. (vol. xxx.).

Published by Order of Her Majesty’s Government, 1889. Pp. 935, 118 plates.

Ig. On the Asteroidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. Linn. Soc. Journ.,

Zool. vol. xxi. pp. 319-331. 1889.

20. A Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata from the Cretaceous Formations (Asteroidea).

Part I., Paleontographical Society, vol. xliv. pp. 1-28, plates i—viii. (issued for 1890), 1891.

Part II., Palzontographical Society, vol. xlvii. pp. 29-66, plates ix—xvi., 1893.

21. Report on a Collection of Echinodermata from the South-west Coast of Ireland, dredged in

1888 by a Committee appointed by the Royal Irish Academy. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. 3rd ser.

vol.i.no. 5. 1891.

22. Results of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition: Echinoderma. Nat. Sci. vol. vii. pp. 46-47. 1895.

23. (Determination of the Echinodermata in) Notes on Rockall Island and Bank. Trans. Roy. Irish

Acad. vol. xxxi. pt. iii. 1897.

The following works were written in conjunction with Prof. P. Martin Duncan,

MEBs BRS. —

24. Report on the Echinodermata collected during the Arctic Expedition, 1875-76. Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. pp. 449-470. 1877.

25. Appendix No. IX. “Echinodermata” in “Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, during 1875-76,

in H.M. Ships ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Discovery.” By Capt. Sir G. S. Nares, R.N., K.C.B., F.R.S.

London, 1878. Op. cit. vol. ii. pp. 260-282.

26. A Memoir on the Echinodermata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland. London, 1881,

pp- i-vili, 1-82; 6 plates.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. d

xx PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

27. A Monograph of Fossil Echinoidea of Sind, collected by the Geological Survey of India.

Palzontologia Indica, ser. 14.

Part I. Strata below the Trap: pp. 1-20; platesi—iv. 1882.

Part II. The Ranikot Series: pp. 21-100; plates v.-xx. 1882.

Part III. The Kirthar Series: pp. 101-246 ; plates xxi.—xxxviii. 1884.

Part IV. The Nari or Oligocene Series: pp. 247-272; plates xxxix.-xliii. 1884.

Part V. The Gaj or Miocene Series: pp. 273-367; plates xliv.lv. 1885.

Part VI. The Makran Series of the Coast of Beluchistan, and of some Islands in the Persian

Gulf: pp. 369-382; plates lvi-lviii. 1886.

28. A Monograph of the Tertiary Echinoidea of Kachh and Kattywar, collected by the Geological

Survey of India. Palzeontologia Indica, series 14, pp. i-vi, 1-91; plates i—xiii. 1883.

29. The Classificatory Position of Hemiaster elongatus, Duncan and Sladen; a Reply to a Criticism by

Prof. Sven Lovén. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. pp. 225-242. 1884.

30. On the Family Arbaciadz, Gray.—Part I. The Morphology of the Test in the Genera Celopleurus

and Arbacia. Linn, Soe. Journ., Zool. vol. xix. pp. 25-57. 1885.

31. On the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle and of other Parts of the Test of Discoidea cylindrica,

Lamarck sp. Linn. Soe. Journ., Zool. vol. xx. pp. 48-61. 1886.

32. On some Points in the Morphology and Classification of the Salenidz, Agassiz. Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. pp. 117-187. 1887.

33. Objections to the Genera Pseudopygaulus, Coquand, Trachyaster, Pomel, and Ditremaster, Munier-

Chalmas. Their species restored to Eolampas, Duncan and Sladen, and Hemiaster, Desor.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. pp. 327-336. 1888.

34. A Note on the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle of Discoidea cylindrica, Lamarck sp., and of a

Species of Eehinoconus. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. pp. 284-239. 1889.

35. On the Echinoidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum,

Caleutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum, Linn. Soc. Journ.,

Zool. vol. xxi. pp. 316-319. 1889.

Sladen also wrote the following notices and reports —

Bibliographical Notice: Report upon the Crinoidea collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’

during the Years 1873-76.—The Stalked Crinoids. By P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., Assistant

Master at Eton College. Pp. i-xii, 1-442; 69 plates. (Report on the Scientific Results of the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’: Zoology, part xxxli.) Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xv. pp. 346-352. April 1885.

Bibliographical Notice: Report on the Crinoidea collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’

during the Years 1873-76.—Part II. The Comatule. By P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S.,

F.L.S., Assistant Master at Eton College. Pp. i-ix, 1-399; 70 plates. (Report on the Scientific

Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’: Zoology, part lx.) Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. pp. 504-510. June 1889.

Bibliographical Notice: Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the Geological Museum (Natural History),

with an Account of the Morphology and Systematic Position of the Group, and a Revision of the

Genera and Species. By Robert Etheridge, jun., and P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hust. ser. 5, vol. xviii. pp. 412-417. Nov. 1886.

Report of the Committee ...... (on) the Scottish Zoological Station. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.

1881-1883.

Report of the Committee ...... (on) the Zoological Station at Naples. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv, Sci.

1879-1898.

INTRODUCTION, xxi

Mrs. SLADEN

AND

THE PERCY SLADEN MEMORIAL FUND.

By Henry Bury, M.A., F.L.S.

ConsTANCE SLADEN, daughter of the late William Charles Anderson, Surgeon, and

sometime Sheriff of York, was born in 1848. A woman of cultivated tastes, she devoted

much attention to art, in the study of which she paid frequent visits to Spain and Italy,

while several of her pictures were exhibited at different times in various London and

provincial Galleries. She had also an extensive and accurate acquaintance with the

archeology of her native county, and wrote the article on York Minster in Cassell’s

‘Cathedral Churches of England,’ then edited by Prof. Bonney, F.R.S., as well as

descriptions of Selby Abbey and Castle Howard. In 1904, when the alteration of the

Charter and Bye-Laws of the Linnean Society permitted the admission of women,

Mrs. Sladen was one of the first to avail herself of the opportunity, and was elected a

Fellow of the Society on December 15th, 1904.

Her acquaintance with Percy Sladen, in the early eighties, led immediately to a warm

attachment, and their union, though delayed for nearly twenty years, was one of

unclouded happiness during the short period that it lasted. After her husband’s death

in 1900 she was anxious to find a means of perpetuating his memory and his devotion

to the cause of Science; but though several schemes were proposed and discussed with

her friends, it was not until 1904 that it was finally decided to set aside the sum of

£20,000 as the endowment of a trust for the furtherance of Scientific Research, more

particularly in Biology, Geology, and Anthropology. The following were appointed

Trustees :—Dr. Tempest Anderson, Mr. Henry Bury, Prof. William Abbott Herdman,

Prof. George Bond Howes *, Mr. Thomas Bailey Saunders, and Dr. Henry Woodward,

and their first meeting was held in Mrs. Sladen’s house, 13 Hyde Park Gate,-on June

29th, 1904.

Up to that time she had been a woman of exceptional health and energy, and,

indeed, seemed to be possessed of a remarkably strong constitution; but early in the

following year, after, if not as the result of, a severe attack of influenza, she fell a

victim to an obscure disease; and, after many months of acute suffering, passed away

at Exeter on Jan. 17th, 1906, in the 58th year of her age.

The Trustees of the “ Percy Sladen Memorial Fund,” thus endowed by Mrs. Sladen>

are allowed wide discretionary powers in its administration f, but their policy has been

to devote the greater part of the income at their disposal to the maintenance or

assistance of important exploring expeditions. At their meeting on February 38rd, 1905,

* The death of Prof. Howes, who had been prevented by ill-health from attending any of the meetings of the

Trustees, occurred on February 4th, 1905, to the deep regret of all his colleagues.

+ Applications to the Trustees should be made through their Secretary, c/o The Linnean Society of London.

XXil PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

when applications for grants were first considered, it was decided to support Mr. Stanley

Gardiner’s scheme for the exploration of the Indian Ocean; and the peculiar fitness of

this decision will be readily acknowledged by those who remember the keen interest

taken by Percy Sladen in all investigations of the deep-sea fauna. Besides establishing

this as the first “Percy Sladen Trust Expedition,” the Trustees are sharing with the

Linnean Society the expenses connected with the publication of the results.

A second expedition, under the leadership of Dr. W. H. R. Rivers, is now studying

Anthropology in Melanesia; while a third has been arranged, under Prof. Henry

Harold Welch Pearson, to investigate the Botany of West Africa (with special reference

to the structure and affinities of the Gnetaceze) during the coming winter.

By supporting expeditions of such practical importance as these, the Trustees believe

that they best fulfil their double function of advancing science and honouring the

memory of their friend WALTER PERCY SLADEN.

The Frontispiece to this volume is a reproduction, by kind permission of the Council

of the Linnean Society, of a portrait of the late W. Percy SiapeEn, Esq., F.L.S., in the

Society’s possession,

TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST - EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN. OCEAN IN 1905,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF —

Mie. otANLEY GARDINER.

No. I—DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION.

By J. SvantEy Garpiner, A., F.L.S., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College

and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology in the University of Cambridge,

and C. Forster Cooper, I.A., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(Plates 1-10 and 23 Text-figures.)

Read 21st February, 1907.

CoNnTENTS.

Page

PALM RO MICE ONS A SPRAY Saves clo cloves sis eld cum oh. achalacstsbalehnuscelevsls + ole ohorehels 1

IJ. History and Equipment of the Expedition ....................00sce0n 8

III. Summary of the Voyage and Work.—Part I. Ceylon to Mauritius ........ 21

I. INTRODUCTION.

MEN of science have always been attracted by the study of the former distribution

of land and water upon our globe. We see continual modifications caused by the

action of large volumes of water upon its shores, also by rain and wind, by heat

and frost, by subterranean explosions, and so forth. We are led, in the hope of

prophesying the future, to enquire to what extent these agencies are at work in

altering the face of the habitable world at the present time.

A glance around reveals to us a numerically large series of organisms, endowed with

life and with powers of growth and reproduction. We require to know those changes

in our world through which their ancestors have lived—changes which without doubt

have largely moulded their present morphological forms. Cases are known of similar

organisms occurring in strictly localised situations, often widely separated, even to

the extent of having half the globe between them. Such a phenomenon at once arrests

our attention, and we search for reasons for so extraordinary a distribution. Were only

a few such cases to occur, we might be tempted to pass them by as a matter of chance

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 1

L PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

resemblance. In reality the contrary is the case. When we examine further, we find

a considerable number of sets of widely separated localities with the same or closely

allied forms inhabiting them, and for this some explanatory cause must be sought out.

Each of the larger groups of animals, and in the case of vertebrates each of the

subgroups, found in a locality may point to a new geographical relationship for that

locality. The explanation for this must be sought not only by a careful study of

the structure and bionomics of many generations of many living forms, so as to obtain

a clear understanding of the modes by which they have evolved, but also by examining

the past types themselves. We are compelled to believe that all existing forms have

arisen by some process of evolution from primitive parents living in a past age, and we

require to know its laws in order to appreciate the reason why so many living organisms

have such peculiar distributions.

The question naturally arises, how many generations of a hypothetical species, genus,

or family can remain the same in any two localities—such, for instance, as Ceylon and

Madagascar? Is it capable of existing in the two places for an indefinite time in the

same form? Can it in the two places evolve along parallel lines so as to remain

identical after the lapse of ages? Or, what is equally important in distribution,

can two organisms, of different genera, families, or groups, undergo such a change,

by what is termed convergent evolution, that they must be placed by systematists in

the same genus, family, or group? While we can give no definite answer to these

questions, our view is that both parallelism and convergence do take, and have taken,

place to a far greater extent than is usually supposed. We believe that these two

phenomena go far to explain many of the similarities between the organisms of different

lands. For instance, does the occurrence of -Zpyornis in Madagascar and Dinornis in

New Zealand imply a close and recent connection between these two islands, or do they

represent a case of convergent or parallel evolution from different ancestors or from

some older and more widely distributed Ratite or Carinate? Or, again, are we to

postulate the recent union of our three southern continents in order to account for the

distribution of the ostrich, rhea, and emu? We believe not. On the other hand,

we do find that the resemblances between the organisms of certain localities are too

close to admit of any explanation founded on convergent evolution. In these cases the

previous existence of a land-connection becomes a necessary corollary. In examining a

single locality we may also find that we must demand different land-connections, in

order to account for the distribution of different groups of organisms, though we must

always bear in mind the fact that all groups of organisms did not appear at the same

geological period. We next require the geological dates of these land-connections.

In this respect isolated forms of once dominant and widespread groups are often of

peculiar interest. And, lastly, we should study more particularly such deposits as form

the land in order to trace out and localise the lines of connection.

The study of animal distribution postulates the existence in past times of four great

land-connections. ‘These occurred between Asia and North America, cid Behring

Straits (in Pliocene times), between Australia and Asia across Malaysia (Cretaceous),

between South America and Africa (at the commencement of the Tertiary), and between

South Africa and India by Madagascar (possibly as late as the Eocene period). With

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 3

the first three of these we have no immediate concern, but one of the chief objects

of the expedition was the investigation of the extent to which the topography of the

ocean-hed supports or opposes the fourth. A glance at any chart shows a mass of

islands between India and Africa, some of which (tiie Seychelles) may be the remnants

of this ancient land-connection, while others, groups of coral islands and reefs, may

be built upon foundations formed by its remains. There was no evidence from the

charts, as they existed before our investigation, to prevent such views appearing quite

reasonable. Except a few scanty soundings by the German ‘ Valdivia’ expedition, nothing

showed the great depths found by us between the Maldive and Chagos Archipelagoes,

or between either of the latter and the Seychelles. And although on other grounds we

had reasons to expect a bank between Mauritius and the Seychelles, there were no

soundings to lend support to the view that the two were connected, nor could we tell

whether the latter bank was in any way joined to Madagascar. Finally, it was only by

the low temperatures of the deep sea that we had any indications that the Arabian and

Antarctic seas were connected anywhere by a depth of over 2000 fathoms *.

Anticipating somewhat, we may at once say that we found no trace of any bank

connecting these lands. The evidence from other sources, however, is so strong that the

question still remains whether the ocean-bed between India, Madagascar, and South

Africa may not have attained to its present deep level in the comparatively short

tertiary period +. Our own researches in the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, of

Mr. J. Y. Buchanan and Prof. Alexander Agassiz in many seas, and of the ‘Siboga’

expedition in the Malay Archipelago, forbid us to accept subsidence, the simplest and

most comprehensive way of accounting for the disappearance of land, without further

inquiries. Although prepared to find that these connecting-banks did not exist, we

thought that the western part of the Indian Ocean would present an area singularly

suited for the examination of the interaction of land and sea, especially as regards the

deeper currents. This anticipation was abundantly fulfilled, and our only regret is that

adverse circumstances, lack of time and gear, bad weather, and the pursuit of our other

work, prevented us from making more than isolated observations in this direction.

For the consideration of questions relating to the distribution of land-organisms

in general, a more accurate knowledge of the present means of dispersal of land-forms,

as well as of the actual forms capable of crossing large stretches of sea, seemed desirable.

It might have been anticipated that the Seychelles, situated as they are in the western

part of the Indian Ocean, would give definite evidence in its land-organisms of former

connections with Madagascar and India. On the other hand, other islands and groups

scattered over this area, being of corai-formation, would show only those organisms

* Vide map, p. 14 of ‘The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes.’

+ The late Dr. W. IT. Blanford in his Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society in 1890

(p. 98) said: “The evidence relating to the old land-connexion between India and South Africa has been given at

greater length than would otherwise have been necessary because of its importance, and because this is a crucial case.

So far as I am able to judge, every circumstance as to the distribution of life 1s consistent with the view that the

connexion between India and South Africa included the Archean masses of the Seychelles and Madagascar, that it

continued throughout Upper Cretaceous times, and was broken up into islands at an early Tertiary date. Great

depression must have taken place, and the last remnants of the islands are now doubtless marked by the coral atolls

of the Laccadives, Maldives, and Chagos, and by the Saya de Malha bank.”

he Kai's

A PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

which are capable of being dispersed across the surface of the ocean. It is too early as

yet to prophesy how far we shall realise the first of these anticipations, although we did

find traces in the Seychelles of the existence of an infinitely larger fauna than occurs at

present. The second anticipation proved true, and we hold large collections from the

islands of the Chagos Archipelago, from Coetivy, and from other places, which we trust

will throw light on the methods by which oceanic islands receive their population. An

ideal type of locality for such a study would be an oceanic island, whose neighbouring

continents have had their faunas and floras thoroughly well described. In the

Atlantic such islands as exist are open to the suspicion of former connection with

continents, while the organisms of the oceanic islands of the West Indies have been too

much changed by man for any accurate estimate to be possible of the causes of their

distribution. The Pacific is a vast ocean and the organisms of its surrounding

continental lands are but little known. The Indian Ocean, therefore, seemed to be

the most suitable, and it was felt that special attention should be paid to the question.

As another point bearing on the above questions, we studied the interrelations of

fauna to flora, and of both to the soil, and other features of the environment. In this

we were aided by our own experimental studies in the Maldives and Minikoi. Each

generation of mankind may be expected to improve on the work of its predecessors, and

our own studies on this, the foundation problem of distribution, must themselves be

regarded as purely tentative and solely of utility in pointing out lines along which

future work may proceed.

We now turn toa fresh problem in distribution, the question of the dispersal of

marine organisms through the water of the globe. The factors in“ eration here are

currents, tides, food, the possession of swimming larvee, and the power of living at

varied ranges of depth, whereby deep-living forms can ascend or descend the submarine

slopes in order to migrate into new grounds. We know that the deeper seas contain

animals of wide distribution and great similarity. Of these most forms are confined

to deep water, though we do get striking anomalies in vertical range, such as in the

genus Proneomenia found by the ‘Siboga’ from 18 to 3088 metres, from 27° C.

to 2:9° C.*

When we actually come to examine the question, we find that we do not know where

shallow-water faunas end and the deep begin, or whether they gradually merge into one

another. In going through the work of the many expeditions since the ‘ Challenger,’

we were struck with the relative paucity of observations under this head and by

the scarcity of dredgings, from which information might be expected. Even the

depth to which marine plants could live seemed uncertain. Taking these points into

consideration, we decided to confine our dredging to the examination of moderate depths,

especially areas from 50 to 300 fathoms. To this end we had arranged to spend

at least two months in the Chagos Archipelago, a place from which especially good

results were to be expected on account of its isolated situation. But to our dismay we

were prevented in our designs, as our dredge-wire did not reach us till after our arrival

at Mauritius. From there we still had a large stretch of ocean to traverse, and time

* «Introduction et Description de ]’Expédition,’ par Max Weber, p. 120.

Surgeon Simpson. Mr. ALEXANDER

(Surv. Boatswain).

Lieut. Hancock.

Mr. BEER Mr. Evans Mr. B. FnercHer Lieut. CRAVEN.

(Engineer). (Boatswain). (Paymaster).

C. Forster Cooper. Lieut. Lay. Comm. B. T. SomERVILLE.

Fie. 1— Officers and Naturalists on H.M.S. Sealark.

J. STANLEY GARDINER.

SSN

NWNHH

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 7

and other plans would not allow us to devote as much attention to this point as we

should have liked. Consequently we had to select our dredgings carefully, each

for its own specific purpose—and the collections from this source are disappointing

in quantity, though perhaps not in quality.

The distribution of the shallow-water organisms of marine slopes presents problems

very similar to those of the land. It is Eeronlicated; in many classes by the presence of

pelagic larvee *, and by forms with extraordinary powers of existence on floating weed

or timber. Again, environment appears to be so much less varied than on land + that,

the problems of convergence and parallelism become correspondingly more acute.

However, our own work at Minikoi and in the Maldives impels us to believe that

though involved at every turning in numerous possibilities, some light will be thrown

on the question of the pre-existence of former land-areas by the study and comparisons

of littoral faunas and floras. For such work our area appeared particularly suitable,

and we accordingly carefully collected the fauna and flora of each locality visited,

making specialities of Salomon Atoll and Coetivy {.

Our own researches in previous expeditions have been largely concerned with the

formation and growth of coral-reefs and the bionomics of the organisms which form

them. It will be obvious to what an important extent these are related to the

previous problems. All research on these questions, if rightly applied, is of practical

importance, but the main scientific interest lies in the question as to whether coral-

islands owe their origin to subsidence or not. Granting that a land-connection once

existed between India and Madagascar, we should surely expect to get an idea of its

topography traced out in some degree by coral-reefs, if it fell victim to a gradual

subsidence (unless, indeed, physical conditions were then vastly different—a not im-

possible contingency). ‘To elucidate this point we were careful to fill as many gaps in

our knowledge of the ocean-floor as possible. Particularly we aimed at getting all

possible information about the topography of the Chagos Archipelago in view of its

either half-drowned or upgrowing banks; and here it will be enough to state that in this

group of atolls, which have been the subject of much controversy, not a single bottom-

sounding previously existed between any of its shallower banks. We felt, moreover,

the necessity for further information of every character about the totally submerged

* Vide “ Notes and Observations on the Distribution of the Larve of Marine Animals,” by J. Stanley Gardiner,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiv. (Dec. 1904).

+ We would at once point out ihat the faunas found on the slopes of continental lands barred by coral-reefs,

and those not so protected, are very distinct even in non-reef-building animals. The mere fact of a slope being

calcareous or siliceous appears to cause a divergence. Again, there may be differences between the animals on

continental coral-slopes and the coral-island slopes in their immediate vicinity, such as actually exist on those

of Ceylon and the Maldives and Laccadives. But this instance perhaps may be really due to the inability of certain

animals to cross the intervening seas. Everywhere the presence or absence and the nature of the scaweeds’ is

a factor of primary importance to the fauna. Enough, however, has been said to show the caution required

in dealing with the problems that arise.

+ While, on the one hand, we might hope to lay foundations (in the study of the possibilities of dispersal from hp

cA distribution of littoral organisms) for the more accurate delineation of land and sea in past ages, we cannot

be blind to the fact that, if a land-connection disappeared along our line by slow and long-continued subsidence, we

may have at every point remains of a littoral fauna once continuous throughout the whole line,

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 2

8 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Saya de Malha and the partially submerged Nazareth, Amirante, and Seychelles Banks.

The presence of hills marked in the charts of many of the islands between the Seychelles

and Madagascar pointed to the possibility of their being in an area of elevation. And,

finally, we required more definite information as to the existence of raised coral-

limestones in Mauritius and the Seychelles. The distribution of the fringing reefs

in the latter locality, as marked on the charts, seemed unusual, while in Farquhar we

hoped to find a new type of shallow-lagooned atoll which would throw some light

on Aldabra—an island of great interest from the presence of gigantic land-tortoises

( Testudo elephantina).

Such were the chief motives which directed the course of the Expedition. How far

they have been successful we must leave others to judge, when the reports are all

published. In addition to these main objects much routine-work was involved, such as

the taking of water-samples, temperature observations, plankton collections, and in

noting meteorological phenomena. From the commencement of our work we recognised

the necessity of restricting ourselves to limited areas, instead of spending time in

making isolated observations during the long ocean-passages. Yet we now feel that our

ground and work were several times too large for the time and facilities at our disposal.

We cannot, we fear, do more than claim to have, in some degree, paved the way for

another expedition over the same area, and by our failures and successes to have

indicated problems to be solved and their most promising methods of attack.

Il. History AND EQUIPMENT OF THE EXPEDITION.

Undoubtedly the greatest biological expedition ever sent out by any country was

that of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ It stands pre-eminent in originality and comprehensiveness

of aim, in duration, and in results. It investigated every side of oceanography, lasted

over four years, and extended round the whole world; in its publications, to which

many of the most distinguished men in Europe contributed, it brought new facts to

light bearing on every aspect of the ocean and on every group of animals and plants.

‘True, it was only a pioneer expedition, but the far-sightedness of its director and of the

editors of its reports made it a model which has rarely been equalled, never surpassed,

by the few expeditions which have since left, European and American shores.

Only one ocean was omitted in the scheme of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, the

Indian, which, it was confidently believed, would be subsequently examined by the

enterprise of the Indian Government—an anticipation which thirty years afterwards

still awaits any attempt at verification. Meantime this ocean has become much better

known in its topographical and physical features by the exertions of H.M. Surveying

Vessels belonging to the ome and Indian Governments, by the soundings of Telegraph

Companies, and a special German scientific expedition, that of the ‘ Valdivia.” Except

for the latter, and for such observations as the naturalists on the Indian Survey-Ship

‘Investigator’ were permitted to undertake, its biology remained almost unknown,

though the work of numerous naturalists on its continental coasts gave us a fair idea of

their fauna and flora. ‘The ‘ Valdivia’ Expedition made a rapid traverse along a route

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 9

from Kerguelen to Cocos-Keeling, Sumatra, Nicobar, Ceylon, South Maldives, Chagos,

Seychelles, and Zanzibar, while the ‘ Investigator’s’ work was confined to the Indian

slopes. Little, however, had become known about the geology, fauna, and flora of the

islands. To the east Cocos-Keeling had been re-examined by Guppy, and Christmas

Island opened up to us by the liberality of Sir John Murray. Since Moebius’s and

Balfour’s visits, in connection with the Transit of Venus Expeditions in 1875, our

knowledge of the Mascarene Islands, Mauritius, and Rodriguez and Reunion had

scarcely increased. Of the remaining great mass of islands and reefs between Mada-

gascar, South Africa, and India we knew hardly more in 1905 than we did in 1875,

excepting only the Seychelles, where steady work had been done. We ourselves, in

1899 and 1900, followed by Prof. Alexander Agassiz in 1901, carried our knowledge to

some degree southwards from Minikoi, the most southward of the Laccadives, to the

south of the Maldives; but of the Great Chagos Archipelago, for example, we had

practically no information beyond that to be found in the Admiralty Sailing Directions

and a short paper by G. C. Bourne on Diego Garcia *.

Indeed, of all cceanic areas none seemed so little known in 1905 as that between

India and Madagascar, while to the oceanographer and to the more specialised students

of coral-reefs and of problems of distribution none seemed more urgently to demand

investigation. We have his own authority for saying that over twenty-five years ago

the late Dr. W. T. Blanford applied for such an investigation as that of H.M.S. Sealark

in 1905 to enable him to arrive at a clearer comprehension of the various geological and

biological problems which met him at every turn of his work in India. His view of

the importance of such an investigation is clearly indicated later on in his Presidential

Address to the Geological Society in 1890. He expected discoveries along that line

which would show more definitely the former union of India and 8. Africa, expectations

shared by the great majority of geologists and biologists who had to deal with those

lands. While Gardiner, as his chart shows +, did not expect the existence of any line

of shallower water between these two lands, he required a similar investigation for

the completion of his work and for the solution of many other obscure problems.

It was, moreover, pointed out to him by many friends that it was clearly his duty to

endeavour to carry his investigations still further to tne south, and to attempt to test

more fully his views on many points. A circular letter, accompanied by a scheme of a

proposed expedition, met with such a flattering response that early in 1904 he decided

to petition the Royal Society to take up the question of such an expedition. We were

happy in that the Royal Society endorsed the scheme, and decided to approach the

Government on the matter. We had hopes that the Government of India, like the

Government of the Dutch East Indies in the case of the ‘Siboga’ Expedition, might

have seen its way to undertake to give us the assistance we required for our plans, but

it was the Admiralty that finally decided to place a vessel during six months of the

summer of 1905 at the disposal of the senior of us for the work. ‘This decision we

could not regard but with feelings of great satisfaction, since it was with the Admiralty

* Proc. R.S. vol. xliii. pp. 440-61 (1888).

+ ‘Fauna and Geography. Maldives and Laccadives,’ p. 14.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 3

10 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

that practically every English marine expedition since the time of Cook had been

identified. The Admiralty has always taken a broad and liberal interest in all matters

relating to oceanographical exploration, and we venture to suggest that its officers in

this field have given it glory as imperishable as that of its militant branch. Its alliance

with civilians in some of its work is no new matter—and long may it continue!

We would like in this place to express our indebtedness to those gentlemen who

assisted us by procuring the grant of a vessel, by aiding us in drawing up our scheme,

by allowing us to give their names as references in our petition to the Royal Society,

and by practical advice in many ways, viz.: Colonel Alcock, the late Dr. W. T. Blanford,

Mr. J. Y. Buchanan, Capt. Creak, the late Sir Michael Foster, Dr. Gadow, Prof. Herd-

man, Prof. Hickson, the late Prof. Howes, Prof. Judd, Prof. Ray Lankester, Sir John

Murray, Prof. A. Newton, and Mr. Adam Sedgwick. To the expert knowledge of

the late Rear-Admiral Sir W. L. Wharton, formerly Chief Hydrographer, and to

Capt. Tizard, we owe a thorough overhauling of our plans and a full consideration of

the methods by which they could best be fitted in with the ordinary work of a vessel.

For help in the early stages of preparation, as well as throughout the whole Expedition,

we owe much to the keen personal interest and goodwill of Capt. (now Rear-Admiral)

Mostyn Field, the present Chief Hydrographer, under whose immediate orders the

Expedition was carried out. We would also express our deep appreciation of the

generous leave of absence from official positions granted to one of us (Gardiner) by

the University of Cambridge and by Gonville and Caius College.

The Admiralty very generously undertook all expenditure connected with the em-

ployment of a vessel, and allowed us to use such gear as is ordinarily carried. Oceano-

graphical research, however, at the present day requires the employment of much costly

special equipment, and the expenses entailed in getting together and preserving

representative collections, and subsequently in sorting and sending them out to

specialists, are by no means light. To meet these, we were in the first place granted

£150 by the British Association towards the more geographical parts of the work.

The Managers of the Fund in Cambridge founded in memory of the late Francis

Maitland Balfour, as the Student of which the previous researches of one of us

(Gardiner) in the Maldive and Laccadive groups had been undertaken, generously

wave £350 for the further prosecution of the same work. Finally, the Trustees of the

Percy Sladen Memorial Fund, the history of which is given in the first pages of this

volume, undertook financial responsibility for such further expenditure as might be

necessary and which we could not ourselves meet. Under these circumstances they

might—and perhaps rightly—have claimed the direction of the work, but in the most

generous manner they left us an absolutely free hand. ‘To one of their number

(Prof. Herdman) we owe many acts of kindness and much valuable criticism and

advice.

The vessel placed at our disposal was the most recent addition to the surveying-fleet

of the Admiralty. Built in 1880, and christened the ‘ Wanderer,’ she was bought into

the Service in 1904, specially refitted at Southampton for surveying, and renamed the

‘Sealark.’ Originally a square-rigged vessel, she was to some degree remasted and

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. gti

fitted with fore and aft sails. She had already auxiliary steam, with a two-bladed

propeller. Her tonnage is 900 tons and coal-capacity 95 tons in the bunkers and, on

emergency, 30 tons on deck. Her economical consumption is 9 tons per diem at

8 knots, this giving her a steaming-range under very favourable conditions of about

2500 miles. Of her sailing-capacity we had little experience, winds being generally

contrary. She had a high forecastle, bridge forward, a deep waist, and a high poop.

Unfortunately there was really no accommodation beyond what was required for her own

officers and crew. Her deck-space was limited, but the poop was most generously given

up to us as far as possible for our gear. Her boats consisted of two steamboats, two

whaleboats, two skiffs, and a dinghy. Her complement was 100 officers and crew (PI. 2).

We were singularly fortunate in that the Sealark was entirely officered from the

Surveying Branch of the Navy, so that we were able to resign all topographical,

meteorological, and indeed most oceanographical work of a physical character into other

hands. She was under the command of Comm. Boyle T. Somerville—a most skilful

hydrographer and a most charming man,—who took the keenest interest throughout

and who assisted in every part of the work. In particular, he took all the observations

for magnetic variation, and undertook the examination of the bottom-samples as they

came up, a proceeding necessary for getting indications of shallow banks in the vicinity.

To his unfailing interest, courtesy, and kindness any geographical success that the

Expedition may have met with must be largely ascribed, as must all the pleasant

relations which throughout existed on board. ‘The other officers of the ship were

Lieut. Lay (Navigator and Senior Surveyor), Lieut. Hancock (1st Lieutenant), Lieut.

Craven, Mr. Alexander (Boatswain on Special Service and 2nd Class Surveyor), Mr. Beer

(Engineer), Mr. Evans (Boatswain), Paymaster Bainbrigge T. Fletcher, and the late

Surgeon Simpson, each of whom most cheerfully assisted us in every way in his power.

Detailed description of the equipment of a vessel for such work as we were under-

taking is unnecessary. For sounding there were on either side of the forecastle Lucas

machines, each holding 5000 fathoms of wire. The position was an especially good one,

because the officer on duty could watch the sounding and communicate with the engine-

room when necessary. Each machine was provided with a large driving-wheel, which

could be instantaneously connected to the winch, situated at the base of the mainmast,

by leads attached to the rigging, A Lucas machine consists of a large drum carrying

piano-wire, with a flattened rim to which brakes can be instantaneously applied. From

this the wire is led over a guiding-wheel of known circumference (generally half a

fathom), which is carefully adjusted so as to revolve absolutely freely. On one side of

the frame which supports this is an indicator, on which the number of fathoms can be

read off as the wire runs out. The movements of the ship when sounding are remarkably

simple, being only such as are required to keep the wire vertical, the ship being laid at

starting with the wind about one point off the starboard or port bow in accordance with

which machine is being used. The machine is very accurate, and each sounding is toa

certain degree checked, since, in “ heaving in,” the indicator registers the backward

revolutions of the wheel and should return to zero; if it does not, a fresh sounding is at

once taken on the same spot. The rate at which the wire runs out depends upon the

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fig. 2.

\) )

Ny i

uM 4

4 |

Y }

i \)

4) th

4 (

i ia

SSS SSS SS 0s SoU SE SSS

=S——

——

CAST IRON |

SS,

~S SS

Stee =

The Lucas Lead for deep-sea

sounding, Note springs for

closing the jaws and arrange-

ments for casting the shot

before hauling up. ‘The

form employed by us was

similar, but the weight was

not detachable.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 13

amount of brake placed on the drum. A sounding of 2000 fathoms, from the time that

the order is given until the ship proceeds again upon her course, does not generally take

more than an hour (PI. 4).

The weights are connected with the sounding-wire by stout pieces of hemp about

3 fathoms long, so that an indication of the bottom having been reached is received at

the machine before the wire can itself touch the bottom. The leads employed by

us were three in number—the old valved lead so often described; the modification of

the last regularly employed for deep-sea sounding, which consists of a tube with valves

running into the middle of the weights, the latter being mechanically detached as

soon as the bottom is touched; and, lastly, the Snapper Lead, invented by Mr. Lucas.

For most of our work we found the latter by far the best lead for procuring samples of

the bottom, particularly for soundings below 1000 fathoms and on more or less hard

bottom. The form that we employed unfortunately had no detachable weights, and the

whole of its 28 or 30 lbs. had to be heaved in by the machine, this weight in a seaway

sometimes throwing an undue strain on the sounding-wire. The apparatus itself consists

of a steel shaft (ending in a ring for attachment) extending through the centre of

a conical lead. At its lower end the latter is hollowed out so that a spiral steel spring

can be inserted around the shaft; this acts upon two brass spoons, which are hinged

on to the end of the shaft, and which, when closed, fit tightly upon one another. The

box so formed is kept open by a sear while the lead is sent down, but its sides at once

snap up tightly when it strikes anything. It seldom fails to bring up a sample of the

bottom—a small handful of sand, a few pieces of rubble, or fragments detached from

the rock beneath (see fig. 2).

The thermometers employed for the ship’s use were of the usual old maximum and

minimum type, as supplied by Cary, and Negretti and Zambra. When sounding in the

deep sea, one is attached to the sounding-wire just above the lead. In addition we

employed them in series at every 50 or 100 fathoms down to 800 fathoms, attaching them

to a wire of a smaller Lucas machine fixed on a platform on the port side of the poop,

lowering slowly, and heaving in by hand. Their readings may be relied on to a quarter

of a degree. In addition, we ourselves employed, generally in pairs, Richter’s reversing-

thermometers, as approved by the International Bureau for the Exploration of the Sea.

They reverse by messenger or by propeller. Careful tests showed that the latter, after

we had readjusted it, released the frame so that it swung over after passing through

about 7 fathoms of water, and although not so reliable as the messenger form, the error

of its thermometers from every cause did not, we think, exceed one-tenth of a degree.

The propeller form has the inestimable advantage that several thermometers may be

attached as the wire runs out so as to reach different depths. The temperature of ihe

surface-water of the sea was taken in a narrow canvas bucket by a specially tested

thermometer. This receptacle was very satisfactory, as we found by experiment that

its contents, even if hung up in a strong sun, do not vary by a tenth of a degree for the

first two minutes, long before which the temperature would have been read.

For the reversing instruments we employed a steel rope half an inch in circumference,

consisting of six cords each containing nineteen strands. To prevent kinks and to keep

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

*YOUNV] pAvogiejs 4} Jo 4lAtp-1oqye oy yroddns pue xy 04 shn8 ‘qq ‘7 Sy f sSurads-10yvpnuMooe ‘fe

$ OMEM JO WMIP WOYZBJ-0OOS “HF Syoorq-surproy ‘ny puv JT { your ‘of 0} yoo[q-Surpuor “q¢ ‘ yoorq-Surtamnsvout ‘9 ‘spoatms ‘gq foSporp ‘y

*"YAVlROY “CLF pxvoq uo sjuomosuraty Susporcy

‘g SUT

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 15

the wire thoroughly taut we used an 80-Ib. lead at the tail and hauled in by the winch

over a specially made 3-fathom Lucas block attached to the steamboat’s after-davit

swung outwards. The water-bottles employed were of the reversing type, as recom-

mended to us by Mr. D. Matthews and used by the International Bureau, fitted some

for messengers and others with propellers. Attached to each were frames for two

reversing thermometers. ‘To store the water for analysis from the above, and also from

our daily samples, we used specially blown bottles of green insoluble glass with china

patent clip stoppers and rubber rings. They were fitted into felt-lined cases properly

partitioned up, each containing 42 bottles and their requisite printed labels.

In dredging we used a steel rope, 1 inch circumference, 114 strands in six cords,

a pattern regularly made by Messrs. Bullivant & Co. The breaking-strain was supposed

to be 43 tons, but, as tested by us, it proved well able to take any load up to 6 tons.

It was placed beneath the bridge on its drum, which took 2000 fathoms (fig. 3). From

there the rope was led through a block under the forecastle down the starboard side to

the winch, around which three or four turns were taken, thence through a lead up to the

measuring-block attached to the steamboat’s after-davit, the latter being especially guyed

to the fore- and main-masts to stand the strain. Previous to leaving England we had

obtained four spiral steel springs, each 15 inches long, with a total of 12 inches

compression under a strain of 5 tons. We had intended to have a frame made for them

in Ceylon, but, owing to a series of errors preventing our dredging-wire from reaching

us before we got to Mauritius, we did not have them fitted up until we arrived at that

island. As the distance from the top of the davit to the water was small, we placed

only three in series in the accumulator, thus getting for a strain of 5 tons a compression

of 9 inches, or 1°8 inches for lton. To hold the wire we used a hemp stopper, which on

occasions of severe strain allowed the rope to pay out somewhat, and undoubtedly saved

us on many occasions. On the whole these arrangements worked admirably, but the

drum for the wire should be part of the winch, or itself be capable of being wound up

by steam. Such an arrangement was impossible on the Sealark, so that four hands

were commonly placed on the drum to wind up the rope, but the labour was very

severe. The dredges should be heaved in fairly rapidly and without stopping (which is

disastrous), or the greater part of the swimming and crawling forms may be lost. One

of the causes of our failures in dredging in the Chagos was undoubtedly the absence of

any accumulator to show us the strain. Subsequently, after some experience, we were

enabled, by watching the contraction of the accumulator, to see whether the dredge or

trawl was passing over the bottom properly. Further, we were enabled in some degree to

estimate the character of the ground over which we were working. We could see when

we were caught up, and so could stop the ship, and by going astern trip the net if

necessary. The arrangement was awkward, in that the whole of the starboard gangway

had to be kept clear in case of accidents. Few of our nets could be swung clear of the

water, and the delay in vetting them on board by hand often caused us the loss of

valuable specimens. In manceuvring tue ship during dredging our chief concern was

to keep the wire rope clear of the ship and of her propeller. We would be inclined to

recommend any future expedition to employ a boom from the mast, taking the strain

wi(LIBRARY e

Z amy pS

f Maass-~S)

16 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

on accumulators attached to the deck at the base of the mast. This method was

impossible on board the Sealark, but by constant care we managed to get through

fairly successfully between Mauritius and Seychelles (Pl. 4).

The dredges employed by us were of two shapes only, triangular and rectangular.

The blades of the former varied from 2 to 5 feet in length, and of the latter from

1 to G feet. The blades of the triangular dredges were set at equal angles to one another,

some bent together round their ends and others bolted through. The former generally

broke at the angles, and the latter straightened and drew in the same positions. We

would ourselves recommend bolts and nuts of one pattern only, and a fair supply of

spare blades and handles. The same applies also to the rectangular dredges. We found

it to be almost immaterial at what angle the blade is set, so long as the dredge-rope

can be easily let out and hauled in. Our dredges were set at different angles, and our

experience was that, steaming at about 13 knots, the amount of warp to be let out varied

from one and a half times the depth for a dredge with its blade at 35° to four times for

one with a horizontal blade. We recommend a blade set at about 20°, when the warp

required would be about twice the depth. All dredges of a pattern should have their

blades set at the same angle so as to give the best comparative resuits. A sharp blade

on hard ground bites into the bottom better, digs up growing organisms, and chips

off pieces of the rock. Unfortunately it tends to bite so deeply into masses of the

relatively soft limestone-rock around coral-reefs that it is unable to break them off,

with the result that in spite of all manceuvring the dredge must be broken or lost.

Probably over such ground as large a number of organisms would be secured with blunt

blades, and much less damage would be done, Sharp blades, however, were generally

adopted by us, because they give positive information of the nature of the bottom, which

can be obtained by no other means. The weight of the dredge should lie in its frame;

some of our rectangular ones were not heavy enough, so that we had to lash fire-bars on

to them, sometimes with not very successful results, as the extra weight must be nicely

adjusted. Our best triangular dredge, with 4-foot blades, weighed about 75 Ibs., and for

steamship-work we would not recommend a lighter form whatever size it might be.

Next we found by experience that at least two strong swivels should be placed between

the warp and the dredge to prevent twisting, and that preferably they should be

separated by a thin lead weight of about 30 lbs. Should the dredge be too light, it

would be probably best to increase the weight in this position. “ites

The nets generally employed were made of thick Manila cord and of 1- to 2-inch mesh ;

canvas bags were also used for obtaining large bottom samples of mud and soft ground.

The nets were made fairly voluminous and attached by wire to holes bored in the backs

of the blades. Those actually employed by us varied greatly in length, but for a

triangular dredge should not be less than four times the length of its blades, and for

a rectangular three times; all should taper, and open at the bottom. A 20-lb. shot may

occasionally be attached with advantage to the cord which binds up the end of the net, as

a means of preventing the net fouling the frame when descending ; it also keeps it fairly

taut, so that the smaller organisms cannot escape through its meshes. or rough ground

we recommend spare nets for all dredges, and also spare pieces of netting. We ourselves

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 17

used nineteen dredges, and, in spite of the constant exertions of the blacksmith, had on

arrival in the Seychelles only four fit for use; but then, as already mentioned, our aim

was rather to ascertain the nature of the bottom around coral-reefs than to preserve our

instruments. Under no circumstances can we recommend the galvanized frames, as the

process weakens the steel and flaws are less apparent.

The trawls employed were of one pattern only, a modification of the well-known

Agassiz trawl, used for the first time, we believe, by ourselves. The Agassiz trawl is

derived from the beam and consists of two stirrups joined together, top and bottom, by

Fig. 4.

Ekhman Current Meter.

A, double yane; B, propeller; C, first messenger, which has pushed out D so that E no longer catches the

propeller; F, measuring-dials over the compass; G, ball-and-socket joint on which the meter swings freely.

bars. Its particular merit lies in the fact that it is immaterial upon which side it falls.

It is also particularly convenient for transport, since all its parts, being bolted, can readily

be taken asunder and put together. Its weakness lies in the bars joining the stirrups,

which readily become bent or broken. Our modification consisted in attaching the bag

on either side not to the bottom angles of the stirrups, but two-thirds up their sides. We

then made the ground-ropes considerably longer, and to prevent the upper falling on the

lower and closing the bag coarse netting was stretched between the upper and lower

bars joining the stirrups. This also served in some degree to prevent strong swimming

forms from getting out of the mouth of the net as its upper half was closed. It will be

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 4

18 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

obvious that with the slacker ground-ropes a much greater grip of the bottom is obtained.

‘The sizes employed by us were 9, 6, and 4:5 feet, the bags three or four times these lengths

and made of twine, 1—2-inch mesh. To give weight we had to lash old firebars on to

the stirrups, but it would have been far better to have made all the parts much stronger

and heavier. A lead must always be attached to the bag, or in letting out quickly it

will often be caught up over the mouth of the trawl. These trawls tend to twist up to

a lesser degree than the dredges, and the arrangement of swivels, mentioned before, on

the end of the warp is less necessary. Their bridles are of considerable length, and

hence it is difficult in any vessel to swing their bags clear of the water, unless they can

pass through the block together with the swivels. We experienced considerable

inconvenience at first, since we hung our indicator-block on the end of the davit. It ought

to have beena snatch-block that would open on one side; we could have then removed the

warp from it and taken the strain on a second larger block, which up to that time would

have been hanging from the same davit.

Another instrument with which we had provided ourselves—and the use of which

we strongly recommend—was the Ekhman Current Meter. It consists of a frame

through the centre of which a wire cord can be passed, having a heavy weight at its end.

A serew and indicator on one side are balanced by a large vane on the other to keep the

screw in position facing the current. Messengers start and stop the meter. There is a

compass in a box open to the water below the meter, and as the screw revolves, shot are

dropped on to the top of the compass itself. This has the north point deeply grooved,

so that the shot are bound to run down it. They then fall into the box, which is

divided up into compartments. By examining the position of the shot in the box in

relation to that of the screw the direction of the current is clearly shown. For use the

ship should be anchored, but it would be possible to rest the lower weight on the bottom

and buoy the wire. The meter requires to be nicely adjusted and continually tested, but

for direction the arrangement is a great advance on the compass clamped by a messenger,

which one of us (Gardiner) used in the Maldives and Laccadives in 1899-1900 (fig. 4).

lor the plankton or pelagic-fauna work we used the same wire and arrangements as

we employed for reversing thermometers and water-bottles. In the collecting-gear

employed we (having little experience of our own) in the main followed the directions of

Dr. G. H. Fowler, who most kindly gave us every assistance in his power. For ordinary

purposes we employed two kinds of nets—iron rings of 13 and 7 inches in diameter, nets

of silk bolting-cloth, 6 and 3 feet in length and of 60 and 180 meshes to the inch. Most

of the rings were fitted with a pair of clamps with butterfly-nuts, which came unscrewed

in a few turns, so that they might be readily affixed to a vertical wire. For the smaller

nets we used 4-0z. bottles, while for the larger we introduced a modification in the shape

of vessels made of aluminium. These tended to float upside down, unless filled with

water before being lowered into the sea, but they undoubtedly by their lightness allow

the hag of the net to float out more horizontally, so that the organisms caught are less

damaged and probably more numerous. We also used a large net, 4 feet in diameter

at the mouth, with long bridles and a 2-gallon tin at its end. Its net was made of the

best mosquito-cloth 8 meshes to an inch and 16 yards in length, so as to allow the water

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 19

to pass with as much ease as possible. The smaller nets were for use while the ship was

drifting, the larger net while steaming at 2-4 knots, an 80-lb. weight being generally

placed between two swivels at the end of the warp to sink it. At 3 knots the wire

then ran out from the ship at an angle of about 45, while the net itself beyond the lead

would be streaming out horizontally.

To some degree we used the above nets for collecting the plankton at different depths,

but we were provided also with the Wolfenden and Fowler closing-nets. The former was

lent to us by its inventor, Dr. Norris Wolfenden, and the latter was a net which had

been for two winters in the Antarctic Regions in the ‘ Discovery, cleaned and repaired

for us under the direction of Dr. Fowler (fig. 5). They differ in principle, the Wolfenden

being opened by a messenger and closed at the same depth after a certain interval of

The Fowler Vertical Plankton Net.

A, closed ready to descend ; B, opened by first messenger; C, closed hy second messenger.

time by a second messenger, and the Fowler being opened at a certain depth, hauled up

vertically through the water to a lesser depth, and then closed. Our experience is that

they both give the depth of their organisms quite reliably, and that they are both

easy of manipulation and so simple in construction that they cannot go wrong. With

either, the manipulator is able to see when the messengers strike and when the nets are

working. In the weather we experienced, almost constantly heavy winds and seas in

relation to the work we were doing, the Fowler net proved the most successful, perhaps

because of its larger size and weight. For the Wolfenden type of net heavy messengers

are essential, and the net should be of considerable length, since the longer it is the more

rapidly will the water pass through it.

20 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

The boxes and gear used by any individual collector are largely the product of his own

fancy. We ourselves used flat-topped, patent bottles with india-rubber rings, placed in

cases lined and divided by partitions cut out of mill-board. Our tubes were especially

made for us in various sizes with rounded ends. For plankton we had corked bottles

holding 4 and 8 ounces. The tubes were generally placed in larger vessels, but all

bottles whether clamped or stoppered had their ends dipped into melted paraffin to prevent

evaporation and the action of the air on the corks and rubber rings. The result was

actually less than 1 per cent. of losses by breakage or drying up. We also used various

kinds of tanks, some copper and some common tin, which could be soldered up. The

preserving-fluids were alcohol (pure spirit diluted as required) and the ordinary formic

aldehyde manufactured in this country, which we have found always to be more reliable,

being less likely to acidify, than the much more expensive patented formalin. For reef-

collecting *—and for land-collecting also—hammers with pointed and chisel-shaped ends,

chisels and a small crowbar with chisel and claw, which can also be used for a walking-

stick, are useful. The entomologist will do well to employ white nets in such localities

as we visited.

Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher set our Lepidoptera as we obtained them and pinned out some

of the Neuroptera and dragon-flies. For the rest we followed the advice of Dr. David

Sharp and placed them to dry in sawdust, from which the finer particles of wood had

been well sifted, subsequently setting them on our return to England. With the plants

we had great difficulty, owing to the damp. The land plants, too, in such regions tend to

be more succulent than the same plants in larger islands where the soil is less salt. We

found that the only thing to do was to use plenty of paper and to change them at least

daily. Fermentation set in at once, when we tried placing our press, which consisted of

two flat boards with canvas straps, in the sun or engine-room. The limited success

which we obtained was mainly due to Mr. Beer, who daily dried our paper for us in the

latter room. The last stages were to paint the plants with corrosive sublimate, and to

put them up in newspaper, labelling tbe packets with their different localities. Larger

specimens, such as the flowers and leaves of trees and shrubs, we often in the first place

killed in boiling water. The latter was used for all the marine plants that we pressed,

but otherwise the treatment was the same.

* It is scarcely necessary to point out that the reef-collector should under no circumstances, particularly at night,

go into the water with any part of his body except head and arms exposed. To obtain a really representative

collection from any locality, he must be prepared to work for hours with the water up to his waist or neck, and he

must occasionally go out by night as well as by day. He will find at times that he is the object of considerable

curiosity to small sharks and the deadly, though small, sea-snake (J/ydrus platurus), while occasionally sharp-jawed

fish will, perhaps frightened by his companion, dash against him. Again, many fish have poisonous spines and

Siphonophora have batteries of stings, while abrasions of the skin on corals usually lead to sores which can only be

cured if salt water be avoided—in fact, by giving up reef-collecting for a time. We ourselves, after considerable

experience, recommend, for coral-reef collecting-work, a shirt and khaki coat (the sun on the spine should be

avoided), khaki breeches moderately tight and closing up at the knee, putties, and hobnailed boots,

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 21

IIL. SUMMARY OF THE VOYAGE AND WorK.

Part I.— Ceylon to Mauritius.

According to the arrangements which had been made, we were to leave Ceylon for

our cruise about the middle of April, 1905. We ourselves arrived in Ceylon early in

April in anticipation of leaving about that date, but unfortunately we found that the

Sealark had damaged her forefoot on a coral-reef, while surveying the waters around

Port Sudan, then a mere waste of sand, broken only by the holy tomb of the Mirza

Sheikh-el-Bartid. This was at first thought to be of little importance, but in any case

it necessitated her being drawn up on the slip at Colombo. The repairs, which were at

first to have taken a fortnight, were protracted day by day to five weeks. In the

meantime we got together the cases of bottles and gear which we intended for use

between Ceylon and Mauritius. We also procured from the Customs our barrels of

alcohol, which we had especially ordered from Sydney, N.S.W., on account of its

greater purity. Supplies, too, for camping in the Chagos were obtained, as well as a

limited number of articles as presents for traders, &c.

We found that the Sealark’s starboard steamboat had been so disabled that we

should have been compelled to proceed on our cruise with only one boat. Anyone,

who has been on a surveying-cruise through island groups, knows well how much

steamboats are in request. One with a skiff in tow can, in many classes of work, do

about four times as much as a single whaleboat. The employment, moreover, of

mechanical means of progression is very desirable in the tropics. Under the circum-

stances we deemed it desirable to substitute a boat of our own, and purchased the

‘Xanthus.’ She was a square-sterned boat, 22 feet in length, with vertical boiler,

engines by Simpson, Strickland, & Co. She had originally been built as a yacht’s launch

for work in more or less protected waters, so that to make her serviceable for work in

the open seas we had to have her bows decked in and her gunwale raised. We also

had to alter her to fit the slings of the Sealark, and to give her more water-tanks and

coal-bunkers. She could be stopped or turned in her own length, so that she was

particularly suitable for work among coral-reefs, while her speed, 8 to 9 knots as against

the 5 to 6 knots of the other steamboat, caused her to be constantly in request.

Although largely used for survey-work, she was kept particularly at our disposal and

enabled us to see considerably more of the reefs and islands than we should otherwise

have been enabled to do.

We finally cleared Colombo Harbour at 5.30 p.m. on the evening of May 9 in a heavy

rain-squall, the forerunner of the south-west monsoon. A course was set west-south-west

right into the teeth of the wind, which increased on the second day to a moderate gale.

We crossed the Equator on May 18, passing two days later into more genial weather.

During all this time we had been having a heavy swell, continued rain-squalls, and dark

cloudy nights, and as we were heavily laden with 30 tons of coal on deck we were

uncomfortable in the extreme. From lat. 2? N. to 3° S. we experienced each day

currents of over 40 miles in 24 hours setting almost due E., the maximum being

59 miles between lats. 1° 47° N. and 0° 04’ N. It was interesting to us to note that

22 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

during these nights the sea never showed even a spark of phosphorescence, because in

similar weather in the south-west monsoon off Minikoi, in June and July of 1899,

Gardiner and Borradaile had frequently noticed a particular brillianey, evidently

produced by a large variety of forms. The time, however, was more than a month later,

and, of course, by then there would have been a very considerable drift of the sea from

west to east. It might, too, have been a breeding-time for the pelagic organisms, as it

certainly was for the reef-living forms.

During this time we busied ourselves in getting our gear into order and opening cases

ready for work. Corp. Cronk, in charge of the small detachment of Royal Marines on

board, who had been told off to assist us, was instructed in keeping the meteorological

log, in which he became extraordinarily proficient. We also for a week continuously

checked the four quartermasters in reading the various instruments. These consisted

of barometer with thermometer attached, wet- and dry-bulb thermometers, and thermo-

meter for sea-water temperature, which were all regularly read six times a day, just

before the watches were changed. At the same times or at noon particulars of the

course, distance by log, direction and force of winds, clouds, weather, and state of the

sea-surface (waves and swell), the position of the ship, and currents experienced in

the previous 24 hours as well as the compass-error were entered. Similar logs are kept

by most large passenger-liners, and are forwarded, when convenient, to the Meteorological

Office, from which it is enabled to draw up and correct its charts.

We put down our first sounding on the early morning of May 14, obtaining

2121 fathoms. Unfortunately the wire parted, and, as we did not know our position,

we lay-to until the evening, when we managed to get sights. We then sounded again,

2135 fathoms, about 80 miles to the east-south-east of Addu Atoll, finding a hard bottom.

Doubt is always cast on the statement that the bottom is hard when deep soundings are

concerned, as it rests generally on negative evidence, no sample having been obtained

with the lead. However, in this case there was no evidence that the valves failed to

act, and likewise in three soundings further east of 1600, 1596, and 2100 fathoms no

bottom-sample was obtained. If the bottom is really hard, it can only be explained by

the existence of a deep current sweeping round the south of the Maldives, diverted

partially no doubt by the ridge on which they are situated.

Thence we ran down to lat. 2° 45’ 8., where we ran a series of soundings across the

direct line between the Maldive and Chagos Archipelagoes, obtaining depths of 2129,

2078, 2008, 2062, and 2082 fathoms. These showed us that the ridge on which the

Maldives are situated, which in its southern part lies at a depth of about 1000 fathoms,

tails off to the south of Addu in about 75 miles to roughly 2000 fathoms, at which

depth it continues until the Chagos Bank commences to rise. The distance from Addu

to the north end of the Chagos (¢. e. Speakers Bank) is 240 miles, and the approximate

depth is not more than 2300 fathoms on either side of what is evidently a low ridge

connecting the two groups. These are the first soundings which have been put down

across the line between the two groups, the ‘ Valdivia’ Expedition having unaccountably

omitted this important work. If the Maldive and Chagos atolls are taken to indicate

the sites of lands which have disappeared owing to subsidence, some more definite

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, Ze

connection would certainly have been expected, especially if they are both considered

to be remnants of a large continental mass which once connected 8. India to Madagascar.

At the same time it must be remembered that, as far as the then existing soundings are

concerned, it was still possible that a ridge or broad bank at a depth of 1500 or 1000

fathoms might connect the 8. Maldives to the line of shallower banks between the

Seychelles and Mauritius.

We lay-to from the afternoon of May 17 for 24 hours to try our plankton nets and gear,

which by that time we had got into order. We were in a belt of calm which apparently

extended from lat. 3° 8. to lat. 5° S., so as to separate the northern monsoon from the

southern trade-wind, the former with westerly winds and the latter with easterly. This

weather, being particularly favourable, the ship was swung for the compass-error due to

the iron gear on board and for the natural variation of the compass from true N. and 8.

in position. The latter alters from time to time in all parts of the world, and it is

essential to the navigator that he should accurately know the variation along his course,

that he may be the better enabled to set a compass-course equivalent to the true course

which he desires to steer. The operation requires as clear a day as possible, and, as the

Ieoy

Gi}

A Medusa with widely open mouth from a deep plankton haul (JMesonema). x 1}.

sun must not be at a high altitude, in the tropics is performed generally in the morning

or evening. On the Sealark it was always carried out by Comm. Somerville himself,

assisted by Lieut. Lay, his next in command. It consists in laying the ship’s head on

each point of the compass in rotation and, when she is steady on each, in reading off the

then directions of the sun in relation to the same on the ship’s compass; the operation

is finally repeated in a reverse direction. The variation found here in lat. 4° 16'S.

was 3° 41' W., and as subsequently in lat. 10°58’ S. to the north of Madagascar, less

than 7° of lat. further south, we found a variation of 8 38’ W., the value of such

work to practical navigation will be at once apparent.

One of the objects of the series of plankton observations taken on this occasion was

to ascertain the pelagic organisms found at different depths by night and day. In

connection with the same we desired to find the depth to which the zoo- and phyto-

plankton organisms extend. On account of their remarkably minute size we used the

smaller nets with silk bags of 180 meshes to the inch for the latter, while for the

animals we employed the larger nets throughout, 60 meshes to the inch. We had nets

2 |. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

streaming out from the ship’s side for the surface-animals, and for the deeper waters we

attached a 100-lb. lead to our wire cord and, standing in the open starboard gangway,

clamped on our nets in series as the requisite lengths ran out, in the present case attaching

them at each 25 fathoms down to 150 fathoms. When the nets reach their depths, the

ship is allowed to drift for whatever time it is considered desirable to leave them down—

with us, generally half an hour. The nets being ready and their aluminium cans filled

with strained water, the operation of clamping each one on and letting it down into the

sea does not take more than 30 seconds in calm weather. They are then lowered rapidly

and go down streaming straight up against the wire with their tins reversed ; the latter

are so light that it generally takes subsequently about 2 minutes before the net streams

out at right angles to the wire, as it should do. In hauling in the nets, they are of

course reversed, and, if it be started rapidly for the first 10 fathoms, will all coil

A Phyllosoma larva from deep water. x 13.

themselves round the wire, so that no organisms can pass into them during their

upward course, and the several nets may be removed at leisure as they come up. Of

course, the method is open to the objection that the bags are not closed on their

downward course, and that the catches, though mainly from some particular depth, may

include some additional organisms caught while passing from the surface down to that

depth. The method of clamping the rings of the nets to the wire instead of attaching

them by a bridle to a large degree obviates this objection, as the ring and net-opening

cut the column of water at right angles during their journey downwards. Thus in

practice the actual number of organisms caught from lesser depths is infinitesimal, and

all, except the rarer animals (from which no deductions are in any case possible), can be

eliminated by comparison with the contents of other nets.

—

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 25

Subsequently, in the same position, we took a series of observations with the

Wolfenden and Fowler closing-nets down to 1000 fathoms. Both acted satisfactorily,

and the wire showed no tendency to kink in any way. We next determined to try our

large net with 8 meshes to the inch. Steaming very slowly ahead we let out some 1400

fathoms of wire, while the net sank rapidly, the wire making an angle of about 60

degrees with the surface. We then commenced to haul in slowly and got up about half

the wire with comparative ease. Unfortunately it had unravelled somewhat during its

two years’ rest in the Antarctic Regions—it had never been used before—and no doubt

had twisted a good deal in going down. As we had unfortunately placed no swivels

upon the wire to counteract this, for the next four hours we were hard at work with the

whole watch on deck and most of the officers to assist us in trying to unravel its large

kinks under the beams of the electric lights. Finally we got the net itself on board, but

the whole starboard gangway was blocked up with a mass of wire, from which we had

to cut about 250 fathoms before we could finally get clear for the next haul, an important

one for the comparison of the depths at which different animals float by day and night.

Of course it was anticipated that the greater part of our catch was lost, but evidently in

our first manceuvres, when about 750 fathoms were out, its tin had fouled the mouth and

so had been absolutely closed. On examining it in the shade we could see only a mass

of bright specks with larger spots of red, white, and blue light. However, when we had

poured the catch into a series of bottles and they had been passed round, it was apparent

to all that we had had an extraordinary haul, and that our labours had not been in vain.

The catch included, among many others, a curious gelatinous cuttle-fish (Hledonella)

set with minute black specks, each giving a tiny spark of rather blue phosphorescent

light; a large vermilion prawn—a peculiar position for what are usually bottom-living

animals ; Mesonema, a Leptomedusan, with an enormous open mouth, two-thirds of its

diameter across ; the pteropod molluses Cavolinea and Desmopteris ; numerous Crustacean

larvee, Hrichtheus and Phyllosomas an inch across; and Phronima, a large-eyed

Amphipod. Tunicata such as Salpa and Pyrosoma were abundant, as also were

Siphonophora—nearly all adding their green, red, and blue lights to the general

illumination. (Figs. 6-8.)

On the morning of May 19 we sighted land, first a few specks on the horizon, giving

place to low domes, the tops of banyan-trees; then a ragged line of coconut-trees and

Casuarinas; and, finally, a vivid line of green, the white strand with the variegated

reef-flat outside, edged by its line of brilliant white foam. It was {le Diamant, the most

north-westerly island of Peros Banhos. As the atoll had not been resurveyed since

1837, and we did not as yet know the value of that survey, we were naturally careful ;

the ‘Xanthus’ was accordingly lowered, Mr. Alexander going ahead and sounding the

channel, while we followed in his wake, anchoring shortly after mid-day about a mile off

Diamant. Our object was to see the Manager of the oil-settlement so as to glean some

information about the atoll, as we had an idea of making a careful examination of it, in

respect particularly to the formation of the Chagos reefs. It was also desired to take

sights, since Moresby had run down to the same island for longitude when he was

preparing the charts of the group in 1837. We had expected, in accordance with the

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, 5

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Sailing Directions, to find the chief settlement on this island, but although we could see

huts no boat came off to us. Accordingly we determined to find a passage for ourselves

over the reef-flat which extended for a breadth of 13 to 2 cables out from the land.

The tide being nearly high, as many as possible got into the ‘ Xanthus’ and by shooting

over the edge of the reef in parties in one of the skiffs landed ashore. The inhabitants

consisted of two pensioners of the “ Société de Huiliére de Peros et Diego,” which, with

its headquarters in Mauritius, owns the islands: the one was a Malagasy coast negro

and the other a quarter-cast European Creole from Mauritius. Both had their wives

on shore with them and both had been in the group for over 50 years without leaving it.

From them we learnt that the settlement had been moved to [le du Coin on account of

there being some small protection there from the heavy seas of the south-east trades,

which at Diamant, being absolutely unchecked by the comparatively shallow rim of the

A Gnathophausid-like Prawn from deep water. About nat. size.

atoll to the south-east, are said to break with terrific force on the lagoon-reef. We also

obtained a considerable amount of information about the whole atoll, which scarcely

seemed favourable for the extended investigation we had intended.

We then separated, one of us taking the north, the other the south half of the island,

Capt. Somerville examining the former settlement, Fletcher entomologising, Simpson

commencing the botanical collecting which he had volunteered to undertake, while

Mr. Alexander set ont to inspect certain special points which we had observed from the

ship. This island is about 2 miles long by 600 yards in greatest breadth and tapers at

either end. It passes off to the east into a series of sand-banks, continuing up to the

channel through which we entered the atoll, and to the south into a chain of islands on

the atoll-rim, which is unbroken on its west side save by a single passage. The seaward

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 27

and lagoon reefs average in breadth about 100 and 300 yards respectively. Their shoves

behind are rocky, or covered with stones and sand, their character varying in accordance

with the breadth of their fringing reefs. The reef-flats of each are very similar in

appearance, being ordinary coral-flats, but the outer is evidently very largely built up

by calcareous plants and the inner by animals. The former settlement was situated on

the middle of the lagoon side and consisted of the regular buildings required for the

preparation of oil from coconuts, together with a large number of houses, some built

of coral-conerete, others of wood, but all raised to a height of 4 or 5 feet on built-up

foundations, of which we counted about thirty *.

On either side of Diamant the shore is raised by the piling up of sand by wind and

waves, but nowhere does it attain a greater height than 8 feet above high-tide level.

The centre part is lower, and in parts forms swamps, into which the sea has broken from

the outer (7. e. north-west) side of the island, in places forming small backwaters, or, as

they would be termed in Mauritius, barachois. One of these is barred up for fishing

purposes, but the rest seem to be encroaching upon the land, as evidenced by fallen

timber, &c. At the south-west end the island extends out into two points, with a bay

between, while Grand Mapous, the next island to the south, likewise shows two points

as if extending along to meet those of Diamant. Conuecting the two seaward or outer

points are two lines of rock on the reef, which are exposed at low tide, while the large

pool between the inner and outer points of each island has apparently about 6 feet of

water. It was at once quite evident that the two islands had been connected along the

reef, but that the sea had broken through into the centre lower-lying land and formed a

barachois such as those which occur in Ile Diamant itself. The seaward points and the

adjacent shores are now markedly washing away, as evidenced by undercut rocks, but it

was uncertain whether the islands are not gradually becoming joined together again by

sand being piled up along their lagoon or inner side.

The whole island is now devoted to the cultivation of the coconut, but its central part

was evidently at one time a large garden for taro (Creole “ songe,” Colocasia antiquorum),

cassava, arrowroot, marrows, gourds, bananas, and papayas, while there were several bread-

fruit trees. No indigenous jungle is left, and the whole surface of the ground in the

swamps is covered by a creeper (like a wild bryony) known as “ pocpoe,” while the dried

shore-ridges had coarse grass, with bushes of manioe (Scevola Koenigii) and veloutier

tabae ( Tournefortia argentea) next the sea. Only about 45 plants in all were observed,

and no cultivated plant beyond those mentioned, an extraordinary fact considering the

large settlement formerly on the island, and one in striking contrast to the Maldives.

True land-animals of all sorts were scarce, even in comparison with the other islands

of the Chagos—not only in species, but in actual number of forms. This fact we are

inclined to attribute to the vast numbers of mosquitoes, which breed in the swamps

among the rotten and stinking coconut-husks. According to our observations they

* Commander R. Moresby in his ‘ Nautical Directions for the Maldive Islands and the Chagos Archipelago,’

1839, states that the principal establishment was on Diamond Island, and that the group produced about

34,000 gallons of oil yearly, being worked by an overseer and about 90 negro apprentices. He adds that plenty of

poultry and pigs were obtainable, also fruit and vegetables at 6 Spanish dollars per cwt. iol

28 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

attack not only mammals and birds but on occasions lizards, spiders, and other insects

as well, while they will feed voraciously on any dead animal matter. Indeed only land-

crabs were much in evidence, the enormous red Cardiosoma staring at us from every

quarter of the swamp and affording much amusement to Bruce, the captain’s Irish

terrier, who developed a penchant for all crabs, which often materially assisted our

collections.

We remained at anchor at He Diamant over Sunday, May 21. On the Saturday

the wind increased from the south-east to a strong breeze with rain—the commencement

of the trade-wind, as we subsequently found. One of us went off to further examine the

island, while the other remained on board to sort out the plankton previously collected.

Additional hauls of the same organisms were taken while at anchor, and a series of

Tide-party erecting their pole in Salomon lagoon.

experiments were made in preserving them, the method finally adopted being to kill

them in bulk with a few drops of formic aldehyde. When the organisms had settled,

we decanted the clear fluid, finally pouring the residue into as many 4- and 8-oz.

corked bottles as might be necessary, and adding more formic aldehyde to make up toa

strength of 24 per cent. The solution, as bought, is generally an aqueous solution of

40 per cent. strength. The bottles after being corked and thoroughly sealed with melted

paraffin are then ready to be sent home without further examination. We also placed

out swabs, made of old hempen rope unravelled, such as is used for mopping up water

on the deck. These swept over the bottom with the swinging of the ship and brought

up from 15 fathoms several large masses of a slate-coloured Alveopora, and many reef-

corals of the genera Huphyllia, Orbicella, Prionastrea, Mussa, and others. Some of

these were preserved, while others were broken up with the hammer and chisel, yielding

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 29

a variety of Mollusca, Crustacea, Gephyrea, and Chzetopods, one of the latter with a

brilliantly phosphorescent spot at the base of each parapodium.

On Sunday no one was able to land on account of the weather, and we decided to

transfer and make in the first instance an examination of Salomon Atoll, into the lagoon

of which it seemed that the Sealark might be able to enter. In Peros it was clearly

apparent that it would be necessary to keep steam up in the ship and fires banked; and

coal, on account of the heavy weather we had met with, was getting very short. On

Monday morning, passing out of the same passage, we skirted along the north side of the

atoll, observing the different islands as we passed. We noticed the rocky outer shores

of Moresby Island and the absence of broad reef-flats as off some parts of Minikoi,

indicating either a washing away of both land and reef or perhaps an outgrowth of land

by the piling up of rocks by the waves *.

The bare sandbank marked next in Moresby’s chart on the rim had evidently become

an island covered with coconuts; it is termed St. Brandon, as we found subsequently.

In the next five islands we observed little change, save in their vegetation; all appeared

to have generally a narrow reef-flat to the north skirting a rocky shore, broken through

in places and with sand exposed. In Yéyé we observed such marked changes that

subsequently we were led to camp on that island. Arriving off the entrance of Salomon

the ‘ Xanthus’ was sent in to sound, but on the arrival of Mr. Sauvage, the Administrator,

we anchored in the entrance, at once going off to inspect Takamaka, which we thought

might be the most suitable centre for our examination of the atoll. Finding a good

entrance through the lagoon-reef, suitable coconut-leaved houses ashore, a good spot for

tidal observations, and comparative absence of mosquitoes, we landed with our gear the

following morning, May 23, with three Indian seedee-boys as servants-—Daniell, Sam,

and Joseph. The tide-party, consisting of Corporal Cronk and two hands, also pitched

their camp, got their tide-poles erected, and commenced a series of half-hour observations,

one of them being always on watch, for the next six weeks (fig. 9). On the same day

the Sealark having buoyed a passage came to anchor in the lagoon about a quarter of a

mile from our settlement and drew her fires.

It would be tedious to attempt a precise chronological account of the work undertaken

in Salomon Atoll. We were camped together at Takamaka until June 5, when one of us

(Forster Cooper) re-embarked. The ship then proceeded to Diego Garcia to await the

arrival of one of the British India vessels, which, it had been arranged, should stop on her

course between Colombo and Mauritius to bring us coal. The other, with Mr. Alexander,

remained on Takamaka with the ‘ Xanthus,’ a skiff, and their crews until June 16, when

the camp was finally struck. Commander Somerville and his officers were very fully

occupied during this time in making a fresh chart of the atoll. In the other branches

* Moresby represents a broad reef-flat on his chart. His charts of the Chagos generally show the position of

either end of the island of the atolls accurately, and his notes as to their character were carefully compiled.

Their lagoon-sides are also often fairly correct, but their ends in the direction of the atoll-rims and their seaward

sides are merely sketched in. The position of shoals in the lagoons and all soundings seem to us to have been care-

fully fixed and plotted. Indeed we could rely on Moresby’s work wherever there might be any question of the

safety of a vessel.

30 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of work Fletcher undertook charge of the entomology, we handing over our collections

to him from time to time. Simpson made a careful collection of the plants of Boddam,

while we made independent collections from other islands {both from land and sea.

Mr. Alexander ran sections for us with the theodolite across three of the islands, and one

or the other of us visited and thoroughly examined every island and every mile of the

reef. We also dredged the lagoon, examined a large number of its shoals, collected the

Fig. 10.

”

seve mam

uviowwsre O14

rae

Seer, d

c a

— AN at

12-17 Fathoms

137

RAIA AA

S27

1000 3000 4900 5000 6000

ae a ee ase Seer

Chart of Salomon Atoll (after the survey by Comm. B. T. Somerville and the officers of

H.M.S. Sealark).

plankton inside and outside the atoll, measured the currents in the passage, and getting

two fine days examined the outer edge of the reef and its slope.

storing of the collections, too, was no light labour.

In the plan of the survey the triangulation had to be drawn out, a base-line measured,

flag-posts erected on every island, and bearings taken from each. The outline of each

island had then to be carefully placed in, and the reef outside accurately measured.

After this the lagoon had to be closely sounded, so that not even the smallest rock should

The preparation and

——_

— =

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 31

escape observation. And, finally, the latitude, longitude, and variation had to be

accurately observed. All this, of course, had to be carried out upon or inside the reefs,

but later on there were sections of soundings to be run outside so as to put in the 100-

fathom line accurately. The resulting chart (fig. 10), on the scale of 6 inches to the mile, is

wonderfully accurate, and is the largest chart of any atoll yet made. Charts on a lesser

scale are almost too small to enable anyone to ascertain by accurate comparison the

changes in the progress of atolls within any reasonable period of time, and we have no

hesitation in declaring that the preparation of this chart is a work of the highest scientific

Fig. 11.

View from Takamaka over the Lagoon of Salomon Atoll, showing

H.MLS. Sealark and [le Anglaise in the distance.

importance. Commander Somerville and his officers have denoted an atoll for all time,

so that by a re-survey at any future date its changes in progress may be ascertained and

many points in the interaction of land and sea, and in the formation and growth of coral-

reefs, may be accurately estimated. Their chart may not be of much economic value, since

few ships visit the Salomons, but it will be of great importance to a knowledge of coral-

reefs, such as will enable an estimate to be made of their probable growth and potential

dangers to navigation in other places.

The Salomon Atoll consists of eleven islands on a surface-reef, which surrounds the

32 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

lagoon in a ring unbroken save to the north by a single passage with 3 fathoms of water.

It lies 13 miles to the east of Peros, and it is 54 miles in a south-west and north-east

direction by 8 miles broad; its lagoon is relatively large and varies in depth up to a

maximum of 17 fathoms. All the islands are fully planted with coconuts, except tle

Diable, which is a mere rocky and bush-covered patch of land. The islands belong to the

“ Société Huilitre de Salomon et Trois Fréres,” a company with its headquarters at

Mauritius. The produce amounts to about 1,800,000 coconuts a year*, Takamaka

yielding 17,000 a month and Boddam about 60,000.

Fig. 12.

Coconut Mill and Manager’s House at Tle Boddam, Salomon.

The establishment was on the latter island, which is named after a former governor

of Mauritius, and consisted of Mr. Sauvage (Administrator) and M. Des Marest (Sub-

Administrator) with their families, and about 30 coolies with their wives and children,

The islands, however, were greatly undermanned, owing to a sad fatality which occurred

to the atoll in 1904. A boat manned by ten men, taking 7 days’ provisions, went off

on January 25 of that year to Nelson Island, 21 miles to the south, the only island on

the north side of the great Chagos Bank, to take the eggs and young of the frigate-

* Moresby, in 1837 (Joc. cit.), states that the yield of oil was 6000 gallons per annum, and that pigs and poultry

could be obtained in abundance. He did not himself visit the group, his second in command, Lieut. F. F. Powell,

a much inferior surveyor, making the chart.

The first chart was derived from a survey by Capt. Blair, of the Hon, East India Company’s Marine, in 1786.

His account of the islands is given in James Horsburgh’s ‘ Directions for Sailing to and from the Hast Indies,’

1809, p. 150, According to this work they were named after the French ship ‘Salomon,’ Capt. Bourde, who

saw them in 1776, but Capt. Blair called them Governor Boddam’s islands. ‘“ From Noy. 21st to the 25th he

(Capt. Blair) remained there taking in wood and water.” “They caught 20 turtle, and a sufficient supply of fish,

but the latter were not so plentiful as at Diego Garcia, probably occasioned by the number of seals,”

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 33

bird, which breeds there inimmense numbers. As they did not return, the Administrator,

on Feb. 11, sent off a second boat with 8 men, and himself sailed thither on Feb. 20.

He found traces of the first boat, but none of the second, and it must be presumed that

both were lost, with all hands, in the heavy westerly weather which occurred at that

time. Both were large boats, which could scarcely have been swamped, so that it must

be concluded that they were either broken up on the submerged Victory bank, 10 miles to

the south, or, more probably, unable to make head against the strong easterly currents

between the atolls.

The establishments on all these oil-islands are very similar and will be treated of

later on. The Salomon Islands differ little from the rest, save perhaps in their greater

richness and in having returned in places to some degree of wild jungle. The islands

were noted originally for their ‘‘ gayac’’-trees (Afzelia bijuga), which seem to have been

found nowhere else in the Chagos. These trees, admirably adapted to the calcareous

soil, appear to have ‘attained an immense size, often 3-4 feet in diameter at 6 feet above

the ground, being supported in the comparatively shallow soil by massive buttresses *.

The largest living trees now exist on Tle Fouquet, but the stumps of the trees which have

been cut down for boat-building and export—the wood being a beautiful rich red and taking

a high polish—are numerous in Boddam as well. ‘The “ bois blanc” (Hernandia peltata)

likewise buttressed, contended with the gayac, while a grove of immense “ takamaka’

(Calophyllum Inophyllum) have given their name to the island on which we camped. The

three trees differ in that the “ gayac” prefers the hard sandy land in the centre of the

islands and is killed by the near approach of the sea, while the “bois blanc” lives

best in a mixture of rock and sand and is not killed, though it becomes stunted, if

bathed in sea-water; and the “ takamaka,” trailing its great roots over the ground, loves

to cling round rocks among which the sea can freely percolate. In past time, indeed,

they formed probably the most characteristic plants in three zones extending inland

parallel to the coast. Of course most of the large trees had long ago been cut down,

but the shrubs and herbaceous plants served by their appearance to divide up the islands

into regions corresponding to the nature of the subsoil—rocky, loose sand, or, finally,

hard sandstone or “ tuffe.’”’ Coconuts flourish best on the coral-rock, and often have an

extraordinary undergrowth of immense “langue de boeuf” (Asplenium) and other ferns.

They grow but slowly on the tuffe, which is generally rather open land with a small

rush (“ herbe mosambique”) and a few succulents.

The land-animals of Salomon are few in numbers, rats being the only mammals. The

most interesting animal is the “sipaille”’ (Birgus latro), the well-known coconut- or

robber-crab (fig. 13). It abounds in Takamaka, and is caught by baiting places with

pooniac (the pressed remains of the coconut from the oil-mills) or roasted coconut. It lives

’

* Horsburgh refers to these trees in the following terms :—‘ If a judgment may be formed from the soil and

productions these islands,” Capt. Blair remarks, ‘may be supposed much older than any we have visited; the soil

is tolerable and much deeper than at Diego Garcia or Peros Banhos, consequently the trees take much deeper root

and grow to a greater size. One sort, peculiar to these islands, which appears to be very good timber, grows to

the height of 130 feet, many very straight, some 4 feet in diameter, and 40 feet from the ground to the branches.

The young timber is white, but the old decayed trees are of a deep chocolate-colour, and the timber perfectly sound.”

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 6

34 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

in burrows in the daytime, sometimes ejecting the large Cardiosoma for the purpose, and

comes out at night. It is then a striking object, standing up on its claws several inches

above the ground, with its back dark purple and body white beneath, its long antennze

waving in every direction, its brilliant eyes following our every movement and its great

chele ready for any attack. The beast is interesting, as it is entirely an air-breathing

land form, which nevertheless goes down to the sea to breed and _ possesses a zozea-larva.

For food it prefers a coconut which has fallen, but will eat any vegetable or fruit. On

oceasions it ascends the coco-trees, a process rendered easy by the enormous stretch

of its limbs, which can clasp round their trunks, and undoubtedly nips off the nuts,

subsequently descending to its feast. It opens the coconut with the great chele. To

do this it secures itself by its hinder legs to some rock beneath, and holding the nut

Birgus latro attacking a coconut.

firmly by one claw, it strips off the husk with the other. Next it keeps biting at the

shell in one spot until it breaks through, and then chip by chip enlarges the aperture

to the requisite size. As each large Birgus consumes probably at least 250 nuts a year,

the damage it does causes it to be carefully sought after, and it is, moreover, of most

delicate flavour. Of other land-crustacea there is the yellow Geocarcinus under every

heap of coconut-husks, the hermit Cenodbita, the burrowing Ocypode of the beach, and

a few Isopods near the settlements. |Earthworms are scarce, save in the regular

planted land, and of Land-Mollusca we found not a single species. ‘The only reptiles are

Geckos, which are preyed upon by a few of the spiders, the latter taken together being

neither abundant in actual numbers nor in variety. Scorpions, centipedes, and

inillipedes are represented by one or two species of each. The insects generally are

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 3D

much of the same facies as those we found in the Maldives, but not half so numerous

in species. Indeed only the strongest of fliers occurred, together with such as might have

been brought by human agencies. The only land-birds ave the little grey bittern

(Butorides atricapilia) and sparrows, the latter introduced from Mauritius, but curlews,

whimbrels, sandpipers, and plovers appear to be regular visitants from a distance, and

we saw a martin on one occasion. Of sea-birds there are terns, noddies, and gulls,

and frigate-birds constantly made their appearance. Guinea-fowl were introduced many

years ago and a few still exist in a wild state on Takamaka, Foquet, and Anglaise.

The encircling reef of Salomon Atoll * does not materially differ from those of the

Maldives. It consists of the same parts, but is in no wise hollowed out in the centre.

Its one peculiar feature lies in the fact that in places its surface close to the lagoon-edge

is covered by dead masses of coral-rock, almost like the “pinnacles” which are such a

Fig. 14.

View along seaward side of ile Mapou, Salomon, showing coral-rock and ile de la Passe.

marked feature on the seaward sides of so many reefs. Probably, like the latter, they

point to the previous existence of land; and, if so, the form of the land and reef must

have been very different in the past. The outer edge of the reef is everywhere

remarkable in being almost completely covered by Lithothamuia (calcareous algze),

which in this position are solely responsible for its growth. ‘The lagoon is, of course, of

the most enclosed type; it is studded with shoals formed entirely of massive coral-heads,

but otherwise is singularly barren of life (even as compared with Diego Garcia, which

we subsequently dredged as well). The reef-animals in their general facies had the

same appearance as those on other similar reefs in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, but it

* Salomon Atoll with its reefs will be the subject of a special detailed report and examination in connection with

the formation of the coral-reefs visited by us.

36 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

became obvious after a week’s collection that the variety of species was much less. The

corals, among which so many of the free-living animals dwell, were the same, but the

branching Stylophora was unusually common. Echiuroidea were not found, and in

turning over and breaking up coral-masses, Crustacea, worms, and molluscs were

comparatively scarce, and only a few specimens of Ptychodera were secured. To a

certain degree this lack of variety was made up, it is true, by an creased abundance of

certain forms, but it is obvious that the greater the variety of forms, the larger the

number of sites that can be filled and the greater the total number of animals. We

shall, however, only be able to see as publication proceeds how far there was really

a lack of variety, and to what extent the Chagos Archipelago is of value in considering

the distribution of marine animals.

On June 17 we re-embarked on the Sealark, and the same day came to anchor off

the settlement on Ile du Coin, at the south-west corner of Peros Banhos. Here we

were welcomed by Mr. Leal and his amiable wife, with whom we stayed until the 25th,

collecting in and exploring the south-western quarter of the atoll, while the Sealark

returned to continue her survey round Salomon. ‘The establishment consists of drying-

grounds with cement floors and sliding galvanised iron roofs, oil-presses, stores, &c.

The ripe coconuts are collected as they fall from the trees and husked. They are then

brought to the central establishment by boat, or in the island itself by donkey-carts.

Next, the nuts are cracked and their kernels removed; sometimes they are damped with

water, but are more often spread out at once on the drying-ground, where in 4 to 6 days

the oil begins to exude. They are then placed in the mills, large iron or wooden pots,

with a beam, which is caused to revolve by mules or donkeys harnessed to a shaft. The

oil is drawn off from time to time and allowed to settle, when it is placed in tanks,

ready to fill up the barrels brought three times yearly from Mauritius by the brig

‘Wm. Turner. In the best mills about 64 per cent. of weight of the kernel is extracted

as oil against 75 per cent. in steam mills; the remainder forms pooniac (in Europe when

further pressed known as one form of oil-cake). It is used in the islands for feeding

the donkeys, mules, chickens, and pigs, the latter regularly being killed and sold to the

black labour. Each establishment has its own carpenter's, blacksmith’s, and shipwright’s

shops; its own soap-boiling house—a coarse soap being manufactured from oil and

carbonate of soda, obtained by burning the coconut-husks,—its piggeries and its donkey-

yards. There is also a “ boutique” opened every evening, where ordinary negro goods can

be bought, an office, and a small jail, the Administrator necessarily having some of the

powers of a magistrate.

The produce of Peros consists of about 2,800,000 nuts per annum, producing 65,000

gallons of oil. About 120 green turtle (Chelone mydas) are caught annually for food,

When they land to lay their eggs at night during the south-east monsoon. In addition

about 35 shell-turtle (C. imbricata), worth over 2000 rupees, are obtained in the north-

West monsoon ; they differ from the last in always depositing their eggs in the daytime.

The establishment on Peros is a large one, having, in addition to Mr. Leal, a Sub-

Administrator (M. Vendries) and an Accountant, each provided with a good bungalow,

with their families 13 persons in all. ‘The labour consists of 85 men, 51 women, with

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 37

between them 30 boys and 36 girls. They are of two classes, imported negro labour

from Mauritius and “ enfants des files,” mostly of mixed negro and Indian blood, many

the descendants of negro siaves at the time when the oil-mills were turned by manual

labour. We saw one old women who had herself been so employed at Diamant; she

was, according to the books, 103 years old and remembered Moresby quite well in 1837.

The “enfants des iles” make far the best workers, being accustomed to the sea from

childhood, and, as they increase, will do away with the necessity for importing labour;

when young they wander from place to place in the Chagos, perhaps making a voyage

to Mauritius for a wife, but almost invariably return to the land of their birth. Each

has a separate house of wood and coconut-leaves for himself and family and often asmall

100

“

cs as

Teo ti ae

ed ? a9

nd 20

28 22 Sal

(See plan ~N°4)

y 20

70 751

760 crl.m.mang

Peros Banhos Atoll (from the Admiralty Chart, with large corrections by H.M.S. Sealark),

enclosure for bananas, marrows, papayas, &c. All are nominally Roman Catholic, and

there is a small shrine dedicated to St. Joseph cut in the base of a bois blanc, before

which candles are burnt. ‘Their pay varies from 8 to 35 rupees a month, and is

entirely for piecework. Women and children can earn 4 to 12 rupees by splitting

open coconuts and cleaning the ground underneath the trees. Generally the task is

completed by midday, but the people are too lazy ever to undertake a second on the

same day. In addition each individual gets weekly 12 lbs. of rice, a little dall, curry

stuff, oil, and salt, in addition to some vegetables and such fish as he or she likes to

catch. A certain amount of the strong wine of Provence is kept in the store, one bottle

being allowed to be bought daily. There is no crime, only a little drunkenness and a

38 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

certain amount of quarrelling about domestic relations, which are decidedly mixed. ‘The

islands are singularly healthy, though the manager keeps a good supply of medicines

and acts as doctor in cases of necessity.

Our time was very fully occupied while we were at Ile du Coin, as we examined and

collected practically in every part of the 8 miles of continuous reef, on which it forms

the central island. We devoted this special attention to it because, being largely open

to the south and swept by strong currents, it might differ in some of its characters from

the reefs of Salomon, Diego, and Egmont, and resemble the isolated reefs of the Great

Chagos bank. In this we were not disappointed, since the reef appeared to be extending

on either side at the expense of both ocean and lagoon. Its outer (seaward) edge

consists of buttresses, 2-8 yards broad, covered with Lithothamnia, and divided one from

the other by deep fissures 20 to 40 yards long, which gradually lessen in width and depth

as they penetrate into the reef-flat. ‘The inner (lagoonward) edge is less irregular in

outline and to a large extent is composed of massive coral-heads which have grown up

and fused with the adjacent reef-edge, the interstices between them becoming filled up

with sand and rubble. Off Mapous de I’He du Coin the inner edge is more or less

consolidated by encrusting Lithothamnia, which are not present off He du Coin itself or

further north. Indeed, the lagoon-slope there is quite irregular and supports corals of

many kinds, such as Mussa, Madrepora, Stylophora, and Pocillopora, at depths of 5 to 10

fathoms ; while in the shallower waters down to 4 fathoms dominate the massive corals

Siderastrea, Orbicella, Goniastrea, Prionastrea, and above all Porites with its broad

heads, 20 feet in diameter, decayed in the centre, and spreading outwards on all sides.

The well-defined edge of the reef is formed by the growing together of these corals, the

spaces left between them being filled up by various smaller species of reef-corals together

with Willepora, Aleyonacea, and, further in, with Heliopora and Tubipora.

On either side of the islands the reef-flats, each in accordance with its mode of

formation, are outside a flat of solid rock and inside a conglomerate of huge blocks of

decaying coral with patches of soft discoloured sand between. ‘The reef-edges on the

two sides show their different composition, for while the outer, covered with hardy surf-

loving Lithothamnia, steadily presses its way seawards against the mighty rollers which

crash upon it, the inner with its corals does little more than hold its own against the

far lighter waves which rise up in the shallow lagoon. A further difference exists in

the complete continuity of the outer reef as against the numerous boat-channels and

lesser passages on the lagoon-sides of most of the islands. It is through these passages

that the tidal water rushes, bearing with it sand and mud from the reef in sufficient

quantities to prevent any corals taking root.

No definite boulder-zone exists on the lagoon side, though there are patches of corals

thrown up off Mapous de I'Ile du Coin and again further to the east. It is, however,

well marked along the whole length of the reef to seaward, and generally runs into the

shores of the islands, or at least is connected with them by ridges and masses of rocks

showing where the islands have once extended outwards. The south part of Monpatre has

been washed back, but the north part still extends out to the boulder-zone. Within the

last 20 years, however, the sea has cut a passage behind the latter diagonally through

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 39

the island, separating off a part now termed Gabrielle. The actual land of Mapous de

I'He du Coin and of Fouquet lies 150 yards behind the boulder-zone, as do Coin and Poule

in certain positions. The north end of the latter island is being washed away by the

tremendous current which rushes round it; its reef, too, in this position is narrow and

certainly is not growing out to close up the passage to the north—in fact, the latter, if

anything, appears to be widening. The islands between Coin and Poule are hollowed

out against each other—in fact, are double-ended. From each end either a rocky point

passes on to or behind the boulder-zone, or a sandy point 200 to 300 yards in length

runs on to the reef parallel to the lagoon-edge. The outer points, too, are joined along

the reef by conspicuous masses of rock, so that there is no doubt but that at one time

Coin and Poule, at least, formed part of one elongated island (PI. 6).

Passing to the lagoonward points, they are perhaps as extensive now as they have ever

been. Probably the islands, as a whole, are growing towards the lagoon by piling up of

sand * ; and if this continues some may be reunited by banks of sand on the inner parts of

the reef. The islands themselves are generally formed of coral-rock towards the outside,

solid in some places, loose in others, tuffe or consolidated sand-rock in the centre, and

loose sand towards the lagoon. Where masses of rock exist in and behind the boulder-

zone of the outer reef, they indicate that the island is being washed away, additions from

the reef being quite negligible. The boulder-zone, too, is largely formed by the aggre-

gation of loose fragments of coral-rock from the islands. This gradual washing away

raises the question of the formation of the islands, but from the area investigated it is

not one to which we can give any decided answer. The greatest height of rock above

high-tide level we found to be 8 feet, and it was quite uncertain whether its corals were

really in situ or not. On the whole, we incline to think that the islands were originally

formed by the elevation of a continuous reef extending from Fouquet to Poule and

conceivably bridging the northern passage and joining up to the reef, of which Diamant

forms the northern island.

The marine animals were strikingly similar to those at Salomon, but the stinging-ray

(Trygon sp.?) is more common. We saw porpoises daily in the lagoon and whales were

stated to enter it not infrequently. The marine plants were similar to those which live

round most oceanic coral-islands, such as the encrusting Lithothamnia, bunches of the

caleareous-leaved Halimeda, and a small variety of the more insignificant forms towards

the outer edge of the reef. Between Monpatre and Gabrielle was a considerable growth

of a grass-like cotyledonous plant (Cymodocea ciliata), a form which we never met

with elsewhere in the Chagos and which we never saw again on the reefs until our

arrival at Cargados. Even in Peros it has not spread from this single locality, a relatively

still backwater between these two islands, and more probably its absence elsewhere iv

the Chagos is due to its inability to find suitable surroundings, perhaps proper rooting-

ground, rather than to the improbability of its seeds being floated over from the

Seychelles region where it abounds.

* There is such considerable change and movement of the sand in the two monsoons that we cannot make the

statement on our own evidence alone. However, all the older inhabitants are agreed on the subject, and certainly

the vegetation seemed to bear them out,

LO PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The land fauna and flora are likewise similar to Salomon, but the Casuarina equiseti-

folia has been introduced and is contesting with the indigenous flora such waste spaces

as are left. At the south of Ile du Coin there is a large Mapou tree (Pisonia Calpidia),

which is about 130 feet high, quite 40 feet higher than the surrounding vegetation and so

a conspicuous mark for any approaching vessels. To support its enormous bulk in the

comparatively shallow soil it possesses both large and adventitious roots and buttresses,

Fig. 16,

Base of large Mapou tree about 130 feet high, on Ne du Coin, Peros Banhos.

on the top of one of which we found the letters “R. M.,” Moresby’s initials cut by his

orders in 1837 (fig. 16). As far as possible we collected both the fauna and flora, obtaining

about 88 species of plants with the Creole names and uses of most of them, about

two-thirds heing reputed to have some medicinal properties. Probably about the same

number are really indigenous.

We left Coin on June 26 and passed by Tle Vache Marine, a growing coconut-covered

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 4]

sandbank and a great resort for turtle, to Coin du Mire, the only land and surface reef

on the south rim of the atoll for 8 miles. We were unable to land upon it, but we

‘steamed as close to it as we dared and examined it from the rigging. Moresby found it

grown over with bushes, but now it consists of a small flat about 10 feet above the

sea-level covered with some clinging green halophilous plant. Around it is a ring of

rocks evidently broken off a ragged cliff outside, 4 to 6 feet in height. Below this, about

5 feet above the sea, it appears to rest upon a red-looking terrace, 20 yards in breadth,

continuous all round except one little patch of sand to the north-west. This again ends in

a cliff which is undermined in places. There is no trace of any surface-reef nor, indeed,

of any upgrowth in the vicinity, the bottom beneath us in 5 to 10 fathoms appearing

very bare and dead. The rock of the island appears to be sand with a certain admixture

of coral, perhaps tuffe, a slight horizontal stratification being visible in the upper cliff

and the broken-off masses being more or less squared. The island has without doubt

washed away materially since Moresby’s survey, and is now evidently occasionally

completely washed by the spray. In another 60 years it will probably disappear if the

same process continues, and in yet another 60 no trace of its former existence will

remain. It suggested itself to us at once as being perchance the remains of a former

great series of islands and surface-reefs extending between Fouquet and Grande

Coquillage. If this be so, it follows that Peros is gradually being submerged or

destroyed, but this is a matter which demands more careful examination later on.

We reached Yéyé the same evening, and, finding some huts there, decided to camp

and examine it and its reefs, particularly in connection with the formation cf the coral-

‘reefs of Peros. Lieut. Hancock was with us, devoting himself to a survey and section

of the island, and we also had the ‘ Xanthus,’ as we intended, if the weather moderated,

to visit some of the other islands. Our first object was the examination of Petite Tle

de Yéyé, a small rocky islet which had been washed up on the reef to the west. It was

just commencing to show its first vegetation in the shape of three coconuts, which after

being washed up had germinated (Pl. 7). There were also a few seedlings of manioc

(Scevola) ; and its shores were strewn with the nuts of takamaka (Calophyllum), and we

observed those of five other plants as well. Yéyé itself was singularly barren, the greater

part of its surface being a great tuffe-flat, studded with clumps of Scevola and

- Tournefortia, looking like laurels with aged rhododendrons pushing out of the same.

On one part of its shore were growing two bushes of Pemphis acidula, the only place

where we found it in the Chagos, though in the Maldives it is certainly the most important

and widely distributed plant of the shores—especially where they are washing away.

Taking advantage of a fine day we started at dawn for Petite Coquillage, where we

spent the whole day examining the island, while Hancock did his best to secure us a

representative collection of its birds. It is an oval-shaped island about 11 feet above the

high-tide level, or 16 feet above the reef-flat, with a lower belt of loose sandy land

applied to its western side. The higher land is bare, save for one clump mostly formed

of papayas and a few small mapou, but its surface is covered with a close matted tangle

several inches thick of the “liane sans feuilles” (Cassytha). It was strewn with the

eges of grey-headed terns (Anous stolidus), at least one to every square yard, some

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 7

42 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

broken by the young emerging, but others pierced by the sharp beak of the little green

heron (Butorides atricapilla) which abounds everywhere. We found two young terns

and some young herons, but it was evidently not the season. In the breeding-time it

could not have been unlike the islets of Cargados which we saw two months later

covered with sitting birds. On the shores were whimbrel, curlew, plover, dotterel, and

sandpipers. Overhead a few terns were flying, and soon a great flock of frigate-birds

came to add their noise. Crab-plovers (Dromas ardeola), interesting on account of their

isolated position in the bird-kingdom, occupied each coign of vantage as the tide receded.

According to the natives a few breed in the group, but their eggs are hard to obtain, as

they are generally placed in a burrow some feet beneath the ground, perhaps that of a

Cardiosoma. In the coconut-clumps we found a flock of sparrows, but there were no

other land-birds, though the group is stated to be inhabited during the north-west

monsoon by buzzards, crows, and martins. In one place we found a pool of slightly

brackish water, which had been cut off from the sea, containing a few fish which appear

to feed on the stinking mud that covers its bottom to a depth of 8 or 10 inches. The

island is only visited occasionally for the coconuts on its lower lands, and boats seldom

or never remain for the night, the swarms of ticks and mosquitoes forming a very

efficient protection to the birds.

On June 30 the Sealark, which had been sounding round Peros and to the north,

picked us up and returned to Salomon. For the next five days we employed ourselves in

finishing off certain work suggested by our stay in Peros, in preserving our collections

and in sounding and dredging. Besides a series of plankton hauls of different sorts, we

put down ten dredgings on the slopes of Salomon Atoll at depths greater than 50 fathoms ;

but we could not hope to do much, having but 200 fathoms of coarse 1-inch wire with a

breaking-strain of only 14 tons, though to the end of this we added one of the ship’s

cables. The whole arrangement was awkward, and occupied too much time in letting

out and taking in. Our whole record was one of disaster, as we completely lost 180

fathoms of 1-inch rope and three dredges and broke up four others, though fortunately

their bags came up intact. In every case the wire was found to be attached to one arm

of the dredge only, the stopping having broken. Our catch included among living

objects a number of Aleyonaceans (particularly Gorgonians), Antipatharia, a few solitary

corals, some sponges and Polyzoa, as well as a few molluscs, Crustacea, worms, &c. In

addition we brought up many hundredweight of dead corals and Lithothamnia, such as

can only grow on the reef above, thus clearly proving that it was a talus-slope, and that

in fact the atoll was extending outwards on its own débris from the reef above.

We next moved further out, making four hauls to the north, using our }-inch

plankton rope, in 350 to 600 fathoms. Our object was to ascertain for certain the

nature of the bottom, which soundings had shown to be generally hard rock. We

therefore used sharp-sworded dredges with bags, and in the end abundantly confirmed

the soundings, the dredges drawing very evenly over the bottom and only bringing up a

few dead leaves of Halimeda and some rounded fragments of corals with a Bathyactis

and a small piece of Amphihelia, both corals, From the existence of this hard bottom

between all the Chagos banks we are bound to deduce the existence of strong currents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 43

which sweep the bottom clean between them and which are worthy of careful con-

sideration in respect to their action in fashioning the group. While taking one dredging

in 430 fathoms, the ship drifting slightly to the north-west and the dredge going down

almost straight, rather underneath the ship, we observed between 150 and 200 fathoms

a sudden drawing out of the wire to the east. This seemed so conspicuous that we in

the next haul placed on a light trawl with long net and no weights, and paying out

slowly we found it sank almost straight to 150 fathoms, but at 180 fathoms was

streaming out to east by north. Letting out more wire it streamed out still more

and we only got it on the bottom at all by steaming east. There would accordingly

seem to have been a surface-current setting west down to about 160 fathoms, passing

over a current streaming almost in the opposite direction underneath it and extending to

the bottom. We were subsequently to see other and better evidence of sea-currents in

relatively deep water, but this was the only case where we found a current underneath

moving apparently in an opposite direction to the surface-current. It only remains to

say that this last trawl was a singularly fortunate one, as we obtained in it a fish, 2 feet

long, not unlike a fishing-frog, with a gape of mouth large enough to easily take a

man’s head; it is, we are informed by Mr. Regan, the type of a new genus.

We had intended, according to our programme before leaving England, to have gone

over the Great Chagos and run a line of soundings across. But the non-arrival of our

dredging-wire at Colombo caused us to alter all our plans in the group; and in the

months of June and July the weather was so bad that even if we had succeeded in

landing on any of the islands of Great Chagos it would have been doubtful when we

could have got off again. Besides Nelson Island to the north there are seven islands

to the west which are worked for oil by the same company that owns Salomon.

Mr. Sauvage had been manager for some years, so that we were able to get some general

information about them. The chief settlement is on Eagle Island, consisting of about 65

people with a white manager. It has a reef, apparently very similar to that off Coin

(Peros), on the two sides, as also to the south of it has Cow Island, which is stated to be

twice as high as any island of Salomon. Of the Three Brothers, the most eastern, Land

and Middle Islands, have reefs with flats, but Devil Island between the last two and North

Island have practically no reefs. They consist of sandy rock, and appear to be precisely

similar to Coin du Mire in Peros and to be suffering the same fate. Danger Island to

the south consists of rock and tuffe and has a reef to the north-west; generally boats run

directly on to the shore to the east and are quickly hauled up out of danger. The plants

are very similar to those of Salomon, but Danger Island is fringed with Pemphis (Bois la

Mare). When Mr. Sauvage as a retired ship’s captain makes the statement that the

reefs round Great Chagos are mostly flat and devoid of life, and that they are generally

too bare for the anchor to catch properly, we feel a deep regret that we were unable to

examine them, as these facts, if correct, can only mean that Great Chagos is an atoll in

process of destruction.

On July 7 we anchored at Diego Garcia to meet a second British India ship with coal,

remaining there until the 18th. We waited until the 11th, when Capt. Brown arrived

with a much welcome mail and came alongside about noon. They had sighted the atoll

14 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the previous night, but had not sufficient light to enter. Lying-to the ship had been

drifted during the night about 20 miles to the eastward by a current from the west, while

actually a stiff wind from east-south-east was blowing. Going on board we found one

of our boxes for water-samples, which was being filled by the captain during his run

Sumpson Pti¢

DILSNOWW

SHorsburgh Pt

Diego Garcia Atoll (after Admiralty charts).

between Ceylon and Mauritius, this being a line which was regularly worked for us

during the year by the British India Steam Navigation Company.

Diego Garcia was first surveyed by Capt. Blair, of the Hon. East India Company’s

Marine, in 1786, and subsequently by Capt. Moresby, of the same service, in 1837. It

was for some time adopted by the Orient Line as a coaling-station between the Red Sea

' ae

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 45

and Australia, its northern half during this period, in 1885, being surveyed for the third

time by Commander the Hon. F. C, P. Vereker, in H.M.S. ‘Rambler.’ We can give no

better description perhaps than that of James Horsburgh in 1809 * :— Capt. Blair

states that this Island is one of the most wonderful phenomena of the globe. Its length

from north to south is about 14 or 15 miles, and the general breadth 3 to 4 miles, having

the form of a crescent, with the convex side to the eastward. But it may be considered

as a steep coral wall standing in the ocean, for the whole interior of the island is a

lagoon or natural harbour, which is nearly of the same length and breadth as the island

itself, as there is no part of the circumjacent wall above 3 a mile broad, and the

Fig. 18.

Vegetation on the sandy land of Diego Garcia.

greater part of the eastern side is only about 3/5 of a mile in breadth. This Island

or contour of an Island is low, generally 8 or 10 feet elevated above the sea at high.

tides, but inundations of the sea appear to have pervaded the wall in some places, :

and imparted their waters to those in the harbour. Although low the island is covered

with tall cocoa-trees, which makes it visible 54 or 6 leagues to sea. A steep coral-reef

fronts the sea all round, on which it breaks very high and renders the landing on the

exterior impracticable. This reef is steep, too, in most places, there being no anchorage

for a ship on the outside of the island except in the entrance of the harbour at the

* + Directions for Sailing to and from the East Indies.’ p. 131.

46 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

N.W.end. The points which form the entrance are called by Capt. Blair the E. and W.

points, between them three islands are situated.”

This atoll, the position of which was first definitely fixed by the Abbé Rochon in 1769,

is, as the above description implies, a typical atoll of great size with its lagoon extra-

ordinarily closed in by land. We anchored opposite Minni-Minni, and from that centre

explored the whole atoll, one of us (Cooper) taking the lagoon, which was thoroughly

dredged, and the smaller islands, while the other (Gardiner) zigzagged round the

whole island from the north-east point round the south end to about 2 miles above

Pt. Marianne. We both visited the darachois or backwaters of the lagoon, of which

there are seven on the south-east side, extending into the land. Horsburgh’s description,

which we had not then seen, is wonderfully accurate, but be neglects to mention the

great sand-ridge which extends almost completely round the island on its outer side;

it is evidently formed by blown sand, and at the north-east end breaks up into a series

of barren dunes varying up to 30 or 40 feet in height. Outside this the reef forms a

typical flat 80 to 150 yards broad, the shore behind being either rocky or sandy, the latter

when we were there having a piled-up ridge at high-tide level over a foot broad, formed

of dead “ Portuguese men-of-war” (Physalia) and the blue-shelled Zanthina, which is

floated over the whole ocean by air-chambers in the mucous secretion of the foot.

Our observations on the rim of land were carried out mainly in view of its formation

and its present and past changes. We found evidence of the land having been divided

by sea in places. These we do not consider due to inundations of the sea, but rather to

the atoll rim having been covered by a series of separate islands, which subsequently

became united together. To seaward there seemed to be but little loss going on, though

undoubtedly the island formerly extended out for some distance on the reef-flat.

Against the lagoon, however, it was very different, the shore often ending in small

cliffs or being strewn with fallen timber, evidence of rapid encroachment from the sea.

It has no reef-flat, but either tails off gradually or has a sandy flat. In the lagoon,

which has a maximum depth of 17 fathoms, one would not perhaps expect to find much

life, but so far from this being the case its dredging turned out to be singularly rich in

every way as compared to Salomon. Porites and a few other corals occur even at its

southern extremity, where the change of water produced by the tides is but slight *

Algze, too, with the exception of the massive Lithothamnia, are more abundant here than

anywhere else in the Chagos, and it is evident that the conditions are very suitable for

their growth. Perhaps the dead matter carried from the land into the lagoon produces

here a sufficiency of carbonic acid for both algze and corals (which feed on commensal

algee). These would then in their turn liberate enough free oxygen for themselves and

for a rich variety of animal life as well.

The present settlements are at East Point and at Point Marianne on the middle of the

east and west sides of the island respectively. Everywhere coconuts are planted, and

there are from each settlement cart-tracks running north and south, boats being used

only for the south end of the atoll. The island belongs to the same company as Peros,

* There is about two hours’ difference between the tides of the outer and inner sides of the island at its

south end.

eee ee

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. AT

but there is fortunately a small Government Reserve at the north-east end, where the

Orient Line formerly had its coaling-sheds. Previously it consisted of about half a dozen

properties, the central stations of most of which are only marked now by clumps of

“bonnet carré” (Barringtonia speciosa), the large square seeds of which are used for

burning and for salad. Its population numbers about six hundred, and there are

enough “enfants des iles” to make the importation of labour unnecessary. The latter

are a fine sturdy race, but they have only recently been attaining to ideas of western

decency, and we met a party working in the bush in puwris naturalibus, who had

apparently as yet little idea as to civilised requirements.

Collections from the barachois were the objects of our special attention, the fauna and

Fig. 19.

Entrance of Barachois Silvain near Horsburgh Point, and lagoon of Diego Garcia.

flora elsewhere being very similar to those of the other Chagos atolls. One we found to

be barred up and used as a pond for fish, being full of mullet, but the rest were open to

the lagoon. Their entrances are all relatively small, but inside they open out with horns

branching off in every direction ; the whole is fringed with tall coco-palms. At high

water all parts are covered, but at low tide they form vast expanses of glaring white sand

or mud, with perhaps shallow streams in their centres. ‘They are evidently growing,

dead and fallen coconuts fringing their sides, soon to be buried by the Cardiosoma crabs,

whose immense holes and heaps of soil give a rough appearance to the ground. On the

flats, too, which are regularly covered by the tide, any coral-mass or stone is as quickly

buried by Uca. These interesting crabs burrow as near to each other as worms in our

4S PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

meadows, and perhapsas deep. Each hole is iniiabited by a male and female, which differ

in that the great chelee of the female are equal-sized and small, while that of the right

side of the male is as big as its body and of a brilliant pink colour. They come out freely

at night, but never wander from their holes in the daytime, the males often resting in

their entrances with their eyes just above the ground and their great claws standing

up straight into the air. Preyed on to a large degree by the crab-plover, they have

become extraordinarily quick, and the least shadow, that of a stone thrown from under

the coconut-trees over them, will cause all those for 2 or 3 yards on either side of its

line to disappear. Of the birds, gulls, terns, dotterel, and herons abounded, and we saw

also a few snipe, preying for the most part on worms of various sorts. In the wetter

parts a bivalve, like an Orea, was very common in the mud. It must also have been

Fig. 20.

Low cliffs fringing Barachois Maurice, to the south of Diego Garcia. at low tide.

often pecked at by birds, for it appeared to have acquired a definite habit of nipping off

the end of its foot and of disappearing into the mud when disturbed, the small masses of

tissue, the size of a hazel-nut, which we picked up causing us at first considerable

perplexity. Here and there might be found, at the tops of the barachois, pools of water

to which the sea at springs alone had access. In them were invariably a few fish and

often prawns, neither of which seemed to have been in any way affected by the brackish

nature of their water. Again, in others containing still fresher water were dragon-fly

larvee and beetles, though no weed was able to grow. In one swamp near East Point

were tortoises, doubtless introduced many years ago from Zanzibar or Madagascar by

the natives. In such positions, too, in the decaying wood, were multitudes of Isopods,

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 49

with an equal number of spiders which preyed upon them, as well as earwigs, cock-

roaches, and an occasional scorpion and centipede. Rats abounded, scavenging the

barachois-flats at low tide for anything that might be left behind.

On the morning of July 13 at 6 a.m. we weighed anchor for Egmont, intending to

sound round Diego Gargia and between the two atolls. At different depths off the

north of Diego Garcia we took water-samples for the gases and salts in solution. ‘The

former were taken in vacuum-tubes of about 300 c.c. capacity drawn out to fine points

at either end. The finer end being inserted into the tap of the water-bottle, the cock was

turned so that the point was broken and the tube was filled from its contents, the broken

end being subsequently resealed. The soundings taken showed that Diego Garcia is

rather steeper in its slopes than any of the atolls to the north of Great Chagos, and also

Fig. 21.

View in Barachois Silvain, Diego Garcia.

that the general depth of the whole Chagos bank is apparently rather greater in its

southern half.

On the following morning we anchored off the entrance to the north of Egmont Atoll,

with a heavy swell running and a strong wind from the south-east. To secure good

anchorage on the outer slope of an atoll is always a difficult matter, as the shore-platform

may be so smooth as to afford no holding ground or so rough that the anchor fouls and

is lost. A ship should never anchor to windward, but to leeward no danger need be

apprehended, as she would only drift into deeper water. This is what happened to us,

and we soon found ourselves a mile to the north with the anchor and 60 fathoms of cable

over the bows. Steaming up we re-anchored about 120 yards from the reef, and at once

lowered the ‘ Xanthus’ to explore the passage and find a suitable camping-ground. As

the court-house and estate-office on Ile Sudest were offered to us by M. de Comarmond,

SECOND SERIES,—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, 8

50 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

the manager, we returned immediately for our gear and finally got settled ashore by

midday, the Sealark at once weighing anchor to continue her soundings round Great

Chagos. We retained our native servants, together with the ‘ Xanthus, a skiff, and

their crews, consisting of 1st Class Petty Officer Titcombe, Leading-Stoker Carter, and

A.B.s Bridgeman and Greenslade, the latter a native of Jersey and quite at home with

the Creole French spoken by the people.

Egmont Atoll * is slightly smaller than Salomon, and consists of six islands situated

on an oval-shaped reef, extending west by north and east by south. It has only a single

boat passage into its lagoon situated very near its most northerly part and consisting of

a dipping of its reef down to a maximum depth of 23 fathoms below the surface for a

fle Lubine Nr

Sea Miles

Egmont Atoll (from the Admiralty chart).

length of about a mile. The atoll is peculiar in that the reef of its southern side attains

an average breadth of roughly 1000 yards, and, gradually narrowing at its ends, merges

into that of its northern side, which is not more than a quarter as much across. The

enclosed lagoon is four and a half miles long by a mile to a mile and a quarter broad.

It varies in depth from a maximum of 14 fathoms close to the passage. Our own

soundings showed that the bottom might reasonably be described as gradually rising

from this depth up to the encircling reefs on all sides, the angle of the slope varying

with its distance away. The sand covering the bottom becomes to a certain extent

coarser as the depth decreases. The whole lagoon is studded with shoals, most of which

* Horsburgh (Joc. cit. p. 134) states that the islands were seen by M. de Surville in 1756, by the ‘ Egmont’ in 1760,

by M. de Roslan in 1771, and surveyed by Capt. Blair 1786. They were then all covered with timber, three

having coconuts. Moresby (loc. cit. p. 64) calls them the ‘Six Islands,” and states that in 1837 they produced

6000 gallons of oil. He found abundance of pigs and poultry, pigeons and fat-tailed land-crabs (Birgus latro).

i? ie

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 51

reach the surface. In their slopes they, as well as the encircling reef, generally arise

with perpendicular walls for the last 2 to 4 fathoms. They are far more numerous and

occupy a greater area of the bottom in the shallower waters away from the passage, but

at the same time the individual shoals are much larger near the passage.

Judging from the chart there appeared to be on the southern side of the lagoon a

peculiarly ragged reef-edge. A series of horns extended outwards from its edge into the

lagoon, bending towards each other so as to enclose areas of the latter. If, on the one

hand, these were in process of growth, the area of the lagoon would have been reduced

considerably in size, and if the process continues the lagoon would ultimately disappear

and leave a flat reef. On the other hand, the more or less enclosed areas might represent

pits or holes in the reef, velw as they are termed in the Maldives, their inner walls

breaking down so as to throw them into communication with the lagoon. In this case

the lagoon would obviously be increasing everywhere at the expense of its encircling

reef, and it might be supposed that the whole atoll would be growing outwards as a fairy

ring. While fully aware that our chart was not sufficiently accurate for us to base any

comparison on a firm foundation, yet we considered the question one of sufficient im-

portance to claim our special attention. We may now say at once that we found traces

of every horn shown in the chart represented by shoals, some small and some of them

large. All the narrower northern extensions shown on the reef between Iles Sudest and

Lubine were seen to be cut off from the encircling reef proper by channels of at least

2 to 8 fathoms in depth, the inner edge of the reef running fairly evenly and parallel

with its seaward edge. To the north of Carré Patte a small pool 50 yards long and 1 to

2 fathoms deep was enclosed within the reef-edge, but otherwise the whole reef-surface

was flat with no trace of any velu.

The above observations on the lagoon all point to the conclusion that it is increasing

at the expense of its encircling reefs. If this be the case it must be due to the solution

of the lime by the seawater and to the removal of fine particles of coral and sand held in

suspension in the water. Seventy years ago Moresby (Joc. cit. p. 64) referred to this

outwash of mud at Egmont :—* The current and tides sometimes washes the looses and

off the reef to leeward and discolours the blue water for half-a-mile, which we took to be

shoal water fit for anchorage until we found we were deceived.” We ourselves noticed

it in the heavy weather experienced both when we arrived at and left Egmont, as, indeed,

we have observed it off many other coral-islands. Its effect also was quite clear in the

passage into Egmont, in that the bottom was largely formed of bare coral-stone, living

coral being relatively scarce.

Yet with all this apparent decay and removal of material from the lagoon at Egmont,

we found in it a type of lagoon-shoal altogether new to us. For while the encircling

reef had the same general character as that of Salomon, we were surprised to find en-

crusting Lithothamnia, the most important constituent of its outer edge, to be scattered

everywhere except just near the islands. While some shoals were covered by corals and

sand, others showed a surface formed entirely by this group of plants. They were found

particularly along the north side, being most marked perhaps exactly opposite the

passage. One shoal that we visited in this position was about 60 yards across, with a

52 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

flat surface exposed for nearly a foot at low spring-tides. A second near it was similar,

about 100 yards across, and slightly hollowed out in the centre, where all the organic

growth was dead. Otherwise both were completely covered with every conceivable

branching or columnar form of Lithothamnia, every plant being of precisely the same

brilliant red-pink colour (Pl. 9). No other important building-agents were found on

the surface or slopes of either. Another shoal visited on the same day, to some degree

enclosed in the north-west end of the atoll, was similar to the second, being a little dead

in the centre, but its surface was formed by dull orange encrusting Lithothamnia. It

was obviously, however, a mere skin, its real builders being corals, of which we noted

six genera, together with Millepora and Tubipora, growing on its edges. The three

shoals examined overhung their bases to some slight degree, but there was no sign of

any falling. All seemed so completely covered with organisms, save in their centres, that

Fig. 23.

Shoals in the lagoon of Egmont Atoll at low tide.

decay did not seem possible. They forced themselves on our notice, since they would be

taken to represent, according to one theory, the first stage of miniature atolls, arising,

in this case, within a true atoll, the lagoon of which, quite contrary to the same theory,

they would be materially aiding to fill up.

The presence of these Lithothamnia shoals would naturally be taken as evidence of

oceanic characters in the lagoon, in particular in its having continual change in its water,

little being stationary. Theoretically this should mean that a greater variety of animal

life ought to be found than in a more enclosed lagoon. Actually the contrary was the

case. The total quantity of sedentary organisms (corals and Lithothamnia) was no doubt

greater, but free-living animals were decidedly scarce. The dredgings did not bring up

a tithe of what was obtained at Diego Garcia, and reef-collecting was a failure, though

we secured some Chitons, Haliotis, and Nudibranchs which we had not seen before.

The reason would seem partly to be the absence of nooks and crevices in which animals

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 53

could hide, and partly the fact that the strong growth of sedentary organisms by cover-

ing over the rock with organic substance prevented the entrance into it of destructive

organisms, such as boring algze, sponges, worms, and molluscs, on the products of which

so many free-living animals—burrowers, sand-feeders, and scavengers—thrive. The chief

coral was a green Stylophora, which quite took the place of the Wadrepora and Porites

of other atoll-lagoons. Its relatively blunt, massive branches were mostly thickened at

their ends with the galls of a crab, Hapalocarcinus. A colony of Madrepora or branch-

ing Porites usually yields a rich variety of crustaceans, starfishes, molluscs, and other

animals when broken up, but this coral was scarcely infested by a single form beyond

the delicate Melia tessellata. This little crab, so conspicuous in its purple and orange

body, carries a small green palythoid anemone in each of its slender chele, making use

of their thread-cells probably both for protection and for securing prey.

Land on an exposed reef is always to a certain degree in a condition of change. Sand

is piled up at one end of an island while one wind prevails, only to be washed away and

carried to the other end when it blows from the opposite quarter. The six islands now

existing are probably merely the remains of an island once continuous along the whole

southern side. A junction by a sand-barrier of the lagoon half of Ile des Rats to fle

Sipaille has been a recent change, while the outer half of the former has been made into

a separate island.

The islands themselves are very like those of Salomon, with similarly situated areas of

coral-rock, sand, and sand-rock (or tuffe). All have a tendency to be slightly hollowed

out and marshy in their centres, though their surfaces in most places lie well above the

high-tide level. In the centre of Lubine we found one such marsh covered with reeds

8 feet in height, a condition not found elsewhere on any coral-islands we have visited

in the Indian Ocean (PI. 10). It was like a Mauritian or Ceylon swamp, and presented a

most refreshing feature to the eye. It is unlikely that its reed was intentionally intro-

duced, as it is not used for house-thatching or any other purpose. In most places the

soil is relatively abundant and richly impregnated with phosphate of lime from former

bird-colonies. Ile Sudest has a large grove in its centre of badamier (Terminalia

Catappa), valuable for its almond-like nuts, while everywhere the growth of ferns and

herbaceous plants is extraordinarily rich. The jungle-trees were the same as elsewhere,

but there was no trace of the former existence of any gayac. Mangroves were absent,

though there were many places along the shore eminently suitable for their growth.

Indeed, they were not seen throughout the whole Chagos, a singular fact when we

consider their extraordinary adaptability to marine transport.

As elsewhere, we devoted great attention to the land-fauna, but found it very scanty

and difficult to collect. Rats and mynahs (the Indian starling) had been introduced,

the latter intentionally, so that almost only those insects which hide themselves away

have managed to survive. Geckos are exceedingly scarce and mosquitoes consequently

are a plague everywhere. However, we found our first land-shell in the decaying trunk

of a “ bois blanc” (Hernandia), and some beetles, which ordinarily live in guano. Birgus

is common—lle Sipaille is called after it—and does enormous damage. Together with

the rats it is responsible for the destruction of as much as a third of the coconut-crops,

5A PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

in spite of special natives being entirely employed in trapping them. Birds were as

numerous as at Diego Garcia, the larger grey-headed tern breeding in the mapou trees

of Ile Lubine, to the tops of which all the whimbrels and curlews of the whole atoll

seemed to direct their flight when disturbed, constantly tumbling off in the wind, their

feet being ill-adapted to a perching-habit.

During our stay of nine days at Tle Sudest we had ample opportunity of seeing the

oil-establishment, which differed in no respect from that described elsewhere. The

produce is about 26,000 gallons per annum, which may be increased to 40,000 when

certain new plantations come into bearing. The islands belonged then to the Hon.

Leopold Antelme in Mauritius, but have since been bought by the company which owns

Diego and Peros. The whole had evidently been somewhat neglected, but the plantations

had more the characters of cultivation, the trees being in lines, 34 feet apart, with 30 feet

between the rows. The population consists of about 120, 53 adult males with a white

manager, M. Gaston de Comarmond. At first the people were perhaps rather afraid of

us, but ended by making great friends with the ‘ Xanthus’ crew, for whom they got up

fish-spearing excursions by torch-light and coconut-husking competitions.

On the whole, we can now look back on our stay in Egmont with considerable satis-

faction. It was the period of spring-tides, and we were enabled to get out and collect

upon the reefs both by day and night. The crew of the ‘ Xanthus,’ too, were by this

time thoroughly experienced in collecting, and we managed to put down about twenty-

five dredgings in the lagoon. The weather had been showery and was especially suitable

for land-collecting; and we had by that time got accustomed to the peculiar modes of

life adopted by most forms of insects. Although we preserved a considerable number of

organisms, we found very few which had not been already obtained in the Chagos. We

are led therefore to hope that the collections of marine and land faunas and floras which

we have brought home are sufficiently extensive to be of real value for comparison with

those of the Maldives and other areas of the Indian Ocean. At a glance it is obvious

that all Chagos atolls are of purely oceanic type, and we may expect that when worked

out they will give a firm basis on which to estimate the possibilities of distribution to

newly formed land across wide areas of the ocean.

The night of July 28 was spent at anchor in Diego Garcia lagoon, and the following

day we sailed for Mauritius. Our first objectives were two submerged banks, to the

south-east of the group. We anchored on them on following days, Hancock going off

in the whaleboat and running lines of soundings out from the ship. It was unpleasant

work, as there was a heavy swell caused by the strong south-east trade-wind, broken up

into a confused sea by the shallowness of the banks. We had no time to explore either

bank fully, but where we passed on and off each we saw no trace of any uprising rim.

The sea was too milky to allow the bottom to be seen plainly, even in 10 to 12 fathoms,

but we took 25 samples of the bottom with the snapper lead from each bank. From

these and what we could see we judged that there was little coral-growth (though we

picked up a fragment of Psammocora) and practically no Lithothamnia. Large areas

appeared to be covered with spreading Alcyonaceans, between which was sand, almost

entirely composed of the shells of pelagic species of Foraminifera.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 55

Our next objective was the supposed position of Owen’s bank to the north-west, on

which we got a depth of 2100 fathoms. We continued the same course to lat. 4° 48! S,

and long. 67° 22’ E., the latter almost halfway between the longitude of the Chagos and

that of the eastern edge of the Saya de Malha bank, finding there a depth of 2173

fathoms, bottom globigerina-ooze. We then set an almost direct course to Mauritius. The

voyage was devoid of incident, though we sighted a brigantine one day, evidently an oil-

boat bound for the Chagos, and the only vessel we saw during our six months’ cruise

except in port. The weather was against us the whole time, but every day we sounded,

each sounding serving to give additional evidence that there is no connecting-bank of

shallower water between the Chagos and the Mauritius-Seychelles line. Occasionally

the ship was swung for variation, and serial temperature observations were constantly

taken from the poop down to 200 fathoms during soundings. We gave up further

sounding and sailed the last part of the way, our coal-consumption having been rather

heavier than we had expected on account of the strong winds experienced. Our progress

by no means came up to expectation, but fortunately we had enough coal in reserve to

carry us into Port Louis on August 5, the thirteenth day out from Diego Garcia, the

first half of our journey and work accomplished.

[Part IIl.—See page 111 onwards. |

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTeE 1.

Map of the Indian Ocean, on the scale of 1 : 7,000,000, or 1 inch = 110°47 statute miles.

PLATE 2,

H.M.S. Sealark.

PLATE 3.

Sounding on H.M.S. Sealark.

Fig. 1. Andrews and Wise taking a deep sounding.

Fig. 2. Webber, Andrews, Baily, Wise, and Williams: a sounding-party with the Lucas Machine.

PLATE 4,

Dredging on H.M.S. Sealark.

Fig. 1. Looking forward along the starboard side during a sounding.

Fig. 2. Rectangular dredge coming in.

Fig. 3. A big haul, trawl badly bent up.

PLATE 5.

Salomon Atoll.

Fig. 1. View from Takamaka across lagoon.

Fig. 2. Typical dry sandstone-land on Anglaise with coconuts.

56 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

PLATE 6,

Peros Banhos Atoll.

Fig. 1. Reef looking seaward between Gabrielle and Monpatre.

Fig. 2. Coral-rock and seaward reef of Anglaise at low tide.

Puate 7,

Peros Banhos Atoll: commencing vegetation.

PLATE 8.

Diego Garcia Atoll.

Fig. 1. Reef of east side at low water.

Fig. 2. Shore and inner flat looking south.

PLATE 9,

Egmont Atoll: Shoal in lagoon covered with masses of Lithothamnia.

Puate 10.

Egmont Atoll: Swamp in Lubine surrounded by coconuts.

Percy SLADEN TRUS? EXPEDITION.

2 re i 7

inl. SEYCHELLES jac a aes a :

a “== GROUP.

29 ass rte aZju

CS o Speakers

cHacos P=

@ vate anes

PittBank 2¢ 92 ~

rs 1

Fe He

yee mri Hi

aur

fed Var 3°58! W

THE INDIAN OCEAN

to illustrate a paper by

J. STANLEY GARDINER.M.A

al ee Scale, 7,000,000 or 1 Inch ~ 10-47 Stat. Miles

100 so ° 100 200

SSS Se

Reference

The soundings ‘ed in Fathoms

The 100 fathom line us shown tus

The following abbreviations show the

quality of bottom.

Br brown, brik. broken, cl.clay, ci. coral,

au E fine, gl globigerina, hard, m mud,

e 08 ooze, r rock, 9. sand, 3ft. soft, sh shells,

NAZARETH |

pertoesat

PBANK,,

¥y

aan

eae om

ane

th ie ae uso

or wae

ne ee: On ey a OF.

eo vey Sam ot 100 ra

anes. vel wearer e Co

ae im pes 7

— -—___- = - = Reprinted.by permission. thom the Geographical Journal, 06 1906

Porrcy Sirapen Trust Pxrepirion.

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl. 9.

H.M.S. SEALARK.

—-

~~ >

\ ‘

‘

Percy SuApen Trust Exrepirion. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII.

rae.

Fic. 1—Andrews and Wise taking a deep sounding.

Fic. 2.— Webber, Andrews, Baily, Wise, and Williams: a sounding-

party with the Lucas Machine.

SOUNDING ON H.M.S. SEALARK.

Purcy Suaven ‘Trust Expepition, TRANS. LINN. SOG. SER 700] VO XIf. 1

f Ds JOUNING 2 MOUSE. oy 21 Lr, Is ook

Fic. 2.— Rectangular dredge coming in. Fic. 3.—A big haul, trawl badly bent up.

DREDGING ON H.M.S. SEALARK.

Prrcy SuAven Trust Exprpirion. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII, PI. 5.

Fre. 1—View from Takamaka across lagoon. Islands from left: Foquet,

Sepulture, Iacobin, and Sel; with coral-masses exposed on lagoon-

reefs at low tide.

Fic, 2,—Typical dry sandstone-land on Anglaise with coconuts.

SALOMON ATOLL.

Percy Sirapen Tkusy Expepitron,

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL.

Fic. 1.—Reef looking seaward between Gabrielle (left)

and Monpatre (right).

Fic. 2.—Coral-rock and seaward reef of Anglaise at low tide.

PEROS BANHOS ATOLL.

XII.

al 9

Pe .

XII.

V( Nir

2, ZOOL.

>. SHR.

SOc

ANS. LINN,

ANS

Percy Stapen Trust Exrepirron.

‘uol}ejJaS0A Sursuowwog

“TIOLV SOHNVG

"242% aI JO Sam ‘za]S!

souddd

MdU & JO pud }S9M pu apIs-ucOose'T

Percy Stapen Trust Kxprpirion. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2 ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl. 8.

Fic. 1.—Reef of east side at low tide looking seaward. Note boulder-zone with

inner and outer flats and line of breakers.

Fic. 2.—Shore and inner flat looking south (taken from same spot as Fig. 1).

DIEGO GARCIA ATOLL.

Lally

2, ZOOL? VOL, XII.

)

SEI

ANS. LINN. SOC.

)

tea

Percy Siapen Trust Exrepirion,

“TTOLVY LNOWSA

‘BIULIBYJOUWT JO SASSEUI IE[NSdIII pue papuNoI YIM PdIdAOD Opt} MOT }e UOOSE] UI [eoUS

Percy Siapen Trust Exrepirion.

“TITOLV LNOWDH

‘sjynuos09 Aq pepunosins sutqny a{J ur dwems paisao0d-pse1 Aysie Al

No. IlL—ON AN ARBORICOLOUS NEMERTEAN FROM THE SEYCHELLES.

By R. C. Punyert, Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Sranuey Garprner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plate 11 and Text-figure 24.)

Read 21st February, 1907.

THE single species of land-nemertean obtained by Mr. Staaley Gardiner in the

Seychelles proves to be new. Apart from its bearing on the problems of geographical

distribution, the chief interest of this species lies in its curious habitat. Like many

of the land-nemerteans and turbellarians, it is found near the ground beneath the

decaying “bark of trees and in other moist spots; but it also occurs in a position not

generally associated with this group of animals, viz. in the tree-tops. At the bases of

the leaves of the screw-pine (Pandanus Hornet) is found a moist humus, which

possesses a fauna of its own; and of the members of this fauna not the least

interesting is Geonemertes arboricola. How it got there we do not know; but

Mr. Gardiner has suggested to me that it may have been carried up by the seedling in

its growth, and that the nemerteans living on a tree, 40-50 feet above the ground, are

the direct descendants of those which the tree pushed skywards as it grew.

Through the kindness of Prof. Jeffrey Bell, I have been able to study specimens of

the land-nemertean (G. rodericana) which Gulliver obtained in Rodriguez, and to add

several points of anatomical detail which are not to be found in the original paper. ‘To

Professor Dendy I would express my gratitude for some notes on G. australiensis and

for copies of his papers dealing with that form. My thanks are also due to my friend

Mr. Forster Cooper for the sketch which forms the first figure of the Plate.

As the anatomy of more than one allied species has been studied very fully by

von Graff*, Dendy +, and Coet, I have not thought it necessary to go into great detail

here. In the recent paper by the last-named author will be found a complete list of

the papers which have hitherto appeared on this group.

Geonemertes arboricola, n. sp.

Localities. Chateau Margot, Mahé, Seychelles; 1600 ft. Cascade Forest, Mahé ;

from leaf-bases of Pandanus Hornet; about 1800 ft.

A small species, varying from about 15-25 mm. in length. Ground-colour (in life)

pale whitish brown. The dorsal surface is marked by a deep purple-brown stripe in the

* Morph, Jahr., Bd. v. (1879), + Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, voi, iv. (1892).

¢ Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxxi, (1904).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 9

ea ee pee eae eee — ee ——_ ee

*SUUOJLOWN-PUe'y JO UOTNGIAIsSI—"FS “SL

NOWOILOUd SHOLVONAW NO

GTUOA

TRUST EXPEDITION.

PERCY SLADEN

PUNNETT—LAND-NEMERTEANS. 59

middle line and by vestiges of two lateral stripes at either end of the worm (¢f. Pl. 11.

fiz. 1). The large proboscis, when extruded, is of about one-half the body-length.

The structure of the body-wall presents few features of special interest. The muscle-

layers are somewhat poorly developed and the basement membrane is thin. Throughout

the body cutis-glands are practically absent, except on the ventral surface in the region

of the brain: here they are well developed, and over the area where they open to the

exterior the basement membrane is much attenuated (cf. figs. 3 & 4). Connecting

the openings of the two cerebral organs on the ventral surface is a very shallow eroove

lined by aglandular ciliated epithelium, similar in appearance to that lining the ciliated

canals of these organs.

The cephalic glands are large and extend backwards past the brain into the region of

the stomach (cf. figs. 2-5, gl.c.). The great development of these glands is characteristic

of land-nemerteans, and is doubtless connected with the necessity of keeping the body-

surface moist. The cutis-glands found in other groups are practically absent in the

Metanemertea, and their place is taken by the greatly enlarged cephalic glands in these

eases where a considerable amount of slime is necessary for the well-being of the worm.

The small cesophagus opens into the rhynchodxeum immediately in front of the brain.

The stomach is large, and on either side of it the first intestinal gut-pouch extends

forwards. Neither gut-pouches nor stomach reach forward so far as the brain.

The proboscis is large and contains 19 nerves in each of the three specimens

examined. ‘Four reserve stylet-pouches are present. Unfortunately the stylets were in

each case dissolved away. The proboscis-sheath extends to the extreme posterior end.

In section, the muscles on the dorsal side of the sheath are here and there much swollen

(cf. fig. 6), recalling the condition described by Bergendal for Callinera birgeri. In the

present species the appearance is much less definite, varying irregularly with the

individual and with the different regions of the body

The worms are hermaphrodite. The testes are found between the nerve-cords, and the

ovaries dorsal to them (c/. fig. 6). Each ovary, when fairly mature, contains a single

large ovum. The yolk is apparently provided by the follicle-cells, which are enlarged on

the intestinal side of the ovary and full of yolky material. With the syncytium formed

by these cells, the ovum enters into communication by several wide protoplasmic bridges

(fig. 7). Through these the yolky matter formed by the follicle-cells apparently flows

into the ovum. The condition recalls the remarkable arrangement in Drepanophorus

borealis *, where each follicle-cell elaborates yolky material and conveys it to the ovum

by a spout-like process. A yolky thickening of the follicular layer was observed by

Dendy in G. australiensis +, though he does not appear to have observed any direct

communication between the cells of this layer and the ovum. In G. agricola, Coe ¢

has shown that the yolk is provided by absorbed ova instead of by the follicle-cells.

Speaking generally, the follicle-cells would appear to become the active providers of

yolk where the ova are exceptionally large.

* Punnett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, ii. p. 105. + Loe. cit. p. 548,

+ Loc. cit. p. 114.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

“urviq puod

-0q spue}xo ues10

-asues [eaqa109

jo uoysod sepnpuepy

‘cu {youered

| pue quawnsoyur |

| UL SaIpoq snoovo[e/) |

“URI

jo Juoly UL “T[BUIS

UBS.LO-ASUOS [B.1GO10/ |

*SYIBMOIT

61 Ss

1é-6L *yosq

16-61 | “UIST Y 6

&3 | "yuasqy é

SI *yulosorg

é é

61 $

CI-El = “yuasorg

*‘SOATOU *umajss

Slosoqolg 410 JOLOX TL

“

“queso.

“quas( y

*dATOU

[81048]

A10ss000y

OSL0'T

‘snonotdsuo,)

‘aBiey A104

“SUIYUBM LO

Tews

“BUUBA\ LO

Treas

*padoyaaep

ATNStH

*uvsi0

yequoay

R i

Cae ie es

R P

5+ PE 3

6+° ra

O+P4| #F

Rg é

R q

‘soyonod

sean =jop.4qs

® PALOSOA

g9 “ON

Auvut

‘sadny

‘adiyjs usoaq-adand

GIA “TAMOIG YST}IT AL

“SOUT OFT OUT TATA

‘aaotd yreq

‘adits UMOIG YaBp

“Ys'ppey

sBOUH] YECIqAL

Aq poyeredes

sadiys UMorq Yep F

“a5 010

Jo ‘uAorq ‘Mora

‘sodrays

uaorq-ystdand F

| ‘A]LoL1eyueB Ystppat

| ‘OUTTA.

| ‘eSuri0 10

“qstuasorq “Ysyty Ay

“anopog

“UILV J,

“WU GE-ST

“WU CI—IZ

-_— =

“UL OS-OF

“WU OCT

“UML (fF

“WUE ES-LE

“Wul EL

“WUE OG-0F

‘azIg

DLOILLOL Dv

DUVINLI POL

sisuavyod

IZPLpoyouw.

SISUAYDLISND

@UPUD)DIZ-W LOU.

naoydoonnys

pjontbp

‘

PUNNETT—LAND-NEMERTEANS. 61

The nervous system is arranged on the usual metanemertean plan. Giant neurochord-

cells are apparently absent. The most remarkable feature is the presence of the accessory

lateral nerve (cf. Pl. 11. figs. 5 & 6). This nerve is characteristic of certain species of

Geonemertes (cf. Table, p. 60), and takes its origin from the posterior median surface of

the dorsal ganglion ; whereas the lateral nerve proper is, of course, a continuation of the

ventral ganglion. The accessory nerve is found in the same sheath as the lateral nerve,

and on its dorsal surface. At the tail end the lateral nerves form a well-marked supra-

anal commissure, and this also occurs in G. vodericana.

The cerebral organ is small and opens on the ventral surface just in front of the brain

(fig. 3). A well-marked frontal organ exists. In all specimens examined there are two

large ocelli near the tip of the snout (fig. 2). In some specimens there are also found

-what I take to be vestiges of another pair, but as they are small and destitute of pigment

it is difficult to speak positively of their precise nature.

The land-nemerteans of the world, though few in number, are not without importance

in questions of geographical distribution; and no notice of a new species would be

adequate without some account of its relations to the other members of the group.

Coe has recently given a valuable synopsis of what is known about the genus G'eo-

nemertes ; and the Table on p. 60 is an amplification of the Table which accompanies

his memoir. From this Table it is obvious that the nearest allies of G. arboricola are

G. palaensis from the Pelew Islands and G. rodericana from Rodriguez. G. arboricola

differs from the former in the number of ocelli, from the latter in being hermaphrodite,

and from both in its colour-pattern. In most features, however, it resembles them

closely. With G. graffi* it also agrees in the presence of the accessory lateral nerve

and in the absence of an excretory system. Moreover, all these forms are striped.

It is not impossible that G. nove-zealandie may turn out to belong to the same

group when more is known about it. G. australiensis resembles the forms mentioned

in the presence of an accessory lateral nerve, but differs in having an excretory

system; for, as is well known, it was in this species that Dendy demonstrated the

existence of flame-cells. The remaining two species, G. agricola and G, chalico-

phora, form a group apart from the rest, and are characterised by the absence of the

accessory lateral nerve, the presence of an excretory system, and the small number of

proboscis-nerves. ‘To place these two forms in a separate genus would doubtless give

a truer idea of their affinities; but the number of land-nemerteans is at present

small, and it seems better to await further discoveries before taking such a step.

T am inclined to consider that the species palaensis, graffi, rodericana, and arboricola

have arisen independently from some marine form. The form I would suggest as

nearest to this hypothetical form is Pvosadenoporus, which is remarkable in possessing

no excretory system and in being only found in the Indian Ocean. It is possible

that nove-zealandie and australiensis may also have arisen from this form. On the

other hand, I consider that agricola and chalicophora have arisen from some form not

far removed from the genus Amphiporus.

* I regard G. micholitzi as belonging to the same species as @. graffi. The differences upon which Birger

separates the two appear to me unessential (Zool. Jahr., Abth. f. Syst. Bd. ix. pp. 272-4).

62 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Lastly, with regard to the question of the origin of land-nemerteans—whether they

have arisen from freshwater forms, as Montgomery * has supposed, or directly from

marine species. Coe points out that the absence of fresh water in the Bermudas

suggests a direct marine origin for G. agricola; he also says that it can live in salt

water but not in fresh. In the matter of marine origin, I agree with Coe. The fresh-

water streams in the Seychelles are small and abound in torrents. It is difficult to

conceive how a nemertean could have made its way up to 1500-2000 feet by such a

Passage.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11.

bm. = basement membrane. m.l, = longitudinal muscular layer.

bv. = blood-vessel. m.c. = circular muscular layer.

c.c. = ciliated canal of cerebral organ. n.c. = cephalic nerves.

c.or.gl. = gland of cerebral organ. | oc. = eye.

d.c. = dorsal commissure of brain. @s. = cesophagus.

d.d.g. = dorsal lobe of dorsal ganglion. ov. = ovary.

dg. = dorsal ganglion. pr. = proboscis.

jr. = frontal organ. ps. = proboscis-sheath.

gl.c. = cephalic glands. rhd. = rhyuchodieun.

int. = intestine. = iegaRe

in. = lateral nerve-cord. v.c. = ventral commissure.

l.n.a. = accessory lateral nerve. vg. = ventral ganglion.

m. = muscle-fibres.

Fig. 1. Sketch of preserved specimen. X 3.

Fig. 2. Transverse section near tip of snout. x 90.

Pig. 3. Transverse section immediately anterior to the commencement of the brain. x 90.

Fig. 4. Transverse section through brain-region. x 90.

Fig. 5. Transverse section through cesophageal region behind the brain but before the commencement

of the stomach. x 67.

Fig. 6. Transverse section through about the middle of the animal’s body. x 47.

ig. 7. Ovary containing a single ovum attached by two wide processes to the follicle-cells. On the

—

Fig.

outer side is to be seen the commencement of the oviduct, which is not yet completely

formed. x 120.

* Journ. Morph. vol. ii. (1895).

Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser.2. Zoou.Vol.XII.P_]]

PERcy SLADEN TRust EXPEDITION.

(PuNNETT)

5858

205

550.9

259,99

eS)

Vag

Pee 08

109 Bo GO

E.Wilson, Cambridge .

LAND NEMERTEANS.

Fig1,C.FC.,cet.R.C.P del.

ien63 |

No. III.—LAND AND FRESHWATER DECAPODA.

By L. A. BorravaiLe, W_A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at

Selwyn College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Svantey Garpiner, M.4A., F.L.S.)

Read 21st February, 1907.

THE collection contains 30 species, belonging to 11 genera. None of these, however,

are new to science, and all have been previously reported from some part of the Indian

Ocean. There is of course nothing surprising in this fact, but it is of some importance

that it should be established, especially in view of the care with which the collecting

appears to have been done.

All the species in the present list were found in Minikoi or the Maldives by

Mr. Gardiner’s former expedition or by the Agassiz expedition, with the exception of

those belonging to the genera Caradina, Palemon, Birgus, Deckenia, Sesarma, and

Varuna. Onthe other hand, Wetasesarma rousseauxi, H. M.-Edw., found both in Minikoi

and the Maldives, and Leander debilis (Dana) and ZL. gardineri, Borr., found in the

Maldives, are not represented in the present collection. Time will probably disclose

Metasesarma rousseauxi in the Seychelles, but the other cases are more doubtful. Thus

the fauna of the present area is distinctly richer than that of the Maldives and

Laccadives, but does not otherwise differ from it greatly.

From the geographical point of view little information can be drawn from such a

collection as the present until more is known as to the means of distribution of land, and

especially of freshwater, Decapoda. It is particularly unfortunate that we know so

little as to the development of most of the species, whether it be direct or larval, and

as to their power, at all times of life, of living in salt water.

DECAPODA REPTANTIA, BRACHYURA *.

Family Potamonide.

Subfamily Deckeniine.

Genus DECKENLIA, Hlgdf., 1868.

1. Deckenia alluaudi, A. M.-Edw. & Bouv., 1893.

A. Milne-Edwards and E. L. Bouvier, Ann. Sei. Nat. 7, xv. p. 335, pl. vill. (1893).

This very interesting species is peculiar to the Seychelles. Its only congeners are

found in East Africa. It was obtained on Morne Seychellois, Mahé, 2200 feet, and

Cascade River, Mahé, 800 feet.

* See ‘Fauna of the Maldives and Laccadives,’ ed. J. Stanley Gardiner, i. iv. pp. 42+ ff.

C4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Grapside.

Subfamily Grapsine.

Genus GEOGRAPSUS, Stimps., 1858.

2. Geograpsus crinipes (Dana), 1851.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. 1. 8, p. 395 (1900) *.

Localities. Common everywhere in the Indian Ocean.

Specimens from mangrove-swamp, Silhouette I., Seychelles, and Salomon Atoll,

Chagos.

3. Geograpsus grayi (H. M.-Edw.), 1853.

Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 395 (1900).

Localities. Common everywhere in the Indian Ocean. Specimens from Coetivy, and

Egmont and Salomon Atolls, Chagos.

4. Geograpsus minikoiensis, Borr., 1901.

Geograpsus longitarsis, var. minikoiensis, Borradaile, Fauna & Geog. Maldives & Laccadives, vol. i.

p- 66, fig. 12 (1901).

Locality. Coetivy, Seychelles.

Unfortunately neither of the three known specimens of this little crab is in perfect

preservation. I think, however, that its specific distinctness is not doubtful.

Subfamily Varunine.

Genus VARUNA, H. M.-Edw., 1830.

5. Varuna littorata (Fabr.), 1798.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. 11. 3, p. 401 (1900).

Locality. Praslin, Seychelles.

Subfamily Sesarmine.

Genus SESARMA, Say, 1817.

6. Sesarma quadratum (Fabr.), 1798.

Aleock, Journ. As. Soe. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 413.

The movable finger of the only male, a young individual, has only seven ridges on the

upper edge, and the dactyles of the legs are not half the length of the propodites.

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, Mahé, Seychelles.

7. Sesarma longipes, Krauss, 18438.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 8, p. 4:24.

Alcock, who appears to have seen only female specimens, says ‘‘ there are no granular

* The references in this paper will be limited to one for each species. So tar as possible these will be taken from

Alcock’s work on the Indian Crabs and Coutiére’s monograph on the freshwater Paleemonidwe of Madagascar,

BORRADAILE—LAND AND FRESHWATER DECAPODA. 65

or pectinated crests of any kind on the palm.” This is true of the female, but in the

male there is a row of strong knobs on the inside of the palm, roughly parallel with

the fingers, and a similar, less distinct row at right angles to this. The upper edge of

the palm is marked in both sexes by a low but sharp, rough ridge. The third leg is not,

in my specimens, quite two and a half times the length of the carapace.

Localities. Found in every stream in the Seychelles. Specimens from Silhouette,

Praslin (700 ft.), Praslin (Anse Marie Louise), Mahé (Cascade) : all Seychelles.

8. Sesarma intermedium (de Haan).

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxix. ii. 3, p. 416.

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, Silhouette, Seychelles.

Family Gecarcinide.

Genus CARDISOMA, Latr., 1825.

9. Cardisoma carnifex (Hbst.), 1794.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1xix. ii. 3, p. 445.

Localities. Found throughout the Indian Ocean in marshy places. Specimens from

Coetivy, Mahé, and Praslin, Seychelles, and Chagos.

10. Cardisoma hirtipes, Dana, 1851.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 447.

Locality. Farquhar Atoll.

Family Ocypodide.

Subfamily Ocypodine.

Genus OCYPODE, Fabr., 1798.

11. Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas), 1772.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxix. ii. 3, p. 345.

Localities. Common throughout the Indian Ocean. Specimens from Seychelles,

Egmont, Peros Banhos, and Ile de la Passe, Salomon Atoll, Chagos.

- 12. Ocypode cordimana, Desm., 1825.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxix. i. 3, p. 349.

Localities. Common throughout the Indian Ocean. Specimens from Praslin, Seychelles,

and Salomon Atoll, Chagos.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 10

€6 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus UCA, Leach, 1815.

13. Uca tetragonum (Hbst.).

Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. i. 3, p. 357.

Localities. Common throughout the Indian Ocean. Specimens from mangrove-swamp,

Mahé, Seychelles, and barachois, Diego Garcia, Chagos.

14. Uca annulipes (H. M.-Edw.), 1837.

Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. 11. 3, p. 353.

Localities. Common throughout the Indian Ocean. Specimens from mangrove-swamp,

Praslin, Seychelles.

ANOMURA, PAGURIDEA.

Family Cenobitide.

Genus BIRGUS, Leach, 1815.

15. Birgus latro (Linn.), 1767.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abh. f. Syst. vi. p. 319.

Localities. Common throughout the Chagos Archipelago. Specimens from Salomon,

Egmont, and Peros Banhos Atolls.

Genus CA@NOBITA, Latr., 1826.

The following species of this genus are all common throughout the Indian Ocean.

16. Cenobita perlatus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abh. f. Syst. vi. p. 319.

Localities. Specimens from Salomon and Peros Banhos, Chagos.

17. Cenobita rugosus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, /. c. p. 317.

Localities. Specimens from Coetivy, Seychelles; St. Joseph, Amirante ; Farquhar;

Salomon and Peros Banhos, Chagos.

18. Caenobita compressus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, /. c. p. 318.

Localities. Specimens from Ile de Passe, Salomon Atoll, Chagos.

19. Caenobita clypeatus, Latr., 1826.

Ortmann, /. c. p. 315.

Localities. Specimens from Silhouette I., Seychelles; Salomon and Peros Banhos,

Chagos.

BORRADAILE—LAND AND FRESHWATER DECAPODA. 67

NATANTIA, CARIDEA.

Family Palemonide.

Genus PALAZMON, Fabr., 1798.

20. Palemon (Eupalemon) lar, Fabr., 1798.

Coutiére, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (8) xii. p. 292.

The telson, in my specimen, has a short, broad, transparent point, which is outreached

by the inner pair of side spines. The wrist is slightly shorter than the arm.

Localities. Cascade River, Mahé, 800 feet ; Morne Seychellois River, Mahé, 1000 feet ;

Praslin and Silhouette Islands: all Seychelles.

21. Palemon (Lupalemon) ide, Heller, 1862.

Coutiére, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (8) xii. p. 303.

All the specimens are typical, save that one has only two teeth under the rostrum.

Locality. Cascade River, Mahé, Seychelles, 800 feet.

22. Palemon (Fupalemon) ritzeme, de Man, 1897.

Coutiére, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (8) xi. p. 314.

Locality. Stream above Cote d’Or, Praslin, Seychelles.

23. Palemon (Hupalemon) dispar, von Martens, 1868.

Coutiére, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (8) xi. p. 329.

Locality. Silhouette I., Seychelles.

24. 2? Palemon (Eupalemon) longipes, de Haan.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Abh. f. Syst. v. p. 715 (1891).

Some specimens in the collection appear to belong to this species by all their

characters, but the fingers bear a few scattered hairs, and the carapace is not absolutely

smooth.

Locality. Marsh on stream above Céte d’Or, Praslin, Seychelles.

Family Atyide.

Genus CARIDINA, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

The first four species of this genus are abundant in the streams of Mahé, Praslin, and

Silhouette, all in the Seychelles.

25. Caridina typus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

26. Caridina similis, Bouvier, 1904.

27. Caridina brevirostris, Stimps., 1860.

28. Caridina singhalensis, Ortmann, 1894.

Bouvier, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. 1905, p. 77 ff.

The collection contains an immense number of specimens belonging to these species,

1O®

68 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

which are exceedingly difficult to separate, owing to their great variability in all the

points which Bouvier uses to diagnose them. I think it probable that their distinctness

will not eventually be upheld in all cases. Mr. Stanley Gardiner would be glad to

forward the specimens to anyone who would care to examine them statistically.

29. Caridina nilotica (Roux), 1833.

Bouvier, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. 1905, pp. 72, 78.

The rostrum does not quite reach the end of the antennal scale in my specimens.

Locality. Cascade River, Mahé, Seychelles, 800 ft.

30. ?Caridina multidentata, Stimps., 1860.

Bouvier, Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. 1905, p. 74.

The rostrum of my specimens is stout up to the end, but not quite so stout as in

typical specimens.

Locality. Cascade River, Mahé, Seychelles, 800 feet.

Bouvier (Joe. cit.) also records C. apiocheles from the Seychelles.

per62?

No. IV.—HYMENOPTERA.

By P. Cameron.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

Read 21st February, 1907,

In this paper I have described and enumerated all the Hymenoptera collected by

Mr. Gardiner in the Seychelles, except the Ants. Up till now our information

regarding the species inhabiting this group we owe to two papers by MM. Emery &

Pérez, published in the Annales de la Soc. Ent. de France in 1894, based on the

collections made by Mr. Ch. Alluaud. Mr. Gardiner has added considerably to our

knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the islands alike in the Aculeate and the Terebrant

sections of the Order. Of the known species Apis wnicolor is a Madagascar form;

Aylocopa caffra and Sceliphron hemipterum are African; while Wegachile disjuncta,

I. mystacea, Polistes hebreus, Sphex uwmbrosus, Sceliphron bengalense, Ampulex

compressa, and Ophion rufus are common Oriental species but found also in Africa; Hvania

appendigaster is cosmopolitan. The Ichneumon genus Hehthromorpha is noteworthy

for its wide distribution in oceanic islands. Braunsia and Campocentrus are genera

not uncommon in Africa.

As regards the habits of the species found in the Islands it is suggestive that so many

of them belong to genera of which many, if not most, of the species prey on Orthoptera.

Thus Hvania appendigaster lives in the egg-cases of the Cockroach. Réaumur long

ago stated that Ampulex collected Blattz for its nests as food for the larve; a fact

confirmed by later observers. Sphexr umbrosus has been observed to prey on Crickets,

which are also used by the Larridz (Notogonia &c.) as food for their young.

My. Gardiner, it may be added, collected from October to December in the Seychelles.

ANTHOPHILA.

1. Apis unicolor, Latr.

Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. 168; Lepeletier de St.-Fargeau, Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Hymén. i. 403;

Ashmead, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. iv. 122; Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 205.

Apis indica, var. unicolor, Bingham, Fauna of Br. India, Hymen. 1. 558.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé, Coetivy; Amirantes, Eagle Island, Poivre Island; Chagos,

Diego Garcia, Peros Banhos. Recorded trom Rodriguez. Commoner in Madagascar.

One example has the basal two segments of the abdomen rufo-testaceous. The drone

has the abdomen rufo-testaceous, with the segments more or less black at the base; the

sentellum and metanotum are dark testaceous. The hair on the head and thorax is

- rufo-testaceous.

70 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

2. Koptorthosoma caffrum, Linn.

Xylocopa caffra, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1874, 258.

Koptorthosoma caffra, Vachal, Miscell. Ent. vii. 27.

Xylocopa caffra, Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lxiv. 1895, 205.

Locality. Seychelles, Mahé (De Gaye). Common. An abundant species in Central

and South Africa.

3. Halictus mahensis, sp. nov.

Black; the basal two or three segments of the abdomen broadly on the sides and the

legs, except the fore coxze, deep rufous. Wings almost hyaline, the stigma and costa dark

fuscous, the nervures blackish; tegule piceous; the metanotal area with a narrow

striated band at the base, the middle with twisted strize which reach near to the apex.

Abdomen smooth, impunctate; the base of the segments with a pubescent band ;

probably also the apex in fresh specimens. Anal rima piceous. Collar with a band of

depressed white pubescence which curls round the tubercles; the part under the pile

is rufous. Head and thorax alutaceous; the clypeus with distinct scattered punctures,

its apex fringed with golden hair. Middle of mandibles broadly rufous. The head

is longish, flat; the face distinctiy raised in the middle; the eyes converge above

distinctly. Postseutellum thickly covered with pale pubescence.

The male has the apex of clypeus broadly white; the middle joints of the antennze are

nodose; the legs are paler in colour, and the four anterior femora may be broadly black.

The metanotum is bordered laterally by a distinct keel on the apical slope; its middle

is furrowed, keeled below. ‘The first recurrent nervure is interstitial; the second and —

third abscisse are almost equal in length. The amount of red on the basal segments

of the abdomen varies, so does also the amount of black on the legs; in one male

the femora and tibize are black. In all the specimens the wings are very iridescent ;

some have them darker coloured than others.

Locality. Seychelles, Mahé. Common.

4, Megachile disjuncta, Fabr.

Apis disjuncta, Faby. Syst. Ent. ii. 328.

Megachile disjuncta, Bingham, Fauna of Brit. India, Hymen. }. 480; Pérez, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr,

Ixiv. 1895, 206.

Locality. Three specimens from Seychelles, Mahé. Commonin India. Recorded also

from Mauritius.

5. Megachile mystacea, Fabr.

Apis mystacea, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 385.

Megachile rufiventris, Guér. Voy. Bélanger, Zool. 502 ; Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 206.

Megachile mystacea, Bingham, /. c. 479.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé, Praslin. Common. Port Louis, Mauritius.

It is known also from East and South Africa and from Rodriguez.

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA. ffi!

6. Meguachile seychellensis, sp. nov.

Black; the pubescence, including the scopa, white; the wings hyaline, iridescent,

slightly tinged with violaceous, the nervures black. Front, vertex, thorax, and abdomen

closely, distinctly, somewhat strongly punctured; the puncturation on the face and

clypeus is stronger, but not so close; there is a smooth space in the middle of the face

and in the middle of the upper half of the clypeus. The outer side of the mandibles

closely rugosely punctured; the inner part with scattered elongated punctures on the

basal half, the two divisions being separated by two keels of which the outer is the more

distinct ; the apex ends in two broad, distinct teeth, the apical being slightly the larger ;

the basal inner edge is broadly roundly curved. The base of metatarsus is not much

more than half the width of the apex of the tibize. Head wider than the thorax. Apex

of clypeus smooth, shining; its centre slightly arched inwardly, not transverse or

rounded outwardly ; it is about one-fourth wider than long. Tegulse black on the inner,

lead-coloured on the outer side. ‘The hair on the head and pleure is long and dense.

The outer edge of the apex of the hind tibiz is roundly incised. Metanotal area clearly

defined, aciculated, depressed in the middle.

The male has the incision in the centre of apical segment large, wider at the apex than

it is long in the middle; the middle at the base sharp; not broadly rounded; the

lateral apical angles triangular. Flagellum of antenne piceous below. Fore coxze with

a short triangular tooth on the inner side. The male appears to have the apical half of

the wings much more deeply violaceous than the female; the wings in the latter vary,

some having the violet tint more distinct than others.

The hair on the underside of the hinder metatarsus may be tinged with rufous, as

may also the scopa.

Length 9-10; breadth 3-4 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Praslin, Mahé. Farquhar Atoll.

Vespide.

7. Polistes hebreus, Fabr.

Saussure, Mon. Guép. Soc. 53; Bingham, Fauna of Br. India, Hym. 1. 398 ; Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 206 (May to December).

Localities. A wide-ranging species. Seychelles, Mahé, Praslin. Amirantes, Desroches

Island, Poivre Island, Darros Island. Chagos, Salomon Islands (ile Anglaise), Diego

Garcia (July). Mauritius, Black River (August). Known from Rodriguez.

Most of the specimens are lighter-coloured than usual, the waved abdominal lines are

distinct and the base of the hind tibise and of the hind tarsi may be broadly black.

Mr. Gardiner found its nest (of the usual form) under the leaf of a coco-plant.

8. Humenes alluaudi, Pérez.

Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 206.

Localities. Seychelles, Praslin, Mahé. Common.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

9. Odynerus cylindricus, Pérez.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 207.

Localities, Seychelles, Praslin, Mahé. Amirantes, Poivre, Darros.

The male not having been described I give a description of it:—Black, the clypeus, —

labrum, mandible (except at the apex), a transverse oval mark over the antenne, the eye-

incision (except narrowly on the inner side above), a broad line on the upper half of the

outer orbits in the middle, the basal two joints of the antenne, a large, broad mark on the

pronotum (rounded at the apex, where, on the outer side, it reaches close to the tegule ;

on the inner side it is continued as a narrow line to the apex, leaving an elongated

transverse triangular mark on the inner apical half, its base being at the tegulz), an

oblique conical mark on the pleure below the tegule, postscutellum, the sides of

metanotum broadly and the first abdominal segment, except the basal slope, a broad line

down the centre of the basal two-thirds, and the legs, orange-red; the tegule of a paler

orange, with a fuscous spot near the base. Underside of flagellum brownish red, this

colour being more extended on the apical joints; the hook is of a paler orange, it is

moderately stout and reaches to the base of the penultimate segment. Clypeus clearly

longer than wide, the middle above transverse, with the sides rounded; there is a

distinct apical incision, longer than wide, rounded above and of equal width. There is

a stout keel between the antenne, which, on the inner side, are bordered by a curved

one. Wings fuscous violaceous, darker in front, paler at the base. The basal slope

of the first abdominal segment is shining, almost impunctate ; the puncturation is sparser

on the top of the slope, at the junction with the stoutly punctured posterior part; the

second segment becomes more strongly punctured towards the apex, which is distinctly

curled up, it is longer than wide and is not narrowed towards the base or apex. The

sides of the metanotum are bordered by a keel, commencing on the inner side near the

outer edge of the postscutellum ; below the middle are two short, stout teeth; the space

between them is curved. The apex of the postscutellum is smooth, shining, and

transverse.

10. Odynerus cenocephalus, sp. nov.

Black, the upper half of the clypeus, the yellow at the sides extending lower down

than in the centre, a mark, broader than long, with the sides rounded and broadly

furrowed in the middle, a line on the base of the pronotum, narrowed in the middle,

two oblique lines (sometimes absent) on the base of mesonotum in the middle, basal

half of postscutellum, an irregular mark on the pleure below the tegule, a broad

line, incised in the middle, on the apex of the first abdominal segment, at the sides

dilated to the top of the apical slope, and slightly narrower bands on the apices of

the following three segments, yellow. Legs black, except for a yellow line on the

underside of the four anterior femora. Wings fuscous violaceous, the nervures and

stigma black. @.

Length 10-13 mm.

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA. 73

Localities. Chagos, Salomon Islands (I. Boddam and Sel), Egmont Islands, Peros

Banhos. Common.

Head and thorax strongly, closely punctured, the mesopleurs more or less reticulated,

the propleurze with stout strie below the middle; the lower two-thirds of the

metanotum closely striated, the strize roundly curved, the upper part sparsely punctured.

Clypeus pyriform, broadly rounded above, the apex projecting, with a shallow incision,

the sides slightly projecting. Inside the outer ocelli is a large, rounded, curved keel or

projection, completely covering them on the inner and, to a less extent, on the

outer side; in front, immediately behind the anterior ocellus, are two stout teeth, the

part between is smooth and depressed. On the hinder part of the vertex in the middle

is a depression, bordered behind by an irregular keel. Sides of metanotum rounded,

without teeth or angles. Hirst abdominal segment cup-shaped ; the second slightly longer

than wide and with the apical margin reflexed.

The male has the clypeus, labrum, and mandibles yellow; there is an irregular mark

or marks on the sides of the metanotum; the lines on the apices of the abdominal

_ Segments are wider, there is a broad one on the fifth and two large roundish spots on the

second ventral; the legs are for the greater part yellow. Underside of antennal scape

yellow ; the apical joints are brownish: the hook testaccous, paler towards the apex; it

is stout and does not quite reach to the base of the penultimate joint.

The size and shape of the frontal keels and teeth appear to vary, There may bea

small spot behind the eyes.

11. Odynerus chagosensis, sp. nov.

Black, the clypeus, except at the apex, a small triangular spot at base of mandibles,

a spot, as wide as long, rounded below and slightly incised in the middle above, over the

antenne, a small spot near the eyes behind, a line on the apex of the pronotum, a small

irregular spot on the sides of scutellum, postscutellum, two oblique lines on the base of

mesonotum in the centre, an irregular, slightly oblique mark, straight, oblique above,

rounded below, on the pleurze under the tegulee, a broad line on the sides ef the meta-

notum on the upper two-thirds, a broad band on the apex of the 1st abdominal segment,

laterally broadly dilated backwards aud more narrowly and obliquely towards the centre

of the segment, broad bands on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments and a narrow one in the

middle of the 5th, yellow. Legs black, a broad yellow line on the apices of the four anterior

femora below. Wings fuscous violaceous, paler at the base, ?.

Length 13 mm.

Localities. Chagos, Salomon Islands, 2; Peros Banhos, ¢.

Clypeus breadly pyriform, not much longer than wide, broadly rounded above, the

apex only very slightly incised, depressed. Head, pro- and mesothorax closely, strongly

punctured. On the inner side of the hinder ocelli is a longish rounded keel; the space

between smooth ; behind the anterior are two stout, blunt teeth ; the parts at the sides and

in front of the ocelli smooth and shining; the centre of the vertex at the end has a

small depression in which are two stout keels united behind and curved. Base of thorax

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. al

7A PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

transverse, the sides not projecting. Apex of postscutellum smooth, transverse. Sides

of metanotum broadly rounded; at the outer side above is a pale, oblique, curved keel.

Base of metapleurze aciculated, finely weakly striated; the rest irregularly reticulated at

the base below, finely obliquely striated. First abdominal segment cup-shaped; the

top of the basal slope roughened ; the second segment is slightly wider than long. The —

antennal seape is yellow below.

The male has the puncturation stronger ; the mandibles are for the greater part yellow ;

the frontal mark is long, dilated at the top, rounded and slightly incised in the middle;

there are two minute spots on the scutellum and two large ones on the ventral surface of

the second abdominal segment. Clypeus longer than wide, strongly punctured, the apex

transverse almost, the curve being very slight; above it is a depression. Legs yellow,

the coxve behind, the four anterior femora above and the posterior entirely, black. In both

sexes the tegulze are yellow, with a large black mark in the middle. The male wants the

depression found on the vertex of the female.

12. Odynerus farquharensis, sp. nov.

Black, the upper half of the clypeus on the sides broadly, a mark shortly above the

apex, its top with a rounded, the bottom with a triangular incision, a line on the lower

part of the eye-incision, dilated above, a line, gradually narrowed to a fine point, on the —

base of the mandibles, a mark, as long as wide, rounded above, transverse below, over

the antenne, a broad line behind the eyes, a line on the base of thorax, tegule except

for a large black spot, a mark on the sides of scutellum, postscutellum, the sides of

metanotum broadly, an oval mark below the tegulee, a line on the apex of the first ab-

dominal segment above and on the second all round, yellow. Legs red, the fore coxee and

the four posterior above black, the latter red, marked with yellow below. Wings hyaline,

tinged with fuscous, the apex fuscous violaceous. 2.

Length 12 mm,

Locality, Farquhar Atoll.

Head and thorax strongly, closely punctured. Clypeus pyriform, not much longer

than wide, rounded above, the apex depressed, almost transverse. Postscutellum and

metanotum in one steep slope; the sides keeled, broadly bidentate below the middle.

First abdominal segment cup-shaped, the second square, not raised at the apex.

The male has the antennz stouter, especially towards the apex ; the scape is yellow,

the flagellum brownish below; the hook short, thick, not reaching to the base of the last

joint. Clypeus longer than wide, rounded above, the apex roundly incised. The yellow

colour on the femora is more extended; the apex of the tibize yellow on the outer side

and the cox are yellow below. ‘The pubescence in both sexes is white and dense; and

the eye-incision is densely covered with silvery-white pubescence,

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA,

Sphegide.

13. Sphex umbrosus, Christ.

Bingham, Fauna of Brit. India, Hymen. i. 250; Kohl, Denkschrift d. kaiser. Akad. d. Wissensch.,

Math.-naturwiss. Classe, Ixxi. 199; Amn. d. k.-k. Hofmus. y. 408.

Sphew erebus, Kirby, Bull. Liverp. Mus. iii. no. 10, p. 15.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé.

The hair on the thorax in all the specimens is white, as in Kohl’s var. 1 = wmbrosus,

Christ, = argentifrons, Lep.; in most of them the hair on the head is black, as in the

North African var. ¢aschenbergi, Magretti. The wings are more or less clouded,

especially at the apex, in all the specimens. The pubescence and hair long and dense.

The wing-nervures, except the first and second transverse cubitals, are black.

I presume that Sphex rufinervis, Pérez (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 209), from the

Seychelles (Praslin), is only a form of the very variable S. wmbrosus, which is a common

species in the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian Zoological Regions, as well as in the

Southern Palzearctic. The species is found in the Mauritius.

14. Sceliphron hemipterum (Fabr.).

Pelopeus hemipterus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 204. 7; St.-Fargeau, Hist. Natur. des Ins. Hymén, ii. 311.

Sceliphron hemipterum, Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixiv. 1895, 210.

Localities. Described from the Mauritius, Seychelles, Mahé, Praslin. Not uncommon.

As the species has only been briefly described I give some structural details :—The

pro- and mesothorax are closely punctured, the upper part more closely than the sides;

the scutellums are closely, distinctly, longitudinally striated. The middle area of

metanotum clearly defined, furrowed down the middle, the furrow widest at the apex,

with an irregular keel down the middle; it is closely, uniformly, somewhat strongly

obliquely striated; the upper half of the apical slope is longitudinally striated in

the middle, the sides more strongly obliquely striated, almost reticulated; the apex

stoutly transversely striated, the strize closer above than below, broadly depressed in the

middle. The metapleure closely, somewhat strongly obliquely striated ; the propleuree

much more finely, regularly, obliquely striated ; the mesopleure distinctly, but not

closely punctured. Front irregularly longitudinally striated, more or less punctured

above. Head and thorax densely covered with longish black hair, which is longer on

the head and metanotum than on the mesothorax ; the abdominal petiole is sparsely

haired ; the rest of the abdomen pruinose, the last segment punctured, sparsely covered

with long black hair. Antennze short; the scape rufous below; the third joint is

clearly longer than the fourth, which is slightly longer than the scape and pedicle united.

Clypeus slightly wider than long, the apex broadly rounded, margined below, slightly,

broadly ineurved in the middle. Wings yellowish hyaline, the nervures, stigma, and

costa reddish fulvous; the tegulze piceous to black.

The eyes distinctly converge above; the hind ocelli are separated from each other by

Lis

76 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

a less distance than they are from the anterior ; they are separated from each other by a

less distance than they are from the eyes. The clypeus and more or less of the pro- and

mesothorax are rufous ; the calcaria rufous, as may be also the joints of the legs. The

mandibles are rufous. In the female the narrowed basal part of the abdomen is slightly

shorter than the dilated part ; in the male it is distinctly longer than it. The largest —

specimens are 25 mm. long; the smallest male is 17 mm. The males have the wings

clearer than they are in the females, the yellow tint not being so deep.

Pérez (/.c. supra) states that this species is found in “Southern Africa, in the Islands”

of the Indian Ocean and in India.” I have never seen the species in any of the collections

I have examined from India or Malaya, nor does Bingham describe it in his work on the

Hymenoptera of British India. I believe the species is confined to Middle East Africa

and the East African Islands.

15. Sceliphron bengalense, Dahlbom.

Chalybion bengalensis, Dahlbom, Hym. Eur, i. 433.

Sceliphron violaceum, Bingham, Fauna of Brit. India, Hymen. i. 240.

Sceliphron bengalense, Kohl, Denkschrift d. kaiser. Akad. d. Wissen., Math.-naturwiss. Classe, Ixxi.

194 & 197.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé, Chagos, Salomon Islands, Peros Banhos, occurring also in

Mauritius. A common species in all parts of the Oriental Zoological Region, extending

into Syria and the Ural District. I have used the name as given by Kohl in his excellent

revision of the genus in the work cited above.

16. Ampulex compressa, Fabr.

Kohl, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. viii. 491; Pérez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, 210.

Localities. Chagos, Peros Banhos, Salomon Islands,in May. Several specimens. The

species is found from Eastern Europe to China; also in Africa. It stores its nest with

coachroaches.

17. Trypoxylon gardineri, sp. nov.

Black, the base and apex of the second and third abdominal segments broadly, irre-

gularly red; the greater part of the anterior tibize, a clear band on the base of the four

posterior (the band on the last. broader than that on the middle pair), and the four anterior

tarsi, white; abdominal petiole longer than the head and thorax united and clearly longer

than the rest of the abdomen. Wings hyaline, slightly infuscated at the apex, the nervures

black. «9.

Length 10 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Coetivy.

Face and clypeus densely covered with silvery hair. Front punctured, but neither

closely nor very strongly, furrowed down the centre, the sides roundly raised, separated

from the eye-incision; below the furrow is a short keel, which is depressed at the base

and apex. Apex of elypeus broadly rounded, separated, a small indistinct incision in

the middle. Mandibles reddish, tinged with yellow at the base, blackish at the apex.

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA. (1

Palpi pale yellow. The apex of the scape and the pedicle are testaceous ; the third joint

is nearly as long as the following two united. Ocelli in a triangle; the hinder close to the

eyes. Pro- and mesothorax smooth; the metanotal area clearly defined, the lateral

furrows distinct, curved, irregularly crenulated; the central furrow is wider, becomes

widened towards the apex, and is closely, stoutly, transversely striated; the furrow on

the apical slope is narrower, deep, with obliquely sloped sides; the basal transverse

furrow is crenulated. The pubescence on the head and thorax is dense and silvery.

The wings are short and do not reach to the apex of the second abdominal segment ;

the basal abscissa of the radius is straight, oblique, the apical slightly roundly curved

towards the costa, reaching to the apex of the wing. The second and third segments of

the abdomen are almost equal in length; the last is compressed, laterally forming a

triangle, ending ina sharp point, acute above but not keeled. The abdomen is distinctly

more than twice longer than the thorax. The undersides of the trochanters are pale.

The thorax is as long as it is wide at the apex; the face is furrowed narrowly on the

sides.

It is worthy of remark that Saussure (Reise d. Novara, Hymen. p. 84) describes a

species closely related to that here described and with a long abdominal petiole (but only

of the length of the thorax’, the locality of which is given as ‘‘ Mauritius ? vel Brasilia ? ”

The petiole in the present species is longer than usual; its apex, seen from the sides,

forms a longish triangle ; it is not much dilated laterally.

18. Notogonia seychellensis, sp. nov.

Black, the hind femora red, the apex of the hind tibie narrowly and the basal

four joints of the hind tarsi of a paler red; wings hyaline tinged with yellow at the

base, the rest pale fuscous violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. 2 & 6.

Length 12 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé (H. P. Thomasset).

Covered with silvery pile and more sparsely with short white hair. Eyes large,

distinctly converging above, at the top separated by two-thirds of the length of the

third antennal joint. Occiput transverse; the temples almost obsolete. Pro- and

mesothorax shining, smooth. Metanotum opaque, bare; the base with a stout keel

down the centre of the basal three-fourths ; the apical half is finely, obscurely,

obliquely striated. The apical slope is irregularly, sparsely obliquely striated ; the

rest more closely, finely, transversely striated. Metapleuree opaque, alutaceous. Apex

of abdominal segments with a band of white pile. Pygidium rough, as if longitudinally

striated, sparsely covered with black hair; in fresh specimens probably covered with

white or silvery pile; it becomes gradually narrowed towards the apex, which is bluntly

rounded ; it is clearly longer than it is wide at the base. Legs stout; on the outer

side of the tibize, on the apical half, are at least three stout spines (probably more in

fresh examples) ; on the apex are three long, stout spines; the tarsi are stout ; the apices

of all the joints and the apical half of the metatarsus bear stout, longish spines; the

third joint becomes slightly gradually widened towards the apex, which is transverse ;

the fourth becomes gradually distinctly widened towards the apex, which has a wide

7S PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

triangular incision ; the apex is fully four times as wide as the base; claws large,

stout, as long as the last joint. The third joint of the antenne is slightly, but distinctly,

longer than the fourth. Both the recurrent nervures are received before the middle of

the cellule, close to each other; the second abscissa of radius distinctly shorter than

the third—about half its length ; the apical is almost straight, with only a very slight,

oblique slope. The sides of the metanotum, from the spiracles, are keeled, the keel

going round the apex. The abdomen is shorter than the thorax, narrowed at the

base and apex.

It is not unlike the widespread Oriental WN, subtessellata, Sm.; but may be at once

known by the stouter, reddish tarsi, with long and stouter spines, by the shorter

abdomen and differently coloured wings.

19. Notogonia rufo-femorata, sp. nov.

Black ; the anterior femora slightly in front, the four posterior, the apex of the tibiee,

and the basal joints of the four hind tarsi, red; wings fuscous violaceous, iridescent,

the nervures black. ¢.

Length 10 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé (H. P. Thomasset).

Lower part of front, face, and clypeus densely covered with silvery pubescence.

Clypeus keeled in the middle; on the apex, on either side of the central third, is a

minute tubercle. Eyes distinctly converging above, separated there by slightly more

than the length of the third antennal joint. The third antennal joint is distinctly -

shorter than the fourth. Metanotum alutaceous, keeled down the middle from the base

to the apex, the apical slope has a distinct furrow and is irregularly striated at the apex.

Pygidium closely punctured, covered with a silvery pile, its apex broadly rounded.

Tibize and tarsi stoutly spinose ; the base of the fourth joint of the hind tarsi one-third

of the length of the apex, which is roundly, somewhat deeply incised ; the pile on the

underside is pale golden; the claws dark piceous, not quite so long as the joint. Both

the recurrent nervures are received distinctly before the middle; they are separated

by slightly more than the length of the second abscissa of the radius, which is about

one-third of the length of the third ; the apical abscissa is straight, with a distinct, oblique

slope. In fresh specimens the silvery pubescence would be probably dense.

20. Notogonia mahensis, sp. nov.

Black, the wings light fuscous, the nervures black; the metanotum finely, distinctly

transversely reticulated, 7. e. the transverse striz are stronger than the longitudinal ;

the apical slope is distinctly reticulated above, the rest somewhat strongly transversely

striated; the metapleurze stronger, closely, regularly striated ; above the middle of the

mesopleuree is a distinct, slightly curved furrow. ¢.

Length 9 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé (ZZ. P. Thomasset).

‘The head is unfortunately missing, but the length of the metanotum and the pubescent

pygidium show that the species is a Notogonia; and the claws, too, are long as in

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA. 79

that genus. The second and third abscissze of the radius are of almost equal length, the

apical almost straight; both the recurrent nervures are received before the middle and

are separated by slightly less than the length of the second abscissa of the radius. Tibial

and tarsal spines stout, black ; the fourth joint of the hind tarsi is nearly as long as the

third, it becomes gradually thicker from the base to the apex, which is roundly incised.

Pygidium closely punctured, covered with a grey pile ; bluntly rounded at the apex, half

the width there of the base. The mesopleural furrow is deeper and more distinctly

defined than usual.

Ichneumonide.

21. Ophion rufus, Brullé.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. iv. 149.

Localities. A single female from Mahé (Cascade) and another from Trou aux Cerfs,

Mauritius, August, may be this species.

They have, however, only one horny point in the fore wings, while, according to Brullé,

rufus has two, or, as he says, “avec une lunule et un point, ou simplement avec deux

points roux.” I have seen African specimens with one or two horny points; the

amount of yellow on the head varies. Smith records rufus from Rodriguez.

22. Hehthromorpha rufo-maculata, sp. nov.

Head and thorax yellow; a spot covering the ocelli, a large mark in the middle of

front, united to the ocellar spot by a short line, the centre of occiput, a broad line,

narrowed at the apex, down the middle of mesonotum, extending from the base to

the apex, a similar line on the sides on the apical three-fourths, a broad line down the

middle of metanotum, cne on the upper apical half of mesopleurze, a spot on the sides

of mesosternum at the apex, and one on the base of metapleure below, black; the

apex of propleure, base and apex of mesopleurz, the latter broadly below, the sides

of mesosternum broadly and the base of median segment broadly, rufous; the abdomen

of a darker reddish colour ; a spot, longer than wide, obliquely narrowed at the base, on

the sides at the apex of the first segment, narrow, complete, yellow lines on the apices

of the second and third segments, a similar line on the sides of the fourth, a line on the

outer third of the fourth ; the base of the third and following segments blackish. Legs

rufous, the four anterior coxee, trochanters, and underside of femora, the top and bottom

of hind cox and the underside of the hind femora (broadly at the apex), yellow. Wings

hyaline, a dark violaceous cloud at the apex, halfway in front of and half behind the

radius ; the stigma fuscous, the nervures and costa black. Antennze dark brownish

red, the scape yellow below. 2.

Length 13 mm.; terebra 4 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Coetivy.

Head smooth, the sides of the face sparsely punctured. Mesonotum closely, strongly

punctured; metanotum still more strongly and closely punctured, except the black

line in the middle which is smooth; the scutellums smooth. Propleurz smooth,

irregularly striated in the middle; the mesopleure sparsely punctured above, more

SO PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

closely and strongly at the base and below; the metapleuree much more strongly and

closely punctured. The first abdominal segment is smooth and shining; the others

closely and strongly punctured. Median segment thickly covered with white

pubescence. Mandibles yellow at the base, narrowly red in the middle, black at the

apex. ‘Larsi below thickly, stoutly spinose ; the spines dark red.

What is no doubt the male has the body for the greater part yellowish, there is a long

fuscous line in the centre of the mesonotum and a shorter one on the sides; there is

a broad reddish line down the middle of the metanotum, the basal three segments of the

abdomen are yellowish, slightly suffused with rufous, the apical darker rufous, more

or less yellow on the sides and apex; the antenne are dark brownish red, darker at the

apices of the joints, where they are slightly dilated. The legs are much more largely

suffused with yellow, which predominates over the red. The black lines on the thorax

in the female are in the male reddish. I should think that the males vary considerably

in the amount of red and yellow which they bear.

23. Echthromorpha rufa, sp. nov.

Red, the face and clypeus paler, more yellowish; the flagellum of antennz from

near the base infuscated; wings hyaline, the nervares and stigma black, the apical

cloud faint. 29 & ¢.

Length 13 mm.; terebra 4 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé.

Head smooth, the face and clypeus densely covered with white pubescence; the

front depressed, furrowed down the centre. Mesonotum strongly, closely punctured.

Seutellum roundly convex, keeled at the base. Metanotum closely, distinctly trans-

versely striated, depressed laterally at the base; the metapleurze coarsely rugosely

punctured, finely closely striated at the apex. Propleurze for the most part closely

striated. Mesopleurze smooth, sparsely punctured on the upper, closely, somewhat

strongly punctured on the lower half. | Metapleurze coarsely rugosely punctured,

smooth at the base. First abdominal segment furrowed in the middle of basal half,

the furrow smooth, the sides closely finely transversely striated; the apex smooth in

the middle, the sides closely punctured ; it is nearly twice longer than it is wide at the

apex. The second and following segments are closely, somewhat strongly punctured ; —

the second segment is longer than wide, the others wider than long.

The metanotum has a gradually rounded slope, the base closely rugose, the apex

finely closely striated and depressed on either side of the middle. ‘The male is similarly

coloured ; the flagellum of antennze is black, with the joints nodose; the hind tarsi

are darker-coloured than they are in the female, being almost black.

The coloration of this species is very different from what it is in the Oriental and

African species of Echthromorpha; it has also the scutellum more convex; the first

xubdominal segment is longer and narrower ; and the wings have the apical cloud

much fainter than in the typical species. It possesses, however, the main generic

characteristics of the genus.

CAMERON—HYMENOPTERA. 81

Brullé (Hymén. iv. 89) describes, under Pimpla, two species (macula and vittata)

from Bourbon, which clearly are to be referred to Hehthromorpha. Both are closely

related to the present species.

The distribution of Hehthromorpha is peculiar ; species are found in the Indo-

Malay Subregion of the Oriental, in Indo- and Austro-Malaya, in South Africa,

Australia, and the genus is widely spread in Oceanic Islands—in Tahiti, the Sandwich

Islands, Saint Helena, and Ascension. For a genus containing less than 20 species

(so far as known) the distribution is certainly very extensive.

24. Hehthromorpha latibalteata, sp. nov.

Yellow, with the following parts black: the centre of the front broadly, the ocellar

region (the black on it united to the black on the front), the occiput (except at the

sides), three lines on the mesonotum (the longer central narrower than the lateral),

a broad line down the middle of the metanotum, propleurze except at the base (the

mark continued under the tubercles and united to a line down the apex of mesopleure,

the latter obliquely dilated below forwards and obliquely backwards on to the

mesosternum), a line on the metapleurze above the spiracles, enclosing them narrowly

down the sides, a large mark, rounded at the base, dilated at the apex, on the middle

of the first abdominal segment, the basal two-thirds of the five following and the base

of the last broadly. Legs yellow, tinged with rufous, the red on the posterior more

largely developed than on the others; the hind coxze on the inner side to near the apex,

a spot on the outer half in the centre, narrowed behind, a broad line on the inner side

of the femora and a shorter, more irregular one on the outer, black. Antennze black,

brownish at the base of the flagellum below; the scape yellow, black above. Wings

hyaline, suffused with fulvous at the base, the stigma fuscous; the cloud occupies the

apex of the radial cellule entirely and extends into the cubital, in which it is narrowed

at the apex. Smooth; the mesonotum sparsely punctured in the middle. Metapleure

sparsely punctured at the base. The third and fourth segments of the abdomen are

punctured distinctly in the middle ; the last segment has the apical half brownish rufous.

Antennal joints distinctly nodose beyond the middle. ¢.

Length 13-14 mm.

Localities. Chagos, Peros Banhos, in June,

The basal segment of the abdomen is slightly, roundly narrowed to the spiracles; the

oblique furrows on the sides of the segments are distinct.

Braconide. BRACONINZ.

[25. Iphiaulax fletcheri, sp. nov.

Black, the head, pro- and mesothorax, and the front legs red; the palpi black, densely

covered with white hair; wings dark fuscous, the stigma to the radial nervure pale

ochraceous, the rest of it and the nervures black. ¢.

Length 10 mm.; terebra 5 mm.

Localities. Mirza Sheikh el Barut (now Port Sudan), Red Sea (January).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 12

S92 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Abdomen as long as the head and thorax united ; its first segment twice longer than

it is wide at the apex; the central part closely finely striated, the striz intermixing;

before the apex depressed, with a stout keel on the sides and a stouter one down

the middle, the following three segments closely strongly striated ; the area on second

segment closely striated, followed by a large, wider than long, depression, separated in —

the middle by a sharp keel; a roundly curved keel on either side, leading from the base

to the suturiform articulation, which is wider than usual, especially in the middle, and

with widely separated stout strize ; the oblique lateral depression is wide and shallow; the

apices of the second, third, and fourth segments are narrowly smooth, raised; there is a

narrow obscure furrow on the apex of the fifth. The second cubital cellule is twice longer

than wide; there is a small, distinct, triangular cloud at the apex of the recurrent

nervure below the cubitus. Temples wide, as long as the eyes, broadly rounded, slightly

narrowed behind. Face coarsely, transversely, rugosely punctured, sparsely covered with

long black hair. Mandibles yellowish at the base. |

AGATHIDIN A.

26. Megagathis testacea, sp. nov.

Testaceous, darker towards the apex of the abdomen; the antennze, apex of hind tibiee,

and the hinder tarsi black; wings hyaline, the costa and stigma black, the nervures

yellowish testaceous. 2.

Length 7 mm.; terebra 1 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Coetivy.

Face closely and strongly punctured, especially above; the clypeus more weakly

punctured, its apex smooth, as is also the broadly rounded large labrum. Front and

vertex smooth, the former bordered by a curved keel. Ocelli large, reddish as in Ophion

and other nocturnal forms; the anterior smaller than the two posterior. Eyes large, the

malar space as long as the thickness of the antennal scape. Temples very short,

narrowed. Mesonotum trilobate, closely strongly punctured; the middle lobe with a

narrow furrow down the middle, Scutellar depression with three stout keels. Seutellum

raised, strongly punctured; the postscutellum bordered by roundly curved keels

meeting at the apex, where they are raised. Metanotum with a central area, widened in

the middle, gradually narrowed to a sharp point at the base and apex; in the centre are

two widely separated stout keels; the base laterally is irregularly areolated, on the apex,

side by side, are two large squarish areze ; there is a keel outside the linear spiracles; the

metapleuree closely rugosely punctured. Propleursze smooth; the mesopleuree closely,

but not strongly punctured; the metapleurw irregularly rugosely striated, punctured.

Abdomen smooth, shining, bare ; its first segment three times longer than it is wide at the

apex ; the latter twice the width of the base, which has a triangular depression. Ovipositor

curved. Radial cellule long, narrow, reaching to the apex, the areolet 4-angled, narrowed

in front but with the nervures widely separated; the transverse median nervure placed

shortly behind the transverse basal. The long spur of the hind tibiz two-thirds of the

length of the metatarsus.

=, pe ee ok, ee aE

———eeEeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee Eee

CAMERON—H YMENOPTERA. 83

This is a smaller species than the type of the genus, I. natalensis, Kriech., from

Natal; that species has the terebra 7 mm. long.

27. Braunsia melanoptera, sp. nov.

Ferruginous, the apical segments of the abdomen more or less, the hind tibixe (except

at the base) and the hind tarsi, black, as are also the antennze and the sheaths of the

ovipositor ; wings dark fuscous, a hyaline cloud between the radius and transverse basal

nervure, extending right across the wing, the stigma and nervures black. °.

Length 8-10 mm., ovipositor as long as the body.

Localities. Seychelles, Coetivy.

Antenne longer than the body, densely covered with stiff black pubescence. Malar

space yellowish, two-thirds of the length of the eyes. Mesonotum distinctly trilobate

the middle lobe stoutly keeled down the apical half, the keel prolonged into the apical

depression. Apex of scutellum with a narrow keel, broadly rounded laterally and with a

slight incision in the middle; the basal lateral keels roundly curved. In the centre of

metanotum, on the apical slope, are two stout parallel keels, forming an area twice longer

than wide; the sides are closely, irregularly, somewhat obliquely striated. There is a

curved keel near the bottom of the propleurze; a depression, straight above, rounded

below, under the middle of the mesopleuree. First abdominal segment about two and a

half times longer than it is wide at the apex, which is twice wider than the base; the

latter is smooth, bare, and shining to beyond the middle; the base and apex depressed,

the centre roundly raised; the sides stoutly keeled; the apex is striated, the striz stout,

more or less twisted; the middle segments closely, regularly, longitudinally striated,

the apical three smooth ; the suturiform articulation wide, curved, crenulated, Hind tibize

and tarsi densely haired. Areolet almost triangular, the nervures almost touching, the

apical rounded.

_. Most of the known species of Brauwnsia are African, but many are found in Malaya,

and one is European.

RHOGADIN &.

28. Camptocentrus annulipes, sp. nov.

Black, the base of the tibize broadly clear white; the base of metatarsus paler than

the rest. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black; highly iridescent, a narrow

irregular cloud along the transverse basal nervure, a broader one on either side of the

base of radius, broader on the outer than on the inner side; sparsely covered with white

hairs. Closely punctured, the apical half of the second abdominal segment and the whole

of the others smooth, shining, and with a plumbeous hue. Base of mandibles and oral

region dull rufous. @.

Length 4 mm.; terebra 1°5 mm.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé.

Head alutaceous, opaque; the face densely covered with short pubescence; the malar

space tinged with fuscous; palpi long, black. Thorax more coarsely alutaceous than

‘ 12*

Si PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the head, almost minutely punctured; there is a deep, clearly defined, crenulated

furrow below the middle of the propleurse. Parapsidal furrow narrow, obscurely

crenulated; the apex of the metanotum is more roughly punctured than the rest, almost

finely reticulated; in its centre are two stout, parallel keels. ‘The basal segment of the

abdomen is one-half longer than it is wide at the apex; it is closely, finely, longitudinally

punctured ; bordering the middle of the base ate two keels, the basal half of the second is

more finely punctured; the second segment is as long as the following two segments

united; the apex of the punctured basal part is rounded. ‘Che wing-nervures are stout,

deep black; the base of the stigma is broadly clear white; the basal abscissa of radius

slightly more than one-third of the length of the second. Antennze longer than the

body, slender, the base of the flagellum fuscous,

This species seems to be a Camptocentrus as defined by Kriechbaumer (Berl. ent. Zeit.

xxxix. 61); but Szépligeti (Gen. Ins., Braconidee, 84) sinks it in Rhogas. The species

referred to it are African,

ALYSIIN &.

TOLBIA, gen. nov.

Antenne longer than the body, of equal thickness ; the third and fourth joints almost

equal in length; there are 25 joints. Stigma large, thick, long, becoming gradually

narrowed to a point at the apex; the radius issues from near its base. Radial cellule

long, extending to the apex ; the first abscissa of the radius minute, the second about one-

fourth of the length of the third; there are three cubital cellules—the first wider than

long, the second twice longer than it is wide at the apex, it receives the recurrent nervure

close to its base; the transverse median nervure interstitial. In the hind wings the

only closed cellule is the costal, which becomes widened towards the apex. Head as wide

as the thorax; the temples wide, roundly narrowed; the occiput not margined, not

transverse. Scutellum large, raised, rounded, the basal transverse furrow distinct:

crenulated. Postscutellum flat. Metanotum large, broadly rounded at the apex.

Abdomen broad, narrowed at base and apex; the first segment triangular, becoming

gradually widened towards the apex, the base narrowed to a point. Legs long, slender,

the spurs minute, the hinder metatarsus as long as the following two joints united. The

first cubital and the first discoidal cellules are separated. The second and third segments

of the abdomen are aciculated; they are both large; the suture separating them narrow,

but distinct. The abdomen is hardly so long as the thorax ; there are at least six segments.

The second abscissa of the radius is distinctly longer than either of the transverse cubitals ;

it does not form an angle with the first. ‘There are no parapsidal furrows; the radial

cellule and the second discoidal cellules are closed; the former is closed in front by a

(listinct nervure; there is a distinct parastigma.

Comes near to Sathra, Foer.; in that group the first abscissa of the radius is wanting

entirely. In the recurrent nervure being received in the second cubital cellule it agrees

with Misophthora, Foer.; but in that genus the stigma is not thickened as it is in the

present.

CAMERON—HYMBENOPTERA, 85

29. Tolbia scevole, sp. nov.

Rufo-testaceous, the abdomen paler, the sides and base of mesonotum infuseated ; the

head, pro- and mesothorax smooth and shining; the metanotum aciculated, with some

indications of reticulations at the base; the abdomen aciculated, the apical segments

smoother, more shining, and banded broadly with black. Legs covered with white

pubescence. Wings hyaline, very iridescent, the stigma and nervures black. @,

Length 2 mm.

Localities, Chagos, Salomon Atoll (Isle de la Passe) in July. Bred from mines in

Seevola. As the group to which the species belongs are known to be parasites on

Dipterous leaf-miners, doubtless the Scevola miner is a dipteron,

Evaniide.

30. Lvania appendigaster, Linn.

Schletterer, Ann. d. k.-k. Hofmus. iv. 136.

Localities. A cosmopolitian parasite of the cockroach. Chagos, Diego Garcia (28rd

July), Egmont Islands, Peros Banhos. Seychelles, Coetivy, Mahé (JZ. P. Thomasset).

Chalcidide. EUCHARINA.

31. Stibula insularis, sp. nov.

Green, largely variegated with blue, brassy, and purple tints; the antennz testaceous,

darker at the base; the legs paler, yellower, tinged with fulvous; the abdominal petiole

pale fuscous, the apex pale yellow, the rest blackish purple. Wings hyaline, tinged with

fulvous at the base, the nervures dark fuscous. <o.

Length 3 mm.

Localities. Chagos, Egmont Island, in July.

Head bare, shining; the face closely covered with roundly curved strie, which become

weaker below; there is a smooth line or keel down its centre. Clypeus bordered

laterally by deep oblique furrows. Malar space with weak curved striz. Palpi and

apex of mandibles yellowish testaceous, the base of the latter blackish. Antenne

thickly covered with stiff fuscous hair. Pro- and mesothorax rugosely reticulated,

punctured, with variegated tints; the middle lobe of mesonotum clearly defined by

furrews, triangular. Scutellar process thick and broad at the base; the spines narrowed

towards the apex, longer than thick, oblique. Median segment irregularly reticulated,

not closely or strongly, the keels not strong. Abdominal petiole not quite so long as the

rest of the abdomen, smooth and shining.

The Eucharine, to which S¢:bula belongs, so far as their habits are known, are

parasites on ants.

SG PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

CHALCIDIN &.

32. Hockeria testaceitarsis, sp. nov.

Black, shining, the knees, anterior trochanters, apex of tibize, and tarsi testaceous ;

wings hyaline, darker towards the apex, the nervures testaceous; apex of pronotum and ~

the sides of mesonotum at the scutellum fringed with pale fulvous hair. Antenne as

long as the body ; the scape testaceous, black above. ¢.

Length 2 mm.

Localities. Cargados, Establishment Island (28th August).

Head closely, somewhat strongly punctured, the occiput smooth behind the inner side

of the eyes. Pro- and mesonotum punctured, distinctly, but not very strongly or

closely ; the scutellum more closely and strongly punctured, its apex projecting in the

middle, the sides of the projection broadly rounded, the middle with a shallow incision.

Metanotum closely rugosely punctured; there is a A-shaped keel in the centre of the

base. Pro- and mesopleurz closely punctured; the latter with a smooth space, with three

foveze on the upper apical part. Metapleurze closely, finely reticulated. Abdomen

smooth, shining, the apical segments finely aciculated. Femoral tooth broad, blunt,

longer on the apical than on the basal side.

In typical Hockeria the apex of the scutellum is bidentate, not with a slight rounded

incision as in the present species.

30. Chalcis amenocles, Walker.

A single example from Mahé is doubtfully referred by Pérez (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894,

p- 211) to the above species, which was described by Walker (‘ List of the Specimens of

Hymenopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum: Part 1. Chalcidites,’

p. 84) from Sierra Leone.

—

No. V.—THE ODONATA.

By F. F. Lawwiaw, IA.

(Communicated by J. Srantny Garviner, M.A., F.L.S.)

Read 21st February, 1207.

Mr. Garprner’s collection of Odonates includes no species hitherto undescribed. There

is, however, I believe, no previous record of any Odonate from the Chagos Islands;

whilst the considerable number of specimens collected in the Seychelles, together

with the series already described from those islands, permit us to assume that our

knowledge of their Odonata is fairly complete.

_ The following is a list of the papers of which I have made use in dealing with the

collection, together with the reference-marks employed :—

[1869] pr Sxerys-Lonecuampes, E. List of Species and Description of a new Genus and Five new

Species of Odonata from the Seychelles. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)iii. pp. 272-277 (April

1869).

[1869 a] pr Srnys-Lonecuames, E. Enumération des Odonates de Madagascar et des Iles Comores et

Mascareignes. In ‘ Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar et de ses Dépendances, Pollen

et Van Dam. 5° Partie, 1" livraison. Leyde, 1869.

[1892] Caxverr, P. P. Preliminary Notes on some African Odonata. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xix.

pp- 161-164 (1892).

[1895] Catvert, P. P. East African Odonata, &c. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xviii. pp. 121-142 (1895)

[1896].

[1896] Marvin, R. Odonates des [es Seychelles. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1896, pp. 101-112.

[1898] Carver, P.P. Odonata from the Indian Ocean, &. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1898,

pp. 141-146.

In this last paper a full list of the literature dealing with the subject will be found.

Martin [1896] has given so full an analysis of the relationships of the species composing

the Seychelles Odonate fauna that it is scarcely necessary for me to add much concerning

this to my list. It is perhaps worth while to make a few remarks on the subject. The

Oriental fauna appears to me to consist of at least two elements. One of these, which

includes the “ dominant ” genera, has entered the region probably from the north and

has pushed its invasion as far as Australia on the one side and into Africa on the other,

meeting in Equatorial Africa an endemic fauna. Species belonging to this invading

body appear to have reached the Seychelles by two routes—firstly, possibly in some cases

by way of the Maldives, from Asia, and secondly from Africa. By the first route we

may, I think, derive Tholymis tillarga, Pantala flavescens, Diplacodes trivialis, Ischnura

senegalensis, and perhaps Anazr guttatus directly from Asia; and, secondly, from Asia by

way of Africa, where the species have had time to differentiate, Ceriagrion glabrum and

ss PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Agriocnemis evilis, and perhaps Rhyothemis hemihyalina and Tramea continentalis.

These are all of them species that one associates with cultivation. Less certainly

belonging to this invading fauna we may put Zyxvomma seychellarum and Orthetrum

wrighti, the latter derived through Africa.

The remaining species, except Hemianax epphipiger, are peculiar to the islands and are,

I believe, a fragment of the same fauna as that which is presumably being slowly

displaced in the Oriental Region by the invading fauna already spoken of. Another

fragment of this fauna is, I believe, to be found in Madagascar, where it has succeeded

in holding its own toa greater extent than elsewhere, save in the Malayan Subregion,

though it is perhaps possible to trace some relationship with the Australian fauna in the

island of Madagascar. In concluding these scanty notes, which I have added rather

with the intention of attracting further notice to the relationships of the land-fauna of

the Seychelles than with the expectation that they are likely to furnish an adequate

explanation of the difficulties that the study of that land-fauna presents, I venture to

point out what a valuable source of information on the subject of zoogeography the

Odonata are likely to offer. Probably no group of insects is in so satisfactory a condition so

far as its classification goes, thanks largely to the splendid work of Selys and McLachlan ;

few are less unwieldy or more easily collected, preserved, and examined ; and, lastly,

their dependence on fresh water renders their accidental carriage from country to country

less probable than in the case of most other orders. It will prove to be no exaggeration

to say that they will afford as much information to the student of zoogeography as any

group of vertebrate animals.

The following species, recorded by Martin [1896], are not included in Mr. Gardiner’s

collection :—

CorpuLInazZ. Hemicordulia delicata, Martin.

JESCHNIDE. Hemianax epphipiger, Burm.

Gynacantha stylata, Martin.

AGRIONIDE. Hemicnemis cyanops, Selys.

Telebasis alluaudi, Martin.

Libellulide. LIBELLULIN.

1. Pantala flavescens (abr.).

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 76,12; Praslin, 1¢6,19; St. Anne,1¢.

2. Rhyothemis hemihyalina (Desjardins),

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 1¢; Praslin, 1¢,29; Coetivy,43,29.

3. Tramea continentalis, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles; Mahé, 24; Praslin, 1¢; Coetivy, 54; St. Anne, 3¢, 192.

Chagos: Diego Garcia, 32.

4. Tholymis tillarga (Fabv.).

Localities, Seychelles; Mahé, 1¢,19; Praslin, 16,22.

LAIDLAW—ODONATA. 89

5. Zyxomma seychellarum, Martin.

Localities. Seychelles: St. Anne,1¢. Chagos: Peros Banhos, 2¢.

6. Zygonyw luctifera, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 10¢,4 2 (two of the males from a height of over

1000 feet); Praslin, 16,19; St. Anne, 2¢.

7. Diplacodes trivialis (Ramb.).

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 23; Praslin, 22 (one of the specimens carries eggs,

Nov. 5, 1905); Coetivy, 63,29.

8. Orthetrum wrighti, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 18¢, 12 (plentiful at sea-level); Coetivy, 93, 22@;

Praslin, 336, 22; St. Anne, 2¢. Chagos: Diego Garcia, 63, 9 (common); Percs

Banhos (Ile Diamant), 12; Salomon Islands, 1¢.

Aschnide. ASCHNIN®.

9. Anax guttatus, Burm.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 2¢; St. Anne, 1?.

Agrionidz. AGRIONIN#®.

10, Allolestes maclachilani, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 1¢; Praslin,1¢,192.

The male and female from Praslin are both badly damaged. The male agrees closely

with that described by Martin, whilst the specimen from Mahé resembles AJlolestes

nigra, Martin, in having more extensive black markings on the head and thorax. It is

evidently an older specimen than that from Praslin, and the difference in age may to

some extent be responsible for the difference in colour; or it is possible that the different

islands may be inhabited by different races. I do not think the two forms sufficiently

distinct to rank as species.

ll. Hemicnemis bilineata, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 9¢, 52 (common, over 1000 ft., at Cascade) ; Praslin,

io, 22.

12. Agriocnemis extlis, Selys.

Localities. Seychelles: Coetivy,5¢,72; Praslin,1¢.

13. Ischnura senegalensis, Ramb.

Localities. Chagos: Diego Garcia, 3. Seychelles: Mahé, 1.

14. Ceriagrion glabrum.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 8; Praslin, 4; St. Anne, 1.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 13

No. VI—FOURMIS DES SEYCHELLES, AMIRANTES,

FARQUHAR ET CHAGOS.

Par Prof. A. Foret.

(Communiqué par M. J. Stantey Garpiner, .A., F.L.S.)

Lu le 21 février, 1907.

La faune de toutes ces iles est essentiellement malgache ou dérivée de la faune

malgache, comme on va le voir. M. le Prof. Emery a décrit dans les danales de la

société entomologique de France (1894, p. 67) les fourmis récoltées par M. Alluaud aux

Seychelles et moi-méme dans les Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden

Gesellschaft (Bd. xxi. Heft i. 1897, p. 185) les fourmis récoltées par le Dr. Véltzkow

aux iles Aldabra.

Voici la liste des espéces récoltées par M. Stanley Gardiner :—

1. Leptogenys mavxillosa, Smith.

% ¢. Seychelles; Amirantes (Eagle); Coetivy. Espéce malgache, les Comores, ete.

2. Tetramorium guinense, Fabr.

%. Cargados. Espéce cosmopolite, transportée par les vaisseaux.

3. Tetramorium simillimum, Smith.

%. Ile Darros, Amirantes. Espéce cosmopolite, transportée par les vaisseaux.

4. Monomorium pharaonis, L.

8. Ile Cerf, Providence. Espéce cosmopolite, transportée par les vaisseaux.

5. Pheidole megacephala, Fabr.

%9¢Y%. Coetivy; Amirantes; Farquhar; Le Desroches. Espéce cosmopolite.

6. Pheidole punctulata, Mayr.

Coetivy ; Amirantes ; Ile Desroches ; Farquhar. Espece africaine et malgache.

7. Pheidole punctulata, Mayr, subsp. picata, Forel.

2 %%. Cargados (Siren Island). Race malgache.

8. Pheidole flavens, Roger., var. farquharensis, var. nov.

Une seule % mélée a des Camponotus grandidieri. Les scapes sont un peu plus

courts, et atteignent & peine le bord occipital. Les épines métanotales sont gréles et

_ pointues. Pilosité un peu plus courte et moins éflilée. Du reste je ne puis la distinguer

13*

y=?

O2 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

du type de la Ph. flavens, Wayant vu ni ¥, ni 2, ni ¢. Est-ce un transport par les

vaisseaux de la Ph. flavens d Amérique centrale, espece tres variable et abondante ? IL

faut plus de matériel pour décider.

fle Farquhar.

9. Technomyrmex albipes, Smith, subsp. foreli, Emery.

%. le Farquhar. Sous-espéce malgache.

10. Plagiolepis madecassa, Forel.

%. le Desroches. Espece malgache.

11. Plagiolepis alluaudi, Emery.

%. Ile Farquhar. Espéce des Seychelles retrouvée plus tard dans les serres chaudes

de Berne, ou elle a été importce.

12. Prenolepis bourbonica, Forel.

% @. Cargados (Siren Island) ; Coetivy ; Iles Chagos. Espéce de la Réunion.

13. Prenolepis longicornis, Latr.

%. Coetivy. Espéce cosmopolite, transportée partout par les navires.

14. Prenolepis bourbonica, Forel, var. farquharensis, var. nov.

3 1, 2-4mm. Plus gréle que le type de l’espéce, scapes un peu plus longs, dépassant

presque de moitié le bord occipital. Téte encore plus étroite, bien plus longue que large.

D’un brun pale jaunitre. Du reste identique au type de l’espcce.

Tle Farquhar.

15. Camponotus foraminosus, Forel, var. grandidieri, Forel.

% 2. Seychelles (Chateau Margot 4 1600 pieds sur Vile de Mahé); Farquhar. Les

exemplaires du Cidteau Margot ont la téte un peu plus large derriére avec plus de

fossettes sur locciput et sont légerement plus élancés, montrant une légere tendance a

passer a la subsp. aldabrensis, Forel, des Iles Aldabra. Sous-espece malgache, Comores,

Seychelles et de l’ Afrique Orientale.

16. Camponotus maculatus, Fabr., subsp. boivini, Forel.

92%. 2195-10 mm. L’écaille est plus épaisse et plus basse que chez hovoides, a

bord supérieur subrectiligne. Le métanotum est aussi un peu subcubique, a face déclive

subverticale, mais 4 courbe arrondie entre deux, du reste comme l’ouvricre. Les ailes

manquent.

Iles Chagos dans des trones de Cocos pourris ; Mahé, Seychelles, 4 1800 pieds. Sous-

espece malgache, trouvée jusqu’ici & Madagascar seulement.

17. Camponotus maculatus, Fabr., subsp. fulous, Emery.

% 2. Seychelles; Iles Chagos. Sous-espéce spéciale aux [les Seychelles, etc,, mais

se rattachant au groupe radame et hova de Madagascar.

FOREL—FOURMIS DES SEYCHELLES, ETC. 93

18. Camponotus maculatus, Fabr., subsp. fulvws, var. oclonotatus, Forel.

8 2. Mahé, Seychelles, 4 1600-1800 pieds, Ile Praslin, Seychelles. Des exemplaires

de Mahé (1600 pieds) font passage au fulvus pur. Variété spéciale jusquici aux

Seychelles.

19. Ajoutons encore un Ponérine 3 indéterminable.

M. Alluaud avait trouvé en outre aux Seychelles les espéces suivantes :—

Ponera johanne, Forel. (Espéce malgache.)

Ponera melanaria, Emery, var. macra, Emery. (Espéce de l’inde var. des Seychelles.)

Vollenhovia levithorax, Emery, subsp. alluaudi, Emery. (Sous-espéce des Seychelles.)

Cardiocundyla emeryi, Forel. (Cosmopolite.)

Monomorium fossulatum, Emery, subsp. seychellense, Emery. (Subsp. des Seychelles.)

Cremastogaster gibba, Emery. (Spécial aux Seychelles.)

Prenolepis madagascariensis, Forel, var. seychellensis, Emery. (Espéce malgache, variété des

Seychelles.)

Les numéros 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 18, 14, 16 et 18 ci-dessus, récoltées par M. Stanley

Gardiner n’avaient pas encore été trouvés aux Seychelles. M. Emery avait méme signalé

Pabsence des nos. 2,4 et 18 avec étonnement. Ont-ils été importés depuis, ou M. Alluaud

ne les a-t-il pas trouvés ?

Aux Seychelles, M. le Dr. Aug. Brauer avait trouvé les nos. 1, 7, 9,15 et 18, et de

plus le Phetdole braueri, Forel, le Cremastogaster gibba, Emery, et le Prenolepis mixta,

Forel, espéces propres aux Seychelles, puis enfin Zapinoma melanocephalum, Fabr.

(cosmopolite), et Strwmigenys godeffroyi, Mayr (espéce océanienne).

Aux iles Aldabra, M. le Dr. Véltzkow avait trouvé les nos. 10, 13 et 15, et de plus la

Pheidole véltzkowi, Forel, et le Camponotus foraminosus, Forel, subsp. aldabrensis, Forel

(formes spéciales aux iles Aldabra), le Camponotus maculatus, subsp. radame, vav.

miatellus, Forel (forme malgache), et le Wonomorium floricola (cosmopolite).

Si nous jetons maintenant un coup d’cil d’ensemble sur la faune des divers archipels

situés entre Madagascar et ]’Inde, nous pourrons constater deux faits principaux :

1°. Leur faune locale n’a pas encore été trop détruite par les cosmopolites (a la

Réunion, le Plagiolepis longipes de Inde par contre a déja bien dévaste la faune

locale).

2°. La faune de ces iles, y compris celle des tles Chagos, est une faune essentiellement

malgache, mais en partie spécifiée, avec quelques dérivés hindoux et africains,

Il est trés intéressant de constater que les iles Chagos, plus pres de l’Inde que de

Madagascar et reliées 4 Inde par les tiles Maldives aient néanmoins une faune

essentiellement malgache. Les Fourmis des Maldives sont encore inconnues. II sera

intéressant de connaitre leurs connexions. Celles des Nicobares et des Andamans ont un

caractere indo-malais typique.

O4. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Disons encore quelques mots de certaines espéces :—

Le Camponotus maculatus-fulvus est un dérivé du groupe malgache radame-hora, bien

plus gréle que ces formes, et propre aux Seychelles et aux iles Chagos.

Le Camponotus foraminosus-aldabrensis est un dérivé spécial semble-t-il, aux Aldabre.

Le Camponotus maculatus-boivini est un forme malgache typique qui se retrouve sans

changement aux Seychelles et aux Chagos, de méme que diverses autres.

Le Prenolepis bourbonica est une forme de la Réunion, des Seychelles et des ‘les

Chagos, qui a une race en Inde (dengalensis), mais la race hindoue se retrouve aussi aux

Seychelles,

La répartition du Camponotus foraminosus-grandidieri est fort curieuse. Le C. fora-

minosus, Forel, constitue une groupe considérable de sous-espéces multiples toutes

exclusivement africaines sauf grandidieri et aldabrensis. La forme la plus répandue est

grandidieri qu’on trouve & Madagascar, 4 Nossi-bé, sur la cdte occidentale de Afrique,

aux Comores, aux Aldabra et aux Seychelles. Est-ce une espéce de souche malgache

ancienne, importée en Afrique, et ayant variée des lors sur le continent africain seule-

ment et aux Aldabra? Je ne le crois pas. Je crois que le C. foraminosus est de souche-

africaine et a envahi de Ja les iles susnommeées. Je le crois, parce que la subsp. grandidiert

ne se trouve guere au centre de Madagascar, n’a de connexion avec aucune autre espece

malgache, et n’habite guere que les cédtes et les iles, puis parce qu’elle ne varie presque

pas tandis que les races ou sous-espéces africaines sont connexes a d'autres groupes du

continent et varient énormément. La subsp. aldabrensis me parait étre une forme

dérivée locale du grandidieri (voir no. 15).

En récapitulant nous avons pour les divers groupes d'iles en question 8 espeéces

cosmopolites; 8 especes malgaches, et 8 formes locales qui ont toutes dans leur dérivation

un caractére malgache; trois formes locales (sous-espéces ou variétés) dérivées d’espéces

Indo-Malaises ; une espéce océanienne ; une espece américaine évidemment importée et

ayant un peu varié (comme le Brachymyrmex cordemoyi, Forel, i la Réunion et aux

Comores); puis deux formes communes aux archipels, mais, lune au moins, décidément

dérivée malgache. Enfin une espece Pheidole punctulata et une sous-espece Camponotus

grandidieri, sont communes aux faunes africaine et malgache, probablement dérivées de

la premiere.

[ 95 |

No. VII.—PYCNOGONIDA.

By GrorcE H. Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond., U.R.I_A., Professor of Zoology in the

Royal College of Science, Dublin.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plates 12 & 13.)

Read 21st February, 1907.

Tue Pyenogonida described in the present paper were collected by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner around the shores of the Maldive Archipelago, near the Amirante Islands

(which lie W.S.W. of the Seychelles), and on the Saya de Malha Banks (which are

situated S8.E. of the Seychelles and N. by W. of Rodriguez). Five species only are

represented in the collection, but four of these appear to be new to science. One of

them is a Pallenopsis dredged both in the Maldive and the Amirante districts. An

exquisite little new Anoplodactylus is represented by a single Maldive specimen only.

One specimen of a remarkable Colossendeis was dredged on the Saya de Malha Banks,

while the allied genus Rhopalorhynchus is represented by a new species, several

specimens of which come from the Maldives and one from the Amirante. The fifth

species in the collection is a Phoxichilus from the Maldives, which cannot be separated

from a pycnogon lately discovered on the Ceylon coral-reef by Prof. Herdman and

described by the present writer, who would express his gratitude to Mr. Gardiner for the

privilege of examining this interesting, if small, collection.

Attention has been drawn by Gardiner (1906, p. 313) to the scanty attention paid in

recent years to the tropical waters of the Indian Ocean by scientific explorers. It is

not surprising therefore to find that out of the five species in the collection, four have to

be described as new. Recent systematic work on the Pycnogonida has brought home

to students that a great plasticity of structure characterizes this group, and that in large

genera it becomes increasingly difficult with advancing knowledge to form definite

specific diagnoses. The publication of new specific names is therefore attended with

more than usual risk, but the very fact that variation is so wide makes the careful study

of forms from any new locality of special obligation and interest to the naturalist. The

wide range of some of the species described in the present paper—the Maldives are over

1400 miles from the Amirante—can be matched in not a few Arctic and Atlantic

pantopods, and is far exceeded by some of the southern Colossendeis described by Hoek

(1881) from the ‘ Challenger’ collections.

In the descriptive part of this paper, a few changes from current nomenclature have

been introduced. Cole has lately (1904, pp. 256-7) drawn up a useful tabular statement

96 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of the various terms applied to different parts of the body by himself, by Meinert (1899),

Sars (1891), Hoek (1881), Dohrn (1881), and Wilson (1880). All these authorities

agree in calling the anterior region of the body that carries the eyes and the first four

pairs of appendages a “ segment,” qualifying it variously by such terms as “first trunk,”

“cephalic,” ‘ cephalothoracie,” or ‘‘ oculiferous.” Now, although it is undesirable to

depart needlessly from established terminology, it is manifestly wrong to call a region

that bears four pairs of limbs a “segment.” For this region I would suggest the

term “ head,” having (1905) recently endeavoured to show that it corresponds with the

primitive head-region of the Arthropoda. For the appendages of the head I use the

terms “ cheliforus,” “ palp,” “oviger,” and “first leg.’ The term “oviger” is due to

Cole, and by its use (in place of ‘ovigerous leg” or “false leg”) the cumbrous term

‘ambulatory leg” is avoided. The three limb-bearing segments behind the head may

naturally be called the second, third, and fourth ‘“ leg-bearing segments” respectively,

the first leg-bearing segment forming part of the head. For the short terminal region

of the body, the name ‘‘ abdomen” used by Hoek and Wilson is preferable to the ‘ caudal

segment’ of Sars, Meinert, and Cole, since this region probably represents a number of

segments fused together and contracted. The extreme degree of concentration in this

region is shown hy the genus Rhopalorhynchus (see Pl. 18. fig. 27).

This is hardly the place for any general discussion on the affinities of the Pyenogonida,

but the writer has already offered support to the opinion of Lankester (1904) that they

should be regarded as an isolated order of the class Arachnida. ‘The use of Pycnogonida

as the ordinal name is inconvenient, as it may so easily be confused with the family-

name Pyenogonidee. If it be replaced, its substitute must be the term Podosomata of

Leach rather than the later, but more generally used, name Pantopoda.

Family Pallenide.

PALLENOPSIS, Wilson.

1. Pallenopsis spinipes, sp.nov. (Plate 12. figs. 1-12.)

Length 4 mm. (including proboscis and abdomen).

Body stout, with the two hinder leg-bearing segments fused, and with the lateral

processes close together (figs. 1, 2). Abdomen slender, elongate, with prominent paired

dorsal spines (figs. 1,2). Proboscis less than half the length of body. Eye-eminence erect,

acuminate at apex. Cheliforus with three segments, the scape consisting of one basal

segment only, the second and third segments (“ hand” and “ finger”) feeble (figs. 3, 4).

Oviger of male as long as head, thorax, and abdomen, the fourth and fifth segments of

equal length, the sixth, seventh, and eighth together being as long as the fifth (fig. 5),

Oviger of the female much shorter (fig. 6), with only eight segments (fig. 7). Leg with

the thigh as long as the first tibial segment, the male’s cement-gland opening through a

prominent tubular projection (figs. 1, 8, 9) on the flexor aspect of the limb. Second

tibial segment as long as the first; propodus with three basal spines and two large

accessory claws (fig. 11). Legs spinose, many of the prominent spines bearing numerous

sharp denticles (fig. 10).

Ne rll ere — Ps

——

CARPENTER—PYCNOGONIDA. 97

Localities. Hulule, Maldive Islands (W. reef in branching Polyzoa), one egg-bearing Oe

male, one female. Amirantes :—Station E13 (20-25 fms.), one female; Station H 4 &Y

(36 fms.), one egg-bearing male; Station E15 (85 fms.), four males, two with eggs ;

Station E16 (89 fms.), one female.

The condensed body-form, the elongate, spinose abdomen, the undivided scape of the

cheliforus, and the prominent tubular cement-duct on the thigh of the male’s leg afford

abundant distinctive characters for this species. In some of these characters P. pata-

gonicum (Hoek, 1881, pp. 84-6, pl. 12. figs. 6-9) resembles it, but that pyenogon is

without the tubular cement-duct in the male and is far larger. P. fluminensis (Kroyer),

lately carefully redescribed and figured by Meinert (1899, pp. 52-4, pl. 5. figs. 1-6), has

the scape of the cheliforus incompletely divided and a short outstanding tubular cement-

duct; it differs from the present species in its more slender body, more widely separated

lateral processes, as well as in the fourth leg-bearing segment, not fused with the third.

In P. spinipes the vestigial palps (Pl. 12. figs. 5, 6) bear short spines and show (in

the male) a trace of segmentation. The reduction of the oviger in the female (compare

figs. 5, 6) is striking, and its apparent eight-segmented condition is clearly due to the tenth

segment not being separated from the ninth nor the eighth from the seventh (fig. 7).

The condition of this limb indicates how the reduction in the number of segments, so

often noticeable in the oviger of the female or of both sexes in this order, may have been

brought about. The characteristic tubular cement-duct on the thigh of the male’s leg

varies in form in different individuals, being sinuous (fig. 8) or straight (fig. 9). Its

outer surface is transversely wrinkled (fig. 8). Viewed in optical section (fig. 9) it is

seen to be formed by an outgrowth of the cuticle and to be traversed by the slender duct

which arises from a reservoir in close connection with the reniform gland.

Several of the males in the collection carry eggs. These are closely packed in a

trilobate mass, held by the terminal segments of the oviger (fig. 2). In the male figured

a number of young larve also are loosely attached to the proximal segments of the

oviger. Examination of these shows them to possess the typical form of a pycnogonid

larva (fig. 12) with very elongate and slender cement-ducts arising from the basal

- segment of the cheliforus and the two succeeding appendages. The third segment of

these latter is fringed with a beautiful series of delicate bristles, such as are figured for the

larva of Barana castelli (Dohrn, 1881, Taf.1. fig. 18). The larva of Pallenopsis spinipes

does not resemble closely the larvee of various species of the genus that have been

figured by Meinert (1899), but rather recalls those of Pycnogonum littorale (Meinert, Z. ¢.

pl. 1. fig. 3) and of various Nymphonide.

ANOPLODACTYLUS, Wilson.

2. Anoplodactylus pulcher, sp. nov. (Plate 12. figs. 13-19.) ~

Length of male 2°2 mm. (including proboscis).

Body concentrated, with the two hinder leg-bearing segments fused and the lateral

processes elongate, bearing long spines (figs. 13, 14). Abdomen nearly half as long as

body, slender and erect (fig. 14). Eye-eminence prominent and subcylindrical, with

eyes near the summit (fig. 14). Proboscis nearly half as long as the body, stout and

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 14,

98 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

swollen centrally. Cheliforus with slender scape bearing long spines and feeble “ hand”

(figs. 14, 15). Oviger of male arising from base of foremost lateral process, as long as

body, with third segment more than 2} times as long as second, and fourth segment as

long as fifth and sixth together (figs. 14,16). Legs with thigh ¢ length of first tibial

segment, which is slightly longer than the second tibial segment ; propodus with two

stout basal spines, a row of seven spines along the lower edge, and minute auxiliary

claws (figs. 13-19). The legs are spinose and the cement-gland in the male opens

through a long slender process on the extensor aspect of the thigh (figs. 18, 18).

Locality. Kolumadulu, Maldive Islands, 33 fathoms, off a black crinoid. One adult

male only.

The preserved type of this beautiful little species is yellowish in colour, with dark

brown transverse bands on the legs. Structurally it is very distinct from any

Anoplodactylus known to me, on account of the excessively elongate eye-eminence and

abdomen, and especially of the slender cement-duct on the thighs of the legs. In all

male Anoplodactyli in which the cement-glands have been described they occur in a

series along the edge of the thigh. The proportions of the coxal segments of the leg are

shown in fig. 17, together with the arrangement of the muscles and the position of the

opening of the vas deferens. The long, flexible spines at the end of each lateral process

are a remarkable feature in this species. There are two of these on the first and fourth

processes and three on the second and third.

Family Phoxichilide *.

PHOXICHILUS, Latreille.

3. Phoxichilus mollis, Carpenter (1904).

A single female of this species was taken off a Polyzoon at Hulule, Maldive Islands.

It differs from the type specimens (dredged by Prof. Herdman off the coasts of Ceylon)

in its slightly larger size (6 mm. instead of 5 mm.). Moreover, the present specimen

possesses four stout basal teeth (the third the largest) and seven small distal teeth

beneath the propodus, whereas in the Ceylon specimens there are five basal and six

distal teeth. In the paucity of spiny armature on the trunk and thighs it agrees,

however, closely with P. mollis, as well as in the general build of the body.

Family Colossendeide.

COLOSSENDEIS, Jarzynski,

1. Colossendeis gardineri, sp.u. (Plate 18. figs. 20-24.)

Length 16 mm. (including proboscis and abdomen).

Body condensed, with short lateral processes (fig. 20). Proboscis half as long again

as head and thorax, slender, tapering anteriorly with a slight curve dorsalwards (figs. 20,

21). Eye-eminence represented by a prominent transverse ridge with vestiges of eyes

* The Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing has argued that this family-name should properly belong to the family generally

called Pallenide, and had proposed that the genus Spinosus, Montagu, should be re-named Chilophowus, with

Chilophoxide as the family-name (‘ Knowledge,’ xxv. (1902) p. 187).

=—arene

CARPENTER—PYCNOGONIDA. 99

(fig. 21). Palp 1) as long as proboscis: fifth segment 13 as long as third; sixth and

seventh equal, together § length of third; eighth and ninth equal, shorter than tenth,

the three terminal segments together being half as long again as the seventh (fig. 21).

Oviger 17 total length of body, sixth segment 1} length of fourth (fig. 20). Proportions

of four terminal segments as 7:6: 6:5 (fig. 22), with five rows of spines very variable

in form (figs. 22, 23). Leg with thigh equal to first tibial segment, second tibial

segment 7 shorter, tarsus 14 length of propodus ; terminal claw rather short, only = length

of propodus (figs. 20, 24).

Locality. Saya de Malha, Station C 21, 450 fms. One male only.

The proportionate lengths of body and proboscis and the peculiar upturned form of

the latter distinguish this species from all described members of the genus. The spines

on the ovigers are simpler in form than in many species of Colossendeis, those on the

seventh segment being flattened and somewhat serrate (fig. 23, ), while those on the

other segments are for the most part sharp-pointed and sickle-shaped (fig. 23, @).

RHOPALORHYNCHUS, Wood-Mason.

5. Rhopalorhynchus gracillimus, sp. nov. (Plate 13. figs. 25-32.)

Length (including proboscis), male 7°5 mm.; female 8°5 mm.

Body elongate and very slender. Proboscis rather shorter than head and trunk, slenderly

stalked, with a single prominent dorsal spine (figs. 25, 26). Hye-eminence cylindrical at

base, subeonical above eyes, with an obtuse rounded apex (fig. 28). Palp nearly half as

long again as proboscis, with the third segment half as long again as the fourth and

fifth together, and the fifth 1; as longas the five terminal segments together ; proportions

of the latter as 5:8:8:8:7 (figs. 25, 29). Oviger very slightly longer than palp,

with sixth segment slightly longer than fourth; proportions of the four terminal

segments as 7:6:5:4; claw short, five rows of simple spines (figs. 25, 30, 31). Legs

with thigh markedly swollen distally in female (fig. 25), slightly in male (fig. 26), as

long as first tibial segment ; second tibial segment about 75 shorter (fig. 25); propodus

slightly longer than tarsus; terminal claw only 2 length of propodus (fig. 32).

Localities. Maldive Islands: Kolumadulu (off a black crinoid), one male and one

female; 8. Nilandu, one maleand one female ; Haddumati, four females. Saya de Malha,

Station C12 (47 fms.), one male.

This curious and delicate species may be distinguished from #. krdyeri, Wood-Mason

(1873, from the Andamans), the type of the genus, by the single dorsal spine on the

proboscis (2. kréyert having two) and by the relatively short claw to the foot. . ¢enwis-

simus (Haswell, 1885, pp. 9-10, pl. 57. figs. 6-9) from Port Denison, Australia, has, like

R. kréyeri, a very long foot-claw, and a much blunter proboscis than the present species,

which resembles most closely R. clavipes, Carpenter (1893, pp. 22-5, pl. 2. figs. 1-10),

from the Torres Straits. The latter has, however, a differently-shaped proboscis with a

weaker dorsal tooth, while the seventh, eighth, and ninth segments of the oviger are

equal in length. The great plasticity and range of variation shown by many genera of

Pycnogonida make it quite likely, however, that intermediate links between these two

forms, and even between them and R&. tenuissimus, may be discovered later.

14*

100 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Indeed, among the specimens of the present collection, the single male from the Saya

de Malha Banks differs from the Maldive types, being larger (10 mm. long) and having

the claw of the foot relatively longer (half as long as the propodus).

The delicacy and transparency of these Rhopalorhynchi have rendered possible a

superficial examination of the nervous system; the chain of ventral ganglia are —

arranged as shown in fig. 27. As usual, the ganglia of the first leg-bearing segment are

closely associated with the subcesophageal ganglionic mass, while the great anterior

extension of both the second and third leg-bearing segments leads necessarily to a wide

separation between the ganglia of these segments from one another and of the second

from the first, while the ganglia of the fourth leg-bearing segment lie immediately

behind those of the third. ‘This differs from the ventral nerve-chain of Colossendeis, as

figured and described by Hoek (1881, pp. 112-113, pl. 17. fig. 2), in which the ganglia

of the fourth leg-bearing segment are connected with those of the third by connective

nearly as long as those between the third and the second. The striking external

distinctions between Colossendeis and Rhopalorhynchus thus find some parallel in the

internal structure, and additional support is afforded to the separation of the two genera

as advocated by the present writer (1893, p. 22) and lately supported by Schimkenitsch

(1906, p. 18). The remarkably abbreviated abdomen of Rhopalorhynchus, which is

wedged between the two hindmost lateral processes, and has the anus looking directly

ventralwards, is also shown in fig. 27 of the present paper.

REFERENCES.

1893. Carpenter, G. H—Reports on the Zoological Collections made in Torres Straits by Professor A.C, ~

Haddon, 1888-9.—Pycnogonida. Sci. Proce. R. Dublin Soe. viii. 1893, pp. 21-7, pl. 2.

1904, Report on the Pantopoda collected by Professor Herdman at Ceylon in 1902. Ceylon

Pearl Oyster Fisheries, 1904.—Supplementary Report, xiii.

1905. Notes on the Segmentation and Phylogeny of the Arthropoda, &c. Quart. Journ, Mier.

Sci. xlix. (1905) pp. 461-491, pl. 28.

1904. Cole, L. J—Pyenogonida of the West Coast of North America. Harriman Alaska Expedition, x.

pp. 249-298, pls. 9-26 (1904).

1881. Dohrn, A.—Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel, u.s.w. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von

Neapel, ili. Leipzig, 1881.

1906. Gardiner, J. Stanley.—The Indian Ocean. Geogr, Journ. 1906, pp. 313-332, 454-471 and map.

1885. Haswell, W. A.—-On the Pycnogonida of the Australian Coast. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix.

1885, pp. 1021-1084, pls. 54-37.

1881. Hoek, P. P. C.—Report on the Pyenogonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ ‘ Challenger ’

Reports, Zoology, 1. pt. 10 (1881).

1904. Lankester, E. R.—The Structure and Classification of the Arthropoda. Quart. Journ. Mier, Sei,

xlvii. (1904).

1899. Meinert, F..—Pycnogonida. Danish ‘ Ingolf’ Expedition, ili. pt. i. (1899).

1891. Sars, G. 0.—Pyenogonida. Norwegian N. Atlantic Expedition, Zoology, vi. (1891).

1906. Schimkenitsch, W.—Ueber die Periodizitiit in dem System der Pantopoda. Zoolog. Anz. xxx.

1906, p. 1-22.

1880, Wilson, E. B.—The Pyenogonida of New Engiand and adjacent Waters. Report U.S. Fish

Commission, 1878, pt. 6, pp. 461-506, pls. 1-7.

1873. Wood-Mason, J.—On Rhopalorhynchus kréyeri, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xlii. (1878) pp. 172-

175, pl. 13. See also Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii. (1873) pp. 342-345.

Carpenter. TRANS; NN. SOC. SHR. 2 ZOOL, VOL, Xil. Piva

ZAZ¢

Sah

GE:

G. H.C, del.

PYCNOGONIDA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

C\rPEnter. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl. 13.

PYCNOGONIDA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

CARPENTER—PYCNOGONIDA. 10]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pate 12,

Fig. 1. Pallenopsis spinipes, male, dorsal view. x 10.

Fig. 2. AC i » side view, showing egg-mass. x 10.

Fig. 3. 35 ah », ¢Cheliforus, side view. x 20.

Fig. 4. 55 . 5 * hand and fingers. x 20.

Fig. 5. a a », male, palp and oviger. x 20.

Fig. 6 55 5 » female, palp and oviger. x 20.

Fig. 7 . 5; 5 » terminal (sixth and succeeding) segments of oviger. x 120.

Fig. 8 53 es » male, cement-gland outlet on thigh of leg, external view. x 100.

ies. 9 pe hs ef 5, the same, in optical section, showing gland, reservoir, and duct

(drawn from another specimen). x 100.

Fig. 10. - x en » feathered spine of first tibial segment. x 100.

Fig. 11. a “ es ,, tarsus and propodus. x 40.

Fig. 12. 3 ie .. larva from oviger of male. x 100.

Fig. 18. Anoplodactylus pulcher, male, dorsal view. x 25.

Fig. 14. Ff e. », side view. x 40.

Fig. 15. \< fs » hand and fingers of cheliforus. x 40.

Fig. 16. ff 95 ,, terminal segments of oviger. x 120.

Fig. 17. e 5 » coxal segments of leg. x 45.

Fig. 18. - 2 » cement-gland and duct with outlet on thigh. x 100.

Fig. 19. 35 a , tarsus and propodus. x 100,

PuaTeE 13,

Fig. 20. Colossendeis gardineri, male, dorsal view. xX 5.

Fig. 21. », head, proboscis, and palp, lateral view. x 10.

Fig. 22. 3 ., terminal segments of oviger. x 40.

Fig. 23. a », @, spines on the 8th segment of oviger; 0, spines on 9th segment.

x 200.

Fig. 24. “) 2 ,, tarsus and propodus. x 20.

Fig. 25. Rhopalorhynchus gracillimus, female, dorsal view. x 5.

Fig. 26. i male, lateral view. x 5.

Fig. 27. - female, ventral view, showing nerve-cord and abdomen. x 10.

Fig. 28. ~ eye-eminence, lateral view. x 40.

Fig. 29. a palp, terminal segments. xX 45.

Fig. 30. oviger, terminal segments. x 70.

Fig. 31. Be » Spines on 8th segment. x 200.

Fig. 32. 5 tarsus and propodus. x 40.

= ‘

)

‘

: ¢

’

,,* Pr

| ;

= ' i

;

No. VIII. AVES, WITH SOME NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF

THE LAND-BIRDS OF THE SEYCHELLES.

By H. Gavow, J.A4., Ph.D., F.RS., and J. STANLEY GARDINER, J_A., FL.S.

tead 21st February, 1907.

INTRODUCTION.

Birps were only collected on the coral-islands visited by the expedition, no attempt

having been made to obtain those of Mauritius and the Seychelles. The common land-

birds at present found in the latter group are of little interest, being all recent

introductions. Of the indigenous forms probably more than half are now extinct,

owing to the exertions of paid collectors. There was, it is true, a law for the protection

of birds, but it was copied from that of Mauritius; and the birds protected were those

found in Mauritius and not in the Seychelles.

None of the birds found in the list below are peculiar to the islands. Most are

marine or waders, or of recent introduction by man. A pigeon and a few harriers and

hawks, probably those found in the Maldive Group*, are said to visit the Chagos

Archipelago about December, 7. e. during the prevalence of the north-east monsoon in

the northern hemisphere. Guinea-fowl have been released in several islands and breed

in Salomon, Chagos.

From the point of view of distribution none of the birds happen to be of any interest,

except the little green bittern, Butorides atricapilla. This genus has a wide cireum-

tropical distribution—B. virescens in North and Central America, B. striata in South

America, B. plumbea in Galapagos, B. stagnatilis in Australia, Papuasia, and Pacific

islands, B. javanica in India and Malaya (also said to live on Mascarenes and Diego

Garcia), and B. atricapilla in Africa and Madagascar. The Providence and Darros birds

are distinctly smaller than B. javanica and in the younger specimens the throat is

streaked as in B. atricapilla; they are decidedly more African than Indian, but the

Chagos specimens are more intermediate. Bubulcus ibis is African against the Indian

B. coromandus.

The annexed list serves to illustrate the character of the avifauna of the Seychelles as

compared with that of the neighbouring Mascarene Islands, Madagascar being included

for comparison. It was prepared by Dr. Gadow for the International Congress of

Ornithologists, 1905.

* Vide ‘The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadiye Archipelagoes,’ yol. i. p, 368.

Resident Land-Birds only.

Falculia palliata .....- 00-0220. ++ eee

Fregilupus varius ......-..--+-+-- Rs 3

| Necropsar rodericanus ...... oh tops aistenciats

Foudia consobrina...........-.-.-.- ae

algondiap sasscrct rite eiee or

aldabrandint.ce ee erate ete

MAGAZASGAL, ee weve.) ereysie ts cele «sie

DrUante oe 5 cece = wise Rope

erythrocephala ........+..-.-- :

uibketccMrp (gnotincocroor epegtererie

seychellarum..... chee leila os

Cinnyris comorensis ........... Bnei

al dabrancish./coricitesecrtese ier

Ihumiblotayy ese) -r are): ea thie

SREP, goedea ono to

ROUEN E Ser rieieteisteiers caer Bisse Oo

GMSSUMMIETI). «cleetesiac ite. Hae Pee

Zosterops anjuanensis ..........- Rp Bake

BANK, eeyeretveyeette mies cue chee

aldabreusis) Geyea- scrseri aaish

madagascariensis ............

POLDOMIGH Mette tteysiein es rnetator

TETEEy pono gcse eb pE soos OL

HG WLODI eis mnie oles ae

TOAUTUMIAT AMER tech sols «eters ee

CHIOTOMOUUS) ethers ei sie) re sade =a

BEWIN AVA ter poms hela el- BAD oa a

miodesta® |. 2).),.'- LS et

Pratincolarsibyla js osc «> rele on as oi

OTDOMIGH etre ein. ere sissies

Copsychus pica 22... - 6-200 2 ses eee

Bey Chie)! Arm Gate a eels el te tere

Hypsipetes rostratus...............-..

PALVILOSETIS| 26) 6 cre)e eee vee

OUNOVADE Releases «clade

borbonicus ...... Redes. ones Nene

ONyACeUS erie mayo eo at ie

CLASEINORINS ween ee ree ote

Terpsiphone vulpina..........-.+---->

COMOFENSIS! earereuele is Fe ae

MEL UCN Marty ays a Ache Sones

orboniea mms tert,

CO\AbCh areata Hoda Serer

Oxynotus rufiventris .....-.... Ya arithe

NOW LOVIN seteiete itera | Ts

Phedina madagascariensis ............

DOLONIGHUN Tt tetarun cists etches. t

Necropsittacus rodericanus .........---

Lophopsittacus mauritianus ............

Coracopsis comorensis .............-+-

BIDUANS eon er eet ous Gicwsia

Mascanmus!duboist |. .tnsc stems ee

Palgornisveques Wieraties oo <item: é

(23.4 Me CR acs SO ODT CoE

wardi

Comoros.

Aldabra.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Réunion,

x X X

Mauritius.

Rodriguez.

Seychelles.

GADOW AN

AVES. 105

Rodriguez. |

Seychelles. _|

Madagascar.

Mauritius.

Resident Land-Birds only. |

Comoros.

Aldabra.

Réunion.

Erythreena madagascariensis ..........|

REUZIOTIN MS niches Gia nragl sieysrer ors od so oy

PUlcherrimiaye ys cotati feels s, aa : ¢ } mi ae x

Bab LCODISEIVIEE). oy Gees SOMES ODE He i 1 Suh ate ae x

BEIGE OMICOMOLENSIS: 2 sive se csc si sies sr es x

SIGADIATUS) “eelalatha seta helettas!s =

(AUIS 36 cc giolae Ho. Cecdseteng ae | ate x

ANG V ELV eer cicdiete ti nelers asset apereesl|

| HOEUEENATES 55h oooonbboeoeunobo>

Scops rutilus .............. eee eee eee! 3 as

CAP MOU OS mMineererantie are tale teyencitin ie eeees x

Gymnoscops insularis ................ roi se oF = S04} ie) a x

Hinnuneulus newtonl ......- pecs... Bes | 38 x | |

; DENCOME, Go cgomne Sb aeiciDooe = O16 we ce x |

eTaACMIs ere siateysepres eieias sae | Eve oe sc ne | 50 PA x

This list in the first place illustrates the effects of insularity on birds, the genera

Foudia, Zosterops, Hypsipetes, Terpsiphone, and Turtur having peculiar species in all or

most of the Mascarenes. It serves also to show the close relationship between ‘the

avifaunas of all these islands. None of the islands in question are situated at any great

distance from the others, and it would necessarily follow that the dispersal of land-birds

to island groups is a much less frequent incident than usually supposed. Otherwise it

must be assumed that land-birds are extraordinarily plastic, capable indeed of adaptation

in a very few generations to their environment. Is it possible that all the genera

specially mentioned above, represented each by one or two species, could at one time

have been spread over all the islands, and have subsequently become isolated in the

different localities by the disappearance of intervening lands ? it

If the genera and species be examined so as to trace the affinity of the avifauna, we get

the following facts :—Faleulia and Fregilupus are local genera of indefinite relationships ;

Foudia is essentially Madagascan and African ; Cinnyris has many species in India, but

those in question are all of African affinity; Zosterops and Pratincola are found both in

India and Africa, but the species are allied to those of the latter country; Copsychus and

Hypsipetes are essentially Indian genera, having no species in Africa; Terpsiphone is an

Indian-Austral-African genus and its species show no special affinities; Oxynotus is a

loeal genus, allied in Africa and India; Phedina is a local subgenus of swallows and is

useless for our purpose; Coracopsis is a Malagasy genus, its allies being two species of

African Psittacus (a genus which certainly came, from the east) and one Dasyptilus

of New Guinea; Mascarinus is a local genus allied to the last, its only other close

relationship being Australasian; Necropsittacus and Lophopsittacus were possibly

Cacatuine, and in this case their affinities would be Australasian ; Paleornis is African

and Indian, but its species easwl probably and eques and wardi certainly are related to

Indian; Erythrena is a genus of the Malagasy district with absolute Malay and

Australasian relationship (Péilinopus) against Treron which is African, Indian, and

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 15

106 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Australian; Turtur and Tinnunculus are useless for our purpose; Scops rutilus is a

subspecies of magicus and is certainly Indo-Malayan or Moluccan, but the genus is also

African and of no use; and, lastly, Gymnoscops insularis is at best a race of Strix

Jlammea, which is cosmopolitan.

Including the herons, we find the following to be western or African: Foudia in its

genus, and Bubulcus, Butorides, Cinnyris, Zosterops, and Pratincola in their species.

Kastern or Indo-Malayan would be in species Pal@ornis and Scops, and in genera

Copsychus, Hypsipetes, Erythrena, and the parrots Necropsittacus, Lophopsittacus,

Coracopsis, and Mascarinus.

The ultimate result of this investigation is rather startling. African and Indo-Malayan

influences seem to balance, but it so happens that (1) the western immigrants are all

birds of poor flight, either bitterns, which do not make long voyages, or small birds like

the weavers, sunbirds, and girdle-eyes, all of which have come from the nearest available

land, ¢.e. Africa and Madagascar, by the natural island bridges, and (2) the eastern

immigrants are all birds of good flight with no tiny forms amongst them. Copsychus

and Hypsipetes fly well, as do parrots, pigeons, and owls, though the latter perhaps may

be ruled out as belonging to an indifferent genus (although its species is eastern).

Finally, it is interesting to observe that parrots and pigeons must be regarded as

ancient groups, while Cénnyris, Zosterops, and Foudia are as certainly of very recent

date. One parrot, Lophopsittacus, extinct now, is supposed to have been flightless ; in

this respect it has parallels in the extinct dodo and solitaire and in tlie flightless rail,

Erythromachus.

Systematic List f.

1. Passer domesticus. Sparrow.

Found around habitations in all the islands visited.

2. Crithagra chrysopyga.

A small finch intentionally carried to Desroches, Amirantes, and now found wild all

over the island.

3. Foudia madagascar. Weaver.

This little weaver is found in all the inhabited islands or groups we visited, except.

Cargados Carajos, feeding on scraps of coconuts, &c. It must be regarded every-

where as an intentional introduction of man.

4, *Hirundo rustica. Swallow.

5. *Hirundo urbica. Martin.

Isolated birds belonging to two species of Hésundo, probably the above, were seen

flying about the different atolls of the Chagos from May to July.

+ The names employed throughout are those of the British Museum Catalogues, See also ‘The Fauna of British

India; Aves,’ by W. T. Blanford.

* The names of birds with an asterisk prefixed as above were species observed by the expedition, but specimens

were not brought home,

GADOW AND GARDINER—AVES. 107

6. *Gracula religiosa. Mynah-Starling.

Escaped from captivity, and now found wild all over Egmont Atoll, Chagos.

7. Turtur picturatus. Turtle-Dove.

Very common in Farquhar and Seychelles, but not in the intervening islands,

Probably intentionally introduced everywhere from Madagascar.

8. Geopelia striata. Barred Ground-Dove.

Large numbers of these birds live in the trees around the settlement at Farquhar. It

is an Indo-Malayan species, and was no doubt intentionally introduced by natives from

India by way of Mauritius.

9. Francolinus pondicerianus. Grey Partridge.

This bird, which is really a native of India, has been introduced into Mauritius and

practically all the islands between Seychelles and Madagascar for sporting purposes.

10. Tringa subarquata. Curlew-Stint.

Very common between Madagascar and Seychelles in September and October, feeding

on the mud-flats; a single specimen obtained on Salomon, Chagos, in May.

ll. Terekia cinerea. Avocet-Sandpiper.

A single specimen out of a small flock of four from the southern islands of

Providence.

12. *Gallinago celestis. Full Snipe.

A small wisp, probably belonging to this species, was seen by a freshwater pool in one

of the islands of 8. Joseph Atoll, Amirantes.

13. Totanus stagnatilis. Little Greenshank.

A single specimen from the southern islands of Providence at the beginning of

October; not found elsewhere, except in the Seychelles.

14. Totanus fuscus. Spotted Redshank.

Several flocks were seen during August and September at Coetivy and Cuargados

Oarajos, but not found elsewhere.

15. Numenius arquata. Curlew.

16. Numenius pheopus. Whimbrel.

The Curlew and Whimbrel are regular inhabitants of the marshes and shores of all

islands between India and Madagascar. They were seen and constantly shot by different

members of our party from May to December, but they are not known to breed in any

of the islands,

17. Strepsilasinterpres. Turnstone.

Flocks of six or eight of these birds were common on the shores of all the islands we

visited, being particularly abundant at Diego Garcia, Chagos, where they fly from

barachois to barachois.

108 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

18. Limosa lapponica. Bar-tailed Godwit.

A single specimen from Farquhar ; seen also on Providence.

19. Squatarola helvetica. Grey Plover.

Only two specimens were obtained, an immature bird from Peros Banhos, Chagos, and

an adult from Farquhar. It was observed also at Salomon, Chagos, and at Eagle Island,

Amirantes.

20. Agialitis cantiana=alexandrina. Kentish Plover.

A single specimen from Providence; observed also in Farquhar.

21. Dromas ardeola, Crab-Plover.

Small flocks of four to ten of these birds followed the receding tide over every reef we

visited. We saw one flock near Ile d’ Ambre, Mauritius, and one off Céte d'Or, Praslin,

Seychelles. They are said to breed in the Chagos about the month of December,

22. Sterna fuliginosa. Sooty Tern or “ Wide-awake.”

93. Sterna anestheta. Panayan Tern.

These two terns were constantly seen during September and October in the coral-

islands to the north of Madagascar; they often came on board the ‘ Sealark,’ resting

on the masts. The Wide-awake breeds in enormous numbers on the islands of Cargados

Carajos, laying their single large eggs upon the ground within a foot or eighteen inches

of one another. We took large numbers of eggs in August, but saw no young birds.

The same species also breeds on certain rocky islets in the Seychelles.

S. anestheta breeds on some of the islands of Providence and of the Amirantes. So

far as our observations go, it never occurs on the same islands as S. fuliginosa, and

indeed rather shuns the locality of its “ Fairs.” The same is also true to a large extent

of S. melanauchen in respect to Gygis candida, and of Anous stolidus to A. leucocapillus,

but these species may select different habitats (shore and trees) on the same island.

Neither species was seen in the Chagos.

24. Sterna bernsteint.

Small flocks of these birds were seen on every island we visited and often met with at

sea. We only brought specimens from Peros Banhos, Chagos, and Darros, Amirantes.

It was never definitely found breeding, though two or three pairs appeared to be

occupying certain trees in Ne Lubine, Egmont, Chagos.

25. Sterna saundersi. Black-shafted Ternlet.

Large numbers of these birds were seen on the southern islets of Providence, but not

elsewhere.

26. Sterna melanauchen. Black-naped Tern.

Found over the whole Indian Ocean. It was found breeding on the trees of Yéyé,

Peros, in June, its single egg balanced on the bare trunks of Youwrnefortia or the leat:

bases of coconuts. On Providence and Farquhar it was, however, a shore-breeder.

GADOW AND GARDINER—AVES. 109

27. Gygis candida. White Noddy.

This bird ranges over the whole western part of the Indian Ocean. We found it

breeding on the shores of Petite Coquillage, Peros Banhos, in June, and on those of

Cargados Carajos in August. In Diego Garcia, Chagos, and in Coetivy it is a tree-

breeder.

28. Anous lewcocapillus=tenuirostris. White-headed Noddy.

29. Anous stolidus. Noddy.

These two species of noddies were found all over the western half of the Indian Ocean

which we visited, breeding everywhere from May to November. They breed indifferently

on the ground or in trees, commonly selecting the bases of the coconut-leaves. The

two species never seem to occupy the same breeding-habitat in any island or locality.

Thus on Petite Coquillage, Peros Banhos, in June, though it is evidently not the season

of the large “Fair,” a few J. stolidus were found breeding on the ground and some

A. leucocapillus in the trees. The latter bird, with Sterna fuliginosa, is the chief guano-

former of Cargados Carajos; as the ground is occupied, it lays its single eggs on the tops

of the low bushes, which are all matted together by Cussytha filiformis (liane sans

feuilles ’’).

A. stolidus was not found by us in the Maldives in 1899-1900.

30. Bubuleus ibis. Egret.

A single specimen from Cargados Carajos, seen also in Mauritius. It is an African

species, replacing the Indian B. coromandus in this region.

31. Butorides atricapilla. Little Green Heron.

This heron was seen in every group of islands which we visited. It feeds along the

shore, darting off into the densest bush when disturbed. It is particularly common on

the islands where terns breed, feeding on their eggs. Young birds were seen in June on

Petite Coquillage, Peros Banhos. The four specimens brought home from the Chagos

all belong to the above species.

32. *Ardea cinerea. Common Grey Heron.

This bird was only found on the southern islands of Providence reef, where considerable

numbers were breeding at the end of September in the low Scevola and Tournefortia

bushes.

33. Puffinus tenuirostris.

This bird was found breeding in large numbers on several islands of 8. Joseph Atoll,

Amirante Group, in October 1905. It is very similar in its breeding-habits to

P. persicus (Fauna and Geog. of the Mald. and Lace. Archip. vol. i. p. 369), breeding

under the coconut-trees in Cardiosoma-holes, but forming its own burrows in the more

open sandy islands of the reefs.

34. Sula piscator. Red-legged Booby.

Immense numbers of these birds were found around S. Pierre Island, near Providence

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 16

110 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Reef. They were apparently collecting for breeding-purposes at the beginning of October

1905, their nests being placed in the low mapou (Pésonia) and tanghain shrub covering

the island. They were also seen at Farquhar, Alphonse, and the Amirantes. The

evano of Bird Island, Seychelles, was principally formed by a g:eat colony of this species.

35. Pelecanus crispus.

These large birds were found breeding in a colony in the coconut and other large trees

of the eastern island of 8. Joseph Atoll, Amirante Group. Young birds were seen in

October 1905.

36. Phaéthon lepturus=flavirostris. Tropic-bird.

A single pair of these birds were seen on Diego Garcia, Chagos, where they were

stated to have bred for some years in a large mapou (Pisonia) tree. 'Tropic-birds were

next seen in the Seychelles, fiying around the mountain-summits of Mahé.

37. *Fregata ariel, Smaller Frigate-bird.

Nelson Island, to the north of the Great Chagos Bank, is a regular breeding-place for

these birds, the eggs and young being often taken in December and January by boats

from Salomon Atoll. From thence they are daily visitors to every island of the Chagos

Archipelago, always apparently returning at night.

peel) J

No. [IX.—DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION (continued from p. 55)

By J. Stantey Garpiner, IA, F.L.S., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College

and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology in the University of Cambridge, and

C. Forster Cooper, W.A4., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(Plates 14-18 and Text-figures 25-46.)

Read 20th June, 1907.

ConTENTs.

Page

hit — rare wee Manritiuento Seychelles it, 1.25 \0n/s4\delenc sd weeds va wale wale aeles 111

Appendix A. List of the Dredging-Stations .................0ceee ees 163

Appendix B. List of the Stations for Plankton...............ce0sceeee 169

Part 11. —Wauritius to Seychelles.

Or the three Mascarene Islands, so called after the Portuguese navigator Dom Pedro

Mascarenhas who discovered them in 1505, Mauritius is the most important. It is,

however, the intermediate in size, being 34 miles in a north and south direction by 22

broad, and covering an area of 713 square miles, while Réunion or Bourbon is 89 by 28

miles and Rodriguez 10 by 4 miles. All three lie almost on the same line of latitude

(20° S.), Réunion 370 miles to the east of Madagascar, Mauritius 100 miles further east,

and Rodriguez another 320 miles still further east. All three are of volcanic formation,

but Réunion alone shows recent activity. It is a mass of peaks and cones, the whole

centre of the island being over 5000 feet in height, culminating in the Piton des Neiges,

10,069 feet. Fournaise or Grand Brile, 8618 feet, is still an active crater, frequently

throwing up small quantities of cinder and ash, though there has been no lava-flow since

1860. Limestone is said to occur in several places, but whether at any considerable

height above the sea is uncertain. Rodriguez with upraised coral at each end has a

basaltic ridge, culminating in the centre of the island in Mount Limon, 1300 feet high.

It is noted for its beautiful basaltic pillars and for its limestone caverns, which were

explored in 1874 by the Transit of Venus Expedition for the bones of the Solitaire and

of Land-Tortoises *.

* Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 168, 1879, p. 290.

“On the south-west, the central yoleanic ridge gradually descends, the ravines become less deep, and the ground

spreads out into a large coralline limestone plain. The demarcation betwixt the limestone and the volcanic rock is

very sharp, but isolated patches of limestone are met with on the surface of the volcanic region, in the vicinity of

the main mass. The caves from which the bones of the Solitaire and other extinct birds have been obtained occur in

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 17

112 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Our first duty on arrival at Mauritius was the packing of our collections from the

Chagos Archipelago for transit home and the unpacking of fresh supplies of bottles and

other gear. These had been sent from England before we left, and stored for us by

M. de Vergé, the Storekeeper-General, in his department. We also ordered frames to be

cast for accumulators to relieve the strain on the dredging-wire, as well as some new

dredges and other gear to replace such as had been lost. H.E. the Governor, Sir Caven-

dish Boyle, K.C.M.G., took a personal interest in our work and, besides inviting us to

visit Réduit, aided us very greatly in our subsequent tour along the east coast of the

island, as did also Mr. D. C. Cameron, then Acting Colonial Secretary. We are also

materially indebted to Mr. E, C. Fraser, Mr. Davidson, and M. Couve for their kind

hospitality and for assistance in many ways.

The island, when first discovered by the Portuguese, was called Da Cerno, and remained

nominally in their possession until 1595. In that year it was annexed by a Dutch

squadron and renamed Mauritius, after Count Maurice of Nassau, their Stadtholder,

Grand Port to the south-east being termed Warwickhavn, after the Dutch Admiral in

command. In 16388 the Dutch established a definite station at Grand Port, which

existed till 1712, when the island was finally abandoned. During this period the forests

along the coast were largely cleared by slaves introduced from Madagascar, Grand Port

becoming a regular port of call for refreshing their ships’ crews. ‘The land was planted

with Indian plants, sugar-cane, tobacco, vegetables, and fruits. Of animals, monkeys,

deer, goats, and pigs were introduced, their presence probably doing more to kill off the

Dodo than human agency.

The French East India Company next took possession of the island in 1721, finally in

1767 ceding it to France. During this period a large number of French families settled

in the island, and from them the aristocracy of the place mostly trace their descent.

The island attained to a considerable degree of prosperity during this period, but appears

to have been generally misgoverned. ‘Their one great governor was Mahé de la Bour-

donnais, 1735-46, who annexed the Seychelles. He transferred the seat of government

to Port Louis on the leeward * side, where he started ship-building. He also fortified

this limestone plain. Some of them extend for a great distance through the rock, and are rich in stalagmites

and stalactites.

“On the southern shore between Riviére Palmiste and Riviére Poursuite indications of raised beaches are seen,

reaching about 20 feet above the sea-level.

‘“« The existence of these masses of coralline limestone indicates clearly a former lower level of the island, and the

evidence of raised beaches confirms this. But a consideration of the coral-reefs points as clearly to a time when

the island stood at a higher level.... An older reef exists, now quite submerged in some places to a depth of

over 90 fathoms... . We have thus proofs of great and intermittent oscillations of the level of the island.”

The evidence scarcely warrants the assumption of an older reef off Rodriguez down to 90 fathoms in depth.

Probably the shoal water off the island is similar to that off the Seychelles or that forming the Nazareth, Amirante,

and other partially or completely submerged banks in the western half of the Indian Ocean, Further, we cannot

accept any deductions as to change of level based on still-growing reefs covered with coralline life.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 1138

the place, established large workshops, built roads, cleared the forests, divided up the

island, and generally developed its agricultural resources. Like so many of the English

empire-builders in the East, he ended his career after his return in persecution and

poverty, and his policy was reversed in every particular. Under the French Government

the island flourished again, and at the end of the century had a population of about

65,000. It still continued to progress in the first years of the nineteenth century, but

during the Napoleonic wars became a favourite station for privateers from which to prey

on English commerce, as well as a dockyard for the repair of French vessels. Accordingly,

the British Government determined on an expedition for its reduction, and it capitulated

in 1810, its possession by England being confirmed finally by the Treaty of Paris in 1814.

It suffices further merely to mention that on the emancipation of the slaves in 1834.

Indian labour was introduced for the estates, and that the present population of the

island is upwards of 390,000. The language and laws are by agreement French until

1910.

Before the opening of the Suez Canal, Mauritius was an island of great importance to

_this country as a calling-station for ships and as a fortified base on the trade-routes to

India and China. Partly owing to the canal and partly to changed conditions of warfare

it now has even a less value than the Seychelles. Yet it has always been well-known

and full of interest to scientific men. With Rodriguez it was the home of the Dodo and

Solitaire, whose deaths have been the theme of many pathetic complaints. In Bourbon

too there was a third bird of larger size, which had also lost its power of flight. There

is now no question of any land-connection being requisite to explain the presence of

these birds in the Mascarenes, their ancestors having been birds of powerful flight; but

some students of geographical distribution require a land connection at least up to the

Middle Secondary period to explain the existence of land-tortoises, of certain molluscs,

and of many plants. In their main characteristics the indigenous land flora and fauna of

the three islands are quite peculiar. Their variety of life is relatively large, larger at any

rate than would be expected on purely oceanic islands. This is the more remarkable if

it owes its existence to marine transport, because the islands are bathed mainly by

currents setting west or north-west, so that only exceptionally could animals or plants

arrive from Madagascar. The shore-organisms do not differ materially from those of

coral-islands in the vicinity, the coast-lands being rich in lime. The island-forms,

however, living on the volcanic soil are nearly all of peculiar species and many of

peculiar genera.

When first discovered, all the Mascarene Islands were uninhabited, but now Mauritius

has a dense population. It is scarcely conceivable that any part of its forests has not

been destroyed sometime or other by axe or fire, and in addition introduced animals and

plants have largely aided in the destruction of its indigenous life. In such circumstances

any proper study of its organisms in relation to their environment would seem useless,

but we thought it desirable to see for ourselves, as far as possible, the general structure

and condition of the island. Besides excursions into the Pouce Mountains and along

the coast from Port Louis, we explored the central tableland up to and around Curepipe

(1806 feet), and one of us (Gardiner) made an excursion into the jungle towards the

114 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fig. 25.

Mauritius (after the Admiralty chart). A 1-8, dredgings of H.M.S. Sealark.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 115

Tamarin Range to the south-west. We then went down to Mahébourg by Grand Port in

the south-east and examined its neighbourhood, particularly the reefs and smaller islands

in its vicinity. We passed over the reefs in front of the Bamboo Mountains to Grand

River 8.E., subsequently returning round the north of the island and visiting Iles aux

Cerfs, Trou d’Eau Douce, Flacq, and the neighbourhood of Ile d’Ambre, and during

our return Pamplemousses, where we saw the beautiful gardens of introduced plants.

The island of Mauritius at the present day gives very little indication of the original

scheme of the eruptions to which it owes its formation. It may be said to consist of

three ranges of mountains, each with peaks of over 2000 feet—the Pouce behind Port

Louis, the Tamarin Mountains to the south-west, and the Bamboo Mountains to the east.

These ranges together with their enclosed land form a triangle, which includes three-

quarters of the island as a plateau at least 1000 feet above the sea. The remaining land

to the north and to the north-east slopes gently into a flat with isolated peaks, such as

_the Butte aux Papayers, on which the Semaphore Station is situated. While the 100-

fathom line elsewhere closely follows the shore at a distance of one or two miles, it runs

out to the north-north-east to a distance of 15 miles from the shore, forming a large

shallow bank on which are situated a number of islands, Round, Serpent, Flat, Gabriel,

and Gunner’s Quoin, of which the first-named is 1055 feet high.

Of the mountains, the Pouce, Bamboo, and a small range to the south-west, of which

Rempart, 2532 feet, is the highest point, appeared to us to belong to the same period ;

while the Tamarin Range with its Savane and Riviére Noire sections seemed to have

been of a more recent formation tacked on to the south-west and masking the otherwise

fairly regular contour of the central mass. ‘I'he Rempart Range alone appeared to be

of doubtful formation, possibly an independent eruption; but to the south of Mare

Vacoa the rock of the Tamarin Mountains appeared to overlie that of the central mass.

The contour-line of high hills is less marked to the north-east, but there is a clear series

_ of lower hills with steep slopes between Grand River 8.E. and Nouvelle Découverte.

The Pouce and Bamboo Mountains are both remarkable for the steep buttresses of their

outer sides, between two of which the town of Port Louis is situated.

The central plateau is much broken up by supplementary cones and craters, so that

its whole structure is masked. Of these the Trou aux Cerfs near Curepipe is well

marked, but many more appear to exist. The rainfall here is evidently heavy and the

ground is much channelled by streams, of which Grand River (opening near Port Louis)

and Grand River S8.E. are the most important. Their gorges and cajions, usually 100

feet at least in depth with a width of 200 to 1000 feet, break up the country through

which they pass to aremarkable degree. Those on either side of Réduit are particularly

noticeable for their depth, but even the smallest stream has a considerable cutting. In these

streams waterfalls abound, and, as their sides are clothed with dense vegetation, they often

present scenes of remarkable beauty. The hills on the plateau are generally weathered

smooth by the rains, though Pouce and Bamboo present a series of jagged peaks of most

fantastic shapes. Pieter Both Mountain, behind Port Louis, has a head joined by a

narrow neck to its body, and many others have columns and overhanging cliffs, which

_ could scarcely have continued to exist in a land much affected by seismic disturbances.

116 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Ne ES Me :

? Ni = \: ‘

6 Dazish ee

912 27 40 60: |

8 Bs

pr yuh WMS Sau ws

are oe Rif eRe cS Re

Bae

“eg

Grand Port, Mauritius (after the Admiralty chart).

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 117

The Tamarin Mountains form a crowded series of peaks and valleys, while the area

between their eastern limit and the Bamboos forms a fertile plain about 400 feet above

the sea-level known as Grande Savane. The high land, wherever it approaches the sea,

tends to end in sea-formed cliffs, but in most places there is now a flat of low land of

varying width, which separates them from the waves. This in places is overlaid by

their débris, and is formed partly by an upwashing from the fringing reefs and partly

by an upheaval, of which we found evidence at Grand Port.

The coasts of the island are everywhere fringed by coral-formations, which vary from

isolated masses of coral and Lithothamnia, as off some parts of the south and west coasts,

to the broad barrier-reefs which form Grand Port. Generally to the south and west

ioe? 7.

Mauritius, Cafion and Falls near Vacoa.

there is a well-defined fringing-flat a few hundred yards broad, while to the east all

stages are found up to a barrier-reef two to three miles from the beach. Where the flat

is closely fringing, it is broken opposite every freshwater stream from the island, this

resulting in the formation of many small ports. To the east, however, where it is

broader, it is relatively less broken and there is no such clear connection with the

streams. Indeed, many of the passages cannot conceivably owe their origin to the

freshwater, noticeably Trou d’Eau Douce and certain passages near the Ie d’Ambre.

The original town of Mahébourg, from which most of the bones of the Dodo, Tortoise,

and Aphanapteryx have come, was built at the mouths of three streams which arise in

118 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the Bamboo Mountains and which form an alluvial plain a mile and a half across. To

the south of this the lava reoccurs at Battery Point, Point d’Esny, and Point Cocos.

Prom Mahébourg we explored the neighbourhood, paying attention more particularly to

its reefs and islets. Some small cliffs 50 feet in height to the north, known as Terre

Rouge, proved to have been formed of material from the hills above together with rounded

masses of basalt, showing concentric weathering, which have fallen out and lie piled at

their base. The line of vegetable (humic acid) decomposition at about 8 feet below the

summit was everywhere most marked. From there we went to Treize Cantons, where

there was a small mound to some degree isolated from the slopes of the Bamboo

Mountains behind. It was about 65 feet in height and consisted of a thickness of about

18 feet of the same red earth at its base, overlaid by coral-rock. This earth, being very

soft, has washed away in many places, with the result that the coral-rock has been

undercut, and large masses have fallen off and lie at an angle with the earth forming

small caverns. In one place masses of the coral-rock had fallen on either side, but in the

centre it was overhanging for 10 to 15 feet, forming a roof over the strand which in

Mauritian legends was the site of a noted duel. The earth is such as forms the coast-flat

everywhere within Grand Port, while the coral-rock is made up of similar materials to

those which cover the surface of its barrier-reef, ¢.e. sand consisting of foraminifera,

broken-up corals, Lithothamnia, Halimeda, and such-like débris. It is, however, much

metamorphosed and contains large crystals of calcite, and will form the subject of a

separate report by Dr. Cullis.

From here we sailed backwards and forwards over the channel and reefs, the scene of

a famous frigate action in 1810 in which, owing to the intricacies of the channel and

unfavourable winds, we lost four fine vessels, though the ‘ Néréide’ covered herself with

slory. Ile Singe, on which we found the remains of a small fort, and Ile des Rats both

proved to be of coral much weathered and undercut at the sea-level. Ile de la Passe,

for the possession of which the above action was fought, was likewise formed of lime-

stone as well as were the other islands on its reef. Ile Aigrette, the highest (45 feet)

and largest of all (about 80 acres), was also visited, proving to be a dome-shaped mass

of coral-rock undercut for 6 to 8 feet at its base in a manner similar to so many of the

Lau Group of Fiji. By the kindness of the customs officer at Mahébourg, we obtained

rock-specimens from the other reef-islands in the neighbourhood. All these were like-

wise of coral-formation. Bird, Fous, and Marianne were evidently once parts of a single

island, the horns of which had been cut off, leaving the two smaller islets absolutely on

the reef-edge and the larger, Marianne, further back with a fringing-reef in front.

Fouquets and de Ja Passe also are situated on the reef-edge.

The weather was unfortunately too stormy for us to visit the outer parts of the reefs,

but from Mahébourg we sailed across and across the south passage into Grand Port and

over its reefs on either side in a pirogue. The latter is a long flat-bottomed canoe-like

craft which is commonly used in the western part of the Indian Ocean. It is made of

soft wood, so it cannot be sunk, and, as it draws only a few inches of water, is particularly

suitable for work on the reefs. The latter are exposed at low spring-tides, and behind

their seaward edge, which is similar to that of coral-reefs in general, muddy flats are

formed, covered with more weed than we have ever found on reefs of pure limestone,

Ss.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 119

Pits, troughs, and hollows varying up to 6 fathoms in depth occur here and there, but

they are not generally fringed with corals as are similar pits in the Chagos or Maldives.

Indeed, corals only grow close to and on the sides of the entrances, while Lithothamnia

are almost confined to the breaking edges and outer slopes. The inner parts of the reefs

(or mud-banks, as in this situation they might more properly be termed) are really formed

largely by detritus from the land of material similar to that which forms Terre Rouge

mentioned above. So far as we could see here and elsewhere, the determining factor in

coral-growth appeared to be silt, much dead coral slimy with mud and dirt being found

in many places.

From Mahébourg we passed in one day’s sail along the passage to Grand River S.E.

to the Beauchamp Factory. We sounded in places and examined many points of the

coast and reefs. There appeared to be no marked changes in progress, but if the strong

current which we found sweeping out of the north entrance of Grand Port is of general

occurrence, the amount of water-suspended material cleared away must be very great.

We found on the coast no further raised limestones, but Coral Point seemed to be

formed of deposited material similar to that of Terre Rouge. The views into the

Bamboo Mountains presented scenes of great beauty, and clearly showed in deep ravines

how long-continued must have been the action of weathering.

Subsequently we devoted three days to the reefs and coasts near Ile aux Cerfs, Flacq,

and Ile d Ambre, at each of which there are passages through the reef suitable for small

vessels. The reefs of all three places are intermediate between barrier and fringing.

All the islets are purely of volcanic formation, and have been cut off from the mainland

by the action of the sea. In each place the passages seemed to be the natural outlets of

the tidal waters. The Riviére Seche has no passage corresponding to its mouth, while

the Trou d’Eau Douce has no connection with any river. At Flacq the rivers come

down from the central plateau and are more considerable. Doubtless they carry a

large amount of material in suspension and the passages through the outer edge of the

reef partially owe their existence to its prejudical effects. The half-dozen passages near

Ile d@ Ambre, however, cannot conceivably be connected with any streams, and opposite

the Riviére du Rempart, a relatively: considerable stream, there is a large lagoon

within the reef, fringed and studded with corals, the reef-edge there attaining a distance

of 24 miles from the land.

In the north of the island we saw no further evidence of elevation. The country

forms a rich plain densely cultivated with sugar-cane and other products. Its coast is

ragged, with here and there swamps and pools artificially cut off from the sea to form

fish-ponds termed “ barachois.” Mangroves, principally Rhizophora, grow everywhere,

but nowhere in any great profusion; their stilt-like roots are often covered with oysters.

On the edge of this plain is situated the garden of Pamplemousses, a beautiful pleasaunce

rather than a botanical station of either scientific or economic value. ‘The real care of

the government is in the preservation of its forests and in providing such chemical-

agricultural assistance to the planters as they cannot themselves be reasonably expected

to provide. The cultivation of the cane is carried to the highest pitch, and great care

is taken as to the varieties planted on each kind of soil. At Beauchamp, the biggest

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, 18

120 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

estate, the canes are known by the number of their varieties in chronological order.

Thus one field may be planted with no. 287 and the next with 405. The methods of

crossing and of the production of pure varieties from individuals designed to be self-

fertilized in the next generation appeared to us, from the account we were given, to

be eminently scientific.

It would be a matter of great difficulty to estimate the age of Mauritius from topo.

graphical considerations. During the hot season, from December to April, the island is

subject to hurricanes, which, besides their wind-effects, often cause great floods. The

effect which these produce is difficult to estimate, but they cause heavy falls of rock

along the river-valley. The average rainfall varies from 40 inches on the northern coast

to probably 150 inches on the hills. The greater part falls in the hurricane season,

then the prevailing south-easterly trades often give place to west, or even north-west,

winds. ‘The appearance of the deep river-gorges in the hard basalt is only compatible

with considerable age, but the general fringing character of the reefs is opposed to this

idea. Grand Port, it is true, is certainly formed by a barrier-reef, which has a deep

lagoon between itself and the land, but it is not certain how far the attainment of this

condition may have been aided by the elevation which we have traced there. On the

whole, we are inclined to think that elevation has exercised a more material effect than

at first seems probable. Although we found no indisputable evidence of its occurrence

in any other district of the island, many points in the appearance of the coast suggest

that the upheaval affected the whole of Mauritius. As far as we investigated them, the

coral-recfs of the island are not to be compared with those of the Chagos or Maldives

either in extent or in the richness of their fauna and flora, which we had the opportunity

of examining in greater detail in the Museum at Port Louis. Indeed, Mauritius, the

sea-water of which has an average temperature of about 72°, is not far off the southern

limit of coral-builders, so that too much stress must not be laid on the paucity of its

reefs. There is a depth of 2160 fathoms between Bourbon and Mauritius and of 2200

jathoms between the latter and Rodriguez. Probably all the three Mascarenes were

separate formations, and have been subject to independent local elevations and

depressions. Of them, Mauritius perhaps is the oldest, and would certainly seem to be the

most stable. That there was any direct land-connection at any time between the three

seems to be doubtful, though probably all three obtained their life from the same source.

On Monday, Aug. 21, we left Port Louis for the second part of our cruise, and

anchored that night in the outer roadstcad close to the lightship. Before we left, our

dredging-wire arrived by the mail-steamer, but only just in time. On the Tuesday we

steamed down to the south-west point of the island to inspect the coast. As this was

the most southern point we should visit, we took a series of plankton hauls about 5 miles

west of the mouth of Black River. At first we used serial nets at every 25 fathoms

down to 150 fathoms, and then continued the same by a second series to 300 fathoms.

We also tried our large net of 8 meshes to the inch, letting out 240 fathoms of wire. The

wire, however, soon began to jerk and the net to approach the surface. Evidently we

had caught a shark, or sone other large fish, as such remains of the net as we secured

were torn to rags. In the evening we anchored close inshore in Black River Bay, and

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. Lz

took a series of plankton hauls by putting out nets of 60 and 180 meshes to the inch

and hauling them in at each hour of the night. The value of the collections of animals

obtained in this and other hauls can only be seen after they have been worked out.

There was very little current close inshore; but the fauna appeared to be a rich one,

practically most groups of animals being represented. Some of the ordinary and

more conspicuous forms found to the north were absent, but in exchange, even in

the deepest hauls, there was in particular a quantity of small Entomostraca which

we had not seen before. Some were true pelagic animals, but others we could not but

suspect to be local forms from the slopes of the island; a few may well turn out to be

Antarctic forms.

The following morning we went up to Port Louis, when one of us (Gardiner) landed

in the steamboat to get mosquito-cloth with which to replace our large plankton net,

which we intended to make even longer than before. Meanwhile the other dredged on

the outer slopes of the island in front of Port Louis. On the following day both of us

continued the same series of hauls up to the north of the island until, opposite Flat

Island, we were exposed to the full force of the south-cast wind, and further work of

that nature was impossible. We also put down a number of soundings, which in general

confirmed the depths given in the charts, and showed the bottom to-be covered with

broken coral and shells, together with stones and crystals of volcanic material from the

island. Our dredgings were made more to ascertain the nature of the bottom than to

procure specimens. From our soundings it was obvious that the slope from 50 to

100 fathoms was as steep as off coral-reefs, but beyond that we found that it tailed off,

the drop for the first three miles outside the 100-fathom line being at the rate of. about

400 fathoms per mile. At first we paid attention to the foot of the slope, subsequently

working out to 600 fathoms. This was anxious work, as in the shallower water up to

400 fathoms the dredges only moved along in a series of jerks, often compressing the

springs of the accumulator for 5 to 6 inches, a strain of 3 to 4 tons. Once the wire was

pulled directly off the drum against the winch, and several times the dredges were so

caught up in spite of stoppers * that we had to swing round or go astern and trip them,

always a long business. Yet, in spite of all precautions, in eight hauls we lost one

dredge, broke up two others, and in every case tore their hags. These disasters clearly

show the rough nature of the ground over which we were working. In addition we

secured a large quantity of loose rock, the ground at the base of the steep, 100 to

150 fathoms, appearing to be formed by dead masses of coral from the reef above, with

an odd boulder of voleanic nature. This coral-rock was much bored into by sponges,

worms, crustaceans, and molluses, some forms of which appeared to be the same as were

commonly found on the surface-reefs. Further out the rubble became smaller and

smaller, until at 300 fathoms the bottom was apparently hard rock with a few rough

lumps. From between 400 and 600 fathoms was brought up a coherent, grey, sandy

mud, partly of reef-formation, and partly of volcanic material, smelling strongly of

* Generally the warp is fastened to one arm of the dredge, the other arms being attached by stoppers of cord.

Should the dredge catch up in rocks these stoppers ought to break first, so that it can be hauled free by one end,

13*

122 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

sulphuretted hydrogen. The only life obtained off it after a long haul were two Asteroid

starfishes of milky-white appearance.

With such a small number of hauls it is hard to be quite sure of the nature of the

bottom; but certainly the slope off the reef seemed to be as determinate a talus-slope as

we found off the reefs of the Chagos Archipelago. It is difficult, however, to understand

the peculiarly hard but irregular bottom between the talus and the mud, @. e. at about

300 fathoms; it may, perhaps, have been of purely local occurrence. There appeared to

be no incrusting animals on the coral-masses which could consolidate them into rock.

The most interesting perhaps of other sedentary forms was an animal represented by

thin incrusting sheets of lime of brilliant white colour, often growing on loose coral-

masses, forming rounded nodules of 2 inches or so in diameter. In general appearance

they looked like the Lithothamnia which so commonly form similar nodules in

shallow waters, but actually are specimens of a foraminiferan, Gypsina, the largest

as yet recorded. We also secured specimens of red and other Polytrema. Sponges

were very abundant, but generally came up much crushed. Alcyonarians were

represented by several Gorgonians, mostly small growths, but no living corals were

obtained. The Stylasteride were represented by the branching Stylaster and

Spinipora, a genus with short, blunt, finger-like branches which had not been obtained

since the ‘Challenger’ Expedition. Free animal-life was very scarce and no plants

were obtained.

About 9 a.m. on the morning of Aug. 25 we found ourselves about halfway, almost in

a direct line, between Mauritius and Cargados, and 1° 38' north of the former, finding

bottom at 1962 fathoms. The bottom seemed to slope off gradually from Mauritius, and

the depth was about what we expected to find from the previous soundings. The

bottom-temperature was 35° F., and serial temperatures showed a gradual fall from

74°4° at the surface to 73°5° at 75 fathoms, and 72°7° at 100 fathoms, a more rapid fall

then commencing, 7. e., 66°5° at 150 fathoms, and 61°2°, 53:3", and 46°8° at 200, 300,

and 400 fathoms respectively. ‘These temperatures closely agreed with those which we

had got on the previous day and excited no comment. Indeed, we assumed that there

could be no shallow water in the immediate vicinity, and, as we did not desire to

approach Cargados too early on the following morning, we employed our time in taking

a series of plankton hauls down to 400 fathoms. Unfortunately we neglected to

examine the bottom sample, which was recorded by Captain Somerville as “ mud,

elobigerina, radiolaria,” with the significant comment: “Large preponderance of fine

washings. The heavy washings are chiefly casts of globigerina, thickly mingled with

radiolarian shells. The consistency is muddy; the colour a light buff.” It is but

justice to add that Captain Somerville evidently appreciated the character of the bottom,

and probably would have further investigated its peculiar nature had we not been on

board. As it was, we proceeded on our course to Cargados, leaving a bank of 34 fathoms

within 80 miles of us, a shoal which Admiral Field informs us was discovered by a

merchant steamer a few months later. We ought certainly from the bottom sample to

have deduced the existence of such a bank, and we fear the fault lies with us rather than

with the method. Bottom samples from upwards of 200 fathoms should certainly indicate

a i ote

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 128

any shallow banks in the open ocean within 50 or 60 miles of themselves by the presence

of coral or rock, ground down to the consistency of mud *.

On the following morning we approached Cargados Carajos Bank, passed along to

Fie, 28.

2ethA uquse 1905

== —26—23—19 t

_——33 —33 —3.J—<— 30 —28 26 —26—23 ;

asa aye can cH wescrl ws WS ey as ” :

augusl ese 4 Island,

29 =Sig- aie 12 .

Siren Island @

1S ete

Wa agecwewe

ANd a pill

2S Frigate I.

Le a

B.10

37August 1905

29—29—28

s. ork. erls. cri. crl

Cargados Carajos (after the Admiralty chart). B 1-30, dredgings and course of H.M.S. Sealark.

leeward of Coco, Frigate, Pearl, and Siren Islands, and anchored opposite Establishment

Island about noon+. ‘This is one of the northern islands on a large crescentic-shaped

* This mud is to be carefully distinguished from the “red clay ” found in the deepest waters of the ocean and

consisting almost entirely of the siliceous shells of radiolaria.

+ Cargados Carajos is identical with St. Brandon. We learn from Horsburgh (Joe. cit. p. 123) that the Chevalier

Grenier sailed along it in 1769. The existing chart was made by Captain Sir Ed. Belcher, H.M.S. ‘ Samarang,’ in

1846, being partially founded on a chart made by Lieut. Mudge, of the East India Company’s Service, in 1826.

124, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

reef with its convexity to the east, 26 miles from horn to horn by about 9 miles in

depth. It is a continuous reef from point to point, varying in breadth from a mile

about the centre to four and a half miles towards the north-east part. In this position

there is a pool, or series of pools, of blue water forming little lagoons, said by the

manager to extend over 9 miles. The reef to the north-east, where alone we examined

it closely, is steep with a well-defined edge, smoothly incrusted with Lithothamnia. It is

said to continue unbroken, and to be of similar nature, along the whole of the weather-

face, but no proper survey of it has ever been made. According to the manager’s

statement, there are no passages into the lagoons practicable for any vessels larger than

open boats. On the reef there are three islands to the north, Kstablishment and two

Bird Islands; one island in the centre, Mapare or St. Pierre, nearer to the eastern edge

of the reef ; and a series of sand-banks and islets to the south on the western half of the

reef, known collectively as the Coco Islands, from one of the southern islands having three

coco trees which have managed to survive the frequent hurricanes. Of these islands,

those to the south are all of sand piled up from the leeward or west side, similar to

islands formed on the lagoonward halves of atoll-reefs. Establishment Island is the same,

but represents only the reduced remnant of the southern of the two islands which

existed 50 years ago on this part of the reef. The Bird Islands are partially rock and

partially sand; and Mupare is said to be a rocky island, owing its formation either to the

effects of storms and hurricanes piling up coral from the reef, or to some change of

level. Large masses of rock are not uncommon on the reef to the north and elsewhere.

Such masses in the Maldives and Chagos generally represented the remains of former

land, but here many of them on the western side were undoubtedly true negroheads,

similar to those which one of us (Gardiner) had seen piled up by hurricanes here and

there on Fijian reets *.

On the leeward side of the reef, to the south of Establishment Island, we found a

series of bare stony banks, awash at low tide and intersected by channels, through

which the water escapes off the reef above. These tail off to the east into a sand-flat,

with a corsiderable growth in places of that peculiar grass-like cotyledonous weed,

Cymodocea, but otherwise generally bare and almost devoid of life. To the west of the

banks there is no definite reef-flat, but an area of growing coral, mainly stag-horn

Madrepora, with pits from 4 to 8 feet in depth. From this the edge, which is covered

with Lithothamnia and Squamariacee, rises a little, so that it is exposed at low spring-

tides. It is, though, rather indefinite, being lower opposite each channel in the reef

above. In places it overhangs a little, and it is relatively bare, presenting an

appearance as if it were being broken down from seawards and washed away.

On our arrival we at once went ashore on Establishment Island, where we found a

station with 28 men, most of whom were out fishing. It was merely a fish-curing

establishment with scaffolding covered with drying and, as it seemed to us, putrefying

fish, a tin-roofed manager’s house, a large house for the fishermen, a carpenter's shop,

and tanks for turtle and water, the latter being collected off the roofs. The manager

* “The Coral Reefs of Funafuti, Rotuma, and Fiji,” Proc. Camb. Phil. foe, vol. ix. p, 445 (1898).

—_— en aes

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 125

was a half-caste Creole, and the station was of the poorest description, none of the men

having brought their wives or desiring to make it their home. An attempt was being

made to cultivate a few gourds and marrows, but the soil was evidently of the most

inhospitable description, bois manioe (Scevola) and balais (Lrythroxrylon) alone

flourishing. A few cocos were coming up, and there was a small grove of Casuarinas,

a tree which seems capable of withstanding almost any conditions of drought and

salinity. Animals of all sorts were scarce, save only such as feed on decaying fish; a

few rabbits, however, had run wild, and were somehow managing to eke out an

existence on the coarse herbage. Fish seemed to be extraordinarily plentiful, a boat

with four men often bringing back three to four ewts. in a day. As the pay with

rations of each man is only about half a rupee a day, and as the fish sells, when dried,

at the same price per pound, it must be a profitable business. It is all exported to

Mauritius, communication being kept up by a small schooner, which sails simply

between the group and that island.

We remained for three days at Establishment Island. On Monday, Aug. 28, Cooper

dredged in the Sealark, while Fletcher and Gardiner collected on the land and examined

the reefs. Siren Island, which was visited in company with Captain Somerville and

others, and the two Bird Islands presented an extraordinary appearance. Language is

too restricted to give any idea of the vast number of birds which inhabit them. As we

got away from the ship, frigate-birds soared overhead, sometimes swooping down

almost within reach. Approaching the islands curlews and whimbrel flew out with

shrill cries, but the small flocks of little plover (Zo/anus fuscus) and sandpipers feeding

at the water’s edge seemed reluctant to give up their meal until within gunshot,

then too late. Passing over the wave-raised ridge, which bounds a central plateau on all

the islands, we saw the ground before us literally speckled with the black-and-white

tern (Sterna fuliginosa), each hatching a single egg within a foot of its neighbours.

As we picked our way through the eggs, the sun’s rays were almost hidden by the vast

concourse of birds above, passing within a hand’s reach of our heads, and often striking

down at our helmets, while their raucous cries forced us to shout at the top of our voices

if we wanted to be heard. Here and there are clumps of low bush (Zrythroxylon or

Tournefortia) matted together by the liane sans fin (Cassytha filiformis), a plant peculiar

in its absence of leaves, the cells of its thin green stems being the actual starch-

producing organs. Their matted surfaces are pressed down where the grey-headed terns

(Anous leucocapillus) sit likewise on single eggs, close enough to interchange their secrets.

Outside all, actually on the surrounding ridge, were a few white terns (Gygis candida),

their eggs being generally placed on the tops of the larger coral stones. Siren Island was

saucer-like and had Gygis on the rim which was thrown up for about 12 feet above the

tide, Anous on a broad circlet of bush within, and then a still broader band, in places a

hundred yards or so across, of Sterna. The centre was a bare flat, perhaps 8 feet lower

than the rim, at that time of the year bare of vegetation and beaten down to a smooth

surface by multitudes of young chicks: so numerous were they that it seemed that

there must be at least two layings, of which we had found the second (PI. 16).

Collecting on such islands was a peculiarly unsavoury task. The ground was coral

126 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

and sand, consolidated together into a soft rock by the droppings of the birds. Above

was a rich soil composed largely of almost pure guano. Digging into it one found

countless bones of young and old. The surface of the ground indeed seemed sprinkled

with the dead, and scarce one young bird out of four could have ultimately survived.

Guano is no doubt excellent for most plants, but strictly in moderation. On these

islands we found only ten kinds growing, including the two shrubs already mentioned,

together with a few Scevola bushes and a single stunted mapou tree (Pisonia). Of the

rest there was one rush, one true small-leaved succulent and four other herbaceous

forms. Many were dead, and all were of stunted and fleshy habit with thick roots,

The Grey-headed Tern (Anous leucocapillus) breeding on tops of bushes at Cargados Carajos.

adaptations to the peculiar soil. Under these circumstances practically only such insects

are found as live on decaying animal-matter in the ground, a few beetles, numerous

cockroaches, earwigs, and crickets gradually burying every dead bird, and finally ants

and a few flies. Web-spiders were absent, but we got a few jumpers and other predatory

forms, as well as some centipedes and millipedes. The Scevola bushes were covered

with green bugs, and while seated for lunch under some coast bushes of the same we

were attacked and hastily put to flight by large black ticks (Amblyomma loculosum),

which showed up conspicuously as they crawled towards us over the white sand. The only

vertebrates were mice and geckoes. On the whole, though at the time we only recorded

12 species of insects, the collections were of great interest, as showing how extraordinarily

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 127

dependent is life on environment, and how the greatest care must be taken to study

both together in view of questions of geographical distribution, particularly on oceanic

islands *.

While at Cargados we experienced continuously strong winds from the south-east, so

that of necessity we confined ourselves to work on the leeward side of the surface-reef.

On this side the edge of the reef-flat is very ill-defined, tailing off gradually in the centre

to 10 fathoms in three or four miles. In this part there is a series of shoals reaching

the surface, on some fifteen of which small islets have formed. Fish abound between

them, and on one, Avocare, the main fishing-station of the bank is situated, having a

complement of 42 men. Outside this area is a large stretch of shallow water with only

six shoals marked on the chart, all of them lying outside a line joining the ends of the

crescent. All arise within the 20-fathom line, and three—Siren, Pearl, and Frigate—are

covered completely with land ; the first is a bird-inhabited island, and the other two have

recently been dug for guano. The 25-fathom line is found within five miles west of

Establishment Island, and for twenty miles beyond this there stretches out a large, flat

area, having 25 to 35 fathoms of water, with no known coral-patches. No shoals are

known west of long. 59° 26’ E., which is almost the position of the 25-fathom line, while

the 35-fathom line would be in about long. 59° 8’ E., opposite Establishment Island, :

curving round to the south almost to meet the south-west point of the main reef. The

25-fathom line follows the same line of longitude for some distance to the north,

Cargados itself really lying on the south of a much larger shoal, the Nazareth Bank.

The shallow water near the main reef continues also to the north fer about 12 miles,

and has two bird-covered islets, North and Albatross, which have seldom been visited

by man.

Our dredging was mainly in the arca from 25 to 35 fathoms, and gave in the first haul

results so interesting that we determined to investigate its fauna as completely as possible.

On Monday, Aug. 28, Cooper ran a line of soundings due west from Establishment Island,

and took three dredgings near the edge of the bank. On Tuesday we confined ourselves

to the area outside Establishment Island and down to Frigate Island, taking five casts.

On Wednesday we worked to the south point of the reef with ten hauls. On Thursday

we went over the same line but further westward with nine hauls, and on Friday we ran

off the bank putting down our nets in three places on its westward edge. During the

whole time we watched the nets carefully, so as to ascertain the nature of the bottom and

* We were unfortunately unable to visit Tromelin, which lies in lat. 15° 51’ §., about halfway between

Nazareth and Madagascar. It was surveyed in 1875 by the late Chief Hydrographer, then Commander W. J. L.

Wharton, H.M.S. ‘Shearwater.’ It is a mere sand-bank, a mile long, about 15 feet high, covered with low bush,

and surrounded by a fringing-reef about 150 yards wide. It is evidently of coral-formation.

It was discovered by the ship ‘La Diane’ in 1722; and in 1761 the ‘ Flute ’'Utile* was cast away there, This

ship had on board 80 blacks. The whites arrived safe at Madagascar, after a short voyage in a flat-bottomed boat,

made out of the wreck; the blacks were left on the island, ‘but all died except seven women. These remained on the

island 15 years, living on the shell-fish they could pick up, with now and then a turtle, and having nothing but

brackish water to drink. Captain Tromelin, of the ship ‘ La Dauphine,’ had the courage and good luck to land on

this dangerous spot and brought them to Mauritius in 1776.—Abbé Rochon.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 19

128 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

for the same purpose sounded very frequently, using the snapper lead. In all we

calculated that in our thirty hauls we covered about forty miles of the bottom with

dredge and trawl and put down over 200 soundings. These should be sufficient to

enable us to appreciate its character and life.

In the first place we were struck with the peculiarly smooth and level surface of the

Fig. 30.

Typical reef Lithothamnia.

Upper figure Goniolithon frutescens and lower figure Lithophyllum gardinert. (Both x 3.)

bottom. We found below 25 fathoms no shoal-patches nor growing areas which

could give rise to them. At similar depths, and indeed everywhere except in the

immediate vicinity of surface-shoals, the trawls and dredges were never caught up nor

torn in any way. Only five specimens of living colonial corals were obtained and

Lithothamnia were never of any great importance, though otherwise the hauls were

generally rich. In some places the bottom was hard sand, but its general covering was

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 129

of rather softer foraminiferal nature with broken shells, particularly those of bivalves,

which in some places almost formed banks. Towards the edge there was more rubble,

formed largely of broken bases of branching corals, evidently carried in from some lesser

depth, together with all sorts of sedentary life and generally some molluscs. Everywhere

between 25 and 35 fathoms, except near the edge of the bank, quantities of the grass-like

Cymodocea, one of the Potamogetonacean cotyledonous plants, were growing on the

bottom, while in places the creeping alga Caulerpa forms submarine meadows. In all

we pressed about 25 different kinds of alge, nearly all green, of which we may perhaps

notice the caleareous-leaved Halimeda, the network-forming Shuvea, and the great flat

fronds of Udotea and Avrainvillea. Most forms of sedentary animals, with the exception

of reef-builders, were well represented. The fauna was similar but decidedly richer than

that which we got in the Maldivian lagoons. There were 30 species of fish, 7 new

species, some being flat-fish, none of edible size. We found that the molluse Vermetus

had in one locality made its tubes of sand, though it usually starts on the surface of

some growing coral and forms a spiral shell. As the coral grows it becomes imbedded,

and to keep its mouth at the surface the animal builds a long straight tube at the same

rate as the coral actually grows. Perhaps the sand was accumulating more rapidly than

the animal could build. Sponges were very abundant, but were generally little inhabited

by animals; a bright orange form was remarkable for a similar coloured Alpheid. At

one spot near Frigate Island the prevailing colour of the catch was most striking,

ranging from orange to vermilion. As a rule, the contents of the dredge were dull green

to grey, caused perhaps by the colour of the weeds. In the haul in question there was,

however, no weed, the dominant life being sponge (at least twelve species) orange to

purple, aleyonarians, Vermetus, crustaceans, molluscs, asteroids, annelids, and crinoids,

all being brightly coloured. Crustaceans might directly take on the colour of the

environment, as Keeble and Gamble have shown *, but in other wandering forms its

presence is more difficult to explain ; if all live on some coloured sponge in the first

place, it might be the excretion of its pigment. ’

When dredging towards the edge of the bank we found some beds of Lithothamnia

and a much rougher bottom, the nets getting badly torn. In one haul whose least

depth was 47 fathoms, we got a mass of weed, much of it red in colour, eizht species of

alge, and the delicate-leaved Halophila ovalis, a monocotyledon of the Hydrocharidacee,

an extraordinary depth fora plant derived from land-living ancestors. From this

place the slope was steep, the next sounding about 800 yards further out giving 224

fathoms. We tried to dredge upon it, but got into difficu!ties at once, drifting off the

slope several times and subsequently losing our dredge.

We next proceeded along the west side of the N azareth Bank to the Saya de Malha

Bank, sounding on our way. This area within the 100-fathom line is probably about 240

miles long, and there are no known shoals or dangers, beyond those already mentioned

in connection with Cargados, which is situated on its southern extremity. Except near

Cargados, the actual soundings upon the bank are few in number, but sufficient perhaps

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xlvi. pp. 589 et seq.

19*

130 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fig. 31.

——t4-— 4.3 —43—45 — 4/3534 —33—44— 33—32—38

fh. brksh erlm crlm. sh?” sherl. crip. a brkerb' ig

me 99." C6

37 +s

30 +

nw 45

Saya de Malha Banks (from the Admiralty chart). © 1--21, dredgings and course of H.M.S, Sealark.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 31

to show that, while the greater part is 30 to 40 fathoms deep, there are considerable

areas both north and south within the 20-fathom line. The average breadth of the bank

is about 50 miles, and it would appear to be steeper to the west than to the east, though

it is possible that some of the soundings may be wrongly placed in longitude. Our

soundings varied down to 2062 fathoms, a singular feature being that in more than half

of them we failed to secure any bottom-samples. Almost midway between Nazareth and

Saya de Malha we found 222 fathoms, the bottom being covered with broken shell, but

there may have been still shallower water to the east. To the south of the Saya de

Malha we then got intoa considerable area having a depth between 100 and 150 fathoms,

on which we dredged for portions of two days, making seven hauls. We used several

kinds of nets, but perhaps got the best results with our modified Agassiz trawls. Here we

unfortunately lost our biggest frame together with 300 fathoms of wire, which was cut

by the propeller. The area was to some degree a difficult one to work, on account of the

strong current running between 60 and 120 fathoms, necessitating specially weighted

instruments. The bottom was hard, with patches covered by a white rubble, composed

principally of lamellibranch shells, echinoderm tests, dead coral, polyzoa, &c., all of it of a

facies which belongs to shallower water and which undoubtedly had been swept off the

shoal-banks of the Saya de Malha. In most places it seemed loose with little or

no sand, but to the west it was mixed to some degree with casts of Foraminifera, similar

to those of greensand but of lighter colour, like those we had found previously in the

lagoon of Suvadiva Atoll *. Most groups of animals were represented, noticeably several

species of solitary corals, a clump of the only brachiopod obtained on the cruise, a large

pennatulid (Anthophyllum grandiflorwm)—a rare group in our collection,—and about

half a dozen new fish, among them a form which Mr. Regan has named Halieutea

gardineri, a kind of fishing-frog interesting for tentacles in front of its mouth, set in

bony depressions for protection.

We continued the dredgings on to the main bank of Saya de Malha, finding no marked

steep, but a gradual slope to the south. The bottom from 100 to 70 fathoms was

evidently quite smooth, very hard, and swept absolutely bare of sedentary life by the

currents, which almost prevented our dredges from reaching it and which seemed to

increase in strength down to about 100 fathoms. The name Saya de Malha really

includes three banks, enclosed in separate 100-fathom lines, about 250, 14,000, and 1200

square miles in extent. The south bank is a flat shoal, and the north one a basin with

40 fathoms in the centre, the rim having less than 15 fathoms. ‘The central bank is

about 500 miles round by 120 across in any direction, with a marked rim less than

20 fathoms deep to the north-east for 200 miles, with upwards of 65 fathoms on the bank.

It is separated from the south bank by a depth of 1380 fathoms, and was the only

one dredged by us.

In order to arrive in the north-east part of the bank in the morning we steamed during

the first night due north, sounding continually on the way. This being more or less

enclosed and protected ground, the dredgings were expected to give an interesting

* «+ JTjacoon Deposits,” Fauna and Geogr. Maldives and Laccadives vol ii. p 481

L352 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

comparison with the Maldivian lagoons. We took two batches, sounding about every ten

minutes. The first five were in water from 40 to 60 fathoms deep, our trawls being

used, ‘The ground was muddy to start with, but altered as we went north, until in our

last, a very sbort dredging, the spring showed a great strain. As the trawl came up, its

frame was seen to be almost bent double (PI. 4, fig. 3), while the net beneath the water’

was bulged out and every moment threatened to burst. At first we tried to rig a tackle

round the bag, but only got immersed for our trouble as the ship rolled. Finally, we had

to slit the net open and take out its contents in buckets, all the time losing valuable

Th a |

NY i: / mH

0 v

RAD

Large Trawl as used on H.M.S. Sealark.

Observe loose ground-ropes attached near the tops of the stirrups.

animals through its meshes, until at last we could get it on board. It wasa notable

haul, and one of which we could feel quite certain of the depth throughout, as it cannot

have covered more than a quarter of a mile of ground. There was an enormous number

of animals and a great variety of free-living forms. It was, however, chiefly noticeable

for the great bank of Lithothamnia and for attached Halimeda living at 55 fathoms, the

ereatest depth obtained for these plants on our cruise.

While clearing up from the last haul we were steaming north-west towards a shoal on

the side of which we got one dredging, letting down our big triangular net in 26 fathoms.

It was a striking contrast to the last in that it yielded at least 16 genera of corals, most of

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 133

them regular reef-builders. The Hydrocoralline Millepora and the Aleyonarian Helio-

pora, as important reef-builders as any, were present both in this and in a subsequent haul

in 29 fathoms. The former is particularly interesting on account of the extraordinary

different facies which it assumes, incrusting, branching, massive, spreading, close-set

leaves, &c. Any facies may be found at any depth and all belong, as Prof. S. J. Hickson

has shown, to a single species. The second, the weli-known blue coral, decreases in depth

of coloration with the increase in depth from which it is obtained, the colour being

absolutely in the corallum and not in the living tissues. Its main pigment, known

as helioporin, is peculiar to the genus and is accompanied by a pigment of a chloro-

phylloid nature. ‘The upper surface of its leaves is of deeper blue than the lower,

and this indicates that the pigment may exercise some function in decomposing the

Sorting dredging C 16 on board H.M.S. Sealark, Saya de Malha.

carbonic acid in the water, presumably for tke benefit of its living tissues *. Attached to

the dead coral were some Jow purple Polytrema (Foraminifera) and some bluntly-

branching, brick-red Lrythropodiwm which Prof. J. Arthur Thomson has informed me

is growing on a madreporarian axis.

After the last dredging we steamed slowly westwards during the night (Sept. 6-7), so

as to dredge the following day over the edge of the bank and to explore the passage

towards the northern bank. After some dredgings within the rim, we took one

absolutely upon it in 29 fathoms, getting 14 species of corals and much the same

forms as in our dredging at 26 fathoms on the previous day. We then passed off the

bank, finding a regular coral-reef slope, and got a successful trawling commencing at

* Vide C. A. MacMunn, ‘ Fauna and Geogr. Maldives and Laccadives,’ vol. i. p. 188.

134 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

330 fathoms, passing into deeper water. Two subsequent hauls failed to reach the

bottom. We were drifting in each case to the west-north-west, and we heavily weighted

our trawls. Each went down almost perpendicularly to about 200 fathoms, but then

commenced to draw out to the east or east by north, the wire at 300 fathoms making an

angle of about 45° with the surface. We were in the first haul unable to steam, as the ©

trawl at once left the bottom; and in the others (the more northern), in which the

dredges did not reach the ground, the angle with the surface was still less. While

sounding in the same situations, as well as to the north more immediately between the

two banks, there were also indications of some change in current between 150 and

250 fathoms. Trawls with long bags present a considerable amount of surface to the

water, and their behaviour in these hauls is only, we consider, consistent with the existence

of a surface-current to the west down to about 150 fathoms, and a reversed current to

the east from 200 fathoms to the bottom. Of course, it is largely a matter of relation

of ship to wire; and it is only fair to add that we are not entirely supported in our view

of the directions of the currents by Capt. Somerville and the officers of the Sealark,

though all at the time admitted the existence of peculiar current-phenomena. There is,

of course, the surface-current as moving the ship to be taken into account, and also the

fact that all ships sail to some degree under bare poles—the Sealark more particularly

so, as she presents a large surface of hull and masts to the wind. We were, of course,

out of sight of land, and the ship for accurate results under such circumstances should

be a fixed body, #.e. at anchor, or at least capable of accurately fixing her position every

few minutes. Without such observations it may be impossible to convince others of the

existence of such deep currents, though the observer may feel absolutely certain of their

presence. We ourselves think that relatively deep currents prevail to a far greater

extent, both in the open sea and in narrow waters, than is usually allowed, and think

that our own observations, with those of Comm. Tydeman of the ‘Siboga’* and

Mr. J. Y. Buchanan ¢ (to mention only two observers in coral-seas), together with

general considerations relating to topographical and physiological questions, give a

prima facie case for full investigation. Between the northern Saya de Malha Banks

the current seemed reversed below 200 fathoms, perhaps only a temporary phenomenon ;

but in their nature both of the bottom-samples down to 636 fathoms in the middle of

the passage and of animals in the dredgings are only consistent with the existence of

currents sweeping the bottom.

The following night we skirted along the north bank of Saya de Malha, stopping in

the morning for a dredging near its northern end. Here, again, we were affected

by currents, though not to the same degree. The dredging started in 450 fathoms

outwards, and the general facies of the animals was the same as those obtained between

the banks. They were all either strong-swimming forms, such as fish and crustaceans,

or starfishes which can cling well, or attached gorgonians. The only sponges were

Hexactinellids, one branching form having the general appearance of an Oculina-coral,

having associated with it little Palythoid actinians instead of coral-polyps. Corals were

* Hydrographic Results, ‘Siboga’ Reports, pp. 5-G & 85-86.

+ Sixth Internat. Geogr. Congress, p. 25 (1895).

DESCRIPTION OF THE BXPEDITION. 135

represented by a large, rough, compressed Labellum and several specimens of the

delicate disk-like S solitary forms |

delic ae Stephanophyllia, both solitary forms. Among the fish was a form

called by Mr. Tate Regan Simonotus acanthorhynchus, a new large-eyed genus of John

. . . . . . 5 ; 7 5 oF ; ;

Dory with a series of peculiar spines in front of the eyes and snout (probably protective)

. . : s

and a new species of Macrurus, a large-headed fish with attenuated body and tail

and eyes a third of the length of the head in diameter, essentially a cod adapted for

deep-sea life.

We were now (Sept. 8) on our nineteenth day out from Mauritius, during which fires

had not been drawn, and the necessity for coaling made a visit to the Seychelles

imperative. Unfortunately this made it also necessary that we should give up any idea

Fie. 34,

Lnthothamnion from dredging C19, Saya de Malha.

Upper five specimens Lithothamnion indicum, and lower five Lithothamnion australe.

of visiting the Agalegas, two small coral-islands surrounded by a closely-fringing reef,

about halfway from Saya de Malha to the line of shallow banks which connect the

Seychelles to Madagascar. As we had heard they were entirely planted with coconuts,

and as their shoal is completely isolated, being surrounded by water of over 2000 fathoms,

this meant little to us; but it was a serious disappointment to our surveyors. The

mischief was really done by the heavy weather continuously experienced until we

were actually approaching the Saya de Malha Bank. They must console themselves,

however, with the knowledge that the anchorage and landing-place on Agalegas

are directly to windward, and that the narrow bank lies north-west and south-east,

so that it would have had no leeward side to the south-east trades, and hence no

anchorage.

We steamed accordingly from the Saya de Malha towards the south-east part or the

Seychelles bank, sounding at intervals, hard bottom, or no indication of its nature, being

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. 20

136 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

found. We stopped at a point midway between the banks ; but subsequent soundings

by the Sealark continued the line, showing that from about our then position the

two banks to the north and south gradually shoal upwards. From here we turned

westward, skirting the Fortune, another large submerged bank with 10 fathoms or so

of water, and anchored off Coetivy about noon on Sunday, Sept. 10. Going ashore, we

were most hospitably received by M. G. B. de St. Romain and M. Bernon, the managers

for Mr. Chas. Dauban, of Mauritius. The same day we made a preliminary exploration

of the island, with Dr. Simpson botanising and Mr. Fletcher entomologising. The

results were so satisfactory that we decided to remain while the Sealark went to the

Seychelles to coal. We had considerable collections, and accordingly spent the Monday

on board, personally seeing to the various points on which their welfare would depend

while in transit home. Finally, we made up seven large cases to be left at Mahé, while

a similar number of cases were to be brought from there. While doing so, the divers

were sent down around the ship in about 10 fathoms for their quarterly dip. They sent

up to us a number of reef-corals, some of which when broken up yielded a rich variety

of worms and other living forms. There were also letters and reports to be written, and

all shore-collecting and camping gear to be carefully selected.

The Sealark left us at Coetivy on Tuesday, Sept. 12, and returned for us on the 21st.

We were uot able, however, to leave until the 25th, as she had got her piston-rod

slightly bent in the heavy weather experienced on her passage down from the Seychelles.

It seemed at first sight to be an accident serious enough to necessitate our sailing down

to Mauritius for repairs. Mr. Beer, however, took the engine to pieces and raised it a

few inches, so as to relieve that part of the shaft which was bent. He and his staff

worked on it day and night for three days; and on its completion it proved absolutely

successful, no further alteration being made until the ship arrived in Ceylon at the

completion of the cruise. It was a magnificent piece of work, and one which reflects

great credit on the Service. This delay gave us twelve days for the examination of the

island and its reefs. The last three days, however, were of no value to us, on account

of the unusually hot damp weather and the glare on the white sand-dunes and open land

having completely tired us out by the time the Sealark arrived. However, it enabled

us to round off our work properly, and Fletcher added a few new insects. During our

stay we had managed to visit every part of the reef and had collected over it in eight

positions at low tide. We also traversed the whole island, collecting its animals and

plants, and examined every part. Day after day the routine was more or less the same ;

but the kind of work on land and reef has already been sufficiently indicated. Much

of the collecting was a dull grind under unfavourable conditions, since few of the forms of

life were new to us, although necessary for the purpose of subsequent comparison (Pl. 17). _

Coetivy lies in a north-and-south direction on the east side of a shoal, and is about

6 miles long by 14 miles across its broadest part. The village hes on the middle of its

west side. ‘The island is fringed by a reef, except for a mile and a half to the south of ‘

the village, where there is a series of isolated coral-patches. The reef is very imperfect

off the north point, where the mud and sand stirred up by the prevailing set of tides

and currents along its east and west reefs have prevented organic growth. ‘To the south

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 137

the flat extends out for 2} miles, its two sides being quite similar to the reefs of the

island, while a bare patch in the centre represents the former position of a sandbank

sketched by the late Admiral Sir W. L. Wharton when in the ‘Shearwater’ in 1875.

Shoal patches stretch out from its point for an additional 2 miles, and there are many

isolated patches and reefs to the south-west. Elsewhere the bank presents no changes,

its rim being very regular with 11 to 14 fathoms of water, and the centre with 15 to

18 fathoms.

f Sea Miles

Coetivy (after the Admiraity chart).

The east, weather or seaward, reef differs in certain points from any reefs which either

of us had up to that time seen; instead of a single line of breakers, there is a broad belt

in which the same wave rises and breaks a second time. This is due to the slope

to seaward being gradual for the first 10 fathoms or more, even down to the edge

of the steep, and also to the bottom being covered with long sea-grass (Cymodocea),

which by its friction prevents the pounding action of the breakers and certainly goes

far to prevent the formation of a distinct edge to the reef. The latter can scarcely be

said to exist as a definite structure, although there is an area which shows a number of

masses exposed at low tide, broken by relatively broad channels with sloping sides. The

20*

138 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

latter represent the perpendicular-sided fissures commonly found in other reefs. They

are more free of weed than other parts of the reef, and are regular in proportion to the

breadth of the reef, representing no doubt the channels for the rise and fall of the tide.

The exposed masses are mainly covered and formed by Lithothamnia of fine branching

facies intergrown with Halimeda, both classes of organisms being richly covered in their

lower parts with thin brilliant-green Tunicates. Corals are scarce, small colonies of

fine-branching Madrepora, Pocillopora, and Millepora alone being common.

Passing inwards from the edge of the reef, such as it is, a reef-flat and a boulder-zone

should be crossed before reaching the shore-flat. Actually one passes on to a flat, on

which the Cymodocea becomes more and more dominant as the shore is approached.

Here, extending from about 35 to 60 yards back from the breakers, are found many

loose masses of dead coral, mainly Jadrepora and Porites, more or less imbedded in sand,

with colonies of Heliopora formed of thick densely-packed laminz. Some of these

may be exposed at low tide; and this area is all that represents the boulder-zone.

Behind this the shore-flat is as densely covered with Cymodocea as a sown meadow,

the soil beneath consisting largely of foraminiferal sand mixed with rubble. While

generally it has less than a foot of water at low tide, a series of pools are commonly

found at the base of the beach. They average 3 to 6 feet deep, with sandy bottoms, and

in most places are only 20 to 30 yards broad; but at the north end of the island, where

there is no reef, they are much more considerable, strong tides setting along them

and sweeping out the sand and detritus. Elsewhere they communicate with the ocean

through the channels. Were some of these latter to enlarge and become definite

gaps, the pools would soon form a boat-channel, and wJtimately there would be a barrier-

reef along the east side of the island. The only other point of interest about the pools

lies in the fact that their sides are perpendicular, being held up by living Porites,

Madrepora, Stylophora, and Heliopora—the corals which, in the dead state, form the

boulder-zone.

The whole shoal is doubtless growing seawards by the extension of its talus slope ;

but the outward growth of the surface-reef appears to be considerably impeded by the

dense Cymodocea. The latter, on the shore-flat, prevents loss and diminishes the force

of the waves so materially that their effect on the coast behind is comparatively small.

Indeed it is now only noticeable for a mile at the south end and for a mile northwards

from opposite the settlement, where there are extensive formations of beach-sandstone.

At the north end of the latter area, where there is a turtle-pond, the sandstone extends

diagonally halfway out upon the reef, which in this position is a third of a mile across.

This points to the washing away of the island having been responsible for much of the

shore-flat. Further, this view is supported by the fact that the beach everywhere

is formed of sand without coral-masses, whereas similarly-situated coral-islands are

to seaward invariably composed largely of coral-rock or masses of corals. Otherwise it

is necessary to suppose that Coetivy is an island of different formation to the Maldives

and Chagos, a quite possible view. To the north the beach was interesting in having

cliffs formed of dead Cymodocea piled up to a height of ten feet and more above

the flat.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 139

The west reef, where it exists, has a yet gentler slope than the eastern, on account of

the shoaling of the lagoon. It is almost bare of grass, and hence supports more coral,

though there is practically no Heliopora. Its edge, boulder-zone, and shore-flat are

more marked ; and the island behind shows in places rather more loss, as is evidenced

by many fallen coconuts and other trees.

Not until the collections have been worked out can we give any adequate idea of the

fauna and flora of the reef. Most animals were obtained by turning over the corals, and

all groups seemed to be more abundant in species than in the Chagos, the Holothuria

being perhaps an exception. In Turbellaria and Nudibranchs this great superiority was

most noticeable, and even in corals, which we did not attempt to collect, it appeared

richer. The dominant species of Sarcophyta, white in the breakers of the east side and

purple in those of the west, with yellow incrusting species behind, were not the same as

the Chagos forms; and wide differences were noticeable in other groups of animals.

Indeed the Chagos resembled the more barren Maldivian reefs, while here there seemed

to be a new type of reef altogether. Of course this is partially due to the Cymodocea,

but there is much more green algal growth generally.

The land is entirely formed either of loose sand or of sandstone (tuffe). Until the

specimens are examined carefully, it is impossible to speak definitely of its composition ;

but we could see no reason why it should not all have been thrown up by the waves and

by the wind. Generally its surface is about 10 feet above the high-tide level, and when

broken into, as is always done when making pits for coconut-planting, there is found a

thickness of 1 to 3 feet of tuffe overlying loose sand. There is a sand-ridge round the

east side of the island, generally about 50 yards back from the beach, but becoming

rather irregular in the north half, where it lies more inland; it averages 15 to 40 feet

high, and culminates at the south in a hill of about 50 feet. Round the north end it is

also well marked, and there is in the centre of the island, halfway from the Settlement

to that end, a larger dune of upwards of 75 feet high. Low damp areas of land of only

5 feet above the high-tide level are found behind the north point and in two or three

other positions; they are notable for the luxuriance of their coconut and other vegetation.

The Settlement stands on such an area, separated from the tuffe-land behind by a pool

of fresh water, 150 yards long by 50 yards broad, the home of many dragon-flies.

The character of the vegetation was the same as that which we found in the Chagos

Archipelago on similar, dry, sandy and tuffe lands. It consisted of low bush formed

mainly of Seevola and Erythroxylon, the former with thick succulent stems and leaves

like the laurel, and the latter with tiny leaves, yellow flowers, and stems covered with

mossy lichens. The ground between was mainly covered with isolated plants of a low

rush, while struggling clumps of the hairy-leaved Towrnefortia and of the thinner-leaved

Pisonia were found here and there. Probably there were not 20 species of plants

altogether on this kind of land, but the lower patches yielded a more considerable

variety of species. These, when compared, turned out to be almost precisely the same

as those obtained from the Chagos. This was to us asource of considerable astonishment,

because, from the island being so much nearer to Africa, to Madagascar, to the Seychelles,

and to many other islands which might serve as stopping-places from the more distant

140 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

lands, we had certainly expected to find a considerably greater variety of plants.

Actually we catalogued 92 species as against 85 at Ile du Coin, Peros, the increase

being mainly due to rather more plants of cultivation. The only new group of trees

were the vacoa (Pandanus), of which, though formerly very widespread, there were left

only two clumps. The badamier (Zerminalia Catappa), with its almond-like nuts, was

certainly indigenous, whereas it has possibly been introduced into the Chagos. Finally,

the gayac (Afzelia) was the only absentee that our lists show among the indigenous

trees of the Chagos.

The animals of the land so largely depend, either directly or indirectly, upon the

plants, that their general character follows that of the flora, and so they scarcely differ

from those found in the Chagos. Some of the land, which seemed to have been at some

time or other a breeding-ground for birds, gave a few new beetles, and the large

Hernandea peltata trees had some new Hymenoptera. The freshwater pool behind the

settlement gave four new insects, while it also contained dragon-fly larvee. In it were

found also a few Ostracods, but there did not seem to be any of the Protozoa and

Rotifers that might be expected. There was only one land-molluse, while even in the

most distant of the Pacific islands one generally finds several species. Molluscs were

similarly rare in all the coral-islands we visited. Probably they seldom cross wide stretches

of sea except by human agency, and these islands have become inhabited only quite

recently. Another explanation might be that the Madagascan and African shore-forms

that can live on the plants of these coral-islands are scarce and few in species; but

although we are not acquainted with their molluscan faunas, this scarcely seems probable.

Of land-crustaceans, the robber-crab (Birgus latro) does not occur west of the Chagos,

but the other forms are the same. The vertebrates, too, are the same, with the addition of

an introduced partridge. There were also two males of the tortoise (Testudo elephantina),

which had been brought from the Seychelles many years before; they are sluggish —

animals, living on succulent plants and roots, hiding themselves in the densest bush by

day and coming out to feed at dusk.

We weighed anchor at dawn on Monday, Sept. 25, and steered a straight course to

a point halfway between Farquhar and Cape Amber, the north point of Madagascar.

Soundings were taken at intervals, of which one, at 1650 fathoms, in spite of no

bottom-sample being obtained, was interesting, as the general depth was over 2000

fathoms. Serial temperatures down to 400 fathoms were also recorded, the most rapid

fall taking place between the surface and 50 fathoms in the more northern observations,

and between 50 and 100 fathoms in the southern. The lowest bottom-temperature was

33°9° at 2438 fathoms, on a bottom of globigerina-ooze *. On Wednesday, being about

12 miles south by east of Farquhar, we took a series of tow-nettings: firstly, a series of

nets on one wire from the surface to 800 fathoms; then our large net, which had not

been used since its mishap off Mauritius, drawn vertically from 1000 fathoms to the

surface, followed up by six hauls of the Fowler vertical closing net at various depths

down to 1000 fathoms. Unfortunately, as the day wore on, the wind and swell

* The position of these soundings can be easily followed out on the chart (Plate 1).

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 141

increased so much that two of the latter were failures. There were strong under-

currents affecting the net, and as, in addition, the ship was to a certain degree being

drifted by the wind, manipulation on the wire was consequently difficult; the result

was that the wire streamed out ata slight angle, and both sets of catches for opening

and closing the net were sprung by the first messenger. The collections were very rich

in all forms of life—Crustaceans being represented by large dark red prawns and

Schizopods, large transparent Phyllosoma and Stomatopod larvee, as well as by

Amphipods, large Phronima, and by a variety of Entomostraca, particularly Copepods ;

Fig. 36.

3 Shallow E wath numerous

2 iar Banks and patchgs

Farquhar Atoll (after the Admiralty chart, with corrections by H.M.S. Sealark).

Mollusca by a few Gastropods, at least a dozen species of Pteropods, and Atlanta as

representing the Heteropods, the genera without shells not being caught so far south ;

the Coelenterata were, as usual, represented by Medusze, Ctenophores, and Siphonophora,

with an occasional Actinian; to Tunicates should be credited deep-living Pyrosoma,

Appendicularia in gelatinous houses, and Salps; there were also immense Sagitta,

a few Chetopods, mostly Tomopteris, some Turbellaria, and a few Amphiovides. Fish,

as is usual in such deep hauls, were represented mostly by a few eggs and larve,

notable among the latter being the Leptocephalid larvee of eels with phosphorescent

142 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

spots arranged in a looped series of depressions along their narrow ventral sides,

Among the adult fish were Argyropelecus affinis, x known form allied to A. sladeni, the

latter a new species secured in the Chagos from 400 fathoms; Melanostomias valdivie

was also taken, an elongated little fish of blue-black metallic appearance, with two rows

of phosphorescent spots segmentally arranged along its lateral line and near its ventral

surface, and a long barbel with a phosphorescent bulb below its rather lantern-like

heavily-toothed mouth.

On the following morning we were in the middle of the passage between Farquhar

and Cape Amber. A sounding gave 1818 fathoms, a previous one to the north having

given 1858 fathoms. Further south, near the Cape, there were already two soundings

of 1478 and 1750 fathoms, so that it was obvious that there could be no close connection

of the islands to Madagascar. Here Capt. Somerville swung the ship for variation,

finding that the compass pointed 8° 38' west of north, a variation of 8° 38’ W. This was

interesting as being nearly the same as that which he found off Mauritius, nearly 10° to

the south, while in almost the same latitude east of the Saya de Malha Bank he got

4° 59' W.* Probably the difference was due to purely local conditions, perhaps the

large land-mass of Madagascar, or perhaps some peculiarity of the rock beneath the

sea. In respect to the latter, it is interesting to remember that the variation (not only

horizontal, but also vertical) was especially carefully examined at Funafuti by Capt.

(now Rear-Admiral) A. M. Field, with a view to finding where rocks, other than lime-

stones, most nearly approached the surface, so that if possible a boring might be made

on the spot. The results were encouraging, but the conditions were such that the

lagoon-boring had to be made elsewhere. It will be obvious, though, that any future

boring should be preceded by a proper magnetic survey of the atoll selected.

On the afternoon of the same day we sighted Farquhar, passing round on the west

side of its reefs to our anchorage just outside the passage round the west point of North

Island. The bank has no land to the south-west, and of six little islands to the north-

west which existed in 1878, only three are now found, the others having been gradually

swept away. ‘To the south-west we saw upon the reef the wreck of the ‘ Hardwick Hall,’ —

and to the north-west that of the ‘ Aymestry, two fine steamers, victims probably of

the strong currents or of the peculiar variation in this part of the ocean. To the

north-west we passed over a shallow bank, where the 100-fathom line extends out for four

or five miles from the surface-reef. We had leadsmen in the chains, and for three miles

the bottom, varying from 7 to 12 fathoms in depth, was clearly visible. It appeared to

consist almost entirely of bare white sand or mud, with patches of weed and soft corals,

only one clump of true reef-building coral being seen at a depth of 47 feet as we passed

off its northern edge.

We remained at Farquhar for three days, during two of which Cooper with

Mr. Alexander went to examine and to run a section of South Island, while Gardiner

ran a section off the reef to the north and examined North Island. The third day we

* These facts illustrate the value of such observations to navigation, The variation also changes slightly year by

year, and probably it would repay maritime nations to employ vessels constantly on this work.

eer te

’

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 143

both devoted to the lagoon and reefs, but did not attempt to collect over them. Fletcher

and Dr. Simpson were indefatigable in collecting the land-animals and plants, and we

ourselves also secured a large number of specimens. Every night while at anchor near

the passage we put out plankton-nets each hour. The spring-tides were then running,

a fact which makes these collections especially valuable as indicating to some degree

the extent to which mud in suspension is carried out of the lagoon. The atoll was

partially planted about 20 years ago by Capt. Spurs, but recently the whole has been

bought by Mr. Souchon of Mauritius, whose manager, Mr. Rey, received us most

cordially and gave us every facility at his disposal. South Island was still untouched,

Fig. 37.

View looking east from top of dune on South Island, Farquhar.

Observe reef-flat, sand-shore with clumps of Pemphis and Scevola in foreground.

so that its flora should, perhaps, be more particularly considered later on. The coral-

formations in view of Aldabra, Cosmoledo, Assumption, and Astove, which lie to the

west on about the same line of latitude, will likewise receive a more special description.

The general character of Farquhar may best be seen by reference to the chart (fig. 36).

Its special feature as compared with other atoll-banks was the peculiarly restricted and

shallow nature of its lagoon. Indeed, it only consists of pools of water varying up to

8 or 9 fathoms in depth with bare sandy bottoms, having here and there isolated masses

or shoals of coral-formation. The greater part reaches the low-tide level and is covered

with sand, having the same grass-like weed (Cymodocea) found at Coetivy. This part is

joined to the northern reef-edge (which is quite similar to that off other coral-reefs) by

an area of great heads of Heliopora, with crevices of 1 to 3 fathoms deep, the whole

SECOND SERIES.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 21

144 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

area resembling somewhat the tidal pool found in the main island at Funafuti before

its elevation *. The land, once probably much more extensive, is now almost entirely

of sand formation, with dunes varying up to 75 feet in height. Probably, as suggested

in the ‘ Admiralty Sailing Directions,’ it practically owes its existence to elevation, but

the evidence on the spot was not very clear. Although the islands are so close to

Madagascar, the plants were again the same as those at Chagos and Coetivy. The —

coconuts of North Island had been nearly all blown down by a hurricane in 1893, but

were still growing, having bent up through an angle of 90°, leaving 10 to 15 feet of

their stems lying prone on the ground. Near them were great groves of Casuarina, and

some of the land had been cleared for maize. The land animals of course followed the

Fig. 38.

Sand-dune on South Island, Farquhar. Tournefortia bushes to right.

plants, doves ( Turtur picturatus) being additions near the settlement and brilliant green

lizards in the groves of papaya which had run wild in North Island.

The islands have a population of about 130 people (56 males), all settled in a single

village near the anchorage. They work partially on the coconut-plantations of the

north half of North Island, which they are extending, but go out also in pirogues for

fish and turtle. Formerly the latter were very abundant, but now are gradually

decreasing in number. No doubt they are preyed on by sharks and rays to a considerable

extent, but their greatest enemy is man, who kills them just as they come up to breed.

According to the manager, Mr. Rey, the shelled variety often returns to the same spot

on the beach three or four times before it lays its eggs, and few escape after the second

* Vide Gardiner, loc. cit.; also ‘The Atoll of Funafuti,” Trans. Roy. Soc. (1904).

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 145

visit. The adults also remain for some weeks on the bank browsing on the “ grass,”

and here again they are open to attack. After laying their eggs they disappear and are

said to go off to sea; but this is doubtful, although we did meet with isolated animals

far from any land or reef. At present new areas are being opened up and a fair

supply of shell is still obtained for commerce. Sooner or later the shelled form will have

to be preserved and its young looked after in its early stages, or even grown up to

profitable size, which fortunately is an easy matter.

We were asked to look at another organism of possible economic value, the black-

lipped oyster (Margaritifera margaritifera), the shells of which are used largely for

buttons and inlay work. They are found scattered over the whole of the lagoon with

isolated specimens on the reef. In the latter position they often get so grown over by

corals and other growths that they become part of the reef itself, just capable of

opening their shells sufficiently to allow a current of water to be created by their gills

to bring them food. In the Cymodocea they do not flourish, the only specimens found

there lying loose upon their sides and having their shells almost clean. As their

normal position of attachment is with the free edges of their shells upright, they

certainly owed their presence there to currents, which had carried them off certain

barer areas where they seemed to flourish. These areas were mostly patches, where

' the Cymodocea seemed unable to root itself properly on account of the ground being

— a Yo

relatively hard, owing to abundant stones in the mud; these gave points of attachment

for the oysters, which were upright, firmly attached, and healthy, in spite of being

overgrown by every kind of sedentary organism to be found on reefs. Most of the shells

were bored into by alge and sponges; some showed quite arborescent growths through

_ the nacre, but in few was it really damaged. A few pearls of small value were found

— in some, but this is a point of little importance, as their value in this type of fishery is

only about a fifth of that of the shells. So far as we could see, fine sand appeared

to make but little difference to the oysters. The real reason why they were not much

more abundant appeared to be that their spat could not find fixed objects for attachment.

_ It seemed to us to be due to the greater ease of attachment that we found the oysters

in areas free of grass. Indeed, we are inclined to suggest that artificial areas for

attachment might be erected and certain pools marked off and kept expressly for

spawning. The chief enemies of the spat are rays, but this danger could be probably

overcome by taking large spawning shells into one of the barachois of South Island and

keeping them there surrounded by hurdles, on which the spat might affix itself. For

_ this purpose the barachois might have to be barred up, as is done for fish-preservation

the hurdles would of course be transferred to the main lagoon of the atoll.

We left Farquhar at dawn on Oct. 2 for Providence reef, about 40 miles to the

north (fig. 39). On our way we took serial temperatures down to 400 fathoms, and

_ sounded in order to fill some blanks on the chart, getting depths of 867, 890, 876, and

613 fathoms on a bottom formed mainly of broken coral and shell. The same evening

we anchored to the south-west of the bank, and spent an uncomfortable night on

account of the swell which came sweeping round its end. Plankton-nets were placed

ref Be

146 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

out, but the water, which passed through them, had come over the reef and was almost —

bare of life. The whole bank has much the same appearance as the main bank of

Cargados Carajos, but is less convex to the east and has no off-lying reefs or shoals,

[t is 24 miles long in a north and south direction by 5 miles at its broadest part.

To the north is a single island known as Providence, richly planted with coconuts and

Fig. 39.

3 2? ;

= vidence I.

69 *

822

Di Ges 73

pissy 1.

Y jpse

“=* St Pierre I.

288

P Sea Miles

Providence and St. Pierre (after the Admiralty chart, with additions by H.M.S. Sealark).

D 1-12, dredgings of H.M.8. Sealark. (The Cerf Islands are not corrected.)

having a settlement of workmen from the Seychelles. At intervals are sandbanks along

the western half of the reef, mostly covered over at high tide, culminating to the south

in eight sandy islets known collectively as Iles aux Cerfs.

The following day Cooper dredged off Iles aux Cerfs, while Capt. Somerville, Gardiner,

and Fletcher landed. the first to secure magnetic observations both for variation

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 147

(declination) and dip (inclination). The reef in this position is about 3 miles broad, of

which the islets and sandbanks occupy the central mile. Six of them lie in a line in

the western 700 yards of this area, with spits and sandbanks to the east, in which

direction also lay two other islets separated by narrow channels. All consist of sand

formed largely of foraminifera, Orbitolites being very prevalent. With this is a large

quantity of Cymodocea, which forms low cliffs to the east. These islands are nowhere

more than 4 feet above the tide-level, their sand being too heavy to be much wind-blown.

In some islands there are pools shut off from the sea by sand piled up along their

eastern sides by storms, to which, indeed, the islands probably owe their origin. To

the west they have steep beaches and are perhaps gradually wasting away. Except for

its greater breadth, the east reef was the same as the east reef of Coetivy. The west

reef was likewise similar to that on the west side of Coetivy, but supported less life and

had a still less marked seaward edge. Seven of the islets had vegetation very similar to

that of Cargados, 19 plants being recorded, of which the coconut and Casuarina were

introduced forms: in most it was very patchy, only the two eastern islets being at all

well covered, a gorgeous Hibiscus and a bean giving pleasing patches of yellow. Grey

herons (Ardea cinerea) were breeding in numbers on the taller Scevola clumps, forming

large nests of twigs, each with three light blue eggs. On one island was a curing-

station for fish and turtle, then uninhabited, round which we got a few beetles, the only

other insect-life consisting of three kinds of moths and a similar number of cockroaches.

Cooper’s dredging did not at first sight seem to be a great success, but the most

important haul of the cruise was certainly taken on that day. A start was made ina

direction west from the reef with the idea of running a line of dredgings to ascertain the

depth and the nature of the bottom on its slope. The second haul with a rather large

and light trawl failed to reach the bottom on account of the strong under-current setting

outwards, and on the third our largest dredge was lost, probably meeting some rock. In

the fourth, let down in 744 fathoms and travelling westwards, a weighted trawl was used

and secured about half a ton of rocks and mud. The latter was in sticky, semi-

consolidated masses, and appeared to be largely formed of ash. The stones were of three

kinds: (1) manganese nodules, formed round nuclei of mud; (2) consolidated mud; and

(3) a few pieces of coral-rock from the reef above, coated with manganese. All are now

in the able hands of Dr. Flett, and will, we hope, form the subject of a special report.

The dredging was a very peculiar one, because round coral-islands the bottom is

invariably covered at such a depth with masses of coral-rock or with coral-mud. Off

the coral-atolls of the Pacific Ocean there would certainly be a soft deposit, into which a

sounding-tube would be driven for several inches. That a large quantity of mud is

formed off Providence was obvious to us from the milkiness of the water, and we can

only conclude that its absence here was due to strong under-currents, either directly

outwards from the reef or passing along the same. This view was supported by most of

the rock coming up with a polished surface, to which were attached worms and hydroids,

belonging to forms which do not exist on mud. Another interesting feature was the fact

that the manganese of one of the nodules was 1 to 2 inches in thickness, proving that it

must have lain exposed on the bottom for a long period of time. It is premature,

148 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

perhaps, to suggest that here we have secured specimens, exposed by under-currents, of

the mound on which Providence is situated, and that we have possibly obtained the

first definite evidence of the nature of the foundation on which a regular and typical

coral-reef has come into existence.

On Oct. 4 we put nine dredgings down to 200 fathoms along the western side of. the

reef up to Providence Island, off which we anchored for the night. Our hauls in

200 fathoms were abortive, proving only the barrenness of the ground. Then on going

into about 75 fathoms we secured a fine series of Aleyonaria with a few solitary corals

and other sedentary animals. In addition, at 50 fathoms flat incrusting calcareous algee

(Squamariaceze) were common. The colours of the Gorgonians were striking, as were

also the perfect adaptations to them of the ophiurids, crinoids, and crabs that live on

their branches. The slope had no “steep” such as one usually finds off coral-reefs, but

fell very gently to 20 fathoms and then rather more steeply to over 300 fathoms.

Foraminiferal sand was secured above 25 fathoms and coral-mud below 50 fathoms, both

with masses of coral-rock. Finally, on the following day we ended up with a dredging

off the north-west of the reef in 665 fathoms, securing two species of prawns, and a

manganese-covered corner off a large mass of coral-rock, on which we were caught up

for some time *.

We next sailed to St. Pierre, which lies 17 miles to the west of the Providence

reef, getting on the way a sounding of 1088 fathoms (fig. 39). From the sea St. Pierre

presents an appearance remarkably like one of the Tongan or Fijian raised coral-islets.

It is surrounded by perpendicular or overhanging cliffs, varying up to about 30 feet in

height. A sandy spot to the north-west allowed us to land with Capt. Somerville. As

we went ashore, we passed over a flat of about 40 yards in breadth, formed of bare —

coral-rock and sand with patches of sponges and Aleyonarians. On landing we examined

first the rock, and found it to be perfectly solidified and consolidated all over the island, —

and to consist mainly of corals bound together by sand. The corals were of the regular

reef species, with much Favia and Madrepora. A great part of the rock, especially near.

the surface, is very crystalline, masses of clear crystals often radiating from the coral-

branches. Much of the sand between was hardened into rock and reddened by guano

and humus, some of it being very rich in phosphates, while the soil above consisted

mostly of guano and vegetable mould +.

A closer inspection confirmed the existence all round the island of cliffs, with caves

driven in underneath for 10 to 25 yards. All the rock near the sea is pointed and pitted,

showing that it has been weathered greatly. Its maximum height above the sea is

about 40 feet, and this, added to the difference of tides (about 8 feet), gives 48 feet

definite elevation. If to this we add loss by rain, erosion, &c., we cannot suppose the

* Providence, like all the islands except Farquhar, Coetivy, and Cargados, is under the Seychelles Government.

The island belongs to an Indian firm in Mahé and is under a half-caste manager. The coconuts are too closely —

planted for the greatest profit. According to Horsburgh (loc, cit. p. 124), even a hundred years ago it was covered

with coconuts and other trees. }

+ St. Pierre has been taken in hand since our return to England and is now being regularly exploited for guano,

of which it is supposed to have about a quarter of a million tons of payable quality.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 149

elevation to have been less than about 80 feet. The island, however, proved to be

decidedly lower in the centre than on the sides, indeed quite basin-like, with its highest

points on the rim, about 20 yards back from the cliffs. Further, there is a shelf at the

low-tide level of 40 to 60 yards in breadth, which we can only regard as having been

formed by the action of the waves on the land behind. This gives an additional diameter

to the island of 100 yards in any line, and it may be that some of its higher parts have

been removed. In fact, before elevation we could picture an atoll about a mile in

diameter, its rim awash, enclosing a small lagoon of at least 5 to 6 fathoms in depth.

Fig. 40.

View on the shore at St. Pierre.

Rough coral-rock with bushes of Pemphis acidula and boobies (Sula piscator) overhead.

At most parts the cliffs are crowned with old gnarled bushes of Pemphis (fig. 40).

Inside is a dense mass of small trees— Hibiscus, with masses of red flowers; Pésonia,

with stunted stems never able to reach above the general level of 20 feet or so; and the

_ tanghain, the famous poison-tree of Malagasy natives. The latter presented an extra-

ordinary spectacle as of a forest of bare stems; it is completely deciduous, while most

tropical trees gradually lose and replace their leaves. Other plants were of the regular

- species which can stand the guano. Of birds, the booby (Sw/a piscator) was breeding in

_ every tree, an immense guano-forming colony.

After steaming around St. Pierre and sounding on each side, proving only the

existence of particularly steep slopes, we proceeded to run a line of soundings to

_ Alphonse, which with Frangois and Bijoutier forms a little group, 150 miles to the north

of Providence. Unfortunately at the second sounding the machine which we were using,

an old one on the starboard bow, split one of its sides off when reeling in after a sounding

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fig. 41.

570 .

brk.crl been.

26 440 brk.crl

E255.

oe ee Lad

f THO eo,

3° African [>

ott

Sus

Gt 24-23. 598

brk.sh.

10 ns :

199 _ /¥'Marie Louise I.

% 87.

Amirante Bank (from the Admiralty chart),

E 1-16 and 19-27, dredgings and course of H.M.8, Sealark.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. idl

of 2170 fathoms, 44 miles north of Providence reef. As the machine on the port side of

the Sealark had broken down earlier in the cruise, this accident left us dependent on

a small hand-machine situated aft, and we were obliged to abandon all further deep

sounding for ten days, being meantime severely handicapped in dredging on account of

the slow rate of sounding. At the time it threw some hours on our hands, since we did

not wish to arrive in the night, and so enabled us to take a few hauls of the pelagic

fauna in spite of the heavy sea running. We arrived at Alphonse on Oct. 7, and as we

expected to spend Sunday, Oct. 8, there, did not go ashore. Mr. Alexander and the

doctor, however, went off in a steamboat, bringing us back specimens of its rocks, It

was fortunate they did so, as our first anchorage to the south-east proved so dangerous

_ that we had to shift, losing an anchor in the process owing to the rough nature of the

bottom. Our second position in the passage to the south between Alphonse and Bijoutier

was no happier, as, when the tide began to turn between 5 and 6 o'clock, we experienced

a rapid change of current. It was preceded by a series of short, steep waves, twice

repeated, which, had it not been for the coxswain, would have swamped the steamboat, at

that time made fast to the boom. We let out more cable, but soon began to drag ;

finally, as darkness came on, we drifted into deep water to the east, where we lay-to,

steaming dead slow head to wind, as we wanted to swing for variation in the morning.

It was a disappointment, but the rocks secured left no doubt but that Alphonse was

simply a sandbank, probably of wave and wind formation. Bijoutier and Frangois were

similar, and there were other banks awash on their reef. Within the reef to the south

of Alphonse Mr. Alexander found a large lagoon of 6 to 7 fathoms in depth, and the

half-caste manager of the island, who came off to us in a pirogue, confirmed the existence

of a similar lagoon between Bijoutier and Francois. The islands belong to the same firm

as Providence.

At dawn on Oct. 9 we found ourselves to the south of Poivre in the Amirante Group,

having decided to avoid Marie Louise and de Neuf, its southern islands, owing to their

lack of suitable anchorage, the only one offering any protection having been ruined by a

guano-steamer, which took fire and foundered. That day was devoted to dredging on

the bank, mostly in about 30 fathoms, the ship finally coming to anchor in the

evening off Poivre Island (fig. 41; see Pl. 18).

In the morning we went ashore with the doctor and paymaster, passing over a shallow

stretch to the north-west of the island, mainly sand with patches of weed and a few coral

colonies. To the north of the northern island we found a rather tortuous passage to the

‘settlement overa broad reef. It was low tide and we wandered over the flat, examining

a series of rocks, which extended along in lines more or less parallel to the present shore.

They were all of sand and coral formation, reddened by guano and partially recrystallised.

No doubt they were once part of the island, which must in this position have lost a

breadth of upwards of 100 yards. At the base of one rock we were interested to observe

a large stickleback (Lstwlavia), which was darting in and out of the rock, using its pipe-

like mouth for seizing the worms as they pushed out their heads. The settlement behind

was of the poorest description, under a half-caste, though the islands were as rich in

coconuts as any we saw on the cruise. The whole was overshadowed by a high clump of

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 22

152 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

bois blane (Hernandea peltata), while casuarinas grew everywhere along the shore.

Under the coconuts was a pleasing undergrowth of papayas, acacias, castor-oil plants,

and ferns, the first occurrence of the latter in any abundance since leaving the Chagos.

The land was all formed of loose sand with some coral below, its surface being hardened

for a few inches into stone, called pavier, a variety of tuffe.

While the tide was still low we passed to the southern island over a sand-flat, —

singularly barren save for vast numbers of the black teat-fish, one of the best of

Holothurians for making trepang. As we were caught by the tide, we necessarily had

time to thoroughly explore the island, finding it in structure little different to its fellow.

——_—__F Seg Miles

Darros and St. Joseph Atoll, Amirante Group. E 14-16, dredgings of H.M.S. Sealark.

It consists of three finger-shaped points tapering to the north with deep bays between,

and was formed probably by the heaping-up of three sandbanks successively from eas

to west, a fourth at the south subsequently connecting them. The westward bank is sti

broadening on its somewhat narrow reef, while the eastern is washing away, having“to

seaward a broad reef-flat covered with masses of rock (dipping to the west) and loos

corals worn out of the same. Probably these about balance, while elsewhere there i

little change, though the sand has consolidated into rock near the entrances of the bays.

Marine life was everywhere scarce. <A solitary mangrove was growing in one of the

bays, the sole attempt on the part of this plant to establish itself on any of the coral-

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 153

islands we visited, though there are great groves in the Maldives. Land-collecting with

the sun overhead was tiring work and monotonous, as there were the same classes of

animals and plants as found in all the other islands, our only unusual forms being a

land-shell of microscopical size and the green lizard previously obtained at Farquhar.

After a successful day’s dredging on the edge of the bank, we anchored to the north

of Darros, remaining for two nights. This island, about a mile in length, is a mass of

sand and small fragments of coral, piled up by the waves almost to the edge of an oval-

shaped reef. ‘To the north was a low casuarina-covered dune, on which the settlement

was placed. Against the sea was a thick belt of the usual scrub with a few small

coconuts behind ; inside it had evidently been burnt. “ A thirsty and dry land where

_ no water is.”

St. Joseph, which is separated from Darros by a channel of about 4 cables breadth,

_ was a day’s excursion. It is an oval-shaped atoll about 33} miles long by 2 broad, with

eight islets on its rim; the lagoon is a pool in the centre with 1 to 4 fathoms of water,

13 miles long by } broad, surrounded by bare muddy flats leading to the lands. We

went off in the steamboat, but had to crowd into the skiff, the passage not being

sufficiently deep for her to enter. Crossing the west reef, we found outside a certain

amount of branching coral and coral-heads, with much weed, sponge, and soft corals.

This gradually merged into the reef, which at its very indefinite edge was a mass of

grass (Cymodocea) holding the sand together at its roots. Its surface behind was all

grass up to the lagoon, with sandy pools of 3 to 6 feet deep, their sides held up by roots.

It resembled that of Farquhar and Coetivy, but with Cymodocea still more dominant.

The islands could all be visited from any point by wading. They were all sand

merging into similar reefs outside and mud-flats within. The first one visited was

_ Fouquet, which we could see was washing away on its lagoon side. It was planted all

_ over with coconuts, but the most remarkable surface-feature about it was the extraordinary

- quantity of small cockle-shells everywhere, even forming up to 50 per cent. of its

- outgrowing seaward shore. A vast number of black ‘foquet” (Puffinus tenuirostris)

had made it their home. ‘They build their nests in the ground, sometimes under heaps

_ of coconut-leaves, but more often in oval burrows excavated in the sand, which they

make by scraping with the feet, the curved beak assisting by digging and pulling out

_ roots and small stones. The end part is rather more hollowed out, and in it a single

_ white egg is laid. The bird will not leave easily; when disturbed it rushes over the

_ ground with wings outspread, but does not rise until at the edge of the beach, where it

~ ean get a good “ take off.”

Wading to St. Joseph Island we made a detour to avoid the current-swept channel

around its east end, where the settlement is placed. On our way we picked up several

_ black-lipped mother-of-pearl shells, and large numbers of tiger and other cowries, which

q were in great demand on board. We then zigzagged along St. Joseph, which has no hills

_ or dunes such as were shown on the chart. It was formed of sand, as, indeed, were all the

islands, with small coral- and shell-fragments piled up by the waves, no part being more

than 6 or 7 feet above the high-tide level. In some places to seaward it was washing

away, but on the whole would appear to be growing outwards. The lagoon side is all

22*

154, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

covered with Pemphis, many dead stumps standing in the water and indicating loss.

The loop at the south end is now more definitely a barachois, and behind in the land we

found a slime-covered pool, round which snipe were feeding. Tracing from this we

could see how the present island of St. Joseph was formed by the junction of two islets,

and it was obvious that a third, Benjamin, would, under present conditions, soon join

up*. St. Joseph is covered with tall coconuts, some of which were weighted down and

killed by the large nests of Pelecanus crispus, of which there was a numerous colony.

How far this bird is a wanderer we do not know. It was its breeding-season, and we

saw plenty on the reefs and in the lagoon of the atoll. None, however, were to be seen

at Darros or any of the other reefs of the Amirantes that we visited. Another common

Fig. 43.

St. Joseph, Amirante Group. View of east shore of Pelican Island, showing five former beaches.

bird, likewise breeding, was the booby (Sula piscator), found so abundantly before at

St. Pierre, and wandering daily from St. Joseph over every reef in the group.

Approaching the north-east of Pelican Island we came across a sand-flat with five

lines of sandstone, parallel to the beach behind, and showing former beaches which had

been washed away one after another (fig. 43). The whole island has quite changed since

the chart was made in 1882. and is gradually disappearing, as evidenced in its steep

beaches with small cliffs of 2 to 4 feet. Its south end was a mass of puffin-holes, into

which one plunged at every step. Chien and Cascassaye are wasting on their lagoon

* It is possible that Benjamin was once part of St. Joseph. The latter island was then washed through, while

now it is apparently joining up again.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 155

faces, but growing as fast to seaward. Poule still exists as a patch of sand with two

conspicuous bushes. Our last visit was to Ressource, where we found the greater part

of its southern spit gone, while two great accumulations of sand to the north-west had

increased its size considerably.

In the lagoon we took a series of soundings, finding a sandy bottom. There were a

few coral-patches, noticeably one in the centre. ‘They were not conspicuous, being

mostly round masses of Porites or Goniastrea with branching Pocillopora and Stylophora.

The heads were healthy on the surface, but underneath were rotten with boring

organisms. Many had fallen owing to their own weight, and were being broken wp into

little fragments, which would be triturated up into fine mud by the very abundant

Holothurians and other sand-feeders. This then would be removed by the tides, so that

the lagoon would be in nowise filled in by their means.

Off Darros we took two successful dredgings in 35 to 40 fathoms, and then proceeded

south so as to run a line of soundings due east from the Amirante Bank to the entrance

of Desroches, which is really a submerged atoll save for the reef and island of the same

name on its southern rim. The distance between its 100-fathom line and that of the

Amirante Bank proved to be less than 8 miles. We got soundings of 24, 24, and 23

fathoms, and then in less than a mile dropped off to 588 fathoms, getting 874 fathoms

in the middle of the passage and apparently almost as steep a rise against Desroches.

We entered through the west passage, passing across the lagoon, which is singularly

free from shoals, and anchored off the island, where we spent two clear days.

The island of Desroches is about 3} miles long by 500 to 800 yards broad, lying

almost east and west. It is hollowed out into small bays with outstanding points to the

south, where the shore is largely formed of beach sandstone and there is a wide reef.

At the east end there has been some loss, hut it is not so extensive as to the west, where

the beach ends in a marked cliff on either side of a long point, which continues the

seaward beach of the island on to the reef. Off it beach sandstone forms a ridge,

gradually decreasing in height for 300 yards further westwards on the reef-flat. The

loss at present visible at this end is about 600 yards and may have been much more.

How far the land ever extended over the existing reef it is difficult to estimate, but the

appearance of the whole rather suggests that it was once almost coterminous with the

edge of the broad weed-covered reef-flat to the south, east and west. This reef-flat bends

round the ends of the island and is growing along the north side, but still leaves an

open coast for about a mile in the centre, where only patches of coral are found. Here

the shore is continually growing further and further out, any loss to the south being

more than counterbalanced by this gain.

The settlement was situated in the centre of the north side of the island, and consisted

of about 30 men employed in preparing coconut-oil. Everything was of the most

primitive condition and in decay, a pleasing island, zoologically speaking. Behind the

houses is a great clump of Hernandea and Barringtonia, and from them radiate avenues

of Casuarina towards each end of the island. These were planted, we were told, about

70 years ago, after which the island was abandoned. Sowing themselves the casuarinas

soon covered almost the whole island, until a fresh settlement was made about 1880,

156 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

when coconuts were planted. This was abandoned too, and it is only now that the

casuarinas are being cut down and the island properly treated. Even yet they form an ~

enormous clump at the west end and extend along the whole south side to the village, —

with further clumps to the east point. Below them the ground has the smell

and appearance of a pine-forest. Little grows, and there is no doubt but that the

indigenous flora and fauna have been for the most part killed out. The soil is all a rich’

red sand, mostly consolidated into tuffe. The water tastes of phosphates, but although

well retained in these semi-guano lands. The animals and plants presented no striking

novelties in species, but, of course, many of the insects were pupating in the drought.

Fig. 44.

—

, iS. Mm Are

an i Desraches

Desroches Atoll (from the Admiralty chart). E17 and 18, dredgings of H.M.S. Sealark.

Scale: 4 miles = 1 inch.

Doves, partridges, and finches had gone wild, as also some cats and rabbits. As in-

Egmont, wading-birds at the least alarm seemed at once to take to the trees. ty

We left Desroches on Monday, October 16th, at dawn, and in leaving the atoll took

four dredgings, two of which, on account of its steep slope, did not reach the bottom. |

A haul at 280 fathoms was more successful, yielding a very similar fauna to that off —

Salomon. We then carried on off the north of the bank until night, with pelagic nets

to round off our series for distribution. On the last haul our large net was carried away

by some fish. Thanks to Mr. Beer’s energy, our sounding-machine had been repaired, —

and we were again able to sound during the night. At dawn we picked up Remire,

an atoll-reef without land on the north-east edge of the Amirante Bank. After some q

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 157

difficulty in finding the 100-fathom line, on account of the steepness of the slope, we

attempted to dredge. Opposite the centre of Remire we found a hard sandy bottom

at 180 fathoms, practically without life, but then further north we got into rough coral

ground, in which we lost a dredge, breaking up a second, but securing some coral-

rubble evidently swept out off the reef above. We then dredged round in shallow water

to Eagle Island, to the north of which we anchored at mid-day, going ashore soon

afterwards.

Eagle is a round island, about half a mile in diameter, situated on a flat reef about

200 yards wide, broken only in one place to the north. The land is entirely formed of

sand-rock. The shore is sandy with layers of beach sandstone. In most parts it ends in

a small sand-cliff above, but in some situations in a wall of tuffe-rock 8 to 12 feet high

Fig. 45,

Shore-cliffs of Eagle Island, Amirante Group, with sandy beach below.

(fig. 45). The land behind this cliff is a few feet higher than that in the centre of the

island, but is nowhere more than 16 feet above the level of the reef-flat. Undoubtedly

the island was once much larger, but the whole question of the formation and history

of all these islands is one which will have to be dealt with later. For the most part

the surface presents a bare flat of rock much broken up by the guano-workings. There

are as yet no high trees and the shrubs are as small and stunted as at Cargados. A few

coconuts have been planted to the north in the last ten years, but it is only recently

that the last of the guano has been removed and the island let for cultivation. A clump

of screw-pines (Pandanus Balfouri) in the centre of the island was an unusual feature,

this genus of plants, so common in the Maldives and the islands of the Pacific,

apparently having been introduced into the coral-islands of the Western Indian Ocean,

158 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

though its light fibrous fruit is generally supposed to be particularly suitable for

transport.

We had one day’s more dredging on the Amirante Bank before we finally steamed

round the north of the African Islands on our course to the Seychelles. It was a

wretchedly unsatisfactory day with heavy rain-squalls, but to a certain degree rounded

off our work on the bank. So far as organisms were concerned it yielded nothing new,

but it gave indications of much more vigorous coral-life than in the south part of the

bank. Lithothamnia and flat incrusting calcareous alge (Squamariaceze) were very

abundant down to 40 fathoms, acting as consolidating organisms. The seaward slope of

the bank to the north of African Islands was almost entirely formed of coral-blocks and

as steep as any slope we met with on the cruise. North African Island, so far as we

could see from the ship, appeared not dissimilar to Eagle Island, having much weathered

sand-rock, perhaps due to elevation.

From the Amirantes we set a course towards Bird Island, Seychelles, putting down a

few soundings and taking serial temperatures en route. On the night of October 19th

ol tkh 31

3. Ss

33 ar 8

: psec Ti

North part of Seychelles Bank with Bird and Dennis Islands. F 1-9, dredgings of H.M.S. Sealark.

we anchored to the west of Bird, where there is a considerable bank within the

10-fathom line. It was formerly a guano island, but now the cream of its deposits has

been quite skimmed and it has been relegated to coconuts. About its formation there

is no doubt, the whole being low and very definitely coralline, the beaches pure coral-

sand, and the deposits in the neighbourhood pure carbonate of lime. In this it resembles

Dennis Island, which lies about 27 miles further east. Together they share the

distinction of being the only lands on the rim of the Seychelles Bank, the other

27 islands lying close together in its centre. They were both discovered about 1778,

and were then covered with iand-tortoises, sirenians, and birds. ‘The tortoise was

doubtless Testudo elephantina, now found only in Aldabra, and the birds were probably

mainly Sula piscator, now so common in St. Pierre. The ‘*Vaches Marines,” often

referred to in connection particularly with Dennis, can only have been a species of

dugong (Halicore), but there is no record of their occurrence in the group within the

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 159

memory of man. We saw the manager of Bird, and subsequently people who knew

both islands well. Their descriptions showed that they were mainly of sand-formation

with resemblances to Eagle and African Islands. We visited neither, as time was

peculiarly valuable, owing to our work in the main islands, and as we did not get any

indications which led us to believe that we could settle whether their mode of formation

was by upheaval, or by piling-up of sand on coral-shoals, or by other means. It is

particularly interesting to note that not only are they the only islands on the rim of the

bank, but that their reefs are the only ones on the rim which reach the surface.

Leaving Bird we had a long day’s dredging round its west and south sides, ending up

by a series of hauls on the edge of the bank between it and Dennis. These showed a

rough area, rich in corals, at 20-30 fathoms to the west of Bird, while to the south

there was coral and algal rubble, tailing into hard sand with plenty of dead Cycloseris

and living Heteropsammia, the latter each with an associated Aspidosiphon in its base.

In the passage towards Dennis at 34 to 44 fathoms we found a similar bottom of hard

sand, but with more weed, and in places small lumps of Lithothamnia and dead coral

incrusted with Squamariaceze. In five consecutive hauls we obtained as great a variety

of life as in any other five dredgings of the cruise. Attached animals were represented

by Polyzoa, Sponges, Gorgonians, Antipatharians, and Tunicates, while among free-

livers may be noticed Crinoids, Asteroids, and Echini, molluscs of many sorts, including

several Nudibranchs, and vast numbers of Crustacea. Turbellaria alone were absent, as,

indeed, they were from practically all the dredgings. A holothurian was brought up

with a Mierasfer and kept for some hours in a bucket, the little fish as it darted in and

out of the cloaca of the holothurian being an interesting sight to all. The only corals

obtained were the solitary Flabellum and Heteropsammia. Taken together the dredgings

must be held to indicate the absence of any well-defined edge to the bank between Bird

and Dennis, while the hard nature of the bottom shows the existence of not inconsiderable

currents between the two islands.

On arrival at Port Victoria, Mahé, on October 20th, we at once commenced to prepare

for our work on the lands and reefs of the Seychelles. Our first four days, however,

were occupied in seeing after the collections made since leaving Coetivy, which were

very considerable, and in checking charts and in discussing various points with

Capt. Somerville and the officers of the Sealark. We also bade good-bye with great

regret to our messmates of the last six months, whose kindness had been unvarying.

His Excellency the Governor, W. E. Davidson, Esq., C.M.G., offered us hospitality and

placed a part of his house at our disposal, while Mr. H. A. Pare, of Messrs. Beatty,

Bergne, & Co., Engineers, procured us servants and collecting-“ boys,” and assisted us in

many ways. Mr. R. Dupont, the vigorous Director of the Botanic and Economic

Stations of the Group, advised us generally, showing us carefully the indigenous and

introduced plants on several short excursions. Our first acquaintance with the

indigenous jungle was with Fletcher over Morne Seychellois, the highest peak in the

group, 2993 feet, on which we got lost for several hours. We then had two days also

with Fletcher on the islets and reefs off Port Victoria, 7. e. Cerf, Long, Mayenne, and

St. Anne. On October 29th we took advantage of the Governor’s visit to transfer our

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 23

160 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

quarters to Praslin, an island much less known and less collected than Mahé. Here we

remained for 17 days, camping on the coast in Cdte d’Or Bay by kind permission of

M. Bouton, Manager for M. Boullé.

Céte d’Or gives its name to the chief estate in Praslin, where the far-famed double

coconut or coco-de-mer (Lodoicea seychellarum) is found growing. It is perhaps the

noblest known palm, and it occurs in the wild state in Praslin only, being supposed to

have been transported to the neighbouring islet of Curieuse by human agency. Its

growth and natural history are too well-known to need any special description. The

nut takes about 3 years to germinate. The male tree bears its first flowering-spike

when about 45 years old and the female its first bunch when about 65 years. The nut

takes 7 to 9 years to ripen, remaining attached to the parent tree. It then falls and its

husk, which is relatively thin, splits off. Thus a generation takes 75 to 80 years. The

nuts themselves are of two kinds, the dividing-groove of the one form being straight,

the other branched in a Y-shaped manner. ‘These nuts are known respectively as the

male and female, being believed to give male and female trees, though this rests, so far

as we could ascertain, on no direct evidence. In the storehouse at Céte d’Or, M. Bouton

showed us 337 nuts, of which he classified 182 as belonging to the first kind and 155 to

the second, there being no intermediates. Both kinds are said, and indeed appeared

to us, to grow on the same tree, but it is uncertain whether they hang on the same

bunches. Nuts which were shown to us as fertile are incapable of floating in sea-water,

while dead nuts commonly float. This fact prevents the tree from being transported to

other lands, even the nearest. Supposing the tree to have been originally ocean-borne

to the Island of Praslin from some other land, it must have had a much lighter nut.

It would then have acquired on the steep slopes of Praslin its great weight and

probably size as well, these putting an end to its power of being further dispersed.

Praslin itself is entirely of granitic formation, as, indeed, are all the other islands on

the centre of the Seychelles Bank*. This granite, together with that of Mahé,

Silhouette, and other islands, will form the subject of a separate Report by Dr. Flett.

The land fauna and flora of the Seychelles and their interrelations will likewise have to

be considered subsequently in dealing with the question of their original peopling with

animals and plants. So far as possible we collected the fauna of Praslin and studied it

in relation to the vegetation of that island, but our results were disappointing, as nearly

all parts of the island seemed to have been devastated at some time or other by forest-

fires. Further, we found no area of more than a few acres which had not formerly

been cleared for economic products. Lastly, the maximum height of Praslin is only

1261 feet, and it is hence much drier than the more elevated islands of Mahé (2993 feet)

and Silhouette (2467 feet). Our stay also was at the end of a long drought, which only

began to break after our return to the more western islands.

From Praslin we visited the neighbouring islands of La Digue, Round, Felicité,

Curieuse, N. Cousin, and 8. Cousin (Pl. 14). We also examined a number of the isolated

* Further information as to the geography, history, forests, and economic conditions of the Seychelles may be

obtained from “The Indian Ocean,” Geogr. Journ., Nov. 1906, pp. 456 et seg., and ‘ The Seychelles Archipelago,”

Geogr, Journ., Feb, 1907, pp. 148-174; both articles by the senior of us,

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION, 161

granitic masses which lie scattered in the seas of the vicinity, and such reefs or flats as

occur round the islands. A glance at the chart shows that these latter exist here and

there around all the granite-formed islands of the Seychelles, especially in bays. In

ordinary language it would be said that they generally possess scattered /ringing-reefs.

Where of any size, as off Céte d’Or and St. Anne’s Bay, both Praslin, and off La Digue,

parts which we especially examined, these reefs are, so to speak, supported by islets or

masses of granite in their edges or extending out within them for some distance from

the land; the same statement is also true of the reefs off the northern half of Mahé.

Their surfaces are covered over with several species of Cymodocea and large green alge.

At their seaward edges corals grow, but they are generally rather isolated and of

relatively small size. Lithothamnia practically do not enter into their composition, and

hence the well-consolidated and distinct edge, characteristic of what are usually termed

coral-reefs, is absent. Most have actually owed their origin to the piling up of

caleareous and siliceous sand in bays, or to the cutting down and removal of the

granite above the sea-level. They are not fringing-reefs in the ordinary acceptance of

the term, such as we found round most parts of Mauritius and such as commonly oceur

in tropical waters fringing continents or isolated volcanic and other islands, the slopes of

which tail off rapidly to some hundreds of fathoms. Praslin, Mahé, and the other

granitic islands of the Seychelles are mere peaks on the centre of a large bank, and their

flats at the low-tide level should rather be compared to the shore-flats round islets

within barrier-reefs, such as are frequently found in Fiji and other groups. In situation

they are similar to shoals within the lagoons of the Chagos Atolls, and to shoals and the

shore-reefs round islets within Maldivan lagoons *. These, however, have a different

origin, and the reefs round Mahé, &c., have no real homologues in the Indian Ocean,

Caution will hence have to be exercised in making any deductions from the presence on

or absence from them of any species or genera of animals or plants as compared to

other reefs +.

After our return to Mahé we visited North and Silhouette Islands. Cooper remained

on the latter for three weeks, occupying a house on the shore, placed at his disposal by

Mr. Chas. Dauban, who owns the island. He devoted himself particularly to an

examination of its physical and geological features, also searching unsuccessfully for

traces of the crocodiles stated to be formerly common on its shores. In five places

around its coast he found masses of coral attached to the granite at various heights up

to 30 feet above the sea, proving a recent elevation of the island of at least that amount.

Gardiner meantime explored Mahé, finding traces of a similar elevation as well as of an

earlier one of upwards of 200 feet.

We collected in both Silhouette and Mahé, but conditions were much more favourable

in the latter, as there were better tracks up to the jungles of Morne Seychellois

* Vide pp. 158-171 of ‘Fauna and Geogr. Maldives and Laccadives.’ Also “The Coral Reefs of Funafuti, &c.,”

Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 438-443 for a typical fringing-reef, and pp. 464-6 for a barrier-reef with

shore-flats round an island.

+ Before leaving Praslin we must express our obligations to Dr. Laidlaw and Mr. Tregarthen for assistauce on

that island.

23*

162 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(2993 feet), Mt. Harrison (2257 feet), and Mt. Sebert (1803 feet). Chateau Margot,

where H.E. the Governor has a country residence, proved an excellent collecting-station,

yielding among other animals a land-Nemertean (see p. 57, supra) as well as a Planarian,

The house is situated on the watershed at 1500 feet, halfway between Morne Seychellois

and Mt. Harrison, to both of which it has good paths. From there Gardiner went to

Cascade, the property of Mr. H. P. Thomasset, a most accomplished naturalist and

botanist, as well as the chief English planter in the Archipelago. He collected

daily over Mt, Harrison and Mt. Sebert with Mr. Thomasset, whose great knowledge

of the country and of the distribution and habits of its animals largely increased our

collections. His knowledge also of the plants, to which he has added many new species,

was invaluable, and we are also indebted to him for many specimens, separately

collected, of all groups of land-animals. Particular attention was paid to the smaller

Mollusca. Insects were, generally speaking, disappointing, the season not really being

damp enough for them.

Throughout our stay in the Seychelles our object in collecting land-animals was to

obtain those which belong to the indigenous jungle of the group, rather than those |

which live on the cultivated lower-lying lands, these seeming already sufficiently well

known. This jungle grows on the granite, and most of its plants belong to species and

many to genera peculiar to the Archipelago. Of most of its groups of animals we

believe that we obtained fairly representative collections, but the insects are so difficult

to collect in such isolated islands of the ocean that we fear we may have as yet secured

only a small sample of them. Little of this fauna, so far as insects are concerned,

would appear to have been known before our visit, if we may judge by Mr. Cameron’s

account of the Hymenoptera other than ants (see pp. 69-89). Twelve species were

known before our visit, of which we obtained 11, while we further secured 12 new

species, one the representative of a new genus. ‘To M. de Gaye we owe many specimens,

especially of Lepidoptera, and we have also received, since our return home, additional —

specimens from Mr. Thomasset and Mr. Dupont*. To these two gentlemen must be

ascribed whatever credit may be due for our collections in Mahé. Their knowledge

enabled us to start from a plane to which otherwise we could scarcely have expected to

attain in the time at our disposal for that island.

The arrival of the Messageries Maritimes Mail Steamer on December 8th brought the

fieldwork of the Expedition for the time being to an end. ‘To others belongs the duty

of passing judgment upon it. We are ourselves painfully conscious of its many

shortcomings. In particular we regretted leaving the Seychelles, as we then felt that in

endeavouring to collect its land-animals we had attempted a task quite beyond the time

at our disposal there. However, we still hope that we may be enabled to secure more

complete collections from that group before we address ourselves to the necessary task

oi working out its affinities to other lands.

* These gentlemen haye also visited Aldabra, from which they have also sent us specimens.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 163

Apprnpix A.—LIST OF THE DREDGING-STATIONS.

Tn addition to the dredgings mentioned below, there were a considerable number of

hauls in different localities between Mauritius and the Seychelles of which we kept

no record, as no specimens were secured, and they gave no information as to the nature

of the bottom, &c. The Chagos dredgings are not recorded in our list. There were

altogether seventeen hauls outside Salomon Atoll. They gave a good idea of the nature

of the bottom around it, though few specimens were secured. In addition, a considerable

number of dredgings were put down in the lagoons of Salomon, Diego Garcia, and

Egmont Atolls in connection with their formation. Their precise positions within these

lagoons we have not deemed it necessary to record. The positions of the dredgings

between Mauritius and the Seychelles are all marked on the maps of the different banks

visited and embodied in the “Summary” of our cruise. References are given under

each locality.

The dredges and trawls employed have already been described (p. 17). They

consisted of rectangular dredges with swords of 5, 4, 3, and 2 feet, triangular dredges

with swords of 4, 3°5, and 2°5 feet, and double-sided trawls of 9, 6, and 4°5 feet.

The positions of the dredgings will be seen by reference to the text of Part IT. of this

Report, figs. 25, 28, 31, 39, 41, 44, and 46.

List of the Dredging-Stations.

| |

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) | (6) (7)

No. Date. Locality, Depth. Net employed. | Nature of Bottom. | Remarks.

| (Chart, fig. 25.) Stain volcanic stones. net badly torn. |

A 2. | Aug. 23. Fe Below Dredge triangular, | Coral - rubble, Bottom very hard, |

100 fms. 3:25 ft. sponges, &c. dredge constantly |

catching up.

| 3°25 ft. net torn away.

A 4. | Aug. 23. 5 500-600 fms.) Dredge triangular, | Sandy coherent grey | Evidently a smooth

| 3°20 ft. | mud, bottom.

| |

A5. | Aug. 23. » Below Dredge rectangular, ? Very rough ground,

| 80 fms. 3 ft. dredge carried

| away.

| | |

|; AG. | Aug. 24.} Ne Below _| Trawl, 4:5 ft. Hard rock with

250 fms. rough lumps.

AZ, | Aug. 24. » Below | Trawl, 4:5 ft. Sand on frame. An irregular area,

300 fms. net badly torn.

A 8. | Aug. 24. ” Below Dredge triangular, | Rough bottom. Fouled and came

208 fms. 3:25 ft. up empty.

164

(1)

No,

Bl.

B 2.

B 3.

| B6.

Bill.

B17.

B18.

| B10.

B 12. |

B13.

B14.

. 29, |

~29 |

(3)

Locality.

- | Cargados.

(Chart, fig. 28.)

”

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(4)

Depth.

30 fms,

30 fms.

24 fms.

24-30 fms.

30 fms.

29 fms.

30-32 fms.

30 fms.

30-33 fms.

30 fms.

30-33 fms,

30 fms.

20-25 fms.

28 fms.

| Dredge triangular,

(5)

Net employed.

Dredge triangular,

4 ft.

Dredge triangular,

4 ft.

Trawl, 9 ft. |

Trawl, 9 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3:25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

4 ft.

Dredge triangular,

4 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3:25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

Trawl, 4:5 ft.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular, |

3°25 ft.

| Smooth, hard, sandy

| Similar.

' Shell-rubble.

Rough coral-rubble |

Coarse coral-rubble.

Nature of Bottom.

Coral-rubble and

Halimeda.

Rubble mainly Litho- |

thamnia and weed.

Sandy.

mud,

Same.

Much weed

Polyzoa.

and

Similar, with some

broken shell.

Broken shell, with |

coral- lumps.

Apparently white

sand.

White sand, minute |

white lamelli-

branchs and fora-

minifera.

White sand

foraminifera.

and

Coarse coral-rubble

and sand.

Shell - rubble, with

large foraminifera.

Sandy bottom and

shells.

White sand.

bottom.

Coarse coral-rubble.

(6) |

_ Polyzoa and sponges.

Near western edge

of bank.

Net badly torn by

weight of rubble.

Large quantity of

oyster-spat.

Large quantity of |

weed Crymodocea.

Same.

Everything coloured

from orange to

yermilion.

Green weed.

Everything coloured

red.

Much weed.

Much weed, - Ver-

metus with sand-

tubes.

Much Halimeda and

other weed.

With much Polyzoa. —

{

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION.

(1) (2)

No Date

B21. | Aug.31

B22. Aug. 31

B23. Aug.31

B 24. | Aug. 31

B25. Aug. 31

B26. | Aug. 31

B27. Aug. 31

B28. Sept. 1.

B29. Sept. 1.

B 30. | Sept. 1.

Cl. | Sept. 4.

C2. | Sept. 4.

as ilisepts4

C4. Sept. 4

C5. Sept. 4

C6. | Sept.5

C7. .| Sept.5

C8. | Sept.5

a wi (5) 6)

Locality. Depth. Net employed. Nature of Bottom.

Cargados. 28 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Mainly hard.

(Chart, fig. 28.) | 3°25 ft.

= 28 fms | Trawl, 4°5 ft. Hard white sand

| and weed.

| |

28 fms Trawl, 9 ft. Hard sand and mass |

of weed.

30 fms Trawl, 9 ft. | Sand and weed.

er 22 fms | Dredge triangular, White sand and

3°25 ft. weed.

12 fms Dredge triangular, Very rough ground,

3°25 ft. with living corals.

3 10 fms. Dredge triangular, | Hard coral ground.

3°25 ft.

32 ims. | Dredge triangular, Algal rubble, ground

| 3°26 ft. rough.

rs 47 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Large lumps of

| Sea. | rubble, ground

| | rough.

< | 121 fms | Dredge triangular,

2°5 ft.

| |

Saya de Malha. | 150 fms. | Dredge triangular, | White rubble of dead

(Chart, fig. 31.) 4 ft. coral, Polyzoa, and

shell.

= 123 fms. | Dredge rectangular, | Echinoderm _ tests,

3 ft. Lamellibranch

valves, and

Gastropod shells.

| 125 fms. | Trawl, 4°5 ft. “Shell and broken

| | Echinoderm - test

rubble.

150 fms. | Trawl, 4:5 ft. ‘Largely oyster -

valves.

125 fms. | Trawl, 9 ft. Shell-rubble.

145 fms. | Trawl, 45 ft. Shell-rubble.

i el eee |

* 85 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Hard.

3°25 ft.

165

(7)

Remarks.

Large lump of

rubble.

Solitary corals.

Much Halimeda and

Lithothamnia ;

net badly torn by

weight.

|8 soft alge, with

Lithothamnia and

much

riacer.

Brachiopods and

solitary corals.

| Some fish.

A few small corals:

net fouled.

Five species of

solitary corals.

Warp cut by screw

and trawl lost.

Squama- |

| C 10.

Cc 18.

C19.

C 20.

C 21.

D1.

D2.

D 3.

D4.

D5.

D6.

iv)

La)

for)

172]

a=]

Oct. 3.

Oct. 4.

Sept. 5.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(3)

Locality.

Saya de Malha.

(Chart, fig. 31.)

”

Providence.

(Chart, fig. 39.)

(4)

Depth.

90 fms.

90 fms,

47 fms.

49 fms.

58 fms.

55 fms.

26 fms.

45 fms.

46 fms.

29 fms.

331-500 fms.

450 fms.

39 fms.

744 fms,

29 fms.

50-78 fms.

230 fms.

74 fms.

(5)

Net employed.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

Trawl, 4:5 ft.

Trawl, 6 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3:25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

Trawl, 4:5 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

3 ft.

Trawl, 9 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

5 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

5 ft.

(6)

Nature of Bottom.

Hard, a little broken

shell-rubble.

| Bottom evidently

very hard,

White sand and

mud,

Shell-rubble and

mud.

Mud.

Bank of loose Litho-

thamnia-rubble.

Living corals and

rubble.

White sand, rather

sticky.

Corals, rubble, and

algie.

Hard ground.

Small white shell

and coral-rubble.

Dead coral, covered

by encrusting algse

and Lithothamnia.

Blocks of tenaceous

clay covered with

manganese,

Coral-rock.

Hard rough lumps

of coral.

Rough hard ground.

| A few solitary corals,

(7)

Remarks.

Fragments of weed.

2 to 3 tons of |

material obtained. ©

‘

17 species of true

corals obtained.

14 species of corals.

Next 2 hauls in

about 400 fms.

failures, 4 ft. tri-

angular dredge

lost.

Some manganese

nodules and coral

coated with man-

ganese.

2 genera of corals.

A previous haul like-

wise empty.

Dredge lost.

- ape ial

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION.

167

Se == ee ee eer eee

(1) (2) (3)

No. | Date. Locality.

D7. | Oct. 4 Providence.

(Chart, fig. 39.))

D8. | Oct. 4. -

D9. | Oct. 4. A

D110.) Oct. 4. 3

D 11.) Oct. 4. Kk

D 12. | Oct. 4. 53

El. |Oct.9. | Amirante Bank.

(Chart, fig. 41.)

E 2. | Oct. 9. » ”

E 3. | Oct. 9. ss a

E 4, | Oct. 9. 3 .

E 5. | Oct. 9. as 5

E6. | Oct. 9. * ”

E7. | Oct. 9. ” ”

E8. | Oct. 9. 9 ”

E9. | Oct. 9. % 3

E10. | Oct. 11. * 3

E11. | Oct. 11. me ”

E12. | Oct. 11.

”?

58 fms.

| 637-667 fms.

29 fms.

25 fms.

32 fms.

28 fms.

33 fms.

34 fms.

22-85 fms.

25-80 fms.

32 fms.

(5) (6) (7)

Net employed. Nature of Bottom. Remarks.

Dredge triangular, | Loose rock from reef

3°25 ft. above with cal-

careous alge.

Dredge triangular, | Coral and rock from

3°25 ft. reef above.

Dredge triangular, | Rough and rocky. Caught up foul,

3°28 ft. stoppers carried

away.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triaugular,

3°25 ft.

Trawl, 9 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3:25 ft.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Trawl, 4°5 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

4 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

4 tt.

Dredge rectangular,

4 ft.

Dredge rectangular,

4 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3°25 ft.

Dredge triangular,

3:25 ft.

Rough.

Hard, with

coral-sand.

some

Polyzoa forming a

rubble and a few

dead shells.

Rubble, largely

Lithothamnia, and

much weed.

Same as last.

Hard, with sponges.

Sandy.

Polyzoa and Pecten-

valve rubble.

Same.

Hardsand, withsome

broken sand.

Polyzoa and shell-

rubble.

Rubble of dead coral,

with Lithothamnia

and Squamariacez.

Hard rough ground.

Coral-rubble.

Empty, caught up

once. Sounding

300.

A piece of rock

covered with man-

ganese torn off the

bottom.

A little Cymodocea.

Algz dried.

A few solitary corals.

Much Cymodocea.

Many free solitary

perforate corals.

Same.

Many Gastropods.

Much Halimeda.

A dredging down the

outer slope.

SECOND SERIES. —ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII.

168 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

No Date. Locality. Depth. Net employed. Nature of Bottom. Remarks.

(Chart, fig. 41.) 3:25 ft. Halimeda and cal-

careous alge.

E 14. | Oct. 11. + 3 36 fms. Dredge triangular, | Hard rough rock. Much Halimeda.

3°25 ft.

E15. | Oct. 13. ” ” 35 fms. Dredge triangular, | Hard, with coral- | Much Polyzoa.

3:25 ft. rubble.

E 16. | Oct. 13. Be 39 fms. Dredge triangular, | Lithothamnia-rubble.

3:25 ft.

E17. Oct. 16. | Desroches Atoll.) 18-12 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Hard bottom, with In entrance-passage

(Chart, fig. 44.) 3:25 ft. some living corals,, to Desroches.

E 18. | Oct. 16. 35 - 280 fms. Dredge triangular, | Coral- rubble, some

3°25 ft. shell, dead cal-

careous algw, and

echinoderm tests.

E19. | Oct. 17. | Amirante Bank.| 180 fms. | Dredge rectangular, | Hard sand.

(Chart, fig. 41.) 5 ft.

E 20. | Oct. 17 a < 209-160 fms.| Dredge rectangular, | Hard, rough with | A previous haul in

4 ft. rubble. same depth, tri-

angular 3°25 lost.

E 21. | Oct. 17. ee z 30 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Quantities of Hali-| Squamariacee and

S25 meda and Litho-| living corals.

thamnia-rubble.

E 22. | Oct. 18. x» . 16 fms. Dredge triangwiar, | Coral-ground. 13 genera of corals

3°25 ft. obtained.

E 23. | Oct. 18. 53 “A 23 fms. Dredge triangular, | Coral-ground. Net badly torn.

3:25 ft.

E 24. | Oct. 18. - - 20-100 fms, | Dredge triangular, | Coral- masses very

3°25 ft. bare.

E 25. | Oct. 18. P = 44-20 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Rough with masses|2 genera of reef-

3:25 ft. of coral. corals,

E 26. | Oct. 18. ny " 30-100 fms. | Dredge triangular, | Coral-rubble.

3°25 ft.

E 27. | Oct. 18. a 45-60 fms. | Dredge rectangular, | Hard. A few pieces of

2 ft. Lithothamnia.

Fil. | Oct. 20. | Seychelles. 20 fms. Dredge triangular, | Coral-ground. 3 genera of reef-

(Chart, fig. 46.) 8°25 ft. corals,

F2. | Oct. 20. : 31 fms. Dredge triangular, | Coral-, shell-, and | Much Halimeda and

3:25 ft. Lithothamnia- algal growth.

rubble.

F3. | Oct. 20. 3 39 fms Trawl, 6 ft. Hard sand.

F4, | Oct. 20, ” 39 fms. Trawl, 6 ft. Hard sand. Polyzoa abundant.

ee ee ere Memesenee ee

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION. 169

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

No. Date. Locality. Depth. Net employed, Nature of Bottom. Remarks,

F5. | Oct. 20. | Seychelles. 44 fms. | Trawl, 6 ft. Shells, Polyzoa, and

(Chart, fig. 46.) coral-rubble.

F6. | Oct. 20. 9 44 fms. Trawl, 6 ft. Sand, Some alge.

F7%. | Oct. 20. 3 34 fms, Dredge triangular, | Sand, with weed. Heteropsammia

3°25 ft. abundant.

F8. | Oct. 20. 5 o4 fms. Dredge triangular, | Sand, shell, with

3°25 ft. weed,

F9. | Oct. 20. Ee 37 fms. Trawl, 4°5 ft. Hard sand. Frame bent and net |

badly torn.

Arprnpix B.—LIST OF THE STATIONS FOR PLANKTON.

In collecting the pelagic fauna on the cruise five kinds of net were used, 7. e. :—

(1) Fowler vertical closing-net, mouth 36 inches across, square, bag 108 inches long

and formed of silk cloth, 60 meshes to the inch, such as is used for sifting flour in mills

and known as bolting-cloth (fig. 5); (2) Wolfenden horizontal closing-net, mouth 8 feet

when closed, bag about 34 feet long, of similar bolting-cloth to last; (3) large square

open net, mouth 4 feet square, net 30 feet long, made of best mosquito-netting, 8 meshes

to the inch; (4) open nets, our regular pattern, 18 inches in diameter, bolting-cloth

60 meshes to the inch, 6 feet long; (5) open nets, 7 inches diameter, bolting-cloth 180

meshes to inch, 3 feet long. For nos. 1 and 3 tins of upwards of 1 gallon were used and

for nos. 2 and 4 light aluminium vessels each holding about 1 quart. To no. 5 bottles of

4 oz. were attached, their catch being brought home in the same vessels without being

decanted.

Nets of 180 meshes to the inch (no. 5) were particularly intended to catch the small

unicellular life, both animal and piant, which passes through nets of larger mesh. They

were used in series with no. 4 down to about 100 fathoms to ascertain the depth at

which such plant-life floats in the water during both the day and night, but their main

purpose was for purely distributional work; single nets of our regular pattern (no. 4)

fitted with a long bridle were employed while sounding and for any odd purpose.

While the ship was at anchor during the night one of these nets was generally placed

out over the stern and hauled in each hour, being generally given 10 to 20 fathoms of

warp, so as to clear the ship. They were also used in series down to 800 fathoms, being

clamped on to the wire as different amounts had run out. (See also pp. 18, 19, 23-25.)

The positions of the hauls have been given as accurately as possible to the nearest

minute. They can be seen at once by reference to Plate 1. The force of the wind and

the strength of the swell are given on the Beaufort notation.

170

com

Letter.

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Temp.

Date and Time. Position. Nets. Depth, Weather. of Sea-

surface.

May 16, | Lat. 3°31’ S.,long.| Regular | 0, 25, 50, 75, Bluesky with light) S4

2.58-3.43 pat. | 72° 27' E. (north) in series. | 100,125, 150, clouds. W.S.W.

of Chagos). fms. wind (force 2).

Depth 2008 fms.

May 17, Lat.4°16'S., long.) Regular | 0, 25, 50, 75, Bluesky withlight) 86

2.20-2.55 pw. | 71° 53! E. (north) in series. 100, 125, clouds. §S. wind

of Chagos). 150 fms. (force 1).

Depth 2082 fms.

May 17, Same. Large 1200-0 fms. Same. 86

3.30-6.30 P.M. square.

May 18, Same. Regular. Surface. (Clear sky with) 82

12.5-1.5 a.m. moon, S8.S.W.

wind (1).

May 17-18, Same. Wolfenden.| 250 fms. Same. Same.

11.45 am.

1 aa.

May 18, Same. Regular | 0, 25, 50, 75, Clear sky with light) 82

2.10-3.10 am. in series. | 100,150 fms. clouds. Wind

changingtoS.8.E.

(2).

May 18, Same. Wolfenden.| 500 fms. Same. 82

4.30-5.45 a.m.

May 18. | Same. Regular. Surface. Same. Same.

4.30-5.30 aa |

May 18, Same. Wolfenden.| 500 fms. |Clearsky withlight) S84

morning down clouds. Calm.

2 hours.

May 18, About lat. 4° 30'| Fowler. /1000-500 fms.) Sky overcast with) 84

3.58-5.40 pat. | S., long. 71° 15’ clouds. 8S. wind

E. / CN Eo (1).

Chagos). Depth

about 2000 fms.

May 20, At anchor off Dia-| Regular. 9 fms. Sky overcast with

10.30-11.30 a...) mant, in lagoon clouds and rain,

and _ of Peros Banhos, clearing in after-

2-3 P.M. Chagos. noon, §S.E. wind

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

List of the Stations for Plankton,

(6-8).

Confused swell,

drifting.

Slight

drifting.

Drifting slightly

west.

Same.

Same. More swell

Messengers

caught up twice

Drifting slightl

to west. Sam

swell.

Acted well, br

caught very litt]

flood and his

A third at tw

thirds ebb, ne

empty,

(2)

Date and Time.

June 6,

June 30,

1-2.45 p.m,

June 30,

4.30-5.10 p.m.

June 30,

6.30 P.M. ;

July 1,

6.30 A.M.

July 4,

7.15 P.M. ;

July 5,

7.15 aM.

~ July 25,

1 hour in

afternoon.

July 26,

1 hour in

morning.

July 27,

11.15-noon.

July 28,

10.20-11.20 p.m.

Aug. 22,

1.43-2,30 p.m.

Aug. 22,

3-4 P.M.

Aug. 22,

4.40-5.20 p.m.

8.40-9.40 p.m.

noon—12.40 p.m.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION.

(3)

Position.

On course from

Peros to Diego

Garcia, N.E. Gt.

Chagos Bank.

7 miles N.W. of

Yéyé, Peros

Atoll.

Same.

1-2 miles N.W.

of passage into

Salomon Atoll.

At anchor off

passage into

Salomon Atoll.

Same,

On Wight Bank, 8.

of Chagos.

On Centurion Bank,

8. of Chagos.

Lat. 6° 0’ S., long.

69° 16’ KE. (W. of

Chagos). Depth

1822 fms.

Lat. 4°48'S., long.

67° 22' BH. (240

miles W.N.W, of

Chagos). Depth

2173 fms.

Mauritius, 5 miles

W. of Black

River.

Same.

(4)

Nets.

Regular.

Regular

in series,

Large

square.

Large

square,

Regular.

Regular,

Regular.

Regular

in series.

Large

square.

Regular

in series,

(5)

Depth.

600-0 fms,

180-0 fms.

10 fms.

Surface.

Surface,

Surface.

0, 25, 50, 75,

100, 125,

150 fms.

200 fms.

200, 225, 250,

275, 300 fms.

(6)

Weather,

Clear sky, dark

night. Calm.

Bright sky with

light clouds. S.E.

wind (3).

Same.

Same,

Generally bright

with squalls of

rain. §S.E. wind

(3-5).

Overcast sky with

rain. E.S.E. wind

(1-3).

Bright at times

with clouds and

rain-squalls. H.

& S. wind (3).

Cloudy, wind, rain-

squalls. S.E,

wind (4-5),

Bright clear sky.

N.E. wind (1).

Clear sky. E, wind

(3).

Clear, with passing

showers and rain.

S.E wind (4-6).

Same.

* Same.

(7)

Temp.

of Sea-

surface,

Same.

Same,

Same.

(8)

Remarks,

Slight 8.E, swell.

Swell (strength 3).

Same,

Towed 1 mile.

Nets taken at each

hour during

night.

Same.

Swell from8.E, (2).

No catch beyond

a quantity of fine

weed.

Swell, 8.E. (3).

Heavy southerly

swell.

Net carried away

by shark.

Piece of a large

Pyrosoma clinging

on wire from 300

fms.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

172

(1) (2) (3) |

Letter. | Date and Time. Position,

d. | Aug. 22, 7 p.at.,| Mauritius, auchor-

Aug. 23, 5 a.m.

Aug. 25,

1.30-3 P.M.

Aug. 26, 8 P.M.,

Aug. 27, 6 A.M.

Aug. 28, 10 p.m,

Aug. 29, 6 a.m.

Aug. 29, 8 P.m.,

Aug. 30, 6 a.m.

Aug. 30, 8 P.m.,

Aug. 31, 6 a.m.

Sept. 2,

10.30-11.20 a.m.

Sept. 2,

11.45-12.30 a.m.

Sept. 4,

5.30-7 P.M.

Sept. 8.

‘Sept. 10, 8 p.m.,

| Sept. 11, 6 a.m.

Sept. 27,

7-9.30 a.m.

age in Black

River Bay.

Lat. 18° 09’ &.,

long. 58° 21’ E.

(between Mauri-

tius & Cargados).

Depth 1962 fms.

Cargados, at anchor

off.

Same.

Cargados, at anchor

off Pearl Island.

Cargados, at anchor

off Coco Island.

Tat. 14° 38’ 8.,

long. 60° 01’ E.

(off Nazareth

Bank). Depth

330 fms.

Same.

_S. of Saya de Malha

Bank. Depth

about 80 fms.

N. of N. Saya de

Malha Bank.

Coetivy.

Lat.. 10° 27

long. 51° 17’ E.

(S. by E. of Far-

S.,|

quhar). Depth

1938 fms,

(4)

Nets.

Regular.

Regular

in series.

Regular.

Regular

in series.

Large

square.

Large

square.

Regular.

Regular

in series.

(5) (8)

Depth. Weather,

Surface. Overcast with

showers & squalls.

Wind varying,

about

(0-2).

0, 50, 100, Bright, with passing

150,200,300, showers and

400 fms. squally. Wind

; E.-S.8.E. (4-5).

Surface. Clear night with a

little cloud. S.E.

wind (2-3).

Surface. Slightly overcast

with squalls and

rain. §S.E. wind

(3-4).

Surface. | Clear, clouding at

times, no rain.

E.S.E. wind

(3-4).

Surface. Overcast with

0, 100, 150,

200, 250,

300 fms.

250-0 fms.

50-0 fms.

Surface.

50, 100, 200,

300, 400,

500, 600,

700, 800

fms.

squalls and rain.

8.E. wind (3-5).

Bright sky with

little cloud. 8.K.

wind (4).

Same.

Generally _ bright

with occasional

showers. S.E.

wind (4).

Bright clear wea-

ther. S.E. wind

(3-4),

Clear S.E. wind

(2).

Bright and clear,

8.E. wind (3-4).

(7)

Temp.

of Sea-

surface,

(8)

Remarks.

73-70

Same,

77-80

| Swell from E. (4). |

Nets taken each

hour during |

night.

Nets taken at each) —

hour during

night.

Nets taken every

2 hours of night.

2 miles N. of last.| —

Nets taken every

2 hours of night.

Same.

8.E. swell (3).

Same. Slow speed

ahead.

Towed 30’,

swell (4).

S.E.

Odd surface col-

lections while

sounding.

Nets taken every

2 hours,

§8.E. swell (4). |]

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION,

173

(1) (2)

Letter. | Date and Time.

q. Same.

Yr. Sept. 27,

9.80-10.30 a.m.

Ss. Sept. PAE

10.30 a.ot.—5 P.M.

t. |Sept. 28, 7 p.m.,

Sept. 29, 7 a.m.

u. |Sept. 29, 7 p.xt.,

Sept. 30, 7 a.m.

v. |Sept. 30, 7 p.m.,

Oct. 1, 5 a.m

Ww. Oct. 1, 8 P.m.,

Oct. 2, 5 a.m

x. Oct. 2, 8 P.n.,

Oct. 3, 6 a.m

y: Oct. 4, 8 p.m.,

Oct. 5, 6 a.m.

Z. Oct. 6,

11.30 a.m.—1.30

P.M.

aa. Same.

bb. Oct. 6,

3-3.30 P.M.

ce. Oct. 7,

11-11.30 a.m.

dd. Oct. 7,

4-5,30 P.M.

ee. Oct. 7, 9 P.m.,

Oct. 8, 6 a.m.

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Temp.

Position. Nets. Depth. Weather. of Sea- Remarks.

surface.

Same. Large |1000 to 0 fms. Same. Same. Same. On end of

square. wire, below lead!

of last.

Same. Fowler. | 500-250 fms. Same,

Same. Fowler. | 0-250, 250- Same.

500, 500-750

750-1000 fms.

Farquhar, anchor-| Regular. Surface. Generally _ bright Nets taken every

age, N. of North with occasional hour.

Island. squalls. §S.E.

wind (2-4),

Same. Regular. Surface. About same. Nets taken every

2 hours.

Same. Regular. Surface. About same, Taken in connec-

tion with tides.

Same. Regular, Surface. About same. Same.

Providence, at Regular. Surface. Clear and bright. Taken every 2

anchor off Cerf S.E. wind (3-5), hours.

Island.

Providence, 1 mile) Regular. Surface. | Clear and bright. Same.

W. of North Is- S.E. wind (3-5).

land.

Lat. 8° 16’ §.,| Regular | 100, 200, 300,| Bright with strong) 79 |S.E. swell (4),

long. 51° 26’ EK. | in series. 400, 500, sun. §.S.E. wind making it more

(Between Provi- 600, 700, (4). or less a failure.

dence and Al- 800 fms.

phonse.)

' Same. Large 900-0 fms. Same. Same.| On end of wire,

square. below lead of last.

Same. Large 140-0 fms. Same. Same. | Towed 30' at slow

square. speed.

Anchorage, S. of] Regular. Surface. | Bright clear day.| 79 | In connection with

Alphonse Island. §.E. wind (38). tidal currents.

Same. Regular. Surface. Same. 80 | Same,

10 miles S.E. of Regular. Surface. | Clearnight. S.S.E.| 78-79 | Very unsatisfactory

Alphonse. wind (3). and poor hauls. |

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

174

(1) (2) (3)

Letter. | Date and Time. Position.

ff. Oct. 8, Lat. 6° 35’ S., long.

44,30 P.M. 53° 03' E. (be-

tween Alphonse

and Amirante

Groups).

gg. Oct. 9, 8 p.w., | Amirante, at

J-

mm.

Oct. 10, 6 a.at.

Oct. 12, 8 v.m.,

Oct. 18, 6 a.m.

Oct. 13, 8 P.m.,

Oct. 14, 6 a.m.

Oct. 16,

about

8-9.30 a.m.

Oct. 16,

morning,

13 hours.

Oct. 16,

about noon,

1} hours.

Oct. 16,

afternoon,

Oct. 17, 8 P.m.,

Oct. 18, 6 a.m.

anchor N.W. o

Poivre Island.

Amirante, ati

anchor N. of Dar-

ros Island.

At anchor N. of

Desroches Island.

3 miles N.W. o

entrance into

Desroches Atoll.

1 mile further

1 mile still further

N.N.W.

6 miles N.N.W.

entrance of Des-

roches.

Amirante, at

anchor off Eagle

Island.

(4) (5)

Nets. Depth.

Regular, Surface.

Regular. Surface.

Regular | 50, 100, 150,

in series, 200, 250,

300 fms.

Large 750-0 fms.

square.

Large 400-0 fms.

square,

Large 200-0 fms.

square.

Regular, Surface.

(6) (7) (8)

Temp.

Weather. of Sea- Remarks.

surface,

Bright. S.E. wind 80 | Slight swell.

(2).

Clear night. 8.E. Taken every hour

wind (2-3), during night.

Clear night with Same.

cirrus clouds. §.E.

wind (4-5).

Clear generally Same.

with passing

showers. §.E.

wind (1-2),

Bright with cirrus} 81

clouds. S.E.

wind (2-3).

Same. Same.) Steaming very

slowly to N.

Same. 82

Cloudy with squalls} 81 | Large square net

of rain. S.E. lost in a subse-

wind (3-4), quent haul on

Oct. 16.

Overcast with

heavy ~~ rain-

squalls. S.E.

wind (1-4).

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

pnw 14,

Map of the Seychelles Archipelago, on the scale of 1 : 250,000, or 1 inch = 3:94 statute miles,

Prats 15.

Mauritius.

Vig. 1. Port Louis, with the Pouce Mountains behind.

Pig. 2. Sugar-Factory at Vacoa, with the Bamboo Mountains behind.

Puare 16.

Cargados Carajos.

Fig. 1. Coast of Siren Island, with the White Noddy (Gygis candida) breeding on the rim,

Fig. 2. “ Fan” of Wide-awakes (Sterna fuliyinosa).

Puate 1%.

Coetivy.

. Sand-dune, coconuts and casuarinas.

. West shore, launching a pirogue.

. North-east end, with cliffs of Cymodocea.

. Settlement, oil-mills and large casuarinas.

oq ot

Oo Oe

ae 9S

Pratr 18.

Poivre, Amirante Group.

. L. North end of South Island.

2. View into North Bay of South Island.

. East shore of South Island: coral-rock dipping to west.

See

Pale pere, aes

sq og de OG

4. Landing-place, north of North Island.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOU. XII. 25

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soc, Ser 2 Zoot Vol XI Px 14.

INDIAN OCEAN

THE CENTRAL ISLANDS ic

of the

SEYCHELLES GROUP

to illustrate a paper by aoe

J.STANLEY GARDINER, M.A, , reo eS noses

ana 98

23 LBoobyLizt

Carieuse I,

—,

50,000 or akira 3°94 Stat, Miles.

_————

Reference

oundings are ecopressed.in fathoms.

The The Pathow tine ts shown tious sini

Where no symbolireblaoki. shown forthe fathon

line the depths are approaumate only

The following abbreviations show the ne

oh bottom

tr brown, brk. broken, cl clay,crl coral, f

i globigerina,h hand,m raid, oz. ooze.

Frock,s sand, sft soft, sh shells, w.white,

Heights unfeet,

Depths in fathoms.

Mt ME Simpson |

Feros

crea i

Stork Patel: | 25

Fortune B¥

297

WwW socrl I }

uae Providence I.

s*Pierrel, bre-ab

Var P48.

000,000 or LInch~ 0-47 Stat Miles:

Var 9°38 50 ° 100

Depths in fathoms.

100

orl 1000

MSLeod BY weg 2000

Reprinted by permission. from. the Geographical. Journal,

Percy Srapen Trust Expeprrion. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl.

Fic. 1.— Port Leuis, with the Pouce Mountains behind.

Fic. 2.—Sugar-Factory at Vacoa, with the Bamboo Mountains behind.

MAURITIUS.

Perey Spapun Trust Exrnpirion. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII, Pl. 16.

Fre. 1.—Coast of Siren Island, with the White Noddy (Gvgis candida)

breeding on the rim.

Fie. 2.—“ Fan” of Wide-awakes (Séerna fuliginosa).

CARGADOS CARAJOS.

17.

XIf. Pl.

VOL.

Percy SLApen ‘Trust Exrepitioy,

“AAILAOO

“SPUIIENSED ISIL] PUL S][IUI-[IO ‘JUdWIOI}IOG—'F ‘OTT “pIIOpOWN) JO SHITD YUM ‘pus 4svdI-yWON—’s ‘oly

‘seulJensed pue s}nuos0d ‘aunp-puesg —T ‘pry

DGD Ben ks).

VOL.

2, ZOOL.

LINN. SOC. SE

TRANS.

Percy Scapen Trust Exreprrion.

‘dNOUND ALNVAINV ‘AAXAIOd

‘puURIS] YWON Jo yWou ‘aovld-surpuey—"F ‘p17

‘pues. yynog jo Aegq YON OJUL MIIA—'s ‘YLT

*M 0} BSuiddip yd01-[e109 : pues] *S JO a10Yys "A—'s; ‘OT

‘PueIS] YINOS Jo pus YWON—'| ‘oy

;

[ 197 ]

No. X.—THE LITHOTHAMNIA.

By M. Fostiz.

(Communicated by Mr. J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plates 19 & 20.)

Read 20th June, 1907.

Great areas of the Indian Ocean, and of other oceans as well, are still unexplored or

but little known as regards the occurrence of calcareous algze of the groups of Litho-

thamnionez and Melobesiez. These algee appear everywhere in suitable localities from

Spitzbergen and Ellesmere Land in the north to South Victoria Land and Louis Philip

Land in the south. They are known to occur in enormous quantities in many places, in

the arctic and temperate zones often forming large banks, and in the tropics essentially

contributing to the formation of reefs. Their occurrence in masses in fossil and subfossil

layers further shows us what important part they have also played in former times. But

our knowledge of the different species and of their geographical distribution is as yet

rather imperfect, and only the circumstance that during these ten years upwards of 200

new species have been described shows their great abundance of forms.

During the Sealark Expedition Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner collected a rich material of

these alge in an area of the Indian Ocean from which they were hitherto almost

unknown. This material he has kindly left me to determine. As to the occurrence of

the algz in the above area, he has given much interesting information*. Below I take

permission to quote some of these particulars, with running comments stating the

occurrence of different species in various places.

Of the thirteen species collected and mentioned below, two are new to science,

viz. Lithothamnion gibbosum and Lithophyllum Gardineri. They have been provisionally

described in ‘ Algologiske Notiser,’ ii.

THE CHAaGcos ARCHIPELAGO.

The parts explored of this Archipelago, from which Lithothamnia have been brought

home, are the Salomon and Egmont Atolls. Mr. Stanley Gardiner remarks (J. ¢. p. 2):—

“The reefs of the Chagos are in no way peculiar, save in their extraordinary paucity of

* Tnvestigations in the Indian Ocean.—First Report of the Committee, consisting of Sir Jonny Murray (Chairman),

Mr. J. Sranzey Garpiver (Secretary), Captain E. W. Creax, Professors W. A. Herpman, S. J. Hicxson, and

J. W. Jupp, Mr. J. J. Lisrer, and Dr. H. R. Mixt, appointed to carry on an Expedition to investigate the Indian

Ocean between India and Africa, in view of a possible land-connection, to examine the deep submerged banks, the

Nazareth and Saya de Malha, and also the distribution of Marine Animals.—Britisk Association Report, York, 1906.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VoL. xu. =[ 93 ] 26

178 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

animal life. Green weed, too, of every sort is practically absent. However, this

barrenness is amply compensated for by the enormous quantity of Nullipores (Litho-

thamnia, &c.), incrusting, massive, mammillated, columnar, and branching. The

outgrowing seaward edges of the reefs are practically formed by their growths, and it is

not too much to say that, were it not for the abundance and large masses of these

organisms, there would be no atolls with surface reefs in the Chagos. The lagoon shoals

of Egmont are covered by them, and are the only lagoon reefs in the Chagos that reach

the surface; having once done so, they die and become hollowed out, finally resembling

miniature atolls.” Concerning Salomon, which was carefully surveyed, he remarks that

‘its face was everywhere singularly barren ; Lithothamnion, Polytrema, and, of course,

reef-corals were not obtained below 50 fathoms.” Further, he observes in another paper *

as to the Chagos :—‘ Individually the reefs present the same general characters as

those of the Maldives. They differ, however, in detail in that their outgrowing edges

are, practically entirely, formed of Nullipores, though corals are important builders from

5 to 30 fathoms.” (Cp. the photo J. ¢. p. 331, from He de la Passe, Salomon Atoll,

showing Nullipore buttress growing out from the seaward edge of the reef.)

The species of calcareous alge of the group in question occurring so numerously in

the Chagos are Lithophyllum onkodes, L. eraspedium, L. Gardineri, and Goniolithon

Jrutescens. These species thus are important reef-builders, especially the two or three

first-mentioned ones, comprising the incrusting, massive, mammillated, and columnar

forms, whereas the species last mentioned is a more delicate branching species. It is

possible that, besides the species mentioned, other species are also to be found, which the

collector may have failed to notice. If so, they are certainly playing no prominent part

in the formation of reefs.

At Diego Garcia three species have been collected by the German ‘ Valdivia’ Expedition t,

viz. :—small specimens of Lithoph. onkodes attached to corals, a specimen of the small

crust-like Lithothamnion simulans (earlier only known from the Gulf of Siam), and a young

specimen of Lithophyllum Kaiseri (pallescens) mentioned below.

CARGADOS CARAJOS.

Near Cargados is, according to the Report (/. ¢. p. 5), “a wonderfully constant depth

of 30-85 fathoms over the body of the bank .... the bottom was either coral rubble,

white sand, shell rubble, or weed. The three latter occurred only in the central parts of

the bank.... From this rubble, which is of a bright red colour, due to an encrusting

nullipore, we obtained a rich variety of animal life, nearly all forms tinted with red.”

In this bank, where more than 30 hauls were made, Lithothamnion indicum occurred

in four localities (No. B 8, B9, B18, and B14), and in two of the same localities (No. B&

and B14) also Lithothamnion australe, both together with a number of young, stunted

or dead and undeterminable specimens not unlikely belonging to the first-named species.

* J. Stanley Gardiner, “ The Indian Ocean,” The Geographical Journal, October and November, 1906, p. 323.

+ The species coliected by this expedition at Diego Garcia and Mahé will be mentioned by Mr. Th. Reinbold in

Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition.’

[ 94 ]

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNTA. 179

Besides, in one of the localities (No. B9), as well as in two others (No. B28 and

B 29), have been collected three larger pieces of calcareous rubble with young crusts of

undeterminable Lithothamnia.

Saya DE Maya Banks.

From a depth of 55 fathoms (No. C15) was brought up several specimens of

Lithothamnion australe growing gregariously with Lithothamnion gibbosum. Tere also

occurred numerous fragmentary or dead and undeterminable specimens, some of which

perhaps are stunted forms of Lithothamnion indicum. Several of these specimens are in

part covered with Squamariacese. Ina depth of 26 fathoms (No. C16) was dredged a

solitary specimen of Archeolithothamnion erythrewn and three specimens of Litho-

phyllum Okamurat f. ptychoides, together with a calcareous Squamariacea, Hulimeda,

crust-like Foraminifera, &c. In addition, from a depth of 29 fathoms (No. C19) was

picked up one specimen perhaps belonging to Lithophyllum Okamurai f. ptychoides, in

company with a few stunted and undeterminable forms, a calcareous Squamariacea, and

some coral-rubble and other rubble with crusts of Lithothamnia, Squamariacea,

Foraminifera, &c.

CoETIVY.

About this island is remarked in the Report (/. c. p. 6):—‘ Although situated only

about 130 miles to the south of the Seychelles Islands, the land fauna and flora are

almost the same as on the islands of the Chagos Archipelago, being scarcely richer... .

On the other hand, the reefs of Coetivy showed in every group of marine animals a more

varied fauna than those of the Chagos, while very nearly all the species of the latter

seemed to be present. The reef on the eastern or seaward face of the island was of a

rather different character from any we had as yet seen, being covered with Zostera *.

There was also on the same part a considerable variety of algze, but the edge and outer

slope were, as elsewhere, covered by corals and nullipores.”’

Also with reference to the calcareous algze in question, Coetivy shows almost the same

state of things as the Chagos. The following species have been collected here :—

Lithophyllum onkodes, particularly occurring on the western reef, Lithophyllum

craspedium, L. Gardineri, and Goniolithon frutescens, mainly on the eastern reef, but

Lithophyllum craspedium apparently less abundant than in the Chagos.

PROVIDENCE.

A number of small but rather well-developed specimens of Lithothamnion indicum

have been picked up from a depth of 29-30 fathoms (No. D3 and D 24), and from a

depth of 50-78 fathoms (No. D4) some stunted specimens of the same species together

with some undeterminable ones.

* [This is a mistake for Cymodocea.—J, SranLEY GARDINER. ]

[ 95 ] 26*

180 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

AMIRANTE.

As to the Amirante Bank, Mr. Stanley Gardiner remarks in Ind. Oc. (p. 332): “Its

surface is decidedly irregular, as masses of growing corals and nullipores may be found

anywhere, but nowhere attains a greater depth than 37 fathoms. On its edges, where

nullipores flourish, there is perhaps a greater tendency to growth, but the term ‘atoll’

cannot as yet be applied to it.”

It seems as if well-developed Lithothamnia are not abundant in this place, apart,

however, from its surface-reefs, where Lithothamnia probably occur, though they have

not been collected. Thus in a depth of 45-60 fathoms (No. E27) has been dredged a

solitary specimen of Lithothamnion purpurascens together with a few pieces of small

calcareous rubble with young and undeterminable crusts of Lithothamnia and a crust-

like Foraminifer in habit reminding of certain forms of Lithothamnia*. From a depth

of 30 fathoms (No. E21) have been brought home small specimens of a calcareous

Squamariacea and a Foraminifer of the same kind as mentioned above. Besides, from

a depth of 20-25 fathoms (No. E13) an uncertain stunted specimen of Lithothamnion

indicum, and from about the same depth (No. E3) a few pieces forming a conglomerate

of stunted, undeterminable Lithothamnia, corals, Bryozoa, as well as the above-

mentioned Foraminifer.

THE SEYCHELLES ARCHIPELAGO.

According to Mr. Stanley Gardiner (/. ¢. p. 456), this Archipelago comprises two

coral-islands and seventeen granite-islands. ‘ Immediately around the granite-islands

are here and there fringing reefs, especially in bays.... Nullipores practically do not

enter into their composition, and such coral masses as ‘grow are of comparatively small

size. Indeed, most owe their origin to the piling up of calcareous and siliceous sand in

bays, or to the cutting down and removal of the granite above the sea-level. Yet the

absence of nullipores is the important point, nothing else really being wanting for the

formation of true coral flats. In no case do these calcareous plants grow well in lagoons

or enclosed waters, and their absence from the centre of the Seychelles bank—they grow

well on the edges—is presumably due to the churning up of the water and to the

removal from it of all carbonic acid gas by seaweeds, etc., before it reaches the

islands.”

In a depth of 31 fathoms (No. F 2) have been taken three well-developed specimens of

Archeolithothamnion timorense and two rather stunted specimens of Lithothamnion

indicum, in company with a few pieces of calcareous rubble partly covered with

Squamariacea, partly with the Foraminifera mentioned above. Some specimens of

Lithophyllum Kaiseri and a couple of specimens of Lithophyllum moluecense have been

brought home from the reef of Praslin Island. In addition, the German ‘ Valdivia’

Expedition ¢ collected on the coast, or in the neighbourhood, of Mahé Island a

* A similar Foraminifer seems to be abundant at several places in the West Indies, particularly St. Jan and

St. Croix, also here growing gregariously with Lithothamnia. It is presumed to represent a species of the genus

Gypsina.

t Cf. the footnote, p. 178.

[ 96 ]

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNIA. 181

small specimen of Goniolithon Fosliei attached to a piece of coral, together with Litho-

thamnion simulans, small and not well-developed (partly uncertain) crusts of Goniolithon

myriocarpon, Lithophyllum Yendoi f. mahéica, and a very young specimen of Litho-

phyllum affine (i.e. L. Kaiseri (pallescens), cf. below).

On comparing the area in question with other parts of the Indian Ocean we find a

close correspondence particularly with the Maldives, the only area in this ocean which

was formerly comparatively well known, owing to the collections made by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner in the years 1899-1900. ‘This correspondence chiefly concerns the three reef-

building species mentioned above, viz., Lithophyllum onkodes, DL. craspedium, and

Goniolithon frutescens—the fourth species, Lithophyllum Gardineri, having hitherto

only been found in the Chagos and at Coetivy.

As is observed below, the forms of Goniolithon frutescens occurring in the area in

question are more consistent with forms of the same species from the Maldives than the

forms of the species occurring at the Ellice Islands (Funafuti) in the Pacific Ocean.

The same is the case with Lithophyllum onkodes and L. craspedium, which are also in

structure fully consistent with specimens of the same species from the Maldives, whereas,

in this respect particularly, the specimens from the area in question and some of those

collected at the Maldives are in part a little diverging from the specimens picked up at

the Ellice Islands (¢f. Lithoph. Mald. & Laccad. p. 468).

Thus in rather great areas of the Indian Ocean these three or four species are shown to

be important reef-builders in the littoral region and in the uppermost part of the sublittoral

region. Besides, also Lithophyllum Kaiseri ( pallescens) and other species here and there

contribute to the formation of reefs, but apparently in far less degree than the species

mentioned. Farther down in depths of up to about 60 fathoms, Lithothamnion indicum

as well as L. australe seem to be rather essential builders of new strata in places suitable

for them, partly alone, partly gregariously, and here and there associated with other

species in smaller number.

To judge from our present knowledge of the Lithothamnia within the tropics, it seems

that in places where these algze occur in such abundance and so large masses that atolls

with surface-reefs are practically entirely formed by them, as, e. g., in the Chagos, or in

places where they are of essential importance for the consolidation of corals into true

reefs the number of species is frequently small, but each of them appearing in an

enormous number of individuals. Besides in the Chagos, this is the case at Coetivy, at

certain places in the Maldives, and at the Ellice Islands (Funafuti), as wellas the Gilbert

Islands in the Pacific Ocean. In banks which are formed of freely-developed branching

specimens in the lowermost part of the littoral region, as, e. g., at Haingsisi in the Malay

Archipelago *, or, more frequently, at different depths in the sublittoral region, one species

will predominate +. On the other hand, in places where the Lithothamnia do not appear

in such quantities, on exposed as well as on protected and suitable localities, a larger

variety of species is often found.

* Cf, A. Weber van Bosse in ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. Ixi. livr. 18. p. 4.

+ In boreal or arctic areas such banks are often formed of only one species.

[ 97 ]

182 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

There seems to be a considerable correspondence as to the Lithothamnia in the

Indian Ocean and large areas of the Pacific Ocean within the tropics. This concerns

several of the species themselves as well as their mode of occurrence, peculiarly such as

determine the general aspect of the vegetation. Thus the three reef-building species

mentioned above occur at the Ellice Islands, one of them also at the Gilbert Islands,

nearly under the same conditions as at the localities mentioned in the Indian Ocean. At

the former islands Lithophyllwm onkodes is known from, e. g., “ reef-platform,”

platform,” “ thick growth of nullipore from the shoals in the lagoon,” and “ consolidated

rock, forming platform, Hurricane Beach” at Funafuti, from Fualopa and from Pava

Islet. Lithophyllum craspedium partly grows gregariously with the former species or

with Goniolithon frutescens, partly alone, e. g., “ocean-platform” Funafuti, and at

Fualopa. Besides, at Onoatoa, Gilbert Island, it is “ a very abundant type and the most

important reef-former,” no living coral haying been seen there, but ‘‘ everywhere on the

lagoon and ocean-face immense masses”’ of this calcareous alga. Goniolithon frutescens

occurs, é. g., on the ocean-platform of Funafuti, at Fualopa, and “is very abundant on the

leeward (W.) islets of Funafuti Atoll.” It appears on the beach S. of the village, Funafuti

lagoon, and on the lagoon-platform at Funafala. Here it is “ an important rock-former ”

and it is “also an important reef-former.” Some species, however, which are common

to both oceans seem to be more largely distributed in one than in the other, and as a

matter of course there are several species which are as yet known only from one of these

oceans, and which are rather local and seem to appear in no large numbers anywhere.

Our knowledge of the occurrence of these calcareous alge in both oceans is, however,

as yet so inconsiderable that at present no thorough comparison can be made which can

lay claim to any particular interest.

CORALLINACEA, (Gray) Harv.

Tribe LITHOTHAMNIONEA, Fosl.

Genus LiIrHoTHAMNION, Phil. (emend.).

Subgenus EvuLirHoTHamMnion, Fosl.

1. Lithothamnion purpurascens, Fosl.

‘ Siboga’ Exp. n. Ixi. livr. 18 (1904), p. 18, in obs.

Lithothamnion funafutiense f. purpurascens, Fos\. Corall. in Fl. Koh Chang, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv.

(1901) p. 18.

With some reservation, I refer a solitary specimen to the above species. It is 3-4.em.

in diameter, and surrounds irregularly crust-like calcareous masses of some kind or other,

with rather numerous excrescences mostly small and irregularly wart-like, some of which

at least have risen owing to the unevenness of the substratum. It is rather richly furnished

with conceptacles of sporangia, which are 400-700 » in diameter, and essentially agree

with those of the species in question, intersected with about 100 muciferous canals.

[ 98 ]

*ocean- .

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNIA. 183

Conceptacles of cystocarps do not occur. The specimen in structure also mainly

resembles Lithothamnion purpurascens, forming feebly-marked layers of tissue. It has

been dredged at a depth of 45-60 fathoms together with a couple of stunted pieces of

another calcareous alga and a crust-like Foraminifer.

Locality. Indian Ocean: the Amirante Bank, No. E 27 (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. The Gulf of Siam.

2. Lithothamnion indicum, Fosl.

Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1906, n. 8 (1907), p. 7 (in Norwegian).

Resembles Lithoth. fruticulosum f. crassiuscula, but the bottom of the conceptacles of

sporangia almost plane or feebly convex according to the shape of the layers of tissue,

and particularly the lower corners in a median-vertical section often not or but feebly

rounded ; conceptacles of cystocarps almost superficial, conical.

f. typica.

Syn. Lithothamnion fruticulosum f. crassiuscula, Fosl. Lithoth. Mald. & Laccad. in Gardiner, Fauna

and Geogr. of the Mald. & Laccad, Archip. i. p. 464, pl. 24. figs. 2, 8; Lithoth. Adriat. Meer.

in Wissensch. Meeresuntersuch. vii. (1905) Helgoland, t. f. 1. figs. 7-9; Lithoth. in ‘ Siboga’

Exp. n. Ixi. livr. 18, p. 19, pl. 2. figs. 1-4.

f. subtilis, Fosl.

Ibe Oe

Shape and size of the branches corresponding to Lithoth. fruticulosum f. clavulata.

Syn. Lithothamnion fruticulosum f. clavulata, Fosl. Corall. in Fl. Koh Chang, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv.

(1901) p.17; Lithoth. Adriat. Meer. /.c. t. 1. figs. 16-17; Lithoth. in ‘ Siboga’ Exp. J. c. pl. 2.

figs. 5-9.

This alga has previously been referred to Lithoth. fruticulosum, which it resembles both

in habit and as to the form and size of the conceptacles of sporangia,—apart, however,

from the fact that these organs, as I have earlier observed, in Lithoth. indicum for

the most part show a more even bottom with sharper corners than usual in Lithoth.

Sruticulosum. This is not, however, a well-defined character, as typical Lithoth. fruticu-

loswum shows sometimes the same state of things as to these organs, and, on the other

hand, specimens of Lithoth. indicum occur, especially feebly developed ones, in which

the conceptacles in a median-vertical section now and then show nearly the same

form as in Lithoth. fruticulosum. As to the cystocarpic conceptacles, I remarked in

Lithoth. Mald. & Laccad. J. ¢., that the only point of difference from Lithoth. fruticu-

losum “ appears to be the fact that the conceptacles of crystocarps are more acute than

generally seen in specimens from the region last named” (the Mediterranean and the

Adriatic). The specimens in which these organs were found corresponded, however,

with a rather delicate and not well developed f. clavulata, Therefore I could attach no

special importance to this character. In ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. lxi. p. 22, [also mentioned a form

in which I found a few cystocarpic conceptacles which proved a little diverging from

those of typical Lithoth. fruticulosum. But these specimens also were not well developed,

in part even quite stunted and bearing only one or two of the organs in question. I have

not till quite recently succeeded in finding them well developed and occurring in some

[ 99 ]

184 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

numbers in typical specimens from Australia, and less well developed and scanty in

specimens from Providence. They diverge from the same organs in Lithothamnion

Jruticulosum by being almost superficial and conic or almost conic, always more pointed

than in the latter species. They are finally quite dissolved, and thus they are not over-

grown by new-formed tissue, as is often the case in Lithoth. fruticulosum. Accordingly

I must consider the Indian and Pacific forms as independent species.

In the area in question Lithoth. indicum occurs in comparatively great depth. But it

is generally smaller and not so vigorous and well developed as, e. g., in Port Philip Bay, on

the south coast of Australia, where it seems to be abundant in a depth of 2-5 fathoms.

Thus at Cargados Carajos and at Providence it attains to a size of only about 4 cm.

Ifere it bears sporangia in the months of August and September. In the former of

these localities it occurs scantily in a depth of 30 fathoms, partly associated with Lithoth.

australe, but particularly with rather numerous indeterminable and mostly dead calcareous

algee, in part attached to shells of mussels. At Providence it also occurs in a depth of

about 30 fathoms and in rather large numbers. Here it has also been picked up from a

depth of 50-78 fathoms, though only a few certain specimens together with some

uncertain and indeterminable ones. From Amirante has been brought home an uncer-

tain specimen, and from the Seychelles have been brought home two specimens not

well developed.

Localities. Indian Ocean: Cargados Carajos, No. B 8 (30 fathoms), No. B 9

(30 fathoms), No. B 18 (80 fathoms), No. B 14 (80 fathoms); Providence, No. D 3

(29 fathoms), No. D 4 (50-78 fathoms), No. D 24 (30 fathoms); Amirante, No. E 13

(20-25 fathoms), uncertain; the Seychelles, No. F 2 (31 fathoms) (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. Mauritius; the Maldives; the south coast of Australia (Port Philip Bay); and

several places in the Pacific Ocean, particularly the Malay Archipelago.

3. Lithothamnion gibbosum, Fos.

Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1906, n. 8 (1907), p. 7 (in Norwegian).

Thallus freely developed at the bottom, roundish, 1°5—4 cm. in diameter; branches

subdichotomous, radiating from the centre, short, frequently crowded, partly rather

anastomosing, partly not, subfastigiate, upper parts irregularly roundish-thickened or

subcompressed, knotty, 2-7 mm. thick, smooth, and feebly shining; conceptacles of

sporangia convex, but little prominent, 400-650 » in diameter ; sporangia unknown.

f. parvula, Fosl.

1 Upto

Thallus 1°5-2 em. in diameter, branches 2~3 mm. thick.

f. erassa, Fosl.

Thallus 3-4 em. in diameter, branches 4—7 mm. thick.

In a median section of a branch the medullar hypothallic cells are mostly 18-25 » or

up to about 30 long, and 11 (9)-14, broad. The perithallic cells are partly vertically

[ 100 }

— ©

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNIA. 185

elongated, 11-18 or up to 224 long, and 9-11 or up to 14, broad, partly and chiefly

in the external layers often subsquarish, about 9 in diameter, here and there a little

horizontally elongated. The cells, as a general rule, are rather thick-walled, in part

forming layers of tissue rather strongly defined.

The form parvula, which possibly represents the typical form of the species, bears in

habit a considerable resemblance to small specimens of Lithophyllum racemus f. typica.

It also approaches certain forms of Lithoth. fruticulosum, but the surface is smoother

and, at any rate partly, feebly shining. The alga is freely developed on the bottom; but

when it comes into contact with other calcareous alge or other detached objects it partly

develops a feeble crust, like several other species (¢f. ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. Ixi. p. 41).

Of the form crassa only a single specimen was found, which had also been lying loose

at the bottom. In habit this form somewhat approaches Lithoth. brachycladum from the

West Coast of Africa, Lithoth. validum from the Pacific Coast of North America, and

Lithoth. floridanum from Florida, a group of species distinguished by coarse and short

branches. Also as to structure it comes near to the species last mentioned.

In this respect it also, as well as f. parvula, approaches Lithoth. indicum. The form

in question bears a great resemblance in habit to certain forms of Arch. erythreum

(of. ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. lxi. pl. 5. figs. 8, 9).

In both forms a partial decortication of the external layers of tissue of the

branches occurs here and there rather closely recalling dissolved sori of sporangia of

Archeolithothamnion.

Only the single specimen of f. crassa bears a few conceptacles of sporangia. The

conceptacles finally, at any rate now and then, become overgrown by new-formed tissue,

and are in a median-vertical section rather flat-bottomed with corners in part scarcely

rounded. A few specimens of f. parvula show scars from dissolved conceptacles.

The species occurred at a depth of 55 fathoms, associated with Lithoth. australe and

Squamariacea.

Locality. Indian Ocean: Saya de Malha, No. C 15 (Stanley Gardiner).

4, Lithothamnion australe, Fosl.

Lithothamnion coralloides £. australis, Fosl. Norw. Lithoth., in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift.

1894 (1895), p. 92, ex parte; New or Crit. Lithoth., 7. c. 1899, n. 5 (1900), p. 8, figs. 6-7.

Lithothamnion australe, Fosl. Rev. Syst. Surv. Melob., /. c. 1900, n. 5, p. 13; ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. 1x1.

livr. 18, p. 24, pl. 2. figs. 10-62.

As to the rather uncertain circumscription of this species and its varying forms, I refer

to my remarks in ‘ Siboga’ Exp. J. c. Also the specimens collected by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner are sterile. Besides there are often developed thin crusts round specimens that

are wholly or partly dead, and it is impossible to decide whether these crusts are new

layers of accretion issuing from the part of the alga still living or, when the specimen

is wholly dead, may represent young crusts of the same or another species.

The form occurring at Saya de Malha is most nearly connected with f. ¢walensis, in

part, however, coarser than typical specimens of that form. There are also some

finely branching specimens which very nearly approach f. minutwla and are perhaps

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. x11. [ 101 | 27

186 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

identical with that form. Here the species occurs rather abundantly, particularly

associated with Lithoth. gibbosum and numerous fragmentary undeterminable specimens.

At Cargados Carajos it occurs in a form which partly also approaches f. brachiata, and

some specimens are almost always consistent with typical f. minutula.

Localities. Cargados Carajos, No. B 8 (80 fathoms), No. B 14 (80 fathoms); Saya de

Malha, No. C 15 (55 fathoms) (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. Several places in the Pacific Ocean, particularly the Malay Archipelago.

Genus ARCH ZOLITHOTHAMNION (Rothpl.), Fosl.

5. Archeolithothamnion erythreum (Rothpl.), Fosl.

Rey. Syst. Surv. Melob., in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1900, n. 5, p. 8.

Lithothamnion erythreum, Rothpl. in Bot. Centralbl. liv. (1893) p. 5.

Of this species only a single specimen occurs, feebly developed, attached to a piece of

coral and coalesced with another calcareous alga which is undeterminable.

It was picked up from a depth of 26 fathoms, apparently in company with Lithoph.

Okamura.

Locality. Saya de Malha, C 16 (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. The Red Sea; the Gulf of Aden; the Maldives, and many places in the Pacific

Ocean.

6. Archeolithothamnion timorense, Fosl.

‘ Siboga’ Exp. n. Ixi. livr. 18, p. 42, pl. 8. figs. 1-11.

Of the above species three specimens were brought home, which most nearly resemble

figs. 4 and 11, 7. ¢. They were dredged at a depth of 31 fathoms and provided with

sporangia in October.

Locality. The Seychelles, No. F 2 (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. Timor and a few other places in the Pacific Ocean.

Tribe MELOBESIE&, Aresch. (mut. char.).

Genus GONIOLITHON, Fosl.

Subgenus EvGonroLirHon, Fosl.

7. Goniolithon frutescens, Fosl.

Cale. Alg. Funafuti, in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1900, n. 1, p. 9. ©

The forms of this species occurring on the reefs of the Salomon and Egmont Atolls

in the Chagos Archipelago and at Coetivy are generally more finely branching than at

Funafuti, the place where the alga was: first found. In this respect they are most

closely connected with the forms from the Malay Archipelago figured in ‘ Siboga’ Exp.

n. lxi. pl. 10, but they are mostly more densely branching. On the other hand, a couple

of small specimens from a lagoon shoal at Egmont are of about the same coarseness as

[ 102 ]

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNIA. 187

those from Funafuti, though more densely branching than the typical form as it appears

at Funafuti and at the Maldives (¢f. Fosl. Lithoth. in Gardiner, Mald. & Laccad. i.

pl. 25. fig. 4)*. The species is probably more densely branched, the more exposed the

locality is in which it is growing. Almost all the specimens collected arc so far most

nearly connected with f. congesta (cf. op. c. pl. 25. figs. 5, 6). Several of them, however,

bear branches compressed or flabellate, for which reason they are to be referred to

f. flabelliformis, though they are not wholly consistent with typical specimens of this

form. Besides, some specimens approach much more to f. subtilis (ef. ‘Siboga’ Exp.

n. Ixi. pl. 10. figs. 12, 18). Gon. frutescens thus proves to be a species varying

much, like many other calcareous alge. This is no doubt partly due to local

conditions.

The alga appears to have grown in association with Lithoph. Gardineri, several

of the specimens brought home having been accrete with that species or with corals.

It probably occurs in large numbers, particularly at the Salomon Atoll and at Coetivy.

At the former locality and at Egmont Atoll it seems for the most part to be sterile

in the months of May and June, while some are richly fructifyig at Coetivy in

September.

Localities. Chagos Archipelago; Salomon Atoll, reef; Egmont Atoll, reef and lagoon

shoal; Coetivy, E. reef and other places (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. The Maldives and Laccadives, and some places in the Pacific Ocean.

Genus LITHOPHYLLUYM, Phil. (emend.).

Subgenus EuLIrHorHyLuum, Fosl.

8. Lithophyllum Okamurat, Fosl.

Five new Calc. Alg., in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1900, n. 3, p. 4.

f. ptychoides, Fosl.

Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1906, n. 8 (1907), p. 29 (in Norwegian).

This form is nearly connected with f. trincomaliensis from Ceylon, but diverges from

it by being less branching and by having partly smaller cells. The specimens are rather

encumbered with extraneous objects and particularly much attacked by worms. In

consequence they are soméwhat stunted and bear conceptacles sparsely. Also the

conceptacles have been attacked by organisms, and consequently sporangia are not to

be found. Conceptacles overgrown by new-formed tissue, on the other hand, occur in

rather large numbers.

The forms hitherto known of Lithoph. Okamurat occur in the littoral region or in

shallow water, whereas f. ptychoides is found in a depth of about 26 fathoms.

Locality. Saya de Malha, No. C 16 (26 fathoms), and No. C19 (29 fathoms), uncertain

(Stanley Gardiner).

Area. Ceylon, and several places in the Pacific.

* J. Stanley Gardiner, ‘The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,’ vol. i. part 4.

[ 103 ] | 27%

188 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

9. Lithophyllum Kaiseri, Heydr.

Lithothamnion Kaiserii, Heydr. in Ber. Deutsch. bot. Ges. xv. (1897) p. 64.

Lithophyllum Kaiserii, Heydr. 1. c. p. 412.

f. typiea.

Lithophyllum Kaiserii, Heydr. in Ber. Deutsch. bot. Ges. xv. (1897) p. 412.

f. subplicata, Fosl.

Vidensk. Selsk. Aarsber. for 1900, p. 14.

Syn. Lithophyllum madagascarense, Heydr. Nouv. Mélob., in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Par. viii. (1902)

p. 473.

As I have already pointed out, it is scarcely possible to draw a line between Lithoph.

Kaiseri and Lithoph. pallescens, Fosl., the latter occurring in the Gulf of California.

The same is the case with Lithoph. affine. It proves more and more evident that

both Z. Kaiseri and L. affine must be sunk under Lithoph. pallescens, while, on

the other hand, this species is very nearly allied to Lithoph. racemus and Lithoph.

Okamurai. I do not unite them here, as I must first go over the material, now some-

what increased, which I have not yet had an opportunity of doing. Also Lithoph.

madagascarense, Heydr. *, must be referred to the same species. According to the type

specimen, which by the kindness of Mr. P. Hariot I have had the opportunity of

examining, it only represents a coarse f. swbhplicata.

The specimens collected are rather well developed and up to about 8 cm. in diameter ;

but they are partly burdened with other algze which have attached themselves to them.

They belong partly to the typical form of the species, partly to f. sie oil In the

month of November they bore ripe sporangia.

Locality. The Seychelles Archipelago: Praslin Island, reef (Stanley Gardiner) F.

Area. Madagascar, Réunion, Mauritius, and Rodriguez; the Red Sea; the Maldive

and the Laccadive groups; Cocos-Keeling Island; and some places in the Pacific

Ocean.

10. Lithophyllum moluccense, Fosl.

On some Lithoth., in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1897, n. 1, p. 12; Cale. Alg. Funafuti,

l. c. 1900, n. 1, p.10; New Melob., 7. c. 1900, n.6 (1901), p. 12; ‘Siboga’ Exp. n. Ixi.

livr. 18, p. 67, pl. 12. figs. 2-13.

Of this species there have been brought home but two small specimens, rather feebly

developed, attached to pieces of corals. One of them is most nearly connected with

f. pygmea, and the other belongs to f. flabelliformis. The alga was furnished with ripe

sporangia in the month of November.

Locality. The Seychelles Archipelago: Praslin Island, reef (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. Mauritius, and several places in the Pacific Ocean.

* F, Heydrich, ‘“ Quelques nouvelles Mélobésiées du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris,” Bulletin du

Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, viii. (1902) p. 473.

+ Also collected by the German ‘ Valdivia’ Expedition at Mahé (Lithoph. affine) and at Diego Garcia (Lithoph.

Kaisert),

[ 104 ]

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNIA. 189

Subgenus Porouirnon, Fosl.

11. Lithophyllum onkodes, Heydr.

Ber. der Deutsch. bot. Ges. xv. (1897) p. 410.

Lithothamnion onkodes, Heydr. Neue Kalkalg. (1897) p. 6, partim (Bibl. Bot. vii. Heft 41).

This no doubt important reef-builder occurs in the Chagos Archipelago and at Coetivy

in an unusually vigorously developed form. It forms massive and more or less uneven

crusts, and probably covers the reefs to a considerable extent. It often also incrusts

other objects and on the whole rather varies in shape. Thus it sometimes éven

forms small cap-shaped coverings on the apices of branches of corals. The species

is generally of very firm consistency, and therefore rather heavy proportionately

to the size.

At Salomon Atoll it was also picked up from a depth of 10-14 fathoms in the lagoon,

incrusting shells of mussels or pieces of coral, but the specimens, however, are small and

feebly developed. It is not known whether specimens vigorously developed occur at this

depth.

In Lithoth. Mald. & Laccad. p. 468, I mentioned that in a vertical section of some

of the crusts “the cells are here and there larger than is generally found, more regular,

and with their longest diameter in a vertical direction.” This is also in part the case

with the specimens in hand. In several of the most vigorously developed ones the cells

also form here and there rather distinct layers of tissue, sometimes even irregularly

alternating short and long cells. Frequently small groups of enlarged cells are

numerous.

Old specimens of this species are mostly sterile, but younger ones are provided with

reproductive organs in the months of May and June at Salomon and Egmont Atolls,

and at Coetivy in September.

Localities. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Atoll, reef, and lagoon 10-14 fathoms ;

Egmont Atoll, reef; Coetivy, W. reef (Stanley Gardiner).

Area. The Mauritius; the Maldives and Laccadives ; Ceylon; and widely dispersed in

the Pacific Ocean.

12, Lithophyllum craspedium, Fosl.

New or Crit. Cale, Alg., in Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1899, n. 5 (1900), p. 26 Lithoth.

in Gardiner, Mald. & Laccad. 1. p. 466, pl. 25. figs. 1, 2.

This species also appears to be an important reef-builder, forming, when most

vigorously developed, sometimes almost columnar masses with coarse branches. The

specimens brought home partly belong to the typical form of the species with branches

almost terete, but rather anastomosing, with transitions to f. compressa, partly to

f. abbreviata with smaller and shorter branches.

As is remarked below under Lithoph. Gardineri, the latter and Lithoph. craspedium

are closely connected with each other, though Lithoph. craspediwm is in general much

coarser and a more vigorously developed alga. There are, however, cases in which they

are with certainty distinguishable only by their anatomic structure. In Lithoph.

Gardineri, in a median section of a branch, the medullar hypothallic cells prove to

[ 105 ]

190 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

alternate, forming one row of short cells and two or four or sometimes up to seven rows

of long ones. Also in Lithoph. craspedium the cells are alternately short and long,

but the latter form only one or two, sometimes three, rows. The short cells in the

species in question are subquadrate or vertically elongated, 9-14 long and 7-11,

broad, the long ones 18-22, sometimes up to 29 by 7-11. The perithallic cells are

subquadrate, elongated vertically or horizontally, 7-11 ,», or up to 14 » long in a vertical

direction. Short groups of enlarged cells are frequently numerous.

The alga appears to occur most abundantly in the Chagos Archipelago, but it is found

well developed also at Coetivy. It bears reproductive organs in the months of May,

June, and September, but old specimens are, as usual, almost always sterile.

Localities. The Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Atoll, reef; Egmont Atoll, reef and

reef-edge ; Coetivy, E. reef.

Area. The Maldives and Laccadives; and the Ellice Islands (Funafuti) in the

Pacific Ocean,

13. Lithophyllum Gardinerz, Fosl., sp. n.

Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 1906, n. 8 (1907), p. 30 (in Norwegian).

Thallus forming masses partly and most frequently densely, partly somewhat spread-

ingly branching, 3-5 em. high and 4-10 em. in diameter, attached at a younger stage by

a crust-like hypothallus 1-3 mm. thick, at an older stage the hypothallus often almost

disappearing; branches repeatedly subdichotomous, frequently rather anastomosing,

sometimes forming in the basal part an almost solid mass, subfastigiate, terete or sub-

compressed, short or somewhat elongated, straight or somewhat curved, knotty or here

and there developing short side-branches, 2°5-4, seldom up to 5 mm. thick, feebly

tapering and rounded, or the apices roundish-thickened ; conceptacles of sporangia

convex, but little prominent, 240 (200)-360 » in diameter; sporangia four-parted,

50-70 p long and 30-40 » broad (PI. 19, figs. 1-4).

f. subhemispherica, Fosl., f. n.

Thallus almost hemispherical, about 15 em. high and 22-25 cm. in diameter; branches

crowded and rather anastomosing, subfastigiate, short and rather curved, knotty,

2-3 mm. thick, with the apices rounded or subtruncate and sometimes depressed in

the centre (Pl. 20).

f. obpyramidata, Fosl., f. n.

Thallus more or less obpyramidal, 4~6 cm. in diameter; branches frequently

much anastomosing, subterete or compressed, with the apices roundish-thickened or

subtruncate, often depressed in the centre, or irregularly dilated upwards and retuse

(Pl. 19. figs. 5-8).

The typical form of this species, which I have named in honour of Mr. Stanley

Gardiner, approaches in habit certain and particularly coarse forms of Lithoph.

Kaiseri (ef. Pl. 19. figs. 1, 2, and Lithoth. in Mald. & Lacead. i. pl. 24. fig. 5). It is,

[ 106 |

FOSLIE—LITHOTHAMNTA. 191

however, essentially, different from that species, peculiarly in structure. It is actually

most nearly connected with Lithoph. craspedium. ‘This is particularly the case with

f. obpyramidata, which is sometimes hardly distinguishable from a Lithoph.. eras-

pedium f. abbreviata feebly developed, the latter sometimes showing as thin branches as

those of f. obpyramidata. In structure, however, there is some difference between the

two species, as the medullar hypothallic cells of Lithoph. craspedium form a row of

short cells, rather regularly alternating with one or two or up to three rows of long ones,

whereas in the species in question the corresponding long cells, as above mentioned,

frequently form more rows. When these rows of elongated cells occur in numbers

of six to seven, a longitudinal section sometimes gives the impression of a faint cup-

shaped stratification, as is usual particularly in branching species of the genus Litho-

thamnion. The form subhemispherica is vigorously developed and much larger than any

of the other forms. The branches are a little thinner, more crowded, and more curved

than is usual in the typical form. A single specimen only of this form is known

from the reef of Egmont Atoll. There are also forms of Lithoph. Gardineri which

bear in habit rather close resemblance to Lithoph. craspedium f. subtilis. The latter,

however, is a form as yet insufficiently known, which may perhaps represent a

separate species, but, being in structure in all essentials consistent with Lithoph.

craspedium, is for the present to be regarded as a feebly developed or stunted form

of this species.

Lithoph. Gardineri seems to occur abundantly on reefs, and particularly associated

with Lithoph. craspedium and Goniolithon frutescens, sometimes coalescing especially

with the species last mentioned. Specimens are also found coalesced with corals.

No doubt it is an important reef-builder, though perhaps less so than Lithoph. craspediwm

and Lithoph. onkodes. 'The species seems to occur most numerously and best developed

in the Chagos Archipelago, particularly on the reefs. Small specimens have been

brought home from “ Nullipore shoal in lagoon” of Egmont Atoll. However, it is also

found well developed at Coetivy. But some of the specimens brought home from this

locality have no doubt grown under conditions different from those at Salomon Atoll,

partly appearing as a well-defined f. obpyramidata.

The species is scantily furnished with ripe sporangia in the month of September.

Most of the specimens collected on Salomon Atoll in May—June are sterile or provided

with empty conceptacles.

Localities. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Atoll, reef, f. ¢ypica, f. obpyramidata ;

Egmont Atoll, reef and lagoon shoal, f. typica, f. subsemispherica, f. obpyramidata ;

Coetivy, E. reef and other localities, f. typica, f. obpyramidata (Stanley Gardiner).

fh 104 |

192 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

All the figures from photographs about } natural size.

PLATE 19.

Lithophyllum Gardineri, Fosl., f. typica.

Figs. 1-3. Specimens from Salomon Atoll, Chagos.

Fig. 4. A rather young specimen attached to a fragment of a decaying root: Coetivy.

Lithophyllum Gardineri, Fosl., f. obpyramidata,

Fig. 5. A specimen forming a transition to the typical form: Salomon Atoll, Chagos.

Figs. 6,8. Specimens with much anastomosing and in part rather delicate branches: Egmont Atoll

Chagos.

Vig. 7, Aspecimen seen from below, with the outer branches partly rather dilated at their ends : Coetivy.

PuatTe 20.

Lithophyllum Gardineri, Fosl., f. subhemispherica.

Part of the alga seen from above : Egmont Atoll, Chagos.

{ Reprinted from ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society of London,’ ser. 2, Botany, vol. vii. (1907)

pp- 93-108, plates 15 and 16, as indicated by the pagination at the foot of each page. ]

[ 108 ]

SOC.

LINN.

TRANS.

Grout Engr, Co.

LITHOPHYLLUM GARDINERI, Fosl.

Fosurs.

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl. x

M. Foslie photo.

Grout Engr. Co.

LITHOPHYLLUM GARDINERI, Fosl.

[193

No. XI.—NOTE SUR LES IXODID#Z RECUEILLIS DANS DES ILES DE

LIOCEAN INDIEN PAR M. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

Par L. G. NruMann, Professeur a l’ Ecole nationale Vétérinaire de Toulouse.

(Communiqué par M. J. Stantny Garoiner, .A., F.L.S.)

Lu le 20 juin, 1907.

La petite Collection de Tiques qui m’a été envoyée par M. J. S. Gardiner comprenait

5 tubes, dont voici la détermination et lorigine :

1°. Rhipicephalus sanguineus (Latr.), 1 2, recueillie sur le sol dans l’ile Providence.

2°. Rhipicephalus sanguineus (Latr.), 1 ¢, recueilli sur le sol & Providence. (Cerf

Island).

3°. Amblyomma sp., 1 nymphe, recueillie sur le sol dans une ile Farquhar.

4°, Ornithodoros talaje capensis Neum., 11 spécimens, recueillis sur le sol dans une

ile Cargados Carajos (Siren Island).

5°. Amblyomma loculosum Neum., 2 ¢ et 10 2, recueillis sur le sol dans une ile

Cargados Carajos (Establishment Island).

Nos, 1-2 —Rhipicephalus sanguineus (Latr.) est une espéce cosmopolite, qui parait

avoir été propagée, par le Chien principalement, dans la plupart des contrées chaudes,

depuis le Midi de l'Europe jusqu’au Cap de Bonne-Espérance et la plus grande

partie de l’Asie. Sa rencontre dans les iles de ]’Océan Indien précise encore son aire

d’expansion.

No. 8.—Les Amblyomma a Vétat de larve ou de nymphe sont rarement assez

caractérisés pour pouvoir étre rapportées avec certitude 4 une espéce déterminée. Le

spécimen de Pile Farquhar ne fait pas exception a la régle générale.

No. 4.—Ornithodoros talaje capensis Neum. est une sous-espéce que j’ai antérieure-

ment décrite * d’aprés de nombreux individus recueillis dans des nids de Pingouins et

* L. G. Neumann, “ Revision de la famille des Ixcdides: 4° Mémoire” (Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de

France, t. xiv. p. 258, 1901).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 28

194 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

sur le guano, dans des iles situées la long de la céte septentrionale de la Colonie du Cap

et qui m’avaient été communiqués par Mr. P. Lounsbury. Cette sous-espéce abonde en

ses lieux dorigine. Elle se rattache au type sud-américain, surtout par la présence

de joues de chaque cdté du camérostome. Elle est d’ailleurs plus petite. Dans les iles

Cargados Carajos, ot elle a été rencontrée, elle doit vivre sur les Oiseaux, qui, avec des

Lézards, sont les seuls Vertébrés qu’on y trouve. Il est probable que 0. ¢. capensis est

répandu assez loin de la céte 8.-E. de P Afrique, dans toutes les iles et tous les ilots que

les Oiseaux de mer fréquentent.

No. 5.—Amblyomma loculosum Neum. est une nouvelle espéce, dont je donne ici la

description.

Amblyomma loculosum, sp. n.

‘

MArr.—Corps en ovale court, long de 4™" 4 5™,5 (rostre non compris), plus large

(3™,5 4 5™) vers le tiers postérieur. Ecusson bien convexe, rouge cuivre foncé (apres

séjour dans l’alcool), avec une bordure noire, étroite, de largeur irréguliére, qui occupe

tout le pourtour, s’étend sur les séparations des festons postérieurs et sur tout le sillon

marginal; plus, d’autres taches noires, savoir: deux antérieures, symétriques, en dehors

de lorigine des sillons marginaux ; derriére celles-ci et de chaque coté, deux plus petites,

suecessives; en dedans de ces derniéres, de chaque cété, une allongée; entre elles, une

transversale, impaire, plus longue que large; une bande étroite, impaire, longitudinale,

allant du feston médian jusqu’au tiers postérieur de la longueur; de chaque coté, une

bande plus courte, dirigée vers le centre, partant du sillon marginal, en regard de la

limite interne du pénulti¢me feston; quelques petites taches irréguliéres ¢a et 1a.

Sillons cervicaux profonds et courts, bien limités; sillon marginal profond, commengant

en arriére des yeux et contournant les festons en avant; festons bien indiqués, rectan-

gulaires, plus longs que larges ; une dépression médiane transversale et une longitudinale

postérieure sur les taches noires correspondantes; une saillie peu prononcée, mais

accentuée par les taches et les dépressions voisines, dessine en avant la figure d'un

écusson de femelle. Ponctuations tres nombreuses, un peu inégales, souvent confluentes

et formant des groupes séparés par des erétes, réparties sur toute la surface et moins

abondantes en dehors du sillon marginal. Quelques poils rares et tres courts a la

périphérie. Yeux grands, plats, noirdtres. Lace ventrale brun foncé; des poils courts

et nombreux ; tégument strié, pliss¢; festons bien apparents, aussi larges ou plus larges

que longs. Péritreémes en virgule large, 4 fond sombre.—Rostre long (1"",1 & 1™,3),

étroit. Base rectangulaire, plus large que longue, les angles postérieurs un peu saillants,

plats; la surface finement ponctuée. Hypostome long, spatulé, a six files de dents

fortes. Palpes plats, revétus de quelques poils longs et blanchitres; le deuxieme article

deux fois au moins aussi long que le troisieme.—Pattes fortes, longues, brun rougeatre.

Hanches I & deux épines subégales, aussi larges que longues, plates et tranchantes ; une

épine semblable, plus large que longue, aux hanches IL et ITI, plus longue que large et

NEUMANN—IXODID-_&, 195

plus aigué aux hanches IV. Tarses longs, forts, terminés en escalier, avec deux forts

éperons consécutifs.

Frmetie.—Corps en ovale court, long de 6™ (rostre non compris) large de 5"™™

vers le tiers postérieur, brun marron foncé. Ecusson triangulaire-cordiforme (les bords

latéraux un peu convexes, l’'angle postérieur étroit), un peu plus large (8™,2) que

long (2™",95), rouge cuivre foncé (aprés séjour dans l’alcool) avec taches plus claires

surtout dans les angles scapulaires et pres des bords latéraux et de l’angle postérieur ;

sur tout le pourtour, sauf en avant, une étroite bordure noire, plus large au niveau des

yeux. Ponctuations semblables a celles du ¢, mais plus grandes, plus profondes et plus

serrées. Sillons cervicaux larges, profonds, atteignant presque le bord latéro-postérieur

correspondant. Yeux comme chez le ¢, situés entre le quart et le cinquiéme antérieur

de la longueur de l’écusson. ace dorsale irréguliérement plissée-ondulée avec sillon

marginal complet et festons postérieurs; de nombreux poils blanchatres, épais, longs,

spiniformes, répartis irréguliérement sur toute la surface. Face ventrale brun rougeatre

plus clair, avec de nombreux poils, semblables aux poils dorsaux a la périphérie, bien

plus courts et normaux sur le reste de la surface. Péritremes grands, brun foncé,

subtriangulaires, avec un large prolongement postéro-dorsal—Rostre long (1™,6),

étroit. Base rectangulaire, plus large que longue, les angles postérieurs peu saillants,

plats ; aires poreuses grandes, profondes, ovales, plus longues que larges, leur intervalle

un peu inférieur a leur petit diamétre. Hypostome et palpes semblables a ceux du ¢,

plus longs.—Pattes fortes, plus longues que celles du ¢, brun rougedatre, annelées de

blane a l’extrémité distale des 3°, 4° et 5° articles. Hanches 4 épines un peu moins

larges. Tarses semblables 4 ceux du ¢, plus longs.

D’aprés 2 ¢ et 10 2 recueillis sur le sol 4 Establishment Island (Cargados Carajos).—

Amblyomma loculosum vit probablement sur les Lézards, qui, avec les Oiseaux, sont les

seuls Vertébrés des iles Cargados.

Amblyomma loculosum prend place parmi les Amblyomma d Afrique selon les

indications du tableau suivant :

MAte.

1,4 Yeux plats, non saillants.—

Yeux hémisphériques, orbités.

2. Ecusson dorsal pourvu d’un sillon latéral.—3.

Ecusson dorsal dépourvu de sillon latéral.

3. Ecusson dorsal & sillon latéral ne contournant pas le bord postérieur.—A. cuneatum.

Ecusson dorsal a sillon latéral contournant le bord postérieur.—4.

a ee ie dorsal sans bande foncée, médiane, longitudinale, postérieure.

Ecusson dorsal avec bande foncée, médiane, longitudinale, postérieure.—5.

5 Ecusson dorsal clair sur les cOtés.—A. marmoreum.

’ L&cusson dorsal foneé sur les cétés.—6.

6 a dorsal & ponctuations fines, trés écartées.— A. hebreum.

Ecusson dorsal 4 ponctuations grandes, profondes, rapprochées, confluentes en partie.—A. loculosum.

28*

196 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Freme.te.

Yeux plats, non saillants.—2.

* LYeux hémisphériques, orbités.

Ecusson dorsal concolore, subcordiforme. Tarses atténués en escalier.—4. cuneatum.

’ LBeusson dorsal marqué de taches.—3.

3. Hypostome a 6 files de dents.—4.

Hypostome & 8 files de dents.

Ecusson dorsal & ponctuations toutes ou presque toutes écartées.

* Ufcusson dorsal & ponctuations grandes, profondes, rapprochées, confluentes en partie —A. loculosum.

PeoT J

No. XII—NOTES ON THE COCCIDZ COLLECTED BY ‘THE PERCY

SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION TO THE INDIAN OCEAN: SUPPLE-

MENTED BY A COLLECTION RECEIVED FROM Mr. R. DUPONT,

DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE, SEYCHELLES.

By E. Ernest GREEN, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Government Entomologist, Ceylon.

(Communicated by J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plate 21 and Text-figure 47.)

Read 20th June, 1907.

THE most noticeable feature of the collections is the comparatively cosmopolitan character

of the species. Nota single peculiar species was found amongst the collection made by

the Gardiner expedition, while—with the exception of Ceroplastes tenuitectus, which

appears to be very distinct—the new species described from the Dupont collection are

all closely allied to well-known and widely distributed forms. Mytilaspis auriculata

belongs to the group of which JZ, pomorum may be recognized as the type, the species of

which are very difficult to separate. Pulvinaria antigoni differs from psidii principally

in a modification of the marginal hairs. Another species, Lecaniwm frontale, is so far

recorded elsewhere from Ceylon only ; but it must be remembered that our knowledge

of the Coccidz of the tropical regions is still very incomplete. The long series of

Lecanium tessellatum in Mr. Gardiner’s collection provides a very complete chain of

links connecting Signoret’s type with Z. perforatwm of Newstead and L. subtessellatum,

mihi, proving—what I have for some time suspected—that these reputed species are

specifically inseparable.

In the following catalogue of species, those marked with an * are represented in the

Gardiner collection, while the mark + indicates the species collected by Mr. Dupont.

he remaining (unmarked) species have been previously recorded from the area under

consideration.

The generic names employed are those that have been in general use to within

the last few years. A number of very radical changes in the nomenclature have

been put forward (principally by American entomologists) and brought together in

Mrs. Fernald’s ‘Catalogue of the Coccidze of the World’ (1903); but, as there will

probably be still further and (I hope) final changes in the ‘Genera Insectorum’ (now

in course of publication), I prefer to retain for the present the well-known names with

which we have become familiarized.

198 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

nt te i

CATALOGUE OF COCCID® FROM THE REGION OF THE EXPEDITION.

1. *tleerya seychellarum (Westwood).

On “ Bois Malgache,” Darros I., Amirantes, 13.x.05.

3, Casuarina, Desroches, 15.x.05; Darros I., Amirantes, 12.x.05.

,, undetermined plant, Desroches, 15.x.05 ; Mahé, Seychelles (2000 ft.).

,», Dusa, Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

,, Citrus, Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

» ‘‘Star apple,” Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles.

» Scavola Kenigii, Poivre Is., 10.x.05, and Darros I., Amirantes, 12.x.05.

» * Bois de feu,” Poivre Is., Amirantes, 10 x.05.

», Cocos nucifera, Darros I., Amirantes, 12.x.05.

5, Pithecolobium, Casuarina, Bohmeria, Bixa, Wormia ferruginea, Punica,

Seychelles.

Other localities :—Mauritius; Madeira; China; New Zealand; Formosa; Ceylon.

2. Orthezia insignis, Douglas.

Mauritius; 8. Africa; Ceylon; China; Java; Brazil; British Guiana; Trinidad ;

Jamaica; Mexico; U.S. America; England (under glass).

3. tAsterolecanium epidendri (Bouché).

On Ficus indica and Behmeria nivea, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Europe ; Jamaica; Trinidad.

4. Asterolecanium bambuse, Boisduval.

Mauritius; Algeria; Ceylon; Brazil; Grenada; W. Indies; Mexico; England

(under glass).

5. Asterolecanium miliaris, Boisduval.

Mauritius; Algeria; Brazil; Jamaica; Trinidad; Ceylon.

6. Asterolecanium quercicola (Bouché).

Mauritius; Europe; Australia; Jamaica; U.S. America.

7. Phenacoccus nivalis (Maskell).

Mauritius; Australia.

8. *tDactylopius citri (Risso).

On Scevola Koenigii, Farquhar Atoll, 1.x.05.

,, Ficus sp., Diego Garcia, Chagos Is., 12.vi.05.

» fruit of ‘* Bois tortue,’ Desroches Atoll, 5.x.05.

», undetermined plants, Chagos Is., 12.vi.05; Coetivy, 10.ix.05.

» Desmanthus, Aldabra.

Other localities :—Mauritius ; Europe; Sandwich Islands; Brazil; Jamaica; Ceylon ;

India; Canada; U.S. America.

GREEN—COCCID2#, 199

9. *tDactylopius virgatus, Cockerell.

On Tournefortia argentea, Farquhar Atoll, 29.ix.05.

» “Takamaka,” Coetivy, 10.ix.05.

» “Cotton,” Establishment Island, Cargados Carajos, 28.viii.05.

», undetermined plant, Darros I., Amirantes, 12.x.05.

» Asparagus, Seychelles, and “ Cotton,” Aldabras.

Other localities :—Mauritius ; Jamaica ; Sandwich Islands; Mexico; Texas; Ceylon;

India; Java.

10. Dactylopius caleeolarie minor, Maskell.

Mauritius,

11. Dactylopius filamentosus, Cockerell.

Mauritius; 8. Caicos Islands ; Jamaica; Sandwich Islands; Japan.

12. Dactylopius longispinus (Targioni-Tozzetti).

Mauritius ; Europe; New Zealand; Chili; Jamaica; Ceylon; U.S. America.

13. Dactylopius sacchari, Cockerell.

Mauritius ; Trinidad; Barbados; Porto Rico; Mexico; India.

14. Antonina (Chetococecus) bambuse (Maskell).

Mauritius; Sandwich Islands; Ceylon; Brazil.

15. *¢Pulvinaria psidit, Maskell.

On “ Mapou,” Farquhar Atoll, 29.ix.05.

», “Star Apple,” Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

,», Pisonia cuspidea, Eagle I., Amirantes, 17.x.05.

5 ‘*Tomato,” Astove I.

,, Pisonia macrophylla, St. Pierre J., Providence.

Other localities :—New Zealand ; Hawaiian Islands; Formosa; Ceylon ; India; China ;

Japan; Java; California.

16. *Pulvinaria floccifera (Westwood).

On “ Bois Malgache,” Farquhar Atoll, 30.ix.05.

Other localities :—England (under glass); India; Trinidad; Canada; U.S. America.

17. ¢tPulvinaria antigoni, sp. nov.

On Antigonon, Seychelles.

18. Pulvinaria cariet, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

19. Pulvinaria iceryt, Guérin-Ménéville.

Mauritius; Réunion Island.

200 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

20. *Ceroplastes floridensis, Comstock.

On undetermined plant, St. Anne I. (600 ft.), Seychelles.

Other localities :—U.S. America; W. Indies; Hawaiian Islands; Ceylon; India;

Brazil; Japan; Australia; Java.

21. ¢Ceroplastes tenuitectus, sp. nov.

On “ Bois la fumée,” Aldebra.

22. Ceroplastes vinsonii, Signoret.

Mauritius ; Réunion Island.

23. *¢Vinsonia stellifera (Westwood).

On “Star Apple,” Mahé (800 ft.), Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

,, Sapodilla Plum,” Mahé (800 ft.), Seychelles, 18.i1x.05.

», Palaquium, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Trinidad ; Jamaica; Antigua; Barbados; Demerara; Grenada;

Brazil; Central America; California ; Ceylon.

24. *+Lecanium olee (Bernard).

On “ Figuier des Banians,” Peros Banhos Atoll, Chagos Is.

,. Sehmidelia, Aldabra.

Other localities :—Mauritius; Europe; New Zealand; Australia; China; Japan;

Java; Tawaiian Islands; 8S. Africa; Ceylon; Brazil; W. Indes; Mexico; U.S.

America.

25. *tLecanium nigrum, Nietner.

On Jacaranda mimosefolia.

,, Hibiscus, Seychelles. '

Other localities :—Mauritius; Ceylon; India; W. Indies; Porto Rico; Br. Guiana;

Australia; New Zealand; Java.

26. ¢Lecanium hesperidum, Linneus.

On Cassia siamea, Seychelles.

., Rubiacez, Aldabra.

Other localities:—Europe; Australia; New Zealand; S. Africa; Hawaiian Islands ;

Japan; Chili; Algeria; W. Indies; Mexico; U.S. America; Canada; Ceylon.

27. *Lecanium tessellatum, Signoret.

On Scevola Kenigii, Farquhar Atoll, 1.x.05.

,, “Sapodilla Plum,” Mahé (800 ft.), Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

,, ‘ Coffee,’ Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

, “Star Apple,” Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

,, Cocos nucifera, Farquhar Atoll, 30.ix.05.

Other localities :—France ; England (under glass); Mauritius; Hawaiian Islands ;

Ceylon; Jamaica; Jaya.

GREEN—COCCID 2. 20)

28. tLecanium longulum, Douglas.

On Anona squamosa, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Mauritius; Hawaiian Islands; New Zealand; Fiji; Ceylon;

India; China; Mexico; U.S. America; W. Indies; England (under glass).

29. tLecanium frontale, Green.

On Casuarina, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Ceylon.

30. Lecanium viride, Green.

Mauritius; India; Ceylon; Brazil; W. Indies.

31. Lecanium hemisphericum, Targioni-Tozzetti.

Mauritius; Europe; New Zealand; Australia; Hawaiian Islands ; Galapagos glands :

Brazil; W. Indies; U.S. America; Mexico; India; Ceylon; Java.

32. Lecanium guerinii, Signoret.

Mauritius.

33. *¢Chionaspis inday, Banks.

On “ Areca-nut,” Cascade, Mahé, Seychelles.

», Cocos nucifera, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Philippine Islands.

34. Chionaspis quercus, Comstock.

Mauritius; California; New Mexico.

35. Chionaspis tegalensis, Zehntuer.

Mauritius; Java.

36. *+Hemichionaspis minor, Maskell.

On “ Cotton,” Establishment Island, Cargados Carajos, 28.viii.05.

», dibiscus and “ Cotton,” Seychelles.

Other localities :—Ceylon; New Zealand; Japan; Brazil; W. Indies; Panama ;

Florida.

37. fHemichionaspis aspidistre, Signoret.

On Heliconia, Seychelles.

Other localities :—India; Ceylon; Formosa; Japan; Australia; Brazil; Trinidad;

Java; Europe; Canada and U.S. America (under glass).

38. Howardia biclavis (Comstock).

Mauritius; U.S. America; Mexico; W. Indies; Tahiti; Ceylon; Japan; Hawaiian

Islands ; Great Britain (under glass).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 29

202 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

39. tDiaspis pentagona, Targioni-Tozzetti.

On Carica Papaya and “ Pigeon-pea,” Seychelles.

Other localities:—Mauritius; Europe; New Zealand; Ceylon; Australia; Japan ;

Java; China; Hawaiian Islands; S. Africa; Brazil; W. Indies; U.S. America.

10. Diaspis echinocacti (Bouché).

Mauritius; Brazil; India; Europe; Algeria; Mexico; U.S. America.

41. Diaspis euphoria, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

42. Fiorinia eleodendri (?el@odendri), de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

(Note.—This species is catalogued by Mrs. Fernald as al@odendri. In de Charmoy’s

original description it is given as el@odendri, and is said to have been collected

upon a species of (Ele@odendron. I can find no such names as l@odendron

or (leodendron in the ‘ Index Kewensis’; but Ll@odendron is a well-known

genus, of which at least one species occurs in Mauritius. )

43. Fiorinia fiorinie (Targioni-Tozzetti).

Mauritius; Europe; Australia; Ceylon; Hawaiian Islands; China; Brazil; W. Indies;

Mexico; U.S. America.

44. Leucaspis cockerelli (de Charmoy).

Mauritius; Ceylon.

45, t¢Aspidiotus camellia, Signoret.

On Indigofera, Seychelles.

Other localities: —U.S. America; W. Indies; Brazil; Europe; Hawaiian Islands;

New Zealand; Australia; 8. Africa; India; Ceylon.

46. *¢Aspidiotus ficus, Ashmead.

On Citrus and Rose, Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05.

Other localities:—Europe; Egypt; India; Ceylon; Mauritius; Java; Natal;

Australia; Japan; Brazil; W. Indies; U.S. America; Mexico.

47. tAspidiotus latanie, Signoret.

On Vitis and Ficus indica, Seychelles.

Other localities :—Mauritius; Ceylon; Galapagos Islands; Brazil; Europe (under

glass).

48. *Aspidiotus trilobitiformis darutyi, de Charmoy.

On the “ Banyans,” Port Louis, Mauritius, 6.viii.05.

Other localities :—Seychelles ; Liberia.

Localities for typical trilobitiformis :—India ; Ceylon; Japan; Brazil.

GREEN—COCCID. 203

49. Aspidiotus cyanophylli, Signoret.

Mauritius; Ceylon; Java; Brazil; Mexico; France ; England (under glass); U.S.

America (under glass).

50. Aspidiotus destructor, Signoret.

Mauritius; W. Indies; Mexico; China; Formosa; India; Laccadive Islands;

Bourbon Island; Java.

51. Aspidiotus hedere simplex, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

Localities for typical hedere :—Europe; S. Africa; New Zealand; Australia ; Algeria ;

Madagascar; Hawaiian Islands; Bermuda; Chili; W. Indies; Mexico; U.S.

America ; Canada.

52. Aspidiotus longispina, Morgan.

Mauritius; Hawaiian Islands; Brazil; Demerara; Ceylon.

53. Aspidiotus tesserata, de Charmoy.

Mauritius; Mexico; Antigua.

54. Aspidiotus articulatus simplex, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

Localities for typical articulatus :—-W. Africa; W. Indies; Costa Rica; Panama;

Mexico ; England (under glass).

55. Aspidiotus aurantii, Maskell.

Mauritius; Ceylon; India; S. Europe; Syria; Natal; Cape Colony; China; Japan;

Australia; New Zealand; Java; New Caledonia; Samoa; Fiji; Hawaiian

Islands; W. Indies; U.S. America.

56. Aspidiotus cladii, Maskell.

Mauritius; Australia; Japan.

57. Aonidia allaudi (de Charmoy).

Mauritius.

58. *+{Mytilaspis citricola (Packard).

On “ Orange,” Cascade (800 ft.), Mahé, Seychelles, 18.ix.05 ; “Lime” and “ Shaddock,”

Seychelles.

Other localities :—Mauritius; India; Ceylon; Japan; Australia; Tasmania; New

Zealand; Fiji; Hawaiian Islands; Java; W. Indies; U.S. America; Madeira ;

Africa ; Europe.

59. Mytilaspis gloverii (Packard).

Mauritius; Ceylon; India; China; Japan ; Hawaiian Islands; 8. Africa; S. America ;

Mexico; U.S. America.

29%

204 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

60. Mytilaspis greeni, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

61. Mytilaspis hibisci, de Charmoy.

Mauritius.

62. tiytilaspis aurticulata, sp. nov.

On “ Croton,” Seychelles.

The following new species are here formally described for the first time, and a note is

added on the relationship of Lec. tessellatum, subtessellatum, and perforatum.

Pulvinaria antigoni, sp. nov. (Plate 21. figs. 1-3.)

Ovisac white; apparently similar to that of P. psidi/, but the specimens are crushed

and the ovisacs flattened.

Dried female ochreous brown; flattish; wrinkled. Antenna either 7- or 8-jointed

(figs. 1, 2), the two forms occurring in equal numbers. In the 7-jointed form the

division between the 6th and 7th is often very indistinct, giving the appearance of a

6-jointed antenna. The 3rd joint is in every case the longest; the 2nd and apical are

equal and next longest. In the 7-jointed form, the formula (excluding Ist joint, which

is always much distorted by pressure) is 3, (2, 7), (4, 5, 6)—(fig. 2). In the 8-jointed

form, it is 3, (2, 8), (4, 5), (6, 7)—(fig. 1). Legs normal; claw strong and curved; tarsal

digitules long knobbed hairs; ungual digitules broadly dilated, extending far beyond

tip of claw. Valves of anal operculum broad; roundly pointed at apex; base about

equal to outer edge. Derm-cells obsolete. Marginal hairs not dilated, but slightly

frayed at tips. Length 1-75 to 2:0 mm.; breadth 1:25 to 1:50 mm.

Male puparium glassy; hyaline; slightly rugose ; median dorsal area elevated, with

some glassy tubercles along median line; divided into 7 plates only (fig. 3). Length

1:50 mm.

On Antigonon, Seychelles. Coll. R. Dupont.

Very near P. psidit, but distinguished by the undilated marginal hairs and absence

of dermal cells.

Ceroplastes tenuitectus, sp. nov. (Plate 21. figs. 4-8.)

Adult female (fig. 4) hemispherical; thinly coated with transparent wax, through

which the pale ochreous body of the insect is plainly visible. The waxy test thicker and

slightly recurved on the marginal area. There is a small median dorsal pad of opaque

white wax, and similar patches on the anal operculum, at the stigmatic areas and at

intervals just within the margin. Cephalic lobe densely chitinous and pierced below by

numerous small circular translucent pores. Antenna (figs. 5, 6) 6- or 7-jointed, the

former condition being the more common. The 7-jointed form is brought about by the

division of the long 38rd joint. The terminal is equal in length to the 2nd joint. Legs

normal; tarsus a little shorter than tibia; ungual digitules broadly dilated ; tarsal

digitules in the form of stout knobbed hairs, extending considerably beyond the unguals.

Margin with fine simple hairs, replaced on the stigmatic areas by stout conical spines,

GREEN—COCCID.E, 205

which are crowded in the actual stigmatic cleft and extend—in a single row—for some

distance on each side of it (fig. 7). Anal operculum elevated, surrounded by a strongly

chitinous area of a deeper colour. Valves of operculum with broadly rounded outer

margin. Length of test 3:0 to 3:50 mm. Length of denuded insect 2:0 to 2°50 mm.

On “ Bois la fumée,” Aldabra. Coll. R. Dupont.

Lecanium tessellatum, Sign. (Plate 21. figs. 9-13.)

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) iii, p. 401 (1873).

As stated in my introductory note, the long series of this species provides material

showing a complete chain connecting typical ¢essellatum with perforatum, Newst., and

subtessellatum, mihi. Though Signoret’s name must, by priority, be accepted as the

type, the form perforatum is probably the normal one, being by far the more abundant.

As can be seen by the accompanying figures (9 to 12), the minor details of the

tessellation show considerable variation. In fact, the only constant part of the pattern

is the marginal series of cells, which, when present (fig. 12 is undoubtedly an

abnormality), show a constant number of 46, viz.:—3 on each side, anterior to the eye-

spot ; 3 between eye-spot and anterior stigmatic cleft; 4 between the two stigmatic

clefts ; and 13 between posterior stigmatic and anal cleft. As regards the tessellation, the

forms ¢essellatum and subtessellatum are distinguished by the greater or less obscuration

(through thickening of the chitin) of the median divisions. The variation in the number

of antennal joints (normally 8) is due to suppression of the 8rd, or 3rd and 4th joints,

resulting—in the 6-jointed form—in a greatly elongated 8rd joint (vide fig. 18, in which

the dotted lines indicate the position of suppressed joints). These variations, both in

tessellation and antennal joints, are not dependent upon different food-plants, but may

be found in individuals of the same brood. In some examples, one antenna may have

6 or 7 joints, while the other has the full complement of 8.

Mytilaspis auriculata, sp. nov. (Plate 21. figs. 14-16.)

Puparium of female entirely white, semidiaphanous (older examples sometimes tinged

with pale fulvous); exuvise colourless or very pale stramineous; elongate, narrow,

subparallel, moderately convex, straight or (in crowded assemblages) more or less

distorted. Length 2 to 2:50 mm.; greatest breadth averaging 0°75 mm.

Male puparium not observed. The insects are densely massed upon the twigs of the

plant, but the assemblage consists solely of female individuals.

Adult female (fig. 14) narrowest in front, broadening rapidly to the abdominal area.

Lateral margins of abdominal segments scarcely expanded. An ear-like lateral lobe on

each side at base of cephalic area. Rudimentary antennie at some distance fron

margin, close to base of clypeus. Anterior spiracles on a level with the mentum.

Posterior spiracles beyond the middle of the body. Lateral margins of hinder thoracic

and abdominal segments sparsely dotted with glandular pores. Two or three stout

spiniform squames on lateral margins of each abdominal segment. Pygidium (fig. 14)

broad; margin with a few small but stout spiniform squames. Pygidial lobes small

206 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

and inconspicuous, scarcely prominent; the median pair separate by about their own

width, broadly conical, their outer margins smooth or inconspicuously excised ; second

pair duplex, the inner lobule largest, the outer lobule with a large oval pore on its

dorsal face. Circumgenital glands in five groups; median 4 to 7; upper laterals 6 to 7;

lower laterals 4. Length of body 0°60 to 0°65 mm.

Near Vytilaspis pomorum, but differing in colour of puparium and in the presence

of ear-like lobes at base of head.

| Note received 27th September, 1907.]

Mytilaspis ocellata, sp. nov.

Female puparium elongate, narrow, approximately straight, moderately convex above,

with or without a narrow flattened border. Colour pale fulvous; larval pellicle

ochreous yellow. Surface usually with fine transverse corrugations, occasionally

smooth. Length 2 to 2°50 mm.; breadth averaging 0°50 mm.

Male puparium similar, but much smaller. Length 1:25 mm,

Fig. 47.

Mytilaspis ocellata.

Cephalic extremity, showing rudimentary eyes and antenne.

Adult 2 of normal form: broadest across the median abdominal segments. There

are well-defined eye-spots on the lateral margins of the cephalic segment, on a level

with the rudimentary antennxe. These spots take the fuchsin stain somewhat deeply,

and are further defined by a surrounding area of fine concentric lines (see fig. 47).

Anterior spiracles with a small group of parastigmatic glands. Lobes of pygidium

arranged as in citricola; lateral lobes very small, each lobule less than half the width of

one of the median lobes. Circumgenital glands in five groups, median group with from

2 to 4 orifices ; anterior laterals 9 or 10; posterior laterals 7 or 8. Length 0°75 mm.;

greatest breadth 0°35 mm.

Habitat. On fronds of Davailia sp., Seychelles: ‘in mountain forest, 3000 feet.”

Collected by Mr. R. Dupont.

This species bears a very close resemblance, in form and colour of puparium, to

GREEN—COCCID#. 207

M. pallida, Green. The pygidial characters of the two species are also very similar.

But, while in pallida the lateral lobules are more than half the size of the median

lobes, in ocellata the lateral lobules are markedly smaller and narrower. The main

structural difference, however, is in the presence of the well-defined eye-spots on the

cephalic segment.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21.

Pulvinaria antigoni. (Figs. 1-3.)

Fig. 1. Antenna, 8-jointed form, x 250.

2. Antenna, 7-jointed form, x 250.

3. Male puparium, x 30.

Ceroplastes tenuitectus. (Figs. 4-8.)

Fig. 4. Adult female, with waxy test, lateral view, x 15.

. Antenna, 6-jointed form, x 250.

. Antenna, 7-jointed form, x 250.

. Stigmatic cleft and spines, x 250.

. Adult female, denuded of waxy covering, lateral view, x 15.

CO NE OD Cl

Lecanium tessellatum. (Figs. 9-18.)

Fig. 9. Form perforatum, from Scevola, x 25.

10, Form perforatum, from “ Star-apple,” x 25.

11. Form sudtessellatum, from “ Star-apple,” x 25.

12. Abnormality, from Coffee, x 25.

13. Antenna, 6-jointed form, with dotted lines indicating position of suppressed joints,

x 250.

Mytilaspis auriculata. (Figs. 14-16.)

Fig. 14. Adult female, ventral view, x 70.

15. Extremity of pygidium of adult female, x 450.

16, Extremity of pygidium of nymphal pellicle, x 450.

Perey SLADEN Trust ExprpIrion

TREEN )

[ 209 ]

No. XIII—STOMATOPODA FROM THE WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN.

By L. A. Borravat.e, WA., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at

Selwyn College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Stantny Garviner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plate 22.)

tead 20th June, 1907.

Tux two collections on which this paper is based were made respectively by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner’s expedition in 1905 at various localities between the Maldives and Madagascar,

and by Mr. C. Crossland in 1902 in Zanzibar and British East Africa. Together they

comprise 15 species of adult forms, belonging to 5 genera, and 11 species of larvie,

belonging to 6 genera. Two species of adult forms and as many iarve are new. All

the remaining species have already been recorded from various parts of the Indo-Pacific

region.

The extensive material, together with the collection in the Cambridge Museum of

Zoology, has enabled several specific and varietal questions of difficulty to be solved,

and some of the larvze contribute to the completion of the life-histories of their species.

The following is a list of the adult forms in the collection :—

Genus PROTOSQUILLA, Brooks, 1886.

1. Protosquilla pulchella (Miers), 1880.

Gonodactylus trispinosus var. pulchellus, Miers, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 122 (1880).

Protosquilla trispinosa var. pulchella, de Man, Abh. Senck. Ges. xxv. 111. p. 920.

This species has the following constant differences from P. tvispinosa :—

i, The middle of the fifth abdominal tergite is smooth, not ridged.

ii. The flat part of the telson, around the three mounds, is both longer and wider

than in P. trispinosa.

ii. This field around the mounds is not grooved but pitted.

Specimens from Zanzibar and Wasin, British East Africa.

2. Protosquilla tuberculata, sp. nov. (Plate 22. fig. 1.)

Diagnosis—A Protosquilla with the angles of the rostrum sharp but hardly forming

spines, its middle spine almost reaching the cornea of the eyes; the free thoracic and

first five abdominal terga smooth, without spines at their angles; the sixth abdominal

segment bearing four low mounds, on each of which are three or fowr sharp knobs,

as well as a ridge on each edge ending in a spine; and the telson with four teeth at its

hinder end, of which the middle two are rather larger than the outer and all are edged

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 30

210 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

with minute spines, at each side a keel bearing a row of blunt teeth, and above four low

mounds, two in the middle line and two at the sides, each bearing a few sharp knobs.

Length 18 mm.

One male specimen dredged at Providence, D1, 39 fathoms.

Genus GONODACTYLUS, Latr., 1825.

The taxonomy of this genus is at present in some confusion. In the following keys I

have endeavoured to arrange the species and varieties in order.

Key to the Species of Gonodactylus.

I, First joint of exopodite of uropod has the teeth of the outer edge curved

forwards, and bears a long second joint at some distance from the end.

Angles of rostrum form sharp teeth. [Telson bears a large middle

swelling, with on each side a smaller ridge and outside this again a still

slighter ridge, and has the intermediate teeth of the edge well developed. ]

1. Endopodite of uropod curved outwards. Telson smooth, but 3 knobs at

end of middle swelling. Outer teeth of telson-edge wanting. G. fimbriatus, Lenz, 1905.

2. Endopodite of uropod curved inwards. Telson bears numerous stout thorns.

Outer teeth of telson-edge well developed. . . . . . . G. drepanophorus, de Man, 1902.

3. Related here, but with most of the uropod-teeth straight,is . G. herdmani, Tattersall, 1906.

Il. First joint of exopodite of uropod has the teeth of the outer edge curved

backwards or nearly straight, and bears a short, broad second joint near

the end. Angles of rostrum do not form sharp teeth, except in

G. acutirostris.

1. Three long keels on the telson (not including those of the edges), with or

without a short keel on each side of the hinder end of the middle keel.

i. Intermediate teeth of the telson-edge well developed.

(1) Angles of the rostrum form sharp teeth. Keels of submedian teeth

of telson-edge converge forwards. ‘The small knob usually found in

the genus on each side of the telson near its fore edge is wanting.

G. acutirostris, de Man, 1898,

(2) Angles of the rostrum blunt. Keels of submedian teeth of telson-

edge do not converge forwards. The above-mentioned knob is in

most cases well developed, and at least faintly indicated.

(i) No ridge on the inner side of the keel of the intermediate tooth of

the telson-edge. Indo-Pacific.

a. Telson and endopodite of uropods bear long spines . G. acanthurus, Tattersall, 1906.

6. Telson smooth, though there may be spines at the end of the

keels. No spines on endopodite of uropods . . . G. chiragra (Fabr.), 1793.

c. Telson bears scattered thorns. Uropodsas G. chiragra. G. demani, Hend., 1894.

(ii) A ridge on the inner side of the keel of the intermediate tooth

of the telson-edge. W. Atlantic.

Goplelson smoothes aries wee wo sl Ue) 6s 6G. rstedseBlansen s9p:

b. Telson roughened with smal) ae MSM se Ss |G. festemINODIM EL OUee

. Intermediate teeth of the telson-edge obsolete.

(1) Telson smooth". “1a; eee to soa) lal G.xespenosussbornaplouas

(2) Telson roughened with small dich Pit Riedie! 6 a) Gi epinosus Bigelow, woo:

BORRADAILE—STOMATOPODA. 211

2. Five long keels on the telson (not including those of the edges).

i. Sutures at the sides of the abdominal segments . . . . . G. yraphurus, Miers, 1875.

ii. No sutures at the sides of the abdominal segments . . . . G. glaber, Brooks, 1886.

Key to the Varieties of G. chiragra.

I. At the hinder end of the middle keel a smaller ridge is present on each side.

1. The ridges are almost or quite independent of the middle keel, and run forwards parallel with it for

some distance. ach of them usually ends in a spine behind.—Var. H. affinis, de Man, 1902

(=segregatus, Lanchester, 1903).

2. The ridges are connected at their hinder ends with the middle keel so as to form an anchor-shaped

structure. They are usually short and divergent. They do not bear spines.

i. Keels of sixth abdominal segment and telson compressed. Keels of sixth abdominal segment

produced without constriction into long spines. Middle keel of telson ends in a spine.

Var. D. smithi, Pocock, 1893.

ii. Keels of sixth abdominal segment and telson rounded, not produced without constriction into

spines. Middle keel of telson rarely carries a spine.—Var. A. incipiens, Lanchester, 1903 (type).

II. The small ridges above mentioned are wanting.

1. The outer teeth of the telson-edge are present.

i. The middle keel of the telson is much broader than the others and has one knob or spine or none

at the hinder end.— Var. B. anaucyrus, Borr., 1900.

ii. The middle keel of the telson is much broader than the others and has three spines at the hinder

end.—Var. K. confinis, de Man, 1902.

2. The outer teeth of the telson are wanting or very faintly indicated.

i. Keels of telson narrow, with steep sides.—Var. G. acutus, Lanchester, 1903.

ii. Keels of telson very broad, swollen, and rounded.—Var. F'. tumidus, Lanchester, 1903.

Key to the Varieties of G. glaber [sphalm. glabrous].

I. Keels narrow or of moderate width, not touching one another. Spines always present at the ends of

the three middle keels of the telson, and generally overhang the bases of the keels. (When the

spines are short and blunt they are often broken.)—Var. A. ternatensis, de Man, 1902 (=¢ernatensis,

de Man, +glaber, type, de Man,=mutatus, Lanchester, + glaber (pars), Lanchester).

II. Keels broad and swollen so as to touch one another. The spines of the three middle keels of the

telson are obsolete and often no trace of them remains.—Var. rotundus, nov. (=glaber (pars),

Lanchester) .

3. Gonodactylus fimbriatus, Lenz, 1905.

Lenz, Abh. Senck. Ges. xxvii. p. 388, pl. 47. fig. 11.

Specimens from Coetivy, Seychelles.

4. Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.), 1793.

Squilla chiragra, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. i. p. 513 (1793).

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 473 (1825) ; Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)

v. p. 118 (1880) ; de Man, Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 694, pl. 38. fig. 77 (1898); Abh. Senck.

Ges. xxv. ili. p. 912, pl. 27. fig. 66; Borradaile, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 34, pl. 5. fig. 4 & pl. 6.

fig. 8; Willey’s Zool. Results, iv. p. 400 (1900); Lanchester, Gardiner’s ‘Fauna of the

Maldives,’ i. p. 444, pl. 23 (1903), in part.

Gonodactylus smithii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 475, pl. 20 8. fig. 1 (1893).

30*

212 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The collection contains specimens of the type variety from various localities in the

Seychelles, Amirante, Saya de Malha, Peros, and Zanzibar; of var. affinis from the

Seychelles, Amirante, Saya de Malha, and Wasin, British East Africa; of var. acutus

from Salomon and Peros; and of var. smithi from Salomon, Peros, and Zanzibar. The

first-mentioned varieties were taken at various depths from the surface to 30 fathoms.

5. Gonodactylus glaber, Brooks, 1886 [sphalm. glabrous]. (Plate 22. fig. 2.)

Brooks, ‘ Challenger? Report, Stomatopoda, p. 62, pl. 14. fig. 5 & pl. 15. figs. 7, 9.

Specimens of var. ternatensis, taken at various depths from the surface to 30 fathoms,

from Praslin and Coetivy, Seychelles, Cargados Carajos, Zanzibar, and Wasin, British East

Africa ; and of var. rotundus (Plate 22. fig. 2) from Coetivy, Seychelles, and Zanzibar.

6. Gonodactylus demani, Hend., 1894.

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (ser. 2), Zool. v. p. 455, pl. 40. figs. 23, 24 (1894) ; Nobili, Boll. Mus,

Torino, xx. n. 506, p. 11 (1905).

A specimen from Zanzibar.

7. Gonodactylus spinosus, Bigelow, 1893.’

Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire. 106, p. 101 (1893) ; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvii, p. 493 (1894).

A specimen from Praslin, Seychelles.

Genus ODONTODACTYLUS, Bigelow, 1894.

8. Odontodactylus japonicus (de Haan), 1849.

Gonodactylus japonicus, Miers, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 116 (1880).

The spines at the angles of the fourth and fifth abdominal segments are wanting in

the single specimen, which was dredged in 55 fathoms at C 15, Saya de Malha.

9. Odontodactylus brevirostris (Miers), 1884.

Gonodactylus brevirostris, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, p. 567, pl. 52. fig. C (1884).

One specimen dredged in 34 fathoms, F 8, Seychelles,

10, Odontodactylus latirostris, sp. noy. (Plate 22. fig. 5, 3a.)

Diagnosis—An Odontodactylus with the rostrum broad, truncate-triangular; the

pleura of the first free thoracic segment not projecting, those of the second truncate,

those of the third rounded; the claw of the raptorial limb not much dilated at base,

bearing seven teeth on the inner side; teeth at the hinder angles of the fifth and sixth

abdominal segments only ; the telson with three keels on each side of the middle keel as

well as a ridge on the edge, three teeth on the edge on each side, one small tooth inside

the outer great tooth, two inside the intermediate, many between the submedians; and

the uropods bearing on the basal process two simple teeth, of which the outer is the

BORRADATLE—STOMATOPODA. 213

larger and nearly reaches the end of the endopodite, but falls far short of the end of

the exopodite.

Length of the largest specimen 55 mm.

Two specimens dredged, E 11, Amirante Group, 25 to 80 fathoms.

Genus PSEUDOSQUILLA, Dana, 1852.

11. Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.), 1793.

Squilla ciliata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. i. p. 512 (1793).

Pseudosquilla ciliata, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 108 (1880) ; Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’

Report, Stomatopoda, p. 53, pl. 15. fig. 10 (1886) ; Borradaile, Willey’s Zool. Results, iv.

p. 402 (1900).

This species may be distinguished from the nearly related Indo-Pacific species ornata,

oculata, and oxyrhyncha by the following characters :—

i. There are no eye-spots.

ii. The rostrum is larger than in the other species, but has no spine.

iii. The eyes are cylindrical.

iv. The third free thoracic segment is not so sharply truncated at the sides as in

the other species.

v. The last joint of the exopodite of the uropod equals or outreaches the last spine

of the outer edge (except in some small individuals), and outreaches the

inner basal spine.

From the Atlantic form (occidentalis, Borr., 1900) described by Brooks (Joc. cit.), it

differs in having no spine at the hinder angle of the fourth abdominal segment, and the

inner basal spine of the uropod longer than the outer.

Tt is not clear whether the true P. ciliata is found in the Atlantic.

Specimens taken at various depths down to 34 fathoms in the Seychelles, Diego

Garcia, Zanzibar, and Wasin, British East Africa.

12. Pseudosquilla ornata, Miers, 1880.

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 111, pl. 3. figs. 5, 6 (1880).

This species differs from its near congeners as follows :—

i. Eye-spots are usually present and defined by a white ring, but they may he

replaced by a single median spot of like nature or wanting altogether.

ii. The rostrum is shorter than in P. ciliata, but has no spine.

iii, The eyes are broad and flat.

iv. The third free thoracic segment is square at the sides.

v. The last joint of the exopodite of the uropod is short and outreached by the last

spine of the outer edge, but outreaches the inner basal spine.

Specimens from Coetivy, Seychelles, and Salomon, Chagos.

P. oxyrhyncha, Borr., 1900, differs from this species in having the eye-spots not

defined by a white ring, a spine on the rostrum, and the last joint of the exopodite of

the uropod outreached by the inner basal spine.

214 PERCY. SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

13. Pseudosquilla oculata (Brullé), 18386.

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 110, pl. 3. tigs. 3, 4.

This species differs from P. ornata in having four keels on each side of the middle

keel instead of three.

Specimens from Coetivy and Salomon, Chagos.

14. ? Pseudosquilla monodactyla, A. M.-Edw., 1878.

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 110, pl. 3. figs. 1, 2 (1880).

The single specimen, which is from Zanzibar, agrees with Miers’s description, but

(1) the rostrum is shorter and broader than in his figure, and its sides more arched;

(2) besides the spines on the telson-edge mentioned by Miers, there is a small spine just

behind the root of each of the outer two large spines on each side.

Genus LYSIOSQUILLA, Dana, 1852.

15. Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabr.), 1793.

Squilla maculata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. i. p. 511 (1793).

Lysiosquilla maculata, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 5, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1880).

One specimen from Peros Banhos, Chagos.

The collection also contains the following larval forms :—

1. Odonterichthus tenuicornis, Jurich, 1904.

Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’ Stomatopoda, p. 396, pl. 28. fig. 4 (1904).

Locality *. bb, 0-140 fathoms.

2. Erichthus (? Odonterichthus) rostratus, n. nom.

Erichthus sp., Claus, Abh. k. Ges. Wiss. Gott. 1871, p. 30, pl. 5. fig. 19.

Locality. dd, surface.

3. Pseuderichthus communis, Hansen, 1895. (Larva of Pseudosquilla ciliata.)

Hansen, Isopoda, &c., of the Plankton Exped. p. 86, pl. 8. fig. 5 (1895); Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’

Stomatopoda, p. 395, pl. 29. fig. 1 (1904).

Some specimens which measure about 11 mm. to the end of the rostrum have the

small tooth outside the submedian tooth of the telson-edge situated midway between

the submedian and the intermediate teeth, not nearer the latter as in later stages.

The rostrum also is larger, as in the form which I suspect to be the young form

of P. distinguendus.

Localities. O, 0-180 fathoms; e, 50 fathoms; y, surface; dd, surface.

* The letters indicating localities refer to Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s list of the Plankton collections in an earlier

part of this same series, pp. 169-174.

BORRADAILE—STOMATOPODA. 915

4, Pseuderichthus distinguendus, Hansen, 1895. (Larva of Pseudosquillu

oculata.)

Hansen, Isopoda, &c., of the Plankton Exped. p. 86 (1895); Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’ Stomatopoda,

p. 394, pl. 38. fig. 5 (1904).

Besides typical specimens, there are some smaller individuals in which the “ zovea

spine ” in the middle of the hinder edge of the carapace is wanting, and the rostrum is

long, far outreaching the antennez, and bearing underneath five thorns. It seems likely

that these are younger stages of Hansen’s species. Jurich’s specimens measured 27°6

and 30°7 mm. respectively. Mine are not more than 25 mm. long to the tip of the long

rostrum.

Locality. C, 0-1200 fathoms.

5. Hrichthus (? Pseuderichthus) affinis, n. nom.

Erichthus sp., Claus, Abh. k. Ges, Wiss. Gott. 1871, p. 36, pl. 6. fig. 23.

Locality. uw, surface.

6. Lysierichthus duvaucelli, Guérin.

Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’ Stomatopoda, p. 393, pl. 26. fig. 7 (1904).

As Jurich says, the “ zozea spine ” and lateral spines vary greatly in size.

Locality. C, 0-1200 fathoms ; q, 0-1000 fathoms ; aa, 0-900 fathoms.

7. Alimerichthus multispinus.

? Erichthus multispinus, Claus, Abh. k. Ges. Wiss. Gott. 1871, pl. 3. fig. 12.

Two specimens of a species of Alimerichthus are closely related to that figured by

Claus, but differ in that the foremost of the spines on the lower edge of the carapace is

very much larger, and the spines of the hinder angles bear each a small tooth on the

inner side at about one-third of their length from the base. Claus’s specimen measured

10 mm. in length. The present measure 12 mm., and have the uropods well developed,

so that it is probable that they represent a later stage of the same larva.

Locality. O, 0-180 fathoms; //, 0-750 fathoms.

8. Alima spinigera, sp. nov. (Plate 22. figs. 4, 4a.)

Diagnosis —An Alima with the rostrum long, reaching the middle of the antennular

flagella, with four spines below; the carapace of moderate breadth, bearing on its edge

four spines, of which the first stands near the fore angle and the rest in the hinder half,

the spines of the hinder angles reaching the third abdominal segment and hearing below

a small spine, the “zoza spine,” of moderate length, standing just above the hinder

edge; the raptorial limbs with three teeth on the claw; the angles of the abdominal

segments sharp; the exopodites of the uropods with seven spines; and the telson a little

broader than long, the intermediate spines larger than the submedian.

There are two specimens, of which the larger, described above, measures 16°5 mm.

to the end of the rostrum. The smaller, 12'5 mm. long, has a narrower carapace, with

216

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

only two spines on its edge, and the first antennal flagella are not longer than the

yostrum, which has only two spines below.

Both were taken at Wasin, British East Africa, surface.

9. Alima robusta, Jurich, 1904.

Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’ Stomatopoda, p. 379, pl. 27. fig. 6 (1904).

In a large specimen, 33 mm. long, the teeth at the base of the propodite of the

raptorial limb stand further apart than in the smaller ones, which resemble Jurich’s

figure.

Localities. 1, 0-250 fathoms ; , surface; cc and dd, surface.

10. Alima hyalina, Leach, 1818.

Jurich, ‘ Valdivia’ Stomatopoda, p. 383 (1904).

Alima gracilis, H. M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 509 (1837).

Alima angusta, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 631, pl. 42. fig. 2 (1852).

A list of references to this common species will be found in Jurich’s paper.

Localities. ee, surface; uv, surface; dredging F 2, Seychelles, 0-31 fathoms.

11. Alima gracillima, sp. nov. (Plate 22. figs. 5-5 0.)

The collection contains two specimens of an Alima closely related to 4. hyalina, from

which, however, it differs in the narrowness of the carapace and the shortness of the

spines at the hinder angles.

respectively 24 and 25 mm. to the end of the rostrum.

Locality. k, 150 fathoms.

Fig. 1. Protosquilla tuberculata, sp. nov., X 5.

Fig. 2. Gonodactylus glaber, Brooks, var, rotundus, n.: tail-fin, x 3.

Fig. 3. Odontodactylus latirostris, sp. nov., x 1¥.

Fig. 3a. op » side of last three thoracic segments, x

Fig. 4. Alima spinigera, sp. nov., x 6.

Fig. 4a. ,, 3 side of carapace, x 6.

Fig. 5. Alima gracillima, sp. nov., x 4.

Fig. 5a, ,, 5 side of carapace, x 6.

Fig. 56. ,, 3 tail-fin, enlarged.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22,

All the limbs are present in the specimens, which measure

)

—

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(BORRADAILE)

Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser.2. Zoou. Vol. XII. Pu.22.

E Wilson del.,lith et imp.

STOMATOPODA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

fP 217 4

No. XIV.— REPORT ON THE MARINE FISHES COLLECTED BY

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By C. Tare Recan, WA.

(Communicated by J. Svantey Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

(Plates 23-32.)

Read 6th June, 1907.

TuE marine fishes collected by Mr. Gardiner in his two expeditions comprise examples

of 185 species, of which 51 are new to science and 16 more were previously unrepre-

sented in the British Museum collection ; some remarkable new generic types have also

been discovered. In addition, there are a number of small “ plankton ” fishes, Scopelus,

Gonostoma, &¢., with some Leptocephali, and also some small specimens dredged in the

lagoons of the Maldives, which I have not been able to determine specifically.

Several of the new species are inhabitants of the deep sea and the others in great part

pertain to genera (e. g. Champsodon, Callionymus, Sceops) the species of which have

been considered to be more variable and more widely distributed than appears to be the

case on a critical examination.

Many of the species enumerated are already known to have a wide distribution in the

tropical Indo-Pacific; the ascertained range of several others has been considerably

extended by means of the collections here dealt with. On the other hand, some

species which were originally described from Japan and which have since been recorded

from Indian seas (e. g. Callionymus longicaudatus, Platycephalus spinosus, Sc@ops

grandisquamis) are now shown not to occur in the Indian Ocean, in which they are

represented by allied, but specifically distinct types.

Stomiatide.

BOROSTOMIAS, gen. nov.

“Id

Differs from Astronesthes, Richards., in having the teeth on the maxillary few and

wide-set, instead of numerous and in a continuous series. In addition to the new species

described below, this genus includes Astronesthes richardsonii, Poey, and A. elucens,

Brauer.

1. Borostomias braueri, sp.n. (Plate 23. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 53 in the length, length of head 4. Snout longer than eye, the

diameter of which is 8 in the length of head and 2 in the interorbital width. Mouth

very wide, the lower jaw scarcely shorter than the head; barbel 13 the length of head.

Lower series of photophores numbering 36 in advance of the ventrals, of which 12 are in

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 31

218 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

advance of the pectorals; 14 or 15 photophores in the lower series from ventrals to

anterior part of anal and 11 or 12 in the series from middle of anal to caudal. Upper

series of photophores 36 or 37 in number, running from above the pectoral to above the

middle of anal. Dorsal 13; origin above the ventrals, equidistant from oeciput and

base of caudal. Anal 15, its origin some distance behind the end of the dorsal. Greyish ;

peritoneum blackish.

Plankton, 77, 750-0 fathoms, near Desroches Atoll.

A single specimen, 110 mm. in total length.

Evidently closely allied to the Astronesthes elucens of Brauer, which differs in the

larger eye (62 in the length of the head in a specimen of 146 mm.) and in having

only 22 photophores in the upper series, which terminates above the ventral fins.

I have named this species after Dr. A. Brauer, in recognition of his recent work on

the deep-sea fishes of the ‘ Valdivia’ expedition.

2. Chauliodus sloani, Bl. Schn.

Plankton, N, 600-0 fathoms, north of Peros Atoll.

3. Helanostomias valdivie, Brauer.

Plankton, s, 500-750 fathoms, near Farquhar Atoll.

A specimen of 60 mm. has only 10 teeth in the posterior maxillary series instead of

28 as in the larger specimen (165 mm.) described by Brauer.

4. Argyropelecus affinis, Garm.

Plankton, s, 750-1000 fathoms, near Farquhar Atoll.

5. Argyropelecus sladeni, sp. nu.

Depth of body 1% in the length, length of head 3%. Two spines at the angle of the

preeoperculum, one directed downwards, the other backwards. Dorsal and abdominal

ridges not serrated; no spines on the caudal peduncle. Post-abdominal photophores in

3} groups, 4 between ventrals and anal, 6 above the anal fin, 4 on the lower edge of

caudal peduncle; supra-anal series separated from the praanals by a very short inter-

space and from the caudals by a distance equal to 2 the length of the supra-anal series.

Dorsal 9. Anal? Pectoral as long as the head.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon, 400 to 500 fathoms.

A single specimen, 28 mm. in total length. .

Five species of Argyropelecus may now be regarded as well established, all of which

are represented in the British Museum Collection; they may be distinguished as

follows :—

I, Photophores forming a nearly continuous series . . . . . . IL. affinis, Garm., 1899,

II. Postabdominal photophores in 8 groups—preanal, supra-anal, and caudal.

A. Dorsal and abdominal ridges serrated ; a double series of spines

on the lower surface of caudal peduncle ; preoperculum with

a single downwardly directed spine . .. . +. + + + « 2 aculeatus, C. & V., 1849,

REGAN—MARINE FISHES, 219

B. Dorsal and abdominal ridges entire ; no spines on the tail.

1. A single downwardly directed spine at the angle of pre-

Onereulnmisndorsalidim withiOmayss 5. . | 2 ss es! olfersii, Cuy., 1829.

2. Two spies at the angle of praoperculum, one directed down-

wards, the other backwards.

Dorsal with 9 rays; supra-anal photophores separated from the pree-

anals by a very short interspace and from the caudals by a distance

which is much less than the length of the supra-anal series 4. sladeni, sp. n.

Dorsal with 7 or 8 rays; supra-anal photophores separated from the

preanals by a distance of more than } the length of the supra-anal

series and from the caudals by a distance greater than the length of

the supra-anal series 5. hemigymnus, Cocco, 1829.

From this it will be seen that A. sladeni is intermediate between A. olfersii and

A. hemigymnus. It agrees with A. olfersii in general form and in the arrangement of

the photophores, except that the caudal peduncle is more slender and the supra-anal

and caudal series of plotophores are more widely separated—characters in which it

appreaches A. hemigymnus, which it also resembles in having two spines at the angle of

the preeoperculum.

All the species hitherto described have a wide distribution. A. affinis, A. olfersii,

and A. hemigymnus have been recorded from various localities in the Atlantic and

Indian Oceans. A. caninus, Garman, 1899, from the Pacific Coast of Panama, appears

to be a synonym of A. olfersii, and A. heathi, Gilbert, 1905, from the Sandwich Islands,

seems to be identical with 4A. hemigymnus. Probably A. lychnus, Garm., 1899, from the

Pacific, will prove to be the same as the North Atlantic A. aculeatus, which has also

been described by Sauvage from the Indian Ocean.

Chanide.

6. Chanos salmoneus, Bl. Schn.

Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia.

Scopelide.

7. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johnson.

Saya de Malha Bank, 300 to 500 fathoms.

8. Saurus varius, Lacep.

Maldives, S. Nilandu, 30 to 36 fathoms, Felidu, 34 fathoms, Kolumadulu, 33 fathoms,

and N. Male, 35 fathoms.

9. Sawrida nebulosa, C. & V.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu, 36 fathoms, Felidu, 34 fathoms, and N. Male, 35 fathoms.

10. Saurida tumbil, BL.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 44 fathoms, Felidu, 34 fathoms, and Kolumadulu, 33 fathoms.

Cargados Carajos, 28 to 30 fathoms.

Bike

220 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Murenide.

ll. Wurena macassariensis, Blkr.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

12. Murena pseudothyrsoidea, Blky.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

13. Murena nebulosa, Ani.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros; Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

14. Murena picta, Al.

Maldives.

15. Murena richardsoni, Blkr.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

16. Murena polyzona, Richards.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

Anguillide.

17. Ophichthys melanochir, Blkr.

Maldives.

18. Ophisurus colubrinus, Bodd., var. semicincta, Blky.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

Fierasferide.

19. Fierasfer home, Richards.

Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia. Seychelles Group, 34 fathoms, and Amirante,

39 fathoms. Saya de Malha, 55 fathoms.

20. Fierasfer neglectus, Ptrs.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon; Seychelles Group, Coetivy and Amirante, 22 to 85

fathoms. f

21. Fierasfer lumbricoides, Blkr

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

Scombresocide.

22. Hrocetus evolans, L.

30 miles W. of Great Chagos Bank; Seychelles. i

23. Exocetus nigripinnis, C.& V.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES.

Mugilide.

24. Mugil ceruleomaculatus, Lacep.

Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia.

Fistulariide.

25. Pistularia depressa, Gthy.

eychelles Group, Amirante.

Solenostomida.

26. Solenostoma cyanopterum, Blky.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

27. Solenostoma paradoxum, Pall.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

Syngnathide.

28. Ichthyocampus belcheri, Kaup.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 44 fathoms.

29. Syngnathus zanzibarensis, Gthyr.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

Pegaside.

30. Pegasus draconis, L.

Maldives.

Macruride.

31. Macrurus microstomus, sp.n. (Plate 23. fig. 2.)

221

Depth of body 3in the length of head. Snout longer than eye, the diameter of which

is 34 in the length of head; interorbital width 5 in the length of head.

Infraorbital

ridges distinct ; mouth small, inferior, commencing below the nostrils and ending below

the middle of eye, its width 2 the width of head; teeth in bands; barbel less than 3 the

diameter of eye; 6 branchiostegals.

Anterior dorsal with II 7 rays, the spine serrated ;

ventrals 8-rayed. Scales imbricate, each with from 5 to 9 equal and parallel keels ;

8 scales between anterior dorsal and lateral line.

Saya de Malha Bank, 300 to 500 fathoms.

A single specimen, 180 mm. in total length.

Allied to WZ. bairdii, Goode & Bean, and to WZ. equalis, Gthr.

222 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Berycide.

32. Myripristis parvidens, C.& V.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

33. Holocentrum diadema, Lacep.

Maldives.

34. Holocentrum rubrum, Forsk.

Seychelles Group, Amirante.

Serranide.

35. EHpinephelus argus, Bl. Schn.

Maldives.

36. Lpinephelus merra, Bl.

Maldives.

37. Epinephelus fasciatus, Forsk.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

38. Epinephelus chlorostigma, C. & V.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

39. Hpinephelus sexfasciatus, C. & V.

Maldives, Haddumati, 35 fathoms.

40, Anthias coopert, Regan. (Plate 24. fig. 4.)

Faun. & Geogr. Mald. & Lacead. Archipel. i. pt. 3, p. 273 (1902).

Depth of body 24 to 8 in the length, length of head 384 to 33. Snout scaly, convex,

shorter than or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 3 (young) or 4 (adult)

in the length of head and nearly equal to the interorbital width; lower jaw slightly

projecting, scaly; maxillary scaly, extending to below middle (young) or posterior edge

(adult) of eye, the width of its distal extremity, in the adult, { to § the diameter of eye;

serree of preopercle enlarged at angle, especially in the young; sub- and interopercle

serrated in the young, the serre wholly or partly obsolete in the adult ; three opercular —

spines. 26 to 30 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 50 to 52 scales in

a longitudinal series, 47 to 49 in the lateral line, 4 between middle dorsal spines and

lateral line. Dorsal X 15-16, originating above the opercular cleft, the spines

subequal from the fourth, which is 4 (adult) or $ (young) the length of head and

considerably shorter than the soft rays; base scaly. Anal III 7; second and third

spines subequal. Pectoral as long as or a little longer than the head; outer ray of

ventral more or less produced in the adult. Caudal crescentically emarginate, with the

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 223

lobes more or less produced and pointed in the adult. Reddish brown; edges of scales

lighter ; a bluish-white stripe from below eye to base of pectorals; fins yellowish.

This species was originally described from a small specimen of 47 mm. from

Haddumati. Another of about the same size has since been received from Cargados

Carajos, and also some adult specimens (85 to 100 mm. in total length) collected by

Mr. F. W. Townsend at Kurrachee. These are included in the amended description

given above. The relations of A. cooperi to its nearest allies may be shown thus :—

Snout, interorbital region, and maxillary scaly; lateral line curved, not forming an angle below

the hinder dorsal rays. 47 to 52 scales in a longitudinal series, 5 or 6 between first dorsal

spine and lateral line, 4 between middle dorsal spines and lateral line. Dorsal X 15-17.

Anal III 7.

I. Dorsal spines subequal from the third or fourth, the third not produced.

A. Length of head 3 to 34 in the length of the fish.

Maxillary extending to below middle of eye (adult); fourth dorsal spine 2

the length of head; 44 to 46 scales in the lateral lime. . . . A. hypselosoma, Blkr.

Maxillary extending to below posterior part or posterior edge of eye eas:

fourth dorsal spine 4 (adult) or 2 (young) the length of head; 47 to 49

Sealesmonpe lateralimer te. Ye.) eee ew eo) oe ee hw Ancoopent ~Regamy

B. Length of head 34 in the length of the fish ; fourth dorsal spine 3

tuelensthrofhead (young)) so. . ww ee tee 8 AL hentatus, Klunz,

IL. Third dorsal spine produced into-a short filament. . . . . . . <A. pleurotenia, Blkr.

XENANTHIAS, gen. nov.

Body compressed; scales large, smooth, ciliated. Lateral line incomplete, ending

below the soft dorsal; tube straight, extending nearly the whole length of the exposed

part of the scale. Mouth rather large, protractile; no supramaxillary; jaws with

villiform teeth and a few small canines; narrow bands of teeth on vomer and palatines ;

tongue smooth; head scaly, except snout, lower jaw, and lower part of maxillary ;

preeopercle, subopercle, and interopercle serrated; three opercular spines. Gill-

membranes separate; 6 or 7 branchiostegals; pseudobranchiz present; 3} gills. Two

dorsals connected at the base with X, 14-15 rays, the spinous dorsal a little longer than

the soft. Anal short, with III 6-7 rays. Caudal probably subtruncate. Pectoral

subsymmetrical, pointed; rays 14, all simple, not branched. Ventrals below pectorals,

close together, with I 5 rays.

Evidently closely allied to Dactylanthias, Blkr., which has the dorsal fin undivided.

From Bleeker’s figure of D. haplodactylus it would appear that the lateral lme may be

only vestigial on the caudal peduncle in that species.

41. Xenanthias gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 28. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 24 to 24 in the length, length of head 24 to 23. Snout a little shorter

than eye, the diameter of which is 3} to 3% in the length of head and twice the inter-

orbital width. Lower jaw slightly projecting; maxillary extending beyond the vertical

294, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

from posterior edge of eye. 5 or 6 gill-rakers and 2 or 3 rudiments on the lower part

of the anterior arch. 27 to 30 scales in a longitudinal series, 16 to 20 in the lateral line,

which ends below the middle ef the soft dorsal. Dorsal X, 14-15; fourth spine usually

longest, $ the length of head; soft fin scaly at the base. Anal ITI 6-7; second spine

longest. Pectoral nearly # the length of head, extending to above the origin of anal.

Ventral 3 the length of head. No markings on head or body ; fins pale.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 25 to 35 fathoms.

Five specimens, the largest 48 mm. in total length.

42. Grammistes sexlineatus, Thunb.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

143. Plesiops nigricans, Riipp.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

44. Priacanthus hamrur, Forsk.

Seychelles Group, Amirante.

45. Genyoroge bengalensis, Bl.

Seychelles Group, Amirante.

46. Cirrhitichthys oxyrhyuchus, Blkr.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

47. Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus, Blkr.

Maldives.

48. Chilodipterus quinquelineatus, C. & V.

Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia.

49. Apogon variegatus.

? Apogon variegatus, Val., Nouv. Aun. Mus. i. 1882, p. 55. -

Depth of body 2+ to 22 in the length, length of head 2} to 23. Snout } to 3 as long

as eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 34 in the length of head; interorbital width

42 to 53 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below

posterior edge of eye, Praeoperculum, preeopercular ridge, and supraclavicle entire.

8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 21 or 22 scales in a longitudinal

series; lateral line incomplete, ending below the soft dorsal. Dorsal VII, 19; third

spine longest and strongest, } to ? the length of head; second dorsal scarcely higher

than the first, with convex free edge. Anal II 8, the second spine # the length of head.

Pectoral 2 the length of head; ventrals not reaching the anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal

peduncle 13 as long as deep. Head and body crossed by 5 or 6 very irregular dark

vertical bars and with numerous dark and pale spots; spinous dorsal more or less

blackish ; soft dorsal, caudal, and anal with series of small dark spots; ventrals blackish,

except near the base.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 225

Maldives, Suvadiva, 44 fathoms; Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia, 10 fathoms.

Six specimens, measuring up to 44 mm. in total length.

Apogon variegatus was originally described from Mauritius.

50. Apogon vittiger.

? Apogon vittiger, Benn., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 32.

Depth of body 23 to 3 in length, length of head 23. Snout 3 as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; interorbital width 4 in the length of head.

Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below the middle of eye. Preeoperculum

serrated ; free edge of second suborbital, przeopercular ridge, and supraclavicle denti-

culated. 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 25 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal VII, I 9; spines rather slender, the third the longest and slightly more

than 3 the length of head; soft dorsal higher than the spinous, the anterior rays the

longest, the free edge somewhat convex. Anal II 8, the second spine 2 the length of

head. Pectoral $ the length of head; ventrals not quite reaching the anal. Caudal

rather deeply notched. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. A dark longi-

tudinal band from the snout through the eye to the upper part of the caudal peduncle,

followed by a dark spot above the lateral line in front of the caudal fin; anteriorly a

pale band separating the dark one from the dark colour of the back; spinous dorsal

dusky ; a more or less distinct dark stripe along the basal part of the soft dorsal and a

similar one on the anal.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

Two specimens, 72 mm. in total length.

Apogon vittiger, originally described from Mauritius, is allied to 4. frenatus, Val., and

A. kallopterus, Blkr., of the East Indian Archipelago, and has usually been placed as a

synonym of the former. Bennett’s description is so short that certain identification of

his species is impossible, but it is probably the one described above.

51. Apogon punctatus, sp. n. (Plate 24. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 2+ to 22 in the length, length of head 23 to 23. Snout nearly as long

as eye, the diameter of which is 34 to 3? in the length of head and equal to the inter-

orbital width. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending to below posterior edge of

eye. Preeoperculum serrated ; preeopercular ridge entire, or with one or two projections

at the angle; supraclavicle denticulated. 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch. 24 to 26 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VII, I 9; spines rather strong,

the third and fourth the longest, } the length of head; soft dorsal not higher than the:

spinous, with convex free edge. Anal II 8, the second spine 7 to 3 the length of head.

Pectoral 2 the length of head; ventrals nearly reaching the origin of anal. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. A dark spot on each scale on the side of

the body; dorsal, anal, and ventral fins blackish.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

Four specimens, measuring up to 85 mm. in total length.

The species is allied to A. nigripinnis, C. & V.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 32

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

52. Apogon quinquestriatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 2%. Snout 2 as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; interorbital width 4 in the length of head.

Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye. Praeoperculum

serrated ; praeopercular ridge and supraclavicle entire. 13 or 14 gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. About 24 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VII, 19;

spines rather slender, the third the longest and 4 the length of head ; soft dorsal highest

anteriorly, the free edge probably slightly concave. Anal II 8, the second spine 4 the

length of head. Pectoral $ the length of head; ventrals nearly reaching the origin

of anal. Caudal probably notched. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. A dark

longitudinal stripe from the snout through the eye to the end of the middle caudal rays,

another from above the eye to the upper part of the caudal peduncle; a median stripe

from interorbital region to origin of dorsal.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu, 30 to 36 fathoms.

Two specimens, 46 mm. in total length.

Allied to 4. quadrifasciatus, C. & V., and to A. septemstriatus, Gthr.

538. Apogon teniophorus, sp. n.

Depth of body 2? to 3 in the length, length of head 2. Snout 3 to ? as long as eye,

the diameter of which is 2? to 3} in the length of head; interorbital width 43 to 5 in

the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending to below the posterior

edge of pupil, or a little beyond. Preeoperculum serrated ; preeopercular ridge and sub-

orbitals entire; supraclavicle denticulated. 12 gill-rakers on the lower -part of the

anterior arch. 24 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VII, 1 9; third spine longest

and strongest, $ to 3 the length of head; soft dorsal higher than the spinous, the

anterior rays the longest, the free edge concave. Anal II 8, the second spine 4 to 2 the

length of head. Pectoral 3 to 2 the length of head; ventrals extending to the origin of

anal. Caudal notched. Caudal peduncle 13 to 12 as long as deep. 4 dark longi-

tudinal stripes on each side, the uppermost at the base of the dorsal fins, the others

terminating on the basal part of the caudal; second stripe originating on the snout and

running above the eye and the lateral line; third stripe running from the snout through

the eye and the base of the pectoral along the middle of the side, not expanding to form

a spot on the caudal peduncle; fourth stripe originating at the lower part of the eye;

on the opercular bones the third and fourth stripes are somewhat expanded and very

strongly defined; a dark stripe on the basal part of the soft dorsal, a less distinct one ~

on the anal.

Maldives.

Three specimens, the largest 92 mm. in total length.

The species is nearest to 4. balinensis, Blky. A specimen from Samoa has recently

been figured by Jordan and Seale (Bull. U.S. Fish. Bureau, xxv. 1905, fig. 37) as a

colour-variety of A. novemfasciatus, C. & V.

REGAN— MARINE FISHES. 227

54. Apogon maculipinnis, sp.n. (Plate 27. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head 22. Snout yas long as eye, the

diameter of which is 24 in the length of head; interorbital width 4% in the length of

head. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending a little beyond the middle of eye.

Preeoperculum serrated; przeopercular ridge and supraclavicle entire. 11 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. About 24 scales in a longitudinal series.

Dorsal VII, 19; spines of moderate strength, the third the longest and 4 the length of

head; soft dorsal higher than the spinous, ae convex free edge. Anal II 8, the second

spine 3 the length of head. Pectoral 2 the length of head ; ventrals reaching the origin

of anal. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 13 as fone as deep. Head and body

powdered w ith blackish dots; body with a few irregular spots; upper Ours of spinous

dorsal blackish ; soft dorsal, anal, and ventrals with series of small dark spots; caudal

with numerous dark dots.

Maldives, Haddumati, 40 fathoms.

A single specimen, 50 mm. in total length.

Allied to A. modestus, Blkr.

55. Apogon gardineri, sp. n.

Depth of body 27 in the length, length of head 23. Snout 3 as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 22 in the length of head; interorbital width 4 in the length of

head. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye. Preeoper-

culum serrated; preeopercular ridge and supraclavicle entire. 10 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. 24 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VII, I 9;

spines of moderate strength, the third the longest and 3 the length of head; soft dorsal

higher than the spinous, with convex free edge. Anal IT 8, the second spine nearly

3 the length of head. Pectoral 3 the length of head; ventrals nearly reaching the

origin of anal. Caudal slightly notched. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Faint

traces of 3 dark vertical bars, the first below the spinous dorsal, the second below the

soft dorsal, the third on the caudal peduncle. Spinous dorsal blackish, except posteriorly ;

ventrals blackish at the tip.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

A single specimen, 50 mm. in total length.

Allied to A. bandanensis, Blkr.

Pristipomatide.

56. Pentapus curtus, Guichen.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 to 80 fathoms.

Pseudochromidide.

57. Pseudogramma polyacanthus, Blkr.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 25 to 35 fathoms.

32*

EZ om

Be pa 3 A

Wx >

228 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

58. Pseudoplesiops typus, Blkr.

The first example of this monotypic genus to reach the British Museum was taken at

Diamant at a depth of 16 fathoms, and shows that only the first ray of the dorsal and

anal fins is a true spine, which is followed in each case by a number of simple articulated

rays. Each ventral fin is made up of a slender spine and 4 simple articulated rays.

The genus appears to be allied to Psewdochromis and to Plesiops.

Chagos Achipelago, Peros, off Diamant Island.

Centrarchide.

59. Kuhlia teniura, C. & V.

Seychelles Group, Praslin.

Mullide.

60. Upeneoides tragula, Richards.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

Cheetodontida.

61. Holacanthus somervillii, sp.n. (Plate 24. fig. 6.)

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 3}. Snout ? as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 2% in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

Preorbital denticulated ; preeopercular spine } the length of head; no spines on lower

limb of preeoperculum or on interoperculum. 50 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal

XIV 16; spines increasing in length throughout ; length of base of soft-rayed part 13

in that of the spinous part. Anal III 17. Soft dorsal and anal obtusely pointed.

Caudal rounded. Pectoral nearly as long as the head ; ventrals extending to the origin

of anal. Dark brownish; a large blackish humeral spot; body with several irregular

narrow dark transverse bars directed somewhat obliquely downwards and forwards,

each occupying the whole width of a transverse series of scales, but changing in its

course from one series to another ; fins blackish, the caudal with a narrow pale edge.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

A single specimen, 64 mm. in total length.

Closely allied to H. multispinis, Gthr. & Playf., which has 2 preopercular spines,

the upper 4 the length of head, and 3 or 4 interopercular spines.

Named after Comm. Boyle T. Somerville, R.N., who commanded H.M.S. Sealark

during the expedition.

Acanthuride.

62. Acanthurus triostegus, Bl.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

Pomacentridz.

63. Dascyllus nigripinnis, sp.n. (Plate 24. fig. 5.)

Depth of body 1% in the length, length of head 33. Snout shorter than eye, the

diameter of which is 2? in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 229

Maxillary scarcely reaching the vertical from anterior edge of eye. Head entirely scaly.

18 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. 27 scales in a longitudinal series.

Dorsal XII 15 ; spines gradually decreasing from the second, which is 3 the length of

head and as long as the longest soft rays. Anal II 14, rounded. Caudal slightly

emarginate, with rounded lobes. Pectoral a little shorter than the head; ventrals

reaching the origin of anal. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Brownish grey ; each

scale with a blue spot; lips blackish; a blackish spot at the base of pectoral; spinous

dorsal, ventrals, and anal blackish.

Maldives.

A single specimen, 65 mm. in total length.

Closely allied to D. marginatus, Riipp., which has a deeper body (depth 13 in the

length), a smaller eye (diameter 3 the length of head in specimens of 55 mm.), and the

soft vertical fins more produced (longest rays of soft dorsal longer than the second spine,

upper caudal lobe pointed). D. marginatus also differs somewhat in coloration, as the

lips are not blackish, the pectoral spot is larger, and only the upper half of the spinous

dorsal and the anterior half of the anal are blackish.

64. Dascyllus melanurus, Blk.

Maldives, Felidu, 34 fathoms.

65. Dascyllus trimaculatus, Ripp.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

66. Dascyllus aruanus, L.

Maldives ; Chagos Archipelago, Egmont and Salomon.

67. Pomacentrus polylepis, sp.n. (Plate 24. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 22 to 24 in the length, length of head 32 to 33. Snout shorter than

eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 3+ in the length of head and equal to the interorbital

width. Maxillary extending to the vertical from anterior edge of eye or a little beyond.

Snout, anterior part of interorbital region, przeorbital, and suborbitals naked. Przeoper-

culum serrated; preeorbital and suborbitals entire. 47 to 50 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal XIII 11-12; fifth, sixth, and seventh spines the highest, $ the length

of head, a little longer than the longest soft rays. Anal II 12-18. Caudal deeply

forked. Pectoral nearly ? the length of head; ventrals not quite reaching the origin

of anal. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Greyish violet, with blue longi-

tudinal stripes along the series of scales; a dark spot at the base of pectoral; vertical

fins dusky.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

Two specimens, 54 and 80 mm. in total length.

Allied to P. jerdoni, Day, but differing from all known species of Pomacentrus in the

small size of the scales.

230 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

68. Pomacentrus punctatus, Quoy & Gaim.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 43 fathoms, and Haddumati, 40 fathoms.

69. Amphiprion sebe, Blkr.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu, 30 fathoms, and N. Male, 35 fathoms.

70. Amphiprion nigripes, sp.n. (Plate 24, fig. 2.)

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 34. Snout a little shorter than eye,

the diameter of which is 83 in the length of head and nearly equal to the interorbital

width. Maxillary scarcely reaching the vertical from anterior margin of eye. Cheek

with 5 series of scales. 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. 55 scales in

a longitudinal series. Dorsal X 17; third, fourth, and fifth spines the longest, a little

more than 3 the length of head, considerably shorter than the longest soft rays.

Anal II 14. Caudal subtruncate. Pectoral nearly as long as the head ; ventrals shorter,

not reaching the anal. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Brownish; a faint narrow

whitish vertical stripe from nape to suboperculum, just behind the posterior edge of

preeoperculum ; dorsal, caudal, and pectorals pale; ventrals and anal blackish.

Maldives.

A single specimen, 75 mm. in total length.

Allied to A. melanopus, Blkr., and A. perideraion, Blky., especially to the latter,

which differs markedly in coloration and has the eye smaller (diameter 3} in the length

of head and 13 in the interorbital width in specimens of 65 mm.) and the caudal

peduncle a little deeper than long.

71. Glyphidodon celestinus, C. & V.

Seychelles Group, Praslin.

72. Glyphidodon florulentus, Gthr.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

Labride.

73. Labroides dimidiatus, C. & V.

Maldives, Felidu, 34 fathoms.

74. Pteragogus opercularis, Ptrs.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

75. Julis schwanefeldii, Blkr.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

76. Cheilinus ceramensis, Blkr.

Maldives; Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 231

77. Cheilinus chlorurus, Bl.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

78. Cheilinus arenatus, C. & V.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

79. Pseudocheilinus evanidus, Jord. & Everm.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 25 to 35 fathoms.

Several specimens should apparently be referred to this species, which has recently

been described from the Sandwich Islands.

Scaride.

80. Pseudoscarus troscheli, Blkr.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

Carangide.

81. Carane crumenophthalmus, Bl.

Maldives.

Cyttide.

NEOCYTTUS*, Gilchr.

Body deep, strongly compressed ; head moderately compressed, the interorbital region

broad. Mouth moderate; upper jaw with a narrow band of very small pointed teeth;

sometimes a few similar teeth near the symphysis of the lower jaw and on the vomer.

5 or 6 branchiostegals. Scales small, imbricated, with spiny edges ; lateral line complete,

curved anteriorly. Dorsal with VII 31-34 rays, the spines strong; anal with III 29-31

rays. Caudal truncate. Pectorals short, obtuse, each with 17-21 rays; ventrals each

with I 6 rays, inserted a little behind the base of pectorals, narrowly separated at the

base, not folding into a sheath.

Allied to Oreosoma, C. & V., and Cyttosoma, Gilchrist, which have the ventral fins

below the pectorals and more widely separated at the base, and have some or all of the

scales juxtaposed and tubercular.

82. Neocyttus acanthorhynchus, sp.n. (Plate 28. fig. 3.)

Back elevated, the profile from head to origin of dorsal fin concave. Depth of body

14 in the length, length of head 22. Diameter of eye 24, interorbital width 23 in the

length of head. Maxillary extending a little beyond anterior edge of eye; lower jaw

as long as eye. Bones of head with spinulose ridges; preeorbital ending in a strong

antrorse spine, below which are 1 or 2 others directed obliquely downwards; similar

spines on the preefrontal above the anterior edge of eye. 15 gill-rakers on the lower

* This genus has recently been established for NV. rhomboidalis, from deep water off the coast of 8. Africa, which

has smaller scales than VV. acanthorhynchus and no strong spines on the snout.

232 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

part of the anterior arch. 75 scales in a longitudinal series; lateral line becoming

straight below the middle of soft dorsal. Dorsal VII 31; second spine longest, as long

as the eye, a little longer than the longest soft rays. Anal III 29; first spine longest,

* the longest dorsal spine. Pectorals short; ventrals extending to first soft ray of anal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Brownish; fins blackish.

Saya de Malha Bank, 450 fathoms.

A single specimen, 125 mm. in total length.

Pleuronectide.

83. Brachypleura xanthosticta, Gthr.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 44 fathoms, and Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

84. Samaris maculatus, Gthr.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 45 fathoms.

85. Pseudorhombus ocellatus, Gthyr.

Saya de Malha Bank, 123 fathoms.

86. Platophrys pantherinus, Riipp.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 43 fathoms, and 8. Nilandu, 30 and 36 fathoms; Scychelles

Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

87. Platophrys pavo, Blkr.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

88. Platophrys ovalis, sp.u. (Plate 27. fig. 6.)

Depth of body about 12 in the length, length of head 35 to 33. Snout much shorter

than eye, the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; lower eye scarcely in

advance of the upper; interorbital width a little more (largest specimen) or a little less

than the diameter of eye. Males with a spine on the snout; no other spines on the

head. Maxillary + the length of head, scarcely reaching the vertical from the anterior

edge of eye. 6 short gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales very small,

adherent. Dorsal 88-92. Anal 66-70. Pectoral of the eyed side with the upper 2 or

3 rays produced ( ¢ ), 14 as long as the head ; pectoral‘of the blind side rather more than

3 the length of head. Greyish, clouded with darker; a dark spot on the lateral line;

head and body with numerous small spots, some blue enclosed in brownish rings, others

white with dark centres; posterior part of caudal blackish.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

Three specimens, measuring up to 95 mm. in total length.

Allied to P. myriaster, Schleg., from which it is distinguished by the much deeper

body, smaller mouth, &c.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 233

89. Platophrys circularis, sp. n. (Plate 26, fig. 3.)

Evidently closely allied to the preceding, but with a deeper body (depth 14 in the

length), a shorter head (4 in the length of the fish), and a smaller eye (diameter nearly

¢ the length of head, nearly equal to the interorbital width). Dorsal 90. Anal 66.

Pectoral of the eyed side 2, of the blind side 2 the length of head. Body with dark

spots and rings ; a dark spot on the lateral line.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 22 to 85 fathoms.

A single specimen, 38 mm. in total length.

90. Sceops pecilurus, Blky.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 34 and 44 fathoms.

91. Sceops latifrons, sp. u. (Plate 25. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 1% to 2 in the length, length of head 34 to 4. Snout as long as or

shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 4in the length of head; anterior edge

of upper eye above the middle of the lower one. Interorbital width 1 to 14 (¢) or 4

to 5 (2) the diameter of eye. Males with a spine on the snout; no other spine on the

head. Maxillary a little more than 3 the length of head, extending to below anterior

4 of eye. 6 to 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Scales not very

adherent, finely ciliated on the eyed side, cycloid on the blind side: about 40 in a

longitudinal series. Dorsal 80-90. Anal 58-67. Dorsal and anal fins ending just

before the caudal, which is rounded. Pectoral of the eyed side 3, of the blind side 2 to

} the length of head. Traces of dark spots and markings on body and vertical fins.

Maldives, 27 to 44 fathoms ; Seychelles, 37 fathoms; Saya de Malha Bank, 47 fathoms;

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

Thirteen specimens, measuring up to 100 mm. in total length.

In this species the males differ from the females in the presence of a spine on the

snout, the broader interorbital region, and the body usually a little deeper.

92. Sceops macrolepis, sp.n. (Plate 27. fig. 4.)

Depth of body 1g in the length, length of head 34. Snout shorter than eye, the

diameter of which is 33 in the length of head and a little less than the interorbital width ;

anterior edge of upper eye above anterior part of the lower one. Male with a spine on

the snout, one above the lower eye and one in front of the upper eye. Maxillary a little

more than 3 the length of head, extending to below anterior + of eye. 6 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. Scales not very adherent, cycloid or feebly ciliated on

the eyed side, cycloid on the blind side; 40 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 84.

Anal 60. Dorsal and anal fins ending just before the caudal, which is rounded. Pectoral

of the eyed side with the upper ray slightly produced (in the male), scarcely longer than

the head; pectoral of the blind side nearly 3 the length of head. Coloration uniform.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

One specimen, a male, 72 mm. in total length.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 33

234 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

93. Sceops maldivensis, sp.n. (Plate 25. fig. 1.)

Depth of body about 2 in the length, length of head 33 to 4. Snout shorter than eye,

the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; lower eye a little in advance of the

upper. Interorbital width nearly } (¢ ) or less than 2 ( 2 ) the diameter of eye. Males

with a spine on the snout ; no other spines on the head. Maxillary } the length of head,

extending a little beyond the anterior edge of eye. 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. Scales deciduous, about 40 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 70-76,

Anal 53-58. Dorsal and anal fins ending just before the caudal, which is rounded.

Pectoral of the eyed side with the upper ray produced and 1} the length of head (¢ ) or

without produced rays and as long as the head { 2); pectoral of the blind side less than

+ the length of head.

Maldives, 27 to 44 fathoms.

Three specimens, measuring up to 70 mm. in total length.

94. Sceops filimanus, sp.n. (Plate 25. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 14 to 2 in the length, length of head 33 to 33. Snout shorter than

eye, the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head and equal to or a little less than

the interorbital width ; anterior edge of upper eye above middle of the lower one. Males

with an antrorse spine on the snout and 1 or 2 in front of the upper eye; 1 or 2 spines

above the lower eye and sometimes 1 or 2 very small ones below the upper eye.

Maxillary a little more than 3 the length of head, extending to below anterior } of eye.

7 gili-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 40 scales in a longitudinal series.

Dorsal 78-80. Anal 62. Dorsal and anal fins ending just before the caudal, which is

rounded. Pectoral of the eyed side with the upper ray produced and longer than the

head (¢); pectoral of the blind side nearly 3 the length of head. More or less distinct

dark spots and markings.

Maldives, 27 to 44 fathoms.

Two specimens, 62 mm. in total length.

95. Sceops sechellensis, sp. u. (Plate 27. fig. 5.)

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 33. Snout shorter than eye, the

diameter of which is 33 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

Anterior edge of upper eye above posterior part of lower one. Males with a spine on

the snout, one in front of and one above the lower eye, one in front of and one below

the upper eye. Maxillary a little more than } the length of head, extending to below

anterior 1 of eye. 6 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 40 scales in

a longitudinal series. Dorsal 82. Anal 68. Dorsal and anal fins ending just before

the caudal, which is rounded. Pectoral of the eyed side with the upper ray produced

and longer than the head ( ¢); pectoral of the blind side less than 3 the length of head.

Dark spots or markings on body and fins.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

A single specimen, 72 mm. in total length.

—_

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 235

96. Hngyprosopon intermedius, Blky.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 44 fathoms, and Felidu, 34 fathoms; Chagos Archipelago, Diego

Garcia, 10 fathoms; Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

97. Arnoglossus malhensis, sp.un. (Plate 26, fig. 2.)

Depth of body 2% in the length, length of head 4. Snout as long as eye, the diameter

of which is 4 in the length of head; posterior edge of lower eye slightly behind the

middle of the upper ; interorbital region slightly concave, scaly, its width ? the diameter

of the lower eye. Lower jaw more than 4 the length of head. 11 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anteriorarch. Dorsal112. Anal92. Caudal rounded. Left pectoral

more than 4, right pectoral less than 4 the length of head. 96 scales in the lateral line.

Uniformly yellowish.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 128 fathoms.

A single specimen, 175 mm. in total length.

98. Achirus poropterus, Bikr.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 tathoms.

99. Cynoglossus kopsii, Blkr.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

100. Cynoglossus brachycephalus, Blkr.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms ; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

101. Cynoglossus sealarki, sp.n. (Plate 26. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 5. Snout 3 the length of head.

Diameter of eye 7 to 8 in the length of head and 2 to 3 times the interorbital width. A

single tubular nostril in front of the lower eye. Maxillary extending to below the

middle of eye, rostral hook to below the mandibulary symphysis. Three lateral lines on

the left side ; scales ctenoid on the left side, cycloid on the right ; 65 to 70 scales in a

longitudinal series, 10-12 between the upper and middle lateral lines. Dorsal 108-116.

Anal 90-95. Uniformly brownish.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 125 fathoms.

Four specimens, measuring up to 190 mm. in total length.

Named after H.M.S. Sealark.

102. Aphoristia wood-masoni, Ale.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

Scorpenide.

103. Sebastes strongensis, C. & V.

Maldives; Chagos Archipelago, Salomon and Egmont.

oon

236 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. |

104. Scorpenopsis diabolus, C. & V.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

POGONOSCORPIUS, gen. nov.

Differs from Scorpenopsis, Heck., in having a well-developed mental barbel and in

the strongly compressed head and body.

105. Pogonoscorpius sechellensis, sp.n. (Plate 28, fig. 3.)

Depth of body 25 in the length, length of head 2}. Snout longer than postorbital

part of head, with concave profile; diameter of eye 53 in the length of head and greater

than the interorbital width; lower jaw projecting; przeoperculum with 3. spines.

Scales small, probably about 60 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal XII 10; fourth spine

longest, = the length of head. Anal III 5; third spine longest. Pectoral broad,

rounded, of 18 simple rays, extending to above the anal spines ; ventrals close together,

inserted below the pectorals, not reaching the anal. Caudal rounded. Yellowish; fins

tinged with reddish.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

A single specimen, 65 mm. in total length.

106. Tenionotus triacanthus, Lacep.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

107. Pterotis zebra, C. & V.

Maldives, Haddumati and Kolumadulu, 35 fathoms; Seychelles Group, Amirante,

20 to 35 fathoms.

108. Pterois antennata, Bl.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms ; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

109. Pterois volitans, L.

Maldives ; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

110. Minous longimanus, sp. u. (Plate 28. fig. 2.)

Depth of body equal to the length of head, 2% in the length of the fish. Snout longer

than eye, the diameter of which is 33 in the length of head and 14 the interorbital

width. Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye. Przeorbital with a pair of spines ;

preeoperculum with 6 spines, the second very strong and nearly as long as the eye, the

fifth and sixth obtuse projections of the lower limb, each with 3 or 4 denticulations.

Dorsal X 11, the spines strong, subequal from the second, which is 4 the length of head.

Anal 11. Pectoral extending to last ray of anal. Caudal truncate. Pale brownish ;

dorsal posteriorly with oblique dark stripes ; tip of pectoral, margin of anal, and posterior

and lower margins of caudal blackish.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 237

Saya de Malha Bank, 47 fathoms.

A single specimen, 92 mm. in total length.

The long pectoral and the peculiar armature of the preeoperculum distinguish this

species from others of the genus.

J11. Minous monodactylus, Bl. Schn.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu and N. Male, 35 and 36 fathoms.

112. Pelor didactylum, Pall.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 30 fathoms.

118. Amblyapistus macracanthus, Blky.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 30 fathoms.

114. Prosopodasys lewcogaster, Richards.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

115. Cocotropus roseus, Day.

Maldives, N. Male, 35 fathoms.

116. Cocotropus dermacanthus, Blky.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

117. Synanceia verrucosa, Bl. Schn.

Maldives.

118. Caracanthus maculatus, Gray.

Maldives; Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

119. Caracanthus unipinna, Gray.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

Platycephalide.

120. Platycephalus asper, C. & V.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms, and N. Male, 35 fathoms.

121. Platycephalus tuberculatus, C. & V.

Maldives, Kolumadulu, 35 fathoms, and Haddumati, 40 fathoms.

122. Platycephalus subfasciatus, Gthr.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

238 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

123. Platycephalus cooperi, sp.n. (Plate 29. fig. 5.)

Depth of body about 6 in the length, length of head about 2§. Snout longer than

eye, the diameter of which is 3} to 44 in the length of head and about 4 times the

interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye. A more or less

developed spine in the middle of each bone of the upper surface of the cranium and also

on the preeorbital and first suborbital ; supraorbital ridges serrated; second suborbital

with a serrated ridge; three preeopercular spines, the upper 4 to 7 the diameter of eye.

58 to 65 scales in a longitudinal series ; anterior 5 to 8 scales of the lateral line spiniferous.

Dorsal IX, 11-12. Anal 11. Caudal subtruncate. Ventrals extending to third or

fourth ray of anal. Spinous dorsal blackish superiorly ; pectorals and ventrals obscurely

spotted.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms ; Cargados Carajos, 20-30 fathoms.

Seven specimens, the largest 200 mm. in total length.

Named after Mr. C. Forster Cooper, M.A., who accompanied Mr. Gardiner on his

expeditions.

124. Platycephalus pristiger, C. & V.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

125. Plutycephalus oligolepis, sp.n. (Plate 29. fig. 4.)

Depth of body 53 in the length, length of head 23. Breadth of head 15 in its length.

Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 33 in the length of head and 4 times

the interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below anterior 3 of eye; vomerine teeth

in 2 separate patches. Tfead with numerous, compressed, curved spines ; two pairs on

the snout, 3 in front of each orbit, 10 or 11 on each supraorbital ridge, which is followed

on each side by a group of 4; a spine on each parietal, 2 or 3 behind the middle of each

orbit, 2 on each supratemporal, a series of 8 on each post-temporal. Suborbital ridge

spinate throughout, ending in a preeopercular spine of moderate length, below which

are 2 others. ‘I'wo opercular spines and one on the clavicle. 5 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch. 31 scales in a longitudinal series ; only the anterior 3 or 4

scales of the lateral line spiny. Dorsal IX,110. Anal 11. Ventrals extending to the

fourth or fifth ray of anal. Caudal subtruncate. A dusky spot on each ventral fin.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

A single specimen, 100 mm. in total length.

126. Platycephalus pedimacula, sp. n.

Closely allied to the preceding, differing as follows:—Four spines in front of each

orbit ; supraorbital ridge entire anteriorly, serrated posteriorly, followed by a series of

3 spines ; 2 spines on each parietal, a series of 4 or 5 behind the middle of each orbit.

Suborbital ridge less strongly serrated than in P. oligolepis (a series of about 26 serree

in this species instead of 17 as in the preceding one).

Maldives, Kolumadulu, 35 fathoms.

A single specimen, 62 mm. in total length.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 239

127. Platycephalus grandisquamis, sp. n.

Depth of body 5} in the length, length of head 23. Snout a little shorter than eye,

the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head and 4 times the interorbital width.

Maxillary extending to below anterior § of eye; vomerine teeth in 2 separate patches.

Head with several spines; 2 on the snout, 1 or 2 in front of each orbit; supraorbital

ridges serrated except anteriorly; behind them on each side a more or less regular

transverse series of 3 or 4 spines, which are followed by a larger spine on each parietal,

with a small one behind it; a serrated ridge behind the middle of each orbit ; a series of

3 post-temporal spines ; suborbital ridge serrated throughout, ending in a preeopercular

spine of moderate length, below which are two others. Two opercular spines and one

on the clavicle. 4 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 30 scales in a

longitudinal series; only the anterior 3 or 4 scales of the lateral line spinate. Dorsal

IX,110. Analll. Ventrals extending to the fourth anal ray. Caudal subtruncate.

Brownish, with dusky bars or marblings; pectoral blackish posteriorly in its lower half ;

ventral with 2 blackish cross-bars, one near its tip.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

A single specimen, 73 mm. in total length.

The three preceding species are allied to the Japanese P. spinosus, Schleg., and

P. macrolepis, Biky., and differ from others of the genus in the large size of the scales.

Hoplichthyide.

128. Hoplichthys acanthopleurus, sp.u. (Plate 28, fig. 5.)

Length of head 33 to 3} in that of the fish. Snout slightly longer than eye. the

diameter of which is 33 in the length of head. Interorbital region very narrow, bordered

by denticulated ridges, all the ridges on the head denticulated. Maxillary extending to

below anterior margin of eye ora little beyond. 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. 27 scutes in a longitudinal series; each scute with a well-developed

spine and a second very small spine below it. Dorsal VI, 15; spinous dorsal scarcely

higher in the male than in the female, the spines not produced; second dorsal, in the

male, with ali the rays produced into filaments, increasing in length from the first to the

third, which is nearly as long as the head, thence decreasing to the fifth and again

increasing to the seventh and eighth, which are as long as the third, thence decreasing

to the tenth, and again from the twelfth to the last. Anal 17. Caudal truncate.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

Two specimens, ¢ & ?, 180 mm. in total length.

This species is very near to the recently described H. citrinus, Gilbert, from the

Sandwich Islands, males of which have the first dorsal spine produced and filamentous,

and only the four anterior rays of the second dorsal produced into filaments.

The name Hoplichthys gilberti may be given to the species described from Japan by

Gilbert as H. langsdorfii, C. & V., and which differs from H. citrinus in having none of

the rays produced in the males. I have examined several specimens of the true

H. langsdorfii, in which each lateral scute bears two strong subequal spines.

24.0 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Triglide.

129. Lepidotrigla alcocki, sp.n. (Plate 28. fig. 4.)

Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 8. Snout longer than eye, the diameter

of which is 33 in the length of head and less than the depth of the suborbitals. No

transverse groove behind the concave interorbital region, the width of which is 6 to 6}

in the length of head. Preeorbitals forming a pair of rounded projections, each margined

with 7 to 9 spines; a pair of spines above the anterior edge of each eye. Maxillary not

quite reaching to below the eye. 62 to 63 scales in the lateral line, which is unarmed ;

24 or 25 spiny plates at the base of the dorsals. Dorsal IX, 15-16; first spine serrated,

third longest, $ the length of head. Anal 16. Caudal slightly emarginate. Pectoral

extending to above fourth anal ray, ventrals to origin of anal. Inner surface of pectoral

blackish, crossed bya broken oblique white stripe and with a pale edge which is broadest

below.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

Two specimens, 160 mm. in total length.

[have named this species after Dr. A. Alcock, F.R.S., in recognition of his valuable

work on the deep-sea fishes of the Indian Ocean.

1380. Peristethus serrulatus, Alcock.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

Dactylopteride.

131. Dactylopterus orientalis, C. & V.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

Gobiide.

132. Gobiomorphus cinctus, sp. n.

Depth of body 33 in the length, length of head 3. Head a little deeper than broad,

nearly 15 as long as deep. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 8 in the

length of head; interorbital space narrow. Mouth oblique; lower jaw projecting;

maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye. Head naked; about 33 scales in a

longitudinal series on the body. Dorsal VI,I11. AnalI 9. Pectoral } the length of

head; ventrals extending to the anal. Caudal rounded. Yellowish; head and body

crossed by 10 or 11 brownish vertical bars with dark edges.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

Two specimens, 28 mm. in total length.

133. Asterropteryx monacanthus, sp. n.

Depth of body 8 to 35 in the length, length of head 3. Snout shorter than eye, the

diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; interorbital space narrow. Mouth rather

small, oblique ; jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye.

A single, rather strong spine at the angle of the preeoperculum. Head scaly, except the

snout; scales on the body large, rounded, ciliated, 22 or 28 in a longitudinal series.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 241

Dorsal VI, 19; dorsal spines produced into filaments, the third the longest, when laid

back nearly reaching the caudal fin. Anal I 8. Pectoral longer than the head ;

ventrals extending beyond the origin of anal. Caudals rounded. Vertical fins dusky ;

a dark spot on the upper part of the base of pectoral.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms,

Three specimens, measuring up to 35 mm. in total length.

1384. Hleotris lantzii, Thomin.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

135. Gobius nebulopunctatus, C. & V.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon; Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

1386. Gobius semidoliatus, C. & V.

Maldives, N. Male, 35 fathoms.

137. Gobius ophthalmotenia, Blky.

Maldives, N. Male, 36 fathoms, and 8. Nilandu, 35 fathoms.

188. Gobius ornatus, Ripp.

Maldives, 27 to 86 fathoms.

189. Cryptocentrus octofasciatus, sp.n. (Plate 29. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 44 in the length, length of head 33. Breadth of head a little less than

its depth, which is 3 of its length. Snout declivous, as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is 43 in the length of head; interorbital space narrow. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below posterior edge of eye; teeth in bands, the outer series

enlarged ; a pair of canines in the upper jaw. Suboperculum produced forward into a

spine. Head naked; body covered with small cycloid scales, about 75 in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal VI, I 10; spines slightly projecting beyond the membrane, the third

longest, $ the length of head, a little longer than the fourth, which is equal to the

longest soft rays. Anal 1I9. Caudal rounded, 7 the length of the fish. Pectorals and

ventrals subequal in length, a little shorter than the head. Body with 8 dark vertical

bars separated by 7 pale stripes and with scattered pale blue spots; blue spots on head

and anterior parts of body arranged round some small rounded blackish spots; similar

blackish spots in two irregular series on the dorsal fins.

Chagos Archipelago, Diego Garcia.

A single specimen, 75 mm. in total length.

Very closely allied to C. meleagris (Ehrenberg), C. & V. (Gobius cryptocentrus, C. & V.),

figures of which show the body crossed by 10 pale stripes instead of 7, the pale blue spots

smaller and more numerous, and no black spots on the head or body.

140. Hoplopomus caninoides, Blkr.

Maldives, 27 to 36 fathoms.

This species, originally described from the East Indian Archipelago, is also represented

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 34

242 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

in the British Museum by specimens from the Persian Gulf, collected by Mr. F. W.

Townsend, which I formerly determined as Gobius hoplopomus, C. & V. (HH. pulcher,

Ehrenberg). The genus Hoplopomus, Ehrenb., 1837 (Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. ix.

p- 66), differs from Godius in having the first ray of each dorsal fin a pungent spine.

141. Hoplopomus acanthistius, sp.n. (Plate 29. fig. 3.)

Depth of body equal to or a little less than the length of head, which is 32 to 33 in

the length of the fish. Head twice as long as broad, but only a little longer than deep.

Snout declivous, shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head;

interorbital space narrow. Jaws equal anteriorly, or the lower slightly projecting ;

maxillary extending to below anterior 3 of eye; a pair of small lateral canines in the

lower jaw. Posterior edge of preeoperculum with 1 or 2 short spinous projections near

the angle. Head naked; 10 to 12 small scales in a series from occiput to origin of

dorsal fin ; scales on the body large, ciliated, 28 to 30 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal

VI, 110; first ray of each fina short, stout, pungent spine; spinous dorsal, in the

female, about as high as the soft dorsal, in the male more elevated and with the rays,

except the first, produced into filaments, the fourth and fifth the longest, as long as the

head. AnalI 10. Caudal rounded or doubly truncate. Pectoral } the length of head ;

ventrals extending to the vent ( 2 ) or origin of anal (¢). A series of dark spots on the

middle of the side, ending at the base of the caudal; a few dark spots on the upper part

of the body; fins nearly immaculate (in spirit), but traces of 1 or 2 series of rings on the

lower part of the second dorsal and of stripes on the anual.

Maldives, Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

Four specimens, measuring up to 70 mm. in total length.

This species is very close to H. notacanthus, Blky., which appears from Bleeker’s

description to have larger scales on the nape and a ray less in the second dorsal fin.

142. Gobiopterus modestus, sp. un. (Plate 29. fig. 1.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 to 3} in the length of the fish. Head naked,

as long as deep. Snout short; eye small. Mouth very oblique, not extending to below

the eyes. About 24 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VI,I9. Anal I9. Dorsal

and anal fins subequal in height, the longest rays about } the length of head. Pectoral

nearly as long as the head; ventrals much shorter. Caudal rounded. Blackish grey.

Chagos Archipelago, Egmont and Salomon.

Several specimens, the largest 40 mm. in total length.

Champsodontide.

143. Champsodon sechellensis, sp. un. (Plate 31. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 43 to 43 in the length, length of head 33. Snout as long as or a little

longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4 to 43 in the length of head and greater than

the interorbital width. Preemaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly; maxillary

extending beyond the vertical from posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout to

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 243

extremity of maxillary 3 the length of head; least distance between eye and maxillary

x to the diameter of eye; preopercular spine longer than in the other species, extending

much more than } the distance from its base to the vertical from the base of pectoral ;

10 or 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal V, I 19; second

spine a little more than § the length of head; distance between origins of dorsals 2 the

distance from tip of snout to origin of first dorsal. Anal I 17; origin nearly equidistant

from tip of snout and base of caudal. Pectoral a little more than 2 the length of head,

ventrals $ to § the length of head, extending to the vent. Silvery; back darker;

fins pale.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

Two specimens, 70 and 80 mm. in totul length.

144. Champsodon microphthalmus, sp.n. (Plate 31. fig. 3.)

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 3}. Snout 13 as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 6 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width. Pre-

maxillaries with a double notch anteriorly; maxillary extending beyond the vertical

from posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout to extremity of maxillary 2 the

length of head ; least distance between eye and maxillary equal to the diameter of eye ;

preeopercular spine of moderate length; 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Dorsal IV-V, 119; second spine 3 the length of head ; distance between

origins of dorsals 2 or a little less than ? the distance from tip of snout to origin

of spinous dorsal. Anal I 17; origin nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal.

Pectoral a little more than ? the length of head; ventrals + the length of head,

extending to the origin of anal. ‘Traces of dark spots on the upper part of the body;

upper part of spinous dorsal sometimes blackish.

Maldives: Suvadiva, 30 fathoms, and Mulaku, 27 fathoms.

Three specimens, 55 to 60 mm. in total length.

The fishes of the genus Champsodon have usually been referred to a single species,

viz. C. vorax, Giinth., but a second species has recently been described by Gilbert from

the Sandwich Islands. In addition to the two species described above and the original

C. vorax, the type of which is redescribed below, four species of Champsodon are

represented:in the British Museum collection and are now described as new to science.

The fishes of this genus may be distinguished by means of the following key :—

I. Preemaxillaries without anterior notch; maxillary extending to the vertical

from posterior edge of eye or alittle beyond . . . . . . « « « guentheri, sp. n.

II. Preemaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly; maxillary extending beyond the vertical from

posterior edge of eye.

A. Distance between origins of dorsals much more than } of the distance from tip of snout to

origin of spinous dorsal.

1. Preopercular spine strong, extending considerably more than } the

distance from its base to the vertical from the base of pectoral . . sechellensis, sp. n.

34*

244, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

2. Preopercular spine moderate, extending about 4 the distance from its base to the vertical

from the base of pectoral.

a. Third and fourth branched rays of the ventral fins longest, considerably longer than the

first branched ray.

Diameter of eye 6 in the length of head, which is 34 in the length of the fish

(in specimens of 55 to 60 mm.) ; origin of anal nearer to tip of snout than

to base of caudal . .. . . microphthalmus, sp. 0.

Diameter of eye 4 to 5 in the length of neee, aie is od in Me eee of the

fish (in specimens of 40 to 75 mm.) ; origin of anal equidistant from tip

of snout and base of caudal, or nearer the former . . . Capensis, sp. 0.

Diameter of eye 43 to 5 in the leugth of the head, which is ‘3h to 3h in ‘the

length of the fish (in specimens of 50 to 75 mm.) ; origin of anal nearly

equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal . . . . . . .) . ~~) «arafurensis, sp. n.

b. Branched rays of the ventral fins subequal, the uae and fourth not or scarcely longer than

the first.

Distance from tip of snout to extremity of maxillary 3 the length of head;

least distance between eye and maxillary a little less than the diameter of eye. omanensis, sp. n.

Distance from tip of snout to extremity of maxillary 3 the length of head ;

least distance between eye and maxillary considerably less than the

diameter Ofeyeli.r iss) cil) eh LC TS We. 6S Ghlakeies SWOKo) Gilt al Sty

B. Distance between origins of dorsals iess than } of the distance from

tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal . . . . . . . . . .~ fimbriatus, Gilb., 1905.

Champsodon guenthert, sp. n.

Champsodon vorax (non Gunth., 1867), Giinth. ‘Challenger’ Shore Fishes, p. 52, pl. xxiii. fig. A

(1880).

Depth of body 53 in the length, length of head 33 to 33. Snout 13 to 1? as long as

eye, the diameter of which is 5 to 5} in the length of head and greater than the inter-

orbital width. Pramaxillaries without anterior notch; maxillary extending to below

posterior edge of eye or a little beyond; distance from tip of snout to end of maxillary a

little more than 4 the length of head; least distance between eye and maxillary % to ?

the length of head, przeopercular spine of moderate length ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal V, I 19-20; second dorsal spine nearly $ the

length of head; distance between origins of dorsals about } of the distance from tip of

snout to origin of spinous dorsal. Anal I 17-18; origin equidistant from tip of snout

and base of caudal or nearer the latter. Ventrals } to § the length of head, extending

to the origin of anal in the young, but not in the adult. Silvery; back darker; caudal

dark at the base.

Philippine Islands, 115 fathoms; and Nares Harbour, Admiralty Islands.

Two specimens, 90 and 140 mm. in total length, from the ‘Challenger’ collection.

The smaller example, from the Admiralty Islands, has not been included in the

description.

Champsodon capensis, sp.n. (Plate 27, fig. 2.)

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 4. Snout from as long to 13 as long

as eye, the diameter of which is 4 to 5 in the length of head and greater than the inter-

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 245

orbital width. Premaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly; maxillary extending

beyond the vertical from posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout to end of

maxillary 2 the length of head; least distance between eye and maxillary 2 the diameter

of eye; preopercular spine of moderate length; 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Dorsal V, 119; second spine 2 the length of head; distance between

origins of dorsals nearly 3 the distance from tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal.

Anal I 17; origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal or nearer the former.

Pectoral the length of head ; ventrals $ or § the length of head, in the young reaching

the origin of anal. A series of dark spots or vertical bars on the side; fins yellow, the

caudal dark at the base.

South Coast of Cape Colony, 30 to 35 fathoms.

Four specimens, 40 to 75 mum. in total length, collected and presented to the British

Museum by Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist.

Champsodon arafurensis, sp. 0.

Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 33 to 34. Snout 14 to 14 as

long as eye, the diameter of which is 44 to 5 in the length of head and greater than the

interorbital width. Praemaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly ; maxillary extending

beyond the vertical from posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout to end of

maxillary 2 the length of head; least distance between eye and maxillary less than the

diameter of eye; przopercular spine of moderate length; 9 to 11 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal [V—V, I 18-19; second spine a little more than

3 the length of head; distance between origins of dorsals about 2 the distance from tip

of snout to origin of spinous dorsal. Anal I 17; origin nearly equidistant from tip of

snout and base of caudal. Ventrals a little shorter than the head, extending to the

origin of anal. Silvery; back darker; upper parts of spinous dorsal sometimes

blackish.

Arafura Sea and Ki Islands, 129 fathoms.

Three specimens, 50 to 75 mm. in total length, from the ‘ Challenger’ collection.

This species seems to be nearest to the one figured by Alcock (Ill. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’

pl. xxvii. fig. 5), and may be the same.

Champsodon omanensis, sp.u. (Plate 27. fig. 1.)

Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 3} to 3g. Snout 1; to 14 as long

as eye, the diameter of which is 5 to 54 in the length of head and a little greater than

the interorbital width. Premaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly ; maxillary

extending beyond the vertical from the posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout

to extremity of maxillary 3 the length of head; least distance between eye and maxillary

nearly equal to the diameter of eye; preopercular spine of moderate length; 9 or 10

gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal (IV) V, 1 19 (20); second spine

a little more than } the length of head; distance between origins of dorsals } or more

than 2 the distance from tip of snout to origin of first dorsal. Anal I 17; origin a little

nearer to base of caudal than to tip of snout. Pectoral 2 the length of head; ventral

2 to 3 the length of head, nearly reaching the origin of anal in the young. Silvery;

246 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

back darker; fins yellowish or dusky ; a dark spot on the basal part of the caudal

continued into a dusky stripe on each lobe.

Sea of Oman, 140 to 200 fathoms.

Three specimens, 70 to 100 mm. in total length, collected and presented to the British

Museum by F. W. Townsend, Esq.

Champsodon vorax.

Champsodon vorax, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 102.

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 33. Snout scarcely longer than eye, the

diameter of which is 44 in the length of head and greater than the interorbital width.

Przemaxillaries with a double notch anteriorly ; maxillary extending beyond the vertical

from posterior edge of eye; distance from tip of snout to end of maxillary 3 the length

of head; least distance between eye and maxillary considerably less than the diameter

of eye. Dorsal V, 119; distance between origins of dorsals about 3 the distance from

tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal. Anal I 17; origin a little nearer to base of

caudal than to tip of snout. Ventrals $ the length of head.

China Seas.

A single specimen, less than 60 mm. in total length, in poor condition; type of. the

species.

Parapercidide.

145. Parapercis punctulata, ©. & V.

Maldives, N. Male, 35 fathoms.

Trichonotide.

PSAMMICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, compressed, scaleless. Head naked; eyes very small, superior, placed

close together; anterior nostril tubular; mouth oblique; lower jaw pointed, strongly

projecting; maxillary exposed; teeth conical, in narrow bands in the jaws; gill-

membranes narrowly attached to the isthmus. A single dorsal fin with 19 rays, the

first 5 of which are flexible spines ; anal with 14 rays, the first spinous ; caudal somewhat

pointed; pectoral with 8 rays; ventrals close together, a little in advance of the

pectorals, each with a spine and 5 soft rays, the inner rays the longest. 24 myotomes.

146. Psammichthys nudus, sp.n. (Plate 31. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 7 to 74 in the length, length of head 4 to 43. Snout short, maxillary

extending to below the eye or a little beyond. Dorsal V 14, the fifth spine rather

widely separated from the fourth and from the first articulated ray. Anal I 138.

Pectoral shorter than ventrals, which are 4 the length of head. Uniformly brownish.

Seychelles Group, Praslin Reef, from sand-siftings.

Three specimens, the largest 38 mm. in total length.

147. Trichonotus setigerus, Bl. Schn.

Cargados Carajos, 20-80 fathoms.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES. 247

Callionymide.

148. Callionymus cooperé, sp. n.

Length of head (to gill-opening) 34 in the length of the fish. Eyes subcontiguous,

their diameter 3 in the length of head ; gill-openings small, superior ; preeopercular

spine with curved tip, with from 8 to 5 tooth-like projections on the upper edge and

with an outer antrorse process at the base; maxillary not reaching the vertical from

anterior edge of eye; occipital region rugose. Dorsal IV, 9; first 3 rays of anterior

dorsal, in the male, produced into long filaments, of which the first, when laid back,

reaches the caudal; second dorsal highest anteriorly, with the last ray longer than the

3 preceding it, but not reaching the caudal when laid back. Anal 8-9, the rays

increasing in length posteriorly. Pectoral reaching to about the fourth anal ray,

ventral to about the second. Caudal, in the male, of moderate length, less than 3 as

long as the fish. A series of dark spots along the middle of side ; membrane of anterior

dorsal dusky.

Maldives, Suvadiva and Haddumati, 40 to 44 fathoms.

Two specimens (4s), the larger 56 mm. in total length.

Allied to C. sagitta, Pall.

149. Callionymus maldivensis, sp.n. (Plate 30, fig. 3.)

Length of head (to gill-opening) 35 to 4 in the length of the fish. Diameter of eye

3 to 3; in the length of head; eyes contiguous; gill-openings small, superior;

preopercular spine straight, with serrated inner edge and an outer antrorse process

at the base; maxillary extending nearly to the vertical from anterior margin of eye;

occipital region rugose, not covered by skin. Lateral line single. Dorsal IV, 9; first

ray of anterior dorsal, in the male, produced as a filament; second and third rays

subequal, about 5 the length of head ; rays of the second dorsal equal, the last reaching

the caudal when laid back. Anal 8, the rays increasing in length posteriorly. Ventrals

extending to the origin of anal, pectorals a little beyond. Caudal, in the male, elongate,

as long as the fish. Head and upper part of body spotted and marbled ; 5 or 6 indistinct

dark cross-bars on the back; males with an oblong blackish blotch on the throat;

spinous dorsal, in the male, with several oblique dark stripes or series of spots and with

a small black spot at the tip of the third ray ; spinous dorsal, in the female, with 3 or 4

irregular dark oblique stripes and with a large spot on the upper part of the membrane

between the third and fourth rays; second dorsal with 3 or 4 series of oblong dark

spots ; caudal with dark cross-bars ; outer half of anal blackish.

Maldives, S. Nilandu, 30 to 36 fathoms.

Several specimens (including only one male), measuring up to 160 mm. in total

length.

Closely allied to C. margarete, Rgn., from Muscat, which has a larger eye, the

occiput covered with skin, and the coloration of the spinous dorsal different.

248 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

150. Callionymus affinis, sp. n.

Length of head (to gill-opening) 3% in the length of the fish. Diameter of eye 24 in

the length of head; eyes contiguous ; gill-openings small, superior; preeopereular spine

straight, with serrated inner edge and an outer antrorse process at the base; maxillary

extending nearly to the vertical from anterior margin of eye; occipital region rugose,

not covered by skin. Lateral line single. Dorsal IV, 9; the anterior fin, in the male,

elevated, but with the rays scarcely produced ; rays of the second dorsal equal, the last

reaching the caudal when laid back. Anal 8, the rays increasing in length posteriorly.

Pectorals and ventrals extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal, in the male, elongate,

{ as long as the fish. Body with dark spots or bars. Males with a heart-shaped

blackish blotch on the throat and with stripes on the gill-membranes. Spinous dorsal

dark, with undulating oblique white lines and with two small black spots at the upper

margin behind the second and third rays respectively; second dorsal with 3 series

of oblong spots; caudal crossed by dark bars or series of spots; outer half of anal

blackish.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu, 30 fathoms.

A single specimen, 85 mm. in total length.

Closely allied to C. persicus, Regan, which has a shorter head (44 in the length of the

fish in specimens of this size), the spinous dorsal rather more elevated and with the rays

more produced and the caudal fin longer (as long as the fish in specimens of 90 mm.).

The two species are very similar in coloration, but in C. persicus there is only one black

spot at the edge of the anterior dorsal fin, behind the second ray.

151. Callionymus gardineri, sp.u. (Plate 30. fig. 5.)

Closely allied to C. maldivensis. Length of head (to gill-opening) 33 in the length of

the fish. Diameter of eye 33 in the length of head; maxillary not extending to below

the eye. Dorsal IV, 9; first ray of anterior dorsal, in the male, produced into a

filament; second and third rays equal in length, § the length of head. Anal 8. Caudal,

in the male, elongate, slightly more than 3 the length of the fish. Head and body

marbled or variegated; a small dusky area on the throat; spinous dorsal with un-

dulating oblique stripes with dark edges, which break up posteriorly into series of spots

enclosed in dark rings; a blackish spot just behind the tip of the third ray; second

dorsal and caudal with white (in spirit) spots and vermiculations ; caudal also with

some dark spots; anal with a dark edge.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

A single specimen (¢ ), 220 mm. in total length.

152. Callionymus kaianus, Gthyr.

This species, hitherto known only from the type, a male specimen dredged by the

‘Challenger’ at a depth of 129 fathoms near the Ki Islands, between Australia and

New Guinea, is represented in the Gardiner collection by a female, dredged at a depth

of over 128 fathoms on the Saya de Malha Bank. ‘The first dorsal ray is not produced,

but in other respects this example closely resembles the type.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES, 249

153. Callionymus spiniceps, sp.n. (Plate 30, fig. 4.)

Length of head (to gill-opening) 3% in the length of the fish. Snout as long as eye,

the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head; eyes subcontiguous; gill-openings

small, superior; preopercular spine straight, more than } the length of head, with both

edges serrated and an outer antrorse process at the base; maxillary not extending to

below the eye; preorbitals with serrated edges and with additional series of serre ;

preefrontals denticulated ; supraorbital ridges serrated, ending posteriorly in 2 or 3

spines; occipital region rugose, with 2 pairs of spines. Lateral line single. Dorsal

IV, 8; first ray of anterior dorsal, in the male, produced into a long filament ; rays of

the second dorsal equal, the last reaching the caudal when laid back. Anal 8, the rays

increasing in length posteriorly. Pectoral reaching the fourth anal ray, ventral to the

second. Caudal, in the male, elongate, } as long as the fish. Head and upper part of

body with small dark spots. A large black spot on the upper part of the membrane

between the third and fourth rays of the anterior dorsal; second dorsal with 3 or 4

series of oblong dark spots ; caudal with dark cross-bars ; outer half of anal blackish.

Amirante, Seychelles Group, over 30 fathoms.

A single specimen, 154 mm. in total length.

154. Synchiropus sechellensis, sp.u. (Plate 30. fig 1.)

Length of head (to gill-opening) 83 in the length of the fish. Eyes separated by

a distinct interspace, their diameter 3 in the length of head; gill-openings lateral,

in front of the upper part of the base of pectoral; preopercular spine strongly curved

upwards and inwards at the tip and with two tooth-like processes on its upper edge.

Lateral line single. Dorsal IV, 8; anterior dorsal, in the male, elevated and with the

rays produced, but rapidly decreasing in length from the first, which is much longer

than the head, to the last, which scarcely reaches beyond the origin of the second dorsal

when laid back. Anal 7. Ventrals extending nearly to the origin of anal, pectorals a

little beyond. Caudal moderately elongate. Head and body with 6 broad reddish cross-

bars separated by irregular narrow whitish interspaces; lower parts with white spots or

vermiculations. First two rays of anterior dorsal and the membrane between them

reddish, rest of the fin dusky; second dorsal crossed by 3 or 4: oblique reddish bands and

spotted or vermiculated with white; candal with 2 reddish cross-bars; outer 3 of anal

blackish ; pectorals pale, ventrals pink with dusky edges.

Seychelles Group, 37 fathoms.

Two specimens (ds), 55 mm. in total length.

Allied to S. lineolatus, C. & V., differing in coloration and in the form of the

preopercular spine and of the anterior dorsal fin.

155. Synchiropus altivelis, sp.n. (Plate 30. fig. 2.)

Length of head (to gill-opening) 34 in the length of the fish. Eyes separated by a

distinct interspace, their diameter 31 in the length of head ; gill-openings lateral, in front

of the upper part of the base of pectoral; preeopercular spine strongly curved upwards

and inwards at the tip and with two tooth-like processes on its upper edge. Lateral line

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. 35

250 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

single. Dorsal IV, 8; anterior dorsal elevated, but with the rays scarcely produced.

Anal 7. Ventrals extending to the first or second, pectorals to the third or fourth ray

of anal. Caudal subtruncate, moderately elongate. Spinous dorsal with rounded or |

oval spots; soft dorsal and anal dark-coloured posteriorly ; pectoral with a few spots near .

the margin; ventrals with linear vermiculations and dark lower edge; caudal with two

narrow cross-bars.

Seychelles Group, 44 fathoms.

One specimen, 58 mm. in total length.

Allied to S. lineolatus, C. & V., differing especially in the form of the preeopercular

spine.

Blenniidz.

156. Salarias quadricornis, C. & V.

Maldives; Chagos Archipelago, Peros; Cargados Carajos.

157. Salarias sumatranus, Blk.

Maldives; Chagos Archipelago, Salomon.

158. Salarias fasciatus, Bl.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

159. Salarias sebe, CC. & V.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

Brotulide.

160. Diplacanthopoma raniceps, Alcock.

Saya de Malha Bank, 300 to 500 fathoms.

Antennariide.

161. Antennarius coccineus, Less. & Garn.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

162. Antennarius nummifer, Cuv.

Maldives, Haddumati, 35 fathoms.

Lophiide.

SLADENIA, gen, nov.

Head less depressed than in other Lophiid genera ; tail deeper than broad. Lower

jaw with two series of teeth. Nasal sacs papilliform, as in the Tetrodont genus

REGAN—MARINE FISHES, 251

Spheroides, not compressed nor constricted at the base and with the nostrils placed

anteriorly and posteriorly. No free opercular flap. No trace of the third (occipital) ray

of the anterior dorsal, which is so constantly present in other members of the family ;

last ray of second dorsal cleft to the base. Pectoral with very long pseudobrachium,

as in Chirolophius, Ren.

163. Sladenia gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 32.)

Head 4 as long as the fish. Snout 3 times as long as the eye, the diameter of which

is 11 in the length of head. Spines on the head and humeral spines all short, simple,

obtuse ; supraorbital ridges not denticulated, each terminating in a spine posteriorly.

Anterior pair of enlarged teeth of inner preemaxillary series fixed; largest of 2 or 3 on

each side of the vomer depressible. Dorsal II, II, 9; first two rays of spinous dorsal

slender, setiform, the second ¢ as long as the first, which is 4 the length of head ; poste-

rior part of spinous dorsal represented by 2 nearly completely concealed rays. Anal 6.

Pectoral 18. Dark greyish, with pale vermiculations ; outer 4 of pectoral pale.

Chagos Archipelago, Salomon, about 450 fathoms.

A single specimen, 500 mm. in total length.

Malthida.

164. Halieutea hancocki, sp.n. (Plate 31. fig. 6.)

Dise subcircular, its length a little less than its breadth and a little more than the

length of the tail, without the caudal fin. Disc edged with filaments; lower surface

finely granular; upper surface with spines, most of which are 3-rooted, the enlarged

spines not so strong as in H. stellata. Diameter of eye 4 the length of the disc and a

little more than the width of the concave interorbital region. Rostral tentacle 3-lobed,

the median lobe the smallest. Width of mouth (measured from the extremity of one

maxillary to that of the other)? the width of the disc. Dorsal with 5 rays, anal with 4,

pectoral with 13 or 14. Caudal } the length of the fish (without the caudal), a little

longer than the pectoral, which is 14 as long as the ventral. Greyish, with traces of

darker reticulations on the upper surface ; fins pale.

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

A single specimen, 130 mm. in total length.

This species is allied to H. stellata, Wahl., and to H. nigra, Ale.

Named after Lieut. Hancock, R.N., First Lieutenant of H.M.S. Sealark.

Balistide.

165. Balistes niger, Mungo Park.

Maldives, Haddumati, 40 fathoms.

166. Balistes aculeatus, UL.

Maldives ; Chagos Archipelago, Peros and Salomon.

252 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

167. Balistes viridescens, Bl. Schn.

Maldives.

168. Monacanthus oculatus, Gthr.

Maldives, 8. Nilandu, 30 fathoms.

169. DWlonacanthus nematophorus, Gthr.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 43 fathoms, and Mulaku, 27 fathoms; Seychelles Group,

Amirante, 30 fathoms; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

170. Monacanthus oblongus, Schleg.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

171. Monacanthus melanistius, sp.n. (Plate 31. fig. 4.)

Depth of body about 2} in the length, length of head 38. Snout produced, with

concave upper profile; upper angle of gill-opening nearly in the vertical from posterior

edge of eye. Scales papilliform. Dorsal spine 4-sided, with 4 series of barbs, inserted

over the middle of eye, when depressed reaching the origin of the second dorsal fin, which

has 33 or 34 rays, the middle of which are the longest, nearly 2 as long as the spine.

Anal 30-32. Caudal rounded. Ventral spine immovable. Body with small scattered

round dark spots; membrane of spinous dorsal blackish; caudal with irregular dusky

bars. .

Plankton, surface, near Farquhar Atoll.

Three specimens, the largest 60 mm. in total length.

Allied to the Australian JZ. peronii, Holland.

172. Monacanthus setifer, Benn.

Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

173. Pseudaluteres nasicornis, Schleg.

Maldives, Suvadiva, 37 fathonis; Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms.

Ostraciontide.

174. Ostracion cornutus, L.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

175. Ostracion concatenatus, Bl.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

176. Ostracion fornasini, Bianci.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms; Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

REGAN.—MARINE FISHES.

Tetrodontide,

177. Spheroides hypselogenion, Blkr.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

178. Spheroides spinosissimus, sp.n. (Plate 81. fig. 5.)

Nostrils borne on a well-developed papilla. No distinct lateral fold. Length of head

23 in the length of the fish. Snout short and broad, scarcely longer than the eye, the

diameter of which is 33 in the length of head. Width of the slightly concave interorbital

region 43 in the length of head, much less than the interocular width. Head and body,

except the tail, entirely covered with rather strong two-rooted spines. Dorsal 8, pointed,

the anterior rays longest, $ the length of head. Anal 7. Caudal truncate. Brownish

above, pale below ; a blackish spot above and behind the eye; a smaller blackish spot at

the base of the dorsal; a diffuse dusky blotch on the side; fins pale, the caudal with a

dark posterior edge. .

Saya de Malha Bank, over 123 fathoms.

A single specimen, 90 mm. in total length.

This fish bears a considerable resemblance to those of the genus Diodon.

179. Tetrodon stellatus, Bl. Schn.

Cargados Carajos, 20 to 30 fathoms.

180. Tetrodon meleagris, Lacep.

Chagos Archipelago, Peros.

181. Tetrodon nigropunctatus, Bl. Schn.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

182. Tropidichthys valentini, Blkr.

Maldives, Haddumati, 40 fathoms; Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

188. Tropidichthys caudofasciatus, Gthr.

Seychelles Group, Amirante, 30 fathoms, and Seychelles, 37 fathoms.

184. Tropidichthys natalensis, Gthr.

Seychelles Group, Coetivy.

185. Tropidichthys benneétii, Blkr.

Maldives.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

i |

APPENDIX.

The following is a list of Brackish-water Fishes, originally placed with the fresh-water

forms from the Seychelles, &c. :—

Chanos saimoneus, Bl. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin, and lagoon, Silhouette, Seychelles.

Haplochilus playfairi, Gthr. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Hemirhamphus far, Forsk. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Mugil oligolepis, Blkr. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Therapon jarbua, Forsk. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Ambassis urotenia, Blkr. Mangrove-swamp, Mahé.

Gerres lineolatus, Gthr. Lagoon, Silhouette, Seychelles.

Psettus argenteus, L. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin, and lagoon, Silhouette.

Trachynotus ovatus, L. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Eleotris ophiocephalus, C. & V. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Cryptocentrus octofasciatus, Rgn. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Periophthalmus koelreuteri, Pall. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin, and lagoon, Silhouette.

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Pall. Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

Salarias oortii, Blkr, Mangrove-swamp, Praslin.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 23.

Fig. 1. Borostomias braueri, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Macrurus microstomus, sp. 0.

Fig. 3. Neocyttus acanthorhynchus, sp. 0.

Puate 24.

Fig. 1. Apogon punctatus, sp. 0.

Fig. 2. Amphiprion nigripes, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Pomacentrus polylepis, sp. 0.

Fig. 4. Anthias cooperi, Regan,

Fig. 5. Dascyllus nigripinnis, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Holacanthus somervillii, sp. n.

PLATE 25.

Fig. 1. Sceops maldivensis, § and ?, sp. n.

Fig.2. ,, _filimanus, g and ?, sp. n.

Fig. 3 » latifrons, 3 and ?, sp. n.

REGAN—MARINE FISHES.

PLATE 26,

Fig. 1. Cynoglossus sealarki, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Arnoglossus malhensis, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Platophrys circularis, sp. n.

PLATE 27,

Fig. 1. Champsodon omanensis, sp. n.

Fig. 2. “ capensis, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Apogon maculipinnis, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Scwops macrolepis, sp. n.

Fig.5. —,,_—_sechellensis, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Platophrys ovalis, Sp. 1.

PLATE 28,

Fig. 1. Xenanthias gardineri, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Minous longimanus, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Pogonoscorpius sechellensis, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Lepidotrigla alcocki, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Hoplichthys acanthopleurus, sp. 1.

PLATE 29,

Fig. 1. Gobiopterus modestus, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Cryptocentrus octofasciatus, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Hoplopomus acanthistius, sp. n.

Fig. 4, Platycephalus oligolepis, sp. n.

Fig. 5. on cooperi, sp. 0.

PLATE 30,

Fig. 1. Synchiropus sechellensis, sp. n.

Fig. 2. 3) altivelis, sp. 0.

Fig. 3. Callionymus maldivensis, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Bs spiniceps, sp. D.

Fig. 5. a gardineri, sp. n.

PLATE 31.

Fig. 1. Psammichthys nudus, sp.n. (x 2.)

Fig. 2. Champsodon sechellensis, sp. n.

Fig. 3. of microphthalmus, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Monacanthus melanistius, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Spheroides spinosissimus, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Halieutea hancocki, sp. n.

Sladenia gardineri, gen, et sp. nov. (x 4.)

PLATE 82.

ree 't

ft . was oe

i eY rae ’

a aa a

L> oe :

; a ane,,\ '

: me Ce aL Lae

“ i ena :

Aya

-< ee uy

a |

f ok Ae

2% ,

il a POR!

- fh ae ee

ee ty

aide eee‘

et ee :

OG ee ks‘

1 iia

; (ncaa VA |

abr eliaty®

bau | aktadin

Oar) |

asad

je Roatan

(4 rhs) ta

Mage ie

4 Se EPR

[Ue hs :

ED ara.’ t

Aa | ehiwie ys

4 oe iby Avs Ai

064 HARTGE it

Were ione a

pha

ih ag RAEI

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(REGAN)

aaa

Foe)

FISHES FROM THE

INDIAN

Trans. Linn. Soc.,Ser.2. Zoon.Vol.XI. Pu. 23.

Fue

OCEAN. E. Wilson del.et imp.

PERcY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

TRANS. Linn, Soc.,‘

(REGAN)

2. ZOoL. Vol.X11,Pi.24,

7 WX wha <<

}

{

. Ee Sore he E.Wilson delet imp.

] . | FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN. eae pees

E. Wilson del.et imp.

TRANS. Linn. Soc.,Ser.2. Zoou.Vol.XII. Pu. 25.

_FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

SSossesee

(REGAN)

Sse

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Trans. Linn. Soc.,Ser.2. Zoon. Vol XII.Pu.26.

(REGAN)

AN RNR CMe tii

\ \ ea EX AY ‘ (XY

he BSAA KG oa a SONU

SS Gas

SSS ens ) CNRS ¢\ SUR Minions

SS SREY, te ISG COCA COC ee

AG SRR Con a eee uae

HAN

16%,

GED ISOS NUN

“yyy.

9,9

‘

SANSA

fee

LM 90

E.Wilson del.et imp.

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(REGAN)

TRANS. LINN.

Soc., SER.2. Zoou. Vol. XII. Pu.27.

FISHES

FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

E. Wilson del.et imp.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRaNs. LINN. Soc

(REGAN) i. ok see

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN. See EE ge

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRANS. Linn. Soc.,Ser.2. Zoo. Vol. XII. Pu.29

(REGAN)

MANO Bas:

E. Wilson del.et imp.

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

_ LINN. Soc., Ser.2. Zoon. Vol. XII.Pu.30.

TRANS

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(REGAN)

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

| Trans. LINN. Soc.,

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(REGAN )

y LAL LIL 77. LTTT Ter

E. Wilson del.et imp.

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

I, Pr.32

ER.c. ZOOL. Vol }

Ns, Linn. Soc., St

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(REGAN)

-Wilson del.et imp.

FISHES FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

No. XV.—THE MADREPORARIAN CORALS: I. THE FAMILY FUNGIIDA,

WITH A REVISION OF ITS GENERA AND SPECIES AND AN

ACCOUNT OF THEIR GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

By J. Svanuey Garpiner, I.A., YB.S., PL.S., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College

and Demonstrator of Animal Morphology in the University of Cambridge.

(Plates 33-39.)

Read 7th May, 1908.

ContTENTs.

é Page

Ip Ihiiiaelita nods Cao < GOD Ore CeCe erOe errs olathe ai

TS Mts ori ett ho 4c CAC ee ODEO OOS OnenLOOr 258

JUL, Genins JET on hoo G GAee DOOR DO OEM ao noe oo 6. oer 263

NAVEEN ET (2 LONILEET CRMs tet UR ore sc civic vs cos aise hee meet ele 280

IVAN MaL Durer lerniicd Siicclathtot's save occ ae ontomta ne 281

AVIS a aR EL CT DOLULNUM MM atat Sot sfolsis, $15%aks,5. « eis 9's ele eters 282

AO MMMBE RT ili Mitte ON co u's's 2600 5 Shoes Veer aeian 287

I. INTRODUCTION.

THe identification of the specimens of this family obtained by the Expedition was so

difficult that I had to embark upon an extended re-examination of all its genera and

species. For this purpose I had before me the collections which I had obtained on

my previous expeditions to the Pacific Ocean and to the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-

pelagoes. The late Mr. F. P. Bedford had also collected for me a few specimens at

Singapore, and Mr. C. Crossland a few at Zanzibar. I am further indebted to

Mr. Crossland for a large collection from reefs between Donganab and Sawakin, Red

Sea; systematists will readily understand the peculiar value of this collection for

identifying the species and genera described by earlier workers. I have also been

enabled, owing to the kindness of Prof. Jeffrey Bell, to examine many of the Fungia,

including all named specimens, and all of the colonial Fungiide in the British Museum.

Mr. T. Wayland Vaughan, our chief authority on living and fossil Madreporaria, has

also given me information and his opinions on certain points. I wished particularly to

examine specimens of the form called Diaseris mortoni by Tenison-Woods. As the

rules of the Australian Museum and of the University of Sydney do not allow any

specimens to be sent out of the country under any circumstances, I would recommend

workers on this very difficult group for their own peace of mind to absolutely neglect

all identifications of corals in either institution, which are not accompanied by proper,

preferably photographic figures.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 36

258 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The Red Sea Corals collected by Mr. Crossland should perhaps have been reported

upon separately for the series of Reports now being published in the Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xxxi. As he has left me free in the matter and he is unlikely to have few

peculiar species, and as the value of the collection depends mainly on its being con-

sidered geographically, I have reported upon it in this paper, preferring to consider

the family from its broadest aspects.

II. Tue Fawitry FUNGIIDA.

I accept Mr. Wayland Vaughan’s diagnosis * of this family with certain characters

added by himself :—

* Corallum simple or colonial, depressed or mitroid in form, septa of higher cycles

perforate, those of the lower cycles perforate or solid. Synapticula, but no dissepiments,

present. Wall usually perforate or compact. No epitheca.” .

The supplementary characters of Vaughan are as follows :—‘‘The embryo becomes

attached and forms a trophozooid which gives rise to buds (anthoblasts); these become

detached forming free individuals (anthocyathi). The anthocyathi may remain simple

(the genus Fuigia), or by asexual reproduction become colonial.”

The family Fungiidee was first defined by Dana f, being subsequently amended by Milne-

Edwards and Haime{ and by Duncan §. As left by the latter author it contained the

following genera:—I Alliance, Fungia, Diafungia, Micrabacia; II Alliance, Halomitra,

Sandalolitha, Cryptabacia; III Alliance, Herpolitha, Polyphyllia, Lithactinia, Zoopilus.

Podabacia was placed as a synonym of Halomitra, but this genus, type species P. crus-

tacea, is really quite distinct, retaining the primitive fixed condition ||. Déderlein

then showed that Diaseris and Cycloseris, placed by Duncan in the Lophoseridee, really

belong to the Fungiidz, a conclusion amply borne out by Vaughan **, and perhaps are

synonyms of Fungia (see below, p. 263). Diafungia, too, was obviously not related to

the other genera in the family.

A revision of the families of the Madreporaria Fungida became clearly necessary, and

this task was undertaken by Vaughan, whose unequalled experience of both living and

fossil corals admirably qualified him for the task. He at once separated Dicrabacia as

type of a new family Micrabaciide having solid septa, Dia/ungia also being referred to

this family. At the same time he added the characters mentioned above to the Fungiidee,

which was restricted to free forms, Podabacia at once being removed. Hight genera

are left (Huugia, Halomitra, Sandalolitha, Cryptabucia, Herpolitha, Polyphyllia,

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, xxviii. p. 379 (1905).

+ ‘*Zoophytes,” Wilkes Expl. Exped. p. 283 (1846).

+ ‘Hist. des Coralliaires,’ iii. p. 4 (1860).

§ “ Revision of the Madreporaria,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii. p. 141 (1884).

|| Gardiner, “ Madreporaria,” The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,

p. 941 (1905).

“Die Korallengattung Pungia,” Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft, xxvii.

Heft i. (1902).

** “Recent Madreporaria of the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan,” U.S. Nat, Mus. Bull. 59, pp. 108-128 (1907).

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 259

Lithactinia, and Zoopilus), so extraordinarily closely related to each other that the

scientific character of Vaughan’s family Fungiide can scarcely be doubted. It is a

recent family of Indo-Pacific distribution, confined to tropical waters. It has its centre

in the East Indies, with many species in the Red Sea, a few extending to Hawaii

and Tahiti and one or two to the west coast of America. It is essentially a coral-reef

family, its species confined to the shallowest water and at least assisted very materially

in their food-supply by commensal algze, the only possible exceptions to this rule being

a few species of the Diaseris-group and of the Cycloseris-group of Fungia, formerly

placed in the genera Diaseris and Cycloseris.

Of the genera of the family, Hwngia is the only simple one, and it must be regarded as

in many respects retaining the primitive simple condition, from which all the rest have

been derived. Of this statement there is direct evidence in all genera except Polyphyllia

and Lithactinia, and it is not too much to assume that the statement holds for them also

even if they are separable from Cryptabacia, which I think they are not. Fwngia itself

has what I believe to be eight well-constituted morphological types or Groups, and it

remains for us to consider the relationships of the colonial genera to these Groups and

to one another.

First, however, it is necessary to examine whether all the above genera are really

distinct. from one another, whether all are good genera. Below I have given my reasons

for the creation of a new genus, Déderleinia, for two species formerly placed under

Halomitra. Sandalolitha was next founded by Quelch* on a single specimen from

Tahiti, now in the British Museum. Studer} regarded it as a species of Halomitra,

subgenus Podabacia, but, as will be seen later, it can scarcely belong to that genus. The

specimen has an area on the underside, about 3 by 2 cm., very opaque and tinged with

yellow. On part of this the scar of attachment formerly existed ; boring organisms doubt-

less entered and the opaque appearance is probably due to the consequent decay of the

corallum. Four out of the five so-called secondary calicles are situated over this, Of

these five, one to the right of Quelch’s figure is distinct and one to the left is semi-

distinct; the rest are very doubtfully calicular centres. Quelch’s interpretation of the

long axis of the specimen, the line of the axial calicle, is altogether doubtful I regard

both ends of this calicle as extending out on the lower side of his figure, the left one a

quarter of the length of the specimen from its end, this being the half with regard to

which Quelch states that a primary septum corresponds to its median axis. If I am

correct, there is no evidence that fresh calicles develop in the long axis. The two ends

of the specimen show enormously rapid outgrowth as compared with the centre—this

is not indicated in Quelch’s figure,—and the characters of some of the septal teeth and

spines show unhealthy surroundings and growth. For myself I have little doubt but

that the specimen is a young Fungia of perhaps unknown species which has grown in

unfavourable conditions, so that its development has been somewhat irregular.

Cryptabacia at first sight might seem to be a form of Herpolitha of which the central

* «Challenger’ Reports, p. 144, pl. vii. figs. 1-1 d (1886).

t Zool. Jahrb. xiv. p. 413 (1901).

36*

260 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

axial furrow has become broken up into a series of centres, its single species, C. talpina,

in the arrangement of its calicles being connected by Herpolitha crassa to H. limax, the

type species of its genus. It, however, shows a distinct gap in other characters,

particularly those of its costee and septa. In addition to my own specimens of C. talpina

mentioned below, I have examined five specimens in the British Museum ranging up to

42 em. in length. These show clearly that the younger the specimen the more distinct

are its secondary axial centres and its subsidiary side calicles, radiation of septa from

them being clearer. This is not the case in Herpolitha, some specimens of which show

almost the opposite character *, so that I must regard Cryptabacia talpina as the type of

a good genus.

Polyphyllia was founded by Quoy and Gaimard ¢ for a species, P. pelvis, from New

Ireland. Their description was inadequate, but the type was redescribed and figured by

Milne-Edwards and Haime{. The specimens were of large size, 20 to 30 em. long by

7 to 10 em. broad. In the British Museum I found three specimens labelled P. pelvis,

one of them so named by Briiggemann coming from “Swan River, Australia,” and two

older specimens from unknown localities. All were over 33 cm. in length, but when.

examined were clearly large specimens of Cryptabacia talpina, having both the central

and side calicular centres less distinct, 7. e. septa less radiating, than in smaller specimens

of the same species, a regular age and size character in that species. At the same time

all three specimens examined by themselves would be regarded as typical Polyphyllia,

resembling in every respect Milne-Edwards and Haime’s description of the genus.

Further, its type species, P. pelvis, seems to me to be identical with Cryptabacia talpina.

The arrangement of septa shown in Milne-Edwards and Haime’s figure 1 d is quite

typical of that species, the individual septa between the moath-openings being better

shown in their fig. le. Generally the septa of the second series are not perhaps so thick

and distinct as in 1d, but there is one specimen in the British Museum from

“W. Island, Torres Straits,” which has still thicker septa of the smaller series, having a

similar surface appearance and rising higher than usual in relation to the septa of the

larger series, so that the connections of the latter septa to the corners of the elongated

meshwork of the second series (shown in fig. 1 e) is quite indistinct from surface view.

Lastly, the details of the surface structure of the costz and septa are of precisely the

same character in the two species. Obviously both species must be referred to the same

genus, and Cryptabacia becomes a synonym of Polyphyllia.

Lithactinia is merely a rounded form of the last, with no suggestion of an axial furrow

broken up into calicular centres. A species, L. nove-hibernie, was first described and

figured by Lesson § on a single small specimen, but the figures might well represent a

part of a corallum of a species of Polyphyllia. Milne-Edwards and Haime || redescribed

the species but published no figure; and indeed no figure has since been published.

Furthermore there is no adequate figure of any other specimen supposed to belong to

* The specimens of /7, limax in the British Museum on which I base this observation may possibly belong to two

species, but they seem to make one series.

+ Voyage de l’Astrolabe, Zooph. p. 185, pl. xx. figs. 8, 10 (1833),

+ Cor. ii. p. 26, pl. D 11. fig. 1, a-e (1860).

§ Iustr. Zool. pl. vi. and Description (1831). || Cor. iii. p. 28 (1860).

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 261

Lithactinia. Milne-Edwards and Haime suggested that two species of Polyphyllia,

P. pileiformis and P. galeriformis, very inadequately described by Dana *, really belonged

to the genus Lithactinia, and later Quelch f identified four ‘ Challenger’ specimens as

belonging to these two species, two to each. Of these the larger specimen of L. pileiformis

is formed from a fragment of some larger corallum, which has commenced to grow out

in every direction. This original fragment has indications of a central row of calicles.

In one part of the whole corallum the septa belong to only one series, but in others have

the same arrangement as in P. talpina. The second specimen is also growing out from

a fragment, which shows part of a central row of calicles. This fragment has the same

elongated, looping arrangement of the smaller septa round the pieces of the broken up

larger septa as shown in Milne-Edwards and Haime’s figure of Polyphyllia pelvis.

Both specimens thus have septal arrangements so similar to P. talpina that they must

be regarded as belonging to the same genus. They, however, are very thin and delicate,

and have other characters which separate them specifically.

The specimens of the other ‘Challenger’ species, Z. galeriformis, show no real

differences from those of the last, either in their costz, septa, or spinulation. Their

undersides have indications from sand about them that they were picked up off a sandy

bottom. This is quite sufficient to account for the differences in their costal characters

from those of L. péleiformis, though these divergences are not greater than those of any

half-dozen specimens of Fungia fungites picked up at random on any coral-reef. Both

specimens have regenerated from broken fragments, the old piece in the larger appearing

almost like one of the ends of a P. talpina, with which species the septal arrangements

likewise agree. The smaller form alone of the four specimens shows no indication of a

central furrow, regeneration having taken place from side calicles only. This regeneration

in all specimens is quite independent of the radiation of the original fragment, fresh lines

forming abruptly even at right angles to its direction.

It must be then, I think, quite clear that Quelch’s specimens of Lithactinia really

belong to some species of Polyphyliia, with which they agree also in the surface

characters of their coste and septa. At the same time their relationship to Lithactinia

nove-hibernié is undeniable. All three species must, in my opinion, be referred to

Polyphyllia.

The species of Cryptabacia, Polyphyllia, and Lithactinia must now be referred to a

single genus, of which ¢a/pina (syn. pelvis) is the type, this same species being also the

type on which Polyphyllia and Cryptabucia were founded. According to the laws

of priority, Polyphyllia or Lithactinia should be the name of the genus, both being

proposed in the same year}. In the absence of precise information as to the chronology

and also as to the characters of the latter genus, it will be convenient to restore the

genus Polyphyllia (Quoy and Gaimard), Dana.

Lastly, Zoopilus, Dana, according to Vaughan §, “is scarcely more than a Halomitra

* Zooph. p. 317, pl. xxi. figs. 3, 4 (1846). Lesson’s description of a species of Lithactinia was apparently

unknown to Dana.

+ ‘Challenger’ Reports, p. 142 (1886).

+ Lesson’s work is dated 1831, but it was not apparently published until 1833

§ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii. p. 880 (1905).

262 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

with very few calices, and these are near the central corallite.’ While laying great

stress on this observation, the specimen examined by Vaughan being probably the type

of the genus, I would point out that Dana states that Zoopilus has “the polyp mouths

between the large ridges of the surface,” but “the animals are still unknown.” It

evidently has its subsidiary calicles over the smaller septa of the corallum, whereas the

rest of the colonial Fungiidze have them over the larger septa. In Zoopilus, in fact,

only the smaller septa are broken by calicular centres as compared with the larger septa

in other genera; but there are three to six smaller septa between neighbouring larger,

whereas in other genera the septa form two series of different sizes which alternate with

one another. These characters, if correctly stated, are sufficient to constitute a separate

genus, but the description is not sufficient to give any indication of its affinities. It has

apparently granular septal teeth and spines, which would separate it from Halomitra,

The median depression in the figure is said by Dana to be due to an accident, but it is

useless to speculate further on the matter. In any case I doubt the generic distinction

of Zoopilus.

It will now be evident that I am able to recognize only four or five genera of

colonial Fungidee :—

I. Halomitra.

II. Déderleinia, gen. n.

Ill. Herpolitha.

IV. Polyphyllia (syn. Cryptabacia, Lithactinia).

? V. Zoopilus.

Of these genera Herpolitha and Polyphyllia typically have elongated coralla, but the

two genera are widely different in the nature of their septal sides and edges and their

coste. Judging by these characters, Herpolitha finds its affinities in the Scutaria-group

of Fungia, specimens of the type species of which often exhibit somewhat similar splitting

up in some of their septa, while those of Polyphyllia must rather be sought for in the

Echinata-group.

Of the other genera, Halomitra in its surface characters and in young specimens shows

distinct affinities to the Fungites-group of Fungia; and Déderleinia, in its extraordinarily

granular septa and costee with their spines and teeth, as well as in other characters, has

relationship to the Repanda-group. Zoopilus, if a good genus, must have had a different

origin to any of the above. Finally, the affinities of Podabacia, if it has had its ancestry

in Fungia, must be sought in the Repanda-group.

Lastly, we may perhaps briefly refer to the relationships of the Groups of Fungia to

one another. Of these groups all except Cycloseris and Diaseris (joined by Déderlein as

the Patella-group) contain quite recent species, probably all Pleistocene. The Cycloseris-

group is found fossil from the Cretaceous to the present day, and the Diaseris-group

from the Miocene. Fungia patella perhaps contains more characteristics of the primitive

forms than any other living species, and in these respects it must be regarded as the

central form from which all the rest originated. First the Diaseris-group separated in

the late Eocene or early Miocene, and then subsequently, at the commencement of the

Quaternary period, a great breaking out in many directions suddenly formed a series of

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 263

widely separated Groups. Whether these originated from one line or a series of lines of

evolution we find no indications, but I am disposed to think that there was only one line

which was caused to, as it were, burst out, possibly by the acquirement of a new method

of nutrition of great importance, 7. e. by commensal alge. The final results of this

outburst we find in the colonial genera of the family.

With regard to the distribution of the family Fungiide, we can only point out that its

species are all Old World forms, and, except the Cycloseris- and Diaseris-groups of

Fungia, that they are all essentially dwellers in the shallowest water on coral-reefs, not

more than a few fathoms deep. The distribution of the species clearly indicates that the

centre of the Pleistocene outburst, referred to above, was situated in the shallowest waters

of the East Indies.

IIT. Genus Funeta, Lamarck.

Déderlein, “ Die Korallengattung Fungia,’ Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl.

XXvi. pp. 1-162, tt. i—xxv. (1902); and Vaughan, “ Recent Madreporaria of the

Hawaiian Islands and Laysan,’ U.S. Nat. Museum Bull. 59, pp. 110-134,

pls. xxvii—xxxvii. (1907).

Mr. T. Wayland Vaughan’s careful re-examination of the Fungia in the U.S. National

Museum for the purposes of the above report called for a revision of the specimens

in the Cambridge Museum, together with the examination of those collected by the

Expedition. I have also included in the report certain specimens obtained. by the late

Mr. F, P. Bedford at Smgapore and by Mr. C. Crossland in the Red Sea off Suez and

Sawakin. In all, I have examined about 480 specimens, identified with 19 out of the

33 species which at present seem to me to comprise the genus.

The examination of this large number of specimens has shown me that Déderlein and

Vaughan are correct, in the present state of our knowledge, in absorbing the genera

Cycloseris and Diaseris into Fungia. Vaughan’s examination of the whole question is

masterly, and, as my investigation of my specimens has been conducted on parallel lines

and leads to absolutely the same conclusions, I will not restate them but merely refer the

reader to Vaughan’s paper. It is still possible, however, that there may be important

differences between the polyps of the three so-called genera, and authors will probably

differ in opinion as to whether the peculiar mode of reproduction in some forms is

sufficient to separate them as the genus Diaseris.

Déderlein places 6 species in his Patella-group, but F. erosa should, I consider, be

absorbed into F. patella, having no really distinguishing characteristics. Of the

remaining five he records no Diaseris-forms of F. costulata and F. elegans, and is obviously

doubtful of that of F. cyclolites*. In his synonymy of &. patella the Diaseris-form is

F. fragilis, Alcock. On this question Vaughan remarks: “The two specimens (of

* Vide Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S.W. v. p. 459, pl. xv. figs. 1, 2 (1881). I must confess my complete:

inability to identify this species from the description; the figures are absolutely worthless. About 60 specimens

were obtained, so that it is a true Diaseris-form, but it is not that of F. cyclolites so far as I can see. The Australian

Museum, Sydney, and the Zoological Department of the University have declined to lend specimens for proper

examination.

2064 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

F. fragilis) from the Hawaiian Islands are so different from the specimens of F. patella

that I prefer to keep them apart, at least for the present.’ In this I agree with Vaughan.

But Déderlein describes Cycloseris-forms and /Diaseris-forms from the same locality in

New Britain; and his Cycloseris-specimens are so small, about a third the regular size of

other such forms of F. patella (to which the Déaseris-specimens approximate in size),

that they may well be merely stages in their development, as it is obvious that all

Diaseris-forms probably pass through Oycloseris-stages.

I am supported in the separation of the Diaseris-form from the Cycloseris-form by the

fact that the two forms of the same species are seldom known from the same locality.

Thus I find 7 localities for /. distorta, Diaseris-form, of which Zanzibar and Cargados

Carajos are the nearest to Aldabra, where its supposed Cycloseris-form was obtained. I

have already referred to /. patella, for the Cycloseris-form of which six other localities

are known. As already noted, Vaughan does not agree to the absorption of F. fragilis

into F. patella, but his two Hawaiian specimens of the former come from a station at

which 24 specimens of F. patella (Cycloseris-form) were obtained*. In 8S. Nilandu

Atoll, Maldives, at 25 fins., where we dredged 47 mostly entire specimens of living

F. distorta, the bottom was practically formed by a rubble of the coralla of this species

consolidated together. We carefully went over upwards of a hundredweight of this

material and yet found no Cycloseris-forms, which we were particularly searching for, as

we had obtained on the same day in a previous dredging, devoid of Déaseris-forms, a

Cycloseris-specimen of F. sinensis, a widely differing species. Lastly, living Pungia

are not infrequently hurled over the reefs in storms and hurricanes. Most so moved

will be broken and carried to positions in which the continuance of life is impossible.

Some, however, reach a haven of rest. From the structure of their coralla any break

almost invariably extends from the axial fossa to the edge of the disc. Such fragments

regenerate the rest of their discs, and it is quite unnecessary to point out the strong

resemblance of such regenerated discs to Diaseris-forms.

On the whole, I am inclined to consider that Déderlein’s identifications of Déaseris-

forms and Cycloseris-forms of the same species of /wngia in only one Group out of his

seven Groups (the rest of which appear to me to be scientifically correct) is rather forced

and still doubtful. The question is one which I must leave to future investigators, but

I venture to suggest that there should be an eighth Group, the Déaseris-group, which

would contain at present the species F. fragilis, Alcock, F. distorta, Michelin, F'. mortoni

(Tenison-Woods), and perhaps a species corresponding to the Déaseris-form from New

Britain described by Déderlein under J’. patella. In correspondence with this change

I use the term Cycloseris-group for the other forms placed by Déderlein in his

Patella-group.

* Of course there is no inherent improbability in a species of Pungia having acquired in any locality a Diaseris-

form to the complete obliteration of its Cycloseris-form. The two forms live on practically the same food and would

naturally come into such particularly close competition with one another, that one might be easily killed out in the

locality by any special suitability of the other, even if very slight, to its biological or physical conditions. In the

Maldives, Diaseris-forms were dredged only in currents “ generally in or near passages into the lagoons of the atolls,”

whereas the Cycloseris-forms, both of the Maldivan and of the present expedition, came from relatively still water.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 265

The collections contain a large number of young forms which I have carefully worked

through, though in most cases I have not attempted to identify them. Such specimens

can generally be referred to the Groups into which Déderlein has divided up the genus,

but I have seldom found it possible from their morphology to refer them to any one

species in their Group. Where one has only a single species of a Group from any locality,

young species of the same Group may reasonably be referred to it, but when two or more

species are available, identification is almost impossible. Young forms have naturally a

tendency to resemble one another, and their coralla show as much or even more vegetative

variation than those which are adult. New species consequently should never be founded

on forms which are suspected of being immature.

Further, the polyps of Fwngia have an extraordinary power of adaptability to their

surroundings and of regeneration. The latter has already been referred to in connection

with the Diaseris-group of Fungia, but I may add that in other Groups a considerable

portion of the axial fossa must be present in any piece for the disc to be renewed. If a

worm or small fragment of coral has settled on the disc, the tissues on either side are

stimulated to grow up around it and perhaps even to enclose it. Again, if the animal

is leaning up at an angle on the rock, one side of its dise may be strongly arched or even

turned upwards, while the other side may be quite flat or turned downwards. If the

animal is resting in a small hole in the reef rather below the general level of its surface,

the corallum will be more or less arched in accordance both with the depth and breadth

of the hollow, the main determining factor being the light necessary for the absorptive

processes of the commensal algz of the polyp*. Again, the polyp may have settled in,

or been swept into, some narrow hollow in the reef or between masses of corals or

Lithothamnia. Under such circumstances it commonly attempts to keep its regular

growth (which would give an approximately oval or round form in accordance with the

species) by arching. When this is impossible, it will often grow out in an angular

manner, or perhaps develop only the one half of its disc. Lastly, unfavourable food-

conditions, particularly the absence or insufficiency of the light, tend to produce a

lowering of the height of the septa and costze and of their teeth and spines. Few new

septa arise at the edge of the disc, and all septa may appear thickened; the wall too (but

of this I am not quite certain) tends to be less perforated. Apparently the energy of

such forms is mainly directed to an increase of the breadth of their discs, little being

left as it were for the elaboration of their costze and septa.

Relatively few distorted and stunted specimens of /uwngia are found in collections.

This is partially due to the immediate recognition and rejection of such by the individual

collectors, but mainly to the fact that such forms occur in pits and hollows, which are

narrow, crowded up with dead masses of the reef-rock, and perhaps little accessible.

Further, they are generally of smaller size and tend to be overlooked. I have frequently

found numerous dead specimens of such distorted or stunted forms on coral-beaches.

Such specimens were common on the beaches of Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives, and also

* This does not apply to most of the species of the Cycloseris- and Diaseris-groups. hat

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 37

266 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of Wiringili Islet, Minikoi Atoll. Yet from the reefs of these two islands I find that we

brought home only four such coralla, which were alive when collected. Angular speci-

mens were numerous at Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, and yet we obtained only

three living ones. Of the 480 named specimens before me not 2 per cent. show any

signs of such irregular or stunted growth at any period of their existence. Considering

the whole facts, one is driven to the conclusion that such of these animals as are in any

respect unhealthy are killed out at a comparatively early stage in the struggle for

existence, which is extraordinarily keen on coral-reefs. .

In respect to the bathymetrical distribution of the different species, I may point out

that the species of the Diaseris-group and of the Cycloseris-group are much deeper-living

forms than the rest, though the genus is essentially a shallow-water one. The greatest

depth recorded for these Groups is 68 fms., off Kauai Island, Hawaii (Vaughan, Joc. cit.

p- 180), for F. patella, though this species is also recorded from 18 fms., Tonga Group *.

The species of other Groups are essentially reef-dwellers, the greatest depth being

40 fms., Suvadiva Atoll, Maldives, for F. fungites, and 26 fms., Saya de Malha Bank, for

F. coneinna,

I append a table of the species of Fwnagia showing their distribution as at present

known. J. glans, Dana, F. discus, Quelch, /. freycineti, M.-EKd. & H., F. mycoides,

Aleock, and F. mortoni, Tenison-Woods, are all omitted as doubtful. They require

further description or the discovery of additional specimens. /. déderleini, Marenzeller

(Exp. 8.M. Schiff ‘Pola’ in das Rote Meer, xxvi. p. 62, t. xxi. figs. 71, 71 a) isin my

opinion a stunted and distorted specimen, the more typical forms of which may never be

recognised. J. pulchella, Verrill, is included fide Vaughan (loc. cit. p. 117), and one

wishes that he had made more particular mention of it.

The table shows that the genus Fungia is Indo-Pacific in its distribution, no specimens

having been obtained in the Atlantic. Its centre or point of dispersal would appear to

be in the East Indies, from which, omitting Cycloseris-forms and Diaseris-forms,

11 species come as against 9 from the Red Sea, which has been much more thoroughly

searched. FF. patella and scutaria are found almost everywhere in these two oceans, but

F. concinna and fungites, the next most widely distributed forms, do not reach the

Philippines or Hawaii. Some species, when further collections are examined, will

undoubtedly prove to be synonyms of others, and many gaps in the list of the localities

will be filled up.

Perhaps the geographically most accurate regions in the list are those of E. Africa

(which is practically Zanzibar), Seychelles, Chagos, Maldives, Ceylon, and Hawaii. If

the regular reef-living species of these regions (Nos. 10-83) be examined, it will be

* There is some confusion in Déderlein’s list of localities (loc. cit. p. 66). Quelch (‘ Challenger’ Reports, p. 121)

records C. tenuis (= F’. patella) from the Philippines and not from Australia. No depth is given, but the deduction

from p. 27 is that his specimen came from a surface reef. F. discus, Quelch, cannot, I think, be maintained.

+ The forms described by Pourtalés (Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, iv. pp. 46-48, 1871) as Fungia and Diaseris

from various depths in the West Indies between 119 and 450 fms. do not belong to the genus Pungia.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 267

TABLE showing the Recent Species of Fungia with their Distribution.

Reeions*,

it, 1H lh au Ee) Ne Wo Ne MAR ean, | \aanty|) gorc X. XI. XII.

R E: Sey- Mal- ilip- es 2

Son ae atiellee! ohne: dives Ser Tadien re es Brite, tie 2 Ae:

OM QUSEOTEG™, ova ware ove x x x x NX x as

Za PLAGUE) P hao oat suave xe Rie x x

RAGUMENSUS cs cs. o iss < x x a

4. somervillei ...... ot x rer

a. patella -........ x x x x x x x

6. pulchella........ at a ar b6 Ne be ec Be oe

Ma MOGONS oo. cae c ns ae Ak oe = ar an Ea an ue ws mG x

8. cyclolites ........ x 20 ab se se x x x x Oc

9. costulata ........ St at ate ae st x 5 ae

LO. actiniformis ....| .. 23 cr So on Ss x x Ee x x

ll. paumotensis ....| .. a3 se oe os ae x x is x x

PA RCULITIG. 3 Sis « x Ba x x x x x< x x Be

13. oahensis ........ 4 be 2

14. proechinata...... of ae x Se ae 3 £3 ie eg x

oe eChInata, 7... 22s x a as as ye x x x x

UGS simpler. . os. o = oc be Be x fe

WUT COO DENI sc, 085, 01g sho. 012 54 o¢ 36 ne x m6

18. granulosa ...... x 8 x

GRY SCC OIE) occa, voaier elas ae x Pe

20. concinna ....... | (4 x x x He ae < x x

PALS WTR Oe ote as a oe oF ee x x x x x

Ct TET Lie eo e Oe ae an we x a Pe

23. samboangensis....| .. a + - ae Sr a > oe ar ae

24. acutidens........ x a a xe ae aie Ae he i x ?

PS MOPEUUL .0.s.+ a 0,0 x ae me as ee te ee oe oe ne ?

26. klunzingert...... x ae ae Ae ae AG i a BS a

Pile UU as daar eye arenes =e By F

28. subrepanda...... #3 6 ars Si ais x He

CERCA Seas GeO oe fe x sic x x x x x

SON CONDI a sees 2/2 a/aces de x x Me

Sl. scruposd ........ x Se os re se x te

OIF URGUER. 30.165 <3 x x x x x x x x

33. madagascarensis..| .. ds < de

ros) 2

slocosccocosocolooc!ooooscoo

lon}

* These regions are chosen for convenience. I. includes down to Djibouti. III. runs from

Madagascar vid Seychelles to Mauritius. V. includes Minikoi Atoll. VII. runs from the Andamans

to New Guinea and N.W. Australia. VIII. includes also the China Sea and Pelew Is. X. runs from

N. Guinea to the Solomons and to N.E. Australia. XI. includes all east of a line from the Solomons

to the Pelew Is. as far as the Gilbert and Paumotu Is. /. pulchella is from Japan.

37*

268 PERCY SLADEN TRUST BPXPEDITION.

apparent that it is usual for only one species of a Group to be found in any geographical

region. There are three exceptions to this, but the fact is only the more striking when these

are critically examined. Thus in the Seychelles region there is F. fungites and madagas-

carensis, the former a well-authenticated species, but the latter founded on a single

distorted specimen. From Chagos there is /’. concinna and fieldi, the latter described

from three specimens. From Hawaii there is /. scutaria,a very well-known species, and

F. oahensis described from two specimens, the identification of F. pawmotensis having, as

Quelch (oc. cit. p. 137) admits, to be received with “extreme doubt.” This distribution

undoubtedly lends support to Déderlein’s grouping of the species. Ifthe species may be

taken as moderately accurate, it points out in a peculiarly striking manner how in the

struggle for existence only widely-separated forms, presumably suited to somewhat different

modes of life, have managed to survive in each region. At the same time it gives food

for thought as to whether in each of Déderlein’s Groups we are not really dealing

with separate species rather than with groups of species.

The following is a list of the specimens examined, representatives of which will be

found in the Cambridge University Zoological Museum.

a. Diaseris-group.

1. Fungia distorta, Michelin.

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 74, tt. ili., v., figs. 3, 3.4.

Diaseris distorta, Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 74, t. iii. p. 945.

Two small specimens of the Diaseris-form, each consisting of about half a disc, the

one unbroken at its edge but the other divided into six lobes.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, B7, 45 fms. Previously known from the Red Sea (on

surface bank), Zanzibar (depth ?), Maldives (22-42 fms.), Ceylon (‘‘ deep water ’’), Chima

Sea (28 and 43 fms.), and Philippines (6-10 fms.).

In addition Déderlein identifies a Cycloseris-form from Aldabra, three specimens.

2. Fungia fragilis (Alcock).

Diaseris fragilis, Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, lxii. pt. 2, no. 2, p. 148, pl. 5. fig. 11.

Fungia fragilis, Vaughan, U.S, Nat. Mus. Bull. 59, p. 180, pl. 28. figs. 1, la.

There are two sections of the Diaseris-form which appear to me to belong to this

species, which scarcely seems to be the same as F. patella, with which Déderlein has

placed it.

Locality. Seychelles, F 5, 44 fms. Previously known from Hawaii (43-46 fms.) and

the Andaman Islands.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS, 269

b. Cycloseris-group.

3. Fungia sinensis, M.-Kd. & H. (Plate 33. figs. 1, 2.)

Cycloseris sinensis, M.-Edwards et Haime, Hist. nat. des Corall. iii. p. 51; Gardiner, Fauna and

Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 944, pl. 91. figs. 14-16.

A single specimen, 74 mm. long by 67 mm. broad by 19 mm. high, and with about

410 septa, belongs to this species. It is larger, but otherwise agrees closely with the

Maldivan specimen. Costs are present corresponding to all cycles of septa except the

last ; they are subequal in size.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms. Also known from the Maldives (27-30 fms.)

and China Sea (IZ-Ed. § #.).

4, Fungia somervillet, sp.n. (Plate 34. figs. 5, 6.)

A single oval-shaped specimen differs so markedly from all previously-recorded

forms that I have no hesitation in describing it as the type of a new species, which I

have named after Comm. Boyle T. Somerville, H.M.S. Sealark.

Corallum oval in shape. aboral surface flat, slightly hollowed in the centre, oral

surface much arched for about 18 mm. round the elongated axial fossa, rest flat, whole

comparatively thin. Coste corresponding in number to the septa, very fine and low,

extending into wavy lines over the original scar of attachment, about every fourth

slightly thicker and more prominent, sides almost smooth, minute teeth on their edges.

Axial fossa elongated, about five times as long as broad, closed in below by a columella

of small, rounded papille. Septa of eight cycles, last incomplete, I-III subequal,

much thickened, ending almost perpendicularly at the sides of the axial fossa against

the columella, rest gradually decreasing in size. Septa of cycle VII fused to those of

cycle VI, and of cycle VIII to those of cycle VII, but the free edges of the septa of

eycles VI and VII after such fusion continuing towards the columella at the level of the

edges of the lower septa. Sides of septa very finely grained, running into lines perpen-

dicular to the edges of the septa, where they end in minute angular teeth.

The single specimen is 114 mm. long by 90 mm. broad, about 6 mm. thick at its

edge by 20 mm. in the centre, axial fossa about 18 mm. long, top of columella about

11 mm. below highest septal edges ; about 660 septa.

Locality. Seychelles, F 5, 44. fms. A second specimen in a dead and rather broken

‘condition was dredged in the Amirante Group, E, 20 fms. ; it measures about 125 mm.

long by 98 mm. broad.

The specimen has the primary septum at one end of its axial fossa rather broken and

fused up with neighbouring septa, otherwise it is very regular. Its nearest ally perhaps

is F. sinensis, but it is by no means an elongated form of that species.

5. Fungia patella, Ellis & Solander.

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 65, tt. 1, i1., & v. figs. 1, 2; Vaughan,

U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 59, p. 128, pl. 27. figs. 2, 3, and pl. 28. fig. 2.

Cycloseris hexagonalis, Gardiner, Willey’s Zoological Results, pp. 171-5, pl. xix. figs. 10-14 and

pl. xx. figs. 15-24.

270 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

I refer three specimens to this species, measuring respectively 78, 47, and 11 mm. in

diameter. The largest specimen, which was dead underneath when obtained, corresponds

very closely to the specimen figured by Vaughan on pl. xxviii. figs. 2,2@. The middle-

sized specimen has the lower surface much arched, and in correspondence with this the

axial fossa is widely open, displaying a large, finely granular columella. The smallest

specimen is still somewhat hexagonal in shape, but shows no scar of attachment ; it has

five cycles of septa, but the primaries are still very prominent.

Localities. Amirante Bank, E 21, 30 fms.; Saya de Malha Bank, C 15, 54 fms., and

C16, 29 fms. Previously known from Andamans, China Sea (27-8 fms.), Philippines

(10 fms.), New Britain (reef and 12-40 fms.), and Hawaii (48-68 fms., two specimens

being from 68-253 fms.).

Bourne (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, iv. p. 202) probably refers to this species under

the name of Cycloseris tenuis, Dana. He gives no localities for his specimens, but it is

to be presumed that they come from Ceylon. He places in its synonymy Cycloseris

sinensis and CO. hexagonalis, which appear to me to be two entirely different species, as

clearly indicated in my separate description of C. sinensis from Maldivan specimens.

Bourne did not apparently see Déderlein’s Monograph of the genus Fungia, so that all

his identifications of its species can only be accepted with great caution. This is the

greater pity in that he had apparently plenty of well-preserved material, and his

observations on the morphology and generic characters of his genera Cycloseris and

Diaseris as compared with Fwngia would have been of the greatest interest.

6. Fungia cyclolites (Lamarck).

Cycloseris cyclolites, M.-Edwards et Haime, Hist. nat. des Corall. iii. p. 50, pl. D 12. fig. 3.

Fungia cyclolites, Doderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 77, t. 4. figs. 7-9

and t. 5. figs. 5, 5 a.

I refer thirteen Red Sea specimens of the Cycloseris-form to this species. They vary

in diameter from 15-20 mm. and in height from 15-25 mm. The larger specimens

certainly appear to belong to Fwngia cyclolites, but the smaller specimens approach

those of /. patella and perhaps other species of the Cycloseris-group.

All the larger specimens are slightly oval, arched, distinctly and evenly costate almost

to the centre of their lower surfaces. Coste are present corresponding to all the septa,

but those of the last cycle are very small and do not extend in for any distance from the

edge of the disc; the rest are equal in size, low and finely toothed. The septa are

almost equal in height at the edge of the disc, but differentiate into cycles towards its

centre, the lower cycles becoming thicker and higher and extending in for different

distances. In the largest specimens seven cycles are present and in the smaller five; of

these the last is absent from many of the systems and is not ordinarily present in more

than one half of any of them. The septa appear rough, being finely grained, the grains

running out in vertical rows to their edges, which are finely but irregularly toothed. The

axial fossa is somewhat elongated, being filled in below by a finely granular columella,

CSO as

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 271

The measurements (in millim.) of the specimens are as follows :—

| Length. Breadth. Height, pean pies

MAM TNGREMI |, | cual all adaale &

ipa 52 | 46 23 15 220

ae 30 31 18 13 152

3 31:5 32 14 12 155

4 28 28°5 9 8 140

5 29 27 10°5 10 152

6 2 23°5 12°5 7 128

Uh 27°5 25:5 9 9 162

8 25 24 9 9 1438

9 25 22 9 8 130

10 25 21 11 8 122

it 22°5 21°5 6 5 124

12 yy 16°5 4 5 94

13. 16 15:5 4 5 104

Localities. Suez, 4 fms., and reefs off Port Sudan and Sawakin, both Red Sea, all

collected by Mr. C. Crossland. Previously known from Egypt (recent subfossil deposits,

Milne-Edwards § Haime), Hast Indies, New Britain, Great Barrier Reef, China Sea

(28 fms.), and Philippines (10 fms.). A Déaseris-form is mentioned by Déderlein

(= Diaseris mortont, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. v. p. 459), but it appears

to me to be doubtful. Bourne (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. p. 201) records 32

specimens of the Cycloseris-form from Ceylon, varying up to 42 mm. long and 19 mm.

high ; it is possible that some of these specimens may belong to F. costulata, Ortmann,

as its young forms are almost certainly very close to those of F. cyclolites.

The specimens from the Maldives recorded as belonging to this species really belong

to F. costulata and F. cooperi, mentioned later.

7. Fungia costulata, Ortmann. (Plate 35. fig. 9.)

Zool. Jahrb. Syst. iv. p. 54, t. 14. fig. 2.

Cycloserrs cyciolites (pars), Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 944, pl. 91.

fig. 19.

As already mentioned, the re-examination of my former collections has shown that I

had two species described under the name C. cyclolites, neither of which really belongs to

it. ‘The largest specimen (no. 1, length 65 mm., breadth 59 mm., height 22 mm., extreme

length of axial fossa 19 mm., and number of septa about 216) corresponds closely with

72 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Ortmann’s description of F. costulata. I append a photographie reproduction of its

aboral surface, its oral surface being shown in the figure mentioned above.

Locality. Ceylon Pearl Banks. Ortmann’s original specimen likewise came from

Ceylon. Déderlein (Joc. cit. p. 81) records specimens from New Britain, but I am a

little doubtful whether the forms described by this author as F. costulata really belong

to Ortmann’s species.

c. Actiniformis-group. Not represented.

d. Seutaria-group.

' 8. Fungia scutaria, Lamarck. (Plate 34. fig. 8.)

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. pp. 91-7, t. 8.

Fungia dentigera, Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 527, and Fauna and Geogr. Maldives &

Laccadives, vol. 11. Suppl. i. p. 938.

Fungia scutaria, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Museum Bull. 59, p. 131, pls. 27-82.

This species is represented by sixteen specimens in the collection. Of these the larger

all belong to the form dentigera, while individual specimens of the smaller may be

placed under the forms typica, danai, and placunaria. According to my series from the

present and previous expeditions, the last three forms would appear to be growth-stages

of dentigera. I do not, however, wish to assert positively that these three forms always

represent such stages, as I have notes on large specimens in the British Museum which

apparently belong to them; they may, however, be specimens the rate of growth of

which has been especially rapid.

While I can generally confirm the observations on this species in my Report cited

above, I must refer more especially to the largest specimen in the annexed table. It is

rather a distorted heavy specimen, with the axial fossa bent at either end to one side

through angles of about 15°; the fossa itself is at least twice as long (6 cm.) as is usual

in a specimen of the size. The septal arrangement is as described in my Maldivan

Report, but the first five cycles are approximately equal in size and often indistinguish-

able. The tentacular lobes of the septa are much thickened, up to 1 mm., and when

broken are frequently quite hollow in the centre; they project from *5 to 1-2 mm. above

the level of the septal edges. The lobes at the edge of the corallum referred to below

are mostly obliterated by the growth of the costze and their spines.

All the specimens except the above show marked folds on the edges of their dises,

giving rise to series of valleys or furrows on their undersides, extending in at right

angles to their edges to about the commencement of the imperforate area; they are not

generally visible on the oral side. The second largest specimen (fig. 8) has 16 of such

furrows, of which 12 extend in for 2-3 cm. to the imperforate area; the other four,

however, continue like cracks right across to the centre of the corallum, as if it was

about to break up in a Deaseris-like manner. The arching of the dises is due to this

folding in of their edges, as also are the wavy courses and broken characters often

assumed by the septa. The relative proportions of length to breadth in the coralla will

be clearly seen in the table to be partially due to the extent to which this folding in has

taken place.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS,

TaBLE of the Specimens of Fungia seutaria.

273

Length by breadth Approximate length | A imat

N Length by oe in tee, Peaured Height in Ee bisadtl of” a reth of ‘ Tioeatitv

4 an etee cade re with tape over oral mm. imperforate area axial fossa Ocal

Oni a Tay -EULers surface. of wall in ems. in ems,

Pe ks 136 x 109 193 x 174 59 5x4 6 Peros Banhos Atoll. |

2: 118 x 95 155 x 143 48 5x4 3 Salomon Atoll.

3. 107 x 82 140 x 122 30 55 x4 35 _Egmont Atoll.

4, 95 x 62 120 x 96 34 5x3 4-2 Salomon Atoll.

5. 95 x 68 116 x91 30 5x35 35 Egmont Atoll.

6. 83 x 61 110x 89 30 5x35 35 Zanzibar.

te 70x59 88 x 75 22 5x4 2:7 Egmont Atoll.

8. 71x55 88 x 74 25 4x3 3 Salomon Atoll.

9, 66 x 56 84x 74 22 4x35 BANS Salomon Atoll.

10. 69 x 51 74 x 65 16 45x35 2:5 Egmont Atoll.

de 63 x51 80x74 20 3°5 x 2°5 2-5 Salomon Atoll.

12. 59 x 47 70 x 66 16 35x3 2 Salomon Atoll.

— L

13, 61x47 75 x58 17 4x3 2 Egmont Atoll.

14, 55 x 39 66 x 56 1155 3x25 2 Salomon Atoll.

15. 46 x 33 55 x 46 13 3x2 iG Salomon Atoll.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII.

274. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The costal spines with growth of the coralla increase greatly in thickness and become

relatively blunter and more granular; the actual number in the central area remains

about the same, but they present a much more crowded appearance. Increase pro-

portionate to age may be seen in the size of the imperforate area, in the thickness of the

coralla and of the septa, in the sizes of the septal teeth (which, however, always remain

very small) and of the tentacular lobes of the septa, and in the number of the septa. In

the younger specimens ridges may be clearly distinguished running on to the septa from

their teeth at right angles to their edges; as the coralla increase in size they become

less distinct. In small specimens the septa of cycle V (the second 48 septa) may show

indications of tentacular lobes, but they are subsequently obliterated by growth.

Localities. Salomon Atoll (8), Egmont Atoll (5), Peros Banhos (1), all Chagos Archi-

pelago: and Zanzibar (1) and reef off Sawakin, Red Sea (1 broken), both collected by

Mr. C. Crossland.

The species is of general distribution on coral-reefs situated in the tropical waters of

the Indo-Pacific Ocean. The only record of the species from the Seychelles region of

the Indian Ocean, where we searched particularly for it, is from Aldabra (Déderlein,

loc. cit. p. 96).

e. Hehinata-group.

9. Fungia echinata (Pallas).

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 101, t. 10. figs. 1-5.

I have a large specimen before me from Talisse Island, N. Celebes, collected by

Prof. S. J. Hickson. I have also examined ten specimens in the British Museum, all of

fairly large size. All are rounded at their ends, and in no case does the axial fossa show

any indication of having extended out to the end of the corallum, a striking contrast to

F. simplex below. It is common for pairs of septa of opposite sides of the corallum to

fuse across the axial fossa.

This species is found from the Red Sea to Tahiti and Hawaii.

10. Fungia simplex, Gardiner.

Herpolitha simplex, Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 943, pl. 91. fig. 13.

This species was founded on a single fine specimen, dredged in the Maldives from

25 fms. It differs from all other Fungia in having the axial fossa extending right out

to either end of its elongated corallum. This is a character found otherwise only in

young Herpolitha. It may be a young form of some species of that genus, but, if so,

Herpolitha must have had a double origin, 7. e. from the Lcehinata- and the Scutaria-

groups, as it is quite clearly related to the former subdivision. Again, it might be a

young F. echinata, but its fossa is quite different from that shown in the youngest

specimens figured by Déderlein,

I was incorrect in stating that the specimen has no scar; further cleaning shows that

it has a distinct trace of a scar about 6 mm. in diameter.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 275

fe Repanda-group.

1l. Fungia cooperi, sp.n. (Plate 35. fig. 10.)

Cycloseris cyclolites (pars), Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 944, pl. 91. figs. 17, 18.

Corallum small, massive, and thick, heavy, almost circular, generally strongly arched.

Wall imperforate. Coste rather low and small, of two or three sizes, not markedly

prominent, towards the centre running into lines of coarse granulations. All costee

very granular on their sides and edged with low, small, blunt spines, which are covered

with coarse granules, their ends appearing somewhat swollen. Central area almost bare,

or covered with similar spines. The axial fossa little elongated, deep but relatively

open, terminating below in a columellar meshwork of fine trabecule from the septal

edges, appearing granular on the surface. Septa of six cycles, nearly complete in all

the specimens, with some septa of the seventh cycle in the larger. Septa of cycles I

and II rather more prominent round the axial fossa than those of ITI, those of all three

cycles ending perpendicularly. Septa of cycle VII fused towards the axial fossa to

those of cycle VI, which again are fused to those of cycle V, septa of cycles VI and V

outside point of fusion becoming thicker and higher so that at edge of corallum all the

septa except those of the last cycle are of approximately equal thickness and height.

Septal sides covered with tiny granules, running sometimes into low ridges for 1-2 mm.

below their edges, corresponding to teeth on the same so minute that the edges (except

with a strong glass) appear almost entire.

The dimensions (in millim.) of the specimens are as follows :—

1 2. 3 4. 5. 6

eee Conboudnes 52 49 37 38 41 36

iBreadtienmiae cites 49 47 37 34 36 33

Meisho vnc cieses 24 23 25 15 23 13

No. of septa ...... 310 | 270 | 210 | 205 | 190 | 185

Localities. Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 6, Hulule, Male Atoll, and Nos. 4 and 5, Turadu,

Mahlosmadulu Atoll, both Maldive Archipelago.

The six specimens here described present the massive appearance—the scar is only

visible on the smallest—characteristic of adult reef-living Fwngia, and are certainly

quite distinct from any of the 128 specimens from the Maldives and the Laccadives

referred to other species of this genus. They belong to the Repanda-group, their nearest

ally perhaps being Ff. scabra, Déderlein. Measurements of the axial fossa are worthless.

The columella is about three times as long as broad in the largest specimen, being about

9 by 3 mm.

38*

276 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

12. Fungia granulosa, Klunzinger.

Klunzinger, Korallenthiere des Rothen Meeres, iii. p. 65, t. 7. fig. 3& t. 8. fig. 3; Déderlein,

Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 108, t. 11. fig. 1.

Fungia crassitentaculata, Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 527.

A single specimen from Rotuma lies before me, measuring 129 mm. long by 121 mm.

broad and 42mm. high. It certainly belongs to the imperforate section of the Repanda-

group, and possesses almost typically the characters of the above species. ‘The species

is only known otherwise from the Red Sea, whereas its nearest ally, /. scabra, is an

East Indian form.

13. Fungia concinna (Verrill).

Fungia concinna et F. plana, Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. pp. 111-

114, t. 11. figs. 2-5, t. 12. figs. 1-3, t. 13. fig. 4.

Fungia dane, Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 527.

The suggestion that Vaughan made that F. plana and F. concinna form a continuous

series appears to be amply borne out by our collections, which contain 39 specimens of

the species. His further idea that F. repanda forms part of the same species is not,

however, supported by the characters of any single one of our specimens.

The corallum is round but has a slight tendency to be oval, the length averaging

about 10 per cent. more than the breadth; it is generally flat, but may be somewhat

distorted or bent in at its edges and arched. It feels lighter than any of the Fungia, I

have seen, not belonging to the Diaseris- and Cycloseris-groups. In 32 of the specimens

the wall (theca) is imperforate and in 7 slightly perforate, a few slits being left between

the cost near the edge of the corallum, the central two-thirds of the disc being

imperforate. While specimens both of the perforate and of the imperforate forms attain

to lengths of upwards of 125 mm., the smallest of the perforate (76 mm.) is larger than

16 of the imperforate forms. The specimens in the characters of the coste and spines _

of their lower sides show a complete series between the specimens figured by Déderlein,

one specimen having still more marked inequality in its coste. The axial fossa is

distinctly small but markedly shares in the elongation of the specimens ; 20-24 septa

reach it, of which 12-16 are rather more projecting or prominent. Seven cycles are

complete in the largest specimens, and there are present about half those belonging to

cycle VIII; pairs of septa of cycles V-VIII generally fuse or meet in front the septa of

cycles [V-VII. Even in the imperforate forms alone may be found a complete series

between the small teeth described by Déderlein in plana and the large teeth in concinna ;

the mode of the larger specimens is rather that of concinna. In some specimens the

serrations become less marked, almost obsolete, towards the fosse. There are no

tentacular lobes. The septal faces are slightly ridged, corresponding to their serrations,

and minutely granulated; near the free margins of the septa most specimens show

several rows of minute wavy lines or wrinkles parallel to the edges. The columella,

which is often hidden by the septal edges, is formed of minute spongy tissue.

The specimens of concinna before me (39) show in all their characters about the same

range of variation as described by Déderlein in other species of which he had similar

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 247

numbers to deal with. Imperforate and perforate forms, forms with minute and

relatively large teeth, forms with costee approaching equality and unequal cost, oval

and round forms, &c. come both from the Chagos and the Seychelles. While the septal

teeth are generally rather angularly pointed, one imperforate specimen has rather

squarish, very rough teeth on some of its septa near. the fossa, 10-12 in one em.; and a

second has angular teeth on some septa, squarish on others, the latter passing into

extraordinarily rough granulations. One of the perforate specimens is similar, but

nowhere shows the rather pointed, angular teeth commonly found. The'septa in the

species are especially brittle, tending to crack when specimens are boiled for cleaning.

Localities. Salomon (6) and Egmont (6), both Chagos, Saya de Malha, C 16, 26 fms.

(1), Praslin (11) and Mahé (15, collected by Mr. J. J. Lister), both Seychelles. The

species appears to have its centre in the East Indies, ranging on the one side to Zanzibar

and on the other to Samoa and perhaps Tahiti,

The Rotuman specimen referred to in the synonymy is a form with some of its coste

especially strongly developed and spinulose.

14. Fungia repanda, Dana.

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 115, tt. 12. & 18.

Two specimens of this species, measuring 149 and 102 mm. long, by 153 and 98 mm.

broad, by 45 and 31 mm. high, lie before me. I can add nothing to Déderlein’s most

accurate and excellent description of the species, which appears to me to be quite

distinct from F. concinna.

Locality. Singapore, collected by the late Mr. F. P. Bedford. The species appears to

have its centre in the East Indies, extending west to Ceylon and east to the Philippines

and Fiji. It is not recorded by Marenzeller (Expeditionen S8.M. Schiff ‘ Pola,’ xxvi.

Riffkorallen, 1906) from the Red Sea, nor has it been obtained by Mr. C. Crossland in

his collection.

15. Fungia fieldi, sp.n. (Plate 33. figs. 3, 4, and Plate 34. fig. 7.)

Corallum large, very heavy, rather longer than broad and somewhat arched, wall

perforated by numerous slits which extend to within about 1 cm. of the centre. Coste

very variable in size, the first three cycles very thick, subequal in size, the rest graded.

All are spined except those of the last two cycles, which at the edge of the dise end in

angular teeth. The spines are thick, somewhat conical and massive columns, varying

up to 6-7 mm. in height. Those on the costve of cycles I to III and on half or more of

cycle IV are markedly compound, generally ending in two or three forks extending out

in a plane at right angles to the direction of the coste. All are rather granular on their

sides and tend to be minutely spinulose at their free ends. The central area, which is

remarkably small, is sparsely covered with lower conical spines.

Axial fossa somewhat elongated, very narrow, deep, septal edges ending perpendicu-

larly against it; no columella. Septa of eight cycles, of which I-III (24 septa) are very

thick, subequal, and reach the axial fossa. Remaining cycles of septa graded in thickness

and height down to those of the last cycle, which are almost papery in appearance. All

278 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of the septa except those of the last cycle end in coarse, bluntly angular teeth, on the

largest septa generally 4 or 5 in 1 em. by 2 to 3 mm. in height; a longer blunter tooth,

almost a small tentacular lobe, at the inner ends of the septa of cycles IV to VI or VII;

sides and teeth of septa finely granular. Synapticula low, not visible from the surface.

The dimensions of the specimens are 178, 160, and 159 mm. long by 165, 145, and

149 mm. broad by 51, 41, and 46 mm. high. The axial fossa varies from 20 to 30 mm.

long.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

The species cannot be the same as 7. madagascarensis, which Vaughan places in the

Fungites-group (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxx. p. 831). The photograph of the latter,

however, appears to me to be not unlike a specimen of the species under consideration

existing under most unfavourable conditions. The costal spines in F. madagascarensis

are smooth, whereas those in F. fieldi are granular and place it in Déderlein’s Repanda-

group. I have called the species after Rear-Admiral A. Mostyn Field, head of the

Hydrographic Office of the Admiralty, under whose orders the Sealark was sent out.

g. Danai-group.

16. Fungia acutidens, Studer.

Studer, Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, 1877, p. 649, t. 4. fig. 13; Dédderlein, Senckenb.

naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 121, t. 14. figs. 2, 2a.

I refer four young specimens, the largest of which are 82 and 74 mm. in diameter, to

the above species. The scars of attachment are still visible on all; the larger have

precisely similar costze and septa to those described for the species, but with spines and

teeth relatively more elongated and pointed.

Locality. Reefs of Sawakin, Red Sea, collected by Mr. C. Crossland. Previously

known from New Ireland. Quelch further records (‘ Challenger’ Reports, p. 135)

three specimens from Tahiti, but these require to be re-examined after Déderlein’s careful

study of the genus.

17. Fungia danai, Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 129, tt. 14-18 (numerous figures) ;

Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 941.

I have before me four specimens from Minikoi Atoll; the species is also recorded

from Madagascar, Ceylon, E. Indies, and Philippines.

18. Fungia corona, Doderlein. (Plate 35. figs. 11, 12.)

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. p. 132, t. 15. figs. 2, 2a.

I have two complete and one broken specimen before me, the former measuring 136

and 130 mm. long by 121 and 123 mm. broad by 42 and 40 mm. high, which in all

their characteristics almost exactly agree with this species. They are all rather more

arched or cap-like, hollowed out underneath. Specimens of any species growing in this

manner tend to have rougher, stronger, and more elongated spines on their coste than

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 279

flatter-growing forms. This is the case in my two specimens, but the separate costal

spines are of the character described and figured by Déderlein. The septal characters

are precisely similar to those of his specimens, the teeth being nearly as regular.

Locality. Egmont Atoll, Chagos. Known before from Singapore.

In spite of the discovery of these two further specimens of typical 7. corona, I am

inclined to doubt whether the species does not fall within the limits of variation of

F, danai, but I have only four undoubted specimens of the latter species before me.

h. Fungites-group.

19. Fungia fungites (Linné).

Déderlein, Senckenb. naturfors. Gesellsch. Abhandl. xxvii. pp. 186-156, tt. 20-25; Gardiner,

Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, p. 940.

Fungia patella et dentata, Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 526.

I have examined 64 specimens of this species from previous collections made by

myself, in addition to 86 specimens in the present collection, 5 specimens collected by the

late Mr. F. P. Bedford at Singapore, and 42 specimens collected by Mr. C. Crossland in

the Red Sea, mostly near Sawakin, Port Sudan, and Donganab, a total of 147 specimens.

I have nothing further to add to my remarks above referred to, except to emphasize

the extraordinary variability of the species and to pay a warm tribute to Déderlein’s

careful account of the species and its synonymy. Using his table (p. 147) I have been

able to refer specimens to at least ten out of his thirteen so-called varieties, but there

are intermediates between all, and individual specimens frequently combine the

characters of two or more of his varieties. A careful study of my own specimens

does not suggest that any of Doderlein’s varieties are secondary modes on the species

curve, and so I do not attempt any further division of the species into varieties.

Localities. Salomon (5) and Egmont (2), both Chagos; Coetivy (10); and Seychelles

(19). Other specimens examined, not elsewhere recorded: Singapore (5), collected by

the late Mr. F. P. Bedford; Zanzibar (1) and coast of Red Sea, Sawakin to Donganab

(42), collected by Mr. C. Crossland.

The species ranges all over the tropical waters of the Indo-Pacific Ocean and appears

to have reached most of its reefs, though it is not recorded hy Vaughan (loc. cit.) from

the Sandwich Islands. The specimens from each locality have to some degree characters

peculiar to each, or in other words have their own modes of growth. Thus most

Maldivan specimens are large, little arched, round, heavy, with rather thick septa

having angular pointed teeth and some trace of tentacular lobes; Chagos specimens are

similar, but Coetivy ones are small and often slightly oval; Seychelles forms are of

medium weight, rather arched, and have squarish teeth on their septa with no tentacular

lobes; and, lastly, Red Sea forms tend to be much distorted, but are always light and

generally rather arched, with thin brittle septa, having minute teeth and no tentacular

lobes. One Singapore specimen is peculiar in that it consists of part of a large broken

specimen, about 14 em. in diameter, which is regenerating the rest in a Diaseris-like

manner, having already formed a circle of new corallum out from its broken edge

280 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

3-4 cm. broad. One rather distorted specimen from the Red Sea is exceptional in

having more raggedly toothed edges to its septa than any mentioned by Déderlein,

individual teeth being 3 mm. long and having marked ridges below them on the septal

sides.

IV. Genus HALOMITRA.

Dana, Zoophytes, p. 311, 1846; and M.-Ed, et H. Cor. iu. p. 20, 1860.

I have had the opportunity of examining 12 specimens of this genus, five mentioned

below from the Indian Ocean, collected by myself, a fragment from Samoa in the

Cambridge Museum, referred to H. pilews, and six specimens in the British Museum.

The genus was revised by Studer in 1901. He gave nine species, viz.; 1, H. fungites ;

2, H. pileus; 3, H. tiara; 4, H. concentrica; 5, H. dentata; 6, H. philippinensis ;

7, H. irregularis; 8, H. robusta; and 9, H. crustacea. For reasons already mentioned,

the last must be removed as Podabacia crustacea from the family. No. 5 is Sandalo-

litha dentata, Quelch, which I have already given my reasons for regarding as a Fungia.

H. fungites appears to me to be obviously a young form, if it really belongs to the genus

at all. For the rest, nos. 2, 8, 4, and 6 are characterised by smooth-sided, non-granulated,

deeply toothed septa, and radiating rows of smooth costal spines. In these respects

they differ markedly from H. irregularis and H. robusta, which I have removed to a new

genus, Déderleinia.

20. Halomitra philippinensis, Studer.

Halomitra (Podabacia) philippinensis, Studer, Zool. Jahrb. xiv. p. 414, tt. 27 & 28.

Halomitra philippinensis, Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldives & Laccadives, part iti. p. 492.

Studer gives an account with figures of four species, which appear to me to be closely

related, i. e. H. pileus (Dana), H. tiara (Agassiz), H. concentrica, Studer, H. philippinensis,

Studer. They differ in that the three former have few pores extending through their

walls, whereas the fourth is very perforate. All appear to have a central calicle with

radiating secondary calicles, which have the septa around them somewhat elevated.

These secondary calicles tend to be rather more crowded together and perfectly formed

near the central calicles, and less crowded and perfect near the edges of the coralla. The

septa in all are irregular (less so in H. concentrica), and the general tendency is for

them to run from the central calicles to the edges of the coralla. They are, roughly

speaking, alternately larger and smaller, but in this character again are very irregular,

so that different parts of any corallum show a wide range in the proximity of their septa

to one another, ¢. ¢. in the number which would be cut across in 1 cm. The septal

edges are deeply toothed, especially deeply and irregularly in H. tiara and H. philip-

pinensis. All have somewhat radiating costee which are clearly marked by smooth

pointed spines, judging from the descriptions perhaps smallest in H. philippinensis.

The five specimens before me, all of which are much perforated, I refer to Halomitra

philippinensis, Studer. They evidently belong to the same species, though the three on

which I identified the species as belonging to the Maldivan Region differ from my two

new specimens from the Chagos Archipelago in being much less mitre-like (one Chagos

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 281

specimen closely resembling in its growth Studer’s figure of //. tiara), and in having

their costal spines except near their edges more irregularly arranged, less closely packed

together, and sometimes branched. All are much perforated, and the Chagos specimens

are undoubtedly merely more densely and heavily grown forms of the same species as

we obtained from the Maldives, with rather thicker septa and more definitely toothed

and more radiately arranged coste, these characters probably being due to their form of

growth. All have smooth-sided, almost glabrous costal spines and septa, the latter with

coarse, irregular, deeply cut teeth, never secondarily toothed as shown in Dana’s figure

of H. pileus.

The Chagos specimens are as follows :—

(1) A dome, about 22 em. high by 21X27 em. in diameter at its lower edges, central

axial calicle at its summit well marked, edge at one point curiously turned in for about

5 em. and partially fused together as if attempting to form a fresh corallum. The

underside has a bare area in the centre where the corallum was formerly attached, and

a series of concentric markings around the same.

(2) A dome, about 15 cm. high by about 1612 cm. in diameter. It has no central

calicle, but shows on the underside the point where it was formerly attached. This lies

to one side, halfway between the edge and the summit. It is clearly shown that at one

time it was a round disc, one side and much of the lower part of which got killed.

The other side, however, grew out and, following its hereditary tendency of growth,

formed a dome. It also subsequently commenced to grow down over the dead half of

its own disc, a process not yet complete.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, protected reefs of lagoon lying free in

holes between large fixed growths of massive corals. Previously known from the

Maldives and Philippines. There is also a specimen in the British Museum collected by

G. C. Bourne at Diego Garcia. The related species, H. pileus, H. tiara, and H. concen-

trica, according to Studer come respectively from Fiji, the Kingsmill and the Pelew

Islands. There is also a Cambridge Museum specimen of H. pileus from Samoa, and a

British Museum one of H. tiara from the Solomon Islands, collected by Guppy.

V. Genus DODERLEINIA, gen. n.

I have already sufficiently discussed the separation of certain forms under this genus.

Its characters are as follows :—

The corallum is thick and heavy, free, disc-like when young, gettirg arched later.

Its wall is porous, freely so near the edge, filling up in the centre. It commences

with a central calicle, but commonly breaks up as it enlarges, each fragment re-

generating its corallum. Such growths are irregularly covered with calicles, each

with from 6 to 12 distinct septa.

The costze are low, distinct at least at the edge, subequal in size, set with low,

rounded spines, all clearly and crowdedly granulated. The septa are alternately

large and small, the latter being thinner and lower; they are muck granulated all

over and the largest end in blunt denticulations.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 39

282 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

The genus appears to me to be most nearly related to the Repanda-group of Fungia,

coming closest to F. granulosa, Klz. It has two species—D. irregularis below, and

D. robusta= Podabacia robusta, Quelch (‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 140, pl. vi. fig. 5).

The latter was founded on a single specimen from Amboina, now in the British Museum.

[t is a regenerated disc, its original piece being clearly visible.

The genus is named after Prof. Ludwig Déderlein, the great merit of whose work on

Fungia 1 have perhaps been rather tardy in recognising.

21. Déderleinia irregularis, Gardiner. (Plate 39. figs. 27, 28.)

Halomitra irregularis, Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 528, pl. 43. figs. 1, 2.

Halomitra (Podabacia) irregularis, Studer, Zool. Jahrb., Bd. xiv. p. 415.

This species was founded on two specimens from lagoon-shoals off Funafuti. The

smaller is now figured for the first time. The squarish area on its underside, marked off

by a groove, is not, as I previously suggested, its scar of detachment, but represents the

original fragment of a larger corallum from which the present specimen has regenerated.

The larger specimen shows a similar but larger fragment.

D. robusta is evidently closely related to this species, but its wall is much more freely

perforated, and its costs are quite distinct in rows of spines over the whole of its under

surface, not hidden by spines as in my species. Its calicles, too, are rather more open,

showing the fusion together of their septal edges in small columellee.

VI. Genus HERPOLITHA.

Duncan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii. p. 145.

The following account deals with three species of the genus, which was almost

certainly derived from the Scutaria-group of Fungia. The specimens of H. limax give

further evidence that the adult is, as in Fungia, an anthocyathus derived from a

trophozooid by detachment *. Of other described species of the genus I have removed

H. simplex to the genus Fungia; it is clearly allied to the Hehinata-group ft. H. stellaris,

Ehrb., is almost certainly a synonym of ZH. limax, but H. interrupta may be a good

species. The others—H. stricta, Dana, and H. ampla, Agassiz (Verrill)—are insulficiently

described for identification.

The genus is restricted to the Indo-Pacific, being apparently abundant in the East

Indies. It has not yet been obtained from the Chagos or Seychelles regions.

22. Herpotitha foliosa (Ehrb.). (Plate 36. figs. 14,15; Plate 37.)

Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, i. p. 68, t. 8. figs. 4, 5.

I have five specimens before me which I refer to this species. It differs from H. limax

in being much more finely built, thinner and less heavy, and in its wall being much more

perforate, the perforations being small slits between the coste. It has rather lower,

* Vide Vaughan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii. p. 380.

T See under Fungia simplex, No. 10 above.

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 283

thinner, and more finely toothed septa, while its costxe are much more definitely

radiating with smaller spines. Its subsidiary calicular centres on the sides of the disc

are even more indistinct than in H. limaz, in which character both species markedly

differ from H. tnterrupta and H. crassa. At first I was inclined to regard the species

as almost a delicate form of HH. limax due to environment, but the discovery in

Mr. Crossland’s collection of a specimen of that species from the same reefs * and the

examination of 12 specimens of ZH. limax in the British Museum have caused me to

modify this opinion and to deem them two distinct species. In the 18 specimens of

H. limax which I have examined I have found no case of the breaking of the dise and

its regeneration comparable to that described in three of the specimens of H. foliosa

mentioned below.

Locality. Red Sea, from reefs off Sawakin. Previously collected only from the reefs

of East Africa and the Red Sea.

The specimens in the collection require individual mention. The smallest is 24 em.

long by 5°5-6:5 em. broad by upwards of 4 cm. high in the centre. Its scar of

detachment is still recognisable, being about 5 mm. across. A central furrow extends

from end to end of the disc, about 1 mm. across, and filled in below by a maze of fine

columellar trabecule. In its whole length it is broken across in twenty-three places by

pairs of septa of opposite sides fusing, but the septa do not in any way bend round

towards individual calicular centres in the axial line. The septal sides are ridged,

corresponding to the very fine angular teeth, of which there are about 20 in 10 mm.

The coste are remarkably fine, covered with very small, low, blunt, granular spines, at

least 20 in 10 mm.; they radiate out from a central, oval-shaped, imperforate area

which is about 4 by 15 cm. (Plate 36. figs. 14, 15.)

The second specimen is a complete disc similar to the last, about 43 cm. long by

16 cm. broad by 10 em. high. It agrees closely with Klunzinger’s figure, and differs

from the last only in showing characters due to greater age and size, such as thicker

and higher septa, slightly coarser teeth, narrow axial furrow stopping short a few

centimetres from the ends of the corallum, coarser spines to the coste, &c. The

central imperforate area is scarcely larger than in the last specimen and the costal

spines radiate from it quite distinctly.

The third specimen is 28 cm. long by 22 cm. broad and 8 em. high. It has had its

origin from a fragment out of the side of a corallum which split down along its axial

furrow, subsequently breaking up transversely, 7.e. parallel to the direction of the septa.

The original piece was about 11 by 11 cm., and considerable irregularity is shown

where regeneration has gone on from the line of the original axial furrow, though there

is no attempt to re-form it. Re-growth has also taken place from the other sides, but

the whole specimen has a most irregular appearance, as the septa and costze in the new

portions run out at right angles to the growing-out edges quite independently of the

direction of the septa and costze of the original fragment, indeed running out in places

at right angles to them.

* See under H. lima below.

39*

284 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The fourth specimen is a similar corallum regenerated from a triangular fragment

split out from near the end of a disc. The original triangle was about 18 em. high by

15 em. at its base, and the part added varies from 1-3 cm. broad.

The last specimen is from a still smaller fragment, 11 by 5 cm., which has grown

out for 3-6 em. on all sides. It has no trace of any axial furrow and its new septa and

coste very markedly radiate out from the original piece. (Plate 37.)

I have already expressed my opinion that the forms placed under the genus

Lithactinia are really to be regarded as forms of Polyphyllia. Yet I cannot pass over

without comment the close similarity that they show in their mode of regeneration to

the above specimens, particularly the forms from the ‘Challenger’ called by Quelch

L. galeriformis and L. pileiformis. At present I am inclined to believe that

Herpolitha and Polyphyllia have been derived from different groups of Fungia.

Typical well-grown specimens of each are quite distinct, but regenerated specimens may

be scarcely separable.

23. Herpolitha limaa (Esper). (Plate 38. figs. 20-23; Plate 39. figs. 24, 25.)

M.-Ed. & H. (pars) Cor. iii. p. 24; Klunzinger, Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, iii. p. 68.

Madrepora pileus, Elis et Solander, Zooph. p. 159, tab. 45.

Herpolitha crassa, Quelch, ‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 143.

The characters of this species appear to be as follows:—Disc elongated, relatively

thick (2-4 em. in large specimens) and heavy. Central fossa extending like a furrow

almost to the ends of the disc or until they begin to curve definitely downwards, much

broken up into secondary calicular centres by the fusion across it of pairs of septa of

opposite sides, each such centre generally with at least eight septa. Septa of two

series, large and small, one of which ends perpendicularly against the axial furrow,

and the other arises 2-5 mm. from the same; the smaller septa very thin, their

edges 2-5 mm. below the larger septa, mostly reaching to the axial furrow, fresh

septa of both series arising where curvature, &c., of corallum makes it necessary.

Septa broken up by subsidiary calicular centres very much as in H. foliosa but rather

more distinct, generally starting by a septum of the larger series being broken across

and two neighbouring septa of the smaller series fusing. Septal sides granular, ridged

in correspondence with fine angular teeth on the septal edges similar to those in

H. foliosa. Underside not showing as much perforation as in H. foliosa, with elongated,

central imperforate area generally about a third the length and breadth of the dise in

young specimens, but in older frequently getting a few large perforations. Central part

covered with coarse irregularly arranged spines about 1 mm. high, passing at varying

distances, according to the growth of the corallum, into costal rows of blunt granular

columnar spines about 10 in 10 mm., each becoming well separated from its neighbour

as growth proceeds.

The measurements in centimetres of the five specimens before me are as follows :—

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 285

1 2 3. 1 5 |

= | 20 ef |

TLengthh $3 naryeehite alsrate 73 15:5 21 28 25 |

Breadth jen sete cctastcitees ste a7 6:3 it 8:5 (a2 |

Heightypeaace nae ct ciecserne 1:9 2°8 4 6°7 | 9

Depth of aboral side ...... 3 8 1-6 3:2 | 4:5

Localities. Nos. 1-4, reefs off Singapore, stated to be “very common in all parts,”

collected by the late Mr. F. P. Bedford; and No. 5, reefs off Sawakin, Red Sea, collected

by Mr. C. Crossland. The species is recorded as having been previously obtained from

Ceylon and the East Indies as well as the Red Sea, Zanzibar, Fiji, and Tahiti, but I think

the last three localities are not fully authenticated.

The first four specimens above represent four stages in the growth of the species.

No. 1 is a small dise which has only receutly broken off its stock, its sear 11°5 by 8 mm.

not having as yet been overgrown by the polyp-tissues; the costal spines radiate from

the scar. The axial furrow is broken by the fusion across of septa in four places forming

five secondary calicular centres ; otherwise it is about 1-3 mm. across and closed in below

by finely packed trabeculze from the septal edges. As yet there is only the commence-

ment of five subsidiary centres on the sides of the disc. (Plate 38. figs. 20, 21.)

No. 2 still shows its scar, but the radiating arrangement of the costal spines is lost for

about 3 cm. at either end of the scar and for 1°5 cm. on either side. The axial furrow

is broken across in fourteen places, and is still relatively open, showing the columellar

trabecule. Subsidiary side calicular centres have begun to form fairly freely at varying

distances not less than 15 cm. from the axial furrow. (Plate 39. figs. 24, 25.)

No. 3 is simply the last enlarged, with the scar still distinct and the axial furrow

rather narrower, but yet having the columellar trabeculee quite visible. Its oral surface,

which has evidently been damaged, has in one spot commenced to grow out a fresh

disc, best seen in the figure; it shows a central furrow and has turned round through a

right angle so as to lie parallel to the parent disc. (Plate 38. fig. 23.)

While Nos. 1-3 are rather flat and pointed at either end where the axial furrow passes

out, No. 4. is strongly arched and rounded at its ends, the axial furrow stopping short

where the dise begins to bend downwards. The costal spines nowhere form lines for

more than 1°5 cm. inwards from the edge of the disc, and the area inside is very rough,

rising into numerous, small, spine-covered mounds. The septa in the axial furrow

approach so closely that no columella can be seen from the surface. The whole oral

side is very uneven, many of the septa being thickened and even fused together in

places, these septa having quite ragged edges. I should judge the specimen to he one

which has lived in peculiarly unfavourable conditions, probably on a sandy bottom, as it

is much arched, and where silt is depositing, particles of sand probably having produced

its uneven surface.

286 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 5 is a very regular, arched specimen resembling Z. foliosa, but being more massive

in every respect, consequently having thicker, higher, and more distant septa. Some of

its subsidiary (side) calicular centres are quite well marked, and the costal lines of

spines do not run in from its edge in any place for more than 25 em., the centre of the

underside being a rough area, evidently greatly thickened by a secondary deposit of

corallum, with a few relatively large perforations. (Plate 38. fig. 22.)

In addition to the above I have examined 13 specimens of the species, the largest of

which is 51 em. long, in the British Museum; 4: of these, including the ‘ Challenger’

form, are named H. crassa. All are arched and show the central furrow well-marked,

ceasing where the ends bend downwards. They show considerable vegetative variation

(weight, coarseness of spines and teeth, clearness of subsidiary calicles, &c.), but clearly

belong to a single species.

24. Herpolitha crassa, Dana.

Dana, Zooph. p. 310, pl. 20. figs. 5-5 ¢; Gardiner, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 529.

The measurements of the two specimens before me, which I obtained at Funafuti, are

given in the paper cited. The species has a very narrow axial furrow broken up into

numerous centres with no visible columella; in the smaller specimen it can be traced to

the extremities. ‘The septa are, as in other species, alternately large and small. Sub-

sidiary side calicular centres are found within 1 cm. of the axial furrow and extend out

quite irregularly at a distance of 1-15 cm. from one another to 2 cm. of the edge of the

corallum. Such centres commonly show distinct fossze surrounded by at least eight

septa in small centres and twelve septa in large centres bent in towards them. The

larger septa are thicker than in Z. limaa, with sides covered with granules running into

rows towards their edges, which are similar to Dana’s figure (5c). The costz are

represented by rows of close-set, blunt, granular, columnar spines; they do not in my

specimens run in for more than 2 cm. from the edge, but this is scarcely a specific

character. The central area is raised into low hillocks between the perforations, which

are not very numerous.

The largest specimen on its aboral side approaches close to the largest specimen of

H. limax from Singapore, mentioned above, but its spines are much smaller, more

granular, and much more tightly packed. Both came from the surfaces of lagoon

shoals, a sandy environment which probably accounts for their arching. From H. limawx

and H. foliosa the species differs in having far more perfectly formed, indeed quite

distinct, subsidiary calicular centres on the sides of its disc. It is much heavier, and its

septa appear more closely packed owing to the greater thickness and granulation of those

of the larger series. It is more closely related perhaps to H. interrupta, Ehrenberg, but

I have failed to find any sufficient description of that species.

Locality. The species was described by Dana from specimens from Fiji, from which

Funafuti is about six hundred miles to the north.

In the British Museum I found four specimens labelled ZH. crassa. Of these one is

the ‘Challenger’ specimen from Banda identified by Quelch, and the other three are

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 287

older specimens (longer in Museum) without localities. They do not belong to the

species identified above as ZH. crassa, being much more akin to H. “imax, of which they

are probably only varieties due to conditions of growth.

VII. Genus PoLYPHYLLTIA.

Polyphylla (pars), Blainville, Dict. des Se. Nat. lx. p. 305 (1830).

Polyphyllia, Quoy et Gaimard, Voyage de l’Astrolabe, Zooph. p. 184 (1833).

Lithactinia, Lesson, Illustr. Zool. pl. vi. (? 1833).

Cryptabacia, M.-Ed. et H. Compt.-rend. de Acad. des Sc. xxix. p. 71 (1849).

Polyphyllia, Lithactinia, Cryptabacia, M.-Ed. et H. Cor. iii. pp. 22-26 (1860).

I have already shown my reasons in the general account of the family for combining

the above three genera and no further reference is now necessary.

The genus contains only two undoubted species, P. talpina (syn. P. pelvis) and P. nove-

hibernie. P. substellata, P. leptophylla, P. pileiformis, and P. galeriformis are not

recognisable from their original descriptions or from M.-Ed. & H.’s great work. ‘The

distribution of the genus is East Indian, from the Philippines to New Ireland and

Australia, doubtful species from Fiji also.

26. Polyphyllia talpina, Lam. (Plate 36. fig. 13; Plate 38. figs. 18, 19; Plate 39.

fig. 26.)

Fungus marinus &e., Seba, Thesaurus, iii. p. 205 et 209, tab. 111. no. 6 et tab, 112. no. 31 (1758).

Fungia talpina, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Vert. p. 370 (1801).

? Polyphyllia talpa, Dana, Zooph. p. 313, pl. 21. fig. 5 a-d.

Cryptabacia talpina, M.-Kd. et H. Cor, ii. p. 22.

Polyphyllia pelvis, Q. et G., Voy. de Astrolabe, Zooph. p. 185, pl. 20. figs. 8 et 10.

The larger specimen before me bears a very close resemblance to Seba’s No. 31, while

it has the peculiar roughness of surface shown better in his No. 6; Seba’s specimens also

came from the same region. Dana's description and figures very doubtfully refer to

this species.

Here is the description of my larger specimen (fig 26) :—An oval dise somewhat pointed

at either end, measuring 135 cm. long by 4°5 em. broad. Distinct axial furrow along the

whole length of the disc broken up into a series of secondary calicular centres by fusion

across it of the smaller pairs of septa of either side, after which they continue along it in

either direction to the neighbouring secondary centres in a %-like manner. Secondary

centres rather oval, with about 24 septa fused together in the centre by a dense mass

of fine trabeculee, the columella appearing relatively open. Septa of two alternating

series, large and small. Larger septa seldom entire for more than 3—7 mm. except at

the edge of the corallum, very thick, with granular ridged sides ending in columnar teeth

covered with coarse spiniform granules, about 3 teeth in 2 mm. and each ‘5-1 mm. high.

Smaller septa very thin, edges 2-8 mm. lower than first series, everywhere fusing

together where the larger septa are broken, at edges of corallum appearing like a series

of elongated loops in which the septa of the first series are standing, but near the

central furrow 3-5 smaller septa bending round and fusing so that fresh subsidiary side

288 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

calices are formed with 12-24 septa. Underside covered with rows of costal spines

which more or less radiate from the central area; spines themselves rather minute, low,

closely packed granular columns.

The specimen is 3°8 em. high. It is distorted and twisted at one end; its length

over the surface is upwards of 16 em., and it has 17 secondary calicular centres along its

axial furrow.

The second specimen, which has been killed at one end, is about 7 em. long by 2°5 em.

broad. It had eleven secondary centres along its axial furrow, but three at one end have

been killed. Its septal and costal characters agree closely with those of the larger

specimen. Its sear, which is 12 by 8 mm., has never been completely covered over by

the regrowth of the polyp-tissues. Perhaps in consequence of this a small trophozooid

has commenced to grow out from the middle of the scar; it is round, about 5 mm. high

by 3°5 mm. in diameter at its summit by about half as much at its base, and has four

cycles of septa, the last very incomplete. It was evidently formed by the exposed tissues

of the broken off anthocyathus, as its base is deeply rooted between the septa of its

parent. (Figs. 18, 19.)

Locality. Singapore, two specimens, the smaller stated to have come from an irregular

part of the reef, ““water muddy”; collected by the late Mr. F. P. Bedford.

I have already in the general account of the family referred to the specimens in the

British Museum, particularly as progressively showing with growth less distinct radiation

in the calicles both of the axial row and on the sides of the disc. Of these one specimen is

branched into four ends ina quite #-like manner. Another specimen, about 34 by

12 em., less arched than other forms, is interesting as showing on its underside ten yonng

attached and growing discs, varying up to 4.cm. in diameter. The youngest are all

circular with central calicles. As growth proceeds fresh calicles seem to form a line with

this one, side calicles arising at the same time. The largest specimen actually examined

was 42 cm. long. The ‘Challenger’ specimen is represented in Plate 36, fig. 13.

| Postscript.—Since the above was sent to the printer, I have had the opportunity of

examining the Fungia collected by Prof. W. A. Herdman on his recent visit to Ceylon.

They comprise over 100 specimens, many dead and damaged, of F. cyclolites from the

Ceylon Oyster Banks; they are on the whole larger, more arched, and rather more

massive than the Red Sea forms recorded on p. 270. There is also a single specimen of

another species, almost certainly F. costulata (see p. 271), on the lower surface of which

a tubicolous serpulid has settled.

Mr. C. Crossland has also sent me some more Fungiidee from Donganab, Red Sea.

Among them I find four /. echinata (see p. 274), two of which are smaller than the

type specimen of F. simplex (p. 274); the axial fossze do not continue to the ends of the

coralla and the two species are undoubtedly specifically distinct. There is also a smal.

specimen of Herpolitha limax, which is distinct from ZH. foliosa.—20th June, 1908.

J. STANLEY GARDINER. |

Percy Siapen Trust Exrepirion,

Nile Lie see

SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL.

LINN.

TRANS.

(GARDINER. )

Teens

FUNGIIDA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy SLApen Trust Exrepirion.

(GARDINER. ) TRANS, LINN. SOC) SHR, 2.700, VOle xl. Pia

Phe ar SY 9s see. ~.s

ce) Oe rae, sue oe

CORR Oe eT ow 0 AB te aie:

FUNGIIDZ FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

yy 7:

: ser 5 4

e a : us : * - ;

5 a A eet ee re ey a rile ’

Yi eee. Stern eee = re eet i .

oe : PQ f : 7

7 ; ¥ 7 / ‘y

¢ F +." : = @

\— oa

. ‘

, ¢

oe 4

\ { bai :

( 2 i oe ®

Percy Stapen Trust Exerpition.

(GARDINER.) TRANS. LINN. SOCVSHR. 2) ZOOM, VOlL, XIl- Fl. 3

AN ity

WY g

FUNGIIDAZ FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy Suapen Trust Exrepition.

(GARDINER. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XII. Pl. 36.

s Len ‘ WR

aS WANN Ve

“ft Va} 4a m x

# ANG

i) iy F , ‘ niv Ovi bias \S os $ AN; é ‘

Ty af zi \ s Wl} ale AN wy hh N s i a

Aco Met Lun AN WL Bed INS ay TRE

(i f AE

} \)

PSL 7S

ot ff ES Fi

We Lj &

OSA

3 ’ z° 74"

res

eed Mev

3 AG Mies ea WER

CATT IR Meee ny WS we. AOE

Ue RN PS AN

My MINE NN Me hah

ats)

Wey Vat

—=>

FUNGIIDAZ FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Trercy Stapren Tresv Expepiricn.

(GARDINER.) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. ; 2OOls, VOL. kil, Plae37.

yu WAVE Waa

Nis Ht Ape Mahe

FUNGIIDA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

/ i] Fj ay P 5

} j DA, a

it i 4 | ee

Vf og ea

WAT

Gi Y | \ SSssss

Gai\

NS :

WES SKS

Ahiiniceinn

CANE AN

i MAK Nl

FUNGIIDZ FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

I\\

)

Percy Siapen Trust Exprpirion.

(GARDINER. )

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER.

got

ey ee

Bec Ate

Sod

FUNGIID2 FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

7 OO Wi@ Tipe

ie,

Nit IME 180k Se rs

vets ~

le“ en hy OT “= : he

es me

GARDINER—MADREPORARIAN CORALS. 289

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

All figures are of natural size unless otherwise stated.

PLATE 33.

Fig. 1. Fungia sinensis. Oral surface.

oes e - 5) re Aboral surface (same specimen).

Fig. 3. 4, jieldi. Oral surface.

Fig. 4. 4, 3 Aboral surface (same specimen).

PLATE 34,

. Fungia somervillei. Oral surface.

5 f Aboral surface (same specimen).

» fieldi. Aboral surface of another specimen.

a 93 OF

NS gt

», scutaria, Aboral surface to show folds and cracks.

PLATE 35.

Fig. 9. Fungia costulata. Aboral surface. (Oral surface on pl. xci. fig. 19 of Fauna and Geogr.

Maldives and Laccadives.)

Fig. 10. Fungia coopert. Aboral surfaces of two specimens. (Oral surfaces pl. xci. figs. 17 & 18,

op. cit.)

Fig. 11. Fungia corona. Oral surface.

ie, WS oy Aboral surface (same specimen).

PLATE 86.

g.13. Polyplyllia talpina. Oral surface of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition specimen in the British

Museum.

Figs. 14 & 15. Herpolitha foliosa. Aboral and oral surfaces of the smaliest and youngest specimen in

the collection. Red Sea.

PLATE 37.

Figs. 16 & 17. Herpolitha foliosa. x *,. Oral and aboral surfaces of the smallest regenerating

specimen in the collection. Red Sea.

PLATE 38.

Figs. 18 & 19. Polyphyllia talpina. Oral and aboral surfaces of the smallest Singapore specimen. A

secondary disc is growing out of the scar of detachment iu fig. 18.

Figs. 20 & 21. Herpolitha imax. Oral and aboral surfaces of the smallest Singapore specimen, showing

scar of detachment and septa continuous from the axial groove to the edges of the dise.

Fig. 22. Herpolitha imax. Oral side of a large Red Sea specimen.

Fig. 23. ee a5 Oral surface of the third smallest specimen from Singapore, showing out-

growth of a fresh disc.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 40

, ‘ ' le)

al ate otae. te

290 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. ‘

_ + PLATE 39.

Figs. 24 & 25. Herpolitha limaz. Oral and aboral surfaces of a specimen intermediate between —

figs. 21 and 23. Singapore. :

Fig. 26. Polyphyllia talpina. Oral surface of the larger Singapore specimen in the collection. —

Figs. 27 & 28. Déderleinia irregularis. Aboral and oral surfaces of the smaller type specimen from

Funafuti, Ellice Islands. : :

Preor Wy

No. XVI.—A LIST OF THE FRESHWATER FISHES, BATRACHIANS, AND

REPTILES OBTAINED BY Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER’S EXPE-

DITION TO THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By G. A. Boutrnerr, F.R.S.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garpviner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 40.)

Read 7th May, 1908.

Tue following list will give all the necessary data for the study of the distribution of

the Lower Vertebrates inhabiting the Seychelles and Aldabra, as allusion has been made

to the few species recorded by others but not obtained by the Expedition. As regards

the Tortoises of Aldabra, no specimens of which were brought home by Mr. Gardiner,

I am inclined to regard them as of one species only, Testwdo gigantea, to which I have

made allusion, & propos of a young specimen given to Mr. Gardiner at Mahé.

The extinct Crocodile of the Seychelles was probably Crocodilus niloticus, distributed

over the greater part of Africa and Madagascar.

FRESHWATER FISHES.

1. Chanos salmoneus, Bl.

Chagos Archipelago: Petit Coquillage, Peros Banhos.

A widely distributed fish occurring in the sea as weil as in fresh water. I see no

reason for regarding Ch. mossambicus, Peters, as a distinct species, although I have not

been able to examine the type specimen. As to Ch. lubina, C. & V., which has been

generally accepted, on the faith of Valenciennes’s description, as a valid species, I am

informed by Dr. Pellegrin, who has kindly examined the types at my request, that the

fin-formula (D. 19, A. 15) as originally given is incorrect. The specimen from Bourou

(Quoy et Gaimard) has D. 16, A.11; that from Mauritius (Dussumier) has D. 15, A. 10;

whilst the three from the Seychelles (Dussumier) have D. 14-15, A. 10-11. There is

therefore no doubt that Ch. lubina is also a synonym of Ch. salmoneus, the only reason

for separating it being the supposed difference in the number of dorsal and anal rays.

2. Anguilla virescens, Peters.

Praslin.

Freshwaters of East Africa, breeding in the sea.

4,0*

292 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

3. Haplochilus playfatri, Gthy.

Mahé: Cascade River; Under Moine; Chateau Margot, 1000 f. Praslin: Stream

above Céte d’Or; Midlands, 1000 f.

The habitat of this species is restricted to the brackish and fresh waters of the

Seychelles.

4, Eleotris ophiocephalus, C. & V.

Praslin: Stream above Cote d’Or. Silhouette.

Inhabits brackish and fresh waters of Madagascar, the Comoros, and the Seychelles.

Ts also known from various islands in the eastern parts of the Indian Ocean.

This little series only further exhibits the well-known poverty of the freshwater

fish-fauna of the islands in the Indian Ocean. The species listed above belong to

widely-distributed genera which have representatives in the sea or at Jeast in brackish

water.

In addition to the species obtained in fresh water by Mr. Stanley Gardiner, a

Cyprinodont, Fundulus melanospilus, Pfeffer, also occurring on the Zanzibar coast, and

four widely-distributed brackish-water Perciforms, Kuhlia teniura, C. & V., Apogon

hyalosoma, Blkr., Ambassis urotenia, Blkr., and EHleotris fusca, Bl. Schn., are reported

to enter fresh water in the Seychelles.

BATRACHIANS.

APODA.

1. Hypogeophis rostratus, Cuv.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000 f.; Chateau Margot, 1400 f. Praslin. Silhouette.

2. Hypogeophis alternans, Stejn.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000-2000 f. Praslin. Silhouette.

Both these species are confined to the Seychelles; a third species (H. guenther,

Bigr.) is from Zanzibar.

PRASLINIA, gen. nov.

Squamosal narrowly separated from parietal. Teeth small and very numerous, in

two series in the lower jaw. Eye distinct. Tentacle globular, in front of and close

to the eye. Cycloid scales imbedded in the skin. No tail.

The skull is more flattened and the teeth more numerous than in any other known

genus of Ceeciliids. Among the genera with scales, with two series of mandibular teeth,

and with the squamosals not suturally united with the parietals, Praslinia is well

characterized by its rounded tentacle surrounded by a complete ring-like groove and

by the absence of even a rudimentary tail.

BOULENGER—BATRACHIANS. 293

3. Praslinia cooperi, sp.n. (Plate 40, fig. 1.)

Head and body much depressed. Snout rounded, scareely projecting beyond the

mouth, about as long as the distance between the eyes, which are very small; tentacle

on a line with the lower border of the eye, the distance between them not more than

the diameter of the latter. 40 to 48 teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and about as

many in the outer mandibular series on each side; about 45 inner mandibular teeth

altogether. Body short, about 20 times as long as broad, ending obtusely just behind

the vent; 140 to 160 folds, at first wide apart and interrupted above and beneath, then

alternately nearly complete and restricted to the sides, and lastly (in posterior third of

body) all complete and close together. Uniform blackish brown.

Total length 230 millim.

Two specimens from Praslin.

4. Cryptopsophis multiplicatus, Bler.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 1000 f. Stlhouette.

The monotypic genus Cryptopsophis was established on a single specimen from the

Seychelles, without more exact indication of locality.

ECAUDATA.

5. Rana mascareniensis, D. & B.

Mahé: Up to 1400 f. Praslin. Morne.

Distributed over the greater part of Africa, from Egypt and Senegambia to Zululand

and Angola, and found also in Madagascar, the Mascarenes, and the Seychelles.

NESOMANTIS, gen. nov.

Pupil horizontal. Tongue elliptical, entire, free behind. Vomerine teeth present.

Tympanum hidden. Fingers and toes free, the tips dilated into small but very distinct

disks; outer metatarsals not separated by web. Sternum cartilaginous. Terminal

phalanges pointed.

Allied to Sooglossus, Blgr., but distinguished by the presence of vomerine teeth and

the absence of the claw-like dermal termination of the digits.

6. Nesomantis thomasseti, sp. n. (Plate 40. fig. 2.)

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series well behind the level of the choanz.

Head much depressed, a little broader than long; snout rounded, a little shorter than

the orbit; no canthus rostralis; loreal region very oblique, feebly grooved; nostril

nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid. Fingers short, first shorter than second; toes moderate ; no distinct subarticular

or metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye; tibia half the

length of head and body. Skin smooth; a glandular fold from the eye to the shoulder.

Purplish brown above, with darker symmetrical markings very similar to those of

Sooglossus sechellensis; a pair of small light spots on each side of the anterior part

294 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of the back; a light line on the coccygeal region meeting a perpendicular one on the

back of the thighs, which is continued along the inner side of the leg and the tarsus ;

lower parts brown, with whitish spots and marblings; a L-shaped whitish line along

the middle of the throat and belly, intersected by another across the breast.

From snout to vent 45 millim.

A single female specimen from the Cascade, Mahé, at an altitude of 1500 feet, was

given to Mr. Gardiner by Mr. H. P. Thomasset, from whom the British Museum had

previously received the first examples of the allied but dwarfed frog, Sooglossus

sechellensis.

7. Sooglossus sechellensis, Bitgr. (Plate 40. fig. 3.)

Mahé: Cascade, 1800-2000 f. Jorne, 2000 f.

The largest of the numerous specimens collected measures 25 millim. from snout

to vent.

The genus Sooglossus was proposed by me for a single species, Arthroleptis sechel-

lensis, discovered by Dr. Brauer and accurately described by Prof. Boettger, The figure

given by Dr. Brauer was intended to show the curious manner in which the male carries

the tadpoles, other details being neglected. It is therefore desirable to give a correct

figure of this little-known Batrachian.

8. Megalixalus sechellensis, Gthr.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1400 f.; Cascade Estate. Praslin.

The genus Megalivalus is distributed over Tropical Africa and Madagascar. This

species is confined to the Seychelles.

A series of larval stages were obtained at Chateau Margot. The tadpole, of a blackish

brown, is remarkable for its long tail (body 18 millim., tail 44); otherwise it is very

similar to that of Hylambates. Labial teeth in series.

REPTILES.

CHELONIA.

1. Testudo gigantea, Schweigg.

A young specimen, nine months old, with divided caudal plate, from Mahé, where a

number of specimens, originally imported from Aldabra, are kept in a state of semi-

domestication.

Mr. Rothschild’s studies on extensive material procured since the publication of the

Catalogue of Chelonians in the British Museum (1889) tend to confirm my suggestion

(p. 168) that the species distinguished by Dr. Ginther as 7. elephantina, ponderosa,

hololissa, and gigantea are founded on individual variations and should be united

under the oldest name, 7. gigantea *.,

* Cf. W. Rothschild, Novit. Zool. iv. 1897, p. 407,

BOULENGER— REPTILES. 295

From the account of Mahé specimens given by P. Schacht *, it is not improbable

that 7. daudinié will also have to be referred to the synonymy of 7. gigantea.

Whether the recently described 7. gouffei, Rothschild +, from Therese Island, St. Anne’s

Channel, is specifically distinct is difficult to say, as the description rests on a single

specimen. I suppose “double nuchal plate” to be a slip for “double caudal plate” in

that description.

No remains of the large tortoise which once lived on the Seychelles appear to be

preserved. It is therefore impossible to decide whether 7. gouffei is a survivor of these

or whether, like the tortoises of Aldabra, it has been imported from other islands.

2. Sternotherus sinuatus, A. Smith.

A single adult specimen from La Digue Island, Seychelles, answers entirely to my

definition of this species in the ‘Catalogue of Chelonians,’ p. 194. Specimens from the

same island have been referred by Stejneger $ to S. négricans, which has a shorter and

thicker shell, a broader interorbital region, and no trace of cusps on the sides of the

median notch of the upper jaw.

This specimen is well matched by two from Mazoe, Mashonaland, presented to the

British Museum by Mr. J. ff. Darling. As in them, the plastron is black, whilst it is

uniform yellow in the specimen from La Digue Island, mentioned in the ‘ Catalogue of

Chelonians.’ I feel therefore unable to accept the “subspecies seychellensis”’ proposed

by Siebenrock §.

The habitat of §. senwatus extends from Somaliland to Natal.

3. Sternotharus nigricans, Donnd.

Two specimens from Diego Garcia.

Inhabits Portuguese East Africa, N.W. Rhodesia, and Madagascar.

EMYDOSAURIA.

34. Crocodilus niloticus, Laur.? (Extinct.)

Fragments of skull and mandible from a marsh at Anse Royale, Mahé, received from

Mr. H. P. Thomasset and Mr. L. Tonnet, are, so far as I can judge, not separable from

. niloticus, which occurs over nearly the whole of Africa, as well as in Madagascar.

LACERTILIA.

4. Diplodactylus inexpectatus, Stejneger.

Wahé: Cascade, 1000 f.; Cascade Estate, 800 f.; Chateau Margot, 1400 f.

When this species was described by Stejneger in 1894, the genus Diplodactylus was

believed to be restricted to Australia. Several species have, however, since been

described from Madagascar, one from German Hast Africa, and one from the French

Congo.

* Wiss. Ergebn. Valdivia, iii. 1902, p. 104. Cf. also Siebenrock, Zool. Anz. xxvi. 1903, p. 366.

t+ Noy. Zool. xiii. 1906, p. 753.

+ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 713. § Voeltzkow’s Reise O.-Afr. ii. Schildkr. p. 38 (1906),

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

5. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B.

Chagos Arch.: Diego Garcia Beach, Barachios, Salomon, Peros.

Cargados Carajos: Siren, Establishment.

Amirantes: Poivre, Eagle.

A species of wide distribution, ranging from Corea to the Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago, eastwards to New Guinea. Occurs on many of the islands of the Western

Pacific and Indian Oceans. Also known from Somaliland and St. Helena, and reported

from the Seychelles by Boettger. As for many Geckos, this wide distribution is probably

to be accounted for by human introduction through ships.

6. Hemidactylus gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 40. fig. 4.)

Snout a little longer than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, once and

one-third the diameter of the orbit ; forehead concave ; ear-opening small, oval, oblique,

about half the diameter of the eye. Body and limbs moderate. Digits free, moderately

dilated, inner well developed ; 4 or 5 lamelle under the inner digits, 6 or 7 under the

median. Snout covered with small convex granules ; hinder part of head with minute

eranules intermixed with round tubercles; rostral four-sided, twice as broad as deep,

with median cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral, three or four nasals, and

sometimes also the first upper labial; 9 to 12 upper and 8 to 10 lower labials ;

symphysial large, triangular; two or three pairs of chin-shields, median largest and

forming a very short suture behind the point of the symphysial or separated by a small

azygous shield. Upper surface of body covered with small granules intermixed with

oval or subtrihedral, ribbed, more or less distinctly keeled tubereles disposed rather

irregularly. Ventral scales small, cycloid, imbricate. Male with a long series of

12 to 14 femoro-przeanal pores on each side, the preeanal pores more distinct than the

femorals. ‘Tail feebly depressed, covered above with very small scales intermixed with

large pointed tubercles in 6 longitudinal series, below with a median series of transverse

plates. Greyish above, with dark spots and angular or wavy darker cross-bars ; white

beneath.

Total lencth. --) - eee =... -9Grmillim;

Cee: + > 5) isG 95.

Widthof head); <aeemeemeemeee. «=. es) «LOU

Body (4 - oe = Css

Foreilimb) | 3)... eS. CS

Hind limb: (feo eee, ONS

Tails, oy & SORE SEs 6}. AG

Several specimens from Farquhar Island and from Cerf Island, Farquhar Group.

Others from Aldabra (coll. Tonnet and Thomasset).

This small Gecko is very closely related to H. mabuia, which has been reported from

Aldabra by Dr. Stejneger.

BOULENGER—REPTILES. 297

7. Hemidactylus mabuia, Mor.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800 f.

Inhabits the West Indies, Central and South America, Tropical Africa, and

Madagascar.

8. Hemidactylus brookii, Gray.

Amirantes: Desroches Atoll.

The range of this species extends across tropical Africa to India, Ceylon, Further

India, Southern China, and the Malay Archipelago.

9. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm.

Mahé: Port Victoria; Cascade, 1000 f.

Known from Madagascar, Mascarenes, Seychelles, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula

and Archipelago, New Guinea, Sandwich Islands, and Western Mexico.

10. Lepidodactylus lugubris, D. & B.

Chagos Arch.: Diego Garcia Beach, Salomon.

Mahé: Chateau Margot. Praslin: Anse Marie-Louise. Coetivy.

Inhabits the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea and neighbouring

islands, and most of the islands of the South Pacific.

1l. Mluronyx sechellensis, D. & B.

Mahé: Montagu Alphonse Cascade, 1800 f.; Cascade, 1000 f. WN. Cousin. Frigate.

Praslin: Anse Marie-Louise. Silhouette.

The femoro-preeanal pores vary from 24 to 29 altogether.

This species is confined to the Seychelles. The second species of the genus inhabits

Madagascar.

12. Phelsuma madagascariense, Gray.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1400 f.; Cascade, 1000 f.; Cascade Estate, 800 f. Stlhouetie.

Praslin: Anse Marie-Louise. Morne.

Aldabra (coll. Thomasset).

Amirantes: St. Joseph Island, D’Arros Island.

In this series of specimens the number of the femoro-preeanal pores varies between

23 and 37, the number, roughly speaking, increasing with the size of the lizard.

Originally described from Madagascar, this Gecko has since been found in the

Seychelles, on Aldabra (var. abdo(ti, Stejneger), and on the East Coast of Africa

(probably imported).

13. Phelsuma laticauda, Bttgr.

Farquhar Island.

Known from Madagascar and the Comoro Islands.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 41

298 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

14. Mabuia sechellensis, D. & B.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800 f.; Cascade, 1000 f.; Chateau Margaux, up to 1400 f.

Praslin: Silhouette.

Amirantes : St. Joseph, D’Arros.

The scales round the middle of the body number 34 to 40; the frontonasal is

constantly in contact with the rostral.

This species was known only from the Seychelles.

15. Mabuia wrightii, Blgr.

N. Cousin.

38 to 42 scales round the middle of the body; frontonasal sometimes forming a

narrow suture with the rostral, this suture, if present, narrower than that between the

frontonasal and the frontal. )

This fine Lizard, originally described from the Seychelles, without further particulars,

is easily distinguished from J. sechellensis by the much larger size (130 millim. from

snout to vent), the shorter and blunter snout, and the greater width of the frontal in

its posterior part; also by the absence of any trace of a light streak from the upper lip

to the groin. The examination of the large series of specimens placed in my hands by

Mr. Stanley Gardiner does not confirm Mr. Stejneger’s opinion * that I. wrightti is a

synonym of J. sechellensis.

16. Ablepharus boutonii, Desjard.

Aldabra (coll. Thomasset).

The specimens belong to the var. peronti, Coct., which is known from East Africa,

Papua, and Australia. Specimens from Aldabra were referred by Stejneger to the

var. pecilopleurus, Wiegm., which differs in the higher number of seales round the body.

But the varieties of this widely and irregularly distributed species are so ill-defined, that

not much importance can be attached to the naming of them.

17. Scelotes braueri, Bttgr.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 2000 f.; in forest under dead leaves.

Only known from Mahé, where it was discovered a few years ago by Dr. Brauer.

18. Scelotes gardineri, sp. n. (Plate 40. fig. 5.)

Snout short, obtuse, not projecting beyond the mouth; eye moderate; lower eyelid

scaly; ear-opening rather large, vertically oval. Supranasals forming a median suture ;

a postnasal between the supranasal and the first labial; frontal about twice as long as

the frontonasal, bell-shaped, narrowed in front and with a notch on each side for the

posterior-inner angle of the first supraocular ; no preefrontals ; five supraoculars, second

largest, fifth small; no frontoparietals ; interparietal a nearly equilateral triangle, as

long as ora little longer than the frontonasal, embraced by the frontal and the parietals ;

* Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 720.

BOULENGER—REPTILES. 299

fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye and entering the orbit. 30 to 34 scales

round the middle of the body. Body short, the distance between axilla and groin once

and one third to once and a half the distance between end of snout and fore limb.

Limbs short, not meeting when adpressed, with five short digits; the fore limb,

stretched forwards, reaches the ear or a little beyond. Tail a little longer than head

and body, thick at the base and tapering gradually. Reddish brown above, with darker

mottlings or interrupted longitudinal streaks; sides whitish, with crowded black spots

forming a band, sharply defined above, from the snout to the base of the tail; limbs

dark brown, with light spots ; lower parts white, the lower lip, and sometimes the chin,

spotted with blackish. ‘

The largest specimen, with injured tail, measures 72 millim. from snout to vent.

The following measurements are those of a smaller example, with intact tail :—

otallencuheemerme 2 es ee LL omillims

THIGEG! bg. gy Get 3k SoC en ra

iWadtheoi#gheadwisure. o: . « « « « OP

Tod; a 6 fot ss. COS a CES Rito ts) oe ALR

Horeslimbrewee eet ett bd SAW

[ahiaclilial), Se Gl Saeco ene LCC bP

DOE oo & ie” 2 see eens: tcl wre

ST ail many ea ck sts) | +, we 8 Ca ORD gay

Several specimens of this very distinct new species were obtained on Mahé (Chateau

Margot, 1400 f., and Mare aux Cochons, 2000 f.) and on Praslin by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner. A specimen of the same species had been obtained in February 1906 on

Mahé, at an altitude of 2000 feet, by Mr. Meade-Waldo, when accompanying the Karl

of Crawford on the R.Y. ‘ Valhalla.’

19. Sepsina valhalle, sp. un. (Plate 40. fig. 6.)

Snout obtuse, scarcely projecting beyond the labial margin; eye moderate; lower

eyelid scaly ; ear-opening much smaller than the eye-opening ; frontal twice as long as

the frontonasal, slightly longer than broad, angularly emarginate on each side by the

first supraocular and posteriorly by the interparictal; five supraoculars; ‘six supra-

ciliaries; interparietal longer than broad, half as long as the frontal; fourth upper

labial entering the orbit. 28 scales round the middle of the body, equal. Limbs short,

pentadactyle; the fore limb, stretched forwards, reaches the ear or not quite so far.

Tail long and thick. Brown above; neck with dark cross-bars, which break up and

gradually pass into small spots on the anterior part of the body, and into longitudinal

streaks on the posterior part of the body and on the tail; lower parts white.

Tail length (tail reproduced) . . . . . 185 millim.

Efead een v8 P eg feo US LO

Widiiwomiendme a a). . . --. oo emillen ans,

PLS ce 3) 2 A eee) ae

Rane Inval, 50 Se cys SS ie

(Sho, Tit a irae) b= alt! eae

41*

300 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Two specimens from Isle de Lix, Glorioso Islands, were presented to the British

Museum by the Earl of Crawford (R.Y. ‘ Valhalla’). A third specimen from Glorioso

Island (Capt. Pearson) is in Mr. Gardiner’s collection.

Very closely allied to S. melanura, Gthr., from Madagascar. Distinguished by the

broader frontal shield and the coloration.

Another close ally of S. melanura is S. teres, Vaillant, from the Comoro Islands.

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

20. Chameleon tigris, Kuhl.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1400 f.; Cascade. Praslin.

This well-known species has also been reported from Zanzibar, but the specimens may

have been brought over from the Seychelles.

OPHIDIA.

21. Boodon geometricus, Schleg.

Mahé: Cascade, 1000 f. Frigate Island (Mr. Dupont).

This Snake is confined to the Seychelles.

22. Lycognathophis sechellensis, Schleg.

Mahé: Cascade, 1000 f.; Chateau Margot, 1400 f. Praslin. Frigate. Silhouette.

This Snake belongs to a monotypic genus peculiar to the Seychelles. The coloration

varies very much. Specimens from Silhouette are grey, yellow, pale brown, dark

brown, or nearly black above; greyish white, uniform or more or less speckled with

brown, bright yellow, or black beneath.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40.

Fig. 1. Praslinia cooperi, nat. size.

la. i 33 Side view of head, x 23.

5; > Open mouth, x 3h.

2. Nesomantis thomasseti, nat. size.

2a. 4 Open mouth, nat. size.

3. Sooglossus sechellensis, nat. size.

3a. 5 es Lower view of hand, x 4.

4. Hemidactylus gardineri, nat. size.

as = Chin, x 22.

Ab. 3 4 Lower view of foot, x 34.

5. Scelotes gardineri, nat. size.

6. Sepsina valhalle, nat. size.

NNN itt

SANT

Dye

gcubeestesss

4h.

d.Green del. hth. et imp.

8.SOOGLOSSUS SECHELLENSIS.

6. SEPSINA VALHALLA.

TRANS. LINN.Soc.SER.2.ZooL.VoL.XII. PL.40.

( BOULENGER. )

2.NESOMANTIS THOMASSETI.

1. PRASLINIA COOPERI.

©,SCELOTES GARDINERI.

4. HEMIDACTYLUS GARDINERI.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Map

Feaon *

No. XVII.—ANTIPATHARIA.

By C. Forster Coorgr, .4., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Stanuey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 41 and 27 Text-figures.)

Read 7th May, 1908.

Tue present collection consists of the specimens obtained on board H.M.S. Sealark,

together with some collected by Colonel Alcock, F.R.S., in the more northerly parts of

the Indian Ocean and by him kindly forwarded to me for examination. I am further

indebted to Professor G. C. Bourne for a specimen obtained by him in Diego Garcia,

as well as for some obtained during the earlier cruises of the ‘Investigator.’ The

forms are divided among the genera Cirripathes (1), Stichopathes (8), Bathypathes (1),

Schizopathes (1), Aphanipathes (2), and Antipathes (10).

In a collection containing a fair number of forms, such as this under discussion, it is

not a matter of any great difficulty to separate them so that they fall into certain main

groups. The number of the mesenteries, the presence of a simple or a branching axis,

the unity or partial division of the polyp, and such like characters are of sufficient

distinction to enable the forms to be placed definitely in the genera Cirripathes,

Stichopathes, Antipathes and so forth. It is among the specimens that fall within

these main groups or genera that the difficulty of separation arises. In fact we do not

know what characters constitute or serve to diagnose a species in the Antipatharia.

Such characters as we have to use are :—

(1) Mernop oF GrowTH OF THE COLONY.

The single coiled or whip-like form of the colony has already been used to distinguish

the Indivise from the branched forms or Ramose. The question is, to what extent

is the amount of coiling or flexion on the one hand, or of branching on the other, a true

index of specific rank: or to what extent are they merely secondary phenomena produced

by external agents, such as currents and other physical causes, acting on the growing

colony ? Schultze quotes the extent to which Savaglia may be altered in its growth

by such an agency as the sweeping action of nets used by coral fishermen in the

Mediterranean. It is reasonable therefore to suspect that great modifications are

produced by various physical conditions, especially by currents, and also to some degree

by light, by the presence or absence of mud and silt in suspension, by the nature of the

bottom on which the colony grows, and so on.

302 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The difficulty of deciding these questions is made greater by the small number of

specimens usually obtained: in only one case in the present collection was a large

amount of material (Antipathes ceylonensis) brought up. As a rule only a single

specimen occurs, often to be made the type of a new species, which, if a sufficient

number of specimens were available for comparison, might easily prove to be one of a

eradational chain of forms.

The action of external influences on another branch of the Ceelenterates, the corals, in

producing various types of growth from a single species, has been shown recently by

Dr. F. W. Jones, whose evidence serves to support the view that similar causes are pro-

ducing similar results in the group under consideration. It is unfortunately impossible

to test the problem in these forms in the same way, ?. e. by watching their growth, so

that we cannot gauge the extent to which these external agents work. Nor, from

paucity of material, can we say whether the differences are of the nature of mutations,

in which case we could regard them as species, or whether they are continuous, 7. e. with

connecting links binding the forms together as variations of one species. Caution must

therefore be exercised in using as an index of specific rank slight differences in the shape

of colonies which otherwise do not greatly differ from one another.

(2) SPINEs.

In the past species have been determined frequently by means of the spines only,

especially when dried specimens alone were available for study. In some cases the size,

shape and arrangement, as well as the presence or absence of secondary spines (in the

Indivise) may be of sufficient value to separate forms from one another. At the same

time it must not be forgotten that spines are manufactured by the living tissues for their

support, and that any cause tending to mould the tissues one way or another will through

them react on the shape of their supporting elements, the spines. Until, therefore, we

know more about the life-history we must be as cautious in using spines as specific

characters as in the case of method of growth.

It has often been pointed out by authors that the spines can vary greatly within the

limits of a single colony, so much so that if fragments of the colony were to be collected

and examined separately, using the spines alone as a guide, they would be classed as

separate species. Again, it often happens that species which undoubtedly differ in other

characters, even to the extent of belonging to different orders, have spines indistinguish-

able from one another both in size and arrangement.

Nevertheless there are cases where the spines are distinguishing features for want of

any better guide, and must be used in describing a species.

(3) Potyes.

Setting aside the broad division of the Antipatharia into three groups according to the

number of the mesenteries, i. e. Leiopathes with 12, Cladopathes with 6, and the rest

with 10, there are in the latter three main types of polyp. These are: the round or oval,

as in Antipathes, Cirripathes, and Stichopathes; the divided, as in Schizopathes and

Bathypathes; and the elongate type, halfway between the two, such as is found in

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARTA. 303

Parantipathes. As in the case of the spines the great difficulty occurs among the closely

allied forms. In the genus Antipathes, for example, there are a great number of forms

differing from one another in general appearance, but with polyps of closely similar size

and shape. The polyps of the large bushy 4. adies are hardly distinguishable from those

of the small delicate 4. gracilis, although the two forms are in size and general appearance

and method of growth entirely different. It becomes all the more difficult therefore to

use the polyp form to distinguish between the more closely resembling colonies. The

main features of anatomy are very constant over the whole group, the difference

even between Schizopathes and the rest is more apparent than real. It may be that

careful comparison will show some constant characters of specific nature in the position

of the nematocysts or the thickness of the mesoglea, though this does not seem

very probable.

It appears, then, that beyond the broad distinctions alluded to above, there is really

nothing upon which to depend as a sure guide to a species in this group. In spite of

this we have to make use of such characters as occur in order to name forms in the hope

that further collections and study will in process of time throw more light on the

question.

Genus STICHOPATHES, Brook.

This genus includes those forms which have the polyps arranged on one side of the

stem only, and in the case of those with spiral stems invariably on the outer side. There

are three types of growth—(1) straight and (2) spirally coiled, both are usually long and

slightly tapering; (8) a third type is sometimes met with in which the growth is

sinuous and is thus intermediate between the two.

The polyps are either flat with long digitiform tentacles, or stouter with short ones:

the state of preservation, however, has so much to do with the polyp-form that too much

stress must not be laid on shape alone. The anatomy as far as observed does not depart

from that of the normal antipatharian polyp.

In many species the spines are of unequal size on two opposite sides of the stem.

When this occurs, there is invariably a gradation in size from the smaller on one side to

the larger on the other (fig. 2a, p. 305), and in no case was a sudden alteration observed.

This difference has previously been observed in a few species, but in the present

collection is of very general occurrence. It is possible that this point has been missed in

some cases, as the skeletal axis generally seems to lie, when under examination, in such

a position that the sides on which the spines are of equal size, @. e. at right angles to the

axis on which they are unequal, are alone to be seen. In order to see the inequality of

the spines, the piece of the axis must be carefully rotated, which in the case of a small

curved piece is not always easy. A convenient method is to cut off a small piece and fix

it in a small square of cork, when by looking down on the cut section the irregularity of

the spines as well as the number of their rows can easily be observed.

Small secondary spines occur in some forms, but are not of general occurrence; their

arrangement is always without any definite order. As is the case in other orders of

Antipatharia, the spines may and frequently do vary considerably in size, shape and

304. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

arrangement on different parts of the corallum. On the basal part they are frequently

much worn down, while at the top, being ina state of growth, they are as a rule smaller.

Those described for the following species have been taken from the middle parts of the

stem, where they were found to be more constant.

Hight species of this genus were obtained as follows :—

1. Stichopathes echinulata, Brook. (Fig. 1.)

A straight stem, 60 em. long, lacking the basal attachment.

The polyps are flat with long digitiform tentacles, they are 1 mm. in diameter and are

placed about 1 mm. apart from one another, except where young polyps are intercalated.

The spines (fig. 1) are conical, rather compressed, moderately sharp, and in parts point

slightly upwards. Their average size is 0°2 mm. and they are rather larger on one

side. The arrangement is in 12-14 steep spirals.

Locality. Seychelles, F 3, 39 fathoms.

2. Stichopathes papillosa, Thomson & Simpson, var.

A stout, loosely wound, sinistral spiral axis, which tapers only very slightly except just

at the tip, where it becomes abruptly pointed. Without the base, which is absent, it

measures 30 cm. in height and 7-8 mm. in diameter.

The polyps were in a poor state of preservation, but appeared to be large and flat with

moderately long arms.

The spines are of two kinds. The larger are conical and somewhat roughened and are

arranged in 30 not very regular spirals; the smaller are similar in shape but more sharp,

they are quite minute and are scattered irregularly among the others. Both kinds are

placed at right angles to the stem.

Except for the presence of secondary spines this form agrees well with the description

of S. papillosa, I have thought it best therefore to describe it as a variety of that species. ’

Locality. Table Island, Andamans, 15-35 fathoms (‘Investigator ’ Collection).

FORSTER COOPER.—ANTIPATHARIA. 50

3. Stichopathes longispina, sp.n. (Figs. 2, 2a.)

A straight whip-like axis rather tapering in form. It is 92 em. long, lacking the base,

and 1 mm. in its longest diameter.

The polyps are flat with long digitiform tentacles, situated close together and having a

diameter of 0°75 mm.

The spines are arranged in 13 spirals. They are different in size on the two sides of

Fig. 2. Fig. 2 a.

the stem, being longest on the polyp-bearing side, where they attain a length of from

0°4 to 0°5 mm. From this they gradually decrease in length as they proceed round the

stem (fig. 2), the smallest spines, with a length of 0°14-0°17 mm., being exactly

opposite the longest.

The long spines stand straight out from the stem, the shorter are hooked upwards ;

both are sharp.

In this species the spines are longer than in any other Stichopathes hitherto described

and are quite noticeable with the naked eye. Seen from one position the spines of

course appear equal.

Locality. Seychelles, F 3, 39 fathoms.

4, Stichopathes alcocki, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Part of a stem, a close spiral 30 em. long. The central canal in this species is unusually

large, the wall of the corallum being reduced to a correspondingly thin shell.

The polyps are irregular in size, the largest measuring just short of 1 mm. in diameter.

As preserved they are very flat and the arms by comparison are long and digitiform ; the

state of contraction among them is, however, very variable. In parts they are crowded

together by the intercalation of youngermembers. The mouth is placed on a prominent

oral cone.

The spines are of two kinds. The major spines are arranged in 19 steep spirals.

Those on the inside of the spiral are sharp, triangular, and hooked upwards. On the

outside they are more bluntly conical and grow more at right angles to the corallum.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 42

306 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Both are slightly roughened and compressed in section, the outside ones measure 0°3

and the inside 0°2 mm.

In addition to these, small secondary spines occur. These are sharp, triangular and

compressed, and are irregularly scattered among the others. These secondary spines are

not a common feature in this genus, this species and the variety of S. papillosa

being the only ones known to me in which they are found; they occur more frequently

in the genus Cirripathes.

Locality. Ceylon, 34 fathoms (‘ Investigator’ Collection).

& (2 4

{sh

5. Stichopathes regularis, sp.n. (Hig. 4.)

A black, evenly coiled stem 80 cm. in length, tapering to a point; the base and attach-

ment are missing. The corallum has a width of 1:25 mm. at its widest part, the central

canal being one-third the total diameter.

The polyps are arranged in a well-defined line on the outside of the coiled stem and

are separated from one another by regular intervals of 1 mm. ‘They are white in colour,

circular, and average 1 mm. in diameter. The arms are short, the lateral ones being

set at a lower level than the rest. The mouth is round and is placed on a small

prominence.

The spines are of one kind only, arranged with great regularity in twelve straight

lines. They are bluntly conical, slightly roughened at the tips, and stand at

right angles to the corallum. ‘Those on the outside of the spiral are a trifle larger

than those on the inner side, averaging 0°2 mm. for the former and 0:14-0:17 for the

latter.

Localities. Salomon Atoll, Chagos, off the entrance to lagoon, 65 fathoms. Ceylon,

35 fathoms (‘ Investigator’ Collection).

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARIA. 307

6. Stichopathes seychellensis, sp.n. (Figs. 5, 5a.)

Part of a stem 45 em. long without the base. It is straight and tapers gradually from

1 mm. at the base.

The polyps (fig. 5 a) are set close together, the largest being about 1:2 mm. in diameter ;

they are round, with arms of medium length, with circular mouths set on a small pro-

minence. Younger polyps are intercalated here and there.

The spines (fig. 5) are arranged in eleven steep spirals and differ in size on the two

sides of the stem, the longer ones being on the polyp-bearing side. The larger measure

0-2 mm., the smaller being about half that size. They project at right angles to the

stem, but in parts tend to point upwards. Both inside and outside spines are triangular

and rather compressed.

Locality. Seychelles, F 3, 39 fathoms.

7. Stichopathes litkeni, Brook.

One nearly complete specimen with base. The lower part of the axis is straight for

23 cm., after which there are three loose coils, measuring, when stretched out, another

30cm. The spines are smooth, triangular, and point a little upwards; they are rather

larger on one side. Other portions of colonies are present in the collection.

Locality ? ‘ Investigator’ Collection.

8. Stichopathes bournei, sp.u. (Fig. 6.)

A straight tapering axis 81 cm. long, lacking the base. The width at the lower end is

25mm. ‘The spines are in ten straight rows and are 0°2 mm. long on one side. As

42*

308 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

they recede from this side they gradually get smaller, and on the surface opposite the

larger spines they are entirely absent throughout the length of the axis. Blunt in shape,

they turn sharply upwards and are much papillated.

The skeletal canal occupies } of the total diameter of the axis.

A straight axis 46 cm. long with base, but lacking the top, occurred with the ahove

specimen. This specimen measures 6 mm. in width at the base and 2°5 at the broken end.

The spines are arranged in numerous irregular rows and have the same shape as the above

specimen. In the place of the blank line, however, there is a mass of small spines like

secondary spines. It is possible that these two parts belong to the same colony.

Locality ? ‘ Investigator’ Collection.

Genus CIRRIPATHES, Blainv. sensu Brook.

9. Cirripathes anguina, Dana. (Plate 41. fig. 3.)

Only two specimens of this genus were obtained, both belonging to this species. The

larger colony measured 20 em. in height, the smaller being half that size.

The polyps are arranged in irregular spirals around the corallum. The skeletal canal

is large. The spines are blunt cones which point somewhat upwards, arranged in 12-14

irregular sinistrorse spirals. They are a little larger on the outside of the spiral.

Locality. Seychelles, F 9, 37 fathoms.

Genus SCHIZOPATHES, Brook.

10. Schizopathes affinis, Brook. (Plate 41. figs. 1, 2.)

The colony consists of a single straight axis 36 em. high giving off alternating branches

to the number of 72 on each side. Theseare 19cm. long at the bottom of the series and

evadually shorten to a length of 3 cm. as the apex of the colony is approached. A regular

interval of half a centimetre separates the branches except at the tip, where they are

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARIA. 3809

inserted rather more closely together. The basal part, 10 cm. in length, is without

branches and is curved back upon itself to afford a hold in the mud. It is flattened from

side to side in the plane of the branches except for the last centimetre of its length, when

it is again flattened at right angles to the previous plane. ‘The extreme end tapers to a

fine point.

The spines are sharp and conical and grow at right angles to the corallum in eight

irregular lines. Here and there little groups of two or three spines occur. On the

upper half of the basal part they are present in four lines; in the lower portion

they are absent and the axis is smooth except for a roughness at the edges of the flattened

part, the remains of worn-down spines.

The polyps are very regular in their arrangement. There is no visible break between

either the individual polyps or between the three component parts into which each polyp

is apparently divided. They are confined to the upper side of the branches and to the

sides of the main axis in the branch plane.

The anatomy of the polyp is simple in spite of the modification produced by the partial

separation of the lateral gonad-bearing and the central mouth parts. The moutia is large,

and in the specimen is of irregular shape owing to distortion by spirit, it seems to be

lengthened in the direction of the long axis of the polyp. In the oral cone, which is

situated on the central member, there are the ten mesenteries common to the majority

of the Antipatharia. Of these there are six primary and four secondary. Two of the

former lie in the longitudinal plane of the polyp which coincides with the longitudinal

direction of the branch, and are continued into the gonad-bearing portions. The two

remaining pairs bound the tentacles into which their enclosed pouches continue.

The secondary mesenteries are attached to the stomodzum at the top only, and soon

losing their connection with the polyp-walls, hang down as free septa and finally

disappear before the end of the stomodzeum is reached.

The stomodzeum in spirit, and therefore contracted, specimens is deep and continues

down to near the base of the polyp. In this region the lateral pairs of tentacular

mesenteries disappear.

The remaining longitudinal mesentery passes into the gonad-bearing part at each end

and divides it completely into two halves.

The ova, of varying size according to the state of sexual maturity, are formed by the

endoderm of the mesentery. The largest found reach the length of 05 mm. A darkly

staining capsule surrounds them which is continuous with the structureless lamella of

the mesentery, which layer they penetrate to undergo their early development.

The adjacent ova-bearing sections, belonging to two different polyps, are marked off

from one another by a thick pad of the structureless lamella.

The histology is normal save that the structureless lamella is rather thick in this

species.

No spermatozoa were observed in any of the polyps, and it is probable that the colonies

are dicecious.

Locality. Lat. 45° 15’ N., long. 80° 56’ E., 880 fathoms (‘ Investigator’ Collection).

310 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus BATHYPATHES, Brook.

11. Bathypathes patula, Brook. (Plate 41. figs. 5-9.)

This form oceurs with straight axes, averaging in the present specimens 25 cm. in

height. From the main stem arise 18-20 lateral branches, slightly alternating with

one another, which, unlike those of S. affinis, are longest in the middle of the series,

where they attain a length of 10cm. The unbranched base of the colony, 10 em.

in length, also differs in being attached by means of a small expanded disc to some

foreign body such as a shell or small stone. The corallum is thinnest just above

the attachment, gradually swelling out to its largest diameter about the middle of its

length.

As in the genus Schizopathes, the polyps are divided into three portions, but differ

in being further apart from one another and in having the tentacles less long in

proportion. The anatomy is typical of the Schizopathine group and calls for no special

description.

In the various colonies obtained, the polyps show great differences as regards the state

of sexual maturity. These can be roughly arranged in three stages. At first the polyp

has the gonads small and but little developed, and its three component parts, the two

*oonozooids ” and the “ gastrozooid,” stand up well separated from each other (PI. 41.

fig. 6). Later, as the ova begin to form and enlarge around the longitudinal septum of the

gonad-bearing divisions, these portions of the polyp gradually become swollen out into a

sac. At this period the “gastrozooid” portion appears to degenerate, as in the third stage

it is non-existent, while the “ gonozooids” have the appearance of two mounds or egg-sacs,

the tentacles having disappeared. These mounds attain the considerable size of 3 mm. in °

length, and the ova show through the body-wall as large white lumps. The position of

the gastrozooid is marked by a space between the mounds. The mounds themselves are

double, being formed of the ‘‘ gonozooids” of the neighbouring polyps, which by reason

of the swelling of the ova have grown closely together (PI. 41. figs. 7, 8).

This last state, which occurred only in one colony, shows a curious feature. Two, or

in some cases three, neighbouring branches of a side adhere together from their ends

backwards over a considerable portion of their length (fig. 9). In sections taken across

this region there is an actual concrescence accompanied by a good deal of breaking down

of tissue elements. That this adherence is real is further borne out by the fact that in

taking away the skeletal parts as a preparation for section-cutting, the adhering polyps

do not split down the middle but tear away at the stems. Whether this fusion is a

regular or necessary part of the process I am unable to decide. It is difficult to see what

mechanism there is except chance to bring the branches into contact.

The above-mentioned stages occur in separate colonies, and in each case the polyps of

the whole colony have arrived at the same state of sexual maturity. It appears, then, that

when the colony becomes ripe the ova are liberated by the rupture of the polyp-walls,

and the colony in all probability dies. Our ignorance of the embryological portion of

the life-history of Antipatharia is so complete, that no side light can be thrown on the

phenomenon by other species. Nor can we say whether this is the normal mode of

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARIA. 311

reproduction, or whether they reproduce themselves at other times by some less drastic

method which does not involve the apparent destruction of the colony.

Localities. Lat. 6° 31’ N., long. 79° 38! E., 401 fathoms ; lat. 11° 26’ N., long. 92° 53’ E.,

378 fathoms; lat. 15° 29’ N., long. 72° 41’ E., 559 fathoms.

Genus APHANIPATHES, Brook.

12. Aphanipathes ? somerville, sp. n. (Figs. 7, 7a.)

A broken branch 10cm. longand 8 em. wide. About 3 cm. of the base are unbranched,

above which it divides into two. Of these branches one is broken away, the other is

reticulated and fan-like in shape. The subsidiary branchlets are all in one plane.

No polyps were visible. LEAR

Fig. 7. 08 4H

~ “> @ ® wy

LIBRARY

eZ D>) eS

a Mage

% 7

fb, Mas

Fig. 7 a.

The spines (fig. 7@) are very long, having a length of 1 mm. These are longer in

proportion to the diameter of the stem than in any other Antipatharian with which I am

acquainted. They are very numerous and closely set together and hide the stem, giving

it the appearance of being thicker than it really is.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos, 120 fathoms.

312 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

13. Aphanipathes? hancock, sp. un. (Fig. 8.)

A colony 15 em. high and 12 wide, branching in one plane with subsidiary branches

which in many cases anastomose together.

The polyps were absent.

The spines are similar to those of the last species, but not quite so numerous and a

little more bent upwards.

The main difference between the two lies in the much closer reticulation of the

branches in this form.

Both approach A. cancellata in method of growth, especially the present form ; both,

however, differ from Brook’s species in having smoother and longer spines.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos, 75 fathoms.

Genus ANTIPATHES, Pall. em. Brook *.

14. Antipathes ? heterorhodzos, sp.n. (Plate 41. figs. 4.a-4e.)

This curious species consists of a colony with a main axis 4°5 em. long, from each side

of which arise in all sixteen alternate branches. These branches spread out in two

planes forming, when viewed in section, a wide V with the main stem (PI. 41. fig. 4:¢).

They are longest about the middle of the stem, where they reach a length of 6 cm.

In addition to these branches there is a series of small bush-like branches placed along

the main stem between the arms of the V described above. Each bush, of which there

are 15 in all, consists of 5-6 branchlets springing from a short base and at first sight

gives the impression of a small parasitic Antipatharian. That this is not so is shown by

the connection of the skeletal canals throughout.

* [I here follow Schultze’s classification and combine the genera Antipathes, Antipathella, Tylopathes, and Ptero-

pathes. Of. Schultze, L. 8., “ Beitr. zur System der Antipatharien,” Abhandl. der Senckenberg. naturf, Gesellsch.

Bd. xxiii. 1896, where his reasons for so doing are fully given. }

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARIA. 313

Polyps are unfortunately absent.

The spines on the main stem and main branches are very minute, never exceeding

0°05 mm. They are arranged in four rows, but on the larger branches are so small as

practically to be non-existent. On the secondary branches, or “ bushes,” they are

longer, attaining a length of 0°2 mm., and are thin-pointed and needle-like in shape.

Locality. Lat. 7 4’ N., long. 79° 32’ E., 590 fathoms (‘ Investigator’ Collection).

15. Antipathes abies (Linn.), Gray. (Fig. 9.)

var. paniculata, Esper. (Fig. 9a.)

Colonies of the “ bottle brush” type, cylindrical and usually tapering at the top. In

some specimens there are two main stems, the division taking place at the bottom of the

colony ; when this occurs one stem is always the larger, the other being subsidiary.

The branches are arranged roughly in a spiral around the stem, and the distance

between them is irregular. The diameter of the main stem is uniform throughout,

except at the extreme tip, where it tapers to a point.

Fig. 9.

There are two types of branching, which, however, are connected together by inter-

mediate forms. In the first (abies, fig. 9) the branches are stout and open, and the

subsidiary branches bend sharply at various angles along their course. In the second

(paniculata, fig. 9 a) the branches are more lax, not so stout, and the subsidiary branches,

which all arise from the upper surface of the branch, are not angulated in their

course.

The polyps have been described by Thomson and Simpson. In height the colonies

average from 10-15 cm.

Localities. Seychelles, 37-44 fathoms ; Amirantes, 20-39 fathoms; Cargados Carajos,

45 fathoms; Table Island, Andamans, 15-35 fathoms (‘ Investigator’ Collection).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 43

314 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

16. Antipathes gracilis, Gray. (Fig. 10.)

Syn. Aniipathella gracilis (Roule, Johnson), non Brook.

Non Antipathes gracilis (Von Koch, Thomson & Simpson).

One small and probably young colony of this much confused species was obtained,

which fully agrees with the figure and description given by Roule, except in its rather

smaller size.

Further confusion is introduced into the synonymy of this form by the description by

Thomson and Simpson of a new form under the name Antipathes gracilis, one specimen

of which was obtained by the Sealark as noted below.

Locality. Amirante Bank, 34 fathoms.

Fig. 10.

’

Fig. 11.

17. Antipathes herdmani, sp.n. (Fig. 11.)

Syn. Antipathes gracilis, Thomson & Simpson.

One specimen was obtained, agreeing exactly with Thomson and Simpson’s descrip-

tion and figure. As the name given to it by them is likely to cause further confusion

with the species above, I propose to name it after Prof. Herdman, who conducted

the expedition in Ceylon. Figures of both forms are given for comparison, drawn to

natural size.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos, 75 fathoms.

18. Antipathes virgata, Esper. (Fig. 12.)

Several colonies of this species were obtained, 3-4 feet in height, consisting of a bunch

of stems arising from a common basal mass. The common “ parent” stem is an inch in

diameter, and at its base swells out into a large lump over the coral rubble to which

it is attached. The main branches are from }-} inch in diameter and give off subsidiary

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARTA. 315

branches, which divide and subdivide in an irregular dichotomous manner. The branches

are straight and grow sharply upwards, the whole colony being of the ‘‘ broom” type

of growth.

Some of the sub-branches become confluent, and fuse with one another as well as with

the main stem.

The polyps on the smaller branches are arranged in regular lines, of which there are

usually four round the circumference. Young intercalated polyps, however, very

frequently break up the regularity of this arrangement. On the larger stems they are

less regular, and on the lower part of the main stems and on the basal part they are

absent.

The polyps are normal in type, 2°5 mm. in diameter, and placed close together, about

four to the centimetre. Two varieties occurred in about equal proportions—the one with

white polyps, the other having them of a brilliant sulphur-yellow colour. In all other

respects the colonies are precisely the same.

The spines are very regular in size, being 0°2 mm. in length. In shape they are

triangular, compressed, and fairly sharp, with the lower border longer than the upper,

so that they are hooked upwards. The arrangement is either in straight lines or steep

spirals, the latter condition being due to the twisting of the axis itself—a feature which

occurs irregularly.

On the larger stems they become more numerous, and the regularity of arrangement

is masked. On the base they are worn away, and the corallum is smooth and

shiny.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

43 *

316 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

19. Antipathes sealarki, sp. n. (Figs. 18, 13 a, 13 d.)

Several pieces of a colony 25 em. high. The main stems divide irregularly into

branches, which themselves divide into alternating subsidiary branchlets of a length

varying from 0-5-3 em. Both branches and branchlets are roughly in one plane.

From the branchlets arise pinnules, usually though not always in pairs, which grow

pointing a little upwards in a plane at right angles to that of the branches (fig. 13 0).

Fig. 13 a.

Fig. 138.

The polyps are small, 0°5 mm. in diameter, circular on the main parts and rather

elongated on the ends of the pinnules. The lateral arms are set lower and are rather

longer than the others.

In position they are borne on one surface of the colony treated as a whole, ¢. e. on that

side on which the pinnules arise. Further they are confined to the surfaces of the

pinnules which face each other (fig. 13 b) and to the sides of the branchlets and branches

which face in the same direction.

The spines are arranged in steep, regular, sinistrorse spirals. On the larger stems

they are, comparatively speaking, long and thin, very slightly roughened, and point

upwards. The average length is 0:2 mm., with the same distance between the spirals.

On the pinnules they are shorter, stouter, and more crowded together. The colour of

the colony is brown.

Locality. Providence, D 4, 50-78 fathoms.

FORSTER COOPER.—ANTIPATHARIA. 317

20. Antipathes plana, sp.n. (Figs. 14, 144.)

A small colony of this species was obtained attached to a piece of nullipore. It is

6 cm. high and 11 cm. broad. There is a main stem 4 cm. long, broken off and capped

by a Serpula-tube. From this arise in one plane five alternating branches, three on one

side and two on the other, the lower ones being the longest. All curve upwards and

give off subsidiary branches, which arise for the most part from the lower side; these

again branch somewhat irregularly into pinnules, which show a considerable amount of

fusion among themselves.

The resulting colony grows in one plane and is of the “ flabellate ” type.

The polyps are perfectly circular with short and stout arms, the two transverse arms

being a little below the level of the others. The mouth is likewise circular and is

placed on a prominent oral cone. The size varies from 0°75 to 0°5 mm. in diameter,

and there is a space of 0°5 mm. between each polyp and the next. They are regularly

placed on one side of the axis, all looking at right angles to the long and broad planes

of the colony.

The colour both of axis and polyps is (in spirit) a rich brown.

Fig. 14. Fig. 14a,

The spines (fig. 14) are small, measuring 0:1 to 0°2 mm., triangular and sharp-

pointed, placed at right angles to the stem or sometimes pointing slightly upwards, and

arranged in eight steep spirals.

Locality. Salomon Atoll, Chagos, 75 fathoms.

21. Antipathes (Antipathella) ceylonensis, Thomson & Simpson. (Figs. 15,

15 a.)

Many of these small and delicate colonies were obtained. In point of numbers this

species was the most abundant of any in those localities in which it was obtained, it

being no uncommon thing for a single haul of the dredge to bring up 30-40 colonies.

The largest specimen measures 15 cm. high and 10 em. across.

The figures show a young (15 @) and a mature colony (15); in the former it can be

seen that the branching takes place in one plane.

This species is closely allied to A. chota, the commonest species in the Maldive

318 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Islands: in the latter the spines are a little smaller and blunter. It is not unlikely

that these two forms are local varieties of the same species.

Localities. Amirantes, 30-85 fathoms, abundant; Seychelles, 39 fathoms, abundant.

22. Antipathes myriophylla? Pallas. (Figs. 16, 16a.)

A small colony 7°5 em. high, which probably belongs to this species.

Fig. 16.

There is an unbranched base 2 cm. in length; the remainder of the main stem gives

off two branches on one side and smaller ones on the other. The larger branches bear

FORSTER COOPER.—ANTIPATHARIA. 319

pinnules, which are roughly opposite one another. All the branches curve upwards.

The polyps are small and circular, 1 mm. in diameter, bearing short arms and having

rather elongated mouths transverse to the long axis of the corallum.

The spines (fig. 16 @) are stout, conical, and point sharply upwards; they are arranged

somewhat irregularly in eight straight lines, but in many places are crowded together.

They measure rather more than 0°1 mm.

Locality. Providence, 50-78 fathoms.

23. Antipathes irregularis, sp.n. (Figs. 17, 17a.)

Portions of two colonies. In the larger there is a thick base 8 mm. wide and

12 cm. long. Almost at right angles to this an arm arises, which in its turn gives off

branches in a most irregular manner, some of these subsidiary branches being single

while others in their turn subdivide. Probably the main stem in the living colony was

continued, as there is a rough stump present.

The polyps average 2 mm. in diameter and are round, the curves being rather short.

There is, however, some irregularity, as on the smaller branches they are more elongated

in shape and the arms are longer. They are distributed all round the stem.

The spines (fig. 17a), which are arranged in seven distinct and very steep spirals,

are small, sharp, and triangular, considerably compressed, and are separated from one

another by rather more than a spine’s length.

Locality. Diego Garcia, 14 fathoms (Sealark), 1-3 fathoms (Prof. G. C. Bourne).

320

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Summary of Species with Habitats.

| | |

Species. oe ae Locality. Habitat. | Station *. Other records.

} |

aura ths re aa Fa: er ; |

Stichopathes |

CCHUNUUALG cio) ntsyenicte eieer | 39 Seychelles. _ Hard sand. Fa4, Mauritius.

100 Mauritius.

papillosa, var. ........ 15-35 | Table I., Andamans. u RC Allied form from Ceylon.

LONGREDING wore cl ejere sete 34 Ceylon. | ? oan Sp. n.

TEGUIQTIS) Cho hie cele 39 Seychelles. Hard sand. F 4, Rt

: 65 Salomon A, Rubble. nuke P.

aloockt Sah i.' sak hears 35 Ceylon. ? Sp. n.

65 Salomon A. Rubble. |

seychellensis ........-. 39 | Seychelles. | Hard sand. F3. Sp. n.

WteReeMeperare aie riatohage ete cts 2 | ? 2 ? ‘Investigator’ coll., W. Indies.'

bawinet Ae kis assests ? | 2? ? ? ‘ Investigator ’ collection.

Cirripathes

ONQUING 2 6 oe oats - 37 | Seychelles. Hard sand. |, PRBZO: Red Sea, Ceylon, Maldive Is, |

| Schizopathes |

JUNIE iene 2 vars on as 880 N. 45° 15’, E. 80° 56’. ? Se South Atlantic.

| Bathypathes |

(HTT eee OOO 3 fp SBOE. | OVC para ? \: eee North Pacific.

| Aphanipathes | |

| somerville? ........0: 120 Salomon A. Rubble. ixuse Sp. n.

(GE. Soadoane soos 75 Salomon A. Rubbie. BAGS Sp. n.

| Antipathes

heterorhodzos ........ 090% Pie or eeceys 2 Ae 3 Sp. n.

GEOTER jerk ise wre evolsia sere 15-49 | ) Seychelles, Hard sand. Wa) 55 10), Mauritius, Ceylon,

Amirantes, Rubble. | F9, E16, Formosa, Philippines,

abies, var. paniculata .. 15-49 Cargados Carajos.| ...... |E 12, B29. South Pacific.

Table I., Andamans. t

ety snocooguscde 34 — Amirante. Shell rubble. EQ. |

eran )eidleits is. ere « 75 | Salomon. Rough ground. es Ceylon.

MUNG OULsteoie steborehoye} stele 30 | Cargados Carajos. Shell rubble. B17. Mediterranean ?, Persian

Sand. B24, Gulf, Philippines.

SCHLAMICU, Wersfeteratovelereleree 78 | Providence. Coral rubble. D4. Sp. n.

fILPO os op aocanas ses 75 Salomons. Rubble. see Sp. n. |

CEYLOMENSIS owns aes 30-39 | Amirante. Rubble. E10, E15.) Ceylon.

Seychelles. | Hard sand. F9. | ? Maldive Islands.

myriophylla.......... 50-78 | Providence. Rubble and corals.| D4. Indian Ocean, Philippines,

| | Batavia. .

UPEGUIMIIS s+ sceee.. 1-14 | Diego Garcia. 2 2?

* The positions of the Stations will be seen by reference to figs. 25, 28, 31, 39, 41, 42, and 46,

all in Part II. of the Description of the Expedition.

REFERENCES.

1889. Brook, G.—‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxxii. pt. i. pp. v, 1-222, tt. 1-15.

1903. Forster Cooper, C.—In Gardiner, J. S., Fauna and Geography, Maldive and Laccadive Archi-

pelagoes, vol. 11. pp. 791-796, t. 65.

1907. Jones, F. W.—In Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907, p. 518.

1902. Roule, L—In Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xv. (1902) pp. 228-239.

1905. Résultats Camp. Sci. par Albert I. Monaco, fase. xxx. (1905).

1896. Schultze, L. S.—In Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxiii. pp. 1-89, t. 1.

1899. Die Antipatharien der Tiefsee Expedition, 1898-99.

1905. Thomson, J. A., & J. J. Simpson.—In Herdman, W. A., Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fishery Reports,

vol, iv. pp. 93-106, 1 pl.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRaNs. Linn. Soc, Ser.2.Z001 Vol.XIL.PL.41

(CoopEr)

C.F. Cooper, del. E Wilson,del.et imp.

ANTIPATHARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

ig 7

see

: ‘eo

a ;

ig”

a -

wP, ”

| (ee

v '

- —— “

—

‘

7 =

FORSTER COOPER—ANTIPATHARIA. a2]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41,

Figs. i: 2. Lateral and surface views of Schizopathes affinis, x 20.

Fig. 3. Colony of Cirripathes anguina, x 3.

Fig. 4a. Colony of Antipathes heterorhodzos. X 1.

Fig. 46. Terminal and lateral branch and one “ bush” of A. heterorhodzos. x 5.

Fig. 4c. Diagrammatic section through colony of A. heterorhodzos, to show the relative positions of

the arms and “ bushes.”

Fig. 5. Colony of Bathypathes patula, showing the concrescence of certain of the branches. x 4.

Figs. 6, 7, 8. Polyps of B. patula, showing different stages of the maturation of the gonads, x 20.

Fig. 9. A portion of two stems of B. patula, showing the concrescence of the broken-down polyps.

x 20:

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 44

a ae ie Tha ’ ¥

A ray a

wv im lidiled ie

Va oe Caner

och Tea efi

pit bea ne a

via 5) | poe ar vagal? AF sf

» Taha sorte ete

dunt lb ind

Ain apuib't ae

OW rm Me aS | ay

}

fe sony]

No. XVIII.—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN,

BRITISH EAST AFRICA, AND THE RED SEA.

By Au¥FrReD O. Waker, F.Z.S., F.Z.8.

(Plates 42 & 43.)

Read 19th March, 1908.

Tue three collections of Amphipoda treated of in this memoir are as follows :—

I. By Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, F.L.S., during the voyage of H.M.S. Sealark in 1905.

II. By Mr. C. Crossland at Zanzibar and Wasin, British East Africa, in 1901-2.

III. By the same gentleman in the Red Sea, from October 1904 to May 1905.

The number of species in each collection is as follows :—

I. 32, of which 19 are not in either of the other collections.

If. 23, of which 6 are not in either of the other collections. Of this number 14 were taken at

Wasin in mud 10 fath. !

III. 20, of which 6 are not in either of the other collections.

The total number of species in the 3 collections is 50 in 36 genera. Of these 7 are

new, Viz. :—

Ichnopus serricrus.

Stegocephalus globosus.

Chagosia (g. n.) gardineri.

Eusiroides diplonyx.

Lembos leptocheirus.

Eurystheus monuropus.

Amphithoé lobata.

Another species which I had described under the name of Hlasmopus ctenonyx has

just been published by M. Chevreux in ‘ Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle,’

1907, No. 6, p. 412, under the name of Z. spinidactylus, from the Gambier or Paumotu

Archipelago, halfway between Australia and South America. Both names refer to the

peculiar comb-like structure of the dactyli of the perzeopods.

As regards Geographical Distribution :—

19 species have been found on the Ceylon coasts.

9 3) Sea 6s »» in the Maldives.

2 ae er » in the Pacific and Australasia, including 4 in the Paumotu Archi-

pelago not yet published.

Sess pei, F5 > in the Mediterranean.

a tets ere » inthe N. Atlantic.

44*

BQ PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

In collection I. only, were species from depths below 100 fathoms, viz. :—

Cyphocaris alicei, Chevreux.

Stegocephalus globosus, sp. 1.

Parandania boecki (Stebbing).

Stenopleura atlantica, Stebbing.

Chagosia gardineri, g. & sp. n.

Eusiropsis riisei, Stebbing.

All of these previously described have hitherto, so far as I know, only been found in

the Atlantic.

All necessary references will be found in Mr. T. R. R. Stebbing’s “ Amphipoda” of ‘ Das

‘Lierreich,’ a work absolutely indispensable to all workers in this subclass, and a model of

careful and accurate arrangement. I have followed this work in the descriptions of

species, the basipodite or first free joint being now called the 2nd joint instead of the 1st

as I have hitherto done.

The following species may be mentioned as interesting :—

Colomastix crassimanus (Heller).

This has generally been united with C. pusillus, Grube, a species not uncommon in

sponges on our own coasts, from which C. crassimanus is distinguished by the large

hands of the 2nd gnathopods in the adult male. This form has not, so far as I know,

been found in this country or anywhere north of the Mediterranean, and appears there-

fore to be entitled to rank as a distinct species, notwithstanding the similarity of the

females.

Eusiropsis riisei, Stebbing. ;

This species, described and beautifully figured by Mr. Stebbing in the ‘Transactions ’

(2nd ser. Zool. vol. vii.) of this Society, is remarkable for the structure of the last joints of

the pereeopods, which, instead of the nail-like form usual in the Amphipoda, resemble the

4. preceding joints. The specimen taken by Mr. Gardiner is probably the only one known,

besides the two in the Copenhagen Museum from which Mr. Stebbing’s description was

taken: if is fortunately in perfect preservation.

Chagosia gardineri, g. & sp. n.

Unfortunately there is only a single specimen of this, which I have assigned

provisionally to the fam. Calliopiide ; it differs, however, from other members of the

family in having the 3rd uropods uniramous. The mouth-organs have not been dissected,

as to have done so would have destroyed the character of the specimen.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA.

825

Collection.

i Distribution.

I, Il. II. |

Tribe GAMMARIDEA.

Fam. LystaNassip 2.

Amaryllis macrophthalma, Haswell...... a Ss Tasmania, Port Jackson, Straits of Magellan.

Cyphocaris alicet, Chevreux ......-...+- alae whe North Atlantic, between Azores and Canaries.

Lysianassa ceratina (A. O. Walker)...... oo: + tae x | European Seas, N. Atlantic, Ceylon.

L. cinghalensis (Stebbing)......-....-+ x . | Ceylon.

Ichnopus serricrus, sp. M. ...-+++-+++---- x

Fam. StneocePHALID®.

Stegocephalus globosus, sp. D... 1... se ++ 0s x

Parandania boecki (Stebbing) .......... < Off Pernambuco.

Fam. AMPELIscip®.

Ampelisca scabripes, A. O. Walker ...... se x Ceylon.

STAY. Sot cl SOO 6 Roa S DE Se oe x

Fam. Havstornp2.

Urothoé elegans, Bate ...........+.05+ x N. Atlantic, British area, &c.

Fam. Levucornom®.

Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abildgaard) ...... x x x | Cosmopolitan.

Uahornellv. A. O. Walker > eis cia ae : x | Ceylon, Paumotu Archipelago.

ta. istegocenas, A. O. Walker oi. 0. 5.0+ es x | Ceylon.

Fam. SrenorHorp #.

Stenothoé gallensis, A. O. Walker........ x x x | Ceylon.

Fam. CoLemastigip 2.

Colomastix crassimanus (Heller) ........ x | Mediterranean.

Fam. Synoprp%.

Synopia schecleana, Bovallius .......... x Tropical Atlantic and Pacific.

Fam. Catiioprip a,

Stenopleura atlantica, Stebbing.......... x Tropical Atlantic, Tristan da Cunha.

? Chagosia gardinert, g. & sp.n........0| x

Fam. Evstripa,

Eusiroides diplonyx, sp. 0. ....+.....05 Se

Eusiropsis riisei, Stebbing ............ x N. Atlantic.

Fam, Gaumarip#.

Parelasmopus suluensis (Dana) ........ x x x | Sulu Sea, Ceylon, Maldives. i

Melita fresnelii (Audouin) ............ x x x | Tropical coasts round the world.

Ceradocus rubro-maculatus (Stimpson) fas x .. | Australasia, Cape Agulhas, Ceylon, Maldives.

Mera inequipes (Costa) .............. x x x | Mediterranean, Ceylon, Maldives.

| H. brevipes, Chevreux

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fam, GamMarip& (con.).

Mera hamigera (Haswell)

MM tenelia|(Dane) 55.6 ees tisse ns ook

Elasmopus subcarinatus (Haswell)

Bo rapax Oates ects cee

E. insignis, Chevreux

Fi. serrula "ARO. Walker in oe ae

£. spinidactylus, Chevreux

20 wisinie = ena we

Fam, Drxaminip&.

Polycheria atolli, A. O. Walker

Fam. Tarrrripa.

Hyale macrodactyla, Stebbing ..........

Fam. Aor.

Lembos kerqueleni (Stebbing)

L. podoceroides, A. O. Walker ..........

Le Slentocharus: Apatite iacheine tee ee

Fam. Prorm.

Photis longicaudata (Bate & Westw.) ....

Eurystheus zeylanicus (A. O. Walker) ....

Li, GNONUPOPUE, ED: Deas see eis te

Leptocheirus pilosus, Zaddach

Chevalia avicule, A. O. Walker ........

Fam. AmpuirHomw®.

Aimphithoé intermedia, A. O. Walker ....

NPE MLODOIG PB) -\aia sha, = syle sc) tc o.cik Peasiele eveys

Paragrubia vorax, Cheyreux

Fam. Jassip&.

| Bruzeliella falcata (Montagu) ..........

Fam. Coropnip.

Ericthonius brasiliensis (Dana)..........

_ Corophium bonnellii (Milne-Edwards) ... .

Fam. Popocrrip®.

Podocerus synaptocheir (A. O. Walker) ..

Fam. Carreviip2.

Capreila stmia, Mayer ................

Collection.

Distribution.

ue Ill.

ae x | East Australia.

x . | Fiji Islands, Ceylon.

Ls .. | Australia and N. Zealand, Ceylon.

x x | Mediterranean, N. Atlantic, Maldives.

tk .. | Seychelles.

~ x | Ceylon.

+. Paumotu Archipelago,

x Maldives.

.. | Trop. Atlantic (St. Thomas, Rio de Janeiro).

x | Seychelles.

x :¥ Kerguelen I.

. x | Ceylon, Maldives, Paumotu Archipelago.

x x

x N. Atlantic, Ceylon.

& .. | Ceylon, Maldives.

x Xx y x 4

x Baltic, N. Atlantic, Mediterranean.

af Ceylon.

x x | Ceylon, Maldives, Paumotu Arch. (Chevr.).

ah | Seychelles, Maldives.

x Probably cosmopolitan.

European Seas, North and Tropical Atlantic,

- x Ceylon.

N. Atlantic, Tropica] Atlantic and Pacific,

*s Mediterranean. :

x x Ceylon.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA, 327

Genus AMARYLLIS, Haswell, 1880.

1. Amaryllis macrophthalma, Hasw.

Il. Wasin, 7 fms. and 10 fms. (mud). Length of female 9 mm.

Genus CYPHOCARIS, Boeck, 1871.

2. Cyphocaris alécei, Chevreux, 1905.

? Cyphocaris challengeri, Stebbing.

I. N.W. of Desroches Atoll: Plankton, kk, 300 fms., one 3 mm.; xv, 200 fms, many,

15 mm.

M. Chevreux, in comparing his species with C. challengeri, lays stress on the

absence in the latter of the hood over the head, formed by the projecting 1st segment,

and the presence of teeth on the upper margin of the long process, directed backward,

of the 2nd joint of the 3rd pereeopods. As regards@he former, Chevreux is correct in

saying that the young have the hood (which appears to be wanting in C. challengeri),

but the teeth on the process are present in the small specimen though not in the large.

It is therefore an open question whether these two species are identical or net.

Genus LYSIANASSA, H. M.-Edwards, 1830.

3. Lysianassa ceratina (A. O, Walker).

1887. Lysianassa longicornis, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, p. 294.

1889. Lysianax ceratinus, A. O. Walker, Proc. Biol. Sec. Liverpool, vol. iii. p. 200, pl. 10.

1893. Lysianax longicornis, Chevr. & Bouvier, Ann. d. Sci. Nat. p. 111.

1893. Lysianaz longicornis, Della Valle, Fauna &c, Golf. Neapel, Gammarini, p. 790 (part.).

1893. Lysianazx bispinosus, Della Valle, Fauna &c. Golf. Neapel, Gammarini, p. 792.

1895. Lysianax longicornis, A. O. Walker, Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vol. ix. p. 291.

1896. Lysianax longicornis, A. O. Walker, Rep. Brit. Assoc. p. 438.

1896. Lysianazx longicornis, A. O. Walker & Hornelli, Report on Schizopoda &c. of the Channel

Islands, Journal of Marine Zoology, vol. ii. p. 52.

1897. Lysianax ceratinus, A. O. Walker, Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vol. xi. pp. 166, 171.

1900. Lysianaz ceratinus, Chevreux, Résult. Scient. Campagnes de VHirondelle, p. 16, pl. 5.

fig. 1.

1900. Lysianax ceratinus, A. M. Norman, Aun. & Mag. N. H. (7) vol. v. p. 143.

1906. Lysianax ceratinus, A. M. Norman & T. Scott, Crust. of Devon and Cornwall, p. 56.

1906. Lysianassa longicornis, T. R. R. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Amphipoda Gammaridea, p. 39

(part.).

II. Wasin, Brit. E. Africa; 10 fms. mud; 3 2, 2 young. Length 7°5 mm.

III. Suakim Harbour &c., 3 or 4.

The above species, which I united with L. dongicornis, Lucas, m Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., Feb. 1892, was separated again by Chevreux, who was better acquainted than |

with the true Z. Zongicornis, in 1900. In addition to the points of difference given by

this author, I may mention that, according to Mr. Stebbing (1906, /. c.), in L. longicornis

the eyes and flagella of the antenne are red and the telson apically rounded, while in

i. ceratina the eyes are always dark brown or black, the flageila almost colourless, and

528 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the telson truncate with the angles more or less rounded. In the last respect some

specimens approach L. cinghalensis, Stebbing, so closely that, not being able to detect

any other valid difference, I am compelled to doubt whether this species is distinct.

L. bispinosa (Della Valle) differs from JZ. ceratina only in the colouring of the

integument and (judging from the figure) the number of joints in the accessory

flagellum of ant.1, neither of which characters is of much value. Some of the specimens

taken in Ceylon (Amphipoda of Pearl Oyster Fisheries, p. 242), and named L. cinghalensis,

doubtless are this species.

The following synopsis of the species may be useful :—

Synopsis of Lysianassa.

Eyes red or red-brown, often fading in spirit . 2.

pees dark brown or black, not fading in spirit 4.

ms Telson squared apically with a central notch . L. punctata (Costa).

“*| Telson apically elliptical 3 3.

Hind angle of pleon segment 3 sche a pféniinent distal eobthh

3.4 on the Ist joint of ant. 1 : : L. longicornis, Lucas.

Hind angle of pleon segment 3 uphipaed and acute L. plumosa, Boeck.

Hind angle of pleon segment 3 rounded 5.

2 Hind angle of pleon segment 3 upturned . L. variegata (Stimpson).

{ Telson apically elliptical 6.

¥ |v Telson apically truncate . : F The

Palm of 6th joint of 2nd gnathopod Pe concave L. celochir (A. O. W.).

2 ee of 6th joint of 2nd gnathopod not deeply concave : L. cinghalensis (Stebb.).

Antenna 1: Ist joint smooth; inner ramus of 2nd uropod dilated . L. cubensis (Stebbing).

“aes Antenna 1: Ist joint with 2 short apical teeth . L. ceratina (A. O. W.).

4. Lysianassa cinghalensis (Stebbing).

J. Amirante I.: Plankton, gg, surface. One male 4 mm.

Genus ICHNOPUS, A. Costa, 1853.

5. Ichnopus serricrus, sp.n. (Plate 48. fig. 1.)

J. Amirante: dredged E 10, 22-85 fms.: one ¢. Coco I., Cargados: Plankton, ¢,

surface: one ¢.

Head longer than segment 1. Lateral angles produced, rounded.

Pleon segment 3: hind margin convex, lower almost straight with a small tooth at

the hind angle.

Eyes very large, almost meeting above, elongate-reniform, dark.

Ant. 1 reaching to seg. 5: 1st joint with a distal tooth below; flagellum more than 4

times as long as peduncle, with 25 calceoliferous joints ; accessory flagellum longer than

peduncle, 9-jointed.

Ant. 2. Upper margin of the 2nd joint produced: flagellum about as long as the

animal, without calceoli.

Gnathopod 1. Side plates rather deeper than the width at the bottom, front margin

concave. Second joint rather wider than the 3rd, which is subequal in length and width to

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA. 329

the 5th, which is rather longer than the 6th and finely setose on the hind margin; 6th

joint (hand) tapering to the base of the dactylus, sparsely setose. Dactylus bifid, with

a comb-like process at the base.

Pereeopod 8. Second joint narrowing downwards, the lower two-thirds of the hind margin

deeply serrate, with setules between the teeth; 3rd and 4th joints short, 4th wide.

Per. 4. Hind margin of 2nd joint concave below the middle, produced downwards,

moderately serrate ; 4th joint narrower than in per. 8.

Per. 5. Hind margin somewhat convex, produced downwards, slightly serrate ; 4th

joint narrower than in per. 4.

Uropod 1 reaching the end of uropod 3, peduncle longer than rami, outer ramus

slightly the longer.

Ur. 2 not reaching the end of ur. 3, structure as in J. taurus.

Ur. 3. Peduncle subequal to rami, stout, with 4 spines on the distal half of the upper

margin ; inner ramus rather shorter than outer (fig.), the 2nd joint almost as long as

the Ist, with a curved spine at its base.

Telson cleft three-fourths of its length; ends of the divisions truncate with rounded

angles without distal spine or notch (fig ).

Length of male 8-9 mm.

This species may be easily recognized by the deeply serrate hind margin of perzeopods

3 and the structure of the telson; in other respects it resembles J. tawrus, Costa, as

figured by Della Valle.

Genus STEGOCEPHALUS, Boeck.

6. Stegocephalus globosus, sp.n. (Plate 42. fig. 2.)

I. Farquhar: Plankton, s, 250-750 fms.: two. Desroches: Plankton, k&, 250 fms. :

several,

Rostrum small. Mesosome very tumid, the first 4 side-plates fully twice as deep as

the segments, with sharp lower angles, concealing all the legs except per. 5: the 1st is

triangular; 2nd and 3rd narrow above and widening below; 4th subequal in width to

the preceding 3 united ; the margins fit accurately together and, the segments being

bent inwards below, form a complete protection to all but the last pair of perzeopods.

The lower outline forms almost a perfect semicircle.

The hind epimeral angle of pleon segment 3 is bluntly quadrate.

Eyes obscure.

Ant. 1 considerably shorter than ant. 2; peduncle subequal to the Ist joint of the

flagellum ; this is 7-jointed, the 1st joint longer than the next 2 unitcd, the last 8 joints

long and slender. Accessory flagellum one-fourth as long as the Ist joint of the

flagellum, 1-jointed, with a long terminal seta.

Ant. 2 slender, Ist and 8rd joints subequal, 2nd shorter; flagellum 13-jointed, sub-

equal to the peduncle.

Mandibles: both cutting-edges of the left denticulate (fig. 2, M.).

Gnathopod 1. Second joint subequal to the rest of the limb; wrist longer and wider

SECOND SERiES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. ME

330 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

at the distal end than the simple hand, which tapers to the base of the dactylus and is

covered with slender spines (fig. 2, gz.1).

Gnathopod 2. Second joint subequal to the next 3; wrist subequal in length and

width to the hand, which is pyriform and spinous. Dactylus curved, about one-third the

length of the palm. Branchial vesicle expanded below.

Perzeopods land 2. Second joint rather wider than 4th and 5th; 6th subequal to 5th,

but much narrower (fig. 2, pp.! & pp.?).

Per. 3 and 4. Second joint narrow as in per. 1 and 2, which they resemble. The

side plate of per. 4 apparently consists of the 1st joint only as in S. christianiensis (fide

G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, pl.-70. fig. 2,p°). 6th joint longer than 4th and 5th united

(fig. 2, pp.*).

Per. 5 reaches to the end of the 4th joint of per. 4; hind margin of 2nd joint pro-

duced downwards and rounded below, smooth. Side plate small, quadrate (fig. 2, pp.’).

Uropod 1 extending beyond 2 and 8; peduncle rather longer than the outer ramus,

which is blunt at the point; inner ramus shorter than the outer, acute.

Ur. 2 smooth. Inner ramus longer than uropod 3; shorter than the outer, acute;

outer blunt.

Ur. 8 smooth. Rami much longer than the peduncle ; outer one-third longer than the

inner, curved outwards, blunt; inner straight, acute (fig. 2, T+-wp.°).

Telson wider than long, not quite reaching to the middle of the peduncle of uropod 8,

divided about one-third of its length (fig. 2, T+ wp.*).

Length of large specimen 12 mm.

This species is intermediate between Stegocephalus and Stegocephaloides, resembling

the former in the even curve of the hind and lower margins of the 4th side plate and the

7-jointed flagellum of ant. 1, and the latter in the long Ist joint of the flagellum and

especially in the narrow 2nd joint of perseopod 4. Although it does not harmonize

with either genus as restricted by G. O. Sars, yet it does with Stegocephalus as defined

both by Spence Bate (1862) and Boeck (1876). Kroyer’s description has been shown to

be erroneous. The great depth of the first 4 side plates and the peculiar structure of

the uropods are conspicucus characters.

Genus PARANDANLIA, Stebbing, 1899.

7. Parandania boecki (Stebbing).

I. Lat. 8° 16'S., long. 51° 26’ E.: Plankton, aa, 900 fms.: one. N.W. of Desroches :

Plankton, 750-0 fms.: two. Length 8-10 mm.

Agrees well with the ‘ Challenger’ description, except the rami of uropods 1 and 2,

which are not spinous, but finely pectinate on the inner margins.

Genus AMPELISCA, Kroyer, 1842.

8. Ampelisca scabripes, A. O. Walker,

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. One: length 4 mm.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA.

—_—

Genus BYBLIS, Boeck, 1871.

9. Byblis sp.

I. Salomon Atoll, 75 fms. Two, immature: length 7°5 and 4 mm.

The above could not be identified with any known species, but are too immature for

description. Ant. 1 reaches to the middle of the 8rd joint of the peduncle of ant. 2, of

which the 2nd and 8rd joints are subequal. The eyes are obscure. The telson is sub-

quadrate, wider than long, narrowly divided one-fourth of its length, the truncate ends

of the divisions spinulose. The hind margin of the 2nd joint of perzeopod 5 is rounded

below.

Genus UROTHOL, Dana, 1852.

10. Vrothoé elegans, Bate.

I. Providence, Plankton, z, surface, 8 or 9 males: length 4 mm.

The rose-colour on the bodies is well preserved in formic aldehyde.

Genus LEUCOTHOE, Leach, 1813.

11. Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abildgaard).

I. Praslin, weed: 4small. Amirante, 29fms.: Ismall. §S. de Malha, C1, 150 fms.,

in a Brachiopod: 1 2 ovigerous 13 mm.

Il. Wasin, mud, 10 fms.: 7, 2 ovig. 7°5 mm.

III. Suakim Harbour, sponges 2. Quay wall 1. Other Red Sea localities 5.

12. Leucothoé hornelli, A. O. Walker.

III. SS.‘ Fayoum.’ One: length 5:5 mm.

18. Leucothoé stegoceras, A. O. Walker.

III. Suez Bay. One: length 7 mm.

Genus STENOTHOE, Dana, 1852.

14, Stenothoé gallensis, A. O. Walker.

I. Amirante I., dredged, E14, 36 fms. Four: ¢ 4mm., 2? 3 mm.

If. Zanzibar: many.

III. “From Barnacles I.” Five small ovigerous females: length 2-3 mm.

SS. ‘Fayoum.’ Several small.

By an unfortunate error in the Amphipoda of the ‘ Pearl Fisheries’ the 4th perzeopod

in this species was described as the 8rd, which has the 2nd joint as narrow as in

pereeopods 1 and 2. This is the more regrettable as it is perhaps the most important

difference between this species and S. valida, Dana.

The very small form “from Barnacles”’ possibly does not belong to this species, the

female having a small tooth on the palmar margin near the dactylus as descrihed in

S. valida; unfortunately there is no male.

45*

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus COLOMASTIX, Grube, 1861.

15. Colomastix crassimanus (Heller).

III. Suakim Harbour: sponges. One ¢, one @.

Length of ¢ 5mm., 2 4mm.

This form has hitherto been regarded as the adult male of C. puséllus, Grube, because

the female agrees with that species. As, however, it has never been recorded from

the British area, where C. pusillus is not uncommon, or from the Atlantic coast of

France, it is probable that these species (like Seba &c.) differ only in the males, and I

have therefore revived Heller’s name. The sexual differences are not confined to

gnathopod 2: in the male the joints of all the perzeopods are swollen, gnathopod 1 is

atrophied (Della Valle) or wanting (Heller); the outer ramus of uropod 1 is peculiarly

formed and the inner ramus of uropod 3 very wide. In the above specimen the palm

of gnathopod 2 has only two teeth instead of 3 as figured by Heller and Della Valle, but

this isa variable character ; the 6th joints of the pereeopods are pyriform and smooth, and

the dactyli very small. C. hamifer, Kossmann, is probably identical with the above, as

the palmar teeth of gnathopod 2 are difficult to see.

Genus SYNOPIA, Dana, 1852.

16. Synopia scheeleana, Bovallius.

I. Salomon Atoll, Q, seven. Cargados,g. Amirante, gg. Surface Plankton.

Length 3-4 mm.

Genus STENOPLEURA, Stebbing, 1888.

17. Stenopleura atlantica, Stebbing.

1. N. of Chagos, B, 50 fms.: one. N-.E. Gt. Chagos Bank, L, 125 fms.: one young.

8. by E. of Farquhar, s, 500-750 fms.: one ¢, length 5 mm. N.W. of Desroches,

kk, 150 fms.: one. All Plankton.

Perzeopod 5 (broken in the ‘ Challenger’ specimen) is much longer than per. 4.

Genus CHAGOSIA, gen. n.

Body rather broad.

Head much deeper than the body, buccal mass and maxillipeds prominent.

Side plates not as deep as the segments.

Antenna 1 much shorter than ant. 2; peduncle short ; flagellum long and tapering.

Gnathopods with narrow, subchelate, 6th joints; gnath. 2 resembling but longer

than 1.

Uropod 3 uniramous.

Telson long, deeply notched, the divisions dehiscent.

This genus, represented by a single specimen, is provisionally placed under Calliopiide,

with which, so far as can be judged without dissection, it has the most affinity.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA. 300

18. Chagosia gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 42. fig. 3.)

I. Between Peros and Salomon Atoll, dredged from 600 fms. One female.

Head produced as a short hood covering the base of the antenne. Eyes

rudimentary.

Antenna 1: Ist joint longer than 2nd and 38rd united, widening distally and produced

below in a truncate setiferous tooth; 2nd and 3rd joints subequal, and produced below

like the Ist; the 3rd subequal to the 1st joint of the flagellum, which has 30 joints and

is about 4 times as long as the peduncle. Accessory flagellum shorter than the Ist joint

of the flagellum, 1-jointed, truncate.

Antenna 2: Ist joint short, produced above; 2ndand 8rd subequal, the 2nd extending

beyond the end of the peduncle of ant. 1; flagellum tapering, extremely slender towards

the end, about 4 times as long as the peduncle.

Mouth-organs not examined.

Maxillipeds large and prominent; outer plates large, reaching beyond the end of the

wide 2nd joint of the palp; 4th joint (nail) almost as long as the 8rd, acute, serrate.

Gnathopods 1 and 2 apparently spring from the base of the maxillipeds; the joints

narrow, wrist longer than, and produced beneath almost to the middle of the hand, of

which the margins are subparallel; palm obliquely transverse, spinulose: the front

margin extends beyond the base of the dactylus ; this-is longer than the palm and

serrate, Side plate of 1 much expanded below, with intra-marginal sete; that of 2

narrowed and rounded below (fig. 3, gz.) & gn.?).

Perzeopods 1 and 2: second joints narrow, 4th, 5th, and 6th increasing in length

successively, with a few scabrous spines and plumose sete. Dactyli nearly half as long

as the 6th joints, with 3 pairs of divergent spines on the concave margin.

Perezopods 3-5: second joints oblong, that of 5th widest; hind margins smooth,

rounded below.

Uropods 1 and 2: rami lanceolate, longer than peduncles, the outer the shorter; both

edged with very small submarginal spines; the 1st pair extending beyond the 2nd and

almost to the end of the 3rd (fig. 3, wr.).

Uropod 3: ramus lanceolate and acute, 4 times as long as the peduncle, with small

submarginal spines and a few longer ones on the inner margin (fig. 3, wr.).

Telson reaching much beyond the end of the peduncle of uropod 38, deeply emarginate

(fig. 3, w7.).

Genus EUSIROIDES, Stebbing, 1888.

19. Husiroides diplonyx, sp.n. (Plate 438. fig. 4.)

I. Coetivy. Three.

Differs from 2. monoculoides (Haswell) as follows :—

Pleon segments have no dorsal teeth ; the 3rd has the hind and lower margins slightly

convex, the hind with 3 small teeth above the subrectangular posterior angle.

Pereopods 1 and 2 have a rather long curved spine at the base of and parallel to the

dactylus (fig. 4, pp.”): hence the specific name.

304 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The rami of uropod 3 have long plumose set on their inner margins.

The telson is cleft beyond the middle; ends of the divisions truncate.

Length of female described 6 mm.

Genus EUSIROPSIS, Stebbing, 1897.

20. Husiropsis riisei, Stebbing.

I. N.W. of Desroches Atoll, Plankton, mm, 400 fms. One: length 11 mm.

The specimen, which was in very perfect condition, was not dissected, but, as far as

could be seen, differed from Mr. Stebbing’s description only as follows :—

Eyes rather small, round, diameter about equal to the base of ant. 2; ocelli distinct.

The preservation of these is probably due to the specimen being in formalin.

Antennal. The 2nd joint distally produced above and below in sharp teeth: the

flagellum is terminated by a straight simple seta and a longer divergent plumose one.

This was broken off in the type.

Genus PARELASMOPUS, Stebbing, 1888.

21. Parelasmopus suluensis (Dana).

I. Praslin Reef. One ¢.

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms.: fourteen. Wasin,7fms.: four. Length of female 10 mm.

III. “ Mud, Crust. and Shells.” Several.

In the last of these is a form with the dactylus of gnath. 2 ¢ blunt at the point.

Genus MELITA, Leach, 1813-14.

22. Melita fresnelit (Audouin).

I. Amirante, E 14, 36 fms.: three. Cargados Carajos, B 25, 22 fms.: four small.

9 35 mm.

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. Many: length 5 mm.

III. Suakim Harbour, 5 fms.

Genus CERADOCUS, Costa, 1853.

23. Ceradocus rubro-maculatus (Stimpson).

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. Two: length 6 mm.

Genus MRA, Leach, 1813-14.

24. Mera inequipes (Costa).

IT. Egmont, Lagoon &c.: four. Praslin, reef &c.: many. Coetivy: several.

Cargados Carajos: a few.

IT. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. Three.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA. 305

III. Suez Canal entrance: three. Suakim Harbour &e.

A female with ova from Egmont measured only 4 mm., while one from Praslin

measured 7°5 mm.

25. Mera hamigera, Haswell. (Plate 48. fig. 5.)

III. Suez, among coral: one ¢, length 7 mm. Khor Dongola: one ¢.

Pleon segment 3: hind margin irregularly serrate, the angle acute and produced

(fig. 5, pl.%).

Antenna 2 considerably longer than peduncle of ant. 1; flagellum 9-jointed.

Maxilla 1: inner plate with 3 sete.

Gnathopod 1: side plate produced anteriorly, acute.

Gnathopod 2: right hand smaller than left: dactylus in both acute (fig. 5, gn.?).

Uropods 1 and 2 reaching a little beyond the end of peduncle of ur. 3.

Otherwise agreeing with Haswell’s description.

26. Mera tenella (Dana).

bE Wasin.. ‘Three:

To the description in Herdman’s ‘ Pearl Fisheries, Amphipoda, must be added :—

Uropods. In a young specimen there is only 1 postero-dorsal tooth instead of 3, and

the tooth on the 2nd segment is minute.

Mandible contorted ; joints of palp straight, 2nd the longest.

Maxilla 1: inner plate with 2 sete and a setule.

Perzeopod 3 reaches a little beyond the 5th joint of per. 4; 2nd joint more than twice

as long as wide, as long as 4th and 5th united, margins straight, narrowing slightly

below, hind margin faintly serrate.

Pereeopod 4 rather longer than per. 5; 2nd joint wider than that of per. 3 and more

distinctly serrate.

Perzeopod 5: hind margin of 2nd joint strongly serrate.

Length 7 mm.

All the perzeopods are more slender than in MV. inequipes, and the dactyli of per. 1

and 2 want the secondary tooth on their inner margin as in the latter species.

Genus ELASMOPUS, Costa, 1853.

27. Hlasmopus subcarinatus (Haswell).

I. Cargados, B 25, 22 fms. Thirteen: length of ¢ 5 mm.

Gnathopod 2 ¢. The wrist and hand have an inflated appearance and are almost

naked. It appears to be the form described by Chilton (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,

vol. ix. part 4) under Mera petriei, which he identifies with this species ; it is probably

a condition of immaturity.

28. Hlasmopus rapax, Costa.

I. Coetivy: several. Amirante: five. Diego Garcia: three.

II. Zanzibar. Two g, length 7°5 mm.

III. Red Sea (no locality): afew. Suez, coral: several. Suakim Harbour: one.

396 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

29. Blasmopus insignis, Chevreux.

I, Egmont Reef. Three: length of male 9 mm.

30. Elasmopus serrula, A. O. Walker.

II. Zanzibar, 1901. Many, mostly immature: length of ¢ 7 mm., 2 with ova

4. mm.

TIT. Suez: among Corals. Two.

In addition to the characters given in the description of this species (‘ Report on

Pearl Oyster Fisheries, 1904: Amphipoda, p. 277, pl. viii. fig. 37), attention may be

called to the hairiness of the antennze and the shortness of the uropods, the telson, viewed

sideways in the whole animal, reaching almost to the end of the rami of uropod 3.

It is a question whether this can be considered more than a variety of HL. rapax.

31. Hlasmopus spinidactylus, Chevreux.

Elasmopus spinidactylus, Chevy. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 1907, No. 6, p. 412.

e) 53 » Mém. Soe. Zool. de France, 20° année, 1907, No.4 (juin 1908) p. 486.

J. Egmont and Praslin Reefs. Several.

Female.

Head : lateral lobe flattened in front.

Side plate 1 small, rhomboidal, front margin straight; 2 irregularly subquadrate ;

5 three times as wide as deep.

Pleon segment 3: hind margin convex, obscurely serrate; lower margin straight ;

posterior angle a little produced and upturned, subacute.

Byes dark, irregularly oval, smaller than diameter of 1st joint of ant. 1.

Antenna 1 reaching 5th segment; flagellum 14-jointed, a little shorter than the

peduncle; both very setose. Accessory flagellum 2-jointed.

Ant. 2 barely reaching the end of the peduncle of ant. 1; flagellum 7-jointed.

Mouth-organs and maxillipeds normal as in /#. rapaa.

Gnathopod 1 less than half as large as gnathopod 2; hand longer than wrist, hind

margin evenly curved, palm undefined.

Gnathopod 2. Second joint 3 the length of the hand, longer than the next 3 united ;

wrist short, produced along the front margin of the hand; this is broadly ovate, almost

as large as in the male; palm ill-defined, uneven, densely setose. Dactylus reaching the

middle of the hind margin. In the male the ovate hand has the outer side of the setose

palm, near its proximal end, furnished with a strong recurved tooth, behind, or inside,

which is a hollow in which the point of the dactylus fits; a spinous ridge between the

tooth and the base of the dactylus.

Perzeopods 1 and 2: 1 is stronger than 2; 2nd joint rather narrow, widest near the

middle, as long as the next 8. Dactylus with 3 tooth-like spines, increasing in length

distally, on the concave margin: it appears to be hollow near the extreme point, which

is terminated by a minute knob.

Perzeopod 3: second joint with the front margin somewhat produced downwards ;

hind margin obscurely serrate, the posterior angle with a notch just above it. Dactylus

as in per. 1 and 2.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA. 337

Perzeopods 4 and 5 subequal, nearly twice as long as per. 8; 4 with hind margin of

2nd joint slightly concave; in 5 very convex, obscurely serrate. Dactyli powerful,

with 5 spines.

Uropod 3 extending beyond 2, the outer ramus twice as long as the inner and sub-

equal to the peduncle, with a cluster of spines on the outer margin.

Telson hardly as long as the peduncle of uropod 3, wider than long, deeply cleft, ends

of divisions squarely truncate with rounded angles and 3 long submarginal spines.

Length of male 6 mm.

This species may be easily recognized by the pectinate dactyli of the pereeopods and

the large gnathopods 2 in the female: also the peculiar form of the hand in gnathopod 2

of the male. In one specimen there is a kind of tumour on both of these.

The above was written before I received the description which M. Chevreux was good

enough to send me.

Genus POLYCHERIA, Haswell, 1879.

32. Polycheria atolli, A. O. Walker.

I. Egmont Lagoon. Two ¢,one @: length 3:5 mm.

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. Several.

The chief difference between this species and P. antarctica (Stebbing) is in the form

of the last joint of the palp in maxilla 1, which tapers almost to a point in the latter,

while it is squarely truncate in P. atoll.

Genus HYALE, Rathke, 1837.

33. Hyale macrodacty la, Stebbing.

I. Egmont reef and lagoon: several. Praslinreef: several. Coetivy: afew. Length

of female 5 mm.

This is the form described by Chevreux from the Seychelles.

34. Hyale brevipes, Chevreux.

Hyale nilssoni, A. O. Walker, Nat. Hist. Sokotra &c. 1903, p. 219, pl. xiv. a, figs. 3, and Reporu of

Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Amphipoda, 1904, p. 238.

III. (No locality.) Several, ¢, 2, and young: length 5 mm.

Genus LEMBOS, Bate.

35. Lembos kergueleni (Stebbing). (Plate 48. fig. 6.)

I. Cargados, B 25, 22 fms. Three imperfect.

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. ‘Twelve.

Antenna 1 (wanting in the ‘ Challenger’ specimen) much longer than ant. 2, about

as long as two-thirds of the animal, slender; 2nd joint much longer than the Ist and

three times as long as the 3rd; flagellum has more than 21 joints ; accessory flagellum

6-jointed, reaching beyond the end of the 6th joint of the flagellum.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 46

308 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Gnathopod 1 ¢: hand three times as leng as wrist, hind margin longer than palm,

which is defined by a blunt, everted tooth, setose on the side; behind this is a large sinus

followed by a prominent flat-topped tooth. Dactylus swollen near the middle, not

serrate (Fig. also of gn.! 9 .)

Perropod 3 short, with a strong distal spine on the 5th joint directed downwards.

Perzeopods 4 and 5: the 2nd joints wider than in the ‘ Challenger’ specimen.

Uropod 3: outer ramus rather shorter and less spinous than the inner.

Length of female (Wasin) 7 mm.

The ‘ Challenger’ specimen was probably immature; the differences indicated above

are hardly enough to justify the creation of a new species, though it is quite possible

that an adult male from Kerguelen might be perfectly distinct from the above.

36. Lembos podoceroides, A. O. Walker.

III. Mud. Several, mostly small females (some with ova) and young. Length of

largest female 5 mm.

The form of the hand of gnathopod 1 varies considerably both in males and females.

37. Lembos leptocheirus, sp.n. (Plate 48. fig. 7.)

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. One male.

III. Buoy, canal entrance, Suez: one female. Mud: one female.

Female (Suez).

Head subequal to the first 2 segments united; mesosome segments increasing in

length successively; 3rd pleon segment rounded behind; 4th longer than 5th and

6th united.

Eyes large, dark, wide-oval.

Antenna 1 longer than 2. Accessory flagellum 4-jointed, reaching the middle of the

4th joint of the 11-jointed slender flagellum and longer than the Jast joint of peduncle.

Ant. 2 stout, 2nd and 8rd joints subequal, the latter longer than the 5-jointed

peduncle. ;

Gnathopod 1: side plate small, rhomboidal. Second joint naked, narrower and longer

than the wrist, shorter than the hand; 3rd and 4th sparsely setose; wrist half as long

as the hand, hind margin densely setose, the setze about as long as the width of the

hand, front margin naked; hand widening a little distally, front margin convex, hind

crenate and moderately setose; palm convex and obliquely transverse, about one-third of

the length of the hind margin, defined by a spine, finely denticulate and shorter than the

serrate dactylus (fig. 7,gz.!). Inthe male the side plate is produced in front in an acute

angle. Second joint stout, naked, a little longer than and about as wide as the wrist ; this

is as long as the 3rd and 4th joints united and half as long as the hand, the hind margin

convex, not produced beyond the hand and densely setose, the setze increasing in length

distally: front margin of hand convex, with rows of sets near distal end, hind margin

straight with fascicles of sete ; palm subequal to the hind margin, oblique, defined by a

strong sharp tooth, followed by a deep semicircular sinus and a rather large flat-topped

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDRFA. 309

prominence. Dactylus as long as the palm, with a cavity in the swollen base into which

the prominence fits when closed (fig. 7, gu.').

Gnathopod 2: side plate subangular in front, scarcely deeper than the segment.

Second joint naked, subequal to the next 3 united and to the hand, but wider than the

last; 4th joint produced under the 5th, with long sete on the ovate distal margin; wrist

much wider and rather shorter than the long narrow hand, both furnished on the

hind surface with long plumose set; palm small but distinct, oblique, irregular, and

subequal to the serrate finger (fig. 7, gn.”). This limb much resembles gnathopod 2 in

Leptocheirus, Zadd.

Perzeopods 1 and 2. Second joint rather longer than 4th and 5th united, which are

subequal in length and a little narrower than the 2nd; dactylus rather shorter than 6th

joint. The whole almost naked.

Perzeopod 3 turned up; 2nd joint twice as long as wide, convex in front, slightly

convex behind; 4th, 5th, and 6th joints widening distally ; 5th joint longer than 4th.

Perzeopod 4 longer than 3; 4th joint longer than 5th.

Per. 5 much longer and more slender than 4; 4th and 5th joints subequal; hind

margin of 2nd joint fringed with long plumose sete.

Uropod 8: rami subequal to the peduncle and to each other (fig. 7, w7.).

Telson seen sideways is roof-shaped, divided along its ridge to the base, with an upright

spine on each division (fig. 7).

Length 3°5 mm.

Though the specimens are from different localities, yet I have no doubt of their specific

identity. The peculiar gnathopod 2 and telson are sufficient to distinguish it *.

Genus PHOTIS, Kroyer, 1842.

38. Photis longicaudatus (Bate & Westw.).

I. Amirante, E 9, 34 fms.: several. Cargados, B 25, 22 fms.: five.

Il. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. One 2 ov.

Length of female with ova 3 mm.

Genus HURYSTHEUS, Bate, 1857.

39. Hurystheus zeylanicus ft (A. O. Walker).

Gammaropsis zeylanicus, A. O. Walker.

Gammaropsis gardineri, A. O. Walker, young 3.

I. Egmont, breaker zone: one. Praslin Reef. Coetivy. Amirante. Cargados.

Length of ¢ from Coetivy 4 mm.

* Canon A. M. Norman, F.R.S., has called my attention to the resemblance of gnathopod 2 to the same member

in his genus Ooremapus, from which, however, it differs in the hand of gnathopod 1 in the male.-—May 25, 1908.

+ Since this paper was read Mr. Stebbing has published a description (Annals of the 8. African Mus. vol. vi.

pt. i. p. 86, pl. xl. B) of the male of his Hurystheus (Gammaropsis) atlanticus (Chall. Report, p. 1101, pl. 114).

As E. zeylanicus appears to be a very variable species, especially as regards the hand of the 2nd gnathopod, I now

consider that it ought to be united to Z. atlanticus (Stebbing).—May 25, 1908.

4.6*

340 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

40. Burystheus monuropus, sp.n. (Plate 48. fig. 8.)

I. Praslin Reef. Coetivy. Amirante, 25-34 fms.

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. 6 2.

III. Suakim Harbour, sponges; 5 fms. Two.

Female.

Head: subequal to the first 2 segments; lateral lobe moderately produced, obtusely

angular, and almost filled by the large, red, oval eye.

Third pleon segment rounded behind, the lower margin convex; 4th segment

depressed in front; 2 stiff dorsal setee near the hind margin of this and 5th segment.

Ant. 1 and 2 subequal, setose, and rather more than half as long as the whole animal.

Ant. 1: 2nd joint the longest ; flagellum 10-13-jointed, shorter than the 2nd and 8rd

joints of the peduncle united. Accessory flagellum 5-jointed; 4th the longest, 5th

minute.

Ant. 2: 2nd and 8rd joints subequal ; flagellum 18-jointed, rather longer than the 3rd

and terminated by 2 curved spines.

Mouth-organs normal.

Gnathopod 1: side plate rather small, produced in an acute but blunted angle, the

margins with long setee. Limb as in Z. maculatus (Johnston).

Gnathopod 2: ‘side plate rather small, rounded below. Second joint stout, rather

shorter than the hand; wrist about half as long as the hand, subacutely produced

behind, with long sete ; hand subovate, the palm rather longer than the rest of the hind

margin, defined by a short blunt tooth, with another tooth between it and the base of the

dactylus ; front and hind margins setose. Dactylus as long as the palm, not over-

lapping, but slightly curved (fig. 8, gn.” 2 ).

In the male the side plate is narrowed in front with the angle rounded. The second

joint stout, about 3 as long as the hand; wrist very short and carpal process very

narrow; hand, width to length as 2: 8, palm subequal to the rest of the hind margin,

with 2 very acute teeth situated as in the female. Dactylus moderately stout and

curved, the point meeting that of the defining tooth (fig. 8, gu.’ ¢ ).

Perseopod 3 shorter than gnathopod 2 and upturned; 2nd joint wide-oval ; 4th and

5th together subequal to 6th, but twice as wide; 4th longer than 5th, which is

subquadrate; these 2 joints and the front margin of the 2nd are clothed with very long

plumose sete. Dactylus strong, swollen near the base (fig, 8, pp.? 2 ).

Perzeopod 4 like per. 3, but longer in all its parts.

Perseopod 5 much longer and more slender than per. 4; dactylus not swollen at

the base.

Uropods 1 and 2: 1 extending beyond 2 and 2 beyond 3; rami in both subequal,

spinous, and shorter than the peduncles.

Uropod 3: peduncle short and tumid, subequal to outer ramus, which has 4 or 5 short

spines on the upper surface and 3 or 4 rather long unequal setze at the distal end of the

outer margin; inner ramus almost rudimentary, with a small terminal spine (fig. 8, -.).

elson wider than long, with a small spine at each angle (fig. 8, w7.).

Length of female with ova 7 mm.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDBEA. 341

Easily recognizable by the peculiar structure of uropod 3, which, under a low power,

appears to be uniramous, hence the specific name; also by the powerful gnathopod 2 in

the female. In the former character this species approaches the genus Photis and will

not fit into the Synopsis of the Photide (Tierreich, Amph. Gam. p. 603), but its well-

developed accessory flagellum and general form are nearer to Hurystheus. E. hirsutus,

Giles, appears to be very near this species, but there is no mention of the inequality of

the rami of uropod 3 in that author’s description.

Genus LEPTOCHEIRUS, Zaddach, 1844.

41. Leptocheirus pilosus, Zaddach.

. Protomedeia hirsutimana, Bate?, p. 402. E. Grube, Arch. Naturg. vol. xxxii. i. 1866,

. Protomedeia pilosa (Zadd.), p. 417 in dese. of rl pl. 10. fig. 2.

. Protomedeia pectinata, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1869, p. 283.

3a. Leptocheirus pilosus, Della Valle, Gamm. des Golfes Neap. p. 427, pl. 12. figs. 1-14.

4. Leptocheirus pilosus, A. O. Walker, Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soe. vol. ix. 1895, p. 310.

5. Leptocheirus pilosus, Chevreux, Camp. de l’Hirondelle, Amph. p. 90, pl. 11. fig. 2 (1900).

6. Leptocheirus pectinatus, Stebbing, Tierreich, p. 629 (1906).

owe

II. Wasin, mud, 10 fms. Two: length 3 mm.

The above agree with Della Valle’s figures, except that the anterior angle of side plate

is less produced and the last 2 pairs of perzeopods are stouter than figured. In both

these points the specimens resemble those taken at Port Erin, I. of Man.

I still hold by the opinion given in 1895 (4 swpra) and shared by Mons. Chevreux

(5 supra) that L. pectinatus, Norman, is identical with Z. pilosus, Zadd.; nor can I find

sufficient justification in the prolongation of the anterior angle of side plate 1 for

making a separate species (LZ. della vallei, Stebb.) of the form described and figured by

Della Valle as Z. pilosus. In the Wasin and I. of Man forms the angle of the side plate

appears to be about 45°.

Genus CHEV ALIA, A. O. Walker, 1904.

42. Chevalia aviculae, A. O. Walker.

I. S. de Malha, C16, 26 fms. One male: length 65 mm. Cargados, B 25,

22 fms. Two.

The male specimen differs from those from Ceylon in having the wrist in gnathopod

2 shorter in proportion to the hand and the front margin less rounded, As it is larger

it may be an older male than the Cinghalese examples.

Genus 4MPHITHOE, Leach, 1813.

43. Amphithoé intermedia, A. O. Walker.

I. Praslin reef. One.

II. Zanzibar. Several.

TII. Suez: several. Khor Dongola: six.

Length of female with ova 8 mm.

9 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

44, Amphithoé lobata, sp.n. (Plate 48. fig. 9.)

II. Wasin, 7 fms. Two.

Male.

Body stout; pleon segment 3 irregularly rounded behind.

Side plates about as deep as the segments: 1 produced in front to a blunted acute

angle; 2 oblong, deeper than wide, angles rounded.

Head nearly as long as the first 2 segments. Eye small, almost round, red.

Ant. 1 (wanting in ¢) in 2 more than half as long as the body; 1st joint rather

longer than the 2nd, which is 3 times as long as the 3rd; flagellum slender, 28-jointed,

the joints lengthening distally.

Ant. 2 shorter (in ?) than ant.1; 2nd joint rather longer than 3rd; flagellum

longer than peduncle, many-jointed, setose.

Mandibles have a 6-7-toothed tertiary cutting-edge, the teeth much larger than those

of the primary and secondary, above the molar process; 2nd and 8rd joints of palp

subequal, the terminal setze of the latter spinulose (fig. 9, M.).

Maxilla 1; inner plate with one seta.

Gnathopod 1. Second joint rather longer and narrower than the hand, distal end in

front furnished with a crenate border and lobe, both spiniferous ; the lobe reaches almost

to the end of the 8rd joint, which has a similar lobe without spines; the 4th joint is

produced behind in a blunted setose point extending as far as the broader carpal process ;

wrist shorter than the hand, process prominent, setose, front margin with 3 short

spines; hand about twice as long as wide, palm oblique, shorter than hind margin,

palmar angle rounded and succeeded by a shallow sinus. Dactylus as long as the palm,

inner edge closely serrulate and spinulose (fig. 9, gv.' ¢ ).

In the female (perhaps immature) the 4th joint is not produced behind, and the palm

of the hand is evenly convex and defined only by a spine.

Gnathopod 2 subequal to and resembling 1 both in ¢ and ?: in the ¢ the hand

has more and longer set, especially on the front margin.

Perzeopods 1 and 2: second joint more than twice as wide as 4th.

Pereopod 8 stout; 2nd joint wider near the top than deep, front margin with 5 spines.

Perzeopod 5: 2nd joint ovate, hind margin slightly serrate.

All the perzeopods are very sparsely setose.

Uropod 1: peduncle longer than rami, of which the outer is the longer.

Uropod 2: rami subequal, extending a little beyond uropod 1.

Uropod 8 as in A. rubricata (Mont.).

Telson has 4 or 5 stiff upright setee in a row, the largest near the distal end.

Length 7 mm.

The chitinous lobes on the 2nd and 3rd joints of the gnathopods and the peculiar

accessory cutting-edge of the mandibles characterize this species.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA. 345

wher

Genus PARAGRUBIA, Chevreux, 1901.

45. Paragrubia vorax, Chevreux.

I. Coetivy. Two males, one female. Length of large male 10°5 mm.

In the smaller male dissected the inner lobe of maxilla 1, which Chevreux was

unable to find, is present, but very small; it has one seta. In both males gnathopod 2

is smaller than gnathopod 1 as in Chevreux’s specimens, but, unlike them, has a concave

palm. ‘The superficial resemblance of the male Paragrubia vorax to the female Lembos

kergueleni is so great that they can only be distinguished by the difference in the form

of the mandibular palp and uropod 3.

Genus BRUZELIELLA, Norman, 1905.

46. Bruzeliella falcata (Montagu).

Podocerus falcatus (Montagu), auctorum.

Bruzeliella falcata (Montagu), Norman.

Jassa pulchella, Leach ; Stebbing, Tierreich, p. 654.

Il. Zanzibar. Three males, several females, and young.

Length of male 3°5 mm.

Genus ERICTHONIUS, Milne-Edwards, 1830.

47. Ericthonius brasiliensis (Dana).

I. Amirante, E11, 25-80 fms. Three.

II. Zanzibar. Two males, a few females, and young. Length of female 5 mm.

III. Suez. Several, mostly females. Length of male 4-5 mm,

Genus COROPHIUM, Latreille, 1806.

48. Corophium bonnellit, M.-Edwards.

III. Suez. Many, mostly females. From Barnacles, R. Three males, two females.

Length of female 4mm. Male 3 mm.

Genus PODOCERUS, Leach, 1813.

(= Platophium, auctorum.)

49. Podocerus synaptocheir (A. O. Walker).

II. Zanzibar. One adult and one young male; several females with ova,

length 3 mm., male 4°5 mm.

III. Suez, buoy, canal entrance; many.

344 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus CAPRELLA, Lamark, 1818.

50. Caprella simia, Mayer.

Caprella simia, Mayer, ‘ Siboga’ Exped., Caprellide, p. 123, pl. 5. fig. 31 & pl. 8. fig. 25.

I. Lat. 18° 09'S., long. 58° 26’ E.: Plankton, e, surface. One male, length 15 mm.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piate 42.

Fig. 2. Stegocephalus globosus, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Chagosia gardineri, sp. n.

Piate 43,

Fig. 1. Ichnopus serricrus, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Eusiroides diplonyx, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Mera hamigera, Haswell.

Fig. 6. Lembos kergueleni (Stebbing).

Fig. 7. Lembos leptocheirus, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Eurystheus monuropus, sp. u.

Fig. 9. Amphithoé lobata, sp. n.

Perey Srapen Trust Expepirion. Traws. Linn. Soc, SER. 2, Zoot Vou. Xll, PL.42

(WaLxER)

AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

PERCY OLADEN [RUST EXPEDITION.

. (Watker)

Bur.

AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA FROM

THE

iN DIAN

OCEAN,

Huth del. phot.et imp.

he. 5 aft > arr

ones wears

‘ a

es 2

oa ‘

‘/ it

“-

[ 345 ]

No. XIX.—THE STYLASTERINA OF THE INDIAN OCEAN. : EICAT.

By Sypnry J. Hickson, /.2.S., and Haren M. Enexannp, ISc., Avz6® : Ne

Victoria University of Manchester. . i bee

(Communicated by J. Stantry Garpiver, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.) | Bethy /:

wy, “as®: 3

(Plate 44.) XW 6

Read 4th June, 1908.

THE small collection of Stylasterina collected by Mr. Stanley Gardiner, F.R.S., presents

some features of interest.

A new species of Distichopora from deep water helps to bridge over the gap between

this genus and Sporadopora. A new species of Sporadopora is of interest, as it is the

first time since the discovery of the type species that the genus has been found. The

rediscovery of Spinipora echinata is of interest for the same reason.

The following is a list of the species in the collection :—

Stylaster eximius, Kent. 100 fms.

Stylaster minimus, H. & EK. 1-200 fms.

Stylaster, sp. 75 fms.

Allopora sp.? 6-120 fms.

Distichopora violacea, Pall. Shallow water.

Distichopora profunda, sp. n. 120-150 fms.

Sporadopora providentie, sp. nu. 125 fms.

Cryptohelia ramosa, H. & E. 120-150 fms.

Conopora tenuis, Moseley. 75-150 fms.

Conopora dura, sp.n. 125 fms.

Spinipora echinata, Moseley. 75 fms.

We may take this opportunity of stating that since the account of the genus Willepora

in the ‘Cambridge Natural History’ was written by one of us (H.) Mr. Gardiner has

recorded the occurrence of this coral in depths greater than 15 fathoms. He found it at

depths of 25 fathoms off Funafuti and at depths of 40-50 fathoms off the Maldives (1).

Genus STYLASTER.

1. Stylaster eximius, Kent, facies altus, H. & E.

Stylaster elegans (?), Duchassaing & Michelotti, Les Coral. des Antilles, Suppl. p. 68, pl. ix. fig, 4.

Stylaster eximius, Kent, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871.

Stylaster fac. altus, Hickson & England, Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. viii. p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1-3.

Several broken specimens, some in spirit and some dried, were obtained in 100 fathoms

off the coast of Mauritius. They resemble very closely the specimens of the species

obtained by the ‘ Siboga’ in the Malay Archipelago at depths of 27-54 metres. The dried

specimens are pale cream in colour.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 47

346 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

2. Stylaster minimus, H. & E.

Stylaster minimus, Hickson & England, Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. viii. p. 15, pl. ii. figs. 13 & 14,

Mauritius, A 1, 1-200 fathoms. One specimen.

This little specimen, 20 mm. in height and 22 mm. in width, resembles the type

specimen, except in the position of a few of the calices which are exposed on the

posterior surface.

3. Stylaster sp.?

A small “dead” fragment of another species was also obtained off Providence L.,

D7, 75 fms. It is too imperfect to be identified or described.

Genus ALLOPORA.

4. Allopora sp.?

Off Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, 60-120 fathoms.

A small white specimen, 24 mm. in height and 7 mm. in diameter at the base, dividing

dichotomously at the free extremity into two short branches, was obtained from this

locality. It may represent a new species, but it is too imperfect to describe.

The occurrence of the genus in this locality is of some interest, as it has not hitherto

been recorded in the Indian Ocean, although A. nobilis and A. oculina (sp.?) have been

described from the neighbourhood of the Cape of Good Hope. It is also noteworthy

that the rich collection of Stylasterina made by the ‘Siboga’ Expedition in the Malay

Archipelago contained no specimens of the genus.

Genus DISTICHOPORA.

5. Distichopora violacea, Pallas *.

The earliest description of a coral that can clearly be identified with this species is

given by Pallas, under the name MMillepora violacea. 'The locality for the species given

by him is “Mare Indicum unde cum Iside ocracea et Gorgonia suberosa promiscue

allatam habeo.” The Jsis ocracea of Pallas (6) is probably the species now known as

Melitodes ochracea, and the Gorgonia suberosa is now known as Suberogorgia suberosa.

Both these species have a wide distribution in the Indian Ocean, the waters of the

Malay Archipelago and of the Western Pacific islands. It is therefore impossible

to determine within the boundaries of this wide area where the type specimens came

from. All that does seem certain is that the type specimens were not West Indian and

most probably not Hawaiian.

In a previous paper (2) I have fully discussed the synonymy of this species, and I

have nothing further to add, except to confirm the view expressed that all the shallow-

water specimens of Distichopora I have examined from Torres Straits, the Malay

Archipelago, the coasts of Fiji, and from other islands of the 8. Pacific and of the Indian

Ocean belong to the one species, Distichopora violacea. I have not yet examined

* The description of this species is by 8. J. H. alone.

HICKSON AND ENGLAND.—STYLASTERINA. 347

with sufficient care the beautiful rose-coloured Distichoporas from Hawaii nor any

specimens from the West Indies, and I am therefore not prepared to say that they also

belong to the same widespread species; but Iam more firmly convinced, now that I

have examined Mr. Gardiner’s specimens from the Indian Ocean, that the colour is no

guide to specific distinction. In the Torres Straits, specimens of the species vary from

bright yellow, orange, and brown to violet and purple; and in the Indian Ocean we also

find white, yellow, orange, violet, and purple varieties. In some specimens from the

Praslin Reef the white varieties exhibit on the thicker branches a blush of pale violet,

and many of the purple specimens have nearly pure white tips to the branches, which

fade away into the purple colour of the main stems.

There seem to be no definitely correlated characters to give us any suggestion as to

the meaning of the differences in colour. In my former paper (2) on the specimens of

Distichopora violacea from the Torres Straits I suggested that the orange-coloured

colonies are usually juvenile and not sexually mature, that the brown colonies are older

and bear ampullz that are usually male, and that the violet and purple varieties are the

oldest and bear either male or female ampulle.

In these Indian Ocean forms I have found that the largest colonies are nearly all

purple or violet in colour, and bear ampullee some of which are certainly female. The

brown and blushed varieties are usually smaller, and bear ampullee which I believe to be

male. The white varieties are frequently the smallest colonies and are sometimes quite

immature. On the other hand, some of the white varieties do bear a few ampullz, some

of which I judge to be female, and some of the purple varieties are very small but

evidently sexually mature.

If, therefore, the conclusions I have arrived at are true, that the species is protandrous

and that the purple colour is the last of a series of colour-changes in growth, it is evident

that colour-change and the sexual condition are not closely correlated and that the

colour-change is not closely correlated with actual age.

The reason why I have expressed the opinion that some of the ampulle are male with

some doubt is that Miss England has recently made the interesting discovery that a

specimen from the Farquhar Atoll that she examined in section was hermaphrodite.

Not only are the colonies themselves hermaphrodite, but a single ampulla bears in some

instances both male and female sexual cells. This is the first time, I believe, that

hermaphroditism has been recorded in the Stylasterina. I have never seen another case

in all my preparations of the genera of this order, and I have not discovered yet any

method of distinguishing hermaphrodite ampulle from purely male or female ampull

without making sections of them. The ampullz, therefore, that I judge to be males by

the rough characters of the external features may prove to be hermaphrodite.

The specimens of Distichopora violacea from the Indian Ocean are, speaking generally,

rather small and delicate as compared with those from Torres Straits. To give

measurements of two examples of the largest colonies, I may record a purple variety

from Coetivy which is 40 mm. in width across the flabellum and 18 mm. in height, and

a white variety from the same bottle that is 28 mm. in height and 21 mm. in width.

A7*

348 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The terminal branches are oval in section, the diameters are about 3 mm. x 2°75 mm.

Specimens were sent to me from Coetivy, Praslin Reef, Egmont, and Farquhar Atoll.

In all cases they were obtained in shallow water.

6. Distichopora profunda, sp.n. (Plate 44. figs. 4, 5, 6, 7.)

Off Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, 120-150 fms. Two specimens, one “ dead.”

As far as can be ascertained from one of the small colonies obtained, the growth is

flabellate, the branches being very stout, obtuse, and flattened in the plane of the

flabellum. The thickest branch is 10 mm. x 4 mm. in diameter, while the base of the

main stem is 7 X 4mm. The colony is not old enough for it to be ascertained whether

the method of growth is dichotomous or anastomosing. ‘The colour is brownish white,

the surface is very rugose, recalling the structure of Sporadopora dichotoma, but as the

pits and furrows of the ccenenchym-canals are much deeper and larger they can be

easily seen without magnification. ‘The pores are confined chiefly to the lateral sides of

the branches, where there is generally a double row of gastropores bordered by a single

row of dactylopores on each side (‘4.‘2 mm. in diam.). The latter are usually horseshoe-

shaped, the outer edge slightly raised above the surface of the coral, the “open” end of

the horseshoe being turned towards the row of gastropores (figs. 5 & 6).

The dactylozooid is attached to the outer side of its pore and can be completely

retracted within it, the free end pointing inwards—that is to say, towards the gastropores.

Sometimes the line of pores is continued on to either of the surfaces of the coral ; there

may also occasionally be a few isolated pores (fig. 4), a gastropore with one or more

dactylopores near it upon the surface. The gastropores vary in size ; the larger ones are

05 mm. in diameter. In D. violacea they are rarely more than 0°3 mm. in diameter.

The arrangement of the gastropore-cavities is fan-shaped, as in D. violacea. 'The long

gastrostyle is brush-like at the tip. One important feature of this species is that

tabulze are common in the gastropores (fig. 7). The tabula do not occur in very young

(that is to say, shallow) gastropores, but more than one may be present in the older pores.

Moseley only describes tabule in Sporadopora aud Pliobothrus. We have found tabulee

also in Spinipora echinata (p. 353), another species which has very deep gastropores, and

on re-examining Déistichopora violacea we have found that they do occur in the older

gastropores of that species. In many of these there are several incomplete tabule—that

is to say, excrescences—from the wall of the pore that may or may not reach the

gastrostyle. These incipient tabula sometimes are seen in D. profunda (fig. 4).

In his discussion of the pedigree of the Stylasterina, Moseley (5) expressed the opinion

that Sporadopora is the most archaic genus, and that Distichopora is probably derived

from some form allied to Hrrina. One of the results of our investigations derived from

the study of the two new species Sporadopora providentiea and Distichopora profunda is

to show that the two genera are much more closely related than Moseley believed.

It must be observed, however, that there is a striking difference between the male

gonangium of Sporadopora and that of Distichopora. In the former there is a

well-marked elongated cylindrical spadix, in the latter there is none (¢f Moseley, pl. 3.,

and Hickson, 3. pl. 30. fig. 15).

HICKSON AND ENGLAND—STYLASTERINA. 349

The distinctive Characters of Distichopora profunda.

It is probable that there are many intermediate varieties to be found between our new

species and D. violacea, but, notwithstanding that there is only a small fragment to work

upon, the characters it presents are so definite and remarkable that we feel we are

justified in giving it a new name.

Distichopora violacea is essentially a shallow-water species, and of the other species

of the genus that have been described only D. foliacea, Florida, 100-262 fms. (8),

D. sulcata, off Havana, 270 fms. (8), and D. contorta, off Havana, 175 fms. (7)—all three

of them described by Pourtalés (7 and 8),—have been found in deep water; but these are

quite distinct from D. profunda. D. profunda is the only species of the genus

that has been found in deep water (120-150 fms.) in the Indian and Pacific waters.

The branches are much bigger than in D. violacea and the surface of the ccenosteum

is much rougher and coarser. The gastropores are decidedly larger. The gastropores

are in many places arranged in two alternating rows on the edges of the branches, a

condition which is very rare indeed in D. violacea. The lips of the dactylopores project

in the form of horseshoe-shaped collars from the surface of the ecenosteum, much more

definitely than in D. violacea. The tabul in the gastropores are more frequent and

definite than they are in D. violacea.

Genus SPORADOPORA.

7. Sporadopora providentia, sp.n. (Plate 44, figs. 1, 2, & 3.)

Providence I., D 8,125 fms. Two colonies.

The habit of growth of this new species is flabelliform and dichotomous; the branches

do not coalesce. It is much more delicate in build than S. dichotoma; the shape of the

branches is, however, similar. The height of the larger of the two colonies is 85 mm.,

the base of the main stem is 5 X 4 mm. in diameter; near the apex of a branch the

diameter is often as much as 4 X 13 mm. The colour is yellowish white; the surface is

slightly granular in appearance, but smoother than in S. dichotoma, in which Moseley

likens the texture to that of loaf-sugar. The zooid-pores are very numerous round the

edges of the branches, but a few may be scattered on either surface. There is a nearer

approach to arrangement in cyclosystems than in Moseley’s species (fig. 2). Yet the

system of pores recalls still more strongly the condition common in Diéstichopora, most

of the gastropores lying in an irregular double or single row at the edge of the branches

and the dactylopores arranged either in irregular lateral rows or more irregularly

scattered (fig. 1). The lip of the gastropore projects slightly above the surface of the

ccenosteum and the aperture is about 2°75 mm. in diameter. The gastropore is deep

and curved down the branch ; it bears a long gastrostyle, similar to that of Distichopora

but not quite so slender, tapering toa point near the gastropore. As in Sporadopora

dichotoma, tabule occur in the gastropores, but in the small fragments we have examined

they are not nearly so common as they are in Distichopora profunda or in Sporadopora

dichotoma, according to the description originally given of them by Moseley.

350 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The apertures of the dactylopores are either round or top-shaped (figs. 2 & 3) and

are usually provided with a horseshoe-shaped lip, very similar to that of Distichopora

profunda.

The sack in which the gastrozooid lies is remarkably tough in appearance, as described

by Moseley in S. dichotoma, and sections show that it contracts together near the

external aperture of the gastropore, so as to completely close it. There are usually four

short tentacles, as in S'. dichotoma. The dactylozooid also lies ina sack, which, however,

isnot so tough as that of the gastrozooid. The dactylozooids do not vary so much in size

as those Moseley described in his species, where the larger might be twice the size of the

smaller. But a much more important difference is that they bear no axial cavity, such as

he describes, surrounded by two or three layers of transparent nucleated cells. The axis

of the dactylozooid is entirely filled up by a solid scalariform endoderm, such as is common

in the tentacles of other Hydrozoa and such as was described by one of us in Distichopora

violacea (2. p. 505) as a “ nucleated syncytium with large vacuoles containing probably

water only.”

The dactylozooids of all genera of Stylasterina that we have examined (Pliobothrus is

the only one that we have not seen) have solid endoderm ; it is always vacuolated, though

not necessarily scalariform in appearance. As in the gastrozooid, there is a well-defined

muscular layer between ectoderm and endoderm, such as was carefully described by

Moseley in his species. Another difference that we have observed from the condition

figured by Moseley is that the zooids, especially the gastrozooids, have living tissue very

much deeper down the pores than shown in his plate iii., and this we have also found to

be the case with the gastrozooids of Spinipora, the only other genus that he figured

which has very deep pores.

The female ampullee are visible from the exterior in Sporadopora providentie as slight

swellings; they occur on both surfaces.

This species may be defined :—

Hydrophytum flabellate, dichotomous ; zooid-pores scattered, principally at the edges of

the branches; gastrozooid with four short tentacles.

The species differs from Sporadopora dichotoma, which was obtained by the ‘ Challenger ’

in 600 fms. off Rio de la Plata and which is the only other species of the genus known

to science, in being more slender in structure, in having the greater number of the pores

on the edges of the branches and arranged there in rows as in Distichopora, and in the

absence of a cavity in the dactylozooids. In all these characters it shows affinities with

the genus Distichopora and more particularly with the species D. profunda. It is of

some interest that in the series beginning with D. violacea from shallow water, D. profunda

from 120-150 fathoms, S. providentie from the same depth, and §. dichotoma from 600

fathoms we have aseries connecting the two genera. The conclusion may be either that

Sporadopora is a genus derived from Distichopora and adapted toa deep-sea habit, or the

reverse; but, of course, the evidence in favour of either of these conclusions requires

considerable strengthening to be placed on a firm footing.

—_——. 2

HICKSON AND ENGLAND—STYLASTERINA. 351

Genus CRYPTOHELIA.

8. Cryptohelia ramosa, H.& FE.

Cryptohelia ramosa, Hickson & England, Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. viii. 1905, p. 21, pl. ii. figs. 22, 23.

There is only a small specimen of this genus in the collection, 9 mm. in height

and 14 mm. in width. It was obtained off Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, in

120-150 fms.

It is difficult to identify the species from such a small specimen, but it seems to be

undoubtedly most closely related to Cryptohelia ramosa, obtained by the ‘ Siboga’ in 1165-

1264 metres off N.E. Celebes. The cyclosystems are oval and their diameters about

1:12 mm. X 0°8 mm., z.e. rather smaller than those of the type specimen.

Genus CONOPORA.

9. Conopora tenuis, Moseley.

Conopora tenuis, Moseley, Chall. Zool. vol. ii. pp. 82 & 97, pl. xii. figs. 5a, 6, c (off Kermadec

Isls., 520 fms.).

The species was also obtained by the ‘Siboga’ Expedition in 469 metres off Ceram

(t. c. p. 25).

(1) Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago, 120-150 fms. Several specimens, the largest

3°2 cms, in height.

(2) Providence I., D7, 75 fms. One “dead” specimen.

Several of the specimens from the Salomon Islands have female ampulle, which appear

as globular swellings easily seen by the naked eye. Frequently more than one trophodisc

occurs in anampulla, asin Cryptohelia. The planula, as it develops, becomes bent within

the ampulla. This condition also occurs in Cryptohelia.

10. Conopora dura, sp.n. (Plate 44. figs. 9, 10, 11.)

Providence I., D 8, 125 fms. Two pieces.

The species is probably flabellate in growth and the branches do not anastomose. The

height of the colony was probably about 45 mm. and the width 70 mm. The branches

are thick, obtuse, and slightly flattened in the plane of the flabellum. The diameter of

the thickest part of the main stem is 8 mm. and of the branches at a distance of 4 mm.

from their apices about 4 mm. x 3°5 mm.

The colour is white and the surface is smooth, except fora number of small nematopores

(fig. 10, nem.) with slightly raised lips which are distributed between the cyclosystems.

The cyclosystems are irregularly distributed on all sides of the branches and main stem.

The shape of the cyclosystems is also irregular but usually oval (1°3 mm. xX 1:1 mm.), the

greater diameter being at right angles to the axis of the branch. There are about twelve

septa of different sizes, the larger and thicker being usually directed towards the base

of the branch (fig. 10).

The gastropore is, as in other species, a large open cup (fig. 11) divided into an upper

(larger) (z.c.) chamber and a lower chamber (/.c.) by a horizontal septum (h.sept.) with a

352 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

circular aperture. There are no styles either in the gastropores or dactylopores. The

dactylozooids are of considerable length and when at rest hang down in the grooves

between the septa.

The genus Conopora is undoubtedly closely related to Astylus, from which it differs in

having a circular instead of a horseshoe-shaped perforation of the horizontal septum.

In this respect it resembles Cryptohelia, from which it differs in the absence of a lid

covering the cyclosystem *.

Conopora dura differs from C. tenuis in having a solid axis. In C. tenwis the axis is

usually fistulose, this condition being brought about by its association with a polycheet

worm. It also differs from C. tenuis in the smaller size of the aperture in the horizontal

septum and alse apparently in the absence of a definite canal between the dactylopore

and gastropore (¢f. Moseley, ¢. c. pl. ii. fig. 8, c.c., and Hickson and England, pl. iii. fig. 35).

The species may be defined :—

Hydrophytum flabellate (? or subflabellate), axis solid, branches stout, small nemato-

pores on the surface. Cyclosystems irregularly scattered, with only slightly raised edges.

Aperture between the upper and lower chamber of the gastropore small; no distinct

canal between dactylopore and gastropore. Septa deep, variable in thickness.

Genus SPINIPORA.

ll. Spinipora echinata, Moseley. (Plate 44. fig. 8.)

Spinipora echinata, Moseley, ‘ Challenger’ Zoology, vol. ii. p. 55.

Providence, D 4, 75 fms. Several fragments.

The genus was described by Moseley (5. p. 55) from a small piece of coral obtained off

La Plata in 600 fms.

No other species has been described since, and we have not been able to find any

reference in literature that enables us to say that any other specimens of the type species

have been found. The rediscovery of the species after a lapse of thirty years is in itself

a feature of considerable interest.

The material sent to us consists of six fragments, some of which may have belonged to

the same colony, of which the largest is 25 mm. in length and the thickest branches not

more than 5 mm. in diameter.

The hydrophytum appears from the evidence of these fragments to be irregularly

flabellate in growth, the branches attenuating rapidly towards the moderately sharp

terminal points.

The larger kind of dactylopores are protected by grooved half-tubes of ccenosteum

(Moseley’s nariform processes), which are arranged roughly in longitudinal rows near the

ends of the branches, but seem to be more irregularly scattered on the thicker parts of the

colony. They vary a good deal in length, but the most perfect are about 0°2—-0°3 mm. in

length. In the dead parts of the ccenosteum these processes are worn down almost to the

general surface of the branch.

* In two of the cyclosystems one of the larger septa projects from the surface above the level of the adjacent ones,

ying an appearance of an incipient lid such as we find in Cryptohelia stenopoma.

PERGY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. Trans. Linn. Soc, Spr.2.Zo0on Vol.XIl.Pi.44

(HickSON & ENGLAND).

tad.

H.M England, del. E Wilson, lith.& imp.

STYLASTERINA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

HICKSON AND ENGLAND—STYLASTERINA. 353

The smaller dactylopores are rare and scattered. At the ends of the branches they are

very difficult to find and may not occur. They seem to be certainly less abundant in the

Providence specimens than in the type.

The gastropores are situated in pits between the nariform processes and each one

contains a large, conspicuous, pointed, spinous style which reaches almost to the level of

the pit.

In a vertical section through a branch the gastropores and styles can be seen passing

towards the centre and then down the axis for some distance. We have seen in such

sections several examples of quite distinct but very thin cup-shaped or flattened tabulee.

Such tabulw occur quite irregularly, and not at definite or constant distances apart

(fig. 8). Similar tabule also occur in the dactylopores.

The genus Spinipora is closely related to the genus Labiopora, Moseley, and these two

genera are probably also related to the genus Sleganopora (H. & E.). Some new specimens

of Labiopora from New Zealand have recently been placed in our hands by Professor

W. B. Benham, F.R.S., and we propose to publish shortly a paper in which these

relationships will be fully discussed.

LITERATURE.

1. Gardiner, J. S.—The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. i.

part 3, p. 324.

. Hickson, S. J—Notes on a Collection of Hydrocorallin. Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soe. vol. vii. part 5 (1892).

. Hickson, S. J—The Gonophores of Allopora and Distichopora. Q. J. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxii. (1891).

. Hickson, S. J., and England, H. M.—Stylasterina, Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. vol. viii. (1905).

. Moseley, H. N.i—Hydrocoralline. ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. 1. (1881). -

. Pallas, P. S.—Hlenchus Zoophytorum, Ld. by P. van Cleef, 1766, p. 258.

. Pourtalés, L. F.—Bull. Mus. Harvard, 1879, vol. v. p. 210.

. Pourtalés, L. F.—Deep-sea Corals, 1871, p. 38.

cosNt ON FW NN

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 44.

Fig. 1. Sporadopora providentia, sp. u., nat. size. To show sporadic occurrence of pores (p.) on the

flat surfaces. :

Fig. 2. Sporadopora providentie. The edge of a branch enlarged to show the arrangement of the

gastropores (gast.p.) and dactylopores (dact.p.) in regular rows.

Fig. 3. The same species showing another portion of the edge with a more irregular arrangement of the

pores.

Fig. 4. Distichopora profunda, sp. u., nat. size. Showing at g.p. the irregular rows of pores on

the surfaces, and at amp. the ampulle.

Fig. 5. The same species. The edge enlarged, to show the arrangement of the gastropores (gast.p.) in

double rows and the dactylopores (dact.p.).

Fig. 6. The same, further enlarged, to show the horseshoe-shaped lips of the dactylopores (daci.p.).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 48

354 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fig. 7. The same species. Vertical section through a row of gastropores, to show the tabul (fad.) and

gastrostyles (gast.st.). 9 diam.

Fig. 8. Vertical section through the corallum of Spinipora echinata, Moseley, to show the tabule (¢ad-)

and gastrostyle (gast.st.) in the gastropore. Tabulz are also seen in the adjoining dactylopore

(dact.p.). X ca. 20 diam.

Fig. 9. Conopora dura, sp. n., nat. size.

Nig. 10. Conopora dura. Enlarged view of the surface, showing three cyclosystems and the nematopores

(nem.).

Vig. 11. Conopora dura. Vertical section of a cyclosystem enlarged, showing the dactylopores (d.p.),

the upper (w.c.) and lower chamber (J.c.) of the gastropore, the horizontal septum (A.sept.)

separating them, and an ampullar cavity (amp.).

[ 355 ]

No. XX.—POLYCHATA OF THE INDIAN OCEAN,

Part I. THE AMPHINOMIDA.

By ¥. A. Ports, I.A., Trinity Hall, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Stantuy Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plates 45 & 46.)

Read 4th June, 1908.

Tue Polycheta, of which this is the first part of a description, are contained in three

collections from different parts of the Indian Ocean. The first two were made by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, F.R.S., of Caius College, Cambridge, the first in the Maldive

Archipelago in the year 1899 and the second in the Seychelles and Chagos groups in

1905. Incorporated with these is a third made by Mr. Cyril Crossland, M.A., at Zanzibar

in 1901-2. Partof the Eunicide and the Chetopteridze from Zanzibar and the Maldives

have been described by Crossland*, but absence from England has prevented him from

prosecuting the work. ‘The Annelids from Zanzibar were received late and only a single

species is here noticed. The noteworthy feature of this assemblage of Amphinomids

is the wealth of new species, though this might only be expected in the neglecied

state of the group. Previously collections from the Indian Ocean have only been made

at Ceylon. In Willey’s description of the Annelids collected by Professor Herdman,

only two Amphinomids are mentioned. Of these it is interesting to observe that the

widespread Chleia flava is absent from this extensive collection, though the genus is

represented by four species. The re-discovery of C. fusca, a single specimen of which

was dredged by the ‘ Challenger’ off the Moluccas, is also a noteworthy feature.

A number of examples of Eucarunculata grubei, a genus and species described in 1906

by Malaquin and Dehorne from the Malay Archipelago, were also obtained.

The Polycheeta of the Red Sea have now been very thoroughly described by Gravier.

In a new species of Amphinome from the Maldives we have a very close resemblance

to A. djiboutensis, Gravier, though the Red Sea collections were, as a whole, poor in

Amphinomids.

Genus CHLCIA, Savigny.

The Chleias of this collection belong to the group of C. fusca, which possesses “ bifid

bristles of three kinds, viz.: (a) very slender and attenuate, (0) with stout short tips,

and (¢c) with longer tips serrated externally on the longer limb.”

* C. Crossland, P. Z. S. Lond. 1903, vol. i. pp. 169-176, vol. ii. pp. 129-144 ; 1904, vol. i. pp. 287-330.

48*

356 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

1. Chlwia fusca, McIntosh. (Plate 45. figs. 1, 2.)

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ Report on the Annelida (McIntosh), p. 14, pl. ii. figs. 1-2, pl. i. a,

figs. 14-15, pl. il. a, figs. 1-2.

Several specimens of this form are contained in Mr. Gardiner’s collection. It was only

known previously from a single specimen obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ from the

Moluccas. The presence of the three types of setze mentioned above is the most strongly

marked character, but there are also recognisable in the forms under examination the

well-developed caruncle composed of rather loosely arranged vertical lamelle, the well-

developed median tentacle exceeding the caruncle in length, the mouth whose posterior

border is formed by the third body-segment, and the sinuous gills with their longitudinal

axis lying outwards and backwards, which McIntosh has described in his excellent

account.

In colour and markings (Pl. 45. fig. 1) the Seychelles specimens show considerable

variation from the original form. McIntosh speaks of the colour as an “ iridescent

dusky brown,” and concentration of pigment occurred, for instance on the branchiz.

In these there is a pale ground-colour with a couple of thin longitudinal purple stripes

near the dorsal middle line. There is also on each side a line of segmentally repeated

orange-coloured crescentic markings parallel and external to the purple stripes. Beneath

each dorsal bundle of bristles is a purple ring shading off into orange, and the gills are

pigmented, the axis being tinged with orange and the pinnze with crimson. ‘The dorsal

cirri are a dark purple.

The single example obtained by the ‘ Challenger ’ did not allow of a thorough examina-

tion of the sete, many of the segments being swept bare. On looking through the

plentiful material in this collection all three types of bifid setze recognised by McIntosh

are found, and some information may be added as to their distribution. Throughout the

body the slender elongate type occurs, but it is in the anterior segments alone that the

stout kind of smooth seta occurs. Posteriorly it is replaced by McIntosh’s third type

with a fork of a “ tuning-fork” description and serrations on the longer ramus. There

is always, moreover, a tendency for the second type to vary toward the third, and setz

are found even in the anterior segments, which resemble the latter type in form and

differ only in the absence of serrations.

The caudal appendages, which were absent in McIntosh’s specimen (vide description)

are rather short sausage-shaped structures. Itis rather unfortunate that C. fusca should

have been figured with a pair of long slender styles in the ‘ Challenger ’ report.

Locality. 6 dredged in 34 fathoms, E9, and 9 in 25-80, E11. Both Amirante

Islands.

They were living “‘among the basal fronds of Halimeda” *: with the first batch was

associated Notopygos gardineri, and with the second a considerable number of

N. hispida.

* The quotations in this and other cases are from Mr. Gardiner’s notes.

POTTS—POLYCHATA : AMPHINOMID#. 357

2. Chleia longisetosa, sp.n. (Plate 45. fig. 5.)

Measurements. Length 11 mm., greatest breadth 4 mm. (without sete); no. of

segments 21.

The body of this annelid is regularly fusiform in shape, proportionately broader at the

middle than OC. fusca. The body is of a pale colour throughout, only relieved by a row

of purple spots on the crest of the caruncle. The branchize are white, but the dorsal

cirri are deep purple as in C. fusca.

In most details a strong resemblance to C. fusca may be traced. The median crest

of the caruncle is, however, not quite so elevated and compressed, and the median

tentacle barely attains to one-half of the length of the caruncle. The head and its

appendages are otherwise similar, and the branchie also agree with those of C. Jusca in

their structure and the backward direction of their main axis.

The very characteristic appearance of the species is due to the enormous length and

thickness of the white glassy setze (Pl. 45. fig. 5), while the dorsal cirri also show up

conspicuously on account of their length and deep coloration.

The general nature of the setze shows that this form should be classed with the group

of C. fusca, differing, however, in the absence in the dorsal feet of the slender attenuate

type of bifid bristle (a). In C. fusca, moreover, as mentioned above, the setze of type (5)

predominate in the anterior segments and are replaced entirely by those of type (¢) in

the posterior segments. In this species setze of type (c) are the more numerous through-

out the length of the body. Some slight difference may be traced between the sete of

this type in the anterior and posterior regions, the number of serrations on the external

limbs increasing from 17-18 to 25-26.

Locality. A single specimen, S. Suvadiva, Maldive Is., 45 fathoms, amongst mud.

Another single specimen, badly preserved, appears to belong to this species. Mulaku,

A 73.

3. Chleia rosea, sp.n. (Plate 45. fig. 3.)

Measurements. 11 mm. long, 3 mm. broad ; no. of segments 20.

The body is of a fusiform shape, but distinctly slenderer than is C. longisetosa. It is

uniformly coloured a reddish pink, even the sete sharing the hue. The head, though

rather smaller, is similar to that of C.fusca, with two conspicuous pairs of eyes, the

anterior larger and nearer together. There is a large stout median tentacle longer than

the caruncle, as in C. fusca, but in contrast to the species just described. The lateral

tentacles and palps are comparatively short and slender. The branchiz, which, as usual,

begin on the fifth body-segment, are exceptionally well-developed and so long as to over-

lap in the middle line (PI. 45. fig. 3). The tendency for the longitudinal axes to be

directed inwards, instead of posteriorly, is in contrast with the arrangement in the

preceding species. Lateral branches are not so numerous or so long proportionately

as in C. fusca and longisetosa.

The sete though shorter and more sparsely developed than in C. longisetosa are

essentially similar. In both the slender attenuate type of dorsal seta (a) is absent. The

simple bifurcate seta (b) of the anterior segments is replaced posteriorly by the sete

358 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

with a longer serrated fork (¢c), in which the angle of divergence of the rami is not so

great as in (d). Ventrally there is only the single type of smooth bifurcate seta,

exactly similar to (4). All setee show at the apex the curious reticulate pattern which

was noticed by McIntosh for C. fusca. Posteriorly the setee become much longer.

The dorsal cirri are even longer than the dorsal bundle of sete, and the ventral cirri

by no means so conspicuous. The caudal styles are developed as in the preceding species.

It is very noticeable how closely this species adheres to the C. fusca type. The only

differences from the original species are but trifling, viz., the coloration, structure, and

arrangement of gills, and the absence of a single type of seta.

Locality. Single specimen, Amirante, dredged from 30 fathoms. ‘“ Associated with a

purple Alcyonarian.”

4. Chleia maculata, sp.n. (Plate 45. fig. 4; Plate 46. figs. 1, 2.)

Measurements. 13 mm. long and 4°5 mm. wide; no. of segments 20.

The body has a fusiform shape, very similar to C. longisetosa. Intersecting diagonal

striz ornament each segment on the dorsum, but the body is unpigmented save for a

faint median dorsal line, on which is situated at the posterior border of each segment a

dark purple spot (Pl. 45. fig. 4). The caruncle is rather small and the median tentacle

equals it in length. The oval head bears two pairs of large black eyes. In front the

lateral tentacles are about half the length of the median tentacle and tinged with

rose-colour. The gills are small, and project backwards as in C. fusca, &c. The pinnate

branches are better developed on the outer side of the main axis.

The dorsal cirri are as long as the dorsal bundle of setze and contain a pink pigment.

The setze are brittle and glassy, and resemble those of C. fusca, though not quite so much

so as the last two species. The slender attenuate type of the dorsal bundle is absent

here, as in C. rosea and C. longisetosa. Anteriorly the bifurcate sete show a distinct

angle of divergence between the limbs of the fork, and a series of rather indistinct

serrations on the inner side of the longer limb (PI. 46. fig. 1). Posteriorly the “ tuning-

fork” type is developed, and with the appearance of serrations on the outer side of the

limb those on the inner disappear.

The ventral setze are of the usual type, save for the existence of strong serration on the

inner side of the longer limb (Pl. 46. fig. 2). This is not confined to the anterior

segments, but is met with throughout, though smooth setze also occur posteriorly.

The anal cirri are rather longer than in the other species here described.

The essential diagnostic character of this species contrasted with the rest of the group

is the serration of the sete.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, B15, 30 fathoms.

Genus NOTOPYGOS, Grube.

‘The species of this very homogeneous genus are unfortunately rather ill-defined. A

great deal of importance has been attached to the presence or absence of serrations in

the dorsal or ventral sete. Unfortunately, there appears to be a certain amount of

POTTS—POLYCH ZTA : AMPHINOMID. 359

variability in this respect, and it is clear that care must be taken in diagnosing species

by this character. It will be useful, however, to give a list of the known species to

illustrate the variations of serration and indicate the position which the new species

should occupy :—

Dorsal sete Ventral sete

Notopygos crinita, Grube ............ serrated, non-serrated.

maculata, Kinberg ............ non-serrated. non-serrated ?

FLODUS LAS NVC lanartastdsasiceer i 53 i

Parvus,prlas welll eee. secte 4- ; 3

labiatus, McIntosh ............ 5 serrated.

megalops, McIntosh ............ serrated. op

VGH IO” BococnocasegeeneT non-serrated. Pf (in first few segments only).

OTRATTHISS Sot ec segenagadece baer n i FF, 3

GRINGO 0% Wonsaescoeorachobnee serrated. s = ts

It is necessary to comment upon two points with reference to the above. Firstly, in

most of the specimens examined in this collection serrations occurred only in the first

few segments. A re-examination of such species as WV. flavus and N. parvus might reveal

the presence of serrated setz in regions of the body where they had not before been

looked for. Unfortunately the former accounts do not expressly state in the case of any

individual species whether serrated sete are found throughout its length or not.

Secondly, in WV. variabilis some of the examples were searched through for serrated setze

in vain, and the occurrence or non-occurrence of this particular character appeared to

be an individual variation.

5. Notopygos hispida, sp.n. (Plate 45. figs. 6,7; Plate 46. figs. 3-5.)

Measurements. Varies from 15-27 mm. in length; no. of segments 23-27.

The body is elongate and slightly fusiform, more pointed at the tail than at the

head. It is surrounded by a dense fringe of white glassy sete, which in some

individuals meet over the middle line with those of the other side. The dorsum is

flattened, the ventral surface slightly curved, while the latter is unpigmented; a

couple of broad purple bands with a paler line between run longitudinally down

the dorsum, broadening out at the junction-line of each pair of segments. There

is also a purple patch in front of each dorsal hunch of sete.

The caruncle is large, extending backwards to the end of the sixth segment, and

consists of a median crest and lateral wings, both composed of transverse plications.

The crest is separated from the wings by a smooth linear pigmented area on each

side, but it is characteristic of this species that the lax folds of the wings and crest

often come into contact and obscure the area. The white colour of the plications

is only relieved by a line of purple pigment down the crest, which sometimes breaks

into a line of dots.

The head is transversely oval in shape, with two pairs of large black eyes, sometimes

almost continuous, and carrying anteriorly a slender median tentacle barely a fifth

360 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the length of the caruncle. The lateral tentacles and palps are rather shorter

than the median tentacle. There are prominent oral lips, and generally the first

three body-segments form the buccal segments. The branchize commence on the sixth

segment and are short arborescent tufts mostly destitute of pigment, outer and inner

divisions being recognisable. The main branches divide pinnately into short terminal

twigs. The branchial cirrus is stout, of uniform thickness throughout, and of a

deep purple colour, as is the basal part of the long external cirrus. The former

greatly exceeds the branchia in height.

Throughout the body a single type of seta is found, bifurcate with the rami rather

widely diverging and ending in sharp points. But while the dorsal sete are found

to be smooth throughout, the ventral setze are noticeably serrate in the first few

segments only, and smooth posteriorly. The most typical kind of serrate seta is

shown (PI. 46. fig. 3) possessing three serrations on the inside of the longer ramus and

sometimes (PI. 46. fig. 4) a single serration on the outer side. In most of the examples

examined the triserrate setze were confined to the first four segments; setee with only

two serrations were found in the sixth and seventh, and occasional uniserrate sete

in a few of the succeeding segments. Subsequently all the bristles were smooth.

The anus is dorsal and found on the 21st segment. The body is terminated by short

club-like appendages.

Locality. Amirante Is., E 11, 25-80 fathoms, 18 specimens associated with Chleia

fusca, found in “pores and cavities in the coral rubble.” Saya de Malhas, C 15,

55 fathoms, a specimen with Nereids, and a second example in which the purple

coloration was obscured by the development of brown pigment throughout.

6. Notopygos variabilis, sp.n. (Plate 45. fig. 9.)

Measurements. A specimen with 31 segments was 45 min. long.

9? 99 dl 3 99 55 bh) 3

Another ”° 29 be) 9° 27 35 3°

29 bb) 30 33 33 25 99 ”

In shape this worm agrees closely with NV. labiatus as figured by McIntosh, being

fusiform and showing in section a flat dorsum and rounded ventral surface. The

dorsum is sometimes ornamented, a trapezoidal depression occurring in the anterior

part of each segment. In individuals which retain some of their natural colouring

a pattern of orange spots may be seen, so arranged on the dorsal surface as to give

a chessboard effect. The appearance of the spirit-specimens gives the idea that the

living worms are highly variable in colour and markings. While the majority of

specimens appear almost unpigmented, three examples are coloured dark red or

purple on both upper and lower surfaces. The caruncle extends back to the posterior

margin of the fifth segment and is actually attached to the first four. The median

crests and lateral wings consist, as in NV. hispida, of transverse folds laxly arranged.

While the wings end at the posterior border of the head, the crest extends on to and

beyond the head, the median part of which is completely hidden (Pl. 45. fig. 9). Though

a similar extension of the caruncle may be noticed in other species (e. g. in NV. gardineri

POTTS—POLYCHATA: AMPHINOMID£, 361

and NV. hispida, the description of which follows), it does not appear to project so far

anteriorly or mask the head so completely as in N. variabilis. The folded regions of

the caruncle are separated on each side by a smooth pigmented area, which is

always to be seen (contrast WV. hispida).

The head bears two pairs of large eyes, barely apparent under the sides of the

crest of the caruncle, and a slender median tentacle of small size, less than + of the

length of the caruncle.

The branchiz beginning on the fifth body-segment form a series of rather large

spreading tufts, each with a definite stalk, from which arise a number of much sub-

divided branches. In the smaller specimens the gills are much smaller proportionately

and appear to consist each of two main divisions. The branchial cirrus occurs at

the inner border of the dorsal bundle of setz, and is a slender, uniformly cylindrical

structure, very little longer than the branches of the gill-tuft. The outer or dorsal

cirrus proper has, as is usual, a thick basal division, which is in many of the specimens

of a conspicuous orange colour, and a filiform pale-coloured distal division. This is,

as in other species of the genus, much the longer and approximately equal in length

to the dorsal setee.

The setze have a more or less marked greenish colour, and, save in one case, a flexible

consistency and associated iridescence. One small specimen, however, possesses stiff

setze, which are, moreover, glassy and colourless, and it remains to enquire how far

these differences of colour and texture constitute natural variations. The dorsal

sete are of the “boldly forked” type figured by McIntosh for N. megalops and

NV. labiatus, but, unlike the first, never show a trace of serration. The ventral setz

are almost identical in shape with the dorsal. As.a result of careful examination

it was found that two out of eight specimens possessed serrated ventral sete, and so

allow us to place this species along with WV. labiatus in the group which possesses

‘smooth dorsal and serrated ventral bristles. In the form alluded to above as possessing

stiff setse, occasional examples were found in the ventral bundles of the middle

segments, with a couple of well-marked serrations underneath the hooked apex of the

longer limb. In a large specimen the ventral sete of the anterior two segments

were largely bi- and triserrate, while in the third segment the serrations were barely

recognisable and not met with subsequently.

The anus occurs on a rather conspicuous papilla on the dorsum in segments varying

from the 22nd to the 25th.

The species appears to have affinities with .V. labiatus, McIntosh, dredged hy the

‘Challenger’ to the south of the Philippines and lately mentioned by Moore among the

polycheets of the Hawaiian Islands. The species agree closely in size and number

of segments, and also in such characters as the small size of the median tentacle, the

prominent lips from which McIntosh’s species takes its name, and the green colour

of the setz, as well as their serration. The peculiar relation of the caruncle and

the head is perhaps the chief reason for the separation of this species.

Locality. Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives, eight specimens. ‘“ Under loose coral

stones of boulder zone lying on the bare flat reef.”

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. 4,9

362 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

7. Notopygos gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 45. fig. 8; Plate 46. figs. 6-8.)

Measurements. Length 50 mm.; no. of segments 34.

While affecting the fusiform shape common to all members of this genus, this worm

differs from the preceding species in the rather flattened ventral surface. It is thus

almost tetragonal in cross-section. A peculiar and characteristic appearance is imparted

to the species by the long bristling tufts of sete, which, owing to their size and

stoutness, present an even more formidable aspect than the dense thickets of NV. hispida.

The body is for the most part bleached, but patches of brown pigment are scattered

irregularly on the dorsum and in front of the dorsal bundles of sete. The dorsal

segments have a rather characteristic ornamentation: beside the polygonal depressed

area found anteriorly in each, the surface is cut up into lozenge-shaped areas by a

number of diagonal and circular wrinkles.

The caruncle (P]. 45. fig. 8), which just reaches the sixth segment, is remarkable

for its regular elliptical shape, for the great height of the compressed median crest,

and for the large number and the close-set nature of the transverse folds of which

it is composed. The individual folds are narrow and not grooved, as is the case in

other species. Rather broad smooth pigmented areas separate the median crest from

the lateral folded portions, and otherwise the cream-coloured caruncle is only relieved

by a line of brown pigment running along the ridge of the crest.

The head, on which the median part of the caruncle impinges, though hardly in

so marked a manner as in JX. variabilis, is hexagonal in shape. It carries two pairs

of equal eyes and a median tentacle about 3 the length of the caruncle (and so

better developed than in the other species described here), slender and tapering to

the apex. The lateral tentacles and palps are but slightly shorter.

The branchize occur in spreading tufts of a similar arrangement to those of the

last species, but rather smaller proportionately. The slender branchial cirrus exceeds

them in length.

The dorsal sete are arranged in fan-shaped groups in each segment. They are

yellow in colour and remarkable for their great size and solidity. Anteriorly the

sete are shorter and are of a bifurcate type, with the rami of the fork diverging at

a distinct angle. In the first two segments there is a distinct serration developed on

the inner side of the longer ramus, three or more strong notches being visible in most

(Pl. 46. fig. 6). Posteriorly, these are succeeded by a smooth type of seta, with the

increase in length becoming bayonet-like in form, the longer ramus being continuous

with the shaft of the seta and the spur-like smaller ramus not diverging noticeably.

Two extreme varieties of the posterior set are here figured (Pl. 46. fig. 7, 8).

The ventral setze are, as usual, shorter than the dorsal, and are throughout similar to

the anterior kind of dorsal seta, with a rather widely divergent fork. The first three

segments contain serrate setae, which are generally triserrate in the first segment and

bi- or uniserrate in the next two. Thus in both dorsal and ventral divisions of the

parapodia setze of a serrate type occur, as in V. megalops, McIntosh, from Bermuda.

The anus occurs on the dorsum of the 24th segment as a rather noticeable papilla.

Locality. Amirante Is., E 9, 84 fathoms. ‘ Pores and cavities in coral rubble.”

Chiwia fusca was found in some quantity in the same dredging.

POTTS—POLYCH ATA: AMPHINOMID#, 363

Genus AMPHINOME, Bruguiére.

8. Amphinome rostrata (Pallas).

Aphrodita rostrata, Pallas, Misc. Zool. p. 106, tab. viii. figs. 14-18 (1766).

Amphinome rostrata, McIntosh, Polychieta, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, p. 21.

The examples of this species show some discrepancy with the most recent account, that

of McIntosh, so that some discussion of the points at issue is here given.

The characteristic slate-blue of the body and ferruginous hue of the tentacles and

branchiz are well shown. So far as can be seen in the rather bad state of preservation,

the structure of the head is typical. The gills appear to be even more densely

branching than the ‘ Challenger’ specimens from the Bermudas. From a common base

spring two main divisions, one inner, the other outer, which both give off five or six

stout branches, dividing again into numerous terminal twigs.

Both dorsal and ventral setze appear to be quite free from serration, while both kinds

of dorsal bristles in McIntosh’s specimens have this character. It is not possible to

recognise the first stout type of dorsal seta described in the ‘Challenger’ Report, all

appearing to end in long tapering tips. While an authoritative description of the

setze in these specimens can hardly be given, it must be pointed out that e.g. in

Quatrefages’s description of A. rostrata he refers to the dorsal sete as tapering and

smooth, and describes only a single type amongst them. It is noticeable that his

material came from the Gulf of Bengal, Amboina, and the China Sea, and the suggestion

may be made that the Atlantic form as described by McIntosh differs from the eastern

form.

On the ventral surface segmental apertures appear, which are probably the external

openings of the nephridia. A pair is found on each segment between the eighth and the

end, and each one occurs inwards from the ventral bundle of setze upon a rather

broad papilla.

Locality. Goidu, Horsburgh Atoll, Maldives. ‘From a backwater full of weed and

decaying vegetable matter.”

9. Amphinome maldivensis, sp.n. (Plate 45. figs. 14,15; Plate 46. figs. 12-17.)

Measurements. 68 mm. in length, 11 mm. in width; no. of segments 55.

This amphinomid is remarkable for its grub-like form, a consequence of the

insignificant development of the setigerous lobes of the parapodia. It has a tetragonal

cross-section and tapers only slightly towards the head and tail, both being rounded, and

the former only a little more pointed than the latter. The worm possesses a uniform

flesh-colour in spirit, and while the ventral surface is smooth, the dorsum is wrinkled

and covered with slight elevations. The prostomium is invisible from the dorsal

surface, as in the contracted state of the worm it is tucked under the ventral surface

and surrounded by the lateral parts of the first segment. It was necessary to make an

incision from the ventral side to examine its structure.

The head (Pl. 45. figs. 14, 15) is very similar to that of A. djiboulensis, of which a

49*

364 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

detailed description is given by Gravier *. Dorsally is seen the conical slightly developed

caruncle with a tiny median tentacle at its base. (This was not observed by Gravier in

his specimens, but he concluded that it had been lost.) A rounded median head succeeds,

which is divided by a longitudinal furrow, and bears a single pair of indistinctly marked

eyes. From underneath these last spring the stumpy cylindrical lateral tentacles,

larger than the median tentacle and palps. Ventrally come the conspicuous buccal

lips, pressed together to form a heart-shaped mass. At the sides of these arise the small

palps.

The dorsal and ventral setigerous lobes of the parapodia (Pl. 46. fig. 14) are widely

separated by a curved inflated surface. The former bears anteriorly the small

compact gill-tuft almost masking the short dorsal bundle of sete, which the filiform

dorsal cirrus exceeds in length. The ventral lobe is composed of a bundle of sete of

superior length to the dorsal and possesses a ventral cirrus similar to, but rather thicker

than, the dorsal organ. The parapodium of 4. maldivensis almost exactly resembles

that of A. djiboutensis (see Gravier, ¢.c. text-fig. 249).

The setze are in rather marked contrast to such a form as A. rostrata, being fine,

slender, and of a greenish hue. Dorsally are found a few hooked smooth setz (these

may perhaps be compared with Gravier, text-fig. 253, which, however, is straight and

symmetrical), and a great number of setz regularly diminishing to a point, slightly

more slender than the first kind and provided with twenty or more serrations along one

side (Pl. 46. fig. 12; of. Gravier, text-fig. 251, but has larger number of serrations).

Capillary setee much finer than the others and half as long again occur in quantity.

They end in a rather fine rounded point, but with high powers one or two denticulations

can be made out under it (cp. Gravier, text-fig. 252). The ventral sete differ in

the anterior and posterior regions of the body. Anteriorly is found a slender hooked

seta, generally distinctly serrated under the apex, but may be smooth; at some distance

from the end of the serrations is a well-defined spur (PI. 46. figs. 14-16; ef. ventral sete

of Hermodice carunculata). This form does not appear to exist in A. djzboutensis.

Posteriorly there is a similar kind of seta, but the apical hook is more distinct, the

serrations are not well marked, and the spur is absent, while it has a stouter character

(Pl. 46. fig. 17). In both regions are short thick supporting sete, attaining their

greatest thickness some distance from the apex, and diminishing to end in a rounded

brown point (ep. Gravier, text-fig. 256).

Gravier remarks of the Red Sea species that it belongs to the group of species of

Amphinome with a very reduced caruncle and ill-defined gills, to which Quatrefages

gave the name of Linopherus, and that it has affinities with 4. (Lenora) philippinensis,

which possesses, however, filiform gills and no palps, though the sete appear to have a

similar facies. ‘The foregoing description of 4. maldivensis emphasises the resemblance

to A. djiboutensis, which differs, indeed, only in certain points connected with

the sete.

Locality. 2 specimens from Hulule, Male, Maldives.

* Gravier, Nouy. Arch. de Mus. d’Hist. Nat. sér. 4, t. iii, 1901, p. 245.

POTTS—POLYCH£TA : AMPHINOMIDZ, 365

Genus EUCARUNCULATA, Malaquin and Dehorne, 1906.

10. Eucaruneulata grubet, Malaquin and Dehorne*. (Plate 45. figs. 10-11;

Plate 46. figs. 9, 10.

Malaquin et Dehorne, Les Annélides de Ja Baie d’Amboine, Rev. Suisse Biol. t. xv. 1906, pp. 358-

361, pl. 51. fig. 2, pl. 53. figs. 12-15, 17-20.

(After some hesitation I have decided to put the three specimens of Hucarunculata into

a single species, though they differ considerably in general appearance, and even in points

which might fairly be considered as of specific value. A number of Hucarunculate were

found, on looking through Mr. Crossland’s Zanzibar collection, which partially bridge

the gap existing between the forms already examined. A fairly continuous series can

now be arranged with regard to size and possibly concomitant modifications. For the

sinaller specimens are instituted two varieties, but it is recognised, that they may

possibly be growth-stages, the typical species being the adult worm. The differences

between species and varieties are found in the form of the caruncle, serration of the

ventral setee, and the number of branches on the gills. Though the colour varies, the

markings are similar throughout.)

Measurements. Length 104 mm., breadth 7 mm.; no. of segments 73.

This magnificent annelid at once attracts attention by the elegance of its shape and

the beauty of its markings. While the buff-coloured ground-colour is well shown on

the ventral surface, dorsally it is masked by irregular dark longitudinal stripes of a

bronze colour, and flecks and masses of white or yellow pigment. The longitudinal

stripes are just faintly discernible on the ventral surface, and the light pigment is

present in less quantity but arranged in more definite spots. As in most amphinomids,

the dark pigment is concentrated in front of the bundle of dorsal sete.

In shape it is not unlike Hermodice carunculata as figured by McIntosh, though the

dorsum would appear to be more arched and the section less tetragonal. A noteworthy

character is the prominent development of the beautiful silky bristles, which are both

longer and more numerous than in the Atlantic form. The anus is located on the

dorsum of the last segment.

The caruncle is attached to the first and second body-segments and reaches back to

the middle of the fourth. In this specimen it is a broadly spreading trapezoidal

structure, composed of six or seven folds rising on each side from the middle line,

which is not marked by a median axis. Its breadth as great as its length, its generally

irregular and spongy character, and the absence of the median axis would appear to be

characteristic features; but a comparison with other examples, smaller but otherwise

identical, seems to show this structure of the caruncle to be associated with the greater

size of the annelid. The folds are swollen wrinkled structures, only displaying their

secondary pinnate branching on close examination. The second on each side is bifid

terminally. The whole organ is tinted a soft brown and marked with yellow spots.

* My own account had already been written and was in the hands of the printers when I came across the

description of Eucarunculata grubei cited above. This is very detailed and it was judged best to leave the

succeeding paragraphs as they were. Malaquin and Dchorne described smaller specimens than the one from

Chagos, and the differences in form of caruncle and set are probably due to varying age. There is little doubt

that the species is the same in the two cases.

366 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The broadly ovate head bears two pairs of rather ill-defined eyes, of which the

anterior are rather larger. The median tentacle appears to be short and slender; the

lateral tentacles being of the same length, dilated but with a pointed termination,

while the palps are longer and slender throughout.

The small size of the branchiz is noticeable, and their appearance is in contrast to the

ramifying tufts of H. carunculata. The branchiz begin on the first body-segment and

consist of inner and outer divisions, the latter being larger, which divide at once into

short club-shaped terminal branches. These are brown with white tips, and are greatest

in number on the anterior segments (50 on the fifth segment), and diminish until there

are only 3 on the last segment.

Attention has already been drawn to the well-developed dorsal setee, which rise in a

compact bundle fiom the well-marked setigerous prominence. Two kinds of sete are

represented: one long, very slender, gently tapering, which, unlike the similar kind in

H. carunculata, never possesses roughened tips; and another much stouter and shorter

kind, hollow up to the apex and symmetrically tapering to a blunt point. This possesses

a row of very numerous serrations (more than sixty) along one side. The dorsal cirrus

is two-thirds the length of the dorsal tuft of setae and is composed of a swollen basal and

filiform terminal portion. The ventral sete are not half the length of the dorsal tuft,

and are much coarser than those described above. There is but a single type, a stout

bristle not tapering markedly but ending in a slightly curved hook-like tip. The setze

may be smooth or possess a series of rather faint serrations under the tip varying in

number up to 12. A very striking difference is presented compared with the strongly

serrated sete of H. carunculata, which, moreover, possess a pronounced spur below the

region of serrature, which is here absent.

Locality. Ile du Coin, Peros, Chagos; a single specimen. ‘Sand under loose

coral masses.’ (See note on p. 371 for additional localities. )

11. Lucarunculata grubei, var. gracilis, var.n. (Plate 46. fig. 11.)

Measurements. Length 28 mm., breadth 4 mm.; no. of segments 41.

This is a much smaller and slenderer form than the preceding, but the similarity of

the scheme of colour-markings is rather striking. The ground-colour is a greyish

brown and the large development of yellow pigment on the dorsum gives a rather

silvery coloration to the animal as a whole. The ventral surface is beset with spots of

light pigment. The dark striz remarked in the foregoing description are equally

prominent here.

The caruncle is rather smaller, being attached to the first and second body-segments

and reaching to the middle of the third segment only. It is of a compact and regular

form, ovate and broader anteriorly; but the breadth is always distinctly less than the

length. There is a very definite median axis expanding into a heart-shaped tract

anteriorly, and lateral regions consisting of five or six folds respectively, on the two

sides. The folds are entirely separate from one another, and are deep narrow lamellze

which subdivide with pinnate branching. The connection of the first fold on either

side with the median axis is not plainly shown. The whole structure is of a dark brown

colour with yellow spots.

POTTS—POLYCHATA: AMPHINOMID, 367

The head bears a median tentacle of greater size than that described for the typical

form, attaining nearly half the length of the caruncle. The branchize are similar to

those of the parent species, but have a smaller number of terminal branches, never

rising above fifteen.

The arrangement of the sete is not so compact, nor is there the white silky

appearance so striking in other members of the genus, but they possess a flexibility

like that in Notopygos variabilis. The finely attenuate type of dorsal seta resembles that

of H. carunculata in possessing a roughened or rather finely serrated inside edge. The

ventral sete (Pl. 46. fig. 11) possess a more incurved apical hook and more distinct

and numerous serrations than those described above.

Locality. Single specimen from Egmont Reef.

12. Hucarunculata grubei, var. minuta, var.n. (Plate 45. figs. 12, 18.)

Measurements. Length 16 mm., breadth 2 mm.; no. of segments 34.

This variety possesses a characteristic appearance, which is due to the slender body and

‘the long tufts of dorsal setze, whose length exceeds the width of the body (PI. 45. fig. 12).

The colour is pale, but the longitudinal striz are regular and purple in hue, recalling

the colour-patterns described above. There is an absence of yellow spots of pigment.

The caruncle (Pl. 45. fig. 13) is similar to that described for var. gracilis; the lines

of the secondary branching are followed by delicate traces of purple pigment. The

median tentacle has a length equal to one-third of that of the caruncle and is distinctly

moniliform. ‘The lateral tentacles and palps are not quite so long.

The dorsal setigerous lobe is very prominent and bears a jointed dorsal cirrus. The

setze are like those described for the last variety. The ventral sete are very slender,

and sometimes end in a pointed hook. The serrations on the inner side are distinct

and vary greatly in number. A second type, apparently derived by excessive elongation

from the first, is met with, but rarely.

Locality. Single specimen fromi Amirante I., E 11, dredged in company with

Chleia fusca and Notopygos hispida.

Genus EURYTHOE, Kinberg.

13. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas).

14. Hurythoé alcyonia (Savigny).

15. Hurythoé pacifica, Kinberg.

These three species comprise all the common coral-reef-haunting members of the

genus, and present such close resemblances to each other as to give grounds for re-

garding themas a single widespread species. 2. complanata was described originally from

the West Indies, but Baird has pointed out that its range extends as far as Australia

and Zanzibar. E. alcyonia has, so far as I know, been identified by previous authors

only in the Red Sea. It is perfectly clear, however, that this collection from the

Maldives and Seychelles contains a very large number of forms which can only be

referred to the last-named species *. Z. pacifica occurs throughout the Pacific Ocean

and was also obtained from the Bermudas by the ‘ Challenger.’ While, then, to a slight

* McIntosh, Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ Annelida Polychaeta, pp. 27-29.

3658 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

degree their ranges overlap, they are at present separated as much by their geographical

habitats as by their structural differences.

They agree, however, among themselves in the following characters :—

Their flattened rectangular form (twice as wide as high).

Oval head with 4 eye-spots, short appendages, the median tentacle shorter than the

lateral, scarcely as high as the caruncle.

The caruncle ending in the middle of the third segment or beginning of fourth.

Three or four buccal segments forming the sides of the mouth.

Jointed dorsal and ventral cirri not so long as the bundles of sete.

Gills consisting of a large number of branches.

The dorsal setze containing characteristically a subfurcate type (Gravier, text-figure 262),

the outer limb of which may or may not be serrate, and the straight serrate

gradually tapering seta which is apparently common to all species (Gravier, text-

figure 266).

The ventral setze belonging to a much stouter furcate type (Pl. 46. fig. 20), the rami

not slender but stout and curved: the outer ramus may or may not be serrated.

To my mind a species with the above characters is a perfectly natural one. There

are, however, fairly wide limits of variation.

The only valid cause for separation of these “ species” is found in the slight variations

of the sete.

E alcyonia, as described by Gravier * (from a single specimen only, however), and

E. complanata never possess furcate setee with serrations on the outer limb of the fork.

In £. pacifica the setee of the dorsal and ventral bundles are typically serrate, but

McIntosh mentions the fact that in the specimens of LZ. pacifica from Ceylon belonging

to the British Museum, one does not show distinct serrations. This, then, appears to be

a variable character, and it is questionable how far it should be used to define a separate

species.

~ In the present collection the majority of specimens examined (including all the larger

examples) showed no serration of sete.

In a homogeneous group of specimens like those from Funafuti it is noticeable

that in the smaller individuals the posterior border of the mouth is formed by the fourth

body-segment and not by the fifth as in the larger. Thus the number of buccal

segments varies between four and five, and it is not safe to give a definite number of

buccal segments as a specific character as Kinberg has done in his diagnoses of species f.

The trilobed character of the smaller forms at least is not easy to make out. Here

again the. period of growth influences the structure of organs, and the larger and

older specimens alone show the fully developed caruncle with crenated lateral lobes.

The succession of setee has not been sufficiently studied in these forms and a few facts

with regard to this may well be added. In all specimens examined, the three types of

* Gravier, Nouv. Arch. de Mus. d’Hist. Nat. sér. 4, t. iii, 1901, pp. 248-254,

+ Kinberg, Ofversigt af Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhand, xiv. 1857. 2. kamehameha and E. pacifica have four

buceal segments, E. corallina three. Savigny’s original specimens of L. alcyonia from the Gulf of Suez had three

buccal segments, but Gravier describes the species as possessing four.

POTTS—POLYCHATA: AMPHINOMIDA. 369

dorsal setee so carefully described and figured by Gravier have been recognised. In

addition, a fourth type is found in the anterior segments (cf, Pl. 46. fig. 19), a slender

distinctly furcate seta with, however, one ramus much more elongated than the other.

By suppression of the shorter ramus it passes into the subfurcate type, which alone is

present in the posterior segments, and in some of the anterior segments intermediate

forms are found. The subfurcate type of bristle as figured by Gravier (text-figure 262)

is essentially the characteristic type of this group of species.

Localities :—

(1) Rotuma, Fiji.

(2) Funafuti: 1 bottle with large specimens, largest 54 cms. ; 1 bottle with moderate-

sized specimens ; some smaller specimens in tubes show serrations, and are therefore

E. pacifica.

(3) Maldives: Hulule, Male Atoll, large number of specimens of all kinds ; Goidu,

Geifurfchenchi Atoll, one set of specimens is interesting for the rather marked de-

velopment of the dorsal setee, which are white and silky; Velu, Funado, Miladamadulu

Atoll, another specimen with silky dorsal sete ; Minikoi, Laccadives, specimens of all

kinds.

(4) Chagos: Salomon Atoll; and Ile du Coin, Peros Atoll.

(5) Seychelles, Coetivy.

16. Eurythoé heterotricha, sp.n. (Plate 45. figs. 16,17; Plate 46. figs. 18, 19.)

Measurements. Length 60 mm., breadth 3°5 mm.; no. of segments 65.

The body is slender, rectangular in section, but not so flattened as in #. complanata,

and unpigmented. The caruncle is minute, only extending back to the end of the

second segment. ‘The head is large and oval, and two pairs of eyes are situated upon it,

the anterior being larger. A slender median tentacle stands equidistant from both

pairs. The lateral tentacles are stouter and about the same length. There are three

buccal segments.

The gills begin on the third body-segment as a simple fureate process. In the next

segment there are four branches, but the branchie never attain to a very full

development, reaching their limit in the middle with about fourteen branches,

A characteristic appearance is imparted to the annelid by the setz, which are silky and

are arranged in compact bundles, fraying out at the ends on account of the exceptional

length of a few of the sete (Pl. 45. fig. 17). The dorsal representatives mainly consist of

two types, a straight symmetrically tapering serrate seta as found in other species *

and a furcate type figured (PI. 46. fig. 19). The presence of such a seta has just been

remarked in the anterior segments of 2. complanata, but it has been pointed out that

it passes there into a subfurcate type. No such modification takes place, however, in

this species, but the furcate type is present throughout the body and the subfurcate

type is absent dorsally. The specially long sete are derived from the furcate type

by the excessive elongation of the outer ramus of the fork, which attains to a

* They do not appear to be so distinctly and eyidently serrate as in HZ, complanata.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 50

370 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

length greater than that of the shaft. There are also very stout smooth sete, which

serve for support and are rounded at the end.

In the ventral setze there are found again two types of furcate seta. The first (Pl. 46.

fig. 18) is comparatively strong, but not so massive as in L. complanata. The longer

ramus is about four times as long as the shorter, has an incurved tip, and invariably

bears a number of serrations on the internal margin. The serrate type is prevalent

throughout. The second type is slenderer, and resembles the furcate setze of the dorsal

bundle, but is rather more attenuate. The longer ramus often attains to as great a

length as that described in the corresponding dorsal sets. This kind of bristle seems,

after the middle, to pass partly into such a subfurcate seta as occurs in E. complanata,

Locality. Mahlos Atoll, Maldives: a single specimen associated with several individuals

of £. complanata.

Norr.—It was at first intended to include an account of the Palmyride in this part.

They include a new genus Palmyropsis, figures of which are given in Plates 45 & 46.

The text of the description will follow in a subsequent part.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE 45.

Fig. 1. Chleia fusca: two middle segments.

Hips 2 & oy a) tall.

Fig. 3. ,, rosea: two middle segments.

Fig. 4. ,, maculata: two middle segments.

Fig. 5. 4, longisetosa: tail.

Fig. 6. Notopygos hispida: two middle segments.

Fig. 7. es P head and caruncle.

Fig. 8. ~ gardineri : head and caruncle.

Fig. 9. 2 variabilis : head and caruncle.

Fig. 10. Eucarunculata grubei : two middle segments.

Fig. 11 FA 5 head and caruncle.

Fig. 12 “ var. minuta: two middle segments.

Fig. 13. 5 45 i head and caruncle.

Fig. 14. Amphinome maidivensis : head.

Fig. 15 ss * front end of body from ventral surface.

Fig. 16. Hurythoé heterotricha: head and first segments.

Fig. 17 a5 es 10th segment, dorsal view.

Fig. 18. Palmyropsis macintoshi: head and first three body-segments in dorsal view.

Pate 46.

Fig. 1. Chleia maculata: anterior dorsal seta. x 100.

Higs 25, ' anterior ventral seta (form with short fork). x 250.

Fig. 3. Notopygos hispida: dorsal seta from 3rd segment (triserrate), x 259,

Vig. 4. 9 33 5 » 6th segment (uniserrate). x 250.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser.2.Z00L Vol. XI. Pr 45

(Ports)

F.A Potts, del. E Wilson, del. et imp.

ote: POLYCHABTA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION TRANS. LINN. Soc, Spr.2.Z00n Vol. XII. PL .46

(Ports)

——————

F.A.Potts, del. E.Wilson, lith & imp

POLYCHABTA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

COND x

POTTS—POLYCHATA : AMPHINOMIDZ.

- Notopygos hispida: outline of segment from middle of body to show dorsal cirri, gills, &c.

gardineri : dorsal seta from 1st segment. x 250.

» 3 2 » middle of body. x 100.

” ” ” »” » ” x 100.

. Eucarunculata grubei : ventral seta (non-serrated). x 400.

a eh br (serrated). x 400.

. FS var. gracilis: ventral seta. x 400.

. Amphinome maldivensis : dorsal seta (serrated). x 400.

(non-serrated). x 400.

bb} » a”

a a ventral spurred seta (dorsal in tuft). x 250.

” ” ” ” x 400.

x 400.

7 3) 2 ”

ventral seta. x 400.

”) ”

- Eurythoé heterotricha: ventral seta from 12th segment. x 400.

>, rf dorsal seta from 10th segment. x 250.

» complanata: ventral seta (serrated) 4th segment. x 400.

. Palmyropsis macintoshi: dorsal palea. x 50.

ventral seta. x 50.

” 3)

[ Note received on 11th December, 1908.

Page 366. Eucarunculata grubei.

Mr. Crossland’s Zanzibar collection contains 8 examples of this species ranging from

4 to 7 ems. in length. The caruncle in these is regular, with distinct median axis, as

in the type-specimens.

CA lard

The serrations of the ventral setze are more numerous than in

the Chagos worm. The coloration and markings in most of the Zanzibar specimens

coincide with the above description, but two small individuals, in which the longitudinal

stripes of dark pigment are very narrow and distinct, resemble the variety méinula

described on page 367.—F. A. P.]

. #ist

i tS

iL + .

ICU

" au

ne aiie

Ril Wi

ve bool Gn Te!

i sl » wR an f

yh LAD

3 een ‘inh area §

Bhar omit

—~e tthe porte Wik

[ -87aha

XXI.—MARINE ALGH (CHLOROPHYCEZ AND PHMOPHYCEZ) AND

MARINE PHANEROGAMS OF THE ‘SEALARK’ EXPEDITION,

COLLECTED BY J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.RB.8., F.L.S.

By A. Gepp, 1.A., F.L.S., and Mrs. E. 8, Grr.

(Plates 47-49.)

Xead 18th June, 1908.

THE following is a list of the Chlorophycese and Pheophycez collected by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner during the ‘Sealark’ Expedition to the Seychelles, Chagos

Archipelago, and the adjacent islands of the Indian Ocean in 1905. The Rhodophyceee

and a few Cyanophycee still remain to be worked out.

The present list numbers 36 species of Chlorophyceze and 18 species of Pheeophycee,

among which 6 are new to science—namely, Microdictyon pseudohapteron, Struvea

Gardineri, S. orientalis, Bryopsis indica, Cladocephalus excentricus, and <Avrain-

villea Gardineri. In addition there are 2 new varieties of Caulerpa described by

Madame Weber van Bosse and several other species of great interest. Of the novelties,

Microdictyon pseudohapteron exhibits. in its reticulum a new form of tenacular

connection which, according to Major Reinbold, whose views on the geuus will soon

be published, warrants the creation of a special section or subgenus for its reception.

Bryopsis indica proves to be the same species as Harvey’s unnamed specimens from

Ceylon, published as no. 99, Alg. exsicc. Ceylon; and it is also represented by other

specimens from Ceylon and Mauritius in the British Museum and Kew Herbaria.

Cladocephalus excentricus is an East-Indian species of Mr. M. A. Howe’s new genus,

which has hitherto been known only from the West Indies, and indeed from only two

localities there.

As regards specially interesting species other than novelties, we would mention

Boodlea van Bossei, of which we are able to add new records for the Indian Ocean

based on specimens found by us in the Kew Herbarium ; Codiwm difforme, which, though

it has been collected by the ‘ Siboga’ Expedition in the Malay Archipelago, has not yet

been actually recorded from the Indian Ocean; Zydemania eapeditionis, which has only

been found once previously, viz., in the Malay Archipelago by Madame Weber van Bosse

during the same expedition; Udotea glaucescens, now recorded for the first time from

the Indian Ocean, its home being in the Pacific ; U. palmetta, which has never, so far

as we know, been collected since the original gathering, and the only specimens of

which are preserved in the herbaria of Paris and Caen, but without record of original

locality—indeed, till the present specimens were brought home by Mr. Gardiner no

region even could be assigned as habitat of the true species, though we had reasons for

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. x11. [ 163 | 51

[Reprinted from Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Bot. vol. vii. (1908) pp. 163-188, pls. 22-24. ]

374 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

suspecting it to be an Indian Ocean plant. Mr. Gardiner’s notes show that his speci-

mens were dredged up from 45 fathoms; so presumably Udotea palmetta is a deep-water

species, a fact which would account for its having escaped observation. U. argentea,

Zanard., is another interesting species, which has remained unknown since Zanardini’s

time in consequence of the loss of the type. One of the factors which adds much to the

interest and importance of Mr. Gardiner’s collection is the careful record of the depth

from which each specimen was obtained, a detail almost entirely neglected until recently

by collectors. Now that deep-water forms are rendered more acce:sible by the use of

the dredge, we are becoming better able to appreciate the range in depth of a given

species and its accompanying change of form. A good instance of this is seen in

Avrainvillea amadelpha, of which Mr. Gardiner procured both reef and deep-water

specimens. Though differing greatly in habit, they are identical in structure; and the

peculiar dwarfed and mutilated appearance of the reef form is adequately accounted for

by the eroding action of strong currents or surf.

The specimens of Caulerpa have been determined by Madame Weber van Bosse, the

authority and monographer of that genus, who has been so very kind as to examine and

name all of them, and her report is incorporated in this list.

The plants of Turbinaria Murrayana and T. ornata are of special interest, inasmuch

as they show a manner of propagation by stolons hitherto unrecorded for Turbinaria ;

though we believe that this mode of reproduction has been known for some time to

Madame Weber van Bosse as occurring in the genus.

We would here offer our best thanks to Mr. Gardiner for entrusting to us the exami-

nation of this interesting collection, and to Madame Weber for so readily naming the

specimens of Caulerpa, and also for demonstrating to us the identity of Zonaria

variegata, a characteristic and widely-distributed species, which is ably treated in one of

Monsieur Sauvageau’s later papers. To Z. variegata, as we now see, must be referred

Ralfsia ceylanica, Harv. To Major Reinbold we are indebted for the determination of

Boodlea van Bossei and for valuable information concerning Wicrodictyon derived from

his MSS., as yet unpublished. We postpone all remarks on geographical distribution

until the rest of the Algze have been named.

CHLOROPHYCEZ.

ULVACE.

Unva (Linn.), Wittr., emend.

1. Ulva fasciata, Del. Flore d’ Egypte, 1813, p. 153, tab. 58. fig. 5; De Toni, Syll. Alg.

i. (1889) p. 114.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Atlantic. Pacific. Indian Ocean,

Both in form and structure this plant agrees with Harvey’s specimen from Ceylon,

no. 100,

[ 164 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALGZ AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 37!

CLADOPHORACE.

BoopueEa, G. Murr. & De Toni.

2. Boodlea van Bossei, Reinb. Neue Chlorophye. Ind. Ocean, in Nuov. Notar.

vol. xvi. (1905) p. 148.

Coetivy, on reefs exposed at dead low tide. Cargados Carajos, 45 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Malay Archipelago, ‘Siboga’ Expedition! lLucipara Islands, fide

Reinbold. Mauritius, Ayres! in Herb. Kew. Seychelles, Dupont! in Herb. Kew.

Diego Garcia, German Deep-sea Expedition, ‘ Valdivia,’ 1898-9.

The specimens of this plunt collected by Mr. Gardiner vary slightly in the size of the

filaments, but they all show the distinguishing character of the long slender unbranched

unicellular rhizoids which arise from any part of the thallus, and each bears at the end

a well-developed tenaculum. Major Reinbold very kindly examined our plants, and

referred them at once to his Boodlea van Bossei. We do not figure the plant here, since

we understand that Major Reinbold will figure and describe it more fully in his forth-

coming account of some of the ‘ Siboga’ algae. Though we have examined a number of

other specimens in the British Museum Herbarium, we do not find a single specimen

of B. van Bosset. In the Kew Herbarium, however, there was one specimen from the

Seychelles and another from Mauritius.

During our search for B. van Bossei we found several hitherto unrecognised specimens

of B. coacta, G. Murr. & De Toni, which we here take the opportunity of recording :—

3. B. coacta, G. Murr. & De Toni, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxv. (1889) p. 245, t. 49.

Friendly Islands, Vavau, Harvey, no. 107 (sub “ Cladophora sp.”) | Friendly Islands,

Lifuka, Harvey, no. 109 (sub ‘* Cladophora sp.”)! Mauritius Arsenal, no. 78 (collector

unknown), July 1868 (in Herb. Mus. Brit.)! Mauritius, Barkly Islands, Jan. 1870,

Colonel Pike, no. 148!

Micropictyon, Decaisne.

4. Microdictyon pseudohapteron, sp. n. (Plate 47, figs. 1-4.)

M. fronde ramellis radicantibus paucis substrato affixa, foliacea, e filamentis cylindricis

primo opposite deinde stellatim ramosis inter sese reticulatim per pseudohaptera

conjunctis composita.

Amirante, 20-44 fms. and 30-100 fms. Saya de Malha, 25 and 26 fms. Cargados

Carajos, 45 fms.

The principal interest of this species lies in the fact that it diverges from the type of

structure hitherto recognised as characteristic of IMicrodictyon. ‘That genus, it will be

remembered, consists of a network of short cylindrical cells situated in one plane only.

Emerging on each side at the articulations of the main filaments, either singly at right

angles to the main axis or in pairs at acute angles, the lateral branches with their

branchlets come into contact with their neighbours and become attached to them, thus

producing square or polygonal meshes. The main articulated filameuts may be seen

coursing like veins through this reticulated membrane. No true tenacula have hitherto

[ 165 | 51*

376 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

been described as occurring in Iicrodictyon ; and we were therefore much interested to

find that the apical attachment-points of the branchlets in our plant have the appearance

of tenacula. We submitted our specimens to Major Reinbold, who has lately studied

this genus and will shortly publish his conclusions in the reports of the ‘Siboga’

Expedition ; and he kindly pointed out that the attachment-points in our specimens are

not true tenacula—that is, specialised cells—but are merely crenellated cell-ends (fig. 3).

They are, however, of sufficient importance to warrant his placing our species in a

separate section of the genus, a matter which he will deal with in his forthcoming paper.

M. pseudohapteron may also be recognised by the ramification, which in mature parts

of the thallus tends to be stellate at the nodes. This appears to arise in the following

manner :—The main filaments at each transverse wall put out a pair of opposite branches

in the same plane at right angles to the axis of the filament. Each of these branches is

seen to be seated in a lateral notch, as shown in fig. 2, c. Subsequently these branches

may become pulled or pushed forward so as to be situated at an acute angle with the

apical part of the main filament. Usually a second branch emerges from the main

filament in the axil below the first branch, and as it grows it tilts the first branch

forward. Thus a stellate node is obtained (fig. 2, d), and this, as mentioned above, is

characteristic of our species. Each branch repeats this mode of ramification more or

less regularly, and the triangular or polygonal meshes become more and more subdivided,

and sometimes almost filled in by the ultimate branchlets. As previously mentioned,

the free ends of the branchlets become adherent to the sides of neighbouring cells, and

thus the firm flat net of the thallus is formed.

Though most of the other species have a cruciform ramification, yet some of the

species show in the same thallus both cruciform and stellate modes of ramification.

Major Reinbold has seen this in Mediterranean specimens of I. wmbilicatum, and the

same may be seen in J. calodictyon, Decne., from the Canaries. This is also figured by

Montagne in Webb and Berthelot’s Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries, ii. part ii. sect. iv.

(1840) p. 180, tab. 8. figs. 14, le. Curiously enough, Montagne describes the primary

filaments as dividing into fours (“ venis quinis, mediis erectis, binis inferioribus patenti-

bus”). Kiitzing also figures the branching of JZ. calodictyon in his ‘Tabulze Phyco-

logicee,’ vii. (1857) tab. 25, 11.

Though we have not seen in our specimens the original attachment-disc, we have

noticed several rhizoids which fasten the thallus to the substratum. They appear to be

attenuated prolongations of the apex of a branchlet ; sometimes they arise from the side

of the cell. They are usually dark and partly opaque, and bear a holdfast at the

extremity (fig. 4).

SrRuvVEA, Sond.

5. Struvea Gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 47. fig. 5.)

S. stipite simplice, rugoso; fronde juniore subelliptico, 5 cm. longo, 3 cm. lato, fronde

adultiore late expanso, circa 17 cm. longo, 15 cm. lato; reticulo laxo e rhachi

inconspicua pinnatim ramosa et e ramis ad nodos cruciatim egredientibus iterum

[ 166 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALGA AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 377

iterumque in eodem modo cruciatim ramulosis composito; ramulis ultimis vel per

tenacula affixis vel conspicue liberis ; reticuli interstitiis in fronde juniore polygonis

irregularibus 1-4 mm. diam.. in fronde adultiore seepe usque ad 10-20 mm. diam.,

hinc et illine per lacerationem majoribus ; margine integro. Cellulis rhacheos 7 mm.

longis, 0°8 mm. latis ; ramulorum 0°75-1'5 mm. longis, 0°3—0°6 mm. latis.

Cargados Carajos, 80, 45, and 47 fms.

Of this species we have four specimens, two consisting of a mature flabellum only

without stalk, and the other two complete but small plants, the stalk of one being about

65 cm. long and the frond about 5 cm. The meshes of the flabellum are the largest we

have seen in Struvea, the cells of the costa measuring as much as about 7 mm., the cells

of the branches 3 mm., and those of the ultimate ramuli 0°75 mm. The branches and

branchlets are opposite and the shape of the meshes is rectangular; the nodes are

cruciate and not stellate, whereas in 8. orientalis, the following species, the branching

at the node is stellate.

Struvea Gardineri differs from 8. macrophylla in the smaller width and greater length

of the costa-cells, and in the irregularity and large size of the mesh as compared with the

regular and close mesh of S. macrophylla. S. Gardineri differs from §. orientalis in

having an unbranched stem, an entire margin, and a looser and rectangular mesh and

cruciate nodes, the nodes of S. oréentulis being stellate. 8. pulcherrima is the nearest

ally in point of size, but is easily distinguished by its stellately branched reticulum of

small regular meshes like those of some species of Jicrodictyon.

6. Struvea orientalis, sp.n. (Plate 47. figs. 6-9.)

Planta solitaria vel plures ex eadem basi ortz; stipite simplice vel diviso, rugoso vel

levi, 2°5-3°75 cm. longo, ramis plerumque oppositis; fronde basi cordato 3-5-costato

supra irregulariter expanso et mutilato vel paucilobato, usquead 4 cm. longo et lato ;

reticulo denso e rhachi pinnatim ramosa et e ramis ad nodos stellatim egredientibus

iterum iterumque in eodem modo stellatim ramulosis composito, ramulis fere omni-

bus per tenacula affixis; ramulis marginalibus liberis; reticuli interstitiis parvis

(0-1-0°3 mm. diam.) triangularibus vel polygonis et szepe per ramulos ultimos fere

omnino impletis. Cellulis racheos infra 3:0-3°5 mm. longis, 0°5 mm. latis, sursum

gradatim decrescentibus ; ramulorum 0°5 mm. longis, 0°25 mm. latis; cellulis ultimis

0:2—0'4 mm. longis, 0°1-0°15 mm. latis.

Amirante, 20-25 or more fathoms.

This species is represented by a group of four dried plants, all growing from a common

base, with rhizoids interwoven, and also by a single plant preserved in formalin. The

latter specimen is simple, bears an irregularly lobed frond, with margin not entire but

composed of free projecting branchlets (fig. 7, a), and has rather dense finely granular

cell-contents. Three of the dried plants are two or three times brauched ; the branching

is truly opposite, but occasionally appears to be dichotomous, owing to the removal or

loss of one of the branches. The branches themselves are possibly the persistent basal

costze of a denuded frond ; but we cannot be certain of this. The fronds of these plants

[ 167 ]

378 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

are all so much torn that it is impossible to say what the normal outline of the frond

may be. It consists of a close reticulum, the minute meshes of which are often almost

completely filled in by cells or branchlets of later growth (figs. 7, 0, and 8, a), somewhat

recalling Anadyomene. The characteristic tenacula are well developed in this species

(fig. 9).

The only branched species of Strwvea hitherto described are S. ramosa, Dickie, and

S. delicatula, Kiitz. From the former of these, which is about equal in size, our plant

differs in having a very much smaller mesh with cells half as long as those of 8. ramosa.

From 8. delicatula it differs in being two to three times as large, and in having the

reticulum of the frond composed of cells of approximately equal diameter, forming a

much more uniform meshwork.

ANADYOMENE, Lamour.

7. Anadyomene Wrightii, Harv. apud J. E. Gray in Journ. Bot. iv. (1866) p. 48,

tab. 44. fig. 5; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889) p. 367.

Saya de Malha, 26 fms. Cargados Carajos, 45 and 47 fms.

This species is not represented by authenticated specimens either in the British

Museum or in the Kew Herbarium. But the excellent figure and description in

J. E. Gray’s paper have enabled us to determine our plants and to refer to this species

no. 7 of Ferguson’s Ceylon alge.

Geogr. Distr. Loo Choo Islands. Ceylon.

VALONIACEA.

DictyospH RIA, Decne.

8. Dictyospheria favulosa, Decne. Class. des Algues, p. 32; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i.

(1889) p. 8371; Weber van Bosse, in Nuov. Notar. xvi. (1905) p. 148.

Coetivy, on reef exposed at dead low tide. Saya de Malha, 25 fms. Cargados Carajos,

45 fms. Chagos Archipelago, Egmont reef, exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Pacific Ocean. Indian Ocean.

9. D. Versluysii, Web. v. Bosse, in Nuov. Notar. xvi. (1905) p. 144.

Coetivy reef. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon and Egmont, on reefs exposed at dead

low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Malay Archipelago.

As stated by the author (J. ¢.), this species is characterised by being solid throughout

its life-history, and by bearing on the internal membrane of the cell cellulose hairs,

which grow towards the interior, This species will be more fully described by

Madame Weber in her official report upon the alge of the ‘ Siboga’ Expedition.

[ 168 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALGA AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 379

VALONIA, Ginn.

10. Valonia confervoides, Harv. Alg. exsice. Ceylon, no. 73, and Alg. exsice. Friendly

Islands, no. 101; J. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. viii. (1887) p. 100; De Toni, Syll. Alg.

i. (1889) p. 378.

Coetivy reef. Chagos Archipelago: Egmont, on reef exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Pacific. Indian Ocean.

ll. V. fastigiata, Harv. Alg. exsice. Ceylon, no. 74, and Alg. exsice. Friendly Islands,

no. 100; J. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. viii. (1887) p. 101.

Coetivy reef. Seychelles: Praslin reef. Saya de Malha, 25 fms. Cargados Carajos,

47 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Egmont reef.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean. Friendly Islands. Australia.

Neomeris, Lamour.

12. Neomeris annulata, Dickie, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xiv. (1873) p. 198; De

Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889) p. 414; M.A. Howe, in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxi.

(1904) pp. 97-99.

Coetivy. Chagos Archipelago: Egmont. In each case on reefs exposed at dead low

tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Pacific: Tongatabu. Indian Ocean: Mauritius.

The material of this species is somewhat scanty, but ample for identification. The

scarcity, however, is explicable in view of the inconspicuousness of the calcified plant to

any eye but that of the expectant algologist. The species issynonymous with WV. Kelleri,

Cramer, and has been recorded from the West Indies, Polynesia, and Mauritius. If

carefully searched for it will probably be found at other tropical stations. Mr. M. A.

Howe (/. c.) has published a useful key to the three species of Neomeris and has given a

bibliography of the literature.

Bryopsis, Lamour.

13. Bryopsis indica, sp.n. (Plate 47. figs. 10, 11.)

B. froudibus erectis, usque ad 30 mm. altus, bifariam plus minusve ramosis vel simplici-

bus, pluma initiali ambitu oblanceolato-oblonga hinc illine adparenter disticha circa

12°5 mm. longa, ramentis simplicibus singulis circa 1 mm. longis, in ordines duos

ad quodque latus dispositis, raro paucis ordinibus duplicibus interpositis.

Coetivy. Chagos Archipelago: Coin, Peros. In each case on reefs exposed at dead

low tide. Also Ceylon, Harvey! no. 99 Alg. exsicc. Ceylon. Mauritius, Pike! Gabriel

Island, May 22/71, sub B. cespitosa in Herb. Mus. Brit. and Kew.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean.

This species is, like the West-Australian B. australis, Sond., distinguished by the

[ 169 ]

380 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

arrangement of the ramenta along the stem. Through a lens they sometimes appear to

be distichous, as if forming single rows on the two opposite sides of the stem or

branch (fig. 11), but a more careful examination shows that they form in reality two

rows of alternating ramuli, instead of a single one, on each side. The ramenta emerge

each singly from the stem, and do not bifurcate at the base as in Bryopsis gemellipara,

Besides this simple arrangement of two double rows of ramenta, there are occasionally

either one or two single or double rows of ramenta arising in the intermediate space

between the original rows; and such plants have the appearance of bearing ramenta all

round the stem until microscopically examined. This distribution of the ramenta is

easily seen by a study of the scars left on the bare stem by the fallen ramenta.

This mode of ramification separates our plant from the truly distichous group repre-

sented by B. plumosa and also from the group including B. hypnoides, in which the

ramenta arise all round the stem.

The nearest ally to our plant is B. australis, which bears two double or triple rows of

alternating ramenta. The difference between B. australis and our plant is found in the

habit—B. australis having long bare branched stems, with short plumes at the top,

3-5 mm. long; while in B. éndica the stems are much shorter and the plumes extend

twice as far downwards from the apex (about 10 mm.) as in B. australis. In the latter

species the ramenta, in fact, appear to be much more deciduous.

B. australis was discovered by Preiss in West Australia, and, so far as we know, has

never been recorded since. Authentic specimens are preserved in the Herbaria of the

British Museum and Kew, which witness to the truthfulness of Kiitzing’s plate (Tab.

Phye. vi. tab. 81, i.) so far as concerns the general habit of the plant. The Kew

specimen, for instance, consists of some half-dozen long bare stems, arising from a

fragment of main stem and having at their base the clasping rhizoids so often present

in Bryopsis. At the summit of each branch is a short lanceolate plume of unbranched

ramenta, which were described by Sonder in Lehmann’s ‘ Plantz Preissiane,’ ii. (1846-7)

p- 152, as arising in a subhexastichous order. It is strange that J. G. Agardh, in

his ‘Till Alg. Syst.’ viii. (1887) p. 27, states that he has not observed this mode

of arrangement, and describes the ramenta as ‘ quoquoversum egredientibus,”

without further detail. Kiitzing (loc. cit.) is unsuccessful in portraying the terminal

plume and the arrangement of the ramenta. ‘hese latter are far too few in the

figure, and are represented as emerging all round the stem, as indicated by the scars

below.

While examining other species of Bryopsis in the Herbaria of the British Museum

and Kew, we have been able to identify several as B. indica, and thus add to the

area of its distribution. Among these is Harvey’s unnamed specimen issued in his

‘ Exsiccatee’ as Bryopsis sp., Ceylon, no. 99. Col. N. Pike also collected this species in

Mauritius.

[ 170 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALG.E AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 381

CAULERPACEA.

(By Madame Wepzr van Bosse.)

CAULERPA, Lam.

14. Caulerpa crassifolia, J. Ag.

f. typica, Web. v. Bosse.

C. pinnata f. typica, Web. v. Bosse, Monogr. des Caulerpes, in Ann, Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, xv.

(1898) p. 290.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Ceylon.

15. O. taxifolia, J. Ag.

f. interrupta, Sved. in Rep. Ceylon Marine Biol. Lab. part ii. (1906) p. 32.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Ceylon.

f. asplenioides, Web. v. Bosse, 1. c. p. 292.

Amirante, 30 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Ceylon. Malay Archipelago. Sandwich Islands.

16. C. Freycinetii, Ag.

Var. typica, Web. v. Bosse, l. ¢. p. 312.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, on reef exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Red Sea, Indian Ocean. Pacific.

Var. typica f. lata, Web. v. Bosse, J. ¢. p. 318.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reef exposed at dead low tide. Chagos Archipelago: Diego

Garcia, Barachois, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Red Sea. Ceylon. Malay Archipelago. Marianne

Islands. Caroline Islands. Friendly Islands.

Var. typica f. spiralis, Web. v. Bosse, J. c. p. 314.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, Egmont and Diego Garcia, on reefs exposed at dead

low tide. Amirante, 20—44 fms.

Geogr. Distr. New Caledonia.

The Amirante specimen shows less torsion and has bigger teeth than is usually

the case in f. spiralis. The difference is probably due to the great depth from

which the plant was collected.

17. O. eupressoides, Web. v. Bosse, J. c. p. 323.

Coetivy, on reef exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. park | 52

382 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

This is an intermediate specimen, standing nearer to var. ¢ypica than to var.

mamillosa f. nuda.

Var. typica f. denudata, Web. v. Bosse, f. n.; rhachi passim pinnulis orbata,

pinnulis parvis.

Cargados Carajos [depth unknown ; probably about 30 fms.]. Farquhar Lagoon.

The main axis is in many parts bare of pinnules, and the pinnules where present are

small. In the dried specimens the axis is a little constricted above a whorl of pinnules.

This is, however, not always the case, and may be due to the drying process.

Var. typica f. Gardineri, Web. v. Bosse, f.n. (Plates 47, 48. figs. 12,13); frondibus

a surculo repente erectis elongatis dichotome ramosis fastigiatis, vel planis pro

specie latis (1°5-2 mim.) pinnulas distichas gerentibus, vel triangularibus pinnulas

regulares tristrichas breves subnaviculares gerentibus.

Saya de Malha, 25 fms, Cargados Carajos, 28 and 45 fms.

The form Gardineri is another instance of the difficulty of distinguishing definitely

the members of Caulerpa cupressoides. Some months ago I received from my friends

Mr. and Mrs. Gepp a small collection of Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s Caulerpe, and among

these I found the above-named form, but only with branches bearing distichous

pinuules (fig. 12). These plants were dried specimens, and bore no indication of the

depth at which they had been collected. The rather broad axis and the distichous

pinnules pointed towards C. Lessonii, Bory, but the entire absence of cylindrical

pinnules, the great length (20 cm. and more) of the branches, or ‘‘assimilators” as

Svedelius calls them, made me think that this plant was a deep-water form of

C. cupressoides.

A short time ago I received from Mr. and Mrs. Gepp some more Caulerpe from the

same collection for determination. This time the material was preserved in alcohol,

and amongst it was this same form Gardineri. On the accompanying label was

mentioned the depth from which the alga had been hauled up; it was 28 fathoms,

Amongst these specimens there was one large plant with triangular regularly tri-

stichous pinnules, all subnavicular (fig. 13). We know, and Svedelius in his beautiful

paper on the Caulerpe of Ceylon has described the fact at full length, that some species

of Caulerpe increase in length when they grow in places where the water is deep, and

that other species do not, C. cupressoides seems to belong to the first category; but

with the lengthening of the main axis we observe a reduction of the pinnules in size

and often in number. The pinnules of the form Gardineri are smaller than the

pinnules of C. cupressoides var. typica, and they are often distichous instead of tri-

stichous, but specimens with tristichous pinnules do occur. The present form is new

to science, and I have given it the name of Gardineri, in honour of Mr. Stanley Gardiner

who collected it for the first time. Its characteristics are the great length of the

assimilators and the regular, rather small, subnayicular pinnules, placed either

distichously (fig. 12) along a rather broad, or tristichously (fig. 13) along a triangular,

axis.

GEPP

MARINE ALGA AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 383

Var. mamillosa f. nuda, Web. v. Bosse, J. e. p- 382.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia and Coin, Peros. Coetivy. In each case on reefs

exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies.

CODIACEZ.

Copium, Stackh.

18. Codium difforme, Kiitz. Tab. Phye. vi. (1856) p.35, tab. 99 ; Askenasy, in Forsch-

ungsreise ‘Gazelle,’ Theil iv. Bot. (1889) p. 10; Bornet, Algues de Schousboe

(1892), p. 55.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Kerguelen.

This species resembles in habit C. adherens, Ag., but is quite distinct in the size of

its utricles (peripheral cells), which measure about 1 mm. in length and 150-200 «

in diameter, while those of C. adherens do not exceed 60 » in diameter. These

distinctions are pointed out by Askenasy and Bornet (Ul. cc.).

19. C. ovale, Zanard. Phyc. Papuanze, in Nuoy. Giorn. Bot. Ital. x. (1878) p. 37;

De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889) p. 491.

Seychelles, 31 fms.

Geogr. Distr. New Guinea.

20. C. tomentosum, Stackh. Ner. Brit. (1801) p. 21, tab. 7; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i.

(1889) p. 491.

Amirante, 20-25 fms. and below 25 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Atlantic. Cape of Good Hope. Indian Ocean.

Pacific.

This species has a wide distribution in temperate and tropical waters. But since

many specimens of similar habit have in the past been wrongly referred to it, caution

should be observed in accepting all the specimens so determined in large Herbaria

without re-examination of the utricles of the plants. The shape and average size of the

utricles, the apex of the utricle whether thin-walled or thickened, whether mucronate or

not—these, together with habit, are the distinguishing characters of the species.

21. C. elongatum, Ag. Spec. Alg. (1849) p. 454; Kiitzing, Tab. Phyc. vi. (1856) tab. 96 ;

De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889) p. 496; Bornet, Algues de Schousboe (1892), p. 56.

Amirante, 20-25 fms. and below 20 fms.; Seychelles, 31 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Indian Ocean. Australia.

In an interesting note upon this species Bornet (loc. cit.) points out that in distin-

guishing the forms of this and of the preceding species the most trustworthy character

is found in the respective size of the utricles rather than in the external habit of the

plants, and that the specific limits thus assigned accord well with the ead a

[ 173 | 5

384 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

distribution on the west coast of Europe. The true Codiwm tomentosum has small utricles

up to 500 » in length and ranges as far north as Great Britain, whereas C. elongatum

has large utricles, often twice as long as those of C. tomentosum, and does not seem to

occur north of Cadiz. We find the same distinction to hold good for extra-European

species.

TYDEMANIA, Weber van Bosse.

22. Tydemania expeditionis, Weber van Bosse, in Aun. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, xvii.

(ser. 2, vol. ii.) 1901, p. 189. (Plate 48. figs. 18, 19.)

Amirante, 20-44 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, on reefs exposed at dead low

tide.

Geogr. Distr. Malay Archipelago.

For the sake of convenience we quote here the original diagnosis of this rare alga :—

“ Thalle incrusté de calcaire, composé d’un axe cylindrique simple ou ramifié, portant

des branches réunies en glomérules superposés ou rarement disposés en éventail.

Branches se divisant par dichotomie répétée en directions alternantes en ramules tres

étalés, enchevétrés, formant un glomérule dense, ou branches se divisant par dichotomie

répétée en une seule direction en ramules érigés, conglutinés, en forme d’éventail.

Fructification inconnue.”

This plant seems to have eluded the observation of collectors until discovered and

recorded by Madame Weber van Bosse when on the ‘Siboga’ Expedition to the Dutch

East Indies, and it was briefly described by her in the diagnosis quoted above. The

specimens which she has been so kind as to lend us show the remarkable dimorphic

habit of the plant, and they will be figured among the ‘Siboga’ reports. But while

her specimens chiefly represent the glomerulous form, those of Mr. Stanley Gardiner

are of the flabellate form only, without a single example of the glomerulous form, and

consist of tufts and masses of small flabellate calcified fronds connected together by

a continuous branched filament. At first sight these flabella might easily be mistaken

for Udotea javensis, Gepp (Journ. of Botany, xlii. 1904, pp. 363-4, pl. 467), formerly

known as Lhipidosiphon javensis, Mont., since they consist, like that species, of calcified

dichotomously branched filaments, adhering laterally in one plane. The stipes also,

upon which the flabellum in each species is borne, is monosiphonous. But a comparison

of the two species side by side shows at once unmistakable differences. In 7. expedi-

tionis the single siphon, which bears the flabellate fronds, is beaded from its point of

junction with the main filament up to the point at which it divides to form the

flabellum, while in U. javensis the monosiphonous stipes is entirely unbeaded and often

emits rhizoids, as may be seen in our figures of the plant (loc. cit. figs. 2,3). In the

size of the filaments, both ‘of stem and frond, there is considerable difference between

the two species. The diameter of the stipes in 7’. expeditionis is about 250-280 » and

of the frond filaments 40-70 », while that of the stipes of U. javensis is 60-100 » and of

the frond filaments 30-40 p.

[ 174 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALGZ AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 385

Uporera, Lamour.

23. Udotea glaucescens, Harv. Algze exsicc. Friendly Islands, no. 82; J. G. Agardh,

Till Alg. Syst. viii. (1887) p. 70.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Friendly Islands. Fiji. Cape York.

This species has not hitherto been recorded from the Indian Ocean, though its near

ally U. javensis, Gepp (Rhipidosiphon javensis, Mont.), occurs in the Malay Archipelago

and Ceylon.

24. U. conglutinata, Lamour. Polyp. flex. (1816) p. 312; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889)

p- 507.

Amirante, 30 fms. Coetivy recf. Cargados Carajos, 30 and 47 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Atlantic. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

25. U. palmetta, Decne. Mém. sur les Corallines etc. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2° sér. xviii.

(1842) p. 105; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. (1889) p. 506.

Cargados Carajos, 45 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean.

This species has, so far as we know, never been collected since the original plant was

described by Decaisne (/. ¢.). The original locality whence this species came has never

been recorded. It is indicated neither by Decaisne in his description nor on the label

of the type specimen preserved in the Paris Herbarium. Decaisne merely says “ in

Herb. Petit Thouars, nune Mus. Par.’ Through the kindness of Messrs. Hariot and

Lignier we have been accorded the privilege of examining Decaisne’s type now in

Paris, as well as the specimen preserved in Herb. Chauvin at Caen, which together

have hitherto constituted the only known material of the species. The home of

U. palmetta remained therefore a mystery until the present collection of Mr. Stanley

Gardiner yielded fresh examples, which point to the conclusion that the original locality

was situated in the Indian Ocean. As stated above, Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s specimens

were obtained from a depth of 45 fathoms and in a living state. It would be extremely

interesting if light could be thrown upon the following questions concerning Decaisne’s

type and the specimen in Herb. Chauvin. Did they both come from the same locality ?

Were they collected by Du Petit Thouars? From what island or coast did they come ?

And from what depth were they obtained? If the species is of restricted distribution,

and occurs only at so great a depth as 45 fathoms, the explanation of its being so

scantily represented—namely, in only two herbaria—is obvious.

The thallus of Udotea consists, as is well known, of unicellular, dichotomously

branched filaments, which in some species are simple, as in U. conglutinata, and in

others bear numerous short lateral branchlets varying in form according to the species.

U. palmetta is one of the group characterised by bearing these lateral branchlets,

and they are of the simpler type, being short, undivided, or more or less forked, and

borne now along one side, now along the other side, of the same main filament, but

never on both sides at once. They are not sufficiently large to form a cortex like that

ive.

386 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

which conceals the main filaments in Udotea argentea, Zan., and other species, but they

can be detected by a lens as standing out along the main filaments even before the plant,

whether dry or moist, has been decalcified. In Decaisne’s type the branchlets are more

short and simple than in Chauvin’s specimen, where each lateral branchlet frequently

divides into two or three points. The plants from Cargados Carajos resemble the type

in this character, and have mostly simple, short, pointed branchlets. |

26. Udotea argentea, Zanard. Plant. Mar. Rub. in Mem. R. Ist. Ven. vol. vii. (1858

p- 290, tab. 10. figs. la, 1. .

f. typica, form. nov.; ramulis lateralibus capitatis; capitibus varie angulatis aut

lobatis.

Coetivy, on reefs exposed at dead low tide. Cargados Carajos, 22, 30, and 47 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Red Sea.

This species is not a well-known one, but it is so well marked that, when once

recognised, it is quite unmistakable. The figures given by Zanardini (/. ¢.) of the

original plant, collected by Portier at Suez, are quite sufficiently good to identify this

characteristic species, even despite the loss of Zanardini’s type, which has been searched

for in foreign herbaria in vain. In habit U. argentea is often repeatedly proliferous,

the proliferations overlapping each other so thickly at times that a single plant forms a

sort of fan-shaped’ colony. The structure is, generally speaking, like that of other

corticated species of Udotea, but it is distinguished from all of them by the character

of the lateral branchlets. In U. argentea these arise at short intervals in two or three

rows along the main filaments and bear each a head which is variously angulate or

lobed. These capitate lateral branchlets soldered together by a deposited cement of

calcium carbonate form a strong cortex, and thus unite into a firm frond the parallel

main filaments, which form the framework of the thallus. The variations in the form

of the head of the lateral branchlets are sufficiently marked to allow of the species being

divided up into several forms, which appear to have also a more or less definite

geographical distribution. The form represented in the present collection is the one

which we regard as a typical representative of the original plant from the Red Sea, and

we call it therefore f. ¢ypica. Other forms will be described and figured by us in our

account of the Udotee collected by Madame Weber van Bosse during the ‘ Siboga’

Expedition.

Since the above remarks were written, we have recently had the great satisfaction of

examining what we had long desired to see, namely, specimens of U. argentea from

the Red Sea, and actually from the type-locality. These were included among some

unnamed specimens submitted to us by Prof. R. J. Harvey Gibson and had been

collected by Mr. C. Crossland at Suez Bay. They have since been embodied in

Prof. Gibson’s paper read before the Linnean Society on December 5th, 1907.

Mr. Crossland’s specimens supply just the geographical link which we desired for

the completion of the chain of proof that we had rightly referred the Indian Ocean

specimens to the U. argentea, which had previously been recorded only from the

ted Sea. The Suez Bay specimens exactly resemble those of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner,

while further to the east, as shown by specimens from the Malay Archipelago (‘ Siboga’

[ 76.4

GEPP—MARINE ALGZ AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 387

Expedition, Madame Weber) and from Queensland (Bailey), the species exhibits slight

modifications of internal structure ; and, further, a slightly modified form occurs in the

West Indies. These forms we hope to describe in a paper soon to be published.

CLADOCEPHALUS, Howe.

27. Cladocephalus excentricus, sp.n. (Plate 48. figs. 14-17.)

Planta lete viridis, solitaria, usque ad 10 em. alta, adspectu primo Udoteam con-

glutinatam simulans, stipite e substrato calcareo orto, simplici, olivaceo, usque ad

3 cm, alta, tereti, solido, 1-2 mm. crasso; fronde inzequaliter cyathiformi, peltata,

late expansa, primo rotundata, demum irregulariter elliptica vel lobata, usque ad

10 cm. lata, membranacea, viridi, zonata; filamentis frondis primariis e stipite

radiantibus, pallide viridibus, 25 « crassis, superne in ramulos dense intertextos et

corticem frondis formantes dichotome divisis, ramulis ultimis hyalinis 10 u crassis.

Cargados Carajos, 30, 45, and 47 fms.

The genus Cladocephalus was founded by Mr. M. A. Howe (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club,

xxxii. 1905, p. 569) on a new plant, C. scoparius, collected by him in the Bahamas.

The characters by which the author distinguishes this genus from Udotea, its nearest

ally, are the external habit and the intricate labyrinthiform nature of the pseudo-cortex

(figs. 15, 16), which is composed of repeatedly divaricato-dichotomous filaments closely

interwoven. The author describes it thus:—‘The cortex is formed by branches

originating subdichotomously from the more peripheral members of the medullary

strand, and becoming afterwards apparently lateral. These branches then undergo

repeated divaricate forkings, with a gradual diminution of diameter, until finally they

may have only one-fifth or even one-twelfth the diameter of the filaments of the central

strand.” We find the same peculiar cortical structure in Flabellaria luteo-fusea, Crouan,

from Guadeloupe; indeed a microscopical preparation of that species is quite indistin-

guishable from one of Cladocephalus scoparius, Howe. The only difference between

the two species is in the habit and colour. C. scoparius is of a yellowish-brown,

substramineous, or olivaceous colour on drying and has a scopiform or thamnioid

capitulum, “ varying in outline from elongate-fusiform or elongate-ellipsoid to obovoid

or subspherical,” while 7. luteo-fusca has a cuneate-flabellate or spathulate frond, with

a subentire to eroso-lacerate margin. The stem of /. luteo-fusca is sometimes branched,

as is that of C. scoparius. Cladocephalus being now established as an independent

genus, Lf. luteo-fusca, Crouan, must be transferred to it under the name of Cladocephalus

luteo-fuscus *.

Crouan’s species was published by Mazé and Schramm (Algues de la Guadeloupe,

ed. ii. 1870-77, p. 88) without description. They say :—‘‘Croit dans un fond de sable

vaseux, entre des fragments de rochers et de madrépores brisés. ... . Coloration brune

noiratre persistante. Saint Martin (Lac Simpson, pres lembarcadére de Vhabitation

Durat, Anse du Marigot). Presque toute l’année. Coll. nos. 1403, 1904.” Consequently

the species could not be recognised save by comparison with an authentic specimen,

* Since the present paper was read before the Society, Dr. F. Bérgesen, having come to a similar conclusion

about F. luéeo-fusca, has transferred it to the genus Cladocephalus (Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Foren. Kjébenhayn,

1908, p. 44). ra7]

388 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Authentic specimens of it are preserved in the British Museum, and we have figures

and a diagnosis of them awaiting publication.

Since this note was written, an excellent diagnosis of Flabellaria luteo-fusca, Crouan,

has been published by Mr. Howe (in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxiv. 1907, p. 513), who,

presumably on the ground of external habit, follows Murray and Boodle (Journ. of

Bot. xxvii. 1889, p. 239) and places it in Udotea.

Hitherto the only plants of either species of Cladocephalus have been recorded from

the West Indies alone, but we now propose to describe a third species which was

collected by Mr. Gardiner in the Indian Ocean. Among Mr. Gardiner’s plants are

several specimens which have all the appearance of a peltate Udotea (fig. 14), being

green, zoned, and borne on a delicate stalk. An examination of their structure reveals,

however, a labyrinthiform pseudo-cortex (figs. 15, 16) similar to that of C. scoparius

and C. luteo-fusca. But while in these two latter species the lateral branchlets arise

from a comparatively coarse main filament, 50 » broad, in our Indian Ocean plant the

main filaments are only 25 « wide, and the contrast in size between them and the final

dichotomies of the branchlets (fig. 16) is not nearly so marked as in the two other

species. One of the most characteristic features of our plant is its peltate habit,

resembling that of Udotea conglutinata f. infundibuliformis (U. infundibulum, J. Ag.,

and U. cyathiformis, Decne.); but in addition to having a very different structure, it

is at once distinguished from that species in being uncalcified. The form of the cup

is irregular, being lop-sided, much raised on one side and depressed on the other.

The new species has a very slender stalk and a large frond, much in the proportion of

U. conglutinata, whereas the two West Indian species have long thick stalks.

We would point out that in the generic description of Cladocephalus (J. c. p. 569) the

author describes the capitulum as thamnioid or scopiform and non-zonate. These

characters are, however, of specific rather than of generic value; and we propose that

the generic diagnosis should be amended in such a way as to admit the inclusion of

other species which possess the structural character of Cladocephalus, viz., the intricate

labyrinthiform pseudo-cortex.

AVRAINVILLEA, Decaisne.

28. Avrainvillea amadelpha, Gepp. (Plate 48. fig. 20; Plate 49. figs. 21, 22.)

Syn. Udotea amadelpha, Mont. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 4 sér. t. vii. (1857) p. 186; De Toni, Syll. Alg.

i. (1889) p. 509.

Amirante, 30 fms. Coetivy, on reefs exposed at dead low tide. Saya de Malha,

25 and 29 fms. Cargados Carajos, 47 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, on reefs

exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Western Indian Ocean.

This species was considered by its author to belong to Udotea, in which genus it has

till now always been placed, but as a more or less unknown member. The original

plant was collected by Le Due at the Island of Galega in the Indian Ocean and was at

some time divided, the larger part being preserved in the Decaisne Herbarium in Paris,

while the smaller part found its way into Kiitzing’s Herbarium, now in the possession

[178 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALG AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 389

of Madame Weber van Bosse. By the kindness of M. Hariot and of Madame Weber

we have seen and examined these two portions of the type, and we find that both in

habit and structure it possesses the generic characters of Avrainvillea and not of Udotea.

The filaments are uncalcified, branch dichotomously, bear no side branchlets, and are

not parallel but are more or less intricated to form a feltwork as in all species of

Avrainvillea. In almost all the species of Udotea the whole plant is generally more

or less calcified, the main filaments run out almost parallel from the stipes to the

periphery of the frond, bearing in many species lateral branchlets of peculiar form.

We have therefore transferred U. amadelpha, Mont., to the genus Avrainvillea.

In the original specimen many short thickish stalks spring from a thickened crowded

base and generally branch dichotomously, each bearing a small rather thin frond, the

whole plant being of a brownish colour and about 6 em. high. The basal part has a

more or less felt-like hairy appearance, caused by the projection beyond the surface of

the ends of filaments composing the stem.

A. amadelpha has never been recorded since the original description was published,

and we were therefore greatly interested to find specimens of it in the collections of

Mr. Stanley Gardiner, who gathered it from reefs and deep water in five different

localities more or less in the neighbourhood of Galega. Some of these plants are less

congested in their habit of growth and attain larger dimensions, up to 17 or 18 cm.

(the stalks themselves being about 6 cm., the height of the entire plant described by

Montagne). These large plants all come from deep water, 25-47 fms., whereas the

congested forms, which exactly resemble the type, were collected on reefs exposed at

dead low water.

A. amadelpha is distinguished from other species of the genus by the peculiar form

of the apices of the frond-filaments, which are torulose (fig. 19), sometimes irregularly

swollen on one side, often twisted and curved and often so interwoven as to form a

thin pseudo-cortex of the frond (fig. 20). The filaments do not, as a rule, diminish so

markedly in width towards their apices as is the case in 4. lacerata, to which species

A. amadelpha is in structure closely allied.

29. Avrainvillea Gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 49, figs. 28, 24.)

Planta elata usque ad 30 em. alta, solitaria; rhizomate crasso luride fusco, 9-12 em.

longo, 1°5 cm. crasso, e basi bulbosa suboblique adscendente, et in stipitem brevem

compressum (1°5-2°5 em. longum, 6-9 mm. Jatum) viridem apice subito mutato ;

fronde e olivaceo viridescente (nunquam brunneo) amplissima (usque ad 18 ecm.

alta et 20 em. lata) rotundata, basi plerumque cordata vel auriculato-cordata,

membranacea, zonata, margine primo integra, demum senectute plus minusve

grosse lacerata; frondis filamentis laxe intertextis et facile separabilibus, 20-30 K

crassis, apices versus haud attenuatis, plerumque regulariter torulosis, ad apices

interdum leviter tortuosis sed inter sese vix intertextis.

Cargados Carajos, 22, 30, and 47 fms.

This species is a deep-water form and one of the largest members of the genus so far

as we know it, rivalling 4. nigricans, Decne., the biggest species of the West Indies, and

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOW. XII. fie By 53

390 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

is indeed a very handsome plant. The rhizome is cylindrical, is of considerable size,

and is often encrusted with epiphytic animals; it arises obliquely or subvertically from

the bulbous base by which the plant is attached. It rather suggests that the plant

grew on a firm matrix covered with three or four inches of mud; and at its apex it is

abruptly transformed into a short flattened green stalk, which bears the large round

subauriculate membranaceous frond. The frond being thin shows clearly, when held

up to the light, the zonate marking. When young and small the frond is quite entire;

but in the old plants it is sometimes split here and there along the radii, so that it

appears deeply and irregularly lacerate. The colour varies from a deep olive to a light

green, while the rhizome is pale brown. In young fronds the base is rather cuneate,

while in older plants it is often auriculate-cordate.

The filaments of the frond are markedly torulose for some distance behind the apex

(fig. 22), and do not taper towards their apices; the apices are often curled, but not

markedly interwoven.

A near ally to this species is Avrainvillea nigricans, Decne., from which it differs

in having a short flattened stipes on a long unbranched rhizome and also a very thin

green frond; its frond-filaments are of fairly uniform thickness (20-30 » diam.) and are

much smaller than those of A. nigricans, which measure 60 » or more inside the frond,

but diminish to 30 « at their apices. Further, 4. Gardineri is confined to the western

Indian Ocean, being known only from Cargados Carajos, whereas A. nigricans is a

West Indian species.

A. Gardineri resembles A. amadelpha in being composed of filaments which for a

certain distance behind the apex are torulose, but in .4. Gardineri the torulose beading

is more regular, extends further back from the apices of the filaments, and the filaments

are wider than those of 4. amadelpha. The pseudo-cortex, composed of twisted knotted

apices, usually characteristic of 4. amadelpha is not found in A. Gardineri, though in

the latter species the torulose apices are often curled and loosely intertwined. In habit

A. Gardineri and A. wmadelpha are quite distinct.

CHLORODESMIS, Bail. et Harv.

30. Chlorodesmis comosa, Bail. et Harv. in Harvey, Nereis Bor.-Amer. iii. p. 29 (1858).

Avrainvillea comosa, G. Murr. & Boodle, in Journ. of Bot. xxvii. 1889, p. 71, tab. 282. fig. 12;

De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. 1889, p. 515.

Hab. Seychelles: Praslin, on reef.

Geogr. Distr. Fiji, Friendly Islands, New Caledonia, New Guinea, Celebes.

Hawimepa, Lamour.

51. Halimeda Tuna, Lamour. Classif. Polyp. corall. (1812) p. 186; E. S. Barton,

Siboga-Expeditie, Monographe lx. Halimeda, 1901, p. 11, t. 1.

f. typica, BE. 8. Bart., Coetivy reef. Saya de Malha, 26 and 55 fms. Cargados

Carajos, 30, 45, and 47 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Egmont, lagoon shoal and reef.

f. typica, E. 8. Bart., varying to f. platydisca, E.S. Bart., Cargados Carajos, 47 fms.

[ 180 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALG AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 391

f. platydisca, Hi. 8. Bart., Amirante, below 20 and 25 fms. Seychelles, below 34 and

44 fms. Saya de Malha, 26 fms. Cargados Carajos, 30, 45, and 47 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Atlantic. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

32. Halimeda cwneata, Hering, in Flora, xxix. (1846) p. 214; E. 8S. Bart. Siboga-

Expeditie, Mon. lx. Halimeda, p. 15, t. 1.

f. undulata, H.S8. Bart., Chagos Archipelago: Coin, Peros, and Salomon, on reefs

exposed at dead low tides.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

These specimens have the habit of f. wndulata, with the undulate and thickened

margin, and have also the thickened junction of filaments at the apex of each joint,

but the lateral walls of the peripheral cells are not connected for more than a quarter

of their length, and in some cases hardly so much.

33. H. Opuntia, Lamour. J. c. p. 186; E. 8. Bart. 1. c. p. 18, t. 2.

f. typica, E.S. Bart., Amirante, below 20 fms., below 25 fms., 30-100 fms. Seychelles,

34 fms. Saya de Malha, 25, 26, 29, and 55 fms. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms. Chagos

Archipelago: Salomon reef, Coin, Peros reef, Chagos 30 fms., Diego Garcia reef.

f. typica, H. 8. Bart., varying to cordata, HK. 8. Bart., Amirante, 25 fms. Cargados

Carajos, 30 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon reef.

f. ty pica, E. 8. Bart., verging to ¢riloba, H. S. Bart., Salomon reef.

f. typica, verging to cordata and triloba, Diego Garcia reef.

f. cordata, B.S. Bart., Amirante, 20 and 30 fms. Coetivy reef. Seychelles, 34 fms.

Saya de Malha, 26 and 29 fms. Salomon reef.

Geogr. Distr. Atlantic. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

34. H. gracilis, Harvey, ex J. Ag. Till Alg. Syst. vii. (1887) p. 82; E.S. Bart. 7. ¢.

p. 22, t. 3.

f. typica, E. 8. Bart., Amirante, below 20 fms. and below 25 fms. Saya de Malha,

25 and 29 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Atlantic. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

30. H. incrassata, Lamour. l.c. p. 186; E. 8S. Bart. J. ¢. p. 25, t. 4.

f. typica, EK. 8. Bart. (with rather small joints). Chagos Archipelago: Coin, Peros,

reef. Egmont.

f. monilis, HK. 8. Bart., Amirante, 25 fms. Coetivy reef. Saya de Malha, 25 fms.

(between ¢ypica and monilis). Cargados Carajos, 47 fms.

f. ovata, J. Ag., Seychelles: Praslin reef. Amirante, 44-20 fms. Saya de Malha,

26 fms. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon reef; Egmont reef

and lagoon shoal.

Geogr. Distr. Atlantic, Indian Ocean. Pacific.

pase) 53*

392 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

36. Halimeda macroloba, Decne. in Arch, Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, t. ii. (1841) p. 118;

E. 8. Bart. Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. lx. Halimeda, p. 24, t. 3.

Seychelles: Praslin reef.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean. Pacific.

PHHOPHYCER.

FUCACES.

Sareassum, Ag.

37. Sargassum duplicatum, J. Ag. Sp. Sarg. Austral. (1889) p. 90; De Toni, Syll.

Alg. iii. (1895) p. 50.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean. South Pacific.

38. S. subrepandum, Ag. Sp. Alg. i. (1828) p. 8; J. Ag. Sp. Sarg. Austral. (1889)

p- 95; De Toni, Syll. Alg. iii. (1885) p. 62.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean. Red Sea.

This species is represented by several specimens showing slight variation in the form

of the leaves.

39. S. persicum, Kiitz. Spec. Alg. (1849) p. 610 and Tab. Phye. xi. (1861) tab. 138;

De Toni, Syll. Alg. iii. (1895) p. 114.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Persian Gulf.

This species is represented in the collection by one plant only, which is clearly the

same as that figured in Kiitzing’s Tab. Phyc. xi. t. 18. It seems to be closely allied to

S. vulgare. Our plant is also exactly like a specimen in Herb. Kew, placed under the

name Sargassum vulgare and labelled “Th. Kotschy, Pl. Pers. austr. Ed. R. F.

Hohenacker, 1845. No. 805. Sargassum vulgare var. latifolium, Endl. et Dies.—Dies.

Ad oram Karek, insulee sinus Persici. M. Jan. 1841.”

TuRBINARIA, Lamour.

40. Turbinaria conoides, Kiitz. Tab. Phyc. x. (1860) p. 24, tab. 66; E.S. Bart. in

Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Bot. vol. iii. (1891) p. 217; De Toni, Syll. Alg. iii. (1895)

p. 126.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Kamschatka. Indian Ocean. Red Sea. Shores of North Australia.

Var. evesiculosa, HK. 8S. Bart. l.c. p. 217.

Coetivy, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Malay Archipelago.

[ 182 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALG AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 393

41. Turbinaria decurrens, Bory, Voy. Coquille, Bot. i. (1826-8) p. 119; E. 8. Bart.

Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. lx. Halimeda, p. 217.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Red Sea. Indian Ocean. China Sea.

42. T. Murrayana, B.S. Bart. in Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Bot. vol. iii. (1891) p. 215,

tab. 54. fig. 2; De Toni, Syll. Alg. iii. (1895) p. 127. (Plate 49. figs. 25, 26.)

Seychelles; Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Macassar. New Guinea.

The only specimens of this alga hitherto seen by the authors have consisted solely of

the cone of so-called ‘leaves ” and receptacles characteristic of an ordinary Turbinaria

plant. In the present collection of Mr. Gardiner there is, however, material of

T. Murrayana which adds considerably to our knowledge of its manner of development

and growth. The material in question consists of colonies of plants in various stages.

The mature “leaves” of the typical 7. Murrayana are solid (not hollow), winged and

slightly toothed both along the wings and the margin of the leaf; and being short-

stalked and closely-set they make a cone-like head, short and compact. At the base of

the main stem, close above the point of attachment to the substratum, there arise in the

place of leaves for about 1 cm. up the stem a number of cylindrical, much and irre-

eularly branched, filiform outgrowths often arranged in alternating verticils of three,

spreading in all directions and varying in length (fig. 23). These are the “ Langtriebe”

of Engler and Prantl and are figured by Kiitzing for some of the species in his Tab.

Phye. vol. x. tabb. 66-68. If these branched outgrowths are examined it will be seen

that they are really stolons, which run out in all directions horizontally and that some

of them sprout at their apices into small plantlets, after becoming attached to a shell or

other convenient substatum. From the new base arises an upright shoot which puts

out near the base a few filamentous branches (potential stolons) and above them

produces 3-5 simplified leaves (fig. 24) quite different from the well-known trigonous

“leaves” of the coma of the mature plant. They are shortly stalked, flat, cuneate at

base, lanceolate, longly acuminate, and about 1-2 cm. long, sinuato-denticulate at the

margin and slightly carinately thickened beneath, and bear cryptostomata ; but each

new leaf is shorter and broader than the last and approximates more and more to the

typical generic form, till in the centre of a sort of basal rosette of 4-5 of these flat lower

leaves of gradually decreasing length there is seen a small peltate trigonous leaf of the

usual type (fig. 24, a, ). The shoot continues to grow, the early acuminate leaves fall off,

and the ordinary mature plant of 7. Mwrrayana remains as figured (/. c. tab. 54. fig. 2).

43. T. ornata, J. Ag. Sp. i. (1828) p. 266; HE. 8. Bart. 7. c. p. 219. (Plate 49. fig. 27.)

Seychelles: Coetivy. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia. On reefs exposed at dead

low tide.

Geogr. Distr. N. & 8. Pacific. Indian Ocean. Australia.

The manner of propagation described above for 7. Murrayana occurs also in some of

the specimens of 7. ornata brought by Mr. Gardiner from both the Seychelles and the

[ 183 ]

394 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Chagos Archipelago. Stolons emerge from the base of the stem, but in Turbinaria

ornata they are somewhat flattened or sometimes bluntly triquetrous, not cylindrical as

in 7. Murrayana. From these stolons arise young plantlets less regular in habit than

those of Z. Murrayana, and consisting of only one or two straggling linear-lanceolate

erossly serrate first leaves (tig. 27), which are abruptly succeeded without any transitional

stages by the normal trigonous leaves of the genus, though leaves with the specific —

character of a double row of teeth do not appear till later. Another noteworthy feature

of T. ornata is that the stolons are apparently not confined to the base of the mature

plant; for similar outgrowths often arise from the receptacular branches, either together

with or in the place of the fertile branches.

We would here insert a note about Turbinaria dentata, Bart., and its identity with

T. condensata, Sond.

In 1891 one of us published a new species of Zurbinaria, T. dentata (Trans. Linn. Soe.

ser. 2, Bot. iii. (1891) p. 219, pl. 54. fig. 5), founded on a specimen collected at Macassar

by Madame Weber van Bosse. The distinguishing feature of this species was the small

leaf crowned by sharp teeth, which extend down the angles of the vesicle. In the same

paper, Z. condensata, Sond., was mentioned (/. ¢. p. 220), and as the species was

unknown to the author, she contented herself with transcribing the original diagnosis

(Kiitz. Tab. Phye. x. 1860, p. 25). Figures of 7. condensata, natural size, and of an

enlarged vesicle crowned with teeth are given (/. c. tab. 69. figs. 2, 8); but in the

absence of an authentic specimen of Z. condensata the author did not regard that species

as identical with her 7. dentata, as there seemed to be some slight differences between

her plant and the Kiitzing figure. Some time ago, however, Major Reinbold was so kind

as to send to the author part of Sonder’s original specimen of 7. condensata, and at

once it became evident that that species and 7. dentata, H. 8. Bart., are identical. The

only difference between them is that in the Macassar plant the teeth are found regularly

marking the angles of the vesicles, whereas in 7. condensata the teeth are often

confined to the crown at the top. This difference, however, amounts to nothing, and

we therefore annul 7’. dentata, EH. S. Bart., which must now be ranked as a mere synonym

of ZT. condensata, Sond.

ZonaRiA, J. Ag.

44. Zonaria.variegata, Mart. in Mart. Icon. Crypt. tab. 2. fig.2; Sauvageau, in Soe.

Se. d’Arcachon Stat. Biol. Trav. Lab. viii. (1904-5) Paris, 1905, pp. 66-81.

Syn. Gymnosorus variegatus, J. Ag. Anal. Alg. cont. i. (1894) p. 11; De Toni, Syll. Alg. ii.

p- 227 (1895).

Ralfsia ceylanica, Harv. ex Gepp, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1903) p. 477, tab. 13. figs. 1-4.

Zonaria Isselii, Piccone & Grunow, in Nuoy. Giorn. Bot. Ital. xvi. (1884) p. 297, tab. 7. figs. 1-4,

tab. 9. fig. 1.

Coetivy, on reef, and at 32 feet obtained by diver. Saya de Malha, 26 fms.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon reef; Egmont reef; Diego Garcia lagoon.

Geogr. Distr. N. & 8. Atlantic. Pacific. Indian Ocean.

[ 184 ]

GEPP—MARINE ALGA AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS. 395

An interesting account of this species is given by Sauvageau (Biol. Trav. Lab.

viii. pp. 66-81), to which our attention was drawn by Madame Weber van Bosse.

The author there points out sundry errors made by J. G. Agardh in his ‘ Analecta

Algologica,’ continuatio i. (1894) p. 11, in describing his new genus Gymnosorus,

which is founded on the present species. J. G. Agardh separates Gymnosorus from

Zonaria in the belief that the former possesses neither indusium nor paraphyses.

Sauvageau, however, and, before him, H. M. Richards have seen the indusium, which

Sauvageau describes in detail; and as regards the paraphyses he observed peculiar

bodies which, though not typical paraphyses, are at least comparable with them. It

is therefore obvious that the type of Gymnosorus must be excluded from that genus ;

that is, Zonaria variegata resumes its old position. Sauvageau has closely studied

the plant in the Canaries, and describes the manner in which the erect thallus grows

out from the horizontal or creeping thallus, and points out its preference for shallow

rock-pools, where it can creep over submerged surfaces near the brink of the pool.

The normal form of the plant is the creeping rooting thallus; and the erect form is

only found when some marginal part or parts of the growing thallus fail to find a

suitable substratum to which they may attach themselves, and accordingly remain free,

finally, after the death of the older creeping parts, assuming the appearance of an erect

plant with a comparatively small base.

The creeping vegetative thallus is figured in the account of the Marine Algze

collected at the Maldive and Laccadive Islands by Mr. Stanley Gardiner, in Journ.

Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1903) tab. 13. figs. 1-4, under the name Ralfsia ceylanica, Harv.

This plant, previously undescribed, is, as we now see, nothing but a typical form of

Zonaria variegata.

Paprna, Adans.

45. Padina Commersonii, Bory, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ Bot. i. (1826-8) p. 144, tab. 21.

fig.2; De Toni, Syll. Alg. iii. (1895) p. 244.

Seychelles: Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. West Indies. Indian and Pacific Oceans.

46. P. distromatica, Hauck, in Hedwigia, xxvi. (1887) p. 48; De Toni, Syll. Ale.

iii. (1895) p. 244.

Seychelles, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Somali coast.

Hautseris, Targ.-Tozz.

47. Haliseris Woodwardia, J. Ag. Spec. i. (1848) p. 116; De Toni, Syll. Alg. ii.

(1895) p. 254.

Seychelles, 44 fms.; Praslin reef. Amirante, below 20 fms.

Geogr. Distr. Australia. Sarawak. China Sea.

[ 185 ]

396 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Dicryora, Lamour.

18. Dictyota dichotoma, Lamour. in Desy. Journ. de Bot. ii. (1809) p. 42.

Amirante, below 25 fms., and 20-25 fms. Seychelles, 44 fms.; Praslin, on reefs

exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Mediterranean. Atlantic. Pacific. Indian Ocean.

Ecrocarpus, Lyngb.

49. Ectocarpus spongiosus, Dickie, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xiv. (1875) p. 191;

Gepp, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. (1903) pp. 479-80, pl. 13. figs. 9-13.

Praslin, on reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Geogr. Distr. Indian Ocean: Mauritius, Laccadive Islands, Admiralty Islands,

Cheduba Straits (Burmah).

APP DT x.

With the Algze were a few marine phanerogamic plants, the names and distribution

of which are as follows. We have to thank Dr. A. B. Rendle for assisting us in the

determination of them.

POTAMOGETONACEA.

ZOSTERA, Linn.

50. Zostera nana, Roth, Enum. Pl. Germ. i. (1827) p. 8.

Imperfect specimen, doubtfully referred here.

Seychelles; Praslin. On reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Gen. Distr. N. & 8. Atlantic (eastern shores). Mediterranean. Indian Ocean

(western shores).

CymopocgkA, Koenig.

51. Cymodocea serrulata, Aschers. & Magn. in Sitzber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin,

1870, p. 84.

Seychelles; Praslin. On reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Gen. Distr. Red Sea. Indian and West Pacific Oceans. Mostly tropical.

52. C. isoetifolia, Aschers. in op. cit. 1867, p. 3.

Seychelles: Praslin. On reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Gen. Distr. Red Sea. Indian and Pacific Oceans. Mostly tropical.

53. OC. ciliata, Ehrb. ex Aschers. in loc. cit.

Amirante, 25 fms. Coetivy, on reef. Cargados Carajos.

Gen. Distr. Red Sea. Indian and West Pacific Oceans. Mostly tropical.

[ 186 |

GEPP—MARINE ALG@X AND MARINE PHANEROGAMS, 397

HYDROCHARIDACES.

Hatopuina, Du Petit Thouars.

54. Halophila ovalis, Hook. f. Fl. Tasman. ii. (1860) p. 45.

Amirante, 20-25 fms. Seychelles, below 34 fms. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.

Gen. Distr. Red Sea. Indian and Pacifie Oceans.

55. Hnhalus acoroides, Steud. Nomencl. Bot. ed. ii. (1840) p. 554,

Seychelles: Praslin. On reefs exposed at dead low tide.

Gen. Distr. Red Sea. Indian and West Pacific Oceans. Tropical.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatres 47-49,

Microdictyon pseudohapteron, sp. n.

. Plant, somewhat torn. (Nat. size.)

- Portion of thallus, showing (a) the stellate mode of branching of the filaments in one plane,

and (b) the gradual tendency of the branchlets to fill in the meshes of the reticulum

(x 8); cand d, enlarged diagrams of a cruciate and of a stellate node (x 20).

. Tenacula which hold the reticulum together. They are expanded crenellated end-walls of the

branchlet, and are not special cells cut off by a transverse wall, as in Séruvea. One (a) is

detached, the other (4) is applied to the side of another cell. (x 75.)

Rhizoids which attach the thallus to the substratum. They are thin unsegmented tubes arising

from any point of the thallus cells and terminating in a nodulose expansion. a. A group of

cells with rhizoids in various stages of development (x 40). 6. Single rhizoid (x 110).

Struvea Gardineri, sp. n.

Young plant showing main filament branched above by usually cruciate ramification in one

plane into a reticulate frond with margin entire. (Nat. size.)

Struvea orientalis, sp. n.

. Plants showing habit, size, branching of main filament. @. Dried specimen. 6. Specimen

preserved in formalin. (Nat. size.) The stipes in figs. 5 and 6 is non-septate.

Portion of frond showing (a) free edge composed of projecting branchlets, and (4) inner part of

reticulum in which the primary meshes are much filled in by subsequently formed branchlets,

(x 8.)

Cells of frond enlarged. a. A primary mesh of the reticulum completely filled in by a

subsequent growth of branchlet-cells. 6. A few branching cells with a tenaculum. (x 25.)

Tenacula or specialised terminal cells which fasten the filaments of the reticulum together,

(x 110.)

Bryopsis indica, sp. n.

Fig. 10. Habit of plant, simple and branched. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 11. Portion of plume showing arrangement of the ramuli alternately disposed in two double rows

on opposite sides of the main filament. (x 75.)

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. [ 187 ] o4

Fig.

ig. 17.

ig. 18.

e119.

~“

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Caulerpa cupressoides var. typica forma Gardineri, f. n.

Habit of plant (dried specimen), showing minute distichous pinnules. (Nat. size.)

Habit of plant (specimen preserved in formalin), showing minute tristichous pinnules. (Nat.

size.) Figs. 12 and 13 are from drawings supplied by Madame Weber von Bosse.

Cladocephalus excentricus, sp. 0.

Habit of plant: a, in surface view, seen from above; b, in side view. (Nat. size.) By an

error the stipes in fig. 14a is erroneously shown as if visible through the frond.

External view of frond showing the labyrinthiform pseudo-cortex, composed of repeatedly

divaricato-dichotomous filaments closely interwoven. (x 280.)

Single lateral mature branch arising from a main filament, constricted near the base and

showing the divaricato-dichotomous system of branches which interlocking with their fellows

form the Jabyrinthiform pseudo-cortex. (x 230.)

Main filaments of frond near apex, showing young lateral branches in various early stages of

the division shown in the preceding figure. (x 280.)

Tydemania expeditionis, Weber van Bosse.

Creeping flabellate form of the plant; portion of the ramified non-septate axis, cylindric below,

torulose above, and bearing about a dozen flabella. (x 3.)

A torulose branch of the axis bearing a mature flabellum, the upper half of which has been cut

away. At the apex of the coutinuation of the branch is a young flabellum in the first stages

of development. (x 16.)

Avrainvillea amadelpha, A. & EB. 8. Gepp.

Habit of mature plant, deep-water form, Saya de Malha, 29 fms. (Nat. size.)

Filament of frond, cylindrical below, torulose and tortuous at apices. (x 110.)

External view of frond showing the pseudo-cortex, composed of the interwoven torulose apices

of the frond filaments. (x 280.)

Avrainvillea Gardineri, sp. n.

. Habit of mature plant, showing long unbranched rhizome, short stipes, and large thin zonate

lacerate frond. (4 nat. size.)

. Filament of frond, more or less torulose for a considerable distance behind the apex, and not

attenuated towards apex. (x 110.)

Turbinaria Murrayana, Bart.

. Mature plant, showing typical cone of solid trigonous leaves above, and numerous stolons

below, one of which has already produced a bud (a). (Nat. size.)

Young plants arising from stolons. a. Seen from above, showing rosette of primitive leaves, -

shortly stalked, flat, cuneate at base, the oldest being lanceolate and longly acuminate, each

subsequent leaf approximating gradually to the typical trigonous normal leaves, of which two

small ones are seen in the middle. 6. A similar young plant, in side view. (Nat. size.)

Turbinaria ornata, J. Ag.

Young plants which have arisen from stolons, showing one or two primitive lanceolate leaves

which are more serrate than the primitive leaves of 7. Murrayana, Bart. (Nat. size.)

[ 188 }

Percy Snapen T sp Ex

a EN lRust Expeprrion 7 e A es : “

(Gepp) Traws. Linn. Soc, Ser.2 Zoon. Vor XI. Pr. 47

POLAR.

AAS

ALVES

“NSS

[AY

Pitcher inep

P Highley delet lith

MARINE ALGAR FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Perey SnApen Trust Exprpirion

Pitcher imp.

PHighley delet lith

MARINE ALGAE FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Perey Stapen Trust ExpEprrron. Trans. Linw. Soc, Ser.2 Zoot Vor AIL Pr. 49

(Gepp)

PHighley delet hth. Pitcher imp

MARINE ALGAE FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

[| Nore.—Synonyms and Native

INDEX.

Names are printed in ztalics.

to be used for the first time. |

A star is added to names which appear

Ablepharus boutonii, Desjard., 298.

var. peronii, Coct., men-

tioned, 298.

var. pecilopleurus, Wiegm.,

mentioned, 298.

Acanthuride, 228.

Acanthurus triostegus,

228.

Achirus poropterus, Bleeker, 235.

Actiniformis-group, 272.

Aigialitis alexandrina, Linn., 108.

Bleeker,

cantiana-alexandrina, Latham

(Kentish Plover), 108.

AXluronyx sechellensis, Dum. §- Bibr.,

297.

Epyornis, Geoffr., occurrence of, in

Madagascar, 2.

Afschnide, 88, 89.

Afzelia bijuga, Gray (‘‘Glayac-trees”’),

mentioned, 33, 140.

Agathidine, 82.

Agriocnemis exilis, Selys, 89 ; men-

tioned, 88.

Agrionide, 88.

Agrionine, 89.

Alcyonacea, mentioned, 38.

Alcyonarians, mentioned, 122,

133.

Alge, calcareous, mentioned, 35, 39 ;

large green, mentioned, 161.

— Marine (Uhlorophycee and

Pheeophyceze),and Marine Phanero-

gams of the ‘Sealark’ Expedition,

collected by J. Stanley Gardiner,

by A. Gepp and Mrs. E. 8. Gepp,

373-398.

Alima angusta, Dana, 216.

gracillima *, Borr., 216.

129,

Alima hyalina, Leach, 216.

robusta, Jurich, 216.

spinigera*, Borr., 215, figs.

216.

Alimerichthus multispinus, Claus,

215.

Allolestes maciachlani, Selys, 89.

nigra, Martin, mentioned, 89.

Allopora oculina (sp.?), Ehrenb.,

mentioned, 346.

nobilis, Aeut, mentioned, 346.

sp., 346; mentioned, 345,

Alpheid, orange-coloured, mentioned,

129.

Alveopora, slate-coloured, mentioned,

28.

Alysiine, 84.

Amaryllis, Haswell, 327.

macrophthalma, Hasw., 327:

distrib. of, 325.

Ambassis urotenia, Bleeker, 254;

mentioned, 292.

Ambly .pistus macracanthus, Bleeker,

23516

Amblyomma cuneatum, G. Neum.,

mentioned, 195, 196.

hebreum, Koch,

195.

loculosum *, Newm., 194; men-

tioned (large black tick), 126,

193, 195, 196.

marmoreum, Koch, mentioned,

195.

sp., 193.

Ampelisca, Kroyer, 330.

scabripes, A. 0. Walker, 330 ;

distrib. of, 325.

Ampeliscide, distrib. of, 325.

mentioned,

gracilis, 1. Milne-Edw., 216.

SECOND SERIES. —ZOOLOGY,

Amphihelia, mentioned, 42.

VOL. XII.

Amphinome, Bruguiére, 363

tioned, 364.

djiboutensis, Gravier,

tioned, 355, 363, 364.

maldivensis *, Potts, 363; men-

tioned, 364, fig. 370.

rostrata, Pallas, 563;

tioned, 364.

rostrata, McIntosh, 363.

(Lenora) philippinensis, Gruhe,

mentioned, 364.

Amphinomidee: Part I., by F. A.

Potts, 355-371.

Amphioxides, 141,

Amphipod, a large, mentioned, 25.

Amphipoda Gammaridea from the

Indian Ocean, British East Africa,

and the Red Sea, by Alfred O.

Walker, 323-344.

Amphiporus, Zhr., mentioned, 61.

Amphiprion melanopus, Blee/:er, men-

tioned, 230.

nigripes *, Regan, 230, figs.

254.

perideraion, Bleeker, mentioned,

230.

sebe, Bleeker, 230.

Amphithoé, Leach, 341.

intermedia, dA. O. Walker, 341 ;

distrib. of, 326.

lobata*, A. O. Walker, 342;

mentioned, 323; distrib. of,

226, fig. 344.

; men-

menu-

men-

rubricata, Mont., mentioned,

342.

Amphithoide, distrib. of, 326.

Ampulex compressa, Jabr., 76;

Ovientai form, mentioned, 69,

Anadyomene, Lamour., 378.

£00

Anadyomene Wrightii, Harv., 378.

Anax guttatus, Burm., mentioned, 87. |

Anguilla virescens, Peters, 291.

Anguillide, 220.

Anoplodactylus,

tioned, 95, 98.

pulcher*, Carpenter, 97 ; men-

tioned, 101.

Anous leucocapillus, Gould, =tenui-

rostris, Zemm., 109; mentioned,

125.

Wilson, 97; men-

stolidus, Zinn., 109; eggs of, |

mentioned, 41.

tenuirostris, 7emm., 109.

Antennariide, 250,

Antennarius coccineus, Less. f Garh., |

250.

nummifer, Cuv., 250.

Anthias cooperi *, Regan, 222; men-

tioned, 223, fig. 254.

hypselosoma, Bleeker, mentioned,

223. .

pleurotenia, Blecker, mentioned,

223.

teniatus, Klunz., mentioned, 223.

Anthophyllum grandiflorum, Kélliker,

mentioned, 131.

Autipatharia, by C. Forster Cooper,

301-321; division of, 302; life-

history of, mentioned, 310.

Antipathella, Brook, mentioned,

ftnote 312.

ceylonensis, Thomson & Sinp-

son, 317.

gracilis (Roule, Johnson), non

Brook, 314.

Antipathes, Pall. em. Brook, 312;

mentioned, 301; Summary of

Species with Habitats, 320.

abies (Linn.), Gray, 313, fig. 9 ;

mentioned, 303, 320.

yar. paniculata, Esper,

313, fig. 9a; mentioned, 320.

ceylonensis, Thomson § Simp-

son, mentioned, 302, 303.

chota, Cooper, mentioned, 317.

gracilis, Gray, 314; mentioned,

3U3, 320.

gracilis, Thomson & Simpson,

314.

herdmani*, Cooper, 314; men-

tioned, 320.

heterorhodzos *, Cooper, 312;

mentioned, 320, fig. 321.

irregularis *, Cooper,319, figs. 17,

17a; mentioned, 320.

INDEX.

Antipathes myriophylla?, Pallas,318, |

figs. 16, 16a; mentioned, 320.

plana*, Cooper, 317; mentioned,

320.

sealarki*, Cooper, 316 & figs.

13-136; mentioned, 320.

virgata, Hsper, 314, fig. 12, 315;

mentioned, 320.

(Antipathella) — ceylonensis,

Thomson § Simpson, 317;

mentioned, 320.

Antonina (Chetococcus) bambusve,

Maskell, 199.

Aonidia allaudi, de Charmoy, 203.

Aoridee, distrib. of, 326.

Aphanapteryx, bones of, mentioned,

Aphanipathes, Brook, 311;

tioned, 301; Summary of Species

with Habitats, 320.

cancellata, Brook, mentioned,

312.

hancocki *, Cooper, 312, fig

mentioned, 320.

somervillei*, Cooper, 311, fig. 7;

mentioned, 320.

Aphoristia wood-masoni, Ale., 235.

Aphrodita rostrata, Pallas, 363.

Apis disjuncta, Fabr., 70.

indica, var. unicolor, Bingh.,

69.

mystacea, Fabr., 70.

men-

Bie.

unicolor, Zatr., 69; Madagascar |

form of, mentioned, 69.

Apoda, 292.

Apogon balinensis, Bleeker, 226.

bandanensis, Bleeker, mentioned,

297,

frenatus, Val., mentioned, 225.

Dor

asi.

hyalosoma, Bleeker, mentioned,

292,

ardineri *, Regan

> gan,

kallopterus, Bleeker, 225.

maculipinnis *, Regan, 227, fig.

255.

modestus,

oie

Bleeker, mentioned,

nigripinnis, Cuv. ¢ Val., men- |

tioned, 225.

novemfasciatus, Cuv. g Val.,

226.

punctatus *, Regan, 225, fig.

254,

quadrifasciatus, Cu. § Val.,

mentioned, 226.

quinquestriatus *, Regan, 226.

Apogon — septemstriatus,

mentioned, 226.

teeniophorus *, Regan, 226.

variegatus, Val., 224.

vittiger, Benn., 225.

Appendicularia in gelatinous houses,

mentioned, 141.

Area, Linn., not Orea, bivalve like an,

common in the mud, mentioned,

48.

Archeolithothamnion (Lothy/l.),

Foslie, 186.

erythreum (Rothpl.), Foslie,

186; from Saya de Malha

Banks, 179, 185.

timorense, Foslie, 186; from

Seychelles Archipelago, 180.

Ardea cinerea, Linn., 109; breed-

ing in Scevola and Tournefortia

bushes, 109; mentioned, 147.

Argyropelecus aculeatus, Cuv. J Val.,

mentioned, 218, 219.

Giinther,

affinis, Garman, 218; men-

tioned, 142, 219.

caninus, Garman, mentioned,

219.

hemigymnus, Cocco, mentioned,

219.

lychnus, Garman, mentioned,

219.

olfersii, Cuv., mentioned, 219.

sladeni*, Regan, 218; men-

tioned, 142, 219.

Arnoglossus malhensis *, Regan, 235,

tig. 255.

Arthroleptis sechellensis,

meutioned, 294.

Aspidiotus articulatus simplex, de

Charmoy, 203.

aurantil, Maskell, 208.

camelliv, Signoret, 202.

cladii, Maskell, 203.

cyanophylli, Stynoret, 203.

destructor, Signoret, 203.

ficus, Ashmead, 202; found on

Citrus and Rose, 2v2,

hedere simplex, de Charmoy,

203.

latamie, Signoret, 202; found on

Ficus indica and Vitis, 202.

longispina, Moryan, 203.

tesserata, de Charmoy, 203.

trilobitiformis darutyi, de Char-

moy, 202; found on the

“ Banyans,” 202.

Aspidosiphon, mentioned, 159,

Boettger,

Asplenium (“ Langue de beuf”),

mentioned, 33.

Asterolecanium bambusx, Boisduval,

198.

epidendri, 198; on

and Ficus

Bouché,

Boehmeria nivea

indica, 198.

miliaris, Boisduval, 198.

quercicola, Bouché, 198.

Asterropteryx monacanthus*, Regan,

240, .

Astronesthes, Richards., mentioned,

PANT

elucens, Brawer, mentioned, 217, |

218.

richardsonii, Poey, mentioned,

Die

Astylus, mentioned, 352.

Atlanta, 141.

Atyide, 67.

Aves, with some Notes on the Dis-

tribution of the Land-Birds of the

Seychelles, by H. Gadow and J.

Stanley Gardiner, 103-110.

Avrainvillea, Decaisne, 388;

tioned, 129, 389.

amadelpha, A. & E. S. Gepp,

388; mentioned, 374, 389,

390, fig. 398.

comosa, J. Murray & Boodle, 390.

Gardineri, A. g £. S. Gepp,

389; mentioned, 373, 390,

fig. 398.

lacerata, J. Aqg., mentioned, 389.

nigricans, Decne., mentioned,

389; from West India, 390.

men-

“ Badamier” (Terminalia Catappa,

Linn.), in the Ile Sudest, men-

tioned, 53, 140.

« Bulais” (Erythroxylon), mentioned,

125.

Balistes aculeatus, Zinn., 251.

niger, Munyo Park, 251.

viridescens, Bl. Schn., 252.

Balistide, 251.

Barana castelli, Dohrn, mentioned,

97.

Barringtonia speciosa, Linn. f., “ Bon-

net carré,’ clumps of, mentioned,

47; seeds are used for burning and

for salad, mentioned, 47, 155.

Bathyactis, mentioned, 42.

Bathypathes, Brook, 314; mentioned,

301, 302, 310; Summary of Species

with Habitats, 320.

INDEX.

Bathypathes affinis

tioned, 310.

patula, Brook, 310; mentioned,

320, 821.

Batrachians, by G. A. Boulenger,

292-204,

909

“nk

Brook,

Jerycide,

Birds, List of, illustrates the effects

of insularity on Birds, 105.

Birgus, Leach, mentioned, 53, 63.

Linn., 66;

(“ sipaille”), 33; attacking

coconut, 34; in Six Islands,

mentioned. ftnote 50, 140.

Bittern, grey, mentioned, 35.

little green, mentioned, 103.

Bivalve, like an Orca (read Arca,

latro,

Linn.), very common in the mud,

mentioned, 48,

Blenniide, 250.

Blue-shelled Ianthina, Zam., men-

tioned, 46.

“ Bois blanc” (Hernandia peltata,

Meissn.), 33; first

land-shell in decaying trunk of,

mentioned, 53, 152.

“ Bois la Mare” (Pemphis), Danger

Jsland fringed with, mentioned, 43.

mentioned,

“ Bois manioc” (Scevola), mentioned,

125.

* Bonnet (Barringtonia

speciosa, Linn.), clumps of, men-

tioned, 47; seeds used for burning

and for salad, mentioned, 47.

* Booby” (Sula piscator, Linn.), 149 ;

mentioned, 154.

Boodlea, G. Murray § De Toni, 375.

coacta, G. Murray & De Toni,

375.

Van Bossei, Reind., 375; men-

tioned, 573; from the Indian

Ocean, 374.

Boodon geometricus, Schleq., 300.

Borradaile, L. A., Land and Fresh-

water Decapoda, 63-68; Stoma-

topoda from the Western Indian

Ocean, 209-216.

Borostomias *, Regan, 217.

braueri *, Regan, 217, fig. 254.

Boulenger, G. A., A List of the

Vreshwater Fishes, Batrachians,

and Reptiles obtained by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner’s Expedition to

the Indian Ocean, 291-301.

cordemoyl,

499

carre

Brachymyrmex Forel,

mentioned, {)4.

men- |

mentioned |

401

Brachypleura xanthosticta, Giinther,

232.

Braconide, 81.

Braconine, 81.

Braunsia, Kriechbaumer, from Africa,

mentioned, 69, 83.

melanoptera *, Cameron, 83.

Brotulidie, 250.

Bruzeliella, Norman, 343.

faleata, Montagu, 343; men-

tioned, 326,

Bryony, mentioned, 27.

Bryopsis, Lamour., 379 ;

380.

australis, Sond.,

379, 380; from

tralia, 380.

mentioned,

West Aus-

cespitosa, Suhr, mentioned,

379.

gemellipara, J. Ag., mentioned,

380,

hypnoides, Zamour., mentioned,

380.

indica, A. § ELS. Gepp, 379;

mentioned, 373, 380, fig.

397.

plumosa, Ag., mentioned, 380.

sp., 380.

Bubuleus, Bonaparte, mentioned,

106.

coromandus, Bodd., mentioned,

103.

ibis, ZLinn., mentioned, 103,

109.

Bugs, Sceevola bushes covered with

green, mentioned, 126.

Bury, H., The Life and Work of

Mr. W. Percy Sladen, xi-xx.

Mrs. Sladen and the Perey

Sladen Memorial Fund, xxi—xxii.

Butorides, Blyth, mentioned, 106.

atricapilla, Afzel., 35, 42, 103,

109.

javanica,

103.

plumbea, Sundev., mentioned,

103.

stagnatilis, Gould, mentioned,

103.

striata, Zinn., mentioned, 103.

mentioned,

Horsf.,

mentioned,

virescens, Linn.,

103.

Buzzards, mentioned, 42.

Byblis, Boeck, 331.

sp., 331; distrib. of, mentioned,

325,

55*

102

Ceciliids, mentioned, 292.

Caleareous Algw, mentioned, 35.

Caleareous-leaved Halimeda, men-

tioned, 39.

Callinera _ biirgeri,

tioned, 59.

Callionymide, 247.

Callionymus, Linn., mentioned, 217.

affinis *, Regan, 248.

cooperi *, Regan, 247.

gardineri*, Regan, 248, fig.

255.

kaianus, Giinther, 248.

longicaudatus, Temm. § Schleq.,

mentioned, 217.

maldivensis*, Regan, 247; men-

tioned, 248, fig. 255.

margaret, Hegan, mentioned,

247.

persicus,

248.

sagitta, Pall., mentioned, 247.

spiniceps *, Regan, 249, fig.

255.

Calliopiidee, distrib. of, 325.

Calophyllum = Inophyllum

(“ Takamaka”), mentioned, 33,

41.

Cameron, P., Hymenoptera, 69-86.

Campocentrus read Camptocentrus,

Kriechbaumer, mentioned, 69.

Camponotus africanus,

94.

aldabrensis, Forel, mentioned,

foraminosus, Forel, mentioned,

94.

Bergend., men-

Regan,

mentioned,

Linn.,

mentioned,

subsp. aldabrensis, Forel,

mentioned, 92, 93, 94.

var. grandidieri, Forel,

92; mentioned, 94.

grandidieri, Forel, mentioned,

91, 94.

maculatus, Fabr., subsp. boi-

vini, /orel, 92; mentioned,

94.

subsp. fulvus, Emery, 92;

mentioned, 94.

subsp. fulvus var. octo-

notatus, Forel, 93.

subsp. radame var. mix-

tellus, Horel, mentioned, 93,

Camptocentrus, Ariechbawmer, men-

tioned, 84

annulipes *, Cameran, 83.

Cuprella, Lamarck, 344.

INDEX.

Caprella simia, Mayer, 344; distrib

of, mentioned, 826,

| Caprellide, distrib. of, 326.

Caracanthus

237.

unipinna, Gray, 237.

Caradina, mentioned, 63.

Carangide, 231.

Caranx crumenophthalmus, Bleeker,

231.

Cardiocondyla emeryi, Forel, 93.

Cardiosoma read Cardisoma, Latr.,

mentioned, 28, 34, 42.

Crabs, mentioned, 47,

Cardisoma, Zatr., 65.

carnifex, Herbst, 65.

hirtipes, Dana, 65.

Caridina, H. Milne-Edw., 67.

apiocheles, Bouvier, mentioned,

68.

brevirostris, Stimps., 67.

multidentata, Stimps., 68.

nilotica (Rou«), 68.

similis, Bouvier, 67.

singhalensis, Ortm., 67.

typus, H. Milne-Edw., 67.

Carinate or Ratite birds, distrib. of, 2.

Carpenter, George H., Pycnogonida,

95-101.

Cassytha, Linn. (“liane sans feuilles”’),

of Petite Coquillage, mentioned,

41.

maculatus, Gray,

filiformis, Zinn. (‘liane sans |

| Chaleidine, 86.

feuilles”), mentioned, 109,

125:

Casuarina, Zinn., mentioned, 147 ;

avenues of, mentioned, 155;

groves of, mentioned, 144,

equisetifolia, Linn., mentioned,

40.

| Caulerpa, Zam., 381; mentioned, 129,

373, 374.

crassifolia, J. Ag., 381.

f. typica, Weber van Bosse,

381; mentioned, 382.

cupressoides, Weber van Bosse,

381; mentioned, 382.

var. typica f. denudata*,

Weber van Bosse, 382.

var. typica f. Gardineri™*,

Weber Bosse, 382,

fig. 398.

var. mamillosa f. nuda,

Weber van Bosse, 383; men-

tioned, 382.

Freycinetii, Ag., 381.

van

Caulerpa Freycinetii var.

Weber van Bosse, 381.

var. typica f. lata, Weber

van Bosse, 381.

var. typica f. spiralis,

Weber van Bosse, 381.

pinnata ft. typica, Weber van

Bosse, 381.

Lessonii, Bory, mentioned, 382.

taxifolia, J. Ag., 381.

— f. asplenioides, Weber van

Bosse, 381.

—— f. interrupta, Sved., 381.

Caulerpaceee, by Madame Weber

van Bosse, 381.

Cavolinea, mentioned, 25.

Centrarchide, 228.

Ceradocus, Costa, 334.

rubro- maculatus, Stimpson, 334;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325.

Ceriagrion glabrum, Burm., men-

tioned, 87, 89.

Ceroplastes floridensis, Comstock, 200.

tenuitectus *, Green, 204; men-

tioned, 197, 200, fig. 207.

Cheetodontid, 228.

Cheetopods, phosphorescent,

tioned, 29, 141.

Chagosia*, A. O. Walker, 332.

gardineri *, A. O. Walker, 333 ;

mentioned, 323, 324, 325,

tig. 344,

Chalcididee, 85.

typica,

men-

Chalcis amenocles, Walker, 86.

Chalybion bengalensis Dahlbom, 76.

Chameleon tigris, Auhl, 300.

Champsodon, mentioned,

217, 243.

arafurensis *, Regan, 245; men-

tioned, 244,

capensis *, Regan, 244, fig. 255.

timbriatus, G'dbert, mentioned,

244,

guentheri *, Regan, 244; men-

tioned, 243. x

microphthalmus*, Jegan, 243;

mentioned, 244, fig. 255,

omanensis *, Regan, 245; men-

tioned, 244, fig. 255.

sechellensis *, Aegan, 242; men-

tioned, 243, fig. 255.

vorax, Giinther, 246; mentioned,

243, 244,

Champsodontidee, 242,

Chanide, 219.

Gunther,

Chanos lubina, Cuv. § Val., men-

tioned, 291.

mossambicus, Peters, mentioned,

291.

salmoneus, Bleeker, 291; men-

tioned, 219, 254.

Chauliodus sloani, B7. Schn., 218.

Cheilinus arenatus, Cuv. ¢ Val., 231.

ceramensis, Bleeker, 230.

chlorurus, Bleeker, 231.

Chelone imbricata, Boulenger, men-

tioned, 36,

mydas, Linn., mentioned, 36.

Chelonia, 294.

Chevalia, A. O. Walker, 341 ; distrib.

of, mentioned, 326.

avicule, A. O. Walker, 341;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

Chilodipterus quinquelineatus, Cuv. &

Val., 224.

Chilophoxide, mentioned, ftnote 98.

Chilophoxus, should be renamed,

mentioned, ftnote 98.

Chionaspis inday, Banks, 201.

tegalensis, Zehniner, 201.

Chirolophius, Regan, mentioned, 251.

Chitons, from Diego Garcia, men-

tioned, 52.

Chleia, Savigny, 355.

flava, Pallas, mentioned, 355.

fusca, McJntosh, 356, mentioned,

355; from Amirante Islands,

356; living among basal

fronds of Halimeda, 356;

mentioned, 357, 358, 360,

362, 367, fig. 370.

longisetosa*, Potts, 357 ; men-

tioned, 357, 358, fig. 370.

maculata *, Potts, 358, fig. 370.

rosea *, Potts, 357; mentioned,

358, fig. 370.

Chlorodesmis, Bail. et Harv., 390 ;

from the Seychelles, 390.

comosa, Bail. et Harv., 390.

Chlorophyceze and Phophyce of

the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition, collected

by J. Stanley Gardiner, by A.

Gepp and Mrs. E. 8. Gepp, 373-

398.

Cinnyris, Cuv., mentioned, 105, 106.

aldabrensis, Ridgway,

tioned, 104,

angaladiana, Bonap., mentioned,

104.

comorensis, Peters, mentioned,

104,

men-

INDEX,

Cinnyris dussumieri, /artlaub, men-

tioned, LO4,

humbloti, A. Milne-Edw.

Oustalet, mentioued, 104.

souimanga,

104.

Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus, Bleeker,

224,

oxyrhynchus, Bleeker, 224.

Blainv. Brook,

308 ; Summary of Species with

Habitats, 320, 321.

anzuina, Dana, 308; mentioned,

320, 321.

Cladocephalus, Howe, 387

tioned, 388.

excentricus, A. f, L.S.Gepp, 387;

mentioned, 373, fig. 393.

luteo-fusca, Crowan, mentioned,

387, {tnote 387, 388.

ét

Ginel., mentioned,

SENSU

Cirripathes,

; men-

scoparius, Howe, mentioned,

387, 388.

Cladopathes, | Brook, mentioned,

302.

Cladophoracez, 375.

Coccidee, Notes on the, collected by

the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition

to the Indiin Ocean; supplemented

by a Collection received

KR. Dupont, Director of Agriculture,

Seychelles, by E. Ernest Green,

197-207.

“ Coco-de-mer,”

from

double coconut

(Lodoicea seychellarum, Labill.),

mentioned, 160.

* Coconut ”

(Lodoicea seychellarum, Labdiil.),

160; cultivation of,

mentioned, 27.

Robber Crab attacking coconut,

mentioned, 33, 34.

or ‘“ Coco -de- mer”

mentioned,

Coconuts flourish on _ coral-rock,

mentioned, 33.

Cozotropus dermacanthus, Bleeker,

237.

roseus, Day, 237.

Codiacez, from Chagos Archipelago,

383.

Codium, Stackh., 383.

adherens, Aq.,

383.

difforme, Kiitziny, 383;

Malay Archipelago, 373.

elongatum, 4g.,382; mentioned,

384.

ovale, Zanard, 383.

mentioned,

from

405

Codium tomentosum, Stackh., 383;

mentioned, 384.

Coenobita, Lutr., 66; mentioned, 34.

clypeatus, Latr., 66.

compressus, 47. Milne-Edw., 66.

perlatus, 7. Milne-Edw., 66.

rugosus, //, Milne-Hdw., 66.

Coenobitidie, 66,

| Colocasia antiquorum, Schott, men-

tioned, 27.

Colomastigides, distrib. of, 325.

Colomastix, Grube, 332.

crassimanus, Heller, 332; men-

tioned, 324; distrib. of,

mentioned, 325.

hamifer, Kossmann, mentioned,

332.

pusillus, Grube, mentioned, 324,

332.

Colossendeis, Jarzynski, 98; men-

tioned, 95, 99, 100.

gardineri*, Carpenter, 98 ; men-

tioned, 101.

Conopora dura *, Hickson § England,

351; mentioned, 3845, 352,

fig. 354.

tenuis, Moseley, 351; mentioned,

345, 352, fig. 354.

Cooper, C. Forster, Antipatharia,

301-321.

Cooper, C. F.,and J. Stanley Gardiner,

of the Expedition

to the Indian Ocean: Ceylon to

Mauritius, 1-56.

History and Equipment of the

Expedition, 8.

Summary of the Voyage and

Work, 21.

Copsychus, Aaup, mentioned, 105,

106.

pica, Pelz., mentioned, 104.

seychellarum, A. Newton, men-

tioned, 104.

Coracopsis, Wagi., mentioned, 105,

106.

barklya, 4. Newton, mentioned,

104.

comorensis, Peters, mentioned,

104.

nigra, Linn., mentioned, 104.

sibilans, Milne-kilw. & Oust.,

mentioned, 104.

vaza (Shaw), mentioned, 104.

Corallinacez, 182.

Description

Corduline, 88.

) Coremapus, Verman, mentioned, 339,

404

Corophiida, distrib. of, 326.

Corophium, Latreille, 343.

bonnellii, Milne-Edw., read

Brug., 343;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

crassicorne,

erassicorne, Brug., read for

bonnellii, Mi/ne-Edw., 343.

Crab, Land, Fat-tailed (Birgus latro,

Linn.), in Six Islands, abundance

of, mentioned, 28, ftnote 50.

Crab-plovers (Dromas ardeola,

Paykull), mentioned, 42.

Crab-robber, mentioned, 33, 140;

attacking coconut, 34.

(like a wild Bryony),

mentioned, 27.

Creeper

Cremastogaster gibba, Emery, men-

tioned, 93.

Crithagra

106.

Crocodile, extinct, of the Seychelles,

was probably Crocodilus niloticus,

Laur.?, mentioned, 291.

chrysopyga, Swainson,

Crocodilus niloticus, Law.? (extinct),

295; mentioned, 291.

Crows, mentioned, 42.

Crustacea, mentioned, 29.

Crustacean lary, mentioned, 25.

Cryptabacia, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

287; mentioned, 258, 259, 260,

261, 262.

talpina, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

287 ; mentioned, 260.

Cryptocentrus meleagris (Hhrenbd.),

Cuv. & Val., mentioned, 241.

octofasciatus *,

mentioned, 254, fig. 255.

Cryptohelia, Milne-Edw. § Haime,

mentioned, 352.

Regan,

ramosa, Hickson & England, |

351; mentioned, 345.

stenopoma, Hickson & England,

mentioned, ftnote 352.

Cryptopsophis, Boulenger, 293.

multiplicatus, Boulenger, 293.

Cycloseris, Milne-Edw. § Haime,

nientioned, 159, 258, 259, 262.

form from Aldabra, mentioned,

268, 270, 271.

group, mentioned, 270, 277 ;

found fossil, mentioned, 262,

263, 266.

cyclolites, Milne-Edw. & Haime, |

| Decapoda, Land and Freshwater,

269 ; |

270, 271, 278.

heaagonalis, Gardiner,

mentioned, 270,

241 ; |

INDEX.

Cycloseris sinensis, Milne-Edw. & | Deckenia alluaudi, A. Wilne-Eilw. §

Haime, 269 ; mentioned, 270.

tenuis, Dana, mentioned, 270.

Cymodocea, Koeniy, 396 ; mentioned,

124, 129, 138, 139, 145, 147,

161 ; (sea-grass), mentioned, 137 ;

(grass-like weed), 143; from the

Seychelles, 396.

ciliata, Hhrenb., 396 ; grass-like

cotyledonous plant, men-

tioved, 39.

isoetifolia, Aschers., 396.

serrulata, Aschers., 396.

Cynoglossus brachycephalus, Bleecker,

235.

kopsii, Bleeker, 235.

sealarki*, Regan, 235, fig. 255.

Cyphocaris, Boeck, 327.

alicei, Chevreua, 327; men-

tioned, 324; distrib. of,

mentioned, 325,

challengeri, Stebbing, 327.

Cyttidee, 231.

Cyttosoma, Gilchr., mentioned, 231.

Dactylanthias, Bleeker, mentioned,

M8}.

haplodactylus, Bleeker, men-

tioned, 225.

Dactylopius _caleeolariz minor,

Maskell, 199.

citri, Risso, 198.

filamentosus, Cockerell, 199.

longispinus (Targioni-Tozzetti),

199:

sacchari, Oockerell, 199.

virgatus, Cockerell, 199.

Dactylopteride, 240.

Dactylopterus orientalis, Cuv. J: Val.,

240.

Danai-group, 278.

Danger Island, fringed with Pemphis

(“* Bois la Mare”), mentioned, 43.

Daseyllus aruanus, Linn., 229.

marginatus, Riipp., mentioned,

229.

melanurus, Bleeker, 229,

nigripinnis *, Regan, 228,

fig. 254.

trimaculatus, Riipp., 229.

Dasyptilus, Wagl., mentioned,

105.

by L. A. Borradaile, 63-68.

Deckenia, Hilgend., 63.

Bouv., 63.

Desmopteris, mentioned, 25.

Dexaminide, distrib. of, 326.

Diafungia, mentioned, 258.

Diaseris, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

mentioned, 258, 259, 262, 263,

264, 266, 270, 272.

distorta, Gardiner, 268.

fragilis, Alcock, 268.

mortoni, Venison- Woods, men-

tioned, 271; mentioned, 257.

| Diaseris- group, 268, 271, 277 ; sepa-

| rated in the late Eocene or early

Miocene, mentioned, 262, 264.

Diaspis echinocacti, Bouché, 202.

euphorize, de Charmoy, 202.

pentagona, Targioni- Lozzetti,

202.

Dictyospheria, Deene., 378.

favulosa, Deene., 373.

Versluysii, Weber v. Bosse, 378.

Dictyota, Lamour., 396.

dichotoma, Lamour., 396.

Dinornis, Owen, occurrence of, in

New Zealand, mentioned, 2.

Diplacanthopoma raniceps, Alcock,

250. ’

Diplacodes trivialis (Zamb.), 89;

mentioned, 87.

Diplodactylus, Gray, mentioned, 295.

inexpectatus, Stejneger, 295.

| Dipterous leaf-miners, mentioned,

85.

Distichopora, Lam., 346; new

species of, mentioned, to bridge

over the gap between this genus

and Sporadopora, 345;

Hawaii, 347, 348, 349, 350.

contorta, Pourtalés, off Havana,

mentioned, 349.

foliacea, Pourtalés, off Florida,

mentioned, 349.

profunda*, Hickson & England,

348; mentioned, 345, 348;

characters of, mentioned, 349,

350, fig. 353.

sulcata, Powrialés, off Havana,

mentioned, 349.

violacea, Pallas, 346, mentioned,

345, 346 ; Torres

Straits, 347; from Indian

Ocean, 347, 348, 349, 350.

Dodo, bones of, mentioned, 117.

Doderleinia *, Gardiner, 281; men-

from

tioned, 259, 262, 280.

Déderleinia irregularis, Gardiner,

282, fig. 290.

robusta = Podabacia robusta,

Quelch, mentioned, 282.

Dragon-fly larvee, mentioned, 140.

-flies, mentioned, 139; home |

of, mentioned, 139.

Dredging-Statious, List of, 163 -

169.

Drepanophorus borealis, Punnett,

mentioned, 59.

Dromas ardeola, Paykull (Crab-

plover), mentioned, 42, 108.

” (Halicore), mentioned,

“ Dugong

158.

Ecaudata, 293.

Kchinata-group,

tioned, 262.

Echiuroidea not found among corals,

mentioned, 36.

Echthromorpha, Holmgr., mentioned,

80; distrib. of, mentioned, 69,

$1.

rufa *, Cameron, 80.

rufo-maculata *, Cameron, 79.

latibalteata *, Cameron, 81.

Eetocarpus, Lyngb., 396.

spongiosus, Dickie, 396.

Ekhman’s Current Meter, 17, fig. 4.

Elasmopus, Costa, 335.

ctenonyx, Walker, mentioned,

323.

insignis, Chevreux, 336; distrib.

of, mentioned, 326.

rapax, Costa, 335; distrib. of,

mentioned, 3246, 336.

serrula, A. OU. Walker, 336;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

spinidactylus, Chevreux, 336;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326;

from Gambia or Paumotu

Archipelago, mentioned, 323.

subcarinatus, Haswell, 335 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

Eleotris fusca, Bl. Schn., from the

Seychelles, mentioned, 292.

lantzii, Thomin, 241.

ophiocephalus, Cuv. ¢ Val., 292 ;

mentioned, 254.

Emu, distrib. of, mentioned, 2.

Emydosauria, 295.

England, Helen M., and Sydney J.

Hickson, The Stylasterina of the

274, 282;

5; men-

Indian Ocean, 345-354.

INDEX,

Engyprosopon intermedius, Bleeler,

235.

Enhalus acoroides, Steud., 397.

Epinephelus argus, B/. Schn., 222.

* chlorostigma, Cw. & Val., 222.

fasciatus, Forsk,, 222.

merra, Bl., 222.

sexfasciatus, Cuv. g Val., 222.

Erichtheus, Zatr., larva of, men-

tioned, 25.

affinis *, Borr., 215.

multispinus, Claus, 215.

rostratus *, Borr., 214.

(? Odonterichthus) rostratus *,

Borr., 214.

(? Pseuderichthus)

Borr., 215.

Ericthonius, MWilne-Edw., 343.

brasiliensis, Dana, 343; distrib.

of, mentioned, 326.

Errina, Gray, mentioned, 348.

Erythreena, Bonap., mentioned, 105,

106.

madagascariensis, Linn., men-

tioned, 105.

nitidissima, Scopoli, mentioned,

105.

pulcherrima, Scopoli, mentioned,

105.

sauzieri, read sganzini ( Verrill),

affinis *,

mentioned, 105.

Erythromachus, A. Milne-Hidw., men-

tioned, 106.

Erythropodium, Aolliker, brick-red

coloured, mentioned, 133; grow-

ing on a madreporarian axis,

mentioned, 133.

Erythroxylon, Linn., mentioned,

139 ; (‘‘balais”) mentioned, 125,

Eucarunculata, Malaquin & Dehorne,

365; mentioned, 366.

grubei, Malaquin § Dehorne,

365; mentioned,: 355, figs.

370, 371.

var. gracilis *, Potts, 366 ;

mentioned, 367.

var. minuta*, Potts, 367 ;

mentioned, 371.

Eucharine, 85.

Eugoniolithon, Foslie, 186.

Eulithophyllum, Foslie, 182, 187.

Eumenes alluaudi, Pérez, 71.

Eupalemon dispar, von Martens, 67.

idee, Heller, 67.

lar, Fabr., 67.

longipes, de Haan, 67.

405

Eupalemon ritzeme, de Man, 67.

Euphyllia, Dana, mentioned, 28.

Eurystheus, Spence Bute, 339; men-

tioned, 341.

atlanticus, Stebbing, mentioned,

ftnote 339.

hirsutus, Giles, mentioned, 341.

maculatus, Johnston, mentioned,

340.

monuropus *, A, O. Walker,

340; distrib. of, mentioned,

323, 326, fig. 344.

zeylanicus, A. O. Walker, 339 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

(Gammaropsis) atlanticus,

Stebbing, mentioned, ftuote

339.

Kurythoé, Kinberg, 367.

aleyonia, Savigny, 367; from

Red Sea, 367, ftnote 368.

complanata, Pallas, 367 ; distrib.

of, 367, 369, 370.

corallina, Kinberg, mentioned,

ftnote 368.

heterotricha*, Potts, 367, figs.

370.

kamehameha, Avinberg,

tioned, ftnote 368.

pacifica, Kinberg, 367; distrib.

of, 367, 368, 369.

men-

- Eusiride, distrib. of, 325.

Kusiroides, Stebbing, 333.

diplonyx *, 4A. O. Walker, 333;

mentioned, 323; distrib. of,

mentioned, 325, fig. 344.

monoculoides, Haswell, men-

tioned, $33.

Eusiropsis, Stebbing, 334.

riisei, Stebbing, 334; mentioned,

324; distrib. of, mentioned,

325.

Eyania appendigaster, Linn., 85;

Oriental form of, mentioned, 69;

lives in egg-cases of Cockroach,

mentioned, 69.

Eyaniide, 85.

Exoccetus evolans, Zinn., 220.

nigripinnis, Cuv. & Val., 220.

Faleulia, Geoffr., mentioned, 105.

palliata, Geoffr., ment:ored, 10-4.

“Fan” of Wide-awakes (Sterna

fuliginosa, Gnvei.), mext‘oned,

175,

Favia, Oken, mentioned, 148.

406

Fierasfer, Cuv., mentioned, 159.

homei, Richards., 220.

lumbricoides, Bleeker, 220.

neglectus, Peters, 220.

Fierasferide, 220.

Fiorinia eleodendri (? eleodendri),

de Charmoy, 202.

fiorinie, Vargioni-Tozzetti, 202.

Fishes, Freshwater, by G. A, Boulen-

ger, 291-292.

Marine, Report on the, collected

by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in

the Indian Ocean, by C. Tate

Regan, 217-255.

Fistularia depressa, Giinther, 221.

Fistulariide, 221.

Flabellaria luteo-fusea, Crowan, from

Guadeloupe, mentioned, 387, 388.

Flabellum, JZess., mentioned, 135,

159.

‘* Foquet” (Puffinus — tenuirostris,

YVemm.), mentioned, 153.

Foraminifera, mentioned, 118, 122,

133.

Forel, A., Fourmis des Seychelles,

Amirantes, Farquhar et Chagos,

91-94.

Foslie, M., The Lithothamnia, 177—

192.

Foudia, Reichenbach, mentioned, 105,

106.

aldabrana, Jtidgway, men-

tioned, 104.

algonde, Pollen, mentioned,

104.

bruante, Miller, mentioned,

104.

consobrina, A. Milne-Edw. et

Oustalet, mentioned, 104.

erythrocephala, Gmel., men-

tioned, 104.

flavieans, A. Newton, mentioned,

104.

madagascar, Linn., mentioned,

104, 106.

seychellarum, A, Newton, men-

tioned, 104.

Fourmis des Seychelles, Amirantes,

Farquhar et Chagos, par A. Forel,

91-94.

Fowler Vertical Plankton Net, 19,

fig. 5.

T’rancolinus

107.

Yregata ariel, Gould, 110.

l'regilupus, Jess., mentioned, 105.

pondicerianus, Gmel.,

INDEX.

Fregilupus varius, Boddaert, men- |

tioned, 104.

Freshwater Fishes, by G. A. Boulen-

ger, 291-292.

Frigate-birds, mentioned, 35.

Frog, dwarfed, from the Cascade,

Mahé, mentioned, 29+.

Fucacre, from the Seychelles, 392.

Fundulus melanospilus, Pfeffer, men-

tioned, 292.

Fungia, Lamarck, 263; mentioned,

258, 270, 288.

reef-living, mentioned, 275.

table showing the recent species

of, with their distribution, |

267.

actiniformis, Quoy et Gaimard, |

distrib. of, 267.

acutidens, Studer, 278; men-

tioned, 267.

concinna, Verrill, 276; men-

tioned, 266, 277 ; from

Chagos, mentioned, 268 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 267.

concinna, Doderlein, 276.

cooperi *, Gardiner, 275; men-

tioned, 2713; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267, fig. 289.

corona, Doderlein, 278; men-

tioned, 279; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267, figs. 289.

costulata, Ortmann, 271; men-

tioned, 263, 288, fig. 289; |

distrib. of, mentioned, 267.

crassitentaculata, Gardiner, 276.

cyclolites, Lamarck, =70; men- |

tioned, 263, 271; distrib. of, |

mentioned, 267; from Ceylou |

Oyster Bank, mentioned, 288.

cyclolites, Déderlein, 270.

danai, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

278; mentioned, 272, 279; |

distrib. of, mentioned, 267.

dane, Gardiner, 276.

dentuta, Gardiner, 279.

dentigera, Gardiner, 272.

discus, Quelch, mentioned, 266.

distorta, Michelin, 268; men-

tioned, 264; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267.

déderleini, Marenzeller, men-

tioned, 266.

echinata, Pallas, 274; from

Donganab, Red Sea, men-

tioned, 288; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267.

Fungia elegans, Verri//, mentioned,

263; distrib. of, 267,

erosa, Déderlein,

263.

mentioned,

fieldi*, Gardiner, 277; men-

tioned, 278; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267 ; from Chagos,

mentioned, 268, fig. 289.

fragilis, Alcock, 268; mentioned,

263, 264; distrib. of, men-

tioned, 267.

fragilis, Vaughan, 268.

freyeineti, Milne-Edw. § Haime,

mentioned, 266,

fungites, Linn., 279; mentioned,

261, 266: distrib. of, men-

tioned, 267, 268.

glans, Dana, mentioned, 266.

granulosa, Alunzinyer, 276;

mentioned, 282; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267.

horrida, Dana, distrib. of, 267.

klunzingeri, Déderlein, distrib.

of, 267.

madagascariensis, Vaughan, dis-

trib. of, mentioned, 267, 268,

278.

mortoni, Tenison- Woods, men-

tioned, 264, 266.

mycoides, Alcock,

266.

oahensis, Déderlein, distrib. of,

mentioned, 267 ; from Hawaii,

mentioned, 268.

patella, Lilis § Solander, 269;

mentioned, 263, 264, 265,

266, 268, 270; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267.

mentioned,

patella, Gardiner, 279.

paumotensis, Stutchbury, men-

tioned, 268; distrib. of,

mentioned, 267.

placunaria, Alunzinger, men-

tioned, 272.

pliuna, Doderlein, 276.

proechinata, Doderlein, distrib.

of, 267.

pulchella, Verrill, mentioned,

266; trom Japan, mentioned,

finote 267; distrib. of, men-

tioned, 267.

repanda, Dana, 277 ; mentioned,

276; distrib. of, mentioned,

267.

samboangensis, Vauyhan, distrib.

of, 267.

Fungia scabra, Déderlein, mentioned,

275; distrib. of, mentioned,

267.

scruposa, Alunzinger, distrib. |

of, 267.

scutaria, Lamarck, 272;

tioned, 266; from Hawaii,

mentioned, 268; table

specimens of, 273, fig. 289.

scutaria, Vaughan, 272.

simplex, Gardiner, 274; men-

tioned, 288; distrib, of, men-

tioned, 267.

sinensis, IWilne-Hdw. § Haime,

269; mentioned, 264; distrib.

men-

of, mentioned, 267, figs. 289.

somervillei*, Gardiner, 269;

distrib. of, mentioned, 267,

figs. 289.

subrepanda, Déderlein, distrib.

of, 267.

talpina, Lamarck, 287.

tenuis, Dana (=F. patella,

Ellis § Solander), mentioned,

ftnote 266.

typica, Dana, mentioned, 272.

valida, Verrill, distrib. of,

267.

Fungiide, The Family, with a Revi-

sion of its Genera und Species and

an Account of their Geographical

Distribution, by J. Stanley

Gardiner, 257-290.

from Donganab, Red Sea, men-

tioned, 288.

Old World forms, mentioned,

263.

Fungites- group,

278, 279.

Fungus marinus, Seba, 287.

mentioned, 262,

Gadow, H., and J. Stanley Gardiner,

Aves, with some Notes on the

Distribution of the Land-Birds of

the Seychelles, 103-110.

Gallinago ccelestis, Frenzel, 107.

Gammaridea, Amphipoda, from the

Indian Ocean, British East Africa,

and the Red Sea, by Alfred O.

Walker, 323-344.

distrib. of, 325-326.

Gammaropsis atlanticus,

mentioned, ftnote 339.

gardinert, A, O. Walker, 339.

zeylanicus, A. O. Walker, 339.

Stebbing,

INDEX.

Gardiner, J. Stanley, Description of

the Expedition : Part II. Mauritius

to Seychelles, 111-175.

The Madreporarian Corals :

I. The Family Fungiidw, with a

Revision of its Genera and Species

Account of their Geo-

graphical Distribution, 257-290.

and an

Jooper, Description of the Expedi-

tion to the Indian Ocean: Ceylon

to Mauritius, 1-56.

History and Equipment

of the Expedition, 8.

—— Summary of the Voyage

and Work, 21.

Gardiner, J. Stanley, and H. Gadow,

Aves, with some Notes on the Dis-

tribution of the Land-Birds of the

Seychelles, 103-110,

“Gayac” trees (Afzelia bijuga, Gray),

mentioned, 33, 140.

Gevarcinide, 65,

Gecko, small, mentioned, 296.

Geckos, mentioned, 34.

Gehvra mutilata, Wiegm., 297.

Bleeker,

Genyoroge

224,

Geocarcinus, Leach, Yellow Land-

Crab, mentioned, 34.

Geograpsus, Stimps., 64.

crinipes (Dana), 64.

grayi, H. Milne-Edw., 64.

var,

bengalensis,

longitarsis

Borr., 6+.

minikoiensis, Borr., 64.

minikoiensis,

Geonemertes agricola, Birger, men-

tioned, 59, 60, 61.

arboricola *, Punnett, 57, 60,

61, 62.

australiensis, Dendy, mentioned,

57, 59, 60, 61.

chalicophora, Graff, mentioned,

60, 61.

grafli, Burger, mentioned, 60,

61.

micholitzi, Birger, mentioned,

60, 61.

noya-zealandie,

mentioned, 60.

palaensis, Semper, mentioned,

60, 61.

rodericana (Gulliver), Biirger,

mentioned, 57, 60, 61.

Geopelia striata, Linn., 107.

Gephyrea, mentioned, 29.

Dendy, 61;

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII.

407

Gepp, A., and Mrs. E. 8. Gepp,

Marine Alge (Chlorophycee and

Pheophycex) and Marine Phanero-

gams of the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition,

collected by J. Stanley Gardiner,

373-398,

Gepp, Mrs. E. §., see Gepp, A.,

Marine Algie (Chlorophycee and

Pheeophy ce) and Marine Phanero-

gams of the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition,

373-398.

Gerres lineolatus, Giinther, 254.

Gigantic land-tortoises, mentioned,

Glyphidodon ccelestinus, Cuv. & Val.,

230.

florulentus, Giinther, 230.

Gobiidie, 240.

Gobiomurphus cinctus*, Regan,

240.

Gobiopterus modestus*, Regan,

242, fig. 255.

Gohius, Linn., mentioned, 242.

cryptocentrus, Cuv. g Val.

mentioned, 241.

hoplopomus, Cuv. & Val., men-

tioned, 242.

nebulopunctatus, Cuv. & Val.,

241.

ophthalmoteenia, Bleeker, 241.

ornatus, Jtiipp., 241.

semidoliatus, Cuv.

241.

Goniastrea, Milne-Edw. § Haine,

mentioned, 38, 155.

Goniolithon, Foslie, 186.

Fosliei, Heydr., from Seychelles

Archipelago, 181;

to coral, 181.

frutescens, Foslie, 186; men-

tioned, 128, 178, 187, 191;

from Coetivy, 179; from

Seychelles Archipelago, 181,

182, 187.

f. congesta, Foslie, men-

tioned, 187.

f. flabelliformis,

mentioned, 187.

f. subtilis, Fosl’e, men-

tioned, 187.

myriocarpon, Foslie, from Sey-

chelles Archipelago, 181.

Gonodactylus, Latr., 210.

acanthurus; Vattersall, 210.

acutirostris, de Man, 210.

brevirostris, Miers, 212.

& Val.,

attached

Foslie,

408

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabr.), 211;

mentioned, 210.

var. H. affinis, de Man,

211, =segregatus, Lanchester,

mentioned, 211.

var. B. anaucyrus, Borr.,

mentioned, 2i1.

var. A. cincipiens, Lan-

chester, mentioned, 211.

chiragra, Latr., 211.

demani, Hend., 212;

210.

drepanophorus, de Man, 210,

mentioned,

espinosus, Borr., 210.

fester, Nobili, 210.

fimbriatus, Lenz, 211;

tioned, 210.

glaber, Brooks, 212; mentioned,

211, fig. 216.

var. rotundus*, Borra-

daile, 212; mentioned, 211,

216.

var. ternatensis, de Man,

mentioned, 211.

graphurus, Miers, 211.

herdmani, Tuttersall, 210.

japonicus, Miers, 212.

mutatus, Lanchester, mentioned,

var. G. acutus, Lanchester,

men-

mentioned, 211.

var. K. confinis, de Man,

mentioned, 211.

var. D. smithi, Pocock,

mentioned, 211.

var. F. tumidus,

chester, mentioned, 211.

cerstedi, Hansen, 210.

segregatus, Lanchester,

tioned, 211.

smithii, Pocock, 211.

spinosus, Bigelow, 212; men-

tioned, 210.

ternatensis, de Man, mentioned,

211, 212.

trispinosus var. pulchellus, Miers,

209.

Gonostoma, Raf., mentioned, 217,

Gorgonia, Zinn., mentioned, 122.

suberosa, Jallas, mentioned,

3546.

Gracula religiosa, Zinn., 107.

Grammistes

224,

Grapside, 64.

Lan-

men-

sexlineatus, Zhunb.,

| Green,

INDEX.

| Grapsina, 64,

Grass, coarse, mentioned, 27.

Grass-like weed (Cymodocea), men-

tioned, 143; mass of, mentioned,

153.

KE. Ernest, Notes on the

Coccide collected by the Percy

Sladen Trust Expedition to the

Indian Ocean; supplemented by

a Collection received from Mr. R.

Dupont, Director of Agriculture,

Seychelles, 197-207.

Green turtle, mentioned, 36.

Grey bittern, 35.

Guinea-fowl, mentioned, 35.

Gulls, mentioned, 35.

Gygis candida, Gm. (“White Noddy”),

109; mentioned, 108, 125, fig. 175.

Gymnoscops insularis, Z'ristr., 106 ;

mentioned, 105.

Gymnosorus variegatus, J. Ag., 394.

Gynacantha stylata, Martin, 88.

Gypsiva, Carter, mentioned, 122.

Halicore (“ Dugong”), mentioned,

158.

Halictus mahensis *, Cameron, 70.

Halieutea gardineri, Reyan, men-

tioned, 131.

hancocki*, Regan, 251, fig. 255.

nigra, Alcock, mentioned, 251.

stellata, Wuhl., mentioned,

251.

Halimeda, Zamour., 390; mentioned,

42, 118, 129, 132, 138, 179; cal-

careous leaved, mentioned, 39;

Chleria fusca, McZntosh, living

among the basal fronds of, men-

tioned, 356.

cuneata, Hering, 391.

f. undulata, . S. Barton,

391.

gracilis, Harvey, 391.

f. typica, , S. Barton,

391.

incrassata, Lamour., 391.

f. monilis, Z. S. Barton,

391.

—— f. ovata, J. Ag., 391.

f. typica, £..S. Barton, 391.

macroloba, Decne., 392.

Opuntia, Lamour., 391.

— f. cordata, H. S. Barton,

31.

Halimeda Opuntia f. triloba, #. S.

Barton, 391.

— f. typica, 2S. Burton, 391.

f. typica, #. S. Barton,

varying to cordata, #.S. Bar-

ton, 391.

f. typica, #. S. Barton,

verging to cordata and tri-

loba, £. S. Barton, 391.

f. typica, #. S. Barton,

verging to triloba, 2. S. Bar-

ton, 391.

Tuna, Zumour., 390.

f. platydisea, #. 8S. Barton,

391; mentioned, 390.

— f. typica, HZ. S. Barton,

390.

| Haliotis, Linn., from Diego Garcia,

mentioned, 52,

Haliseris, Targioni-Tozzetti, 395.

Woodwardia, J. Ay., 395.

Halomitra, Dana, 289; mentioned,

258, 259, 262.

concentrica, Studer, mentioned,

280, 281.

crustacea, Pallas, mentioned,

280.

dentata, Quelch, mentioned, 280.

fungites, Studer, mentioned,

280.

irregularis, Gardiner, 282;

mentioned, 280.

philippinensis, Studer, 289.

philippinensis, Gardiner, 280.

pileus, Dana, mentioned, 280,

281.

robusta,

280.

tiara (Agassiz), Verrill, men-

tioned, 280, 281.

(Podabacis) irregularis, Studer,

282.

( ) philippinensis, Studer,

280.

Halophila, Du Petit Thouars, 397.

ovalis, Hook. f., 397 ; mentioned,

129.

Haplochilus playfairi, Giinther, 292;

mentioned, 254.

Haustoriide, distrib. of, 325.

Heliopora, Blainv., mentioned, 38,

138, 133, 139, 143.

Hemianax epphipiger, read ephip-

piger, Burm., 88.

ephippiger, Burm., 88.

Quelch,

mentioned,

Hemichionaspis aspidistre, Signoret,

201,

minor, Maskell, 201; found on

“ Cotton,” 201; on Hibiscus,

201.

Hemicnemis bilineata, Selys, 89.

eyanops, Selys, 88.

Hemicordulia delicata, Martin, 88.

Hemidactylus brookii, Gray, 297.

frenatus, Dum. & Bibr., 296.

gardineri*, 296,

fig. 300.

mabuia, Mor., 297 ; mentioned,

296.

Hemirnamphus

tioned, 254.

‘‘Herbe mosambique,’”’ mentioned,

33.

Hermodice carunculata, Pallas, men-

tioned, 364, 365, 366, 367.

Hernandia, Plum. ex Linn, (“bois

blanc”), first land-shell found in

decaying trunk of, mentioned, 53 ;

great clump of, mentioned, 155.

peltata, Meissn. (“bois blanc”),

mentioned, 33, 140.

Heron, little green (Butorides atri-

capilla, Afzel.), young, mentioned,

42.

Herons, grey (Ardea cinerea, Linn.),

mentioned, 147.

Herpolitha, Duncan, 282; mentioned,

258, 259, 262, 274, 284.

ampla, Agassiz (Verrill), men-

tioned, 282.

crassa, Dana, 286; mentioned,

260, 283; from Funafuti,

286, 287.

crassa, Quelch, 284; mentioned,

283, 286.

foliosa, Hhrenb., 282; men-

tioned, 283, 284, 286, 285,

figs. 289.

interrupta, Ehrenbd., mentioned,

282, 283, 286.

liman, Hsper, 284 ; mentioned,

260, 282, 283, 286; from

Donganab, Red Sea, men-

tioned, 288 ; from Singapore,

286, 287, figs. 289, 290.

simplex, Gardiner, 274, 282.

stellaris, Hhrenb., mentioned,

282.

stricta, Dana, mentioned, 282.

Heteropods, mentioned, 141.

Boulenger,

far, Forsk., men-

INDEX.

| Heteropsammia, Milne-Hdw. &

Haime, mentioned, 159,

Hexactinellids, mentioned, 134.

Hibiscus, a gorgeous, on Providence

island, mentioned, 147.

Hickson, Sydney J., and Helen M.

England, The Stylasterina of

the Indian Ocean, 345-354,

Hirundo rustica, Linn., 106.

urbica, Linn., 106.

Hockeria, Walker, mentioned, 86.

testaceitarsis *, Cameron, 86.

Holacanthus multispinis, Giinther &

Plwyf., mentioned, 228.

somervillii*, Reyan, 228, fig.

254,

Holocentrum diadema, Lacep., 222.

rubrum, Forsk., 222.

Holothurian with Fieraster brought

up, mentioned, 159; kept alive

some hours in a bucket, 159.

Holothurians for making trepang,

mentioned, 152.

Hoplichthyide, 239.

Hoplichthys acanthopleurus*, Reyan,

285, fig. 255.

citrinus, Gilbert, mentioned, 239.

gilberti, Regan, mentioned, 239.

langsdortii, Cuv. g Val., men-

tioned, 239,

Hoplopomus, A/renb., mentioned,

242.

acanthistius*, Regan, 242, fig.

255.

caninoides, Bleeker, 241.

notacanthus, Bleeker, mentioned,

242,

pulcher,

242,

Howardia biclavis, Comstock, 201.

Hyale, Ruthke, 337.

brevipes, Chevreux, 337; dis-

trib. of, mentioned, 326.

macrodactyla, Stebbing, 337 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

nilssoni, A. O. Walker, 337.

Hydrocharidacee, mentioned, 129 ;

from the Seychelles, 397.

Hydrocoralline Millepora important

reef-builder, mentioned, 133.

Hydrus platurus, Zinn., mentioned,

ftnote 20.

Hylambates, mentioned, 294.

Hymenoptera, by P. Cameron, 69-

86.

Ehrenb., mentioned,

409

Hypogeophis alternans, Stejnegev,

292,

guentheri, Boulenger, from

Zanzibar, mentioned, 292.

rostratus, Cuv., 292.

Hypsipetes, Vig., mentioned, 105,

106,

borbonicus, Brisson, mentioned,

104,

crassirostris, H. Newton, men-

tioned, 104.

olivaceus, Bonaparte, mentioned,

104,

ourovang, Sclater, mentioned,

104.

parvirostris, Milne-Edw. &

Oust., mentioned, 104.

rostratus, Ztidyway, mentioned,

104.

Ianthina, blue-shelled, mentioned,

46.

Icerya seychellarum, Westw., 198.

Ichneumon genus Echthromorpha,

noteworthy for its wide distribu-

tion in oceanic islands (Cameron),

69.

Ichneumonide, 79.

Ichnopus, A. Costa, 328.

serricrus *, A. O. Walker, 328 ;

mentioned, 323; distrib. of,

mentioned, 325, fig. 344.

taurus, A. Costa, mentioned, 329.

Ichthyocampus belcheri, Awup, 221.

Indivisee, branched forms of, men-

tioned, 301.

Iphiaulax tletcheri *, Cameron, 81.

Ischnura senegalensis, Ramb., 89 ;

mentioned, 87.

Isis ocracea, Pallas, mentioned, 346.

Ixodid, Note sur les, recueillis dans

des Iles de |’Océan Indien par

J. Stanley Gardiner, par L. G.

Neumann, 193-196.

Jassa pulchella, Leach, 343.

Jassidx, distrib. of, 326.

Julis schwanefeldii, Bleeker, 230.

Koptorthosoma caffrum, Linn., 70.

caffra, Vachal, 70.

Kuhlia teniura, Cuv. g¢ Val., 228;

mentioned, 292.

56*

410

Labiopora, Moseley, mentioned, 353 ;

some new species of, from New

Zealand, mentioned, 353.

abride, 230.

abroides dimidiatus, Cuv. & Val.,

250.

sacertilia, 295.

Laidlaw, F. F., The Odonata, 87-90.

Land-Crabs, flat-tailed (Birgus latro,

Linn.), in Six Islands, abundance

of, mentioned, 28, ftnote 50.

Land-shell (first) found in decaying

trunk of “ bois blane” ( Hernandia),

mentioned, 53.

“Langue de boeuf” (Asplenium),

mentioned, 33.

Larride (Notogonia, Costa), men-

tioned, 69; crickets as food for

their young, 69.

Larve, Leptocephalid, of eels, with

phosphorescent spots, mentioned,

141.

Larve, pelagic, presence of, men-

tioned, 7.

Leander debilis (Dana), mentioned,

63.

gardineri,

63.

Lecanium frontale, Green, 201; men-

tioned, 197; injurious to Casu-

arina, 201,

guerinii, Siynoret, 201.

hemisphericum, Zargioni-Toz-

zetti, 201.

hesperidum, ZLinn., 200; in-

jurious to Cassia siamea, Lum.,

and to Rubiaceie, 200.

longulum, Douglas, 201; found

Borr., mentioned,

on Anona syuamosa, Linn.,

201.

nigrum, Nietner, 200; found on

Hibiscus, on Jacaranda mimo-

sefolia, D. Don, 200.

olee, Bernard, 200; found on

‘ Figuier des Banians,” on

Schmidelia, 200.

perforatum, Newstead, men-

tioned, 197, 204, 205.

subtessellatum, Geen, men-

tioned, 197, 204, 205,

tessellatum, Signore, 205 ; men-

tioned, 197, 200, 204, fig.

207.

form perforatum, Geen,

fig. 207.

INDEX.

Lecanium tessellatum form subtes-

sellatum, Green, fig. 207.

viride, Green, 201.

Leiopathes, Gray, mentioned, 302.

Lembos, Spence Bate, 337.

kergueleni, Stebhing, 337;

mentioned, 343; distrib. of,

326, fig. 344.

leptocheirus*, A. O. Walker,

338; mentioned, 323; dis-

trib. of, 326, fig. 344.

podoceroides, A. O. Walker,

338 ; distrib. of, 826.

Lenora philippinensis, Grube, men-

tioned, 364.

Lepidodactylus

Bibr., 297.

Lepidotrigla Alcocki*, Regan, 240,

fig. 255.

Leptocephalid larvee of eels with

phosphorescent spots, mentioned,

141.

Leptocephalus, G'on., mentioned, 217.

Leptocheirus, Zaddach, 341; men-

tioned, 339.

della vallei,

tioned, 341.

pectinatus, Stebbing, 341.

pilosus, Zaddach, 341; distrib.

of, mentioned, 326.

pilosus, Chevreux, 341.

pilosus, Della Valle, 341.

pilosus, A. O, Walker, 341.

Leptogenys maxillosa, Smith, 91.

Leucaspis cockerelli, de

202.

Leuecothoé, Leach, 331.

hornelli, A. O. Walker, 331;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325.

lugubris, Dum. &

Stebbing, men-

spinicarpa, Abildgaard, 331 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325.

stegoceras, A. O. Walker, 331 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325.

Leucothoide, distrib. of, 325.

Lophiide, 250.

“ Liane feuilles” (Cassytha

filiformis, Zinn.), mentioned, 41,

109, 125

Libellulide, 88.

Libelluline, 88

Limosa lapponica, Linn., 108.

Linopherus, Quatrefages, mentioned,

364.

Lithactinia, Zesson, mentioned, 258,

259, 260, 261, 262, 284, 287.

sans

Charmoy, |

Lithactinia galeriformis, Quelch, men-

tioned, 261, 284.

nove-hibernis, Lesson,

tioned, 260, 261.

pileiformis, Quelch, mentioned,

261, 284.

Lithophyllum

187.

affine, Foslie, from Seychelles

Archipelago, 181; mentioned,

188.

craspedium, Fos/ie, 189; men-

tioned, 178, 190,191; from

Goetivy, 179 ; from Seychelles

Archipelago, 181, 182.

craspedium f, abbreviata, Fos/e,

mentioned, 191.

f. subtilis, Foslie, men-

tioned, 191.

Gardineri *, Foslie, 190; men-

tioned, 177, 178, 189, 191;

from Coetivy, 179; from Sey-

chelles, 181, fig. 128.

f. obpyramidata*, Fosle,

190; mentioned, 191, fig.

192.

f. subhemispherica *, Fos-

lie, 190; mentioned, 191,

fig. 192.

f. typica, Foslie, fig. 192.

Kaiserii, Heydr., 188; from

Chagos Archipelago, 178 ;

from Seychelles Archipelago,

180, 181 ; mentioned, 190.

f. subplicata, /oslie, 188.

f. typica, JMslie, 188;

mentioned, 191.

madagascarense, Heydr., 188.

moluccense, Foslie, 188; from

Seychelles, 180.

f. flabelliformis, Fos/ie,

men-

(Phil.) (emend.),

188.

f. pygmea, Foslie, 188.

Okamurai, Foslie, 187; men-

tioned, 186.

f, ptychoides, Fuslie, 187 ;

from Saya de Malha Banks,

179.

—— f. trincomaliensis, Foslie,

187.

onkodes, Heydr., 189; men-

tioned, 178,191; attached to

Corals, mentioned, 178; from

Coetivy, 179 ; from Seychelles

Archipelago, 181.

Lithophyllum pallescens, “ste, men-

tioned, 188; from Chagos, men-

tioned, 178; from Seychelles,

181.

racemus, Joslie, mentioned,

188.

f. typica, Moslie, mentioned,

185,

yendoi f. mahéica, Moslie, from

Seychelles Archipelago, 181.

Lithothamnia, by M. Foslie, 177-

192; mentioned, 35, 39, 117, 118,

124, 128, 132, 158.

Lithothamnia and dead Coral in-

crusted with Squamariaceze, men-

tioned, 159.

Lithothamnion, Phil. (emend.), 182 ;

mentioned, 178, 191.

australe, Foslie, 185, fig. 135 ;

from Cargados Carajos, 178 ;

from Saya de Malha Banks,

179; from Seychelles Archi-

pelago, 181, 183.

f. brachiata, Moslie, men-

tioned, 186.

f. minutula, Foslie, men-

tioned, 185, 186.

f. tualensis, Moslie, men-

tioned, 185.

brachycladum, Foslie, mentioned,

185.

coralloides f. australis, Foslie,

185.

erythreum, Rothpl., 186.

floridanum, Foslie, mentioned,

185.

fruticulosim (Kiitzing), Foshe,

183, 184, 185.

clavulata,

— f. Foslie,

83.

— f. crassiuscula, Foslie,

183.

funafutiense

Foslie, 182.

gibbosum, Foslie, 184; men-

tioned, 177, 186.

f. crassa, Moslie, 184.

f. parvula, Moslie, 184;

mentioned, 185.

indicum, Foslie, 183; mentioned,

ilyasy ligase alts), altsph alfots

fig. 135.

f. subtilis, Fosle, 183.

f. typica, Foshe, 183.

Kuiserti, Heydr., 183.

onkodes, Heydr., 189.

f. purpuraserns,

INDEX.

Lithothamnion purpurascens, Pos/ie,

182; from Amirante, 180, 183.

simulans, Moshe, from Chagos,

mentioned, 178; from Sey-

chelles, 181.

validum,

185.

Lithothamnionem, 182,

Lizards, brilliant green, in groves of

Foslie, mentioned,

’

“papaya,” mentioned, 144.

Lodoicea seychellarum, Ladill., men-

tioned, 160,

Lophopsittacus, A. Newton, mentioned,

105, 106,

mauritianus, Owen, mentioned,

104,

Lophoseridx, mentioned, 258.

Lycognathophis sechellensis, Sch/eg.,

300.

Lysianassa, H. Milne-Edw., 327 ;

synopsis of, 328,

bispinosa, Della Valle, mentioned,

ceratina, A. O. Walker, 327;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325;

eyes of, dark brown or black,

327 ; mentioned, 328.

cinghalensis, 7’. R. R. Stebbing,

328; distrib. of, mentioned,

325.

ceelochir, A. O. Walker, men-

tioned, 328.

cubensis, Stebbing, mentioned,

328.

longicornis, Lucas, mentioned,

328.

longicornis, T. R. R. Stebbing,

327.

plumosa, Boeck, mentioned, 328.

punctata, Costa, mentioned, 328.

variegata, Stimpson, mentioned,

328.

| Lysianasside, distrib. of, 325,

Lysianax bispinosus, Della

327.

ceratinus, Chevreux, 327.

ceratinus, A. M. Norman, 327.

ceratinus, A. M. Norman & T,

Scott, 327.

ceratinus, A. O. Walker, 327.

longicornis, Chevr. & Bouvier,

327.

lonyicornis, Della Valle, 327.

longicornis, A. O. Walker, 327.

Lysiosquilla maculata (4wbr.), 214.

maculata, Miers, 214.

Valle,

411

Mabnia sechellensis, Dum. & Bibr.,

298.

wrightii, Boulenger, 298.

Macruride, 221.

Macrurus, Bonaparte, mentioned,

135.

wqualis, Giinther, mentioned,

221.

bairdii, Goode § Bean, men-

tioned, 221.

microstomus *, Regan, 221, fig.

254,

Madrepora, Linn., mentioned, 38;

colony of, mentioned, 53,. 124,

138, 148.

pileus, Ellis & Solander, 284.

Madreporarian Corals: I. The

Family Fungiide, with a Revision

of its Genera and Species and an

Account of their Geographical

Distribution, by J. Stanley Gar-

diner, 257-290.

Meera, Leach, 334.

hamigera, Haswell, 335; distrib,

of, mentioned, 326, fig. 344.

inequipes, Uosta, 334; distrib.

of, mentioned, 325, 335.

petriei, Chilton,

335.

tenella, Dana, 335; distrib. of,

mentioned, 326,

Malthide, 251.

Manioce (Scevola), mentioned, 41 ;

bushes of, mentioned, 27.

“ Mapou tree” (Pisonia), mentioned,

126.

Margaritifera margaritifera, Linn.

(black-lipped oyster), mentioned,

145,

Martins, mentioned, 35, 42.

Mascarinus, Zess., mentioned, 105,

106.

duboisi, W. A. Forbes, men-

tioned, 104.

Mauritius, rainfall in, mentioned,

120.

Mauritius to Seychelles, by J. Stanley

Gardiner, 111-175.

Medusa with widely open mouth,

from a deep plankton haul (Meso-

nema, Hschsch,), 23, fig. 6.

Megachile disjuncta, Fubr.,70; men-

tioned, 69.

disjuncta, Bingh., 70,

mystacea, Fubr., 70 ; mentioned,

69.

mentioned,

412

Megachile mystacea, Bingh , 70.

rufiventris, Guér., 70.

seychellensis *, Cameron, 71.

Megagathis natalensis, Ariech., men-

tioned, 83.

testacea *, Cameron, 82.

Megalixalus, Giinther, distributed

over Tropical Africa and Mada-

gascar, mentioned, 294.

sechellensis, Giinther, 294.

Melanostomias valdivie, Brauer, 218;

mentioned, 142.

Melia tessellata, Zatr., mentioned,

53; carries small green paly-

thoid Anemone in each chela

for protection, &c,, mentioned,

53.

Melita, Leach, 334,

fresnelii, Awlouin, 334; distrib.

of, mentioned, 325.

Melitodes ochracea, Pallas,

tioned, 346.

Melobesiex, 186.

Mesonema, Uscisch., 23, fig. 6; men-

tioned, 25.

Metasesarma rousseauxi, H, Milne-

Edw., mentioned, 63.

Micrabacia, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

mentioned, 258.

Micrabaciide, mentioned, 258.

Microdictyon, Decaisne, 375; men-

tioned, 374, 376.

calodictyon, Decne., from the

Canaries, mentioned, 376.

pseudohapteron *, A. g¢ H. S.

Gepp, 375 ; mentioned, 373,

376, fig. 397.

umbilicatum, Zanard., from the

Mediterranean, mentioned,

376.

Millepora, Linn., mentioned, 38, 52,

133, 138, 345.

Pallas,

men-

violacea, mentioned,

346.

Minous longimanus*, Regan, 236,

fig. 255.

monodactylus, Bl., 237.

Misophthora, oerster, mentioned,

d4.

Molluses, pteropod, mentioned, 25,

29.

Monacanthus melanistius*, Iegan,

252, fig. 255.

nematophorus, Gunther, 252.

oblongus, Schleg., 252.

oculatus, Giinther, 252.

INDEX.

Monacanthus peronii, //olland, men-

tioned, 252.

setifer, Benn., 252,

Monomorium floricola, Jerdon, men-

tioned, 93.

fossulatum, Emery, subsp. sey-

chellense, Emery, mentioned,

93.

pharaonis, Zinn., 91.

“ Mapow tree” (Pisonia Calpidia,

Stewl.) in the Ile du Coin, men-

tioned, 40.

Mother-of-pearl, black-lipped, men-

tioned, 153.

Mugil

221.

Mugilide, 221.

Mullids, 228.

Murena macassariensis,

220.

nebulosa, Akl., 220.

picta, Ahl., 220.

polyzona, Ltichards., 220.

Bleeker,

ceruleomaculatus, Lacep.,

Bleeker,

pseudothyrsvidea,

220.

richardsoni, Bleeker, 220.

Murenide, 220.

Mussa, mentioned, 28, 38.

Myripristis parvidens, Cuv. & Val.,

222.

Mytilaspis auriculata *, Green, 205;

mentioned, 197, 204, fig. 207.

citricola, Packard, 203; men-

tioned, 206; on “Lime,

Orange, and Shaddock,”

203.

gloveril, Packard, 203.

greeni, de Charmoy, 204.

hibisci, de Charmoy, 204.

ocellata*, Green, 206; men-

tioned, 207.

pallida, Green, mentioned,

207.

pomorum, Bouché, mentioned,

197, 206.

Necropsar rodericanus, H. H. Slater,

mentioned, 104.

Necropsittacus, A. Milne-Edw., men-

tioned, 105, 106.

rodericanus, A, Milne-Edw.,

mentioned, 104,

Nemertean, On an Arboricolous, from

the Seychelles, by RK. C. Punnett,

57-63.

Neocyttus, Gilchr., 231.

acanthorhynchus *, Regan, 231,

fig. 254.

rhomboidalis, Gilchr.,

tioned, ftnote 231.

Neomeris, Lamour, 379.

annulata, Dickie, 379.

Kelleri,

379.

Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johnson,

219.

Nesomantis *, Boulenger, 293.

thomasseti *, Boulenger, 293,

figs. 300.

Neumann, L. G., Note sur les Ixo-

did recueillis dans des Iles de

TOcean Indien par J. Stanley

Gardiner, 193-196.

Noddies, mentioned, 35.

Notogonia, Oosta, mentioned, 78;

prey on crickets, mentioned, 69.

mahensis *, Cameron, 78.

rufo-femorata *, Cameron, 78.

seychellensis *, Cameron, 77.

men-

Cramer, mentioned,

subtessellata, Sm., mentioned,

78.

Notopygos, Grube, 358.

crinita, Grube, mentioned, 359.

flavus, Haswell, mentioned,

359.

gardineri*, Potts, 362; men-

tioned, 356, 359, 360, 362,

fig. 370.

hispida *, Potts, 359; men-

tioned, 356, 360, 361, 367,

tig. 370.

labiatus, McJntosh, mentioned,

359, 360, 361.

maculata, Atnberg, mentioned,

359.

megalops, McJntosh, mentioned,

359, 361, 362.

parvus, Haswell,

359.

variabilis *, Potts, 360; men-

tioned, 359, 361, 362, 367,

mentioned,

fig. 370.

Nudibranchs from Diego Garcia.

mentioned, 52.

Numenius arquata, Linn., 107.

pheopus, Linn., 107.

Oculina-coral, mentioned, 134,

Ocypode, Fabr., 65; mentioned, 34,

ceratophthalma, Pailas, 65.

Ocypode cordimana, Desm., 65.

Ocypodide, 65,

Ocypodine, 65.

Odonata, by F. F. Laidlaw, 87-90.

Odonterichthus rostratus *, Borr.,

214.

tenuicornis, Jurich, 214.

Odontodactylus, Bigelow, 212.

brevirostris (Miers), 212.

japonicus (de Haan), 212.

latirostris *, Borr., 212, fig.

216.

Odynerus cenocephalus *, Cameron,

72.

chagosensis *, Cameron, 73.

cylindricus, Pérez, 72.

farquharensis *, Cameron, 74.

Ophichthys meianochir, Bleeker,

220.

Ophidia, 300.

Ophion, Fabr., mentioned, 82.

rutus, Brullé, 79 ; Oriental form,

mentioned, 69.

Ophisurus colubrinus, Bodd., var.

semicineta, Bleeker, 220.

Orbicella, Dana, mentioned, 28, 38.

Orbitolites, mentioned, 147.

Orea, read Arca, bivalve like an, com-

mon in the mud, mentioned, 48.

Oreosoma, Cuv. g Val., mentioned,

231.

Ornithodoros talaje capensis, Newm.,

193.

Orthetrum wrighti, Selys, 89; men-

tioned, 88.

Orthezia insignis, Douglas, 198.

Ostracion concatenatus, Bl., 252.

cornutus, Linn., 252.

fornasini, Bianci, 252.

Ostraciontide, 252.

Ostrich, distribution of, 2.

Oxynotus, Hancock, mentioned, 105.

newtoni, ullen, mentioned,

104.

rufiventris, Swains., mentioned,

104.

Oyster, black-lipped (Margaritifera

margaritifera, Linn.), mentioned,

145.

Padina, Adans.; 395.

Commersonii, Bory, 395.

distromatica, Hauck, 395.

Palemon, Fubr., 67; mentioned,

63.

INDEX.

Palamon (Eupalemon) dispar, von

Martens, 67.

(——) idx, Heller, 67.

(——) lar, Fabr., 67.

(——) longipes, de Haan, 67.

(

Palemonide, 67.

) ritzeme, de Man, 67.

Paleornis,

106.

eques, Bodd., mentioned, 104,

105.

exsul, A. Mewton, mentioned,

104, 105.

Vig., mentioned,

wardi, EH. Newton, mentioned, |

104, 108.

Pallenidex, 96, 98.

Pallenopsis, Wilson, 96 ; mentioned,

95.

fluminensis, Ardéyer, mentioned,

97.

patagonicum, Hoek, mentioned,

fib

spinipes *, Carpenter, 96 ; men-

tioned, 97, 101.

Palmyride, mentioned, 370.

Palmyropsis *, Potts, mentioned, 370,

figs. are given in Plates 45 &

46, text of description to follow,

370.

macintoshi *,

Plate 45.

Pandanus Balfouri, Martelli (“Screw-

pines”), mentioned, 157.

Hornei, Balf. f. (Screw-pine),

leaves of, possesses a fauna of

its own, mentioned, 57.

Pantala flavescens, Mabr., 87, 88.

Paragrubia, Chevrewr, 343.

yorax, Chevreux, 343; distrib.

of, mentioned, 326.

Parandania, Stebbing, 330.

boecki, Stebbing, 330;

tioned, 324; distrib. of, men-

tioned, 325.

Parantivathes, mentioned, 303.

Parapercididee, 246.

Parapercis punctulata, Cuv. & Val.,

246.

Parélasmopus, Stebbing, 334.

suluensis, Dana, 334; distrib.

of, mentioned, 325.

Passer domesticus, Linn., 106.

Patella-group, mentioned, 262,

263.

Pegaside, 221.

Pegasus draconis, Linn., 221.

Potisvee esos.

men-

105,

413

Pelagic larve, presence of, men-

tioned, 7.

Pelecanus crispus, Bruch, 110;

mentioned, 154.

Pelopeus hemipterus, Fabr., 75.

Pelor didactylum, Pallas, 237.

Pemphis, Horst. (“ Bois la Mare”),

Danger Island fringed with, men-

tioned, 43.

acidula, Forst., from Petite Le

de Yéyé, mentioned, 41 ;

bushes of, mentioned, 140,

fig. 40,

Pentapus curtus, Guichen., 227.

Periophthalmus koelreuteri, Pallas,

254

schlosseri, Pallas, 254.

| Peristethus serrulatus, Alcock, 240.

Pheophycee and Chlorophycee of

the ‘Sealark’ Expedition, col-

lected by J. Stanley Gardiner,

by A. Gepp and Mrs. E. S. Gepp,

373-398.

Phaéthon flavirostris, Brandt, 110.

lepturus, Daud.,= flavirostris,

Brandt, 110.

Phanerogams, Marine, of the ‘ Sea-

lark’ Expedition, collected by

J. Stanley Gardiner, by A. Gepp

and Mrs. E. 8. Gepp, 373-398.

Phedina, Bonaparte, mentioned,

105,

borbonica,

104.

madagascariensis, Hartl., men-

tioned, 10+.

Pheidole braueri, Forel, mentioned,

93.

flavens, Roger, var. farquahar-

Gmel., mentioned,

ensis*, Forel, 91; men-

tioned, 92.

megacephala, Fabr., 91.

punctulata, Mayr, 91; men-

tioned, 94.

subsp. picata, Forel, 91.

Forel, mentioned,

voltzkowl,

93.

Phelsuma laticauda, Boetiger, 297.

madagascariense, Gray, 297.

var. abbotti, Stejneger,

mentioned, 297.

Phenacoccus nivalis, Maskell, 198.

Photide, distrib. of, 326 ; mentioned,

341.

Photis, Ardyer, 339; mentioned,

341.

414

Photis longicaudata, Spence Bate § |

Westw., 339; distrib. of, men-

tioned, 326.

Phoxichilide, 98.

Phoxichilus, JLatreille, 98; men-

tioned, 95.

mollis, Carpenter, 98.

Phronima, mentioned, 25; large,

mentioned, 141.

Phyllosoma, Leach, mentioned, 25;

transparent, 141;

larva from deep water, 24, fig. 7.

mentioned,

Physalia, Lam. (Poriuguese men-of-

war), mentioned, 46.

Pigeons, abundance of, in “ Six Is-

lands,” mentioned, ftnote 50.

Pigs, abundance of, in ‘ Six Islands,”

mentioned, ftnote 50.

Pisonia, Plum. ex Linn. (Mapou

tree), mentioned, 126, 139, 149.

Calpidia, Steud. (Mapow tree),

in the Ile du Coin, men-

tioned, 40.

Plagiolepis alluaudi, Zmery, 92.

longipes, Jerdon, mentioned,

93.

madecassa, Hmery, 92.

Plankton, List of Stations,

174.

Platophium, auctorum, = Podocerus,

Leach, 348.

Platophrys circularis *, Regan, 233,

fig. 255.

myriaster, Schleg., mentioned,

232.

ovalis *, Regan, 232, fig. 255.

pantherinus, Rupp., 232.

pavo, Bleeker, 232.

Platyeephalide, 237.

Platycephalus asper,Cuv. § Val., 237.

cooperi *, Regan, 238, fig. 255.

grandisquamis *, Regan, 239.

macrolepis, Bleeker, 239.

Regan, 238,

169-

oligolepis *,

fig. 255.

pedimacula*, Regan, 238.

pristiger, Cuv. & Val., 238.

spinosus, Schleg., mentioned,

217,239,

subfasciatus, Giinther, 237.

tuberculatus, Cuv. dg Val., 237.

Tlesiops, Cuv., mentioned, 228,

nigricans, Riipp., 224.

Pleuronectide, 232.

Pliobothrus, Pocock, mentioned, 348,

350.

INDEX.

Plovers, mentioned, 35.

Pocillopora, ZLam., mentioned, 38,

138, 155.

“ Pocpoc,” native name of a creeper,

mentioned, 27.

Podabacia, Milne-Edw. & Haime,

mentioned, 258, 259, 262, 280.

irregularis, Studer, 282.

philippimensis, Studer, 280.

robusta, Quelch, mentioned,

282.

Podoceride, distrib. of, 326.

Podocerus, Leach (= Platophium,

auctorum), 343.

falcatus, Montagu, 343.

synaptocheir, A. 0. Walk,

343; distrib. of, mentioned,

326.

Pogonoscorpius *, Regan, 236.

sechellensis *, Regan, 236,

fig. 255.

Polistes hebreeus, ubr., 71 ; oriental

species of, mentioned, 69.

Polycheta of the Indian Ocean:

Part I. The Amphinomide, by

F. A. Potts, 355-371.

Polycheria, Haswell, 337.

antarctica, Stebbing, mentioned,

337.

atolli, A. O. Walker, 337 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 326.

Polyphylia (Quoy d& Gaimard),

Dana, 287; mentioned, 258,

259, 260, 261, 262, 284.

galeriformis, Dana, mentioned,

261, 287.

leptophylla, Ehrenberg, men-

tioned, 287.

novee-hiberniz, Lesson, men-

tioned, 287.

pelvis, Quoy & Gaimard, 287 ;

mentiened, 260, 261.

pileiformis, Dana, mentioned,

261, 287.

substellata, Blainville,

tioned, 287.

talpa, Dana, 287.

talpina, Lam., 287; mentioned,

261, figs. 289, 290.

Polyphylla (pars), Blainville, 287.

Polyps, 302.

men-

Polytrema, mentioned, 122, 133,

178.

Pomacentridx, 228.

Pomacentrus, Lacep., mentioned,

229,

| Pomacentrus jerdoni,

Day, men-

tioned, 229.

polylepis*, Regan, 229,

fig. 254.

punctatus, Quoy & Gaimard,

230.

Ponera johanne, More, mentioned,

93.

melanaria, Hmery, var. macra,

Emery, mentioned, 93.

Ponérine ¢ indéterminable, 93.

Porites, mentioned, 38; colony of,

53, 138, 155.

Porolithon, subg., Foslie, 189.

“ Portuguese men-of-war” (Physalia,

Lam.), mentioned, 46.

Potamogetonacew, from the Sey-

chelles, 396.

Potamogetonacean cotyledonous

plants, mentioned, 129.

Potamonidx, 63.

Potts, F. A., Polychaeta of the Indian

Ocean: Part I. The Amphino-

mide, 355 -371.

Poultry, abundance of, in Six Islands,

mentioned, ftnote 50.

Praslinia *, Boulenger, 292.

cooperi *,

figs. 300.

Pratincola, Koch, mentioned, 105,

10é.

borbonica,

104.

sibylla,

104.

Prawn, gnathophausid-like,

deep water, 26, fig. 8.

Boulenger, 293,

Bory, mentioned,

Linn., mentioned,

from

Prenolepis bengalensis, Forel, men-

tioned, 94.

bourbonica, orel,

tioned, 94.

var. farquharensis *, Forel,

92; men-

92.

longicornis, Lat., 92.

madagascariensis, ovel, var.

seychellensis, Hmery, meu-

tioned, 93.

mixta, Morel, mentioned, 93,

Priacanthus hamrur, Forsk,, 224.

Prionastrea, .Wilne-Hdw. g§ Haime,

mentioned, 28, 38,

Pristipomatide, 227.

Proneomenia, Hubrecht,

of, 4.

Prosadenophorus, Joubin, for Pro-

sadenoporus, mentioned, 61.

distrib.

Prosadenoporus read Prosadeno-

phorus, Joubin, mentioned, 61.

Prosopodasys leucogaster, Richards.,

237.

Protosquilla, Brooks, 209.

pulchella, AZiers, 209.

trispinosa var. pulchella, de Man,

209.

tuberculata*, Borradaile, 209,

fig. 216.

Psammichthys *, Regan, 246,

nudus *, Regan, 246, fig. 255.

Psammocora, Dana, mentioned,

54,

Psettus argenteus, Linn., 254.

Pseudaluteres nasicornis, Schlegel,

252.

Pseuderichthus affinis *, Borr., 215.

communis, Hansen, 214.

distinguendus, Hansen,

mentioned, 214.

Pseudocheilinus evanidus, Jord. &

Everm., 231.

Pseudochromidide, 227.

Pseudochromis, Liipp., mentioned,

228.

Pseudogramma polyacanthus, Bleeker,

227.

Pseudoplesiops typus, Bleeker, 228.

Psendorhombus ocellatus, Giinther,

232.

Palisyp

Pseudosearus troscheli, Bleeker,

231.

Pseudosquilla, Dana, 213.

ciliata (Mabr.), 213; larva of,

mentioned, 214.

ciliata, Miers, 213.

monodactyla, A. Milne-Edw.,

214.

occidentalis, Borr., mentioned,

213.

oculata (Brullé), 214; larva of,

mentioned, 215.

ornata, Miers, 213; men-

tioned, 214.

oxyrhyncha, Borr., mentioned,

213.

Psittacus, Zinn., mentioned, 105.

Pteragogus opercularis, Peters,

230.

Pterois antennata, Bl., 236.

volitans, Linn., 236.

zebra, Cuv. & Val., 236.

Pteropathes, Brooks, mentioned,

ftnote 312.

Pteropods, mentioned, 141.

INDEX.

Ptilinopus, Swains., mentioned,

105.

Ptychodera read Ptychoderma,

Simpson, mentioned, 36.

Ptychoderma, Simpson, for Ptycho-

dera, 36.

Puftinus persicus, Hume, mentioned,

109.

tenuirostris, Zemm., 109;

(“‘ Foquet’’?) mentioned,

153.

Pulvinaria antigoni*, Green, 204;

mentioned, 197, 199, fig. 207.

cariei, de Charmoy, 199.

floccifera, Westw., 199.

leeryi, Guérin-Ménéville, 199,

psidu, Maskell, 199;

tioned, 204.

Punnett, R. C., On an Arboricolous

Nemertean from the Seychelles,

57-63.

Pycnogonida, by George H. Car-

penter, 95-101.

Pycnogonum littorale, Weinert, men-

tioned, 97.

Pyrosoma, Pér., mentioned, 25,

141.

men-

Rainfall in Mauritius, mentioned,

120.

Ralfsia ceylanica, Harvey,

mentioned, 374, 395.

Ramos, mentioned, 301.

Rana mascareniensis, D. g- B., 293.

Ratite or Carinate birds, distrib.

of, 2.

Ray-stinging (Trygon?), mentioned,

39.

Regan, C. Tate, Report on the

Marine Fishes collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner in the Indian

Ocean, 217-255.

Repanda-group, 2 5, 276, 278, 282.

Reptiles, by G. A. Boulenger, 294-

300.

Rhea, Moehr., distrib. of, 2.

Rhipicephalus sanguineus,

193.

Rhipidosiphon javensis, Mont., men-

tioned, 384, 385.

Rhiptoglossa, 300.

Rhogadine, 83.

Rhogas, Walker, mentioned, 84.

Rhopalorhynchus, Wood-Mason, 99 ;

mentioned, 95, 96, 100.

394 ;

Latr.,

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII.

415

Rhopalorhynchus clavipes, Carpenter,

mentioned, 99.

gracillimus *,

mentioned, 101.

kréyeri, Wood-Mason, men-

tioned, 99, 100.

Carpenter, 99 ;

tenuissimus, //aswell, men-

tioned, 99,

KRhyothemis hemihyalina (Desjar-

dins), 88.

Robber-Crab (Birgus latro, Linn.),

mentioned, 33, 140; attacking

coconut, 34.

Sagitta, 141.

Salarias fasciatus, Bleeker, 250.

oortii, Bleeker, 254.

quadricornis, Cuv. & Val., 250.

sebe, Cuv. g Val., 250.

sumatranus, Bleeker, 250.

Salpa, Morsk., mentioned, 25.

Samaris maculatus, Giinther, 232.

Sandalolitha, Quelch, mentioned,

258, 259.

dentata, Quelch, mentioned, 280.

Sandpipers, mentioned, 35.

Sargassum, Ag., 392.

duplicatum, J. Ag., 392.

persicum, Aiitzing, 392.

subrepandum, dg., 392.

vulgare, Yh. Kotschy, men-

tioned, 392.

var. latifolium, Endl. &

Dies., mentioned, 392.

Sathra, /ver., mentioned, 84.

Saurida nebulosa, Cuv. g Val., 219.

tumbil, B/., 219.

Saurus varius, Lacep., 219.

Sayaglia, Vardo, altered growth of,

mentioned, 301.

Sczeops, Jordan d Starks, mentioned,

217.

filimanus *,

fig. 254.

grandisquamis, Schlegel, men-

tioned, 217.

latifrons *, Legan,

fig. 254.

macrolepis *,

fig. 255.

Regan, 234,

233,

Regan, 233,

maldivensis*, Regan, 234,

fig. 254.

pecilurus, Bleeker, 233,

sechellensis*, Regan, 234,

fig. 255.

416

Scaride, 231.

Scevola, mentioned, 139;

(“bois manioc”), mentioned, 125 ;

bushes of, 126; clumps of, 147;

covered with green bugs, 126;

(‘‘manioe”), mentioned, 41; miner,

a dipteron, mentioned, 85.

koenigii, Vahl, mentioned, 27.

Sceliphron bengalense, Duhlbom, 76 ;

Oriental form of, mentioned,

69.

bengalense, Kohl, 76.

violaceum, Bingh., 76.

hemipterum (Fabr.), 75;

African form of, mentioned,

69.

hemipterum, Pérez, 75.

Scelotes braueri, Boettger, 298.

Linn.,

gardineri*, Boulenger, 298;

figs. 300.

Schizopathes, Brook, 3808; men-

tioned, 301, 302, 310; Summary

of Species with Habitats, 320.

affinis, Brook, 308; ova of,

309; histology of, 309;

spermatozoa of, 309, 320,

321.

Scombresocide, 220.

Scopelidee, 219,

Scops capnodes, Gurney, mentioned,

105.

magicus, Mill., mentioned,

106,

rutilus, Pucher., mentioned, 105,

106.

Scorpenids, 235,

Scorpeenopsis, Heck., mentioned,

236.

diabolus, Cuv. & Val., 236.

“ Serew Pines” (Pandanus Balfouri,

Martelli), mentioned, 157.

Scutaria-group, mentioned, 262,

272, 274, 282.

Sea-grass (Cymodocea), mentioned,

137.

‘ Sealark’ (H.M.S.), 14, fig. 3.

Sebastes strongensis, Cuv. & Val.,

235.

Sepsina melanura, Giinther, from

Madagascar, mentioned, 300.

teres, Vaillant, from the

Comoro Islands, mentioned,

300.

valhalle *,

figs. 300.

Serranide, 222,

Boulenger, 299,

INDEX.

Sesarma, Say, 64; mentioned, 63.

intermedium, de Haan, 65.

longipes, Krauss, 64.

quadratum, Fubr., 64.

Sesarmine, 64.

Shell, first land-, found in decaying

trunk of * Bois blanc” (Hernandia),

mentioned, 53.

Shell-turtle (Chelone imbricata,

Linn.), mentioned, 36.

Shuvea, mentioned, 129.

Siderastrea, Blainv., mentioned,

38.

Simonotus acanthorhynchus, Regan,

mentioned, 135.

“ Sipaille” (Birgus latro, Zinn.),

montioned, 33; native name for

Land-crab, mentioned, 33.

Siphonophora, Brandt, mentioned,

25.

Six Islands, Fat-tailed Land-crabs,

abundance of, mentioned, ftnote

50.

Pigeons, abundance of, men-

tioned, ftnote 50.

Pigs, abundance of, mentioned,

ftnote 50.

Poultry, abundance of, men-

tioned, ftnote 50.

Sladen, W. Percy, The Life and Work

of, by H. Bury, xi-xx.

Sladen, Mrs., and the Percy Sladen

Memorial Fund, by H. Bury,

Xxi-xxii.

Sladenia *, Regan, 250.

gdrdineri *, Rvgan, 251, fig.

255.

Solenostoma cyanopterum, Bleeker,

221.

paradoxum, Pall., 221.

Solenostomida, 221.

“ Songe,” Creole name for Colocasia

antiquorum, Schott, 27.

Sooglossus, Boulenger, mentioned,

293, 294.

sechellensis, Boulenger, 294;

mentioned, 293, figs. 300,

Sparrows, mentioned, 35.

Sphegide, 75.

Spheroides hyselogenion, Bleeker,

253.

spinosissimus *, Legan, 253, fig.

255.

Sphex erebus, Kirby, 75.

rufinervis, Pérez, from the Sey-

chelles, mentioned, 75.

Sphex umbrosus, Christ.,75; Oriental

species of, mentioned, 69 ; preys

on crickets, 69.

var. argentifrons, Lep.,

mentioned, 75.

var. taschenbergi, Ja-

gretti, mentioned, 75.

Spinipora, Moseley, 352; mentioned,

122, 353.

echinata, Moseley, 352; re-

discovery of, mentioned, 345,

348, fig. 354.

Spinosus, Montagu, mentioned, ftnote

98.

Sponges. orange- to purple-coloured,

mentioned, 129,

Sporadopora, Hickson g England,

349 ; mentioned, 3845, 348,

dichotoma, Moseley, mentioned,

348, 349, 350.

providentiz*, Hickson §° Eng-

land, 349; mentioned, 345,

348, 350, fig. 353.

Squilla chirayra, Fabr., 211.

ciliata, Fabr., 213.

maculata, Fabr., 214.

Squamariacee, mentioned, 124, 158,

159, 179.

Squatarola helvetica, Linn., 108.

Screw-pine (Pandanus Hornei, Bal-

four f.) possesses a fauna of its

own, mentioned, 57.

Steganophora, Hickson §* England,

353.

Stegocephalide, distrib. of, 325.

Stegocephaloides, mentioned, 330.

Stegocephalus, Boeck, 329 ;

tioned, 330.

christianiensis, G. O. Sars,

mentioned, 330.

globosus *, 4A. O. Walker, 329;

mentioned, 323, 324; distrib.

of, mentioned, 325, figs.

344.

Stenopleura, Stebbing, 332.

atlantica, Stebbing, 332; men-

tioned, 324; distrib. of, men-

tioned, 325,

Stenothoé, Dana, 331.

gallensis, Ad. O. Walker, 331;

men-

distrib. of, mentioned,

235.

valida, Dana, mentioned,

331.

Stenothoide, distrib. of, 325.

Stephanophyllia, Mich., mentioned,

135.

Sterna anestheta, Scop., 108.

bernsteini, Schi., 108.

fuliginosa, Gmel., 108; men-

tioned, 109, 125, fig. 175.

melanauchen, Z'emm., 108.

saundersi, Hume, 108.

Sternotherus nigricans, Donnd., 295.

seychellensis, Siebenrock, men-

tioned, 295.

sinuatus, A. Smith, 295.

Stibula insularis *, Cameron, 85.

Stickleback (Fistularia, Zonn.), men-

tioned, 151.

Stichopathes, Brook, 303; .men-

tioned, 301, 302: Summary of

Species with Habitats, 320.

aleocki*, Cooper, 305, fig. 306 ;

mentioned, 320.

bournei *, Cooper, 307, fig. 6,

308; mentioned, 320.

echinulata, Brook, 304, fig. 304 ;

mentioned, 320.

longispina*, Cooper, 305, figs. 1,

2; mentioned, 320.

litkeni, Brook, 307; mentioned,

320.

papillosa, Thomson d: Simpson,

var., 304; mentioned, 306,

320.

regularis *, Cooper, 306, fig. 4;

mentioned, 320.

seychellensis *, Cooper,

fig. 5; mentioned, 320.

Stinging-ray (Trygon sp. 7), men-

tioned, 39.

Stomatopod larva, mentioned, 141.

Stomatopoda from the Western

Indian Ocean, by L. A. Borradaile,

209-216.

Stomiatidee, 217.

Strepsilas interpres, Linn., 107.

‘Strix flammea, Zinn., mentioned,

106.

Strumigenys godeffroyi, Mayr, men-

tioned, $3.

307,

Struvea, Sond., 376; mentioned,

377, 378.

delicatala, iitz., mentioned,

378.

Gardineri*, A. & EZ. S. Gepp,

376; mentioned, 373, 377,

fig. 397.

macrophylla, Harv., mentioned,

377.

INDEX.

Struvea orientalis*, A, & 2 S.

Gepp, 3877; mentioned, 373,

fig. 397.

pulcherrima (Gray), Murray &

Boodle, mentioned, 377.

ramosa, Dickie, mentioned, 378.

Stylaster, Gray, mentioned, 122.

elegans (2), Duchassaing &

Michelotti, 345.

eximius, ent, facies altus,

Hickson § Enyland, 345.

eximius, Kent, 345.

fucies altus, Hickson & England,

345.

minimus, Hickson & England,

346 : mentioned, 345,

sp., 346; mentioned, 345.

Stylasteride, mentioned, 122.

Stylophora, Hhrenbd., mentioned, 36,

38, 138, 155; green, from Diego

Garcia, mentioned, 52.

Suberogorgia suberosa, Esp., men-

tioned, 346.

Sula piscator, Zinn., 109; mentioned,

149, 154, 158.

Synanceia verrucosa,

237.

Synchiropus altivelis *, Regan, 249,

fig. 255.

lineolatus, Cuv. g Val., men-

tioned, 249, 250.

sechellensis *, Regan, 249, fig.

255.

Syngnathide, 221.

Syngnathus zanzibarensis, Giinther,

221.

Synopia, Dana, 332.

scheeleana, Bovallius, 332 ;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325.

Synopiide, distrib. of, 325.

Bl. Schn.,

Tabac, veloutier (Tournefortia argen-

tea, Linn. f.), mentioned, 27.

Tenionotus Lacep.,

236.

“ Takamaka” (Calophyllum Ino-

phylum, Zinn.), mentioned, 33;

nuts of, mentioned, 41.

Talitride, distrib. of, 326.

“ Tanghain,” the famous poison-tree

of Malagasy natives, mentioned,

149.

Tapinoma melanocephalum, Fabr.,

93.

Teat-fish, black, mentioned, 152.

triacanthus,

417

Technomyrmex albipes, Smith, subsp.

foreli, Lmery, 92.

Telebasis alluaudi, Martin, 88.

Terekia cinerea, Giildenst., 107.

Terminalia Catappa, Linn. (‘* Bada-

mier”’), in the lle Sudest, men-

tioned, 53, 140.

Tern, black-and-white,

125.

, grey-headed (Anons stolidus,

Linn.), eggs of, mentioned, 41,

125.

; white, mentioned, 125.

Terns, mentioned, 35.

mentioned,

Terpsiphone borbonica, G'mel., men-

tioned, 104.

comorensis, MJilne-Edw. § Oust.,

mentioned, 104,

corvina, 4, Newton, mentioned,

104.

mutata, JZinn., mentioned,

104.

vulpina, £. Newton, mentioned,

104.

Testudo daudinii, Dum. g Bibr.,

mentioned, 295.

elephantina, Dum. & Bibr.,

mentioned, 8, 140, 158,

294,

gigantea, Schweigg., 294; men-

tioned, 291, 295.

gouftei, Rothschild, from Therese

Island, St. Anne’s Channel,

mentioned, 295.

hololissa, Giinther, mentioned,

294,

ponderosa, Giinther, mentioned,

294.

Tetramorium guinense, Fubr., 91.

simillimum, Smith, 91.

Tetrodon meleagris, Lacep., 25

nigropunctatus, Bl. Schn., 253.

stellatus, Bl. Schn., 253.

Therapon jarbua, Forsk., 254.

Tholymis tillarga, Fabr., 88; men-

tioned, 87.

Ticks, large black (Amblyomma

loculosum*, Veum.), mentioned,

126.

Tinnunculus gracilis, Zess., men-

tioned, 105.

newtoni, Gurney, mentioned,

105,

punctatus, Zemm., mentioned,

105.

Tolbia *, Cameron, 84.

418

Tolbia seeevole *, Cameron, 84; bred

from mines in Scevola, 85.

Tomopteris, 141.

Tortoise, bones of, mentioned, 117.

Tortoises of Aldabra, imported from

other islands, mentioned, 291,

295.

Tortoises, land, gigantic, mentioned,

Totanus fuscus, Zinn., 107 ; men-

tioned, 125.

stagnatilis, Bechst., 107.

Tournefortia, Zinn., mentioned, 41,

125, 139.

argentea, Linn, f., mentioned,

Pai

Trachynotus ovatus, Linn., 254.

Tramea continentalis, Selys,

mentioned, 88.

Treron, Vieill., mentioned, 105.

Trichonotidee, 246.

Trichonotus — setigerus,

246.

Triglide, 240.

Tringa subarquata, Giildenst., 107.

Tropidichthys bennettii, Bleeker,

253.

caudofasciatus, Giinther, 253.

natalensis, Giinther, 253.

valentini, Bleeker, 253.

Trypoxylon gardineri *, Cameron,

76.

Tubipora, Zinn., mentioned, 38, 52.

Tunicata, mentioned, 25; brilliant

green of, mentioned, 138.

Turbellaria, 141.

Turbinaria, Zamour.,

tioned, 374.

condensata, Sond., mentioned,

394.

conoides, Avitzing, 392.

var. evesiculosa, H. S. Bar-

ton, 392.

decurrens, Bory, 393.

dentata, &. S. Barton, men-

tioned, 394.

Murrayana, Z. S. Barton, 393 ;

mentioned, 374, 394, fig.

398.

ornata, J. Ag., 393; mentioned,

374, fig. 398.

Turtle, green, mentioned, 36.

shell of, mentioned, 36,

Turtur aldabranus, Sclater, men-

tioned, 105.

88 ;

Bl. Schn.,

392; men-

INDEX.

Turtur comorensis, 47. Newton, men-

tioned, 105,

meyeri,

105.

picturatus, Temm., mentioned,

105, 107, 144.

rostratus, Bonap., mentioned,

105.

Tydemania, Weber van Bosse, 384;

from Chagos Archipelago, 3™4.

Marchal, mentioned,

expeditionis, Weber van Bosse,

334; from Malay Archipelago,

mentioned, 373, fig. 397.

Tylopathes, Brook, mentioned, ftnote

312.

Uca, Leach, 66; coral-mass or stone

is quickly buried by, mentioned,

47.

annulipes, //. Milne-Edw., 66.

tetragonum, //erbst, 66.

Udotea, Lamour., 385; mentioned,

129, 386, 387, 389.

amadelpha, Mont., 388.

argentea, Zanard, 386; men-

tioned, 374, 336.

f. typica*, A. & EZ. S,

Gepp, 386.

conglutinata, Zamour., 385 ;

mentioned, 387, 388.

f. infundibuliformis, J. Ag.

mentioned, 388.

eyathiformis, Decne., mentioned,

388.

glaucescens, Harv., 385; from

Indian Ocean, 373.

Infundibulum, J. Ag., men-

tioned, 388.

javensis, Gepp, mentioned, 384,

385.

palmetta, Deene., 385 ;

tioned, 373, 374.

Ulva fasciata, Del., from the Sey-

chelles, 374.

Ulvacez, from the Seychelles, 374.

Urothoé, Dana, 331.

elegans, Bate, 331;

distrib. of, mentioned, 325,

men-

Spence

“ Vaches Marines,’ mentioned,

158.

*“ Vacoa” (Pandanus, Rumph. ex

Linn.), mentioned, 140,

Valonia, Ginn., 379.

confervoides, Harvey, 379.

fastigiata, Harvey, 379.

Valoniacew, 378.

Varuna, H. Milne-Edw., 64; men-

tioned, 63.

littorata, Fubr., 64.

Varunine, 64,

Vespide, 71.

“ Veloutier tabac” (Tournefortia ar-

gentea, Linn. f.), mentioned, 27.

Vermetus, Adans., mentioned, 129.

Vinsonia stellifera, Westw., 200.

Vollenhovia leyithorax, Lmery,

subsp. alluaudi, Emery, mentioned,

93.

Walker, Alfred O., Amphipoda

Gammaridea from the Indian

Ocean, British East Africa, and

the Red Sea, 3238-344.

Weber van Bosse, Madame, Cauler-

pacer, 381.

Whimbrels, mentioned, 35.

“White Noddy” (Gygis candida,

Gmel.), fig. 175.

Xenanthias *, Regan, 223.

gardineri *, egan, 223, fig.

255.

Xylocopa caffra, Smith, 70; African

form, mentioned, 69.

caffra, Perez, 70.

Zonariu, J. Ag., 394; mentioned,

390.

Jsselii, Piceone & Grunow, 394.

varlegata, Mart., 304; men-

tioned, 374, 305,

Zoopilus, Dana, mentioned, 258, 259,

261, 262.

Zostera, Linn., 396.

nana, Hoth, 396.

Zosterops, Vig. § Horsf., mentioned,

105, 106.

aldubrensis, Ridgway, mentioned,

104.

anjuanensis, £, Newton, men-

tioned, 104.

borbonica, Gmelin, mentioned,

104.

chloronotus,

tioned, 104.

Hlartlaub, men-

INDEX. 419

Zosterops hiesitata, Hartlaub, men- | Zosterops mauritiana, Gmelin, men- | Zosterops semiflava, FL. Newton,

tioned, 104. tioned, 104. mentioned, 104.

kirki, Shelley, | mentioned, modesta, 4. Newton, Hartlaub, | Zygonyx luctifera, Selys, 3.

104. mentioned, 104, Zyxomma seychellarum, Martin, 89 ;

madagascariensis, Linn., men- e. newtoni, JZartlaub, men- mentioned, 58.

tioned, 104. tioned, 104.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 38

J ae .

ys ee

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, PLEET STREET.

“ree

AD tea

‘ee

*“)

ray

mp > xs.

‘

‘ 4 ,

ae 17

van

ie A Sat, iY

Aa a

| eo.”

' ovr

11 Nose Oa a #

’ x he a

ver,’

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XII. PART 1.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

DHE GERCY SLADEN TRUST EYPERDEERN

TILE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1908,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP. OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION: CEYLON TO MAURITIUS

AND REPORTS Nos. 2-8.

L, ONO:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STRERT.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-JIOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

September 1907.

’

or 10,5) ny

AOR R awe (Oe

aut"

ch Ar, ieee

ar be Pye 33

me tie Qe

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and Gs, to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which haye been published are as undermentioned :—

Srconp Srrirs.— Zooey. Srconp Srrtus.—Zoonoey (continued).

; When Price to the Price to Vol When Price to the Price to

Volume. Published. Publie. Fellows. Cae Published. Public. Fellows.

EGR. he £ os. d. foe ds £ 3s. d.

I. Parts L—VITI. 1875-79; S10 0-.... 6 7 ‘60> VilEieiRart T. 1900. .222°0° 10) Oe ee

IL. Parts IX VII. 1879-88. 717 0 .... 518 5 Part Il. 1900.....010 0....0 7 6

arb LIT. 1900) ...22080 sshave 7

LTD Pork? Seiiaet cee ee’ C0. tee oi: a ae ve : wae ‘

art > Peron. 5 Ge war ee

Path, MUL ABe4e 2 lito: Ort. AO ae

| Rant, ~V. 1901. ..... 905) 0 ceo Omrommne

Partie ull eGo teem reels I) nO eeeeyere te ee 6 | Part VI. 1901 010 0 ot ete

Part DV. 16850), OB) 10)..c Op 6X0 “ieee Hee ee sir

Senha aa pay os anieviln. 1901. 2... We e8y Olle

Part Vie iho sy Ae Gio Wiero aU igi 0 6 0} Pa t VIIL 1902 0 4 0 0 3 0

Port VI. 1888. .... 0.56 °0*....40° £6) eae Bs:

Panieelx. 1902... 45 (OA5oe UO) see Omer ee

Ly. Part T1886. .2.. 14 0 18 0 eee X. 1903... ..¢ hi) ee

Part HE, 1887. oie coke 1 8 0 Adad 1 il 0 Part axel 1908. oe 0 6 0 . ; 0 4 6

Part ELE. 1888. mrs C: 0 16 0 mac emai 0 12 a Part XT. 1903. De te 0 10 0 P ; 0 vi Cy

V. Part eaiSSoae ee OMI Ola cee Oe OmmOn anesclll. Index. .: 0 2 9 J25st0neeieS

Part I deses..... 0550 Q3)'9\)) | eee a0, 1903. .....0. 99 You 0 6 9

Roark Tealssys 2... Lie a0) 1 S00) ante: 1903: ..... 0 Salome 060

Ls IIS USEADS GG oe 10) 1) U0) 5 We) 0 Parieiln. 1903: .... 1 Owe 018 0

Part WemlS90ln Os 1600 OF 4= 6 ane. 1004... 9 On uGaue 0) 24a

Parva, Vile Soe sass 0 ONO ron O Parties, LOO. ..... , ONG mnOMe 0 4 6

Portela “Lele se 0e6) ORS Ore E 6) Panini. 1904, .. <. OO 36eNOne 0 NG

Part. ME 1892.) 5.2 0) 8S = 08 0 6 0} Parimevill. L904: .,.. O26) 1Ome 0° 4 -6

Rant lk 1892s 205 0 MIO ae mOn uo sO Panhevell. 1904. .... 0/110) (00a aene

Part a SIS ee 8) WOms the ae ao) Panteelex. 1905. .... 05 6 Qu eee Oe

Part Xl. 1804-46 Ou 2 6... O20) Parte ox. 1906. ..-. 012) 10) eee OO maD

VI. Part Sou eee On Ole ne alael Om 0 Montage. 1907. .. . 10M Oe eee eed en

Part ES OL eel Cee eee sass Park X10..1907. ....:. 70) 3) (Oe Dawns

Part me Ulises Ge. ea oO. O) eh) ee Oe re Part, 1907. .... 0°16 JO Ones

= - (In Progress.)

Raney Vic OOG: eee ed 0) oo ae Ovelion a0) ‘

vs Scns ol) Xap, 1904. .... 0) Seo ne

Part Ves S068 0, UO! SOF oo OPE, 26

ihe taney hes ee Part 11. 1904. .... 0 "8 Ov .¢..10) comme

ety ah Sey saltct Talat pel) afte MUNRO nentohe a

! ; , ; : Rartesuul 1905. so. 0. (9:00 SSS ORGS

Panton Wile 96s heen SS Or oe Or “9 26: 4

‘ ie Bes ; Parte TV. 1905. ..... 0°20) (0). 25s Oia

Parte ville WO Te cn GF TOs a a0 '

VII. Part J. 1896.....010 0....0 7 6 Part) VI. .1906. ..: 0°NB “00. oe Or eee

Part Il. 1897. ht wae 0 12 0 es BLU 9 0 Part VIL. 1907. oe 0 3 0 : : 0 2 3

Partie UU Lao eee Or Oe UO es (In Progress.)

Part’ TV. 1898) ..2. 0-10 0 ..4. 0 7 (6\\ ex eae O07. .. cee) ee eng

Part Ve cligo Stave ke LO oe Oc, AO oe nO!

Part Wilts LOGS: .a5-cOmlo., 0! i427 200s 9 eg

Party cls 1899.) ....900 S18. n0) 5s. (0 13.46

Part) Wall, Leeo: . i Ome 0 eee oko

Part” (Lx S9O.. 32 SL nO FOn feces OS® 10)

Part 5 000.57. Oe 6 a0 ee Oe

Page. cl; LOU... 0. 2, 49) sO 2s OH

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY.) (VOL. XII. PART 2.

THE

fv 5°8 tags

TRANSACTIONS een

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PHB PERCY SLADEN TRUSTE HXAPE DET To

PH ECINDIAN OCEAN SEN Eos.

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION: Parr Il. MAURITIUS TO

SEYCHELLES; AND REPORTS Nos. 10-13.

LO ND Oak:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AN) FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

December 1907.

LU ee AS | a «eae yA

7] se be ia i ‘ P hi ay

May in el ple a)

: a spy: + ay Ts wv ‘3 r 4’

‘ .

ai,

; f | i}

+ ; : &@

4 +

are

afi

Yu ,

- 4's

f y

ig y

i . 4 a * ’,

’ ;

wy .

‘

F 5

’ ne }

’

f \

‘

{

. &

. . =

7 *

we j

rd ats te a

jue oe ear .

dgtincs wie dt Te .

i a tage"

fare fh

ers

Lee

taken ;

4 ak 58% ,

M8 A ee tae ?

‘oe io be)

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON,

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS,

‘The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. ‘The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Seconp Srries.— Zoowoey. | Secon Srrtus.—Zoo ogy (continued).

elie When Price to the Price vo} eitinie. When Price to the Price to

Published. Public. Fellows. Published. Public. Fellows.

ae Gh eee etd Eade 6 eyes

I. Parts L—VIUU. 1875-79: 810 0 .o.. 6 7 CWE Port 1. 1900.0... 0 10 0 caeeeeeee

IL. Parts l:—XVIU 879-88. 7 17 (0.4.75 48 a Part II. 1900.2) 010) (0)5). eee

IIL Part Rs = Sad en de oe ass | a Hil. 190 02g 0 Oa e) 7 8

Part TLelSet. eee oN 10! = est 07 a ae nes ae ‘ y . . 0 10 6

Parh TL We6,/.2) 110, 0.0 2 ee Fert V. 1003) Oe

Oi Ret J ne a Ry Part VI 1901. ....010 0....0 7 6

pit. Ucatansyo aime eo eatelce 0. Part VIL. 1901... 4: 1) SRO

Pack. WITIERR., OOO (Bho we. ae Part VIL. 1909; 3. =: 0 £ 0 2.) 0) S3am

Pang: UX. 19025e ee 0 56 0 .... 0

IV. Part 1. 1686: Sos 2 OSs OLS: Ge At. xX: 1aeee mee ae oom

Port = Tl. 1887-.... 178 O....1 1:0 Part XI. 1903......0 6 0 .... 0am

Part UT. 1888. .... 016 0 .... 012 0 Part XII. 1903. .v..°0 10 0... ="0aeaan

V. Part Tee lASR eS e0; A Oe. Oe ae Part XIII, Index. .. 0 2 (9) }.)/ Qe

Part IJ. 1888..... 0 6 0 .... 0 3.9) Sue part 1. 1903..... 0 9 O4.. OlNRmneN

Parte S895 se ad or Ose 0) 20) awe MOee peewee) “0. SGaED

Part IV. 1890.....012 0....6 9 0 Part III. 1903..... 1 4. Oeoeteieee

Part V. 1890.....0 6 0....0 4 6 Part IV. 1904..... 0 & 0... )0nuee

Part VI. 1891..... 012 0. Oo: ate Part V., 1904. .... 0) 169 Ob

Part VII. 1891.....0 6 0....0 4 6) Part. VI, 1904, «:.. 006.00), sae

Part. WaE. 1892)... OP Ty 0) O-SGr=Oh) art» VILL. L904. .. 2.80 Gee 0) a

Part IX. 1892. .... 012 0....0 9 0| Part VILL. 1904, .... 0 10 0 .,..)00 ne

Part XX. 1893.....1 8 0....1 1 0} Part IX. 1905. ...°0) 6))0) Oe

Part ML WSO. = c.7 OF 22 26 (Qe 2) 0| Part X. 1906)... O12) 0) Oem

VI. Part TeSAGes eee, 102304. 110 0| Part XI. 1907...<. 012 0...) ee

Ratha sab soe eck One 1, 3-584 Part. XII. 1907. ..... 0° 3 O-...5 One

Panter (lie eS Oueo ec On Ol Omen an O)n aaa) Part XIII. .1907. ..:: 0) 6 <0) S30 ees

Panteemilve Log: stec. ln 40 ORs OLS eiOMm Part XIV. 1907:Index.0% 3 0 [33200

Part VLOG aie eeu OM Ole ae Ok Wawa xX. Part T. 1904. 5.1203) 0) eee

Part Wty Use [open nmr 0) merce Ole aey galls oh, 9) Pars II. 1904...2. 0 S002 nO MRGMEEDD

Park villsslegOte..ne Orla. 10) rec) ereo) a0) Part ILL. 1905. ..0 0) Oe nO sO GRE?

Rar Walls Lege ps Os 2 dGae ee OF on) Part IV: 1905. ...2 0) 10" 0) ase OMG:

VIL Parti | 1 4890.:. 2c 010-0: Sa Gon a Part V. 1906. .:.. 0» 7 6G). ss Omg

Pack hl 2G07. 350. OP 0 Oo On Part. VI. 1906, .... 0 8 0. .\\. Oe

Part: ‘TVei808. 00°40 0 <i.e Oar ou PartVIII. 1907. <..; 0 4 0):.950) seme

Part, ‘We 1806) 500. O98 07, 4. 08 elem Sagi

Part VI. 1898..... 013 0....0 9 9| Sli Part 1. 1907,....1 8 0....1 1 0

Part VIII. 1899.....012 0....0 9 0

Past, 0X. 1800...) 2 0 040. 0 16 ae

Part Ke 900: 22810. 16. ese le ae ate

Part KI..1900. 4) 0. 22 ee

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XII. PART 3.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1906.

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

No. 14.—REPORT ON THE MARINE FISHES COLLECTED BY

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By C. Tare Reean, M.A.

(Communicated by J. Srantny Garpiner, M.A., F.L.S.)

LO NDAOENe

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD A! THE SOCIETY'S APARTMEN'IS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE. PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

May 1908.

ay mn »

VAG TL VAY bt 7 ut i Anti ae te h

¥ ¥ ‘ ic evn

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the ‘Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Stcond Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Srconp Srrres.— Zooroey. | Srconp Spries.—Zoonoey (continued).

wAlcas. When Price to the Price to | Volant When Price to the Price to

Published. Public. Fellows. 7 Published. Public. Fellows.

LE gi yaar Sa £8. d. £ ele

T.. Parte L.VIE- 1876-798 10°08. . OT" 6) MEM Parte 1900, ..'.. OO ye20" ae Ona

11. -PartsI-KVIII.1879-88.7 17 0 ....518 5| Part II. 1900.....010 0....0 7 6

HU Bath Ae ek dO, ek B's Be 200. +. 0 EO eS oa

oe He tee Wee edb YO Panter lOOL, .. ... 0 D4 0st) LOG

Part. WO 18a. P00 1 Be Pe OL «0 Pa

Fea RMA GN etinttys pene, Oa Part VI. 1901. .... 0 10 One 0) aoe

et Le A A a ee gi ParteygeetGOl. i00o 1 18 0 sp, alee 0

Bee be tee mag a bed ne Part VIII. 1902. .... 0). P Otte OF Spl

Ranker 902. . 3.590) 5.10)... 2 OMS ag

BiBark We Te BAG, 2... 1: 470 ota 018.0) HOIOUS. ok 0 0... OFeam

Part II. 1887.....1 8 0....1 1 0| Partiemte1903.....0 6 0 ...,.0 4one

Parte lls e885 2-80! 160; a5c2) O20) Part KEE 1908.....010 0. 07 6

V. Part Te US88inec. 0) 12 OL lO 9 | Part <idndex. ..0 2 9. 0 223

Part) 1 2888.)...50) (220) er 0) 13 Oo TX, Pat eeOS. .... 0. 9) 0°" 069

Pare elbleteeoe coe al al Ouack. G0" (0 Partmenieeo0s. 2... 0: 8. One aye {a 0)

Past) TY. 1890... .. 0 12 0... 0 9 0] Partly 1903. ..:.. 1 Oe 0 186

Part = V. *1890......0 6 0....0 4 6] Partueeyeo04. .... 0, 6 0. 0-4 6

Part VI. 1891. .... 0 12 0 5 Oi 0M Partmvenlgot. -.. 0 6. On. yen (5

Part. VIE. CASO. sO ~ G50) <2, Od 6 Parneeeedood, .... 0 6 Ob..2. OF oe

Part VEL. 1892. .....: Dees Obes O 6 o OM Pareevileelood. .....- 0. aGemOe e. Oy eo

Patt, sek S92 22.0. (Ontlore On sie Ono aU Pariviieelood..... 0 10) (0.2. On nyaNG

Part RESO eek BU OM. set de 0} PHntieleelio05: .....-0. 6 100 2 os0n 4s

Barb. joe 1894...... 0 2 6.15.0 2 6 Parte ao0s, ...; 0 12 0... 0 9 e

VI. Part MAIS OS oD. Ob O ee MMOs 1) PamtpaenelemtOO'T. .: 20 120 9 eeu Osiris

Ree neteots sae Lett On stsye Ll 8s Bartell S07. .... 0) saerOe ave Om ume

Pac yield... 010 0 1... 0: 7.6 Payixdmd907..... 0 6.7 0°..c000 hae

Pare) wive JS96: 2... 0. 4-0 25.5 0 18 0 Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0 .... 0 2 38

Part Weeds mare O MLOl Ole. a) Oe Wig con XG Parteeleo0s, ...... 0 VS Ok eee Ones

Partie wie L806) 0, 8-0 .:.. 0 6°70 Parte GOs... 00°88 ano SOP EGu 0

Par. Ville, 18962 coal 0: 2.5. 0) 9-0 Parte Ula 1905. .....0 <9 “0s eeOmeeme

Part. Vidd. 1897.25. sone: 6.2... 0) 2.0 Part. IV. 1905..... 0 10 0 OURS

VIL: Part ~~ Ty 1896). yO MO Oh 0,7 6 Part V. 1906.....0 7 6....0 5 8

Part: Wesley e702 10ee es, 0 19710 Part Wie 1906..... 0 370 Onn s

Part’. TVs 1808)'.2..,, 040° OS. ROT 6 PartVIIL 1907..... 0 4°0....0 3 0

(In Progress.)

Part. Wegl898:-2. 36 OSS One uOrS 16 ou. pe

Part. WI. 1898:.>..5 6°18) sO) 0.4520, 9199 (In Preparation.)

Part. VII. 1899.-..... 0:18). 0) 22.56 0 US) 6) xT Part SAO07. :... 1: 8 SOM ee

Part VIII. 1899.....012 0....0 9 0| Part 002 1007..... 1 4 Oe. 0187.6

Part IX. 1899..... 1 0 0 .... 005 0} Part dN, 1008. «4. ..0 16° Ons 0) 12) 20

Barb, -— Xi M000. 80 6" 0S. se OO

Part: Bas 10002... 0 2 OD ...2°0 2 0)

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY.) (VOL. XII. PART 4.

THE x

Av5r® ig Ss

> see ‘9

LIBRARY

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

“THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 19065,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

REPORTS Nos. 15-21.

LO Ne DeOaN:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

January 1909.

‘ ’

‘

® ‘

: }

m «

‘

- ‘

‘

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. :

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Srconp Srrres.— Zoonoey. Srconp Sertus.—Zoonoey (continued).

When ice to t. rice rhe ric ;

Volume. ee ga aa aN Volume. aN ee maa

Sid: eGuis> ce Be) sas Pog aes

I. Parts I.-VIUI. 1875-79. 8 10 0 6 7 (0) Vil. Parnmeied900. ..... 0: 10500 fea e ae

II. Parts I.-XVIII.1879-88. 7 17 0 235 8 AD Parcemaset900...2.. 0°10 Wyse cane

> coke rate Sa pas Sadipte ss IIL. 1900. .... 0 10 OY cnt ees

Pepe REEL a Hae artimveetOOL: ..... 0 14 DO 25 OMlOn se

Park) MLSs Ler Ores hI ae oe V. 1901.....0 5 0....0 3 9

Pat Lape ks ees te OG art VI. HOI... 0 10 Oi ee ee ene

Bich eRCaRR A eee Neate Seen ac Pant MvaitemeoOn,, ... L 98, (Orica MnO

Part VI. 1888... 0 6 0 ee Partih¥yitiao0e?, -. 0.0. 450. 0 80

paige A: ee ens Parh eieeMmg0e 0 NOLO... OS 8

. : pees : Part) Geeeminoes oO Oe. OEE

ee Ea Seay ree ; Part Miewio0s.......0 6 0 )..0 46

ar - ae in sone S Part Menge... 010 0 .:.. OMe

V. Part L0888..2.02. 00.120 0°88 0 Part Xiiieindex, .. 0 2 9... O-2eoe

Port (TA G88i 2 21.0 5: 8 =O. 3/91) x Part Seeotee.... 0 9 0! cn, 00 eee

Park Wie d88one ele 7 0 a SOR 0 Pacheiimoo0se.... 0° 8 (0). eeROnGuRG

i Be oe ee ; 12 : : ; : Part IL )1903. .... 1 4 0.Geee Osi

art . awe 9) 6 : Part IV. 1904..... ee

Part Wile WS891e sae OL.12" 0 SO 0) Part V. =i ate : : : Bi j ‘A ;

Parts Voie, Legleose. OnnG Ones on On a4 2216 Park sWileeloOd 0. 6 A0ue ee Oneenae

Parc sVLUG S925 mar ORS 20 Sy Mite (0) Partevimelgode +... 0. 6 sOuemesOnetaG

Part IX, 1892. .... Or Part VIII. 1904.....010 0....0 7 6

Part —-X._ 1893. .... 1B Ope coy Ad 80 Part IX. 1905..... 0 60) So SO aces

Part XI. 1894..... 0 2 6 0 2 0 Part) mxepincG...... 0 12° 00.25, 0° ap

VI. Part T1894) SP DO uk WO Part amieon7...... 0 12.0. l7, Oona

Park Tdset cede Ae Oa Wa ee a4 Part XTIM07. .... 0° 3 0 .s.0 0) Pies

Bust Td eodl eNO Oe eo Parieeoy. c.... 0 6, WOceoce nO kee

Part DV WSR. Ss. Oe. 018 0 Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 8

Part Vo 1896s soe 07 10 Oss OC 7 ec6 X. Ps meOOde.... € ; : DIG

Part VI. 1806. p22. 0.8) Ov---2/ 07/8 0 f i if an a : ; 4 6 :

Part VII. 1896.....012 0....0 9 0 Part TLese05. ....0°9 O%..4. 0618

Part WOLD. 1897. wens). 0 2 6 RY ry 0 2 0 Part IV. 1905. mee 0 10 0 . - 0 7 6

WIL Part «= 1. 1896... LOE One wel Ayan Part eyesigoe:..... 0 7 6 ce .e0eeo are

Part. 11. 18075. )a 0 BO 08,04 Part Wiese. .c.. 0 3 Ong. Ooreae

Part TIL. 1897: <..: OF 6 O 22s. Ose Part WHA d007..22. 0. 3° Oaee. 0 aa

Parh.. “LY; 1808. 20:2 010 0 Sens Dera PartVILO0722.2. 0 4:90 SO Se

Park, (5. NG: cos 0-82 0). a0 ene (a) Foca

Party WL 1808. ..., 0.18 0+...0 9 (0) tq Pane TOU sO 4 Dee

Part VIL 1899......018 0.... 018 6| XIU. Part 1. 1007.-0..1 8 Otek Lae

Part ‘TX. 0899. ...6 L. 0) sar 0. TO Part TEL (908) seecw0. 16.0 Shaws AD ke

Part ee The (OR Gy Obese Ne ete Part. LV. 1909: cee 0 SO cere 2556

Index (in the press),

Part KE 900s oe Oye. OO Oe 20

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XII. PART 5,

As lee

\ THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LO Ni. De Oa

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

March 1909.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON:

MEMORANDA CONCERNING LPRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 3u Vols., anda fof entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single yolumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s, to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-80, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— ’

Srconp Srrirs.— Zooboey. Srconp SertEes.—Zoonoey, (continued).

’ When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to

Volume, Published. Public. Fellows. Volume. Published. Publie. Fellows,

Oras. 2 ds Log. ae) £ sid. £ 8; d.

I. Partscle2Vill, 1875-79. 8 10 0 .... 6 7 6| VILL Part I.-1900..... 00103084 won 6

11. PartsI.-XVIII.1879-88. 717 0....518 5 Part II. 1900..... 010 O..3.. 0, % 6

TIL Parts oe ee g/l 14 0,25, eB: 8 a em on we Rie ; vB ; * :

Bark! | ULMIGRE nelle G Ores A wer ON ee 7 ain ie ace ae 5 ae als

Patti, Tl Asso o. HIal0 Os ONG ; ears 7 ae

Part “vadeso: ich were, 06s 0 Pee ON ee

Sears sre 4 Part) WilesI901. .... 18 00%... 1 10mm

Part VamlScneee.nanlO) cS. w Ube. pep O mG FU i ¥ -

Parte eOO2. SEO or 80) sg

IY. Part I SSOtr eal AsO OS 90) Part, wexeg08) .... J) 0 <0 015 0

Part LI. 1887. .... 1 8 0 pete ene Part QRPaW903. 5... 0 6 0 0 4 6

Part IL. 1888. .... 0 16 . 012.0) Rar Neiemo0s,..<. O10 0 Me 7 ts

V. Part I. 1888).... 012° 0 0.910 Part-XIII. Index. .. 0 2 9 10: 422s

Part TH USBB. nteris-s0 or Oi) eke, 0). BuO) > ST XS Part TE MOES: su 0 9: Odin. 0 6 9

Park We TB S9 ee od OR Se. 1 dO) 108) Part II. 1903. 45k OSE LOMAS ZONE .0

Vane! RVs S90? 02012070"... GE Dae! * Park: WHR AL90S: ...c.,.33) RO a LOL ASH Or

Patt) 1}. V. 1890.....0 6 0.... 0:46 Parte Dveal904,,... S00, (Gh Woke Ona Gan

Part’ Towa sede+:..2'°0 12° 0 .2.. OF 90)! Part) . Veul904.... 4 2036" Optica Onde oan

Darby Wii sI891:..5%..0 6 0... 040i: Pari. WEP1904. .... 0:6 MO vole TOR ates

Part VIII, 1892. .... 6 8.0 4...70W9ey. On ParteVide 1904, .... 0: 6 20 fe...) On ag ee

Dartiy IX.1892) 5... 012 0 ..'.. 0,920} Part VIL 904. .... 0-10 Wing! 20 aes

Part ) X. 1893. .... YS 0 .... PeoR Pai TNE 1905.....0 6 0 cen 208

Patt. Xl l894.%. on Or 2556's... . GOs 20" Pant SOO, ...< 0 12) Owe... ONonaD

Vi. Part Cl MS9ds we? OhOme, g aee'e Od Bare. gig 1907. .....0 12 0 .... 0:99" 0

Party eel 8os- Fe el) 104) 13353 Ranh eadieshoO7..... 0 “S 10 eres

Part. “Ut 94 2s. O10 BO.6 ee Oe RO Partexuuiee907..... 0 6 0 ....20 “4°56

Part IV. 1896.00.61) AP Os xeve, O18! OF “Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0.... 0 2 3

Part’ = V. 1896242601020 sgerQOhn tr 10H) “ok Parts a 1904. .... 0 8 0 .. ..QOnabiaes

Part VI. 1896... .°.0) 8-00 x-ge 0K 6°" 0) Partyageeelo04. .... 0 8 0. ...qenOmmer

Part VII. 1896. .... O-12\00..-.. 0. 9s 04 Portvael 1905..... 0 9 0, Samonere

Part VIII. 1897. .... 0) 6 yg OK. DOF Part’ EW, 1905. .... 0 10. .O!e. iOpen

VII. Part T. 1896..... 105110. sO neige. 0), B79 Gu Part, V. 1906...... 0 7.6) unit) Or oe dS

Part II. 1897..... OND LOmainicit;, 0: 94:04 Part, VI. 1906.;.. :. 063! LOM sonie0iu2e 3

Part TIL, 1897. ...2 0-6 pe0Geu 340i ae 16) Part WIL. 1907. nic. 0°38 0" BNO? 223

Part IV. 189%.:.... 0:10 2Or gf 0" 27-768 PartVILL.'1907.,...¢ 0. ‘Av JO aw OGd 0

Part” V. 1808... .. 0°18? WighyiaOMdO = Gil tee’ se Rm ete gs

Patt VI. 1898. .... 0 13 O'mialO) 49 4OYy rn gi Leper tion Ohta eee

Part: VII. 1899. ..... 018 0 fic. 018 6) KITT, Part Tete cl SSinOren. Lk LO

Wartavlil, 1899. .,;..0 12.0 cop iOPsons0)| Parte LOOT ian Sl: 018 0

Part x, 1899.....: 1 30 0: +. 0 Go Pant wiueetooswa sk. 0.16 0. 012 0

Part Kel 9002... 096.0 Se eas Part elven O00: .2e. 1 S10 OL 13 6

Purt “XI, 1900,....0 2 9.:..0 2 0 Part VY. 1909. Index.0 5 0....0 3 9